Unstuck Entrepreneur: Recent Episodes
Shawn Mynar
Shawn Mynar of shawnmynar.com is your down-to-earth, relatable, and kinda "woo" business coach. She empowers coaches, practitioners, and solopreneurs to build their business from the inside out so they can step into their power and create success on their terms...no hustle, grind, or long hours required.
A former nutritionist, Shawn created her own successful, impactful, and simplified online wellness business once she found the perfect combination of mindset + energy work with practical business strategy to create a business that flowed. The moment she found this stress-free success, it sparked something in her—Why weren't people talking about the inner work required for entrepreneurship, financial abundance, and business success?"
Every Friday, you’ll get a dose of real-life topics that combine tangible business strategies with the mindset shifts and energy work required to implement them without struggle or overwhelm. These short, no fluff episodes will be exactly what you need to climb out of your current headspace and see your business for what it really is; your chance to create your dreams. It’s time to get unstuck!
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Not making the money you were hoping to make in your business yet? Have you had failed launches, a lack of interest from your audience in your paid offers, or a hard time finding clients willing to pay you? You’re not alone, my friend. It’s a common place to be in as a new business owner or even someone with more business experience that’s branching out, shifting, or pivoting. Today, I have some important reminders for you when the money just isn’t coming in.
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
When it comes to writing copy for your coaching business, your website is at the top of the list. Because it’s the one place where you have a chance to say everything you want to say about you, your work, who you help, what you do, why they should trust you, and how to get started. All of which takes…copy. But here’s the thing, website copy that hasn’t been well-thought-out can quickly turn your website visitors off or leave them feeling confused, both of which mean they are Xing out of your website and moving on. So, in today’s episode of the Copy Crash Course series, we’re talking about the Do’s and Dont’s of website copy for your coaching business.
Website That Works Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/website
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
It’s the ultimate conundrum…wanting to get paying clients, make sales, and earn a good income from your business BUT not wanting to sound salesy, pushy, or annoying in order to make those sales. This fear of selling keeps too many people from ever getting their business off the ground, and I’m on a mission to change that. So in this episode, I’m going over what it takes to make sales in your business without being salesy and how you can capture the attention of the right people and get them to become paying clients while staying true to yourself, authentic, and approachable.
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
If you’re a coach or practitioner who has or wants their own business, then there is a 100% chance you’re going to have to write copy for that business, like, on day 1 and every day after that. So knowing the do’s and don’ts for writing good copy is a non-negotiable lesson that you’ll want to learn from the start. So, in this second episode of the Copywriting Crash Course series, we’re going over the most common copywriting mistakes you might be making and how to fix them so you can connect with your clients, attract the right people to your work, and make sales.
Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/messaging
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Real talk: If want to be in business, you either need to know how to write copy OR be willing to invest thousands of dollars to hire someone who does. Your business literally cannot exist without communicating to your potential customers. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners, and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience, and not creating a connection-based community. It ALL comes back to copy. In this episode, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a “good writer,” so stay tuned.
Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/messaging
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
So, you’ve gotten on board with building an email list and sending emails to your audience, but now, there are bigger questions looming…What are you supposed to say in your emails and how do you get people to read them? Not knowing what to write in emails is one of the biggest blocks business owners have that keeps them from using this powerful tool in their business. So in this episode, I’m going over my best tips and tricks for writing emails people actually want to read so they do their job of growing your business and making sales.
Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/messaging
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
When it comes to Instagram, do you feel like it’s a constant battle to try to figure out what you should post that will actually get engagement and how to attract the right followers to build your audience? If so, welcome to the club, you’re not alone. In the ever-changing world of algorithms, it can be hard to navigate social media platforms to where they can be a beneficial part of your business growth strategy. In this episode, we’re talking about some things you may be doing that are unintentionally hindering your results on Instagram and what you can do to use the social media app to build your business.
LIVE Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/messaging
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Believe it or not, having an online business is GREAT for introverts. So much of what you do involves connecting, communicating, marketing, and selling, which can seem like very extroverted activities. But when you can do it all on your own terms, from the comfort of your own home, with just a screen and a keyboard, you can build a thriving business while still protecting that introverted energy. In this episode, I’m sharing my favorite online marketing strategies as a mega introvert and how you can use them to grow your business.
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
You know you need a niche to set yourself apart in your industry and attract the right people to your work, and you’ve been trying to figure that out. But, is your niche a good one? There are specific criteria your niche needs to follow for it to move your business forward and get you more clients. In today’s episode, we’re going over those criteria and how to feel confident that your niche is a good move—and the right move—for your business.
Niche Confident - https://shawnmynar.com/niche
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
So you have a freebie…or maybe even just an idea for one that you want to start working on but…is it good enough? In a sea of freebies everywhere we look, will yours catch the eye of your dream client? And will it be valuable enough for your dream client to give up their email address to receive it? These are just a few of the questions you should be asking yourself before you create any free offer. Because, if your dream clients don’t want your freebie, it’s not going to build your email list, which means it’ss not going to do much for your business. In this episode, we’ll take a look at how to create a freebie people actually want.
FREE "Burnout-Proof Your Business" Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnout-masterclass
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
So, you started your business with big income goals and exciting plans to make it happen. But now, after a failed launch or one too many months gone by without the number of new clients you expected, you’re starting to question if you’ll ever make the money you want to make in your business. Wait, before you go down that low-vibe spiral, let me show you the REAL reason why you’re not making the sales you want in your coaching business and what you can do about it.
FREE "Burnout-Proof Your Business" Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnout-masterclass
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Doubt, it’s one of the biggest business dream crushers. Doubting that your business will work. Doubting that it can be a success. Doubting that it can do what you want it to do. Doubting that people want what you have to offer. It’s all just A LOT…and quite often, will stop you right in your tracks as soon as you’re about to make big moves in your business. In this episode, we’re going to talk about what to do when that feeling of doubt creeps in so you can keep moving forward towards your biggest business goals.
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
So, you decided to start a podcast. You’re excited to connect with your audience in this way and build your business authentically. Except there’s just one thing…you’re not quite sure how to get people to listen. And not just any people…the right people. In today’s noisy world where everyone is inundated with content, how do you draw the right kind of attention to your podcast? In this episode, I’m sharing 10 different strategies you can use to build up your podcast-listening audience and turn them into loyal fans.
+++
Are you building the right business for your personality type? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
One of the absolute best things I ever did for my coaching business was start a podcast. In my opinion, there’s just no better way to connect with your audience, provide value, share your expertise, and showcase your personality than by coming into someone’s headphones every week. With over 4 million active podcasts worldwide today, clearly, I’m not the only one who thinks that. But, the real question here is…should YOU start a podcast? In this episode, I’ll share what it takes to have a podcast and the step-by-step process to start one.
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
It seems like, in the landscape of online business especially, what works for business growth and success changes every week. One minute, this strategy is a must-do. Then the next, that strategy is outdated, and now you should be doing the complete opposite. So, in this episode, I’m going to break down everything that’s working in my business right now—and has been for years—and how you can implement similar timeless strategies in your business, too.
Aligned Launch Lab - https://shawnmynar.com/alignedlaunch
ManyChat IG Automation - https://manychat.com,
Signature Program Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnout-masterclass
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Pricing…it’s one of the hardest decisions we make as business owners. What’s too little? What’s too much? What clearly conveys the value of the offer? And how do we hit our revenue goals while also being inclusive? In this episode, I’m going to walk you through my best tips and advice for putting an appropriate price tag on what you do in your business, so stay tuned.
Aligned Launch Lab Waitlist - https://shawnmynar.com/alignedwaitlist
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Courses are all the rage right now for online business owners and for good reason. Anyone’s ears would perk up with the promise of passive income and a completely hands-off business. But, while that may all sound great, there’s still a lingering question…is it the right business model for you? In this episode, I’m going to share why online courses may not be the best business model for most coaches and practitioners, and what to do instead.
Episode 226 - The Truth About Passive Income - https://shawnmynar.com/podcast/episode226
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
How would you spend your time working on your business if you only did what you wanted to do? If you only put your energy towards what felt good in the moment? I set out to find the answers to those questions for myself over the past 30 days. In today’s episode, I’m sharing what that experiment looked like, what happened to my business because of it, and the lessons I learned that may help you find more flow in your business, too.
Ep. 145 - How I Plan My Week So Everything Gets Done - https://shawnmynar.com/podcast/episode145
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Question for you: What’s your business vibe? Who are you attracting? What message are you conveying? The answers to these questions all come down to your brand identity. One of the very first things we do as business owners is create a visual representation of our business. And that’s one of the most important decisions because it helps create your business vibe. So today, we’re going to go over the questions you need to ask to discover this vibe, AKA your brand identity.
Create Your Niche Statement - shawnmynar.com/niche
Brand Journal - Amuse Design Studio
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Does it feel like an uphill battle to get paying clients? Not sure how you’re supposed to get these clients when your social media posts aren’t getting any engagement and your following isn’t growing? Today, we’re taking social media out of the equation entirely, going back to basics, and breaking down all the other avenues you can use to get clients in your coaching programs, packages, and courses quickly, so you don’t have to stress about what to post or what the algorithm is doing that day to generate income in your business right away.
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
There’s a trend going around Instagram right now called, “The Instagram is fake” trend where business owners and influencers are getting vulnerable and sharing what’s really going on for them behind the scenes—the secret thoughts, fears, and beliefs they have that Instagram doesn’t show. After seeing quite a few of these posts in my feed the past few weeks, I’ve noticed some commonalities in what really goes through the minds of successful business owners. So today, I’m sharing the key takeaways business owners at all levels and stages can learn from this trend.
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
If there’s one thing I see lacking in new business owners across the board, females in particular, it’s confidence. Whether it’s not believing in their capabilities to run a business or not feeling sure in their ability to help the people they want to help, one thing’s for sure…it’s keeping them from their business dreams. In this episode, I’ll go over 5 things you can do to build confidence in your business so you can put yourself out there, show up for your clients, and create the success you desire.
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Building your program is a major milestone in your business and something to celebrate in itself. But now, it’s time to invite people in and make sales, AKA host your beta launch. In this episode, I’ll walk you through the exact steps to follow for your program's beta launch and the common ingredients I see people missing from their launch that leave them disappointed, doubting their program, and questioning their business…when really it’s just because they need to tweak their launch strategy, so stay tuned…
Signature Program Bundle - https://shawnmynar.com/thebundle
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever wondered what it’s REALLY like to create a program from start to finish? Sure, it seems so easy for everyone else, but when you think about the process yourself, it’s confusing, overwhelming, and seems like it would take forever. Well today, I’m taking you behind the scenes of the past few months in my business while creating my newest program from start to finish or, as I like to call it brainstorm to beta launch, I’m breaking down what I worked on, when, and for how long, so you can see a real life example of what’s truly involved to create your own program.
Signature Program Bundle - https://shawnmynar.com/thebundle
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
One of the biggest questions that comes up when my clients are putting together a paid offer is, “Will someone buy this?” Which to some degree also begs the question, “What if nobody buys this?” Both of which are real questions you should be considering in your business. After all, you definitely do not want to spend the time and energy putting together an offer that no one actually wants and doesn’t bring in any income for you. So, in this episode, I’m breaking down all of the tips, tricks, and tools you can use to make SURE people will buy your offer once you put it out into the world.
Get in on the Signature Program Bundle before the price increases significantly on April 1st, 2024!! Head here to join us - https://shawnmynar.com/thebundle
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
I think we can all agree that building a business is a rollercoaster ride of emotions. And sometimes, that rollercoaster ride can make it seem like the idea of giving up on your business dreams is the easiest and best option for you. And, guess what, sometimes it IS the right thing to do. So, how do you know when you should give up on your business dreams and when you should keep moving forward? I’ll give you the key signs to look for in this episode.
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Does it ever seem like there are SO many people doing what you do that it feels impossible to get noticed, let alone build a thriving business in such a crowded space? With the rapid growth of the online coaching space, it often can feel like there are just TOO many people all trying to do something similar for you to really be able to stand out, share your message, and attract the right people to your work. Well, Today is the day all that changes. Because in this episode, I’m sharing the 3 things you need to to today to stand out in a crowded industry, no matter what industry you're in.
"Website That Works" FREE Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/webclass
Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/magic
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
The word copywriting alone is an anxiety trigger for too many coaches, practitioners, experts, solopreneurs, and small business owners. But wait, it doesn’t have to be this way! And really, shouldn't be. Because you literally can't afford to shy away from writing copy for your business because good copy is essential to getting clients and making sales. In this episode, I'm sharing 3 simple hacks you can do TODAY to turn your copywriting skills to pro-level so clients find YOU instead of you spinning your wheels trying to find THEM.
"Website That Works" FREE Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/webclass
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
It doesn’t take more than a 10 second scroll on Instagram or Facebook before you run into an ad promoting something…and it’s something you kinda actually want and need. Social media ads are everywhere and for good reason…they work. For us coaches, practitioners, and experts, they help get your work in front of the right people—the people that want and need your help. That’s powerful stuff, especially in a world where organic visibility is becoming harder and harder by the day.
So today, I’m talking with a paid ads expert to discuss the power of ads to gain visibility, leads, and sales for your business and what it takes to get started.
Frannie's website - elevaterhermarketing.com
Click here for Frannie's Instagram
Paid Traffic Path
FREE Ad Results Calculator
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Social media is a hot topic for a lot of business owners, and for good reason. Some love it, most don’t love it, and everyone’s trying to figure out how to use it to grow their business, Many times, when the topic of social media comes up, it comes with a lot of heaviness, frustration, disappointment, and confusion. No longer is it just an app to share photos and stories. For many, it’s a source of stress and resistance. In this episode, I’m going to share the 5 ways I changed my relationship with social media that helped me go from stress and struggle to peaceful posting.
Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/magic
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
We’ve all heard about the glorious benefits of making “passive income.” Making sales while you sleep, are on vacation, or playing with your kids. It sounds almost too good to be true in our chronically overworked, underpaid world. Except real people are doing it with their businesses, and it IS totally possible for you. But there’s more to the story with passive income that not enough people talk about. In this episode, I’m going to break down the truth about passive income.
Messaging Magic Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/magic
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Take a peek into my world and what it's like running an online business while protecting my time, space, and energy as an introvert. I'll take you through a typical week in my life and business—what I spend my time on, how much I work, when and how I work, how I make money, when I make money, etc...
This is to show you what’s possible but also to show you HOW possible it is for you. You can have a simple, low-key, thriving business.
Aligned Launch Lab Waitlist - shawnmynar.com/allwaitlist
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
We’re approaching that time of year! The time where everyone creates resolutions and goals for the new year ahead filled with hope and promise that things will finally come together over the next 365 days. On Unstuck Entrepreneur, we’re going to do something different. Yes, goals are important for your business and you should be thinking of your goals for the next year. But before you do that, you need to create your vision for the year ahead that will guide your goal-making process. We’ll do that here in this episode so, stay tuned!
“Who you are a year from now is a different version of you than who you are right this moment.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your brain doesn’t know the difference between real and imagine, so every time you are visualizing that version of you, your brain thinks that is real.” - Shawn Mynar
“Most of us make decisions based on our present, not our future or even our past, we make decisions based on our past, not our future and we continue to repeat the same things over and over and we continue to stay stuck and not get anywhere.” - Shawn Mynar
“If we just make that shift and really understand that future that we want to become and once we have that, we can make decisions and movement from that place and those decisions are very different.” - Shawn Mynar
How To Actually Reach Your Goals - shawnmynar.com/episode130
Newsletter signup - shawnmynar.com/links
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Let’s talk about the fear of failure. It’s the biggest fear out there for entrepreneurs. In fact, I think it's the most common reason that most businesses never even get off the ground.
In this episode, I talk about getting over the fear of failure and the inner work required to see it for what it really is. I also share my 4 best tips you can do today to move through your fear and focus on your success.
“Failure is part of the process, it’s part of having a business… just think of it as an initiation into the world of working for yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
“Having something not work out, not go as planned does not mean you or your business or your ideas are a failure… all it means is that something didn’t work and that happens all the time in all areas of life to every single person.” - Shawn Mynar
“Plan on things not going as planned.” - Shawn Mynar
“Mistakes and failures can be seen as ‘bumpers’ because they’re guiding you in the right direction.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM WAITLIST
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
For the past 5 years, I’ve had over 20 streams of income in my online business, with all but one of them being "passive." To say I am a BIG fan of this business model is a complete understatement. And it’s interesting to me because I don’t see enough business owners taking advantage of all the income opportunities at their fingertips. I’m here to change that! In this episode, I’m going to take you behind the scenes of my business, share more about each one of these income streams, and give you 10 income ideas that you can add to your business. Stay tuned!
"Once you are confident with your niche, guess what else you are gonna be confident in? Everything.” - Shawn Mynar
“You don’t have to wait for your business to get bigger or for you to have had more clients, these passive income are stuff that you can do right now.” - Shawn Mynar
“Stop waiting and start doing.” - Shawn Mynar
“Passive income is something that builds over time but you gotta get started now and really get clear and intentional about what you’re doing and what you’re building now.” - Shawn Mynar
Niche Confident Class - shawnmynar.com/niche
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
There’s one big marketing mistake that I see a lot of wellness business owners making that they don’t even realize they’re making. And If you’re someone who’s making this mistake, it’s easily costing you clients, sales and income. With just one simple shift, you can solve this problem, save your marketing materials, and quickly start making more sales, attracting a bigger audience, and connecting deeper with your people. Let’s find out if you’re making this big marketing mistake and how you can turn it around asap. Stay tuned!
Niche Confident Class - shawnmynar.com/niche
“Squeeze the most out of your content. Be sure to use it to the best of your ability. Be sure as many people get in touch with that content as possible.” - Shawn Mynar
“Just remember that what you are creating today can be re-used over and over and should be re-used over and over again.” - Shawn Mynar
“People feel seen, heard, understood, and acknowledged when they feel like someone is in their head, speaking directly to them using the words and phrases that they have going on over and over in their head.” - Shawn Mynar
“It’s about changing your words so that you create a better connection with the people that are already in your audience.” - Shawn Mynar
“Figure out their words then do an audit with your stuff.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
So, you’re ready to take content creation seriously in your business and get new eyes on your work. But then, you sit down to create and…nothing. You feel blocked, not knowing what to say in your content that will actually move the needle in your business. It feels like there should be some sort of organization and strategy involved, but if so, you don’t have it.
Has this scenario ever happened to you? Chances are…if you’ve ever tried to create meaningful content for your business…it’s crept in at some point.
In this second episode of the Aligned Audience Attraction series, I’m giving you some tips and tools to create the only content strategy you’ll ever need.
"Let’s take this way back to what actually is true: You want to help someone else, that there is another way, that there is hope and it’s simply a matter of showing up and sharing what they need to hear today." - Shawn Mynar
"Make sure your purpose really lines up with what's going on in your business, always consider that in terms of content." - Shawn Mynar
"One of the best ways that you have some control over is through creating content that is highly searchable." - Shawn Mynar
"The strategy is to think in terms of your dream client and what they will be putting in that search bar. What are they searching for?" - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
I know business-building can feel overwhelming. I know the to-do list can get so long that it stops you from ever getting started. I know it can seem like getting clients and building an audience is almost impossible these days. But, it doesn't have to be that way. In this episode, I’ll share the 7 simple action items you can take right now to start and grow a profitable wellness business without working more hours or adding more stress.
“I just started putting myself out there. I made mistakes, tons and tons, I still do and I learn from them. I invested in myself, I asked for help and I decided that my dream would absolutely be my reality.” - Shawn Mynar
"I want you to decide to show up, decide to take action, decide to go after your purpose, passion and dreams, decide to invest to what’s actually important to you, decide that your capable and decide to make it happen." - Shawn Mynar
“How you show up in your business determines who and what you will attract and how it will feel to you.” - Shawn Mynar
"The number 1 thing keeping you from making more money is your mind." - Shawn Mynar
+++
Holistic Business Starter Sign Up Page
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Struggling to grow your email list despite offering valuable freebies? You're not alone! Today, we discuss the complexities of enticing people to sign up for your list and the art of creating irresistible freebies. We delve into the nitty-gritty of the process, discussing what it takes to get your freebie in front of the right eyes, and how to keep it there.
But creating a compelling freebie is only half the battle. Promotion is key, and this episode reveals the magic formula of repetition and engagement. Discover surprising facts about how your social media followers interact with your posts and the number of times you need to expose them to your freebie before they take action. Learn how to keep your posts engaging, how to manage expectations, and how to talk about your freebie in a way that resonates with your audience.
Lastly, we tackle the challenge of crafting messaging that aligns with your ideal client. Uncover the right words to connect with your audience and improve your messaging to make it more effective. If you've ever wanted to create a business that reflects your personality, you're in luck! We share a simple quiz that can help you discover your flow business personality type, allowing you to build a business that you absolutely love. Tune in as we unwrap the secrets to building an email list that converts.
Remember: Growing an email list can seem daunting, but with the right strategies and a little patience, success is within your grasp. Don't miss out on this insightful episode!
“It takes time to build a business… it takes time to grow it all and knowing that, give yourself the space and time to make it happen.” - Shawn Mynar
“Shift your messaging to be in alignment with what your dream clients need to hear.” - Shawn Mynar
“It’s just really remembering to be patient, to give yourself time, to be persistent, to be consistent and to use this momentum that you’re building.” - Shawn Mynar
Messaging Episodes:
Ep. 176 - The #1 Thing You Need To Change To Make More Sales
Ep. 186 - Do You Have Magnetic Messaging?
Sign up for the Signature Program Bundle
Check out the Messaging Magic Masterclass
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ahhh, that business to-do list. The plan you have in place to make it all happen. Seems easy enough to just work through that list and have your dream business in no time. So then, why can't you stick to that plan? On today's listener question episode, we're talking about the possible barriers to your business-building action plan, including a VERY important one...self-doubt. You don't actually think it's possible for yourself. So when it comes time to take real action, all kinds of blocks get in the way. Tune into this episode if you've ever found yourself ignoring your action plan.
“’Do you want it bad enough?’ Ask yourself that question and be open to the answer, it might be no, and that is a really awesome thing to know about yourself too.” - Shawn Mynar “You get to decide what stories you tell yourself, what stories you believe, what stories you take in, what stories you want to take out and remove forever. You have the power over that.” - Shawn Mynar “Do it anyway. Nothing will make that block go away faster than to push through it and take action anyway.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Today, we're talking with my friend and fellow online business boss, Stephanie Dodier, about her journey from a corporate executive to a nutrition coach, and then to a successful online entrepreneur. Stephanie's "safe" corporate job was anything but, and a major wake-up call led to her drop it all and take a big leap of faith to start the business she now operates today.
Drawing from her personal battle with weight for a quarter of a century, Stephanie's mission is to guide others to heal their relationship with their bodies and food. A trailblazer in her field, she's creating a new model that caters to those wishing to embark on their own self-improvement journey, as well as those aspiring to be certified in non-diet coaching. Stephanie's non-diet coaching certification program is a beacon for health professionals seeking to liberate themselves and their clients from the shackles of diet culture. Tune in to hear more about Stephanie Dodier's incredible journey, which will inspire you to leap towards your passion and redefine your life path.
“I want people to recognize also that God or the universe, whatever you believe in will send you your people to confirm you are on the right path.” - Stephanie Dodier “It’s telling your story in words that will make people feel safe and presenting them a way to work with you.” - Stephanie Dodier “Along the way, it was like a leap of faith, but the universe kept confirming that I was on the right path. I was scared, but I was on the right path.” - Stephanie Dodier
Stephanie's Website - stephaniedodier.com
Stephanie's Instagram - @stephdodier
Podcasts: Undiet Your Life & Undiet Your Coaching Practice
Learn more about the Undiet Coaching Certification
FREE training - Become A Non-Diet Coach
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever felt the weight of "the shoulds" dictating your next business move? Me too. In this episode, I'm sharing my personal experiences and struggles of feeling pressured to conform to business trends to finally attain a flow business.
The road to success isn't paved with 'shoulds'; instead, it's about moving from resistance to alignment. We'll dig deep into the fears that often drive our decisions and differentiate between what is truly essential and what is a perceived 'should'. Together, we'll learn to challenge the idea of 'I should do this' and question its validity, helping you navigate your path with clarity and conviction.
And here's the real kicker - transitioning from 'I should' to 'I want to' and 'I get to' can transform tasks from burdens into opportunities. Imagine running a business that flows with your unique rhythm, feeling less like a chore and more like a rewarding journey.
“When you have this very real connection to your deepest desires for your business… then those things that are previously ‘shoulds’ start making more sense and you will find that resistance fades because its part of your aligned action that gets you where you want to go.” - Shawn Mynar
“It’s about reminding yourself over and over again what it is you want, why you want it and then those ‘shoulds’, the edge starts coming off of them and they start feeling doable and accessible.” - Shawn Mynar
“We will always have to take aligned action to get where we want to go, it won’t just magically show up in front of you, you have to take action.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever wrestled with the 'how' of starting a business, but found yourself stuck in inaction? You're not alone. Together, we dismantle the layers of superficial motivations and ego-driven desires, grounded in the wisdom drawn from Benjamin Hardy's book "Personality Isn't Permanent". The key insight? A powerful 'why' can be your breakthrough to not just dream, but act.
As we journey deeper, we illuminate the path to your true motivation for success. We unleash powerful techniques to help you visualize your true desires, and feel their potential. So, are you ready to discover your bigger 'why' in business, and fuel a journey towards a business you absolutely love?
“When it is a strong ‘why’ you can get yourself through and do any ‘how’. The ‘how’ becomes doable.” - Shawn Mynar “If we’re talking surface level versus that deep desire, that deeper ‘why’ that is going to move you forward.” - Shawn Mynar “As soon as you have this bigger ‘why’ you will start moving the needle. Your wheels will start spinning again and you will have that motivation, encouragement to make it happen.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever wonder why we're programmed to think that holding a secure job is less risky than running your own business? I take you on a personal journey to debunk this myth. Treading on this uncharted territory, I challenge the conventional thinking about job security and business risks. This is where the beauty of a scalable business model kicks in.
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
“Start your business. Have a business, be actively working on and in your business… once you have that business you have to be willing to do what it takes to make it happen, whatever that it is.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are in the driver seat, you are the one in charge of making the money that you want to make.” - Shawn Mynar
“Safety can come from your business when you do it the right way, when you create that scalable income and really make it something yours, something that can grow with you.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Be honest with me...are you truly embodying the successful business owner you want to be? Are you thinking, acting, speaking, and making business decisions based on who you are now, who you were in the past, or who you'll be in the future? Today, we're confronting some hard truths about how fear, anxiety, and overthinking might be derailing you from your goals—all because of how you're approaching your business energetically. We discuss the importance of energetic alignment and how it can influence your business growth. Shifting your mindset from the past or present, into the future, where you've already accomplished your business aspirations, can significantly transform your journey.
Free Website Event - shawnmynar.com/webclass
“When you make a decision based on current circumstances, then you stay in those current circumstances. You have to make decisions based on your future reality and how you want that to look.” - Shawn Mynar “What kind of energy are you infusing into your business right now? And is that the foundation that you want to build your business on?” - Shawn Mynar “Take the time to embody the version of you that you truly want to be, the whole reason you are working on this business.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever felt like you're business strategy is just getting more and more complicated? You're not alone. It's a noisy world out there with an overwhelming amount of information at our fingertips, making it all too easy to overcomplicate our business approaches.
What if the key to ease in business was just one powerful question away? Let's explore how asking, 'What would it look like if it were easy?' can help us tune out external distractions and focus on intuitive, simple solutions that work best for us. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur or a seasoned business owner embarking on a new project, this episode is packed with insights that could revolutionize the way you approach not just your business, but your life too. Say goodbye to business complications and hello to a simpler, more effective approach.
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
“A lot of times, we unintentionally make things harder and more complicated than they really need to be.” - Shawn Mynar “The more complicated and harder we make it, the longer we can stall, plan, we can procrastinate on doing the thing on making it happen.” - Shawn Mynar “All of these things happen when you figure out the best path for you which really starts by figuring out what it would look like if it were easy because that’s what will move you forward.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Failure...the big "F" word in business. Fear of failure is a common block for most business owners—new and old—often keeping people from ever getting started or making the next big move toward their dreams. In this episode, we'll work through that fear together so you can take action, knowing failure isn't an option.
Join me as we challenge the conventional notion of failure and explore how it can be a powerful tool for your business. It's time to see failure for what it really is—not an end, but a necessary stepping stone carving your path.
Make Messaging Magic Waitlist - https://shawnmynar.com/waitlist
“Doing it, giving it a try, trying your best, getting it started, having a business, getting it off the ground right there is the ultimate in business success.” - Shawn Mynar
“Having something not work out, not go as planned, does not mean you and your business are a failure.” - Shawn Mynar
“The reality is failures are just lessons you need to learn to get where you want to go.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever been curious about the power of paid advertising in business growth? Strap yourself in for an enlightening journey as I, Sean, share my personal experiences with the world of paid ads. Ever thought about navigating the realm of Facebook and Instagram ads? I'm here to reveal why having certain systems in place before investing in paid ads is crucial, no matter your business stage. Despite some initial blunders and financial setbacks, I've harnessed the art of expanding my business consistently, even during my downtime.
Dive into the realm of building trust and likeability with customers who find your business through paid advertising. You'll uncover the process of moving social media followers from being mere spectators to signing up for freebies and eventually turning into paid customers. This episode peels back the curtain on how prioritizing time and freedom over money, using paid ads, can break the chains of relentless content creation. If you've ever had doubts about investing in paid ads, this is your golden opportunity to comprehend how it can grant you time and financial freedom.
Lastly, I'll shed light on how paid advertising can be utilized to grow your email list, boost your social media following, and ultimately make sales. You'll learn the importance of continually refining your ads to hit the sweet spot and how you can control your spending. Discover how to warm up the cold audiences you reach through paid ads by crafting a safe, consistent, and engaging content space. So, don't miss out as I dissect the essentials of running successful ads, like having an irresistible freebie, a solid freebie landing page, and a powerful welcome email sequence. And, yes, there's more - we'll soon have a Facebook and Instagram ads expert joining us on the show!
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
"A solid freebie landing page is essential to have a really good return on investment with your ads and it needs to be in place before you even consider it." - Shawn Mynar "If nobody wants your freebie in your organic audience, then chances are it’s not gonna go well when you put money behind it and start paying for ads." - Shawn Mynar "Be willing to spend money that you may not get and use that information to then test and tweak and really find a flow that works for you and for the people that are seeing these ads." - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Are you building your business while also working full-time, managing a full client load, and/or taking care of your family? In this episode, we'll discuss how to maximize the limited number of hours you have available so you can spend your time on the right things for your business.
Plus, I break down a schedule to follow that will have your business launched by the end of the year! If you have a limited time to work on your business but are determined to make it happen, this episode is for you.
“If you don’t use a calendar for your life, I don’t know how you’re getting anywhere, but if you don’t, start now.” - Shawn Mynar
“The way that your business work and most businesses works is that the time and the energy that you spend now gets that return in the future, so it’s really an investment.” - Shawn Mynar
“The number one most important thing that you should be spending most your time on is figuring out your paid offer and getting it out into the world.” - Shawn Mynar
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Who says you need a massive audience before you can start making REAL money in your business? Allow me to shatter that myth and lay out the process to generate sales, regardless of your audience size. In fact, selling to a smaller audience can be incredibly potent as it allows for deeper connections and trust-building. Because, at the end of the day, it's not about the size but about the quality of your audience and how you engage with them. It's all about transitioning your followers from casual observers to committed customers. So, tune in, and let's make your small audience your biggest asset!
“Is there this special, imaginary, magical number of people that you need to get in front of before it makes it worth it to make money? To build your business? To start your business? Of course not.” - Shawn Mynar
“What you put out is what you will attract back… putting out that energy to your small audience that you would if your audience is bigger, breeds a bigger audience.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you want to grow your audience, then you need to show up as if that audience has already grown or is already growing.” - Shawn Mynar
“I want you to get super duper clear on the benefits and the transformation of what you are selling, not the paid offer itself.” - Shawn Mynar
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Does social media feel more like a force than a flow in your business? I get it. But what if there was a way that social media could feel fun and light instead of heavy and overwhelming? In this episode, I'll show you how to utilize this powerful marketing tool without it consuming your sanity.
I'm sharing my personal experience with social media over the past 10 years—growing not one, but two social media accounts—and the strategies I use to craft engaging content and stay responsive to the ever-changing landscape of social media without it taking a ton of time and energy. Social media can be a tool for authentic connections rather than a dreaded chore. Pinky swear.
“I have detached any meaning about me, my business, my success, how much money I can make, I detached any of that to what happens on social media… nothing means anything to me emotionally.” - Shawn Mynar
“Don’t keep posting things that aren’t working. If they are not getting the engagement you want, that means it’s not working.” - Shawn Mynar
“Without detachment, when you are feeling attached to anything, you make something that is completely out of your control mean more than it does.” - Shawn Mynar
Messaging Episodes: Episodes 184-186
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
As an introvert, I know just how challenging it can be to want to help more people and have your own business, but NEED time and space. It wasn't until I took my business fully online that I realized I could have it all. In this episode, I'm sharing the unexpected things I learned about having an online business as an introvert, guided by insights from Susan Cain's book Quiet.
If you're an introvert who wants to build a thriving online business that aligns with your needs, this episode is for you. I'll share with you the advantages of adopting an online business model, from the comfort of working from your own home to reaching a wider audience without the energy drain of always being "on." You'll learn how to tailor your business to your needs and create effective marketing plans.
“You are free to be an introvert and to protect your time and energy, and to take care of yourself and to spend time doing the things that you love.” - Shawn Mynar
“Online business is the best business model for introverts.” - Shawn Mynar
“Really consider more specifically what you want your business to look and feel like knowing that all of that is possible, all of that can be packaged up into this really wonderful, gentle, cozy thing for you and that is your flow business.” - Shawn Mynar
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever wondered why your business isn't flowing as smoothly as you'd like? Could it be the fear of investing that's holding you back? In this episode, we explore the significance of investing in your business, the blocks that often keep us stuck, and the paradigm shifts necessary to overcome them. We expose the realities of running a successful business and break down the monthly expenses involved.
Investing in your business doesn't end with money; it's about investing in yourself too. It's about creating and nurturing a business that aligns with your personality and passion, a business that flows.
“You can’t build a business without the infrastructure in place and the knowledge to make it happen.” - Shawn Mynar
“Anything you spend money on to make that business run, to make it profitable, all of that is an investment. It is there so you can make more money, to get a return on your investment.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are worthy, capable and deserving of that business but you have to show yourself that and the way to do that is by investing in yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
“Believe it or not making financial investments are the catalyst for that growth to really make it happen.” - Shawn Mynar
“Investments are here to make you more money and they will when you take that action, have that energetic shift with that transaction.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ready to dominate business overwhelm? We've got your back! Join me, your host Shawn, and the awe-inspiring Louise Henry, as we unravel the mysteries of Asana, a game-changing free project management tool, that'll not only help you stay organized but also tackle that business overwhelm head-on. Louise, with her rich business journey from launching a jewelry line, to becoming a virtual assistant, and now an online course creator, is the perfect accomplice in this exploration.
Why should you break down a mammoth project into manageable tasks and how does it breed a sense of momentum? How can a habit tracker possibly keep track of your progress and what role does a checklist play in keeping you motivated? We'll answer all these questions and more. Plus, discover how Asana's flexibility allows it to easily absorb changes, and how quickly you can expect results. Louise isn’t shy about sharing her personal process and even throws in a challenge to kick start your journey with Asana. Trust us, you wouldn’t want to miss this!
Join us as we talk about Louise's nonprofit, Tim's Club, an initiative close to her heart dedicated to empowering individuals with autism to lead purposeful lives. And yes, for those eager to delve deeper into Asana, Louise is hosting a free three-day challenge on August 7th at www.SeanMiner.com. Get ready to learn, evolve, and conquer business overwhelm with us. This podcast is not just a conversation, it is a treasure trove of actionable insights and strategies to help you build a flow business. So, are you ready to flow with us?
“It’s actually really important to just have one tool. Like one central dashboard for your entire life.” - Louise Henry
“When you’re relying on your paper planner you can often lose your goals, you’re not really sure if you’re moving all of your dream projects forward so it’s much easier to do in a digital space.” - Louise Henry
“Know that concept of building your second brain, that’s really what we’re using Asana for, you just download everything in and then you know what you need to do to move everything forward business and life.” - Louise Henry
“If there’s something that can help you be consistent which we all know is a key to success when it comes to content and growing your following, this is it. Just get yourself organized to be consistent.” - Louise Henry
“Anyone who’s been in business for a bit of time will tell you to just keep showing up. Keep doing it consistently.” - Louise Henry
Louise's FREE 3-Day Biz Makeover Challenge - https://shawnmynar.com/makeover
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Are you ready to conquer your fears and achieve your business dreams? I'm your host Shawn, and I promise that by the end of our time together, you'll have a fresh perspective on how to overcome the fear that's blocking your path to success. I'm inviting you to join my free Burnout Proof Your Business Masterclass, where you'll learn how to create a signature program, just like the one that propelled my business to new heights. Brace yourself for a ride that will lead you to work less, earn more, and regain control and flexibility in your business.
Fear in business - it's like a boulder in our river, impeding our flow and growth. But what if I told you that not all fears are real? Buckle up as we embark on a deeper journey to distinguish real fears from fake ones. We'll explore basic needs, worst-case scenarios, and I'll ask you some tough questions. It's normal to feel fear; what's important is how we manage it. Let's face it together, head-on! Remember, bravery is not the absence of fear, but the audacity to confront it. So, are you ready to bet on yourself in the world of business? Tune in!
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - https://shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
What if you could create a business that not only brought you financial success but also joy and fulfillment? Welcome back to another episode of the Flow Business Podcast, where we'll show you how you can create a business that complements your life, rather than complicates it. We’ll be unraveling the secrets behind a thriving flow business, and how understanding your unique personality type can pave the way towards a business that feels good, fun, and wonderfully flowy. Get ready to take notes, ask yourself some tough questions, and begin crafting your very own flow business.
In the first half of this episode, we delve into the specifics of your flow business vision. We’ll be asking questions about where you’ll work, what you’ll do, who you’ll work with, and even what kind of content you’ll create. The aim is to give you a vivid image of your future business, something tangible that you can strive for. And then, we’ll explore the concept of "flow dials" - elements in your business that spark joy and create an energy that attracts. I’ll be sharing my own flow dials and how they’ve helped shape my business into the success it is today.
Niche Confident Course - shawnmynar.com/niche
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
Ever feel like you're swimming against the current in your business, working harder and harder but getting nowhere? What if you could change direction, and instead let your business flow naturally with your energy, your ideas, and your work? That's what I'll show you how to do in today's show – we'll be exploring the concept of a flow business, a model that moves with you, rather than against you. Together, we'll navigate the shifts and turns of this fascinating approach, discussing how it works, why it's effective, and how you can identify the kind of flow business that's right for you.
But that's not all. During a trip to Hawaii, my wife and I designed a beautiful manifesto for Flow Entrepreneurs, an embodiment of our vision, that has been sitting untouched since 2019. Today, I'll be dusting it off and sharing its wisdom with you all. Understanding your business and personality type is crucial to creating a business that truly aligns with who you are, and this manifesto is a fantastic tool to help you do just that. I'll walk you through its key points and extend an invitation to anyone interested in getting their hands on a copy. So, get ready for an episode jam-packed with insights that could change the way you do business forever!
+++
Are you building YOUR flow business? Find out here >>> TAKE THE QUIZ!
Ready for a business with less hustle, more flow? Create your own signature program >>> WATCH THE FREE MASTERCLASS!
Chat with me on Instagram >>> @SHAWNMYNAR
Get the latest scoop >>>SHAWNMYNAR.COM
+++
Enjoying the show? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support. 🙏
You have (or want to have) a business. Which probably means you have something to offer that people will pay you for. To make sure your business is profitable and successful, you need that paid offer to be something people actually want to buy so you can make sales and provide an income. Today, we’re going to talk about how you determine what that paid offer should be for YOUR business.
“Sometimes it takes doing it to realize what you don’t want, just as much as it does to realize what you do want.” - Shawn Mynar
“You’re allowed to evolve and change and find new things that you are passionate about and move with it.” - Shawn Mynar
“It’s all about the wants and needs of your dream client at their level. What they know, they want, and need.” - Shawn Mynar
“Listen to your audience. The best idea for your paid offer will come directly from your people.” - Shawn Mynar
“A huge piece of a thriving, healthy, profitable business is connecting and communicating with your people.” - Shawn Mynar
The Write Your Business Shop - shawnmynar.com/shop
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
As a listener of this show, you probably have or want to have a business, which means you have something to offer that people will pay you for. And to make sure your business is profitable and successful, you need that paid offer to be something people actually want to buy. So you can make sales and provide yourself an income. Today, we're gonna talk about how you determine what that paid offer should be for your business. So stay tuned.
0:33
Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:17
Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host here on the show. Thanks so much for tuning in. And hanging with me today, we've got a lot to cover in terms of figuring out your paid offer, what that should be for you, and your business and your clients and what's going to work best for everyone. But first, a few quick things, I will be taking the month of June, which if you're listening to this when it airs, which I know a lot of you don't. And that's totally fine, too. But it will be the next month off of the show. So there will not be any new episodes for the next four weeks. As I basically take a summer break, I've just decided after eight and a half years of podcasting that I'm in a season of life for taking occasional breaks from content creation is what works best for me and my energy, and my family and my business and everything. So there will be no new episodes coming out in the next four weeks. However, when I come back in July, and this is 2023, if you're listening to this in a totally different year, which also may be the case, then first of all, doesn't really apply doesn't matter. There's plenty of episodes now for you to listen to. So you can disregard this conversation. But when I come back for those that listen kind of as these episodes come out, there will be a rebrand of the show, it will be Episode 200, which is also a big deal in my book, kind of a milestone, if you will. So we'll be kind of celebrating that. And yep, like I mentioned, a rebrand, I'm going to get some guest experts on the show over in the next season and those kinds of things. So lots coming up, lots to be excited about. But first, a little bit of a break, which I hope you are finding in your life and your business too, because we all need to reset and recharge every once in a while. So that's what's going on over here. And then another big big announcement, I talked about this over on Instagram stories, and I'll share it here too. Back when I really committed to taking my business online, which was in I want to say 2014 2015 time I really committed and I knew it was going to happen, I was going to figure out how to make it work. And there were two kind of like goals, I guess just these things that I really wanted to happen. kind of almost like these milestones of having made it I guess, if you will, and yes, I'm using air quotes in this was my mind back in 2014 2015. A lot has changed since then. But you know, we'll go with it. I first of all, wanted to have something that would allow me to have a Black Friday sale, I wanted to be able to be with like everyone else in this world and have something I could mark down for Black Friday and promote it and get all this excitement and all that stuff. So in 2018 I had my signature program the fat burning female project out into the world had been for over a year at that point. And I put it on Black Friday sale. So check the box complete on that desire that goal of that and, you know, sidenote, never had anything else ever put on Black Friday sale after that. Not my jam, not my vibe, not something I want to be a part of, but hey, I did it. And I was able to find out that that wasn't something I wanted to keep doing in my business by actually doing it. So you know, sometimes it takes doing it to realize what you don't
5:00
Want just as much as it does to realize what you do want. And then the second thing of that whole visual I had for myself was to have a shop now at the time had no clue what I would put in this shop, especially if I was going to be selling like digital products like courses and programs and workshops, and masterclasses, those really aren't necessarily the best thing to put in a shop, because they typically need more kind of like sales, more marketing involved than just like having this one page up, go click, buy and purchase, like, get into my cart, and then click the purchase button, and you have this thing. So I wasn't sure how that was going to happen. But it was something that just really seemed cool to have back then. Well, now, my friends, I officially have a shop. This was not even something that was on my radar. As I started kind of diving into copywriting and starting to share more with you about how to write better copy for your business. And creating these tools to help you didn't even really cross my mind that this would turn into a shop. But then as I am organizing and trying to figure out the best way to make these resources available, hey, why would I not create a copy shop and have everything that I have available for you in terms of helping you write your copy for your business in one place on my website. So I now have a copy shop, it's officially titled The write your business shop. And that is over at Shawn mynar.com/shop, you can go check that out. As of right now, there's like seven or eight things on there, maybe seven, there will eventually by the end of the year be 10 I'm hoping for that's my goal for the year. Right now you can get the right your website bundle. But then if you just want to work on one page of your site at a time, I haven't broken down the bundle. And you can get right your homepage right your about page right your services page. I also have the messaging magic masterclass over in the shop. And that includes the messaging workbook that will absolutely change the game and your business that's over in the shop. So yeah, I'm really excited. It's kind of like another check box, completed of this whole journey of having an online business and what it looked like, at the beginning when I started this 789 years ago, and what it looks like now how it's all evolving. And of course back then there's not a chance that I would ever think my shop would be a copywriting shop. But here we are. And that just shows how much can change in your business in your life with what you love to do with what you're good at with what you're passionate about over time. And that's kind of one of the best things about having a business is that it can change with you and your clients, your dream clients can change with you and kind of evolve and grow. And there are people I know listening right now that have been with me since then there have been clients back then when I was teaching nutrition when I was teaching personal training, and then now are here and are learning copywriting from me and learning business tools and tips. And that just shows how really your business is like this living breathing thing that evolves with you, your clients evolve with you, you're allowed to evolve and change and find new things that you're passionate about and move with it. So totally going off on a tangent here. But all of this to say I have a shop and I'm really excited about it. It's a big step in my business and something that has finally come true that I kind of forgot I wanted but now that it's here, oh my God, that's actually really cool. So go check that out at Shawnmynar.com/shop. Okay, let's get into this paid off her talk. Because, you know, as is the case with a lot of the topics that we talk about here on this show. It's something that I see that I don't want to call a mistake, because it isn't. But it's something that a lot of coaches, practitioners, experts, who are trying to build their own business doing that type of service. They're actually making it harder to build that business and to make money to create an income for themselves, because they simply don't have the right paid offer. Meaning they're not offering their audience or the people they want to help the right thing they want to buy. There's a mismatch. And that can come down to a lot of different reasons. We'll talk about those coming up. But at the end of the day, I think it's quite obvious that we
10:00
We want to offer our dream clients something they actually want. And when you do that, hey, business gets a lot easier, making sales becomes a lot easier. So that's what we are after today. Okay, so here's the disconnect that I see quite often. And that is you creating a paid offer. That is what you want to do, what you want to teach what you want to coach on what would work best for you.
10:35
Or, and or really, what you know, your dream client needs, how this is the really, really, really hard part, especially as a coach or practitioner, or someone who knows the problem that their dream client is experiencing, like the back of their hand inside and out, and they know what they need so desperately. And you get into that space where like, yes, you just need this. But your dream client doesn't want that or doesn't know, that's what they need yet. And so you're jumping like 10 steps ahead of them and trying to sell them something, when they're way, way back here. And they need to be brought up into that space where they're ready for what you have, because now they know, that's what they need. And that actually is a copy thing. So we're gonna get into that towards the end of the episode. So let's put a pin in that right now. Because we'll circle back and talk about it when we talk about how our copy plays into having the right paid offer. But obviously, I think you can see the problem here, if you are creating something that you want, that you want to do that you want to teach on. And or you're creating something that you know, your dream client needs, but they're not in that headspace yet, then your train lion doesn't want it, it's like, you could be talking a foreign language to them. Everything that you say everything you post, everything you email them about is a completely different language, they do not get it, they do not want it, they're tuned out. And then it's not going to sell you are not going to make the sales that you want to make, even if you have an audience full of Perfect Fit clients. And what's the worst is that you spend all this time creating a paid off, or let's say it's a signature program, you've spent all this time creating it and getting everything ready, you're prepped to launch it, you put it out into the world, and no one buys it. That can feel really disheartening, really frustrating, really disappointing. And you get into that disappointment mode, you start spiraling about how no no one wants what you have to offer, your business is doomed. It's never going to happen for you. No one wants to listen to you. Our ego has a lot of stories, especially about that situation. But really, it's just because it's not the right paid offer. That's it. If such a logical like analytical 3d thing, you just don't have the right paid offer. And then under that umbrella, there's a few things to consider to maybe it's not the right type of paid offer. So for example, if your dream clients really want support, and accountability, with the problem that they're having with the journey they have to go on, then a hands off DIY course isn't going to cut it, that's not going to be valuable to them. And again, did talking a different language as soon as you bring up your DIY hands off course because that's not what they want. That's not what they need. But if they say I just need to know exactly what to do, and then I'll do it. No problemo. I will get this done. Just give me the step by step instruction, then that's a great for a DIY course. They see that like hands off DIY, step by step instruction, video tutorials blah, blah, blah. They're in. Right? So it's all about the wants and needs of your dream client at their level, what they know and they want and need. But then it also could be that it's just not the right topic. And this is something that happened to me. So I have very much a real example of this. If your dream clients are saying, I want to lose weight, and then you create a program on mindset when you know that mindset is a key piece to losing weight.
15:00
They don't know that they don't care. They get into this space of yeah, that mindset sounds really cool. Yes, I will totally work on that. As soon as I lose weight, they don't have that connection. This happened to me. So back, when I was kind of feeling complete with the fat burning female project, which was my first signature program, along the way of running that program for 1000s of women, I very much came to realize that their problem was in their mindset, they were having a very poor relationship with their body, they had a lot of disconnects, around food and food relationship issues. And it all came down to a mindset thing, and really looking at what was going on in their minds to heal their bodies to lose weight, if that's what their body was meant to do, and to just get comfortable, and confident no matter what kind of thing. I saw that as a need, that these people wanted. And my current audience, which was quite large at that time. So I created a program around the mindset of gaining a healthy, happy body didn't didn't go didn't go well. I know there are some of you listening right now that were in that program. And I know, we all know that it was a great, it was a really fun program, there was a lot of mindset work, and strategies and tools and things like that there's a lot of energetic work, and vibrational work, it was a really cool program. But it didn't hit, it didn't land with the vast majority of the audience I had at that time, I was literally speaking a different language to them when I started talking about the mindset. And like I said, it was very much one of those things where it's like, this sounds like something I would be interested in. But first I need to lose weight, like this is my imminent problem, I need someone to tell me how to lose this weight, or, you know, heal my thyroid or get my adrenals back on track or whatever this like surface level problem was with their health. And then I'll work on my mindset, it was like two separate things. Now, knowing what I know, now, this is like, what, five, six years later, I would work on my copy, I would work on my messaging. And I think that program would have gone on to be a raging success, if I would have done those things instead, you know, again, Side Story, this doesn't really have anything to do with what we're talking about today. But interesting to know that at the same time that program was running. And you know, there were a few people coming in, I was doing launches for it. And you know, it was a success in its own right, I would say. But at that same time, I started taking clients who wanted help with their businesses. So this it was kind of like this secret thing I was doing behind the scenes just thinking I would help. You know, these colleagues, my peers that were coming to me asking for business help, I would just kind of do that as one off things. But then I actually really enjoyed it. And it started spiraling and you know, over time turned into this and what we are doing here now on unstuck entrepreneur and everything I've done over the past four years as a business coach. So it was meant to be that program was not meant to be a success, because then I wouldn't be here sharing with you the lessons I learned from it not being a success. So here we are. Anyway, let's get back to talking about your paid offer. So in the case of it just not being the right topic, then it might be either that you need more time building up the right audience. If that is a topic that you are really passionate about, that you definitely really want to have a paid offer around, then spend more time work building up your audience of the right people who are ready for that topic, or is interested in that topic, or find the topic that your audience your current audience is interested in does need help with does and resonate with. Which brings me to the overarching solution to all of this that you're probably already kind of figuring out, which is to listen to your audience. The best idea for your paid offer will come directly from your people. It doesn't matter if right now, that is 10 people or 10,000 people or 10 million people, it doesn't matter, but you have to use what your audience is saying to create the paid offers for
20:00
for your business that will actually sell. And that means you need to connect with them. A huge piece of a thriving, healthy, profitable business is connecting and communicating with your people. Because your people have the answers, your audience basically writes your copy your audience, establishes your messaging, and your audience will tell you what paid offers to put out into the world. So connect with them get really super interested in every single thing. They say in a comment, they leave any direct message and you reply to email. You can even set up some virtual chats with your dream clients, you know, open up an hour on Zoom or something like that, and schedule like a few 15 minute appointments, just to talk with your people, people that maybe have purchased from you in the past, or you have some sort of connection with and you would feel comfortable going deeper with them. That's always an option. But you have to start listening, taking notice of what they're asking for it because I can guarantee they're telling you now they might not know they're not directly saying, Hey, will you create this kind of program? Or will you do this kind of DIY course, they're not saying that, but they are telling you about their problems. They're telling you what they would love to have, what they're not getting what they need, what they don't want, they are telling you, or they will tell you if you prompt them to. So use your social media, use your email connections, and see if you can get some answers. Now I do think that you're gonna get better answers. If you ask more indirect questions like, you know, what's been on your mind lately? What are you struggling with right now in relation to you know, whatever your niches, getting those kinds of things, kind of like prompting them to talk about their problems to talk about what they need, what they don't want, instead of just saying, Hey, would you guys like a course on blah, blah, blah? Or, Hey, would you like me to do an eight week program on blah, blah, blah? That that's not what we're looking for here? Because that's actually not going to provide very accurate answers. Because of course, yeah, until I know how much I have to pay sure I want to DIY course, that's not what we're looking for here, we're looking to create something so valuable for them that the price that you set it at doesn't matter that price point is irrelevant, because you have listened to them and created something that they need, that they want, that is valuable to them that solves their problem provides a solution provides the space, the kind of, of support that they're looking for. That is what we need to know. And then once you have those answers, create that create a solution to their problems, an answer to their questions, a desire they have that's not currently met a support group, if they want a support group, or a DIY hands off kind of thing that they can do whenever, if that's what they want, create what your audience wants. That is how you make sales. Now, let's move into talking a little bit about the copy aspect of this too, because there is the opportunity to take a paid offer that you know, your dream clients need, and turn it into something they want. Really that's kind of the whole purpose, or that's the power of having a really good copy. So if you have created a or want to create a paid offer, that you know, your dream clients need, but they're not quite there yet, like I said, with my example of the mindset but then wanting to lose weight, then you can use your copy to bridge that gap. And this is really just a lesson in the stages of awareness, which I don't think I've talked about here on the podcast yet I know I did in the messaging masterclass and the write your website, there's so many places where I have, but I actually don't think I've talked about them here yet. But a big piece of copywriting is to take your clients on a journey through different levels of awareness until they are ready to purchase from you. And if someone does not know that they need your solution, that you have that solution and that you are the right person for them than they are stuck in a more problem aware place. They are very much aware of their problem. They know exactly how it feels in
25:00
exactly what they don't want to happen, that is happening. They know the symptoms, and the experiences they're having, and they're stuck there. And when you're stuck in problem aware, you don't know a solution exist. And if you don't know solution exists, then you don't fully don't know that your solution is the right solution for them. So they need to be guided through that whole process of yes, there is a solution. Yes, this solution will get you out of this problem state. And here's why. And here's how that looks. And here's how it'll go and what you can expect. And then yes, I have an option for you to get that solution. And here's how that looks. And here's what we'll do. And here's what you can expect all of those things, then you slowly move them down the road from problem aware, to solution aware, and then to product aware, which is that your offer is their solution. And again, we go into this way more in the messaging masterclass. But that's just an example of, if you've created something that is a solution that your people aren't yet aware of, then that doesn't necessarily mean that your offer won't sell or isn't good. And you need to start over and start from scratch. No, but it does mean that you have some work to do in your copywriting and how you present that solution and meeting your clients where they're at and coaching them to that point where they now see you as the solution or as the one that has the solution to their problem. So it's like a really long journey, potentially, it could take time. And it definitely takes talking about it differently and presenting it differently. And that is the power of your copy the power of your words, the power of what you say, to the right people at the right time in the right way. And that is why I love copywriting I think it is the most amazing, transformative thing for your business. And it is something that every single one of you needs to get really clear on right away and start working on these skills for your business. I mean, your other option is to hire someone and have them write every word in your business for you, which would literally cost you millions of dollars. So I don't think you want to do that. Instead, learn how to do this in your business, and it will absolutely change the game for you. Now this copywriting technique does not work. If you have created something that you wanted to create, like something that you wanted to teach you wanted to coach on, something that sounded really good to you, let's just put it out there and see what happens and it flaps that won't necessarily work, there's a chance it could you could try to kind of maneuver your copy to become more appealing to your dream clients. But like I said, it's probably more so either creating something that you know, your clients already want, or spending the time building up a new audience that does want what you want to teach, which is great too. Because obviously you want to be doing what lights you up what you're passionate about and sharing that with the world. So it is going to be worth taking the time to build up an audience that agrees with you. So if you're in that space, where what you want is no longer what you used to talk about or what your old audience is looking for. That's okay. But you've got to make that decision of do I create a paid offer that they want? Or do I go off and pivot a little and start working towards this new thing? That's an option too. But no matter what if you have not created a paid offer yet, or you're not getting the sales that you thought you would on a paid offer you have put out, then you have to do this very analytical analysis. I think that's like kind of saying the same thing twice. But you have to do an analysis of if it's something that your dream clients are asking for. Is it something they are looking for? Is it solving a problem they know they have? Is it providing a solution they know they need? Where is your paid offer, stacking up in relationship to what your audience is currently saying? You just if you listen, I promise you they are telling you exactly what they would pay for. They really are. It's just a matter of tuning in, and then fall
30:00
believe that it's a really cool thing to make sure that you know that your next paid offer will be a success. And like I said, it could be someone even just saying, I would love a support group, I would love accountability, I would love to meet other people who are in this boat too, then like I said, a course isn't going to do that for you, you need to create a signature program or something where they have that community where they have other people going through the process to and vice versa. If they don't want that, just give me the steps and I'm done. Then now you know that too. So having this big giant program would be a waste, they don't want that. You just have to listen and figure that out for you and your people and your business. And it will all come together and you will make the sales that you want to make and you will help the people that you want to help. Okay, I will wrap things up here for the next month as I take a little summer break. And I will be back in a few weeks with more new episodes, and a fresh new rebrand. So until next time, take care.
31:09
Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who is looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy than there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
Writing emails…it’s one of those things you know you need to do as a business owner, but often something that, for a lot of people, can feel challenging, time-consuming, or boring. Today, we’re going to change all that. I’m breaking down my email-writing process so you can say goodbye to writer’s block and start writing emails your audience actually wants to read in a fraction of the time.
“At minimum, it’s every other week that you are sending these KLT email where it’s just building rapport, and giving value and connecting with your audience.” - Shawn Mynar
“When you experience writer’s block, my best recommendation is to just write something. Just get something on the page.” - Shawn Mynar
“All emails should have a goal, or a purpose, or a point. So what’s the point, why are you sending this?” - Shawn Mynar
“I can guarantee you with 100% certainty, it will take you so much less time to do the outline first and then fill in the gaps as it comes most naturally to you, not necessarily from start to finish.” - Shawn Mynar
“Don’t try to write it well the first time. There absolutely zero need to write something remotely decent even on the first try… But you have to get something out, you have to get the overall idea and what you wanna say out of your head and onto paper.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 writing emails. It's one of those things you know you need to do as a business owner, but often something that for a lot of people can feel challenging, time consuming, and or flat out boring. But today, we're going to change all that. I'm breaking down my email writing process. So you can say goodbye to writer's block, and start writing emails your audience actually wants to read in a fraction of the time. Let's dive in.
0:31 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:15 Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host, thanks so much for hanging out with me today on this special episode talking all about the email, the business email that you are sending as a business owner. So not just any old email, but the email that your people actually want to open and read and click on and do the thing and get more involved in your business. So kind of important, really big topic, one of my favorite topics to talk about. So first of all, if you aren't yet sending emails, in your business, this episode is for you, this is a very, very important episode for you to get over that hump to get over that hurdle, to really embrace the idea of sending emails for your business. Because if you're not, you're making it about 1000 times harder than it should be, to have a business and to make money in your business by not sending out emails. And that goes for you know, even if you're a local business, even your if you're a brick and mortar business where people come into your office or come into your shop, or whatever it is, emails still work, emails are still important if you have a business. So really important episode for you. And then also, if you are a business owner, or becoming a business owner, who struggles to write the emails you do send to them, you know, you need to you're already on board with that. But there are struggle, they're not fun. They're challenging, you don't know what to say, maybe you're not getting the response, or the engagement out of the emails that you do send, people aren't taking action, people aren't opening people aren't reading, people aren't clicking, whatever it is, this is also a very important episode for you. And if you've ever had a case of writer's block, when it comes to reading your emails, this is definitely the episode for you. So that's what we're gonna get into today, I have a very specific process that I follow for writing emails that I really don't think many people know to follow. This isn't something Well, I guess maybe it's something I made up, but I don't think so. Maybe my own process is but it follows a very specific kind of guideline for how to write emails, which, first of all, is not to write it from the first word all the way down to the last word in order that is definitely prime and ripe for writer's block. And for writing an email that doesn't actually do anybody any good. So it makes it way harder on you too. So that's the first thing and we'll talk more about that coming up. But it also is, you know, just not really having a very clear direction and understanding of your email before you start. So that's what we're really going to do and focused on today is creating the framework and the outline for your email because once you have that writing the actual email like filling all of it in is easy peasy. And as I promised in the intro, going to cut so much time off of your email writing process. That's what we're going to get into today. Now, first thing is to recognize that there are many different types of emails as a business owner. So let's
5:00 break those down first. So, you know, kind of in your own business, what emails you're sending. And then also what we're going to talk about specifically today, because each type of email, has its own process has its own purpose. And they're all treated quite a bit differently. And today, we're going to focus on one specific type. So the first type of email that you have in your business is the welcome email. And this really is actually a series of emails. So this comes after someone has opted in, potentially to your freebie or even just to your email list. And they have said, Yes, I would like to receive your emails. So we talk about that welcome sequence a lot here on the show already have. So not going to go over that. But that is one type of email is the welcome email series that comes right when someone joins your list. Then we have the enrollment email series, which is your sales sequence. This is when you have something that you are selling, whether that comes after your special event, or it's just this thing you're kind of starting to talk about with your audience, you have those emails that are specifically designed to sell something, again, very different than any other type of email, then you have what I like to call the invitation emails, which this comes before those enrollment emails. And this is an invitation to your special event that then will kick off your launch will kick off those enrollment emails. So invitation emails are again, very different than a welcome email or an enrollment email. This is more so an invitation to a free special event, which is very exciting. And there's a lot of build up to that. So that's a totally different story. And then the last type of email to kind of categorize here is what I call the KL T email, otherwise known as your regular weekly or bi weekly newsletter, I think newsletter kinda feels a little stuffy. When we think about it that way, you can absolutely call it your newsletter, it's totally fine. But I call it the Kol T. Because really what we're doing is we're building that know like, and trust in those emails. There's nothing necessarily for sale. There's no specific invitation to a specific event at a specific time or anything like that. It's just getting in touch with your audience that has already been on your list for a little bit. They've already gone through that welcome sequence, they're already getting warmed up. But this just continues that process, it continues to get your name and your work in front of their eyes, so they can build up that connection and that rapport, aka know like and trust. So Kvlt emails, that is what we are going to focus on today, that regular email quote unquote, newsletter that you're sending to your email list on a regular basis. And yes, I did just say regular two times in the same sentence, because that is important. This is not and never should you think of your newsletter, your KLTV email as just being this like sporadic thing that just like happens when you have the time or anything like that. This is something that you are committing to, as a business owner to send to your people regularly. If the most that you can send in commit to doing that, for your people is every other week, that's okay for now until you're able to carve out more time. But at minimum, it's every other week that you are sending these Kvlt emails where it's just building rapport and giving value and connecting with your audience. Okay, but hopefully you can get to a point where it's every week, same time, same day, it's on your schedule, you know, it's happening, and hopefully with what I'm going to share with you today, it becomes so much easier for you to write these emails and easier for you to think of what to say and the emails that you can carve out 3045 Maybe 60 minutes a week to write these emails and get them sent. Okay, so that is the type of email that we're talking about today. The other ones can maybe be another episode in the future but those are not what is being discussed in this particular episode. Okay, now before we can even think about writing an email, we need to create the outline for that email. When you have a writer's block. The main reason is because you are staring at a blank
10:00 page and expecting to write an email from start to finish, no problem like, very first word all the way down right in this email know exactly what you're going to say exactly how it's going to sound Oh, man, this is so amazing. Here's my awesome email all the way to the very last period, and then you hit send. That is not how emails are written. That's not how this works. And that is what is making it harder for you to get them written. So if you're ever dealing with a writer's block in any area of your business, whether it is emails, or sales pages, or landing pages, or freebies or whatever you're creating, and you experience writer's block, my best recommendation is to just write something, just get something on the page, because the second that you are no longer staring at a blank page, you will notice the very obvious change in your brain and in your ability to put more on the page as soon as it isn't blank. And so that's why I always recommend doing an outline, because not only are you putting something on the page, so it's no longer blank. But you're also putting together an idea or a plan for what you're about to write. So really, what we're going to talk about in terms of email outline today, that can work for many other things like pretty much every other thing that you are writing in your business can start from this initial outline that we're going to do today for your email. So consider that and and remember that next time, you're feeling stuck with other things that you are trying to write for your business. Okay, so we gotta get something on the page. And it might as well be an outline, because we can then plan your email. So you have some direction for the rest of that email, which will easily shave off like half the time it's taking you to write emails currently. So step one of your email outline is the purpose of the email. What's the point of this email? Why are you sending it? I sure hope you're not sending emails to your audience that doesn't have a purpose. That doesn't make any sense. All emails should have a goal or a purpose or a point. So what's the point? Why are you sending this is it to share a tip is it to highlight a freebie is it to get them to listen to a podcast episode, or to have them read a blog, whatever it is, get super clear on that. So once you know the goal of that email, write it at the top of your page. Now you're going to delete this later. But for now, first of all, it gets something on the page so that you no longer have writer's block. And it will serve as a reminder of what your email is about to make sure you stay on track. Okay, so we're no longer staring at a blank screen anymore, you have the goal of the email written at the very top of the page. Step two, based on the purpose of what you just wrote down that purpose, that goal, the point of the email, what's the topic? Now your purpose of the email is not the same as the topic, but it will be based on that it will be a topic that is related to the purpose of the email that is really clear, really specific, just one topic. That is a very direct correlation to the purpose. So for example, let's say that you are promoting a freebie with low carb recipes. You have a low carb recipe book 10 recipes, and it's totally free, then the topic of your email could be about the biggest benefit of low carb eating, it could be the biggest myth for low carb eating a common mistake that people make with low carb eating a recent benefit that has been found in low carb eating with a study that was just done. There's lots of different topics based on just one purpose. And this is where also, if you ever find yourself wondering what the heck am I supposed to write about in my emails? If you go through this process, you will find that there are actually so many things that you could write about in your email and you only need to pick one. So I just gave what four or five different examples, right? There's four or five different emails that you could send over the next few months and that's just for that one specific freebie. There are many different things that you can have as your purpose or your pull.
15:00 might many different things that you can direct people to in these newsletter type emails. And then once you figure out that purpose, then there are so many different topics that you could go down. So anytime you're feeling blocked for topics, start with this outline. Okay, so once you know the topic of that particular email, write it down underneath the purpose. Now, next step is, what's a problem or desire your reader has in relationship to the topic of your email, write it down, you could have a couple and then you can use that as kind of like a brainstorming session and pick the one you like the best, but it's just going to be one for this email. And again, you can see that within one purpose, there are many different topics to consider. And then within those topics, there are also many different problems or desires to consider that you will use as the starting point for your email. So once again, the options are endless for you. And there's really no reason ever to be stuck on what to say, or do you even have anything to say, in an email when you go through this outline process, okay, so use this as a brainstorm session if you want. But regardless, figure out a problem or desire related to that topic and write it down. This is going to be the start of your email. This is how your email is going to open.
16:39 So let's give another example continuing with this same low carb eating the recipes. The problem could be that they're worried about the particular myth that you're going to discuss, like worried you'll be bored with food, where you'll miss out on your favorite foods that is a potential problem or worry that your reader has. And it's also a common myth that you want to talk about in this email. So that could be or desire could be that they want a particular benefit that you're going to talk about in your email, they want to have more energy throughout the day. And that is, again, the desire. So we're kicking off email with either this problem or this desire totally up to you which one you pick, and which one feels most probably relevant to your readers is something you'd want to consider. So that's step three, that is the opening of your email. So just write it down, you'll have to write down or create your entire paragraph. But just we're doing the outline. So just write down that problem or desire. Next step, step four, what's a personal story, a client story, a real life metaphor, or analogy, or something else, that's relatable to that topic. So once again, personal story, client story, metaphor, real life example, real life analogy, something like that, that we can use to bridge the gap, and create that relatable humaneness factor within this email. This is also what makes your email interesting and something that people want to read. So kinda important. I'm assuming you want people to actually read your emails. So this is a really important step. And this is going to be the middle of your email. Once again, I'll give you an example. And basically writing a whole email as we go through this episode. Sticking with the low carb eating theme, let's say that you've decided the problem is that they're worried that they won't be able to eat, the foods they love. That's their biggest concern that something you want to discuss in this email. And so you decide to use a story from a client that you had, let's say, your client, Linda, really wanted to reap the benefits of low carb eating, but she was really worried that she wouldn't continue to enjoy pasta night with her family. That was something that was really special, this kind of tradition that they had, and she didn't want to give that up. That's the client story I've decided I'm going to use for this email. So again, write it down. Just a brief description, you'll have to write the entire piece of it unless you really are on a roll and you really feel like it's coming to you cool, then write it but at minimum, jot it down so you know that that's the middle of your email what you're going to talk about, okay? Step five, why? Or how is your topic the solution to that problem, or desire, this is where we bring it all together. Write a short description. This is going to be the end
20:00 Have your email, you're going to bring in the topic of your email here. And also the purpose the point the goal of your email here. So if it is to shout out a podcast episode or a blog post, this is where you're going to link to it. This is where you're going to talk about why they need to continue reading or download this freebie, or keep listening and go over to the podcast. This is the big kind of finale of your email where everything gets brought back together. So for my example of this email I've been writing in this episode, I would say something like, you know, once I explained to Linda that she could in fact, reap all the benefits of low carb eating and still enjoy pasta night with her family, she got so excited, you could physically see the relief come across her face. And I even gave her one of my all time favorite recipes for zucchini Alfredo for her to make for her family on the next family pasta night. And this is just one of the 10 recipes I have available in my free low carb living recipe book, grab it here. There we go. Email written, no, just kidding. But at least I have my outline. And this is again, something where you are just at minimum jotting down your idea. These are all kind of fragmented pieces at this point. But it created the outline, and it got your juices flowing. Now you know also how your email is going to flow. And you have somewhere to go from here. Because now the next step, second to last step, you've outlined the beginning, middle and end of your email, it's time to go back and fill it all in. You don't have to do this from top to bottom, you do this moreso by what feels easiest, when you go back and look at your outline, and you have that problem or desire listed out then then you have that kind of relatable piece that is your middle email, you have that idea figured out. And then you have the end of your email where you're tying it all together and talking about the whole purpose of your email. which one feels easiest to flesh out first? Which one can you write out in full first, that would just you're drawn to that just feels like oh yeah, let's just get this part done. Do that, and then do the next and then do the next. It doesn't have to be in order. So right now you're just taking those three pieces and fleshing them out as it comes naturally to you. Then the final step, actually, no, let me add on a step. So now this is the second to final step. The second to final step is to then move from top to bottom of the whole email and edit it all and make sure it flows. So this is where you take kind of the chunked up beginning, middle and end and actually read it and edit it to be a nice, well written flowy email. That is the next step. So they you kind of put all the pieces together. And then the final step, for sure. The end, the final I promise, is to write the subject line, and P S, these are by far the most important parts of your email. First of all, with the subject line, if you don't have a good subject line, no one's opening your email, they're not even reading the email, they're deleting it before even given a chance. And that really comes down to the subject line. It has to be enticing, intriguing, it has to make people want to click in. So you know, there's a whole training I could do on subject lines. And I think I'll do that probably here on the podcast or maybe in a live event. That's a bigger topic we won't get into today. But at minimum, I can tell you that it needs to be catchy, it needs to be relevant to what's going on in the email. And it needs to be short, most inboxes and especially if someone's looking at their inbox through their phone, which I think at least 50% of people do. It is a really short amount of space for that subject line to come through. And if you can't get the whole point of the email in that short little subject line box that you have, then they're more likely to not even open it. So get it as short as it can be so that you see the entire subject line in the inbox while still getting the point.
25:00 across and making it catchy and clear and to the point, okay. So that's why I recommend doing the subject line last because you want it to be very relevant to what's gone on in the email. So you can even potentially pick out a specific line or something that's catchy from your email and just kind of repurpose that into your subject line, or at least just really stay on target on topic with your email. So I definitely recommend writing that last. And then as far as the PS, that PS is the most read piece of your entire email, a lot of people will skim your entire email, and then actually read the PS in full. So always include a PS, in your emails, and even a PPS, or PPP s, if you really want to, they will be read. And so this is important, it's important to make it actionable, it's important to bring it back to the topic and purpose. If you are promoting something where there is a click off into a podcast episode or a blog post or something like that, then there should be another link to do that in your PS. So you can even just kind of reiterate what you said, in your email, kind of like a TLDR too long didn't read and have that be your PS. There's a lot of different options there. But if it's something where that feels like the easiest thing to start with the easiest thing to write because it is so like to the point just like, here's what this email is about, here's what I want you to do click this thing, or whatever, then you can write that first. But if that's not coming naturally, and you'd rather wait to write the whole email first and then use the PS to kind of sum it up, then right at last, okay, but it is important. So definitely take the time to write a really catchy, clear, concise, to the point direct. How many times how many different ways can I say the same thing, P S. And that's it. Now you've written your email. And while it may seem because there are a lot of steps, I think there's like seven or eight steps to this. While it may seem like this is a more complicated process and would take longer, I can guarantee you with 100% certainty, it will take you so much less time to do the outline first, and then fill in the gaps as it comes most naturally to you. Not necessarily from start to finish. So we have that beginning, which is the problem or desire that you're opening the email with. Then you have at the middle which is best story or the example or a metaphor or something just furthering along the problem or desire, just making it feel very relatable. Bringing in some realness, and humaneness into your email in the middle, and then ending with your solution, which in this case, is the whole point of the email, whatever value you're looking to give to the reader in that email that day. That's how you sum it up and bring it all together, tie a bow on it, and call it an email. And then you have the subject line and the PS. Okay, so that is my simplified system to write an email that people actually want to read and open and click and be engaged with, which just improves your business on so many levels just by upping the ante when it comes to your emails. Now, just to wrap things up, I do have a few quick writing tips. I have so many writing tips. But I'm going to keep these really related to this kind of writing. First of all, and this really does apply to all writing this is so, so, so important. This will change everything for you and your writer's block and just feeling like writing is really hard. Don't try to write it well. The first time, there is absolutely zero need to write something remotely decent even the first try, no one is going to see it. But you have to get something out you have to get the overall idea and what you want to say out of your head and onto paper for it to be anything good. So I just challenge you to write a really, really bad first draft just get it out. Just get it written. Every single time I remind myself of this. I immediately find writing a bazillion times easier. I just get it out and I it doesn't make sense necessarily. It's not complete sentences.
30:00 It doesn't flow, it doesn't sound good, but it's out onto paper. And I just get it all written, this is kind of flows into the second tip I have for you, I get it all out. And then I worry about making it sound better making it actually be good. That is a totally different process than writing. So you have to write it first. And then edit, you cannot write and edit at the same time. And that is my second tip. So you have to write it all first in a really ugly, terrible, bad version, and then go back and edit it because it is way easier to edit something that's not well written and turn it into something that is well written than it is to try to get it all right on the first try. And so and it's actually two totally different acts in your brain and your brain function, writing and editing two completely different things. So not only do you need to write it off first and get it all out and let it be ugly, and go back and edit it. But you also can't like write one line and then try to edit that one line or write one or two paragraphs and go back and try to edit it, you can't do both, you can't be both at the same time. So get it all out and then go back and edit it as many times as you want. Until it's some you know where you want it to be. But don't try to be everything all at the same time. Okay, that helps immensely, too. And that really is where you can see yourself actually becoming a better writer, by letting it be messy and letting it all out first. And then using a totally different act in your brain, a totally different area of your brain to edit it over and over again until it's how you like it. And it actually takes less time to do it that way to believe it or not. And then my last little tip for you, this is something I'm just going to keep repeating to you over and over and over again. Because it's something I still see, just so so so much of in this coaching, and practitioner and experts space, you have to write like you would speak, right like you're speaking to a friend, I want you to keep it casual, keep it conversational, keep it personality packed, show your personality, that is such a big deal to getting your anything really anything that you have written in your business to get people to actually read it. People want to read things from real people, they don't want to read things from robots. And no, I'm not necessarily talking about AI, although that's a problem too. But just even you trying to be more of the practitioner and more of the coach and make more of the expert, versus being a relatable human that has knowledge and experience to share in a very real way. That is what people really connect with, especially more and more in today's world when there is so much content and so much stuff to consume. we gravitate towards those things that are most relatable, and real and raw and we want to read and just kind of feels almost like we are reading an email from a friend, or we are reading a social media caption from our friend. That's how we really want this to go. And you know, at the same time when you do that, yes, you're building connection in kind of that real way. But also, you are showing your expertise, you're giving people the opportunity to see your expertise because you're getting that attention that you wouldn't necessarily get with you're trying to sound all professional and like Uber, you know, focused and Uber expert and not loosening up and showing your personality and keeping it real and raw and conversational. So if you find yourself naturally gravitating towards that more professional approach to writing, that's fine, get it out but then use a one of your editing passes to really look at it from that lens of am I writing or speaking or saying this in a real way in a way that I would speak in a way that I would speak with someone I'm really comfortable with like a friend or a peer or a colleague or someone like that. Okay, so that is my third and final tip for you as you are working to write better emails. There's always room of course, to learn and grow and expand and
35:00 Um, do things differently than you've done before. So while it may seem like you don't want to create an outline of your email before you actually write the thing, I would just really encourage you to try it, just try something different and see how that goes for you and see if it actually does make things easier. Now, of course, if you're like, really in the zone, you're like, oh, my gosh, this email, it just like came to me, I actually have to get this out, it's gonna be so great, then cool, just do it, that's fine. But most emails aren't going to be like that most emails will take a little bit of thought a little bit of a process to make sure they're really great, then this is the process that I use. And this is the process that you now can use to make sure you are writing emails people actually want to read. Alright, and with that, I will leave you there. I would love to know if you try this with your next email, send me a DM over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar there. And let me know let me know how it goes for you. Let me know what you think. I'd love to connect with you there. And until next time, take care.
36:10 Hey, friends, Shawn here. And if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy, than there's a seat with your name on it. Inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
Have you ever had that nagging feeling that you’re not qualified to help the people you want to help? That there are people out there with more education and experience doing what you want to do, so who are you to be doing it too? If you have, you’re not alone. In today’s episode, we’re going to explore the mindset block that’s making you feel unqualified and how to squash that feeling and start helping more of the people you’re meant to help.
“Your business is you and your ability to help another human. That is how you are going to make a living.” - Shawn Mynar
“Part of this process is really being okay with and willing to explore your fears and becoming aware of how they show up for you in your actual life, your actual business.”
“Your role as the coach is to help guide them towards the best decision for them. To ask them the right questions. To move them along on their own journey and to help them make the best decisions for them.” - Shawn Mynar
“Focus on the people you want to help and how you can connect with them in the deepest way possible.” - Shawn Mynar
“Get more comfortable doing what you want to do with your clients that is really the most basic, simple, tangible way that you can feel more qualified.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Have you ever had that nagging feeling that you're not qualified to help the people you want to help, that there are people out there with more education and experience doing what you want to do? So who are you to be doing it to? If you have, you're not alone. And in today's episode, we're going to explore the mindset block that's making you feel unqualified, and how to squash it so you can start helping more of the people you're meant to help. Stay tuned. Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host, happy to have you here. Thank you so much for your support of this show. And we've got to dive right into a pretty big topic that I have been wanting to talk about here on the show for a while now. Because it's something I see that is quite rampant in the coaching practitioner expert space where you are in a service based business or service based role. And guess what pops up, as soon as you start getting more into that role, putting yourself out there more marketing yourself getting more and more clients creating more and more paid offers for your customers. As all of that happens, then there is also the potential to have more doubt and uncertainty. And to be even more specific, this feeling of being on qualified, I'm starting to question, your ability, your capabilities to start doubting your ability and capabilities. And as a byproduct, especially if you believe that and start really kind of letting those emotions take hold. While then you continue to play small, you potentially don't put yourself out there and the way that you should be or could be, you're not growing your business and the way that you should be or could be. And it all stems from what really is a classic case of imposter syndrome. I mean, that's really what we're talking about here that really is kind of the bucket term for this feeling of being unqualified of not being capable or questioning your abilities. It all is under that umbrella of imposter syndrome. And we've talked about that quite a bit here on the show at least two or three episodes just based on impostor syndrome. And here we are again. But taking a little bit different of a turn here because I really just want to give you some tools and just some things to consider. If you are feeling this way. And if you're not right now, that's amazing. But there is a potential that you will someday in your business. And, you know, it may not even be that you feel unqualified when it comes to how you help clients. But you might have that feeling that imposter syndrome me feeling when it comes to having a business of being a solopreneur of running your own show being your own boss that may have you caught up in these emotions, doubting your abilities, not feeling capable of making that happen for yourself and for your business. So, you know, there's a lot of different paths we can go here. But regardless, if we're talking about imposter syndrome as a whole, well, this is something that we know is super common, like 70% of adults experience imposter syndrome at least once in their life. And I really think that for business owners because of that option to not only be feeling or doubting your capabilities as a coach or as a practitioner or helping your clients. There's also the possibility or addition of feeling that way about running your own business. So I really think that for business owners, it's like nine be percent where you have this feeling of what am I doing? Why am I doing this people are doing this so much better than I am capable of doing? Why am I even here? Who am I to think that I can be a successful business owner and a successful coach, a successful practitioner, who am I to be doing this, that is really what it comes down to. And so if you are an adult, if you are a human being already a really good chance that you felt this or will feel this at some point in your life, if you're a business owner are trying to become a business owner, and especially in this service based role, which we're going to talk about to then hey, Jones's are quite likely, at some point, you will have that nagging thought, or that nagging emotion of doubt of uncertainty, and feeling unqualified to be doing what you're trying to do. And to go into that next level where it's someone specifically in a service based role, where your business is you and your ability to help someone else with something that is just obviously ripe for this entire environment, this entire mindset block that we have. And it sounds like, Am I qualified enough to do this?
6:27 Do I need more certifications education experience? Before I can help someone else do I need to keep going for more, there are people more qualified, smarter, prettier, bigger audiences already doing what I want to do. So why bother? Who am I to do it too, that's what it really sounds like, or comes across as in this specific service based role. And understandably, because like I said, it's you your business is you and your ability to help another human, that is how you are going to make a living. So again, really important conversation that I have been wanting to have here on the show for quite some time. Because this is something that probably at some point, most of you will experience and will have those thoughts and it might go down a rabbit hole to where you do stop showing up or you do push your business off further push what you really want to be doing further and further away. Because of this, really, what is a mindset block over anything else. And this block could really be the thing that's keeping you from the business that you want, from building it to be what you want it to be, and to grow to the point where you want it to grow. And you know, help the people you want to help make the money you want to make. Spend your time doing what you want to spend your time doing. It could really be something as simple, I'm not going to say easy or anything like that, because this is not. But it's as simple as this one mindset block that you are still dealing with that is still going on in your subconscious programming. Often without you being aware, you just have that feeling or have that the chatter, that mental chatter that is keeping you stalled out keeping you stuck or keeping you from showing up in a way that you should show up all because of this one subconscious belief that is still within you. So that's what we're going to talk about today. I do also kind of want to put some blame on to social media. And to kind of remind you of the power of something like that, and how abnormal it is for us to be able to look into every single person's life and business. And you know, suppose it bank account and suppose that amount of clients and all these things that are kind of glamorized on social media these days, especially in the solopreneur, coach, online business space, that is not normal. And that is not healthy. And that is often where some of these blocks that we could potentially not even have not even be kind of activated, I guess. Those come up because of our ability to see into everyone's lives and that is not okay. And if that is something that you find is triggering for you, then you have to be honest with yourself about that. And stop. Like, don't scroll on social media unfollow the people who are causing that in you. You should not be Following competitors, and you know, I'm using air quotes with competitors, because I don't really think anyone in this kind of service based rule has a direct competitor. Because we're all unique. We all do things totally differently, even if we're helping people with the same problems. But you know, in your industry, if there's anyone who's triggering to you, that is, like making you say these things of, well, this person is doing this already. And they're way more qualified, they've had more clients, XYZ, whatever you're coming up with these stories that you're coming up with. If a person brings that out, and you are following them on, follow them, don't scroll on social media, do your business, work on social media, spend your time be on your stories, share your your post, whatever you want to do, and then call it good and get off. Because it's quite likely that the reason that you are stalled out in your business is because you're watching others who aren't. And that is causing a lot of strife in your own mindset, your own headspace, and it's not normal, it shouldn't be that way. 20 3050 years ago, that's not how businesses ran. And they probably didn't have to deal with nearly the amount of imposter syndrome that we have to today, because they don't didn't have access to this abnormal amount of information coming in. Okay, so that was my social media. So box for this episode. Now, let's move on to the pep talk portion of this episode. And that's really what this is today, these are reminders that I want to make sure you are telling yourself as you go about this business building process. These are things to do, I would say tools to have and processes to go through for yourself. As we've talked about here a lot on unstuck entrepreneur, in particular, when we talk about the mindset blocks, the subconscious programming that we may have to go through in order to get to the point where we can have a successful business where we can help the people that we want to help that is all in our work, that is all stuff that you have to do on your own for yourself. Yes, I can talk to you about these things, I can give you all the pep talks in the world. But that is still a conscious thing, that is something that is happening consciously for you to hear it, what we need to do is let it register and shift things subconsciously. And that is where you know, the fear lives, that is where the mindset blocks are. And that takes more time, it takes more practice and consistency in order to fully release those. So just so you know, I am giving you a pep talk today, I'm giving you some tools and things to work on. But it has to be something that you are doing on a consistent basis that you are recognizing and that you are taking control of in your own life and in your own business to shift that subconscious programming. Okay, so let's start this pep talk with a definition and that is the definition of qualified, there are two different definitions one is officially recognized as being trained to perform a particular job, also known as certified. And then the other definition is competent or knowledgeable to do something aka capable. Okay, so two different definitions for one word, which is qualified. And I want to bring up a point right here that is important. And that is if you are legit, not qualified. And there is a real possibility of that, especially in the coaching industry, which is unregulated, so anyone can call themselves a coach, you do not have to have any sort of training, certification education, nothing before you can call yourself a coach and start coaching people which, you know, I could see in the future that changes and in order to have that title for yourself, you do have to go through a coaching certification or training program. But right now, that is not the case. And while today, we're going to spend more time talking about the possibility of being overtrained and over educated in an attempt to squash these feelings of impostor syndrome of being unqualified. We also need to talk about the opposite, which is truly not being qualified and claiming that you are. That is something that I would strongly discourage you from doing even though it isn't time Technically a regulated industry and there's no direct path, like, do this, go here, do that, get that certification, and then your code, even though that is not present, there are still a ton of educational opportunities that I recommend exploring and finding that certification, finding that training, finding a mentor, and do it the right way, so that you can help people the right way, as a truly qualified coach. Okay,
15:32 so just wanted to put that out there. I know for most of you, it's the opposite problem. You have tons of knowledge and training, but you still feel unqualified, or you still find yourself questioning your ability and your capability of helping your clients. And this is a mindset disconnect. It's a safety mechanism. Most likely, it's a safety mechanism against fear of failure, fear of judgment, maybe, perhaps even embarrassment, fear of disappointment, there are a lot of reasons behind that mindset disconnect behind that safety mechanism coming up to make sure you don't have to feel that you don't have to experience these things that you're afraid to experience. So then we create this mental chatter in our conscious mind that is that imposter syndrome. That is you having these thoughts of not being capable not being qualified enough to help your clients. So it's all based on what's really going on underneath that fear that's really going on underneath and what are you afraid of what could possibly happen, that you absolutely do not want to happen, so much so that you are staying away that you are keeping yourself safe from that even being a possibility. So like I said, failure, judgment, embarrassment, disappointment, there could be other things going on for you. But those are just the ones that came to me off the top of my head, but you need to figure that out. For you, that's part of this process is really being okay with and being willing to explore your fears, and then becoming aware of how they show up for you in your actual life and in your actual business. So let me remind you of a few things to help you release that safety mechanism. So you can get back to helping the people that you want to help and creating this business that you want to create. There really are only two things, okay? Thing Number one, as someone in a coaching type role, you are a helper, you want to help people in a meaningful way, you are there to be someone's guide and support system, you're not there to provide all the answers and know everything. That's actually not a good coach, and no one is looking for that. And no one is expecting that there is no one that will become your client that expects you to know every single thing and just tell them exactly what to do. Your role as a coach is to help guide them towards the best decision for them to ask them the right questions, to move them along on their own journey and to help them make the best decisions for them. More important than you knowing every possible thing that your client could ask you, is it the relationship that you build with them, the connection, the rapport you provide, that your clients feel seen, heard and understood. That's what they want. That's what matters. They know that they have your attention, that you want to help them as much as they want to be helped that synchronistic relationship, that feeling of just being gotten through that I don't even think that's the right English or the right grammar, but like someone gets them, and you are that person and as soon as that is established, then you have a client for life, even if you don't know the answer to a question they have. I actually feel like there's something really special about having a coach or practitioner who doesn't know everything, but is willing to find answers for you. And as long as that relationship is built with your clients, then if they have a question and you don't know the answer, but you can say hey, I'll get back to you. Let me go talk to my mentor or let me make sure I have this Correct. And I'll get back to you, that's cool. No one even will blink an eye at that. So you do not have to know everything you are not expected to know everything. But you are expected to create a real relationship with your clients. And that is what truly matters to them. And that is something that, like I said, you know, we're all so unique, how we create relationships are unique, our personalities are unique. So it doesn't matter how many people are doing what you're doing, no one is going to create the connection that you will with your people, because we're all different. So you don't have to worry about that. But just focus on the people that you want to help and how you can connect with them in the deepest way possible. Now, my second reminder, the only way to feel more qualified is to get more experience. So this is more kind of on the practical level a little bit worrying, stressing talking yourself out of taking action, hiding, doing busy work, instead of doing work that will actually move the needle, none of that gets you more qualified, none of those things will get you that feeling that you're looking for watching a bunch of webinars, listening to all the podcasts, reading all the books, those also are probably not going to make you feel much more qualified. Now you might feel like it actually you probably are becoming more knowledgeable. Yes, for sure. If you are listening to podcasts and reading books, about the area of focus that you work on with your clients, you are getting more knowledgeable, but not more qualified, that is not the same thing. Because qualified is actually really a feeling you feel qualified or you feel unqualified. So it's not this tangible thing of, oh, I just read this book. And now I know more, you have to have that feeling. And that feeling really only comes with experience. So from this very practical perspective, get more experience. And I know that might feel hard for some of you because you can't get past this mental hurdle. To get you to a point where you are getting the clients, you are creating the program, you are hosting the workshop. And if that's you, then my recommendation is to offer to do sessions with your family, your friends, friends of friends, acquaintances, whoever you know, whoever is in your network, start asking to get more experience, start seeing if they will be practice clients even. And you can do those for free in exchange for testimonials. And obviously, the biggest exchange just for you to get more comfortable and to feel more qualified, which is the biggest and best exchange and will completely catapult your business to the next level. As soon as you have that feeling. And you've had those practice clients. Now if you're doing something more like a program, a group program, then do a beta group. First, I always say that that is part of what I teach and signature program lab, you have to run a beta group first to test out your program and test out how it goes and what you include and what you don't include and if it all works, or what you need to change. And when you do that, you get a discounted rate in exchange for feedback. But it also gets you more comfortable in your own program. And it helps you of course, feel more qualified running that program. So do a beta version of your program first. And just overall get more experience. Even just give your friends advice or give them coaching feedback, even if they don't ask for it does get more comfortable doing what you want to do with your clients. That is really the most basic, simple, tangible way that you can feel more qualified. I just feel like there's so many people who have that feeling simply because they don't have enough experience under their belt. And as soon as you do, even if it's just one or two more people, it will completely change that and you will go on to absolutely crush your business after that because it relieves that feeling. And it brings in this new feeling of competence. And this happens at every stage of your business. This is not just at the beginning when you're first starting with clients and getting going and having that feeling of not knowing what you're doing. But as you move on to the next level as you pivot as you start offering new offers and talking about new things, and just taking everything to the next level what you do with your clients, what you talk about what you do in your business, that will keep coming up and again it's just this can continuation of getting more experience, and remembering what you're really there to do, which I think I can say for all of us is to help people to be of service to another human. That is what you're really there to do doesn't have to be perfect, it doesn't have to look a certain way. It doesn't have to be like so and so that you're checking out on Instagram that's doing great work. It is what you should be doing to help that person to help those people in your own unique way and creating that connection, creating that relationship, creating that space for someone to feel seen, heard, and understood, and then being their guide, being their person that can really help them. Okay, we're gonna wrap this up with one last thing that's kind of Woo. And that is what we need to do to help integrate this all into your subconscious. Because, like I said, hearing all of this listening to what I'm on a podcast, having me chat about it in your earbuds right now, is only doing so much, it's just scratching the surface of your conscious mind. But this is all living deep within your subconscious programming. It's why you have those fears. It's why you have the mental chatter. It's really something deeper than just Oh, Shawn told me not to worry, and just to go get more experience and to create this connection with my clients. So I'm gonna go do that, and all this is gone. That's not how this works. Instead, it is something that you have to integrate for your own programming in your own life, how it's showing up for you. And it's something that needs to be gotten done consistently. And with intention, in order to change things for you. So as you may know, if you've been listening to this show for a while, I always love and recommend journaling, and, or visualizing. So that is what I want you to do pick one or do both, for what we just talked about today. So first, I think it would be great to write about the kind of coach that you are or that you want to be write in detail in your journal, no one's going to see this but you you can throw it away. As soon as you're done. This is just getting it out of your head and onto paper. really creating this scenario for yourself. What kind of coach Are you? What kind of coach do you want to be? How do you show up for your clients? What do you feel when you are with your clients? And what do your clients feel when they are with you? What kind of relationships do you have with your clients? What do you work on with them? And I would even go through this scenario of what do you do when you don't know the answer to something? When your clients have a question, and you're stumped? What do you do in that scenario, write it out. And this is all in present tense or write it out as if it's happening right now. Okay, so that is the journaling practice that we can start with just really getting things out on paper, really starting to see and feel and experience, what you want your business to be like, what you want your clients to experience what you want to experience with your clients. Just let it all out, create this scenario in your journal of how you want it to go and how you really expect your your sessions to go or your program groups to go your course to go your workshops. Just lay it all out, get as specific as you can. And while you're doing that, you may notice that it's also becoming this vision, like you have this vision of you with a client or you in front of a group of people on Zoom for your coaching call, or you in front of an even bigger group for your workshop. What does it look like when you are a confident coach or a confident practitioner in your business with your clients really dive deep. And see if you can let that vision keep coming to life, close your eyes, take some deep breaths, get into a meditative state. And just let yourself see it. See what you want your business to look like. See what it will look like when you really go after what you want. When you really put yourself out there. When you don't have these fears holding you back. Just let yourself get into it. So kind of a two pronged approach. And then the goal really is to keep doing this. So once is probably not enough to break all of these subconscious programs that you have going on. But if you can do it over and over again and just let yourself visualize that business that you want and get to the point where you're even feeling that level of competence that you are going to have in front of your clients or your groups and just get to that level. Pull in your visualization, get there in your journal. And then you will slowly start to see that is also how you show up IRL in real life. And that is something that comes with consistency and patience and practice and just really staying on it and doing that kind
30:18 of mindset work, you know, the whoo stuff that really, really changes everything for you, once you commit to it. And once you start seeing the benefits, you will be hooked. So like I said, start with that journal, just get everything out, there's no prompts are anything, I just want you to really focus on what it looks like and what it feels like in your business for both you and your clients when you show up as the competent, qualified person that you are, and then transfer that over into your visualization and get as spicy and specific with it as you can, and then keep coming back to it. Okay, so that will wrap up today's episode, again, just something that is out there. It's happening a lot, it's a big deal. It's really keeping a lot of people from doing what they're really capable of doing and creating the business they're really capable of creating. And it does go back to that mindset work. That is something that we bring up here a lot on the podcast and for good reason. You can create all the programs, you can have all that you can have this amazing one on one client package, that you're never going to get anyone to buy because you don't believe in yourself and your capabilities. And that is mindset work. Okay, it's not about doing anything else different in your business is about doing something different within yourself within your own programming. And that's what we really need to focus on. So those are some reminders for you and some things to consider. And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here, and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offering their business that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
If you’re a listener of this show, then it’s probably because you have OR want a simple business—a business where you can help other people while still taking care of yourself and enjoying free time and flexibility. Sounds pretty great, right? Well, in this episode, I’m going to take you behind the scenes of a simplified, flow business and break down the ingredients you need to make it happen.
“You can have paying clients before you have a website up. Use your network, use your friends of friends, friends of family and find some people who need your help and offer to help them.” - Shawn Mynar
“No matter what your paid offer is, you need a plan to get people in the door, to get people to say ‘yes, I want in, this is for me, I can’t wait, I want to work with you, take my money… you need a plan and place to do that.” - Shawn Mynar
“As soon as you have created your launch plan, you can rinse and repeat over and over and over. It can, and should, be repeated.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your website is the gasoline of your business, it is that important, it is what makes it all run.” - Shawn Mynar
“If the rest of your flow is set up really well, then social media isn’t as heavy and doesn’t feel as hard, as complicated, it’s actually quite fun.” - Shawn Mynar
Write Your Website Bundle - shawnmynar.com/website
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 If you're a listener of this show, then it's probably because you have or want a simple business, a business where you can help other people while still taking care of yourself, enjoying free time and flexibility. Sounds pretty great, right? Well in this episode, I'm going to take you behind the scenes of this simplified flow business and break down the ingredients you need to make it happen. So stay tuned. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. And welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host. Today, we're talking about something that I didn't think we were going to talk about. But I was on my hike this morning had a whole different episode planned out. And this idea popped in my head of this topic, and really honing in on the actual ingredients that you need all of the ingredients, which there are quite a few to a simplified flow business, which automatically sounds ridiculous, because why would there be all of these ingredients if it's supposed to be simple, but you know what, sometimes it takes those different ingredients, those different tools to keep things simple, and to let things flow. And so while this is something that we talk about a ton here on the show, it is also always done, I think, and kind of like chunks, and in different episodes. So I thought it would be nice to have one episode where all of this information is in one spot that you can come back to as you need it and remind yourself what you're supposed to work on next, to make this business happen for yourself. And not just any business. But a business that is simplified. That is burnout, proof that doesn't require you constantly being on and available and working. So you can have that free time and flexibility. And you know, that's the goal. That's why I talk about what I talk about why I teach what I teach, because I am very passionate about that I'm very passionate about you, being the helper that you are and helping the people that your mental health, but also not beating yourself up in the process, also giving you the time and space to work on yourself, to have time for yourself and your family and the things you love to do. And to not work all the time. Because that's not fun. And that's not the point of being here on this planet. So I'm already going off on a tangent. And this is what happens when I have random ideas that come to me an hour before I record is that we have tangents sometimes. And that's okay. So anyway, before we get into those ingredients of your flow, simplified business, I want to remind you that I have launched officially of the right your website bundle, that is your proven template to have a website that works get it up and running, have it be a big part of your client attraction system, which is something we're going to talk about that is an ingredient of what you need to focus on in your your business. And the right your website bundle is your place to go if you want it done right the first time or you want to redo your website and know it's going to be right from here on out. And it's something that is actually working for your business. It is the hub of your business, the home for all of your work and your home on the internet and a nice warm engaging place for your future clients, those people that you want to work with to come and get the help they need. That is how I created this template for your entire website. And all you have to do is plug and play your messaging, which you'll also figure out as part of the bundle. The messaging magic workbook is in there as a bonus, so you will know your messaging and you will simply plug it into the prompts. The formula is in the template that I have provided for you for all four pages of your website the most important pages homepage about page services page and Contact Page So that's available for you at the introductory offer, which is ending soon, like as in days from when this airs. So make sure that that's something that you check out, see if it's the right fit for you. And if you're ready to have your website, work for your business, instead of you doing all of the work, this is what I really created for you to do that Shawn mynar.com/website. Okay, the ingredients for a simplified flow business. Like I said, this came to me on my hike this morning. And I got the idea because I was thinking, like, I wonder if people think me starting to talk about websites and web copy. And really all the copy talk that we've been having here on the show lately, is kind of out of left field. Like if it doesn't make a whole lot of sense, if it doesn't seem like it's part of the overall picture of what I normally talk about and discuss and my overall mission for you and your businesses. I just wonder if it doesn't seem related to talk about website copy, but then also have these programs on signature program and email lists and finding your niche and all these things that I do and talk about and share here on the show.
6:18 And for me, especially as I made the decision to create write your website, and for the future things that I will be creating in the copy writing space. That was like the most logical next step, it was like I had to do it. And not just because I love copywriting, I love writing. And it was fun for me to do. But because it is the missing link for so many of you, to having this business that you really want and to making it not feel so hard and be so hard and complicated on you. It's like you may be doing what you feel like are all the right things when it comes to your business. But your website is still not where it needs to be. Either. It's doesn't exist at all, or it is something that was kind of like a thrown together thing for you, which is completely understandable. I did the same thing when I first started my business, absolutely get it. But now you're at this point where that's got to change. And that could quite likely be the reason why your business is stalled or not growing or you're not getting clients or attraction, or the things that you were hoping you would have by now, in your business. That could be the stopping point right there. So it's something to look at. It's the next step. And it was the next step for me. And I hope now potentially that I have explained that you can see why they are so interconnected, everything I do everything I talk about, and everything I teach in my product suite, if you will, which now there are five different options out there that all are based on you creating a simplified flow business and taking the guesswork out of doing that, because I don't want it to take you months, years, however long to make that happen for yourself. I want it to be as painless as quick and as energy saving as possible on you, which is why I do what I do. Okay, so now that we got that out of the way, let's go behind the scenes of this simplified flow business and see how these things really all work together to make your business successful and profitable, while also still remaining that simple and flexible thing for you as well. Now, caveat, we've talked about all this before, nothing here is new. But I thought again, like I mentioned, having all of this in one place would be a good idea for an episode because I think, as I've talked about all of this, they all have like have their own episodes or their own series on the show instead of it all being in one spot. So that's what we're really doing here. And also just being a good reminder for you because we talked about a lot of things. And sometimes we just need to hear these things over and over again. And then also a reminder for you right now so that this doesn't get overwhelming is that you don't have to have all of these in place and working perfectly. Before you can even launch your business or make your first dollar make your first sale. That is not what I'm saying here. you hopefully know if you've been listening to this show for a while that I'm all about you getting your first like getting scrappy and get your first client Your first few clients from the very start, so you have some money coming in. And then start working on all of this stuff, including your website, you can have paying clients before you have a website up, use your network, use your friends in front of friends, and friends or family, and find some people who need your help, and offer to help them. So that can all happen right away. And then from there, once you have a few clients under your belt, and you're seeing some people, you have some money potentially in the bank or coming in, then start working on this stuff, too. Okay, so I just want you to know, I'm not expecting you to have all of this perfectly set up from the beginning, from the start, I think it is something that happens in layers, and definitely shouldn't be the reason that you hold yourself back from getting your first clients or continuing to get clients continuing to use your network and get people into your system. Without all of this set up. Now that keeping that in mind, I do also want to bring up that if your business is feeling harder than you were hoping it would feel or than it should be. If you're kind of spinning your wheels, trying to find paying clients trying to get people into your programs, or your courses or your workshops, or whatever your paid offer is, then it is quite likely because one of these at least ingredients are missing or broken. So while I don't think and don't want these to be a requirement to you, starting your business and getting it up and running, I also want you to look at this with an analytical kind of eye and see why it does feel hard, why something is broken? And where is that broken? And what can you do to fix it to make it easier on yourself. Okay, last thing, one more thing, before we get into this list. This is specifically for an online business, if you want your business to be mainly digital, and virtual, then this is for you. If you have or want a local business, a brick and mortar, something like that, I feel like a lot of this will be the same, a lot of this still applies. But there are going to be different opportunities available to you, that would potentially make more sense to get people in your actual door, like local opportunities versus maybe having a podcast or something like that, which you totally can still have. But you will want to explore more of your local marketing system to Okay, the ingredients for a simplified flow business. And if you are more of a visual learner, you might want to actually create a little diagram of this. And just so you can see all of the pieces how they all flow together, if that would help you. But I'm starting at the very end point, which is your paid offer. And that is the goal of having a business is to yes help people and have freedom and all that stuff, but also to make money. Right that is when you are in business is when you are making money. So your ingredients for a flow business have to include at least one paid offer. If you want it to be on the higher end of being more simplified and flowy, then you'll want to consider a paid offer that doesn't involve trading time for dollars. So that would be like a signature program or a course or something like that. And if you want help in creating that the signature program bundle is available for you and will take the guesswork out of creating that type of paid offer in your business. But this isn't also a bash on one on one client work either. If that's the paid offer that you want, go for it. I only say that because as you can probably guess you will have a more limited time flexibility freedom kind of situation when you are taking clients one on one end meeting with them virtually or however you choose to do that, that will be less of that. But that doesn't mean that your business isn't going to be as simple or as flowy it's just going to look a little different for you. And then also keep in mind that typically with the one on one client work that also comes with more paperwork, more things to organize more things to do and stay on top of for each client more back and forth communication. So Again, not like that simplified flow business isn't possible with that business model, it's just going to look different and it is something for you to consider. But no matter what you'll need at least one paid offer, which I think is pretty easy to do. And if you haven't done that yet, take some time to get very solid on what your paid offer is, and make sure that it is enticing and appealing to your dream client. Okay, so we have that that's the end goal. Now, the next thing you need in this whole system is a launch plan. So this is how you get people into your paid offer. And yes, this goes if you are doing just one on one client work right now, if you have a signature program, if you have a workshop or a paid masterclass or something like that, no matter what your paid offer is, you need a plan to get people in the door to get people to say, yes, I want in this is for me, I can't wait I want to work with you take my money, they're not just going to magically appear and say that, you need a plan in place to do that, to build excitement, build curiosity, showcase that product or service that you created, let them know, it's the best solution for your dream clients. So that the logical next step is Hey, yes, sign me up, I want that. That is your launch plan. Now, this is something that I think a lot of people feel like is really complicated. Takes a lot of time. A lot of people shy away from this like full on launch plan. And then they don't make sales or they don't make the amount of sales the number of sales they want or need. It is a very, it can feel like a very big and overwhelming thing. But it doesn't have to be it can actually be really fun, it can be really simple. And the best thing ever about it all is that as soon as you have created your launch plan, you can rinse and repeat over and over and over, it can and should be repeated. So that is why this is a built in part of your simplified business plan is because your launch is going to be something that you work on once and just keep repeating. And yes, there will be tweaks you make certain things that did or didn't work, maybe you have to replace an email or add or subtract a slide from your webinar template or something like that. But for the most part, it's done once, and then lightly modified and done again and again. And again. So that makes it really easy. And a really important piece to your system. If you don't have this, like I mentioned, broken, majorly broken, you are not going to make the sales you want to make you need a launch plan. Once again, this is the entire launch plan that you need is available in the signature program bundle. So if you need help creating your launch, plan it it is in there for you just create it, follow the step by step do every single thing I tell you to do and you will have a great launch, and I have all the templates and everything you need to Alright, the next ingredient is an epic freebie. We just got done talking about this. We've talked about this a few episodes ago and how to know if your freebie is epic. But when you think about it in this overall flow of your business, I think it makes sense because you need an audience to launch your paid offer to so we have that paid offer. We have that launch plan. Well Who are we going to do that launch plan with. And that is where your email list comes in. And your email list is built with your epic freebie. And you only need one you don't need like a million freebies, you may need to create a few freebies until you find the one that is truly epic and that your audience is really interested in. But once you have it, then go with that one, you don't need a bunch of them. Just find the one that works for you and your dream clients. Now once again, this is a situation where yes, you have to create the freebie, which you know, it could be like a one page PDF, it could be something really simple. It could be like a couple of different recipes or something. And that could come together really quickly for you. And then create the landing page for that freebie which I have exactly what to put on your landing page. Again in signature program bundle. I know this sounds like basically this long commercial for signature program bundle. I don't want it to be that. It's not meaning to be that but just to show you that that you have the resources available to you to make this happen in your business. I'm not just telling you to do all these things, and then pushing you out, like a new bird from the nest. No, I'm still here to support you and you have the resources you need. Okay? So just know that everything I talk about how I have done the work on my end to make it as easy as possible for it to work in your business. Okay. So once you have that freebie created, and you have that landing page that is converting, that is enticing people to put their email address into the form and get the freebie and be on your email list. Once all of that is working, then it is always working behind the scenes on autopilot, it is never not working, right. So you take the time, set it up, and then it's done going on behind the scenes for you. Okay, so once you have that epic freebie that is your audience for launching your paid offer. We have to make sure that audience gets warmed up properly to you and your work. So that is where a warm welcome sequence comes in. That's your next ingredient. So once someone signs up for your freebie and email list, they get this series of automated emails that welcome them properly, to your world, to your work to everything you do to your personality, all that stuff. And it also means you don't ghost them. It's not like they sign up for this freebie. And then don't hear from someone for even a week, even if you email your list every week, but you don't have a welcome sequence in place. While they may have signed up the day that you normally send your emails. So they go a whole week without hearing from you. And by the time that week is up, they have no idea who you are. They you they got that freebie so long ago, they may or may not have even looked at it yet. But there has been no follow up on that. And so you have like ghosted them, and they don't know who you are, and they're not warmed up to you, they're just getting this random email, it doesn't make sense. And you lost them. So that is where a email welcome sequence comes in. Once again, write it once, get it done, and it's done forever, it's constantly being delivered to those new people who come onto your email list. Automatically, you have that all set up, you don't have to think about it worry about it, it's just happening. And I'm not gonna say it again. But you know where to go. If you need help with your welcome sequence. I'm not going to say it, but it's in there. It's in the one spot I've been talking about this entire time. Oh, and one more really great thing about welcome sequences is they can and should be pointing people to your other content to your paid offers even so, depending on what your paid offer is how hands off it is or isn't if it's an evergreen situation. Or if you have a paid offer that is then you may be making sales straight from your welcome sequence. If just say for example, you have like an ebook, that's $20. And your freebie is something kind of related to that ebook, well, then, you're welcome sequence can actually be a series of emails that gets them primed and ready to buy that ebook, and then purchase right then in there. So for talking totally hands off, totally simplified, totally flow, that is an option for you to do it right within the welcome sequence, which is entirely possible. Okay, moving on to the next ingredient, which is an evergreen content platform, talked about this before too, in detail. But this is really like having that blog, that podcast, that YouTube channel, that place where you are consistently putting out new content, but then that content lives on forever. That content is something that comes up in a Google search. Or if someone's searching on the podcast platform for a specific topic, then that is something that can be going on behind the scenes for years and years and years to come. bringing in new eyes to your work and getting them introduced to your work really quickly and easily through that content, especially and we're really it goes for any of them. Like if it's a blog, then it's based on your writing and putting your personality and your brand into your writing. If it's your podcast, hearing you in their earbuds is a really easy way to connect with people. If you're a YouTuber and you want to do videos seeing someone's face and their hand gestures and all that stuff is like this immediate can action point for people to get warmed up to you very quickly. So, you know, I debated saying that this was an optional one. But I know you guys know, I don't feel like it is, I think that it is just one of the best ways to get your work in front of more people to build your email list to market your paid offers, like without me even thinking I was going to or trying, I've already talked about my paid offers, like five or six times in this episode, just because that is naturally what's coming up as a resource to help you and it's part of this conversation, it's just naturally coming up in conversation. And so you have the opportunity to do that in all of these platforms. But I think that this is probably the one one of the ones one of the ingredients that gets the most resistance or feels like the least flowy of these ingredients, and is not something a lot of people want to do or have time to do or feel like they can do. And I understand that. So that's why I do want to say, you know, if this is just totally not you, if you just cannot get on any of these platforms, then if the rest of your system is working really well, that's fine. But if it's not, or if you want more enhancement of it, then you do need to really consider what your evergreen content platform will be. And know that it is such an integral part of the rest of your flow like it is what is allowing the rest of your business to flow, that it's worth it to sit down every week or every couple of weeks, and create new evergreen content. So create a new video, record a new podcast, write a new blog post and get it out into the world. And again, it will live on forever, right. So keep that in mind that while it is probably one of the things that takes the most consistent work like it can't really be totally hands off. Because you do need to keep creating content. But what you are creating is living on forever. It's not just like that week that you launch your podcast, and then everyone listens, and no one ever hears it again, you'll get downloads for that specific podcast episode for years to come. And that's really cool. And it makes it worth it. And part of that flow system. Alright, the next ingredient is a well written, compelling, SEO friendly website. This is like the energy of your flow business of this whole system. If your business was a car, a vehicle, this would be the gasoline, your website is the gasoline it is that important. It is what makes it all run because it gets fresh new eyes on your work straight from Google people who have literally no idea who you are. But then they come onto your website and they feel something and they experience something and they have that you get me moment. And they are fans. So that is happening constantly behind the scenes every day. And then you have people coming in from social media maybe or referrals or networking opportunities, you have all of these situations where the next step for people to go is your website. And it is the deciding factor of MI sticking around and getting to know this person more and signing up for the freebie looking at their paid offers, checking out their podcast, their blog these things, or am I bouncing and going to find someone else. It is that important to this whole system. It is the thing that will get podcast subscribers or YouTube subscribers, it will definitely build your email list behind the scenes going on on autopilot. So you have that epic freebie. And then it has this really amazing spot on your website that is compelling. And it really showcases exactly why that reader needs that freebie. And they sign up all going on while you're hanging out with your family because it's all going on behind the scenes, right? So it's just such a big piece of that system. And then you know, once they become subscribers of your email list or even just of your podcast, then they are part of your audience. And that audience then goes on to get into the launch plan that you have and then into your paid offer. So seeing how this is all flowing from top to bottom or really end result. ought to beginning I guess is more appropriate. And then the last ingredient, this is it, we're almost at the bottom of the list already. The last thing is a social media page, just one, just pick one and do that one really well. And, of course, we all have feelings about social media, I'm sure. And, you know, I know there's a lot of people who don't want to be on it at all. And if you don't, that's fine. But then of course, every other ingredient that I just went over has got to be dialed in which it should be anyway. But if it's dialed in, and you're super confident in how your whole system is flowing, and getting you clients, then not being on social media at all is totally fine. But the thing is that if the rest of your flow is set up really well, which of course, it will be and should be, then social media isn't as heavy mailing doesn't feel as hard as complicated, it's actually quite fun, because you're not counting on your posts really doing all that much for you, you're just kind of using it as this enhancement as this like cherry on top as this kind of immediate way to get content out in front of a few people. And knowing that everything else is going on really well on the back end and on autopilot, then you have the opportunity to play around with social media and make it an experiment and see what works and what doesn't and just have fun with it. And of course, yes, that is a place where people will go to your website, after they see you on social media, they will potentially sign up for your freebie, if you are talking about that on social media. So it is an avenue, that shouldn't be totally counted out. And we actually can have a very different way better relationship with it, when it's not like everything to your business, when you have things set up really well in every other area then is actually quite fun and isn't make or break in any way. Okay, so those are the ingredients, let me see how many there are I did not number them. 1234567. Okay, so seven ingredients of your simplified flow business. Now, what I typically see people have is like four or five of them. So you have a paid offer, I think that that's probably the easiest thing to do. Because you know, you need to have a paid offer to make money and to be in business. And that's really the first place we go, which is great. A lot of you have really great freebies, too. You have awesome freebies, you're talking about your freebies, every once in a while, which, you know, I think could probably be talked about more, but you have these great freebies, too, which is awesome. And some of you even have really great welcome sequences, you're really doing a good job in warming up your new audience members as they come onto your email list and giving them that great experience right away, which is cool. And then there are some of you who do have evergreen content platforms, you have started a podcast you are showing up on YouTube, you are writing SEO optimized blog posts, you're doing the thing there too great. And then there may be a social media account that's kind of hit or miss kinda like sometimes I post sometimes they don't, I can't really figure out what to even post. I'm not posting things that feel like the most up to date thing to post not really working with the algorithm. But I'm posting. So we have some of that going on too. So like I said, four or five things that are going on to some degree and maybe working a little bit to some degree. But then there's still that struggle. There's the struggle to get clients the struggle to grow their email list, their struggle to get subscribers on their content platforms, the overall growth isn't happening and it starts to feel like a spinning the wheels type of situation. And so now that we have all of this laid out, you know the entire flow, the seven pieces. Now I'm wondering if you can see why that would possibly be it's because the flow hasn't been fully set up yet. And like I said, I don't expect you to have all seven of these things perfectly in alignment before you get going and get started and your business takes off. I'm not saying that but I want you to remember that if things aren't going the way you want them to go, what more of your flow do
35:09 you have to work on? What's still out there for you to do? Because there's something I know it, I know, there's something that isn't yet working that isn't yet aligned with the rest of your flow, okay. And the ones that I see that tend to be missing, the most are the pieces of the puzzle that make money and get clients. Those are the things that are missing or broken or not working, which are your website, and your launch plan. Those are the two big pieces that I see missing out on everyone's flow. And like I said, a lot of you have websites, but they're not optimized, they're not doing their job, they're not really doing anything, they're kind of dormant. And a lot of you have these paid offers, that you do occasionally talk about and try to get people into. And that's not working either, because it's not a comprehensive launch plan. It's just you talking about something, which isn't really that exciting, it doesn't create that level of excitement, you need to get someone to pull out their credit card. Okay, so those are the two things that I see missing in most people's flow businesses. And so if you're listening to this right now, and you are very much feeling in that place of I want more clients, it's not happening, I'm not making the money I'm gonna make I'm not getting the growth I thought I would get and that I want to get, then go through this system and see what is broken in yours. What is missing? What is broken? That is what you are basically kind of always thinking about and always going back to knowing that this is the overall flow. And where does what needs more attention, I guess what needs to be redone, needs to be reconsidered reworked, where is it time to upgrade, those are all the things that are kind of always going on in the background as you continue to create this business. And I also want to make it very clear that I am totally aware that it takes time and energy to get all of this set up. I don't expect you to have this all set up in a week or a month even it takes time. And that's part of the process. And like I said, I have done what I can do to take the guesswork out of it to save you as much time and energy as possible, so that your entire flow business can be up and running on the back end in the background on autopilot where you're out living and enjoying your life. And still having that growth and getting your work in front of new eyes and getting people signing up for your email list. And all of these things that are needed to grow your business are all set up and working appropriately and making your business simple and flowy. And feel good and fun. That is the goal here. All right, I will leave it at that. Again, if you would like any help in any of this. Just shoot me a DM over on Instagram and we can talk about it and figure out what's the best first step or next step for you where you should go where things might be broken or incomplete in your system and get them up and running. So at Shawn Mynar on Instagram would love to hear from you. All right, until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar
0:00 If you're a listener of this show, then it's probably because you have or want a simple business, a business where you can help other people while still taking care of yourself, enjoying free time and flexibility. Sounds pretty great, right? Well in this episode, I'm going to take you behind the scenes of this simplified flow business and break down the ingredients you need to make it happen. So stay tuned. Hey there, I'm Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. And welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host. Today, we're talking about something that I didn't think we were going to talk about. But I was on my hike this morning had a whole different episode planned out. And this idea popped in my head of this topic, and really honing in on the actual ingredients that you need all of the ingredients, which there are quite a few to a simplified flow business, which automatically sounds ridiculous, because why would there be all of these ingredients if it's supposed to be simple, but you know what, sometimes it takes those different ingredients, those different tools to keep things simple, and to let things flow. And so while this is something that we talk about a ton here on the show, it is also always done, I think, and kind of like chunks, and in different episodes. So I thought it would be nice to have one episode where all of this information is in one spot that you can come back to as you need it and remind yourself what you're supposed to work on next, to make this business happen for yourself. And not just any business. But a business that is simplified. That is burnout, proof that doesn't require you constantly being on and available and working. So you can have that free time and flexibility. And you know, that's the goal. That's why I talk about what I talk about why I teach what I teach, because I am very passionate about that I'm very passionate about you, being the helper that you are and helping the people that your mental health, but also not beating yourself up in the process, also giving you the time and space to work on yourself, to have time for yourself and your family and the things you love to do. And to not work all the time. Because that's not fun. And that's not the point of being here on this planet. So I'm already going off on a tangent. And this is what happens when I have random ideas that come to me an hour before I record is that we have tangents sometimes. And that's okay. So anyway, before we get into those ingredients of your flow, simplified business, I want to remind you that I have launched officially of the right your website bundle, that is your proven template to have a website that works get it up and running, have it be a big part of your client attraction system, which is something we're going to talk about that is an ingredient of what you need to focus on in your your business. And the right your website bundle is your place to go if you want it done right the first time or you want to redo your website and know it's going to be right from here on out. And it's something that is actually working for your business. It is the hub of your business, the home for all of your work and your home on the internet and a nice warm engaging place for your future clients, those people that you want to work with to come and get the help they need. That is how I created this template for your entire website. And all you have to do is plug and play your messaging, which you'll also figure out as part of the bundle. The messaging magic workbook is in there as a bonus, so you will know your messaging and you will simply plug it into the prompts. The formula is in the template that I have provided for you for all four pages of your website the most important pages homepage about page services page and Contact Page So that's available for you at the introductory offer, which is ending soon, like as in days from when this airs. So make sure that that's something that you check out, see if it's the right fit for you. And if you're ready to have your website, work for your business, instead of you doing all of the work, this is what I really created for you to do that Shawnmynar.com/website. Okay, the ingredients for a simplified flow business. Like I said, this came to me on my hike this morning. And I got the idea because I was thinking, like, I wonder if people think me starting to talk about websites and web copy. And really all the copy talk that we've been having here on the show lately, is kind of out of left field. Like if it doesn't make a whole lot of sense, if it doesn't seem like it's part of the overall picture of what I normally talk about and discuss and my overall mission for you and your businesses. I just wonder if it doesn't seem related to talk about website copy, but then also have these programs on signature program and email lists and finding your niche and all these things that I do and talk about and share here on the show.
6:18 And for me, especially as I made the decision to create write your website, and for the future things that I will be creating in the copy writing space. That was like the most logical next step, it was like I had to do it. And not just because I love copywriting, I love writing. And it was fun for me to do. But because it is the missing link for so many of you, to having this business that you really want and to making it not feel so hard and be so hard and complicated on you. It's like you may be doing what you feel like are all the right things when it comes to your business. But your website is still not where it needs to be. Either. It's doesn't exist at all, or it is something that was kind of like a thrown together thing for you, which is completely understandable. I did the same thing when I first started my business, absolutely get it. But now you're at this point where that's got to change. And that could quite likely be the reason why your business is stalled or not growing or you're not getting clients or attraction, or the things that you were hoping you would have by now, in your business. That could be the stopping point right there. So it's something to look at. It's the next step. And it was the next step for me. And I hope now potentially that I have explained that you can see why they are so interconnected, everything I do everything I talk about, and everything I teach in my product suite, if you will, which now there are five different options out there that all are based on you creating a simplified flow business and taking the guesswork out of doing that, because I don't want it to take you months, years, however long to make that happen for yourself. I want it to be as painless as quick and as energy saving as possible on you, which is why I do what I do. Okay, so now that we got that out of the way, let's go behind the scenes of this simplified flow business and see how these things really all work together to make your business successful and profitable, while also still remaining that simple and flexible thing for you as well. Now, caveat, we've talked about all this before, nothing here is new. But I thought again, like I mentioned, having all of this in one place would be a good idea for an episode because I think, as I've talked about all of this, they all have like have their own episodes or their own series on the show instead of it all being in one spot. So that's what we're really doing here. And also just being a good reminder for you because we talked about a lot of things. And sometimes we just need to hear these things over and over again. And then also a reminder for you right now so that this doesn't get overwhelming is that you don't have to have all of these in place and working perfectly. Before you can even launch your business or make your first dollar make your first sale. That is not what I'm saying here. you hopefully know if you've been listening to this show for a while that I'm all about you getting your first like getting scrappy and get your first client Your first few clients from the very start, so you have some money coming in. And then start working on all of this stuff, including your website, you can have paying clients before you have a website up, use your network, use your friends in front of friends, and friends or family, and find some people who need your help, and offer to help them. So that can all happen right away. And then from there, once you have a few clients under your belt, and you're seeing some people, you have some money potentially in the bank or coming in, then start working on this stuff, too. Okay, so I just want you to know, I'm not expecting you to have all of this perfectly set up from the beginning, from the start, I think it is something that happens in layers, and definitely shouldn't be the reason that you hold yourself back from getting your first clients or continuing to get clients continuing to use your network and get people into your system. Without all of this set up. Now that keeping that in mind, I do also want to bring up that if your business is feeling harder than you were hoping it would feel or than it should be. If you're kind of spinning your wheels, trying to find paying clients trying to get people into your programs, or your courses or your workshops, or whatever your paid offer is, then it is quite likely because one of these at least ingredients are missing or broken. So while I don't think and don't want these to be a requirement to you, starting your business and getting it up and running, I also want you to look at this with an analytical kind of eye and see why it does feel hard, why something is broken? And where is that broken? And what can you do to fix it to make it easier on yourself. Okay, last thing, one more thing, before we get into this list. This is specifically for an online business, if you want your business to be mainly digital, and virtual, then this is for you. If you have or want a local business, a brick and mortar, something like that, I feel like a lot of this will be the same, a lot of this still applies. But there are going to be different opportunities available to you, that would potentially make more sense to get people in your actual door, like local opportunities versus maybe having a podcast or something like that, which you totally can still have. But you will want to explore more of your local marketing system to Okay, the ingredients for a simplified flow business. And if you are more of a visual learner, you might want to actually create a little diagram of this. And just so you can see all of the pieces how they all flow together, if that would help you. But I'm starting at the very end point, which is your paid offer. And that is the goal of having a business is to yes help people and have freedom and all that stuff, but also to make money. Right that is when you are in business is when you are making money. So your ingredients for a flow business have to include at least one paid offer. If you want it to be on the higher end of being more simplified and flowy, then you'll want to consider a paid offer that doesn't involve trading time for dollars. So that would be like a signature program or a course or something like that. And if you want help in creating that the signature program bundle is available for you and will take the guesswork out of creating that type of paid offer in your business. But this isn't also a bash on one on one client work either. If that's the paid offer that you want, go for it. I only say that because as you can probably guess you will have a more limited time flexibility freedom kind of situation when you are taking clients one on one end meeting with them virtually or however you choose to do that, that will be less of that. But that doesn't mean that your business isn't going to be as simple or as flowy it's just going to look a little different for you. And then also keep in mind that typically with the one on one client work that also comes with more paperwork, more things to organize more things to do and stay on top of for each client more back and forth communication. So Again, not like that simplified flow business isn't possible with that business model, it's just going to look different and it is something for you to consider. But no matter what you'll need at least one paid offer, which I think is pretty easy to do. And if you haven't done that yet, take some time to get very solid on what your paid offer is, and make sure that it is enticing and appealing to your dream client. Okay, so we have that that's the end goal. Now, the next thing you need in this whole system is a launch plan. So this is how you get people into your paid offer. And yes, this goes if you are doing just one on one client work right now, if you have a signature program, if you have a workshop or a paid masterclass or something like that, no matter what your paid offer is, you need a plan to get people in the door to get people to say, yes, I want in this is for me, I can't wait I want to work with you take my money, they're not just going to magically appear and say that, you need a plan in place to do that, to build excitement, build curiosity, showcase that product or service that you created, let them know, it's the best solution for your dream clients. So that the logical next step is Hey, yes, sign me up, I want that. That is your launch plan. Now, this is something that I think a lot of people feel like is really complicated. Takes a lot of time. A lot of people shy away from this like full on launch plan. And then they don't make sales or they don't make the amount of sales the number of sales they want or need. It is a very, it can feel like a very big and overwhelming thing. But it doesn't have to be it can actually be really fun, it can be really simple. And the best thing ever about it all is that as soon as you have created your launch plan, you can rinse and repeat over and over and over, it can and should be repeated. So that is why this is a built in part of your simplified business plan is because your launch is going to be something that you work on once and just keep repeating. And yes, there will be tweaks you make certain things that did or didn't work, maybe you have to replace an email or add or subtract a slide from your webinar template or something like that. But for the most part, it's done once, and then lightly modified and done again and again. And again. So that makes it really easy. And a really important piece to your system. If you don't have this, like I mentioned, broken, majorly broken, you are not going to make the sales you want to make you need a launch plan. Once again, this is the entire launch plan that you need is available in the signature program bundle. So if you need help creating your launch, plan it it is in there for you just create it, follow the step by step do every single thing I tell you to do and you will have a great launch, and I have all the templates and everything you need to Alright, the next ingredient is an epic freebie. We just got done talking about this. We've talked about this a few episodes ago and how to know if your freebie is epic. But when you think about it in this overall flow of your business, I think it makes sense because you need an audience to launch your paid offer to so we have that paid offer. We have that launch plan. Well Who are we going to do that launch plan with. And that is where your email list comes in. And your email list is built with your epic freebie. And you only need one you don't need like a million freebies, you may need to create a few freebies until you find the one that is truly epic and that your audience is really interested in. But once you have it, then go with that one, you don't need a bunch of them. Just find the one that works for you and your dream clients. Now once again, this is a situation where yes, you have to create the freebie, which you know, it could be like a one page PDF, it could be something really simple. It could be like a couple of different recipes or something. And that could come together really quickly for you. And then create the landing page for that freebie which I have exactly what to put on your landing page. Again in signature program bundle. I know this sounds like basically this long commercial for signature program bundle. I don't want it to be that. It's not meaning to be that but just to show you that that you have the resources available to you to make this happen in your business. I'm not just telling you to do all these things, and then pushing you out, like a new bird from the nest. No, I'm still here to support you and you have the resources you need. Okay? So just know that everything I talk about how I have done the work on my end to make it as easy as possible for it to work in your business. Okay. So once you have that freebie created, and you have that landing page that is converting, that is enticing people to put their email address into the form and get the freebie and be on your email list. Once all of that is working, then it is always working behind the scenes on autopilot, it is never not working, right. So you take the time, set it up, and then it's done going on behind the scenes for you. Okay, so once you have that epic freebie that is your audience for launching your paid offer. We have to make sure that audience gets warmed up properly to you and your work. So that is where a warm welcome sequence comes in. That's your next ingredient. So once someone signs up for your freebie and email list, they get this series of automated emails that welcome them properly, to your world, to your work to everything you do to your personality, all that stuff. And it also means you don't ghost them. It's not like they sign up for this freebie. And then don't hear from someone for even a week, even if you email your list every week, but you don't have a welcome sequence in place. While they may have signed up the day that you normally send your emails. So they go a whole week without hearing from you. And by the time that week is up, they have no idea who you are. They you they got that freebie so long ago, they may or may not have even looked at it yet. But there has been no follow up on that. And so you have like ghosted them, and they don't know who you are, and they're not warmed up to you, they're just getting this random email, it doesn't make sense. And you lost them. So that is where a email welcome sequence comes in. Once again, write it once, get it done, and it's done forever, it's constantly being delivered to those new people who come onto your email list. Automatically, you have that all set up, you don't have to think about it worry about it, it's just happening. And I'm not gonna say it again. But you know where to go. If you need help with your welcome sequence. I'm not going to say it, but it's in there. It's in the one spot I've been talking about this entire time. Oh, and one more really great thing about welcome sequences is they can and should be pointing people to your other content to your paid offers even so, depending on what your paid offer is how hands off it is or isn't if it's an evergreen situation. Or if you have a paid offer that is then you may be making sales straight from your welcome sequence. If just say for example, you have like an ebook, that's $20. And your freebie is something kind of related to that ebook, well, then, you're welcome sequence can actually be a series of emails that gets them primed and ready to buy that ebook, and then purchase right then in there. So for talking totally hands off, totally simplified, totally flow, that is an option for you to do it right within the welcome sequence, which is entirely possible. Okay, moving on to the next ingredient, which is an evergreen content platform, talked about this before too, in detail. But this is really like having that blog, that podcast, that YouTube channel, that place where you are consistently putting out new content, but then that content lives on forever. That content is something that comes up in a Google search. Or if someone's searching on the podcast platform for a specific topic, then that is something that can be going on behind the scenes for years and years and years to come. bringing in new eyes to your work and getting them introduced to your work really quickly and easily through that content, especially and we're really it goes for any of them. Like if it's a blog, then it's based on your writing and putting your personality and your brand into your writing. If it's your podcast, hearing you in their earbuds is a really easy way to connect with people. If you're a YouTuber and you want to do videos seeing someone's face and their hand gestures and all that stuff is like this immediate can action point for people to get warmed up to you very quickly. So, you know, I debated saying that this was an optional one. But I know you guys know, I don't feel like it is, I think that it is just one of the best ways to get your work in front of more people to build your email list to market your paid offers, like without me even thinking I was going to or trying, I've already talked about my paid offers, like five or six times in this episode, just because that is naturally what's coming up as a resource to help you and it's part of this conversation, it's just naturally coming up in conversation. And so you have the opportunity to do that in all of these platforms. But I think that this is probably the one one of the ones one of the ingredients that gets the most resistance or feels like the least flowy of these ingredients, and is not something a lot of people want to do or have time to do or feel like they can do. And I understand that. So that's why I do want to say, you know, if this is just totally not you, if you just cannot get on any of these platforms, then if the rest of your system is working really well, that's fine. But if it's not, or if you want more enhancement of it, then you do need to really consider what your evergreen content platform will be. And know that it is such an integral part of the rest of your flow like it is what is allowing the rest of your business to flow, that it's worth it to sit down every week or every couple of weeks, and create new evergreen content. So create a new video, record a new podcast, write a new blog post and get it out into the world. And again, it will live on forever, right. So keep that in mind that while it is probably one of the things that takes the most consistent work like it can't really be totally hands off. Because you do need to keep creating content. But what you are creating is living on forever. It's not just like that week that you launch your podcast, and then everyone listens, and no one ever hears it again, you'll get downloads for that specific podcast episode for years to come. And that's really cool. And it makes it worth it. And part of that flow system. Alright, the next ingredient is a well written, compelling, SEO friendly website. This is like the energy of your flow business of this whole system. If your business was a car, a vehicle, this would be the gasoline, your website is the gasoline it is that important. It is what makes it all run because it gets fresh new eyes on your work straight from Google people who have literally no idea who you are. But then they come onto your website and they feel something and they experience something and they have that you get me moment. And they are fans. So that is happening constantly behind the scenes every day. And then you have people coming in from social media maybe or referrals or networking opportunities, you have all of these situations where the next step for people to go is your website. And it is the deciding factor of MI sticking around and getting to know this person more and signing up for the freebie looking at their paid offers, checking out their podcast, their blog these things, or am I bouncing and going to find someone else. It is that important to this whole system. It is the thing that will get podcast subscribers or YouTube subscribers, it will definitely build your email list behind the scenes going on on autopilot. So you have that epic freebie. And then it has this really amazing spot on your website that is compelling. And it really showcases exactly why that reader needs that freebie. And they sign up all going on while you're hanging out with your family because it's all going on behind the scenes, right? So it's just such a big piece of that system. And then you know, once they become subscribers of your email list or even just of your podcast, then they are part of your audience. And that audience then goes on to get into the launch plan that you have and then into your paid offer. So seeing how this is all flowing from top to bottom or really end result. ought to beginning I guess is more appropriate. And then the last ingredient, this is it, we're almost at the bottom of the list already. The last thing is a social media page, just one, just pick one and do that one really well. And, of course, we all have feelings about social media, I'm sure. And, you know, I know there's a lot of people who don't want to be on it at all. And if you don't, that's fine. But then of course, every other ingredient that I just went over has got to be dialed in which it should be anyway. But if it's dialed in, and you're super confident in how your whole system is flowing, and getting you clients, then not being on social media at all is totally fine. But the thing is that if the rest of your flow is set up really well, which of course, it will be and should be, then social media isn't as heavy mailing doesn't feel as hard as complicated, it's actually quite fun, because you're not counting on your posts really doing all that much for you, you're just kind of using it as this enhancement as this like cherry on top as this kind of immediate way to get content out in front of a few people. And knowing that everything else is going on really well on the back end and on autopilot, then you have the opportunity to play around with social media and make it an experiment and see what works and what doesn't and just have fun with it. And of course, yes, that is a place where people will go to your website, after they see you on social media, they will potentially sign up for your freebie, if you are talking about that on social media. So it is an avenue, that shouldn't be totally counted out. And we actually can have a very different way better relationship with it, when it's not like everything to your business, when you have things set up really well in every other area then is actually quite fun and isn't make or break in any way. Okay, so those are the ingredients, let me see how many there are I did not number them. 1234567. Okay, so seven ingredients of your simplified flow business. Now, what I typically see people have is like four or five of them. So you have a paid offer, I think that that's probably the easiest thing to do. Because you know, you need to have a paid offer to make money and to be in business. And that's really the first place we go, which is great. A lot of you have really great freebies, too. You have awesome freebies, you're talking about your freebies, every once in a while, which, you know, I think could probably be talked about more, but you have these great freebies, too, which is awesome. And some of you even have really great welcome sequences, you're really doing a good job in warming up your new audience members as they come onto your email list and giving them that great experience right away, which is cool. And then there are some of you who do have evergreen content platforms, you have started a podcast you are showing up on YouTube, you are writing SEO optimized blog posts, you're doing the thing there too great. And then there may be a social media account that's kind of hit or miss kinda like sometimes I post sometimes they don't, I can't really figure out what to even post. I'm not posting things that feel like the most up to date thing to post not really working with the algorithm. But I'm posting. So we have some of that going on too. So like I said, four or five things that are going on to some degree and maybe working a little bit to some degree. But then there's still that struggle. There's the struggle to get clients the struggle to grow their email list, their struggle to get subscribers on their content platforms, the overall growth isn't happening and it starts to feel like a spinning the wheels type of situation. And so now that we have all of this laid out, you know the entire flow, the seven pieces. Now I'm wondering if you can see why that would possibly be it's because the flow hasn't been fully set up yet. And like I said, I don't expect you to have all seven of these things perfectly in alignment before you get going and get started and your business takes off. I'm not saying that but I want you to remember that if things aren't going the way you want them to go, what more of your flow do
35:09 you have to work on? What's still out there for you to do? Because there's something I know it, I know, there's something that isn't yet working that isn't yet aligned with the rest of your flow, okay. And the ones that I see that tend to be missing, the most are the pieces of the puzzle that make money and get clients. Those are the things that are missing or broken or not working, which are your website, and your launch plan. Those are the two big pieces that I see missing out on everyone's flow. And like I said, a lot of you have websites, but they're not optimized, they're not doing their job, they're not really doing anything, they're kind of dormant. And a lot of you have these paid offers, that you do occasionally talk about and try to get people into. And that's not working either, because it's not a comprehensive launch plan. It's just you talking about something, which isn't really that exciting, it doesn't create that level of excitement, you need to get someone to pull out their credit card. Okay, so those are the two things that I see missing in most people's flow businesses. And so if you're listening to this right now, and you are very much feeling in that place of I want more clients, it's not happening, I'm not making the money I'm gonna make I'm not getting the growth I thought I would get and that I want to get, then go through this system and see what is broken in yours. What is missing? What is broken? That is what you are basically kind of always thinking about and always going back to knowing that this is the overall flow. And where does what needs more attention, I guess what needs to be redone, needs to be reconsidered reworked, where is it time to upgrade, those are all the things that are kind of always going on in the background as you continue to create this business. And I also want to make it very clear that I am totally aware that it takes time and energy to get all of this set up. I don't expect you to have this all set up in a week or a month even it takes time. And that's part of the process. And like I said, I have done what I can do to take the guesswork out of it to save you as much time and energy as possible, so that your entire flow business can be up and running on the back end in the background on autopilot where you're out living and enjoying your life. And still having that growth and getting your work in front of new eyes and getting people signing up for your email list. And all of these things that are needed to grow your business are all set up and working appropriately and making your business simple and flowy. And feel good and fun. That is the goal here. All right, I will leave it at that. Again, if you would like any help in any of this. Just shoot me a DM over on Instagram and we can talk about it and figure out what's the best first step or next step for you where you should go where things might be broken or incomplete in your system and get them up and running. So at Sean Mynar on Instagram would love to hear from you. All right, until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there. Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
Having a website for your business is one thing, but getting people to actually visit it is another. And maybe right now, your website is a desolate place on the web and not doing much for your business. Or maybe you haven’t even bothered to get a website up for your business yet because it seems like it’s just going to turn into a desolate place on the web so why bother. Either way…it’s time to fix that because it IS a prominent piece of your client attraction system. there are simple strategies you can start doing now to get more high-quality visitors to your website. Because I’m sure it’s no surprise that the more website visitors you have, the more clients, customers, and sales you make. In this episode, I’m sharing 5 simple strategies to get more visitors to your website.
“You have to make sure your website is working, you have to make sure that it is well-written, well-organized site that flows…until you do that the strategies aren’t going to work.” - Shawn Mynar
“I spent intentional time really writing my site, making sure that the words were good for my visitors but also good for google.” - Shawn Mynar
“Remember: Google loves good copy. Let’s make sure that is happening on your site and that will be the big ticket hands off marketing strategy and way for you to get paying clients.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are the person who is going to get more visitors on your website and that comes from you sharing about it.” - Shawn Mynar
“Let’s make sure that your website is actually working for you, let’s get it up and running… Your website has to be part of your new and improved marketing strategy that actually works.” - Shawn Mynar
Website That Works Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/webclass
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Having a website for your business is one thing, but getting people to actually visit it is another. And maybe right now your website is a desolate place on the web, and not doing much for your business. Or maybe you haven't even bothered to get a website up for your business yet, because it seems like it's just gonna turn into that desolate place on the web. So why even bother? Either way, it's time to fix that, because it is a prominent piece of your client attraction system. That right now you may be missing. There are simple strategies you can start doing today to get more high quality visitors to your website, because I'm sure it's no surprise that the more website visitors you have, the more clients customers and sales you make. In this episode, I'm sharing five simple strategies to get more visitors to your website. So stay tuned.
0:53 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:37 Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. And welcome to the final episode, in the website that works series that we've been doing here on the show. This is the third episode in a row that I've dedicated to talking specifically about your business website, and how to actually make it work in your business, how to get new fresh eyes on your work, how to get leads from your site, and how to get paying clients. So we're wrapping it up today talking about how to get visitors to even show up on your website. So you can actually have the chance to turn those people into paying clients. Kind of important kind of a big deal, probably something we should talk about here. And we're gonna get into it. But first, it's the official launch of the write your website bundle going on right now, I just want to chat about this for a second in a like a totally raw, real way so that you really understand what's included, what's involved how it works, because it really is one of the coolest things I have ever put out into the world. I'm super, super proud of it. And I really don't I don't know, I think it's quite different than anything else I've seen out there. Now to help build your website. I've not seen anything like this in the way that I have it laid out and so much of it done for you that I just want to gush about it a little bit, I guess. So here's the deal. I, as a copywriter, I put on my copywriting hat. And I wrote prompts for every single section of the four main pages of your website, multiple multiple prompts, like anywhere from four to 10 different prompts for each section of your entire website. And in those prompts, it gives you the opportunity to first of all, like have this very professional, engaging copy, while at the same time plugging in your own messaging, which means every single person, even if all of you were using the exact same problem, it would sound completely different, which obviously there's a ton to choose from. So there's no way any website whatever remotely sound the same. But it gives you the guidance, you need to actually write your site in the way that it needs to be to engage people to keep people there to help people understand that you're the right person for them, that you can help them that you've been there that you know what's up that you know what's going on in their mind, you know, their obstacles, their challenges, their beliefs, and you also have this solution. And that solution is what they need. So that's very much kind of in this journey that we talk about here a lot. But now I've taken it to your website, I've written the prompts for you. And all you have to do is plug in your unique messaging into these prompts using the framework that I have laid out for you. And you have this completely transformed hub for your business. And then speaking of those sections, and I talked about the sections of your homepage in last week's episode as well. It's the
5:00 It kind of showed you a little bit about how it's laid out. But I created a specific framework for every one of those pages that works for this coaching, practitioner, expert, service based business specifically. And that came from a lot of studying and learning in the copywriting space, because this is not just like, Oh, I'm just gonna plug things in here and there. This is based on research based on data based on psychology. It's not just based on what I think is best. This is research backed. And also with my own experience, and having 10 years of a website and finding things that worked and didn't work in my own business, plugging all of that in to create this framework, this flow that every single page of your website absolutely needs to have. And so I put all of that together, combined it all. And out came the right your website bundle with 220, over 220, copy writing prompts for every section of your site, 220 example. So every single prompt that is in the workbook also has a real life coaching type business example, I use all different kinds of businesses, you know, all different kinds of coaching, and niches so that there was something for everyone. But even still, just having that as an example of seeing the messaging plugged into that prompt is so helpful and will keep you inspired to create your own. So 220 of those. And then I also created these mock up design templates. So once you have written your copy, you know how you want it to sound, you know which prompts you want to use, and it's all been figured out, then you plug it into that design mock up so you can see kind of how it all flows together, especially when it meets, you know, your images and everything else that you need to include on your site. So you have that as this kind of draft layout. And then you can go in, and it's super easy at that point to find a design template and plug it in, play your copy into that design template. Because as we know, I hope I've said this before, and if I haven't now I am copy first design second, for everything, not just your website, for everything, copy first design around your copy, okay, so you're going to write your copy with the prompts. And then you're going to plug that into your mock design, see how it all flows when it's together, and then transfer it over to your design template to your actual website and hit the publish button. And if you are still not quite sure about your messaging, you know, we've talked about messaging a lot here on the show. But if you're still like struggling to really bring out the words that you need to say in order to get your dream clients attention, and really speak to them. That is also part of this bundle. Right now, as a bonus, the complete messaging magic workbook is part of that bundle. So literally everything you need to do this all and do it all in a very professional well written site, instead of just throwing something up is all available in this bundle. And it will take you like a fraction of the time to get this going than just to try to DIY this without any assistance and try to figure out what to say and where to say it and how to say it and what to include and what not to include. And that's a lot. So we're going to take the guesswork out of it, we're gonna get it done, we're gonna make sure that it's a website that actually works, that actually shows up in Google that attracts your dream clients. That is something you're proud of. So you want to send people to your website. And once they're there, it converts, it converts them into leads, and they're on your email list. It converts them into paying clients. That is the goal. That is what we do inside there. Right your website bundle right now it is available for you to get started, get your website up and move on with your life and your business and like cross that off your list forever. That is at Shawnmynar.com/website. Go check it out, see what you think get started, and of course super happy to have you. All right, let's move on to these strategies that you can use to get visitors on your website. And it probably goes without saying at this point based on what we just talked about the past seven, eight minutes now that First things first you have to make sure your website is working. You have to make sure that it is
10:00 Have a well written, well organized site that flows that is engaging, that it speaks to your dream clients that it says the right things where they need to be said, and draws them in. Because until you do that, those strategies aren't going to work. In fact, it actually becomes a repellent. Because even if people are coming to your site, which they are, there are some people coming to your site. And if you start using the strategies we're gonna talk about before your website is truly ready, then they'll come. But they will not do anything. After that, they will bounce and they will go to someone else's site, or they will go check Instagram, instead of staying on your website. That is obviously not the goal that doesn't really do a whole lot for your business. Because once someone has come onto your website and not had a great experience, chances are they're not going to go back. So instead, make sure your website is truly at the point you want it to be. Get your hands on the bundle, make it happen, and then use the strategies to really boost your conversions on your website that is ready to work. Okay, so now that that step is done, and that conversation is out of the way, let's get people to your website. So I've shared this before I shared this over on the website masterclass. So you may have already seen, this is actually a graph, which you're listening to this as a podcast, you're not gonna be able to see this, but I think you'll still be able to get the gist of where my website visitors are coming from. So I have a graph in front of me showing 60 days worth of website visitors and where they came from. The first one search engines has 14,949 visits. The second one, Facebook 808. The next one is Pinterest. 535. The next one is Instagram to 25. And then there's a bunch of others that barely even register like minimal. But let's go back to these numbers, search engines, basically 15,000, the next highest Facebook, and I believe this is probably because of Facebook ads 808 15,808. So whole message here, the vast, vast, vast majority of my website visitors come from Google, like vast majority. And that is with me like pretty proudly displaying my website everywhere. It's still, number one referrer by far is Google. So that is my number one, my first strategy for you to get more visitors to your website is make it searchable. Make it Google friendly, make it Google's BFF. And that comes when you have an SEO optimized website. And this is also my favorite strategy because it's hands off. Like that 15,000 visitors came to my website, without me really even touching my website for those 60 days. I once a week, actually my podcast editor Chris, Hey, Chris, he puts a podcast episode up on my website once a week. Other than that, no one really touches it. And I still am able to get 15,000 visitors to my website. And then those visitors turn into email list subscribers, podcast listeners, social media followers, course, purchasers, all the things. Okay, so there's a natural progression from those people coming to my website from Google and turning into leads and clients, which is pretty awesome. And like I said, totally hands off. But you need to have good copy to do this. And when you have good copy, it will naturally do this for you. I'm no SEO expert and I didn't hire someone or pay anyone to do it for me. I just spent intentional time really writing my site, making sure that the words were good for my visitors, but also good for Google. And you know, I naturally did that that's naturally part of the right your website workbook. That's all baked in. So you don't really have to worry about that. If you're using the workbook, it will happen automatically because I plug that into all of the prompts I laid out for you. So that's an option. That's what I did. The main thing that you need to do to make your website SEO friendly, besides just having good copy and not being confusing and not being vague, because Google doesn't like confusing or vague
15:00 or cookie cutter, or sounds like everyone else, because if you sound like everyone else, guess what none of you are gonna be on Google. So really being unique standing out and having good copy is the ticket. But also as an extra strategy, knowing your main key phrase, which, for something like your homepage, your about page or services page, that's going to be your main title, I guess, if you want to say, your identifier, and your niche. So like, for me, that is business coach, for wellness coaches and practitioners. That's my main key phrase. So putting that in a lot of places like really talking that up, which like I said, you will do that naturally, when you follow the right your website workbook, and you will have a key phrase and you will be SEO optimized. Okay. So remember, Google loves good copy. Let's make sure that is happening on your site. And that will be the big ticket hands off marketing strategy, and a way for you to get paying clients through Google, yes, Google or any search engine, but I think the 99% of people use Google. So that's what I'm saying here. All right. The second one is you, you gotta share about your website. And this really happens when you have a website you're proud of, if you're currently not talking about your website that much, it's probably because there's some underlying resistance there, like you're not totally convinced, it's the best place for people to convert, it's the best place for people to get to know about you and your work, it might feel like there's something off still. And so you're not sharing about it as much as you should. But if you're truly really proud of your website, and you know it's doing its job, then you are just shouting it from the rooftops and making sure everyone knows to go there. And just being really proud and loud about it. So you being the strategy to get more visitors to your website looks something like this, it will be linking to it in your social media accounts, which, you know, a lot of people use, like the link tree thing or something like that as their Instagram link. But if you have a website that is super engaging, and really leads people in the right direction to get their freebie to work with you to learn more about your podcasts and start listening and subscribe. That's really what we're putting in those link tree things for the most part. So what if you just had this really awesome website, and then you're putting that into your social media channels. And people are going there regularly, because you're also being like, hey, Lincoln bio to learn more, and it's going to your website. So that's an option, and then linking to it in your podcast description or your YouTube description. So if you do have one of those platforms going for your business, then you should definitely be linking to that in your podcast. Like, I think for this podcast, it's like, within the first line, I think I say, hey, Shawnmynar from Shawnmynar.com here or something like that right away, so that people who are interested in the podcast or maybe listen to one episode, now they're curious about me and my work, they will then go to my website. So you should have that linked up, and that will automatically get more visitors. And same thing goes for your YouTube descriptions, your overall channel description, and each episode as well each video, you can also send people to your website from other people's podcasts that you are a guest on, or if you do any guest blogging, so they're gonna want to be like, where do I send people, and you have that opportunity to be in front of that different audience and send them to your really amazing website where they will then go further into your work, become a subscriber become a paying client. So if ever you are on someone else's podcast and even if that isn't an opportunity you've had yet, it will be someday you need to have a website. That is amazing before then because I think I've shared my story. If not, I'll share it some other day. It's you don't want to get in that spot where you're kind of embarrassed about your website, as you're sharing it with this audience that you just spent an hour warming up and most likely the host that you are conversing with, will ask your website handle so be prepared. And then think about
20:00 If you're ever at any networking events, or you're ever at a speaking engagement, or anything like that, where you're either in front of your dream clients, or you're in front of peers, or with colleagues or friends or anything, where are you going to send those people, you can't send them to some random landing page with your freebie and hope that they'll sign up without knowing anything else about you or without getting warmed up a little more, you have to have that hub of your business, your home, on the internet, and that easy place to send people. So any sort of networking thing. And again, even if that's not something that you've done in your business, yet, there will be that opportunity in the future sooner than you think. And you have to be ready for that. And you have to have that place where you know, when you send people, they are not going to bounce, they are going to get the information they need, they're going to feel the way they need to feel to take that next step with you. And in that same sense, like, What about just random people? Where are you sending them like the person you happen to talk to, in the grocery store line, that's actually a perfect fit, or maybe they have a friend who would be a perfect fit for you, or even just friends, family acquaintances, you have to have that really simple, easy, great place to send people to, again, like I said, it can't be a random landing page, it can't be a sales page, they're not there yet, you need to have that central place. So again, you are the person who is going to get more visitors on your website. And that comes from you sharing about it, which most likely comes from you first, getting really proud of your website, and knowing it's something that will actually move the needle in the right direction when you do send people there. All right, the third strategy, your referrals. So your clients, as you start building up your client roster are going to tell other people about you and the work you do, they're going to recommend you and where do you think they are going to send people to, again, not going to be some random landing page, not going to be some sales page? It's going to be your website? So again, is that a true representation of you and your work? Is it something that you know, when those people get sent there who they've already had one person, someone they probably trust? talk you up? So is your website, going to continue to do that Justice going to continue building up that curiosity to the point where they then you know, reach out to you want to chat with you sign up for your newsletter, those kinds of things. So your referrals, something to consider something to think about? Again, if you don't have clients yet, if you haven't yet had a client, but you're getting ready to again, those referrals are going to come quicker than you think. Are you ready to have them go to your website. Number four, your blog posts, and not just any blog posts, your SEO optimized blog posts, I believe I've shared about this before in several different episodes. So I don't want to go in too deep about this. But let this be your reminder that any old random blog post that you just decide you want to write about isn't enough, you have to do your research. Know that it is something that your dream clients are searching for, know that it's something that gets put into the Google search bar, and then write your blog post accordingly. And also, when you write that blog post, share about it, share about it on all your social channels, share about it in your newsletter, talk about it multiple times to start showing Google that that's a post that people are interested in. Because as you get more visitors to that post specifically, then it will just continue showing Google that that's a really interesting post. It's something people want to know and it will start ranking it in the Google search. Now this is important for your overall website visitors strategy, because of course it gets people on your website. But then based on how the rest of your site really like the vibe of the rest of your site. It will determine if that person who came there for that specific blog post then moves on to go to your homepage to go to your about page to check out your services page to contact you. That is really what determines it. It's like that starting point, that initial door is open and then do they bounce or do they continue down and get further in
25:00 further into your work. So really important to the overall marketing strategy. The overall website strategy is just that one blog post that really is important to your dream clients specifically, and shows up on a Google search. And then number five, we have a good old Pinterest, my good old buddy Pinterest, I love Pinterest, especially as part of your website marketing strategy, because Pinterest is one of the few platforms that actually wants you to get off of their platform. And on to someone's website. You know, it is a search engine very similar to Google. So you know, Google wants you to go check out these other websites, and so does Pinterest. So you can create a pin that directs people straight to your homepage, or straight to your about page, it's quite cool, you can really link up any page that you want. And again, if you want to go the blog route, if you have a website that is set up well, and has that vibe that will keep people continuing down the rabbit hole of your site, then even if someone comes to your website via a blog post via Pinterest, they will still stay and do more things get more involved on your site. So it's a very good opportunity to build up your email list and get paying clients and get more listeners of your podcast or more watchers of your YouTube or more readers of your blog, or anything that you want people to do from Pinterest. So again, you can link up your homepage, you can link up your about page, you can link up your freebies, you can link up your blog, post all great strategies, and also went on Pinterest, there is a spot for you to put your website I mean, really just think about like anything you sign up for anything you use anything you do, there is a spot for your website. Is it doing anything? Do you want people to go there or are you kind of just having it in the background, knowing it's not really a true reflection of your work, knowing it's not really doing anything for your business because no one's taking action, because you haven't set it up to be an action taking system that can change that needs to change. If you want a business that grows with a very hands off strategy, hands off marketing, your website is a big piece to that. So let's make sure your website is actually working for you. Let's get it up and running. So you don't have to worry about it. It can just be going on in the background. As you go about your life as your business grows. Just think about it. Wouldn't it be nice if people found you instead of you always spinning your wheels and spending your energy trying to figure out how to find people? What if the situation was reversed and people were just finding you and contacting you and signing up for your things on in the background as you go about your business and the life that is the goal. That's what we're gonna do here. You know, I'm all about simplifying things for you. I want your business to be simple. I want it to be stress free. I want it to be burnout proof. I want you to enjoy it and not be efforting so dang hard with so little to show for it. Your website has to be part of your new and improved marketing strategy that actually works. And we will do that for you with the right your website bundle. Get it today. Get it going get it up and running, get it crossed off your to do list and move on with your life. Shawnmynar.com/website to get going and get the introductory offer going on right now too. So go check that out. Shawnmynar.com/website and until next time, take care
Question for you: Is your website actually doing anything for your business? Is it regularly bringing in new traffic, leads, and clients? It can and should be, and if it’s currently not doing that, it’s time for a little website makeover. In this episodes, we’re going to go over the key signs it’s time for you to refresh your website and how a few simple changes to your website can mean BIG leaps for your business. Don’t have a website yet? Use this episode to learn how to do it right from the start!
“You can network, you can use landing pages, you can do those things to start making money right away but then quickly after that, you are going to need a website especially if you are expecting your business to grow.” - Shawn Mynar
“The reality is you need a good website, that is just as important. You need a way to get these people even interested in learning more about your paid offers. A lot of the times our website is one of the most important ways to do that.” - Shawn Mynar
“You need that ‘home’, you need that place that is a good representation of you that is well-organized and showcases your work as it relates to your people and flows well.” - Shawn Mynar
“We want the visitors that come to stay and check things out and take action. Whatever the right action is for them, based on where they’re at when they visit.” - Shawn Mynar
“A key sign of your website working is that your visitors do take an action.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your website is your business’ home, its the face of your business, it’s often where people get their very first impression of you. Is your website really living up to that job?” - Shawn Mynar
Website That Works Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/webclass
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Question for you. Is your website actually doing anything for your business? Is it regularly bringing in new traffic leads and paying clients? It can and should be. And if it's currently not doing that, it's time for a little website makeover. In this episode, we're gonna go over the key signs, it's time for you to refresh your website, and how just a few simple changes can mean big leaps for your business. Don't have a website yet cool. Use this episode to learn how to do it right from the start. Let's dive in. Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode. And as always super grateful to every single one of you for checking out the show. And this episode in particular, which is all about your website. And this also is kicking off a new series, all about websites, it's the websites that work series here on the show, I'm going to be spending the next four to five episodes, talking to you all about how to turn your website into your 24/7, online salesperson, your hardest working team member. And that comfy, cozy inclusive, inviting space for your people on the internet. It should be all of those things. And from my research from what I know to be true about the coaching space, the wellness space, the solopreneur space, especially in the service based business model. There are websites out there that just aren't pulling their weight. They're just not doing the job. And so we're going to take the next four to five episodes to make sure we change that for you and your business. And that starts today with five signs. It's time to refresh your website. Does your website need a little makeover? Yeah, most likely it does. And like I mentioned, if you don't have a website yet, let me tell ya, save yourself a ton of time and headache. And do this website thing right from the start. In, you know, now you will have this these tools, this education, this training to know what that means. And if there's anyone out there listening, who is like, yeah, my website needs a refresh, we can all agree that it's just easier, it would have been easier just to do it right from the start and not have to go through that whole refresh makeover process. So getting back to why I have taken it upon myself to talk about your website. Well, first things first. I have had my own website for over 10 years now. It has gone through many, many iterations, like super embarrassing, I can't even go back even seven, eight years ago, I cannot go back because it's so embarrassing. But in that time, you know, I really had to learn how to make my website work better for my business out of necessity as my business was growing. And as more people were asking for my website or heading to my website or googling me or googling my work, Googling my programs get Can't you just can't send them to a crappy website. You just can't. Because they are still in that space where they want to get to know more about you and what you do and why you do it. And most importantly, if it's right for them, and if they don't get that answer right away, they're gone. And that is just such a missed opportunity. So that is the first thing and just what I have been through in my own journey through my own website transformation over the years and how important I have learned it is for your business. And like I've said many times before, it's not something that you need in order to kick off your business from the get go. You don't need a website to start building your email list. And even start getting clients getting paying clients, you can network, you can use landing pages, you can do those things to start making money right away. But then quickly after that, yes, you are going to need a website. And especially if you are expecting, and planning for your business to grow, and you're expecting and planning for people to want to learn more about you and maybe go from being a social media follower to checking out your website to learn more about what it is you do, you need to have that place. Like I said, that cozy, comfy, inclusive, inviting space for people to go. That's the bottom line. And as you all I think, know, my ultimate mission, if I am like just drilling things down as deep as they can possibly go for my mission, with my business, and with my time spent here it is to help you help more people, while also helping yourself, whatever that looks like for you. But a lot of times that looks like having more time, having more space, having more freedom, having more money, these things that will help you while also helping others. And, you know, there's a lot of help in there. But that's really what it dials down to, for me is helping you help more people. And the reality is, yes, you need a great offer. And we talk about that a lot here how to have that really attractive paid offer for these people that are in your orbit. But the reality is, you need a good website. Also, that is just as important. You need a way to get these people even interested in learning more about your paid offers. And a lot of times our website is one of the most important ways to do that. Yes, there's social media. Yes, there's your email marketing, these are all tools that go together in your overall marketing strategy. But you need that home, you need that place that is a good representation of you that is well organized and showcases your work as it relates to your people and flows well, and is this really comfortable space for people to want to spend time getting to know you better getting to know your work better, if any of those things don't happen, they're out because there's other people to go check out who potentially are doing something similar. So we want to keep that from happening, obviously. And so that's really where I'm at with this desire to help you with your website. Between that and then spending the past six months learning more and more and going deeper and deeper into copy. And particularly website copy being one of the kind of pillars I've been really researching and practicing and learning and even getting certified in website copy. In particular, it is because a lot of people think that design is the most important thing of their website. And yes, it typically is that initial attraction that will even get people to read one word, yes, they need to feel have a good vibe when they initially look at it for the first point five seconds. But then it's the words that keep them there. It's the words that keep them staying on the page, clicking over into other pages, and learning more and more and going deeper and deeper. And then ultimately getting into your world becoming a lead, getting on your email list becoming a podcast listener, becoming a blog reader becoming a paying client. It's the words on your site that do that. And one last thing to bring up is that yes,
9:39 I think we've already talked about this being a super important tool for your business. It has the ability to do a lot for your business. But one really important thing because I want you to be able to take care of yourself too, while also having this amazing growing fabulous business. Is that your website can and will be a pretty hands off tool for you. I'm all about simplifying, I'm all about making it as easy as possible. I'm all about getting things automated and working for you 24/7 Behind the scenes, while you go live your life and take care of yourself and take care of your family and friends. And your website, if it's working, is one of the best tools that will do that for you. That's why I say it's the your 24/7 online salesperson. That's what it should be doing for you. And I think we're all really into having more things be hands off in our lives, but especially in our businesses so that we can go out and live our lives and still be attracting leads, and creating clients and customers out of those leads. So now yes, this all sounds pretty amazing, right? And yet, what I am seeing is that there's not a lot of this happening in particular in the coaching space, the wellness space, the wellness practitioner space, there's a bit of a breakdown between having a website that works and just having a website, that what I assume, because I did this, too, was this, like, let me just get something up. And then I'll revisit it later. I'll get back to it. I'll learn more later and really make this website do more. But then that later, like never really comes. And hey, you know, I am all for that imperfect action. That is amazing. You got your website up. It's in the pushing the website to the backburner and just kind of letting it sit there for months and years collecting dust without making those improvements, without revisiting without learning more about how to make your website a little better. That is what we need to address here. Because those improvements could mean a major difference in your business, like major difference in the amount of clients you have coming at you how your email list is growing, how your podcast is growing, your website is part of that strategy, or should be part of that strategy, and getting those built up. And then I also see a lot of this perfectionism showing up in the website building category, which is just trying to figure out what to say what to do, where to design what, and put everything and spending so much time on your website and never hitting publish, because it's not perfect. And of course, that's a never ending cycle that will never change because first of all, perfection doesn't exist. And second of all, you don't know how to make it better, you don't know, you don't know the answers to the questions you're trying to figure out. Right. And so once again, there's that major missed opportunity for creating this ease in your business and this flow in your business and getting fresh new eyes on your work. And then the last website category I see is these people who spend 1000s of dollars to hire someone to design and write their website for them. Which seems like a good idea, because I've just said how important it is and can be for your business. And that you should take it seriously. So it's like, okay, cool, then let me get this awesome website that works. Let me start getting paying clients. And I'll quickly make the 1000s of dollars I just spent back because my website is drawing in new leads. But the problem with that is that when you when it comes time to potentially change something on your website, or add a new page, or your messaging needs to be tweaked a little bit, maybe you've pivoted a little or gotten more specific or something like that, then you don't know how to do that. So you have to hire someone every time you need to make a change or a tweak to your website. And not only that, but even more importantly, you still haven't really learned how to communicate in your business part of the website writing process, or really any process you go through to write copy for your website. You're learning how to communicate with your people and that transforms everything in your business. If you know how to write your website, you know how to write a sales page. You know how to write an email, you know how to write a social media caption? Because you're you've learned that the messaging you've got the messaging down pat And then you're plugging that messaging in to pretty much anything. And it sounds really good and attracts the right people. So it's part of this learning process and your business that you have to do. So you might as well do it while you're creating this amazing website for yourself. Okay. So that took a really long time to explain the whole why behind this series. But I thought it was important so that you hopefully now have the intention and the motivation and the energy behind figuring out how to make your website work for you and your business. And this is your website, wake up call. So let's do it. This is your sign to invest a little more time and energy into your cozy home on the internet, knowing you'll reap the benefits for years to come. And it will be another hands off piece to your business success. Okay. So the first thing we're going to do in this series is a little checklist to see if your website is ready for a refresh if it needs a little makeover. Now, like I mentioned one last time, because I know there are people listening who don't have a website yet. If that is you, then this is still a very important episode, because you can get it right the first time, you can avoid some pretty big mistakes. That To be honest, most coaches, practitioners service based businesses are making right now. So tune in, stay focused, write this down and get to work on your first website. And then yes, of course, if you already have one, we're going to make some improvements. But let's start with a little objective assessment. Let's see how your website is currently doing. Now, first things first, get clear on one thing, if your website was working for your business, what would that look like for you? And everyone's answer is going to be different. This is for you to figure out your barometer for success. When it comes to your website. How would you know that your website wasn't working? Would you get more inquiries about client work? Would you have more readers on your blog? Would you get more people into your evergreen program? How would you know that your website was working? Or would it just be that you see your number of visitors increase, which could be a great sign to figure that out for yourself? Alright, here is the checklist. The first way to know if it's time for a little website Refresh is if you're not getting as many visitors as you'd like. Now, again, that number, that barometer is going to be totally different for everyone. But pretty obvious sign no matter what I'd say if you're not getting any visitors. If you're getting very few visitors to your website, then that's a sign that there's more that you can do to get in front of new fresh eyes to get on the Google page for something that your dream client is searching for. And to get people that are already in your audience, potentially as Instagram followers or email subscribers, or, you know, podcast listeners to get them intrigued enough to head over to your website and learn more about you and your services. Or to get people from Pinterest over onto a blog post or from Google over to a blog post or a podcast episode that you turned into a blog post, like we talked about a few weeks ago, getting those eyes to getting that intrigue that interest from a search engine over to your website. That is a very powerful tool for your business and can and should be happening because of your website. Copy. So if that is not, then that typically means you're probably not getting as many visitors as you like. And it means your copy needs a refresh because a well written site means that it is SEO optimized and much more likely to show up on that Google search and also keep people coming back, which is also a sign of a good website and will increase your visitors. number of visitors. One thing I found out in the beta group for web copy in a week is that a lot of people don't know their website stats. It is important to Know that it's important to keep an eye on that and to check back and see how you're doing, especially as you do this website refresh, see how it improves as you improve your site. I always recommend even if you are working with a platform or website platform that tracks your data, your analytics, I would still also use Google Analytics, you can go to Google and Google how to set up Google Analytics. And it will tell you how to do that for your website. And it you can go down a rabbit hole, there's so much information, you don't need to know everything that it shows you to be in the know on your website, but you can at minimum, see how many visitors you're getting per day, where they're coming from, how long they stay on your website, what pages they go to, like, what are the most common, or most popular pages on your website, you can get some really cool information from Google Analytics. So I would recommend setting that up for your website. No question. All right. So if you're not happy with the number of visitors that you are getting on your website, then a refresh will change that for you. Number two, the visitors that you do get are taking action. So if you are getting a bit of traffic, maybe from a blog post, or from people clicking your social media link, or from your podcast, something like that, but they're not doing anything else, while they're there, then that's a website copy problem. So we don't just want visitors, although that's amazing and a good start, but you want those visitors to then become leads become contacts, book discovery calls, inquire, send contact form, obviously sign up for a bunch of freebies, that would be kind of what I would think, or consider as a lead. So that's what I mean, when I say lead is that they signed up for your email list, that then becomes a lead to even at minimum, read a few blog posts. So they're at least getting deeper into your work or reading your about page or heading to your services page, that kind of thing. So we want the visitors that come to stay to stay for a little bit and check things out and take action, whatever the right action is for them based on where they're at when they visit. And that's really, you know, we're gonna talk about this in this series, that's really what matters is that your visitors, all of your visitors no matter what stage of problem to solution they are in, feel like they're in the right place and have a next step to go to. And that's much easier to do than it sounds like and I will show you how to do that in a special workshop coming up that I'll mention at the end of this. But a key sign of your website working is that your visitors do take that action, they do take an action. Otherwise, it's just a sign that yeah, while it may be showing up on Google, or there may be people hopping over from social media, your website isn't necessarily intriguing enough or inviting enough, or even just organized enough for people to continue on. So that is a big time. All right. The third one is that it's not a true reflection of you and your work. This one is going to hit a little bit hard for those of you who went the route of just getting something up, which like I said, I commend you for doing that. I love that you took imperfect action that is great, but then never went back to update it. Or refresh it since and so now it's just collecting dust and not a true reflection of you and your work. Remember, your website is your business's home. It's the face of your business. It's often where people get their very first impression of you. And is your website really living up to that job? Is it really showing how important the work you do is how valuable it is? Is it making someone feel comfortable and welcome and invited? Is it showing your personality? Is it connecting with those specific people that you want to help and making them feel like they've found someone who really truly gets them? Copy that is cookie cutter or basic or boring? That is not a true reflection of you and your work because you're not cookie cutter or basic or boring, the work you do isn't any of those things. So why would your website be, that is not a good representation of you and your work. And if you're feeling this, because we're having this objective, just kind of checklist, we're state keeping our emotions out of it for now. If that is your website, then it needs a refresh. And it will make a huge difference for your business. Number four, if your website is more focused on you, than on your visitor, again, let's keep it objective. Yes, it is your website, and your business and your service. But your website is not about you, at all. 95% of your website is about your visitor. There are a few spots on your website, where you will talk about yourself. There's one small intro section on your homepage, and about a third of your about page is about you. And even in those sections, it is only about you as it relates to your dream client. And then all the other sections of your entire website are about that is connecting with your visitor in a real deep, authentic way, by talking about them, by connecting with them by communicating with them, by sharing with them, and really helping them see that you get them. Like I just mentioned, that's what we're really after on your website and constantly talking about yourself. Even if it seems like that's what you're supposed to do. Or, you know, you want to really convey that you're an expert that you get it that you've been there, you've been through it that you're certified in this and your education is this. Now there is a spot for all of that. So it's not like you're not going to say any of that at all. But it is a very small piece of your website. Because if people don't know that you can help them if they don't feel that connection. If you haven't properly communicated that first, then they don't really care about you, or what you've been through your history, your past, your certifications, your education that can only come and will only be effective once they already feel like they are in the right place. So it has to be at the exact right time. A good way to know if you're talking about yourself too much on your website, and really in anything that you write is to just look at the amount of times that you say, I and my and me in any of your copy. And if it seems like it might be a little much or really just anytime you see an I or me or my and you think or you can find a way to take it out and turn it around. So it's actually talking to and about and for your dream clients, then do it, see how many eyes and means and Mize you can take out and turn it around. All right, let's move on to the fifth one, the final checklist item to know if you need a website, refresh. And that is if it's dis organized, there is actually a very specific flow for your website that when followed will keep it organized for you. And also for your visitors. Because if you are introducing things too soon, again, before your visitors have really bought in before they've really gotten to see that they're in the right place. And before they've built up any of that you get me factor. If you introduce things too soon, then it feels off for your visitor. And it does feel disorganized in their mind. And that is again something that can very easily mean they just find the nearest X button and click off and never revisit your site again. So you do need to make sure that it flows and like I said yes, there is a specific framework that you need to follow that I have created. It's my signature framework actually specifically for coaching and wellness practitioner businesses. That is different than in any other business. So we've got a treat differently. And especially our visitors are different too, because they have different problems and desires and needs. So I created this framework that will make it so your visitor feels like it is organized specifically for their personality type and their level of awareness in the problem that they have the solutions that are out there, you and your solutions, there's so many different possibilities of visitors that could come to your website, and they all need to be taken care of, they all need to feel a certain way and know that it's organized. And so it sounds complicated, I know. But I took that complicated mess, and did it for you, I figured out the right equation for you, and put it into my right your website workbook, which I will share more about in just a second. But right now, I just want you to take a peek at your website, if you have one. And scroll through and see if it feels organized to you kind of look at it from this objective lens. And see is it organized in terms of when you're talking about a freebie, if you have one, when you're talking about a podcast, if you have one, when you're talking about your paid services, if you have them when you're where everything is placed. And if it really flows, that is your first step. And if you feel like it flows, well, cool, great, don't change it. But if you feel like there could be some improvement, then that is your sign for a little website, refresh. Okay. So now it's time to tally up things and see how you did if your current website is doing all the things, then cool, great. Like I said, don't touch it, you are good to go. But if any of these signs I shared with you just now feel a little off for you and your website, then first of all, welcome to being a normal business owner who needs to refresh things from time to time as they learn and grow. That is what we do. That's exactly what you should be doing is changing things, evolving things as you learn and grow and change and evolve. That's the point. And I would recommend starting to toy with that idea. Now see when you can schedule in some time to work on your website in the next few weeks or a few months. See if you can put that in your calendar to just see what happens when you have dedicated time to improve your home your cozy space on the internet. And if you don't have a website yet, then I really hope this lit a fire under you to get that website up and running and get it done right the first time around. So hopefully you've gotten some ideas of what not to do or what to look for to know when things are working and when things aren't. And as we continue going through this series, then you'll get more and more ideas of how to improve and or how to build your website right the first time. And of course, I would love to help you write your site and cut the time it takes for you to refresh and or launch your site. way way down. We're talking hours of time instead of months of time to make it happen. I will show you how to do that. And right now I'm hosting a free masterclass that will get you started that will get you on your way to update updating your website copy or writing your website for the first time in it from a place where it actually is working for your business instead of just collecting dust and never seeing the light of day so we will change all of that. I want your website and I want Hoby you want your website to bring fresh new eyes onto your site and turn them into email subscribers, social media followers, podcast listeners, blog readers and most importantly, paying clients and customers. That is when you know you have a website that works and that is what I'm going to show you how to do in a free masterclass I have going on right now over at Shawnmynar.com/web class. That is where you can choose your time to take part in the masterclass or watch it on demand. I want you to do it when it works best for you. And also when you have some dedicated, intentional time to really learn and absorb and take these things and apply them into your business because we are going to go through that strategy that plan that path that will make this happen for your website that will instantly upgrade your website, it is actually a quite simple strategy. That is the difference between someone continuing to stay on your site and get involved in your work and get to know more about you and inquire about working together. And someone who quickly finds the nearest x out button and never returns which we do not want those missed opportunities. Okay, so super excited to have you at this masterclass Shawnmynar.com/web class to sign up and find a time that works for you. Or like I said, you can watch it on demand too. And get started on this no time to waste. And let's not do that, again. Let's build out a website that actually does something for your business and as a hands off marketing strategy for you. And it all comes back to having a well written compelling site and that includes copy and I will show you even if you hate writing, and you're not a good writer, and all these things, you're telling yourself, I will show you how to make that happen. Okay, hope to see you there. Shawnmynar.com/web class. And remember next week, we have yet another episode all about your website. So until next time, take care
s
Let’s take a break from our regular business discussion for a little heart-to-heart chat. What do you really want? Have you asked yourself that question lately? It’s not often that we pause and reflect on why we’re doing what we’re doing (or not doing what we’re not doing). So get your journal out, and let’s discuss what you really want out of this business and if you’re willing to do what it takes to get there.
You may think that you know what you really want but if you let yourself just flow with it, you might find you actually want something totally different. - Shawn Mynar
Get real with yourself, get totally unfiltered, honest, get out that journal, no one’s gonna read it, no one’s gonna know but you have to get real and see if you are willing to do whatever it takes to get there. - Shawn Mynar
What I see is a lot of desire that is not being met because the path to get there is undesirable. - Shawn Mynar
You want security that is your deep need and desire yet getting there will take risk. So you have to wade through the waters of risk, wade through the complete opposite of your desire to get your desire. - Shawn Mynar
There is a reason why you have to go through what you don’t want, to get what you do. - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Let's take a little break from our regular business discussions for a little heart to heart chat. What do you really want? Have you asked yourself that question lately? It's not often that we pause and reflect on why we're doing what we're doing, or not doing what we're not doing. So get your journal out, and let's discuss what you really want out of this business. And if you're willing to do what it takes to get there, stay tuned. Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host, so happy to have you checking out the show. This is going completely off script, I had another episode that I was planning on recording as of this morning. And then I don't really know what happened other than I had this thought, pop into my head of something that I really just wanted to share with you all and to kind of get you thinking about in your own lives and your own businesses. So we're scrapping the idea, saving it for next week, which just to let you all know, we're heading into a podcast series, all about websites starting next week. So that's really exciting. And make sure you stay tuned and are subscribe, so you get notifications when those episodes air. But before we do that, we need to have a heart to heart, I'm gonna keep this short and sweet, I'm just gonna let it roll, what comes out of my mouth is what comes out of my mouth. And there will be more work for you to do on your own to really be able to kind of dive into what we talk about today. So my question for you is, what do you really want. And we'll keep this in the general theme of business, because that's what we do here on unstuck entrepreneur. But this goes for any area of your life and is a tool is an exercise that you should be doing pretty regularly in all areas of your life. But let's stick with this business thing, because I'm gonna guess that you are here listening to this, because you either have or want to have a business. So by wanting or having that business, what do you really want? Why did you choose to start a business? Or why are you wanting to start a business? There are so many other things that you could do with your time so many other avenues you could go down so many other careers you could pick. Why do you want this business? So once you know that, then you have to dial it in? Because your first answer to that question isn't really it. That's your surface level want, perhaps but there's a lot more underneath that. So once you know and have an answer to why do you want a business? Then you can take it one step deeper and say, Well, why do you want that? And why do you want that? And why do you want that until you get to the point where you have that core need that core desire of what you want this business to bring you. So let's do one for an example. Let's say why do you want a business? I want to help more people. Okay, well, why do you want to help more people? Because I feel like I have something valuable to share. I feel like it would be meaningful. It's my purpose. Okay, well, why do you want that? Because I want to feel fulfilled. I want fulfillment. It feels like it's something that would bring me that. So in the end, you want to be fulfilled, or you want purpose, or you want meaning that you're true desire, that's what you really want. Or another example, why do you want a business? I want and more open calendar and schedule? Well, why do you want that? I want to have more time with my family more time to spend doing things I love. Well, why do you want that? Because I want to have more joy in my life, I want to have more peace, more ease in my life. So then what you really want is joy, peace and ease. And that's what we're looking for. So we're looking for what you really, truly want. That's the first step. And I want you to like I said, get out your journal and do this, I want you to go through those steps. Because you may think that you know what you really want. But if you let yourself just flow with it, you might find you actually want something totally different. And just as a side note here, wanting to make a lot of money is a legit thing that you can want. But then yes, what goes beyond that. So why do you want to make a lot of money, and keep going until you get that figured out? For a lot of people. It's a sense of security, or of safety. And so that's what you really want. And your mind has made the connection that money equals safety. And we're not going to go into that today. That's not the point of this discussion. But just getting to that place where you can see what you really want underneath that money underneath that time underneath helping more people, okay, so we have that core desire, that core need, you want to be met, and you're using your business to do that, which is absolutely fine. Now, the next step is to get real with yourself, get totally unfiltered, honest, get out that journal, no one's going to read it, no one's going to know. But you have to get real and see if you are willing to do whatever it takes to get there. And this is where a lot of people get tripped up, because you want something. But the path to get there isn't something you want to do, or isn't something you're willing to do or isn't something that you can do. And that is a legit thing, too. Like the mental blocks, the mental barriers, the emotional barriers, the things that are literally keeping you stuck right now might be preventing you from getting what you actually want. But you've just got to know that. Because what I see is a lot of desire that is not being met, because the path to get there is undesirable. And these are the kinds of thoughts that were popping into my head this morning that I was like, I really just have to share this with somebody. So it might as well be my podcast, friends, but think about this. You want security that is your deep need and desire. Yeah, getting there will take risk. So you have to wade through the waters of risk wade through the complete opposite of your desire to get your desire. You want peace and ease? Yeah, getting there will take work. And it will take periods of hustle. So again, what you want, getting there is the complete opposite. You want freedom? Yeah, getting there will take time, structure, organization and persistence. complete opposite. You want to not have to work so dang hard. But getting there will take hard work.
9:04 You want an introverted business. But getting there means putting yourself out there. So like how fascinating and we're keeping this at business, but I think this does apply to other areas of life. But how fascinating that our deep core desire, what it takes to make that a reality is actually wading through the muck of the complete opposite. And I think that's on purpose. Like that actually makes a lot of sense. And, you know, on so many levels, but one of the most obvious being the learning experience and the potential breaking down of those emotional barriers, those mental barriers, those mental blocks that are supposedly keeping you stuck that we just talked about, and for some people They're so real, that they really are the thing that is keeping them from their desire. But the breaking down of that happens by going through the opposite of what you're looking for, and then coming out the other side and reaching that point, and it being so much sweeter, and so much more purposeful. Like it has a purpose, there is a reason why you have to go through what you don't want to get what you do. And I'm speaking in like black and white a lot right now. I know. I mean, I'm sure there are ways to have a secure business without taking risks. Maybe I mean, I don't know, that doesn't seem real. But maybe there are certain businesses where that is a possibility, but I don't know of them. There are ways to have a peaceful and easy business without taking work and hustling again. Like, I'd like to see that in action. Don't know if that exists. But again, just know, I'm not saying that this is 100%, there are probably outliers, I don't know of them, and chances are your business is not going to be one of them. But if it is, that's cool. That's great. You're amazing, good for you. But the majority of us, we have to wade through the muck, that is the complete opposite of what we want to get what we want. And the question that you have to ask yourself is, do you want that? Are you willing to do that, and that might be potentially what is actually keeping you stuck, because you don't want to do what you don't want, obviously, but mentally and emotionally, you haven't made the connection yet. That doing what you don't want to do is there to get you where you want to go. It's part of the entire process. And it is meant to be that way. So if your desire is strong enough, and if you've spent enough time really understanding what your core desire is, then are you willing to move through that muck to get to the other side, knowing that it's there for a reason, it will always be there, it's part of the process. And there's so much growth and depth and learning, oh, gosh, there's just so much in that space that you just eat wouldn't even have the level of desire and gratitude and excitement for getting to the other side and reaching your core need your core desire. At the end of it all. If you didn't have to go through that, it just wouldn't be the same. So you need to go through the stuff that you don't want to to get where you do want to go. So are you willing to do that? Are you willing to do whatever it takes to get there? And if the answer is no, the answer is no. Or maybe it's not right now. That's okay, too. But you have to get real with yourself and make sure you are clear on that core desire, and the kind of non negotiable path to get there, which is typically the exact opposite of your core desire. So I just wanted to bring that up, because I just kind of that. I don't know if you guys have already thought about that. But it just came to mind to me today. And I thought that was so fascinating, that the thing we most want, is often behind, or on the other side of the things that we don't want are the things that are the scariest, or the things that are the most uncomfortable. And but it all is that way, on purpose for a reason. So those are your two questions to ask yourself and get clear on and if you have come to the realization that yes, I know what I really want. I do really want security, I want abundance, I want peace and ease. I want freedom i want purpose. I want meaning whatever it is that you really really want. If you finally come to the realization that you're gonna have to get uncomfortable and do the things or some things that you don't want to get there, then that is when a lot opens up for you. That is when the clarity comes in the path forms. You have the energy you have the drive you have the purpose behind it, all of it starts coming together, as soon as you kind of come to terms with what it's going to take to get you where you want to go, and you accept it. And with that Acceptance comes lightness, you can see the light, it is there and you know your path, and you're willing to take it, you're willing to walk step by step down the path. And that is where your desires are met. But until you can face it, and until you're like, stop trying to find another way to make it happen. While you still say, safe in your cocoon, or never have to do things that you don't want to do, then you will continue to feel that stuckness. And as a caveat, I think I've said this before, but just so you know, like, yes, your business can and should be fun and exciting and full of things that light you up. But there's also things that you don't want to do. I mean, that's just part of it. And you will get to a point where the things you don't want to do, you're having other people do, you're paying other people to do them. But even still, there's always going to be those things that maybe aren't totally lighting you up. And that's okay. So as soon as we can acknowledge that over all this business thing is an amazing, awesome, exciting opportunity. But it does have those things. And especially when you're in that building phase, which so many of you are right now, when you're in that building phase, the mock is still present. And that's part of it. And it makes it that much sweeter. When you are doing those things that do really light you up. It's like, you know, a car works its hardest when it's going from zero to 20 miles an hour. But then as soon as it's on the highway, and it's coasting at 60. It's easy, easy peasy. And that is how your business that is how anything that you are building goes. It's at the beginning of building that momentum, where the most resistance comes in. And the most maybe not. So fun stuff comes in. But as soon as you move through that, it gets easier and easier and easier until you're coasting. And so let's think about that when it comes to our business, especially at the beginning of business in the building phase. And as you're creating momentum, all of this is on purpose. And can you recognize that and remember that when you're moving through and doing this stuff that feels like the complete opposite of what you actually want? And you're like, why the heck am I doing this? When this feels so backwards? Like I feel like I'm going in reverse getting further away from what I really want. It's part of the process. That's what's getting you to what you want. And when you know that does it make it feel a little less heavy? Does it give it more purpose? All right, I will leave you at that. My friends. Like I said, starting next week, we have a four episode series all about websites. So be on the lookout for that. And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are
19:03 you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program even with us small audience because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
This week, I’m answering YOUR questions all about business-building. We’ll chat about turning a podcast into a blog, how to write good captions, creating a simpler business, what I’d do if I were starting my business right now, and more!
“If you have anything good to say in your captions, you have those two lines to click more and keep reading your caption. That means it needs to be a really good hook, or else they’re going to keep scrolling.” - Shawn Mynar
“We’re a little too inundated with boring right now so how can you make your content not boring? And so much of that is messaging, 99% of that is messaging.” - Shawn Mynar
“You need to build a business that you actually want to do.” - Shawn Mynar
“Take a deep breath, give yourself some space, focus on what’s working and feel for that intuitiveness of now is the right time to bring in something else. That is what keeps it simple.” - Shawn Mynar
“The online business space has changed a lot, there is a lot more saturated, but with that comes a lot more knowledge with what works and what doesn’t.” - Shawn Mynar
Make Messaging Magic Workshop - shawnmynar.com/magic
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 This week, I'm answering your questions all about business building. We're gonna chat about turning a podcast into a blog, how to write good captions, creating a simpler business. What I do if I were starting my business all over again, right now, and more, you definitely don't want to miss this listener q&a episode. So stay tuned.
0:31 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:15 Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host, and we're mixing things up a little bit today doing something I absolutely love to do. I'm answering all of your burning questions, right now about business building. So yesterday, 24 hours ago, I asked over on my Instagram Stories for any listener questions that you wanted me to answer here on the podcast for this episode, and got a bunch, we're gonna get through as many as I can, in the next probably 30 to 40 minutes. And whatever I don't get to we'll do this again. And you can ask again, and I'll make sure to get to them that time. This is something I love to do, first of all, because then you get your questions that you have, right this moment answered, which in the world of business that changes often. And we have these things that come up that we're working on at the moment and have questions around, don't know the answer, just kind of stay in this whole like cycle of not knowing and potentially doing the wrong thing or not moving forward not doing anything. And thus were stuck, which is why this is called on stock entrepreneur. But also because it gives me a chance to just kind of flow with my answers. So for these episodes, I don't have any notes. Besides the questions that you asked me, I'm just gonna roll with it. And this is very much what I do. If I'm in a coaching call group call something like that, where it's live on zoom as we just kind of chat it out and talk about things. In this one, I love to do so much with you all. So it gives me an opportunity to do that here on the podcast. Most of my episodes, I have a topic and I have taken some sort of notes to keep me on track. I've done the research. I've gotten all prepped. And for this kind of episode, we're just going with the flow. If you enjoy these listener q&a style episodes, please let me know. And I will do more of them. And also, if you ever have any question that you want me to answer here on the podcast, especially if you think there's more than just you who is maybe struggling with that problem or that question, please let me know. And I will definitely take the opportunity to answer it here for everyone, including you. So you can do that over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar. Just send me a DM I'm on there, checking that all the time, so we can chat there. All right, let's jump right into these questions. First one from Nikki, I'm struggling to turn my podcast into a blog. Is it the same exact content, just different format? My answer here is yes and no. So it is not like you can just maybe download a transcript of your podcast and put that up as a blog post. It doesn't translate word for word like that. But it can be you writing out in more detail what you have highlighted or talked about in the podcast episode in a way that is readable, obviously, to blog readers and using that as your blog post. So things that sound good
5:00 verbally don't translate into good reading and vice versa. So you do have to, yes, have that different format, make sure you are taking that into account. But that really is just the beginning when it comes to blog post, because at least in I feel like today's world, I feel like where a lot of you are at in your business, you would be using that as content to get more fresh eyes on your work to get more people onto your website to get cold leads, and potentially turn them into email subscribers, to get more people interested in your services, that kind of thing to grow your business to grow your audience to get some fresh blood in there, right. I mean, there are people there are bloggers who have millions of followers, these giant subscriber lists and all these things. And they can pretty much write a blog about whatever and put it out into the world, to their email list and to their social media followers, and people will go read it. But for someone who's more just starting out, and maybe as a smaller audience, you're using that blog post and podcast, but specifically want to talk about blogging right now. You're using that blog post to get new people interested in you, which means you have to show up in front of those people, they aren't just going to magically find your blog post. So that blog post needs to be SEO friendly. First of all, you need to have optimized it to show up on search engines when someone is searching for that particular topic that you are talking about in your podcasts and then translating over onto your blog post. So it has to be optimized for that it just isn't going to naturally pop up. That way, you have to learn about SEO, if you are going to be blogging, please blog with intention, and have that intention be to show up on Google in front of your dream clients when they are searching for something. So that's the first thing but then it also needs to be something that people want to read about that people are searching for. So that yes, it shows up on your Google search when they are looking for that. And people are actually searching for it. So they would put it into the Google search bar the first place. But then also you can and should be using Pinterest to help kind of quote unquote, promote your blog posts. And that also means that people need to be looking for something like that on Pinterest, it needs to be something interesting something that they're curious about a problem, they want to solve a solution they're interested in hearing about something needs to spark interest. And I'm bringing all of this up, because first of all, there's a lot of people blogging just to say they have blogged and hoping that somehow that will get people landing on their website. And it's not that easy. That's not the way that blogging works. There is a lot of strategy behind blogging. And the cool thing is that it's not hard at all, you just need to know it. And there are tons of free resources out there that can teach you that that can show you what's important when it comes to SEO, and picking out your topics for your blog posts. But I share this because not every podcast episode is necessarily going to make a good blog post. So for example, this episode that I'm doing right now, which is just kind of random listener q&a, not going to be a good blog post, because it's all over the place. There's not one particular topic. And it's probably not something that someone who doesn't know me at all, some cold person that comes from Google is going to be interested in reading because it's a lot of different things going on. But it does make a good podcast episode. This is fun. And one listener can get a bunch of different information and a bunch of different topics. So great podcast, and not great blogpost sorry, my dog is having puppy dreams in the background. So just may hear a little bit of dream barking going on. But this is real life. And this is just going with the flow of this kind of episode. Now, even though this podcast episode, this topic, or what I'm doing here in the listener q&a isn't necessarily a good blog post. Maybe just one of the questions would be like this particular question of how to turn a podcast episode into a blog post would make a good blog post in and of itself. So then that would require Yes, you have the
10:00 Topic, if you've done the research, you know, it's a good topic, you know, it's something people are searching for. And then you could basically take kind of what you're talking about in that one section and expand on it for your blog post. And then yes, there are going to be podcast episodes, for example, 10 passive income ideas for your online business is a podcast episode I did a while back, that makes an excellent blog post pretty much as is. So would take kind of the notes I had for each of those 10 fleshing them out a little bit to be readable and to be SEO friendly. And that would be my blog post. So I think the overall question and answer here is, Is it as simple as just kind of switching formats a little bit and hitting Publish? And no, it's not. It does take more work and more strategy, if you want to actually use those blog posts to gain traffic, which I'm assuming is what you want to do. Now, the other cool thing about doing this is, you can have that blog post that's very much related or very similar to a podcast episode that you did, and then link your player, your podcast player into that blog post, and potentially have someone who happened to land on this blog post of yours through Google or Pinterest or something like that. And otherwise, very cold person has no idea who you are, but then sees that you do podcast episodes about similar topics, and then becomes a podcast listener. So you can gain listenership by doing these blog posts that are essentially your podcast episodes. So that's where the crossover really happens. And also, just having this one topic that you can turn into multiple pieces of content is helpful, too. But it's not as simple as just moving it over into a blog post, for the most part, if you want people to actually read it. All right, next one, how do you write a good hook for an Instagram post podcast or website, this comes from Allah sonda. For those that don't know, a hook is that very first line, let's talk specifically about Instagram captions here because that's most commonly where something like a hook is used, at least in how we're talking about it here on a website. A hook is your headline, really. So that's more the right wording, I guess, the right term for that. But for social media captions, and you know, video scripts, even Yes, podcast grips, that first line is called a hook. Because it is hooking the readers or listeners or watchers attention, you want that to be a very engaging curiosity inducing line. So people will keep reading or listening or watching, you're grabbing hooking their attention.
13:19 I like to mostly think about this in terms of Instagram in particular, because if you're on Instagram, then you know, you have I think like two lines of your caption that is visible underneath the picture, their video that you posted, and then everything else you can only read, if you click More, and then it drops down and lets you read the whole caption. Which means if you have anything good to say, in your captions, which I really hope that you do, you have those two lines to get someone to click More and keep reading your caption. That means it needs to be a really good hook, or else they are going to keep scrolling. And in an age of today, where scrolling is the norm and we just scroll Scroll, scroll super click quickly. We are kinda like halfway out of it when we're scrolling it just like a very weird vibe. That needs to be a really, really potent hook to get someone to continue reading your caption and to be remotely interested in your post and to engage with it. So there are a lot of different ways you can do that with hooks. There are a few kind of tried and true things that I always fall back on if I'm struggling to write caption which yes happens all the time. Totally normal to not have this like beautiful, amazing curiosity inducing engaging caption just fall out of you as soon as you sit down to write
15:00 That's social media post, it's normal to have to think about it for a little bit. But these are ones that I fall back on, that work really well and are pretty simple to put together as long as you know, your dream clients. And as long as you've done some messaging work, so these are, as soon as I say this, everyone who went through the make messaging magic workshop is going to be like, oh, yeah, here she goes, again. Because we talked about this, and it is true. It really is this easy. Two things, bring up a problem, or bring up a desire. Describe? In all, there's so many different ways that you can talk about your clients one problem, like there really are, how does that problem show up in their lives? How does it look? How does it feel? What are they doing? What are they not doing? What are they saying to themselves? What are they complaining about? What's keeping them up at night? What are they struggling with? Share that describe that in that very first line as your hook? And when you do and especially if you format it as a question, because then it will make the reader say, am I this person? Or am I not? Am I dealing with this? Or am I not? If I'm not, then I'm scrolling by and that's also not your dream client. So it doesn't really matter if they scroll by.
16:26 But to have your dream client identify with that question you just brought up that very clearly dictates and describes their current problem where they're at right now. That's going to get them to keep reading.
16:45 And then same thing goes for the desire. So again, so many ways that you can describe and talk about and write about your dream clients desire, where they want to be what they want their life to look like, what they don't want to be dealing with anymore, how they want things to go, what are they desiring? How does that look? How does that feel for them? What is their dream life look like? What are they working towards?
17:16 Call it out? Again, you can put it up into a question you can state it as this like, imagine if kind of situation and your dream clients will identify themselves in that one statement, and click to keep reading because that's what they want. So by you knowing that getting into their heads and, and really explaining or describing exactly what they're thinking or how they're feeling, whether it is a problem or a desire, you've caught them, you've hooked them, because you are explaining it potentially better than they even could. And it's like you've gotten into their heads. And that immediately gets that you get me factor going. And that is your person. And that is the person that's going to keep reading. So those can always be your fallback go to if you cannot think of what to say start there and then let it flow. And you know, in the make messaging magic workshop, I have the rest of the format that will go underneath that problem or desire what you need to say after that, to really make it a full blown caption. And you can get that over at Shawnmynar.com/magic. But start there that will work that will always be a place that you can go. Now beyond that hooks that are clever, that are funny, that are relatable hooks that ask a question or bring up a pretty solid statement are great hooks that start sharing a story like you don't get the story in that but you know a story is coming after that hook that kind of set up the story. All of these do really well. The real thing to just always ask yourself when you're doing creating any content really for your business is make it past the test of would someone who does not remotely know me or like me, or trust me, would they still stop and consume this content?
19:26 There's a lot of boring content out there. And even if someone does really like you really know you and really trust you. Boring, we're a little too inundated with boring right now. So how can you make your content not boring? In so much of that as messaging like 99% of that is messaging, because that is also where you figure out your personality, your brand voice what you want to really stand for what you want to be known for and you
20:00 also infuse all of that with where your dream client is at and knowing exactly what they need to hear, right this moment, you've got to get really clear on that. And as you can tell, I'm very passionate about it. Because that is what will make you stand out. And when there's so much boring content out there, that's what you need. That's what will take you to the next level. So you're, you know, I'm getting off topic here, but your Instagram captions, that one line that hook at the very beginning, that should be the least boring thing you have ever written every single time. And that is what will get you so much more engagement. In all your content is really thinking about what you're saying, instead of just writing the boring thing, writing the safe thing, no more of that, because now we know better. All right, moving on to Danny, I feel overwhelmed and disorganized. Oftentimes, in my business, like my attention is being pulled in a million different places. I'm craving more streamlined, more simplicity and less noise. Do you have any tips or suggestions, even if it's things to prioritize, and things to table for later? Well, this just happens to be my area of expertise. And I know Danny, and I'm pretty sure that we are potentially both manifesting generators, which is human design. And if you don't know your human design, I would very much recommend that you learn that it really just makes such a difference in knowing how you operate and why you are the way you are and that it's actually a really good thing, and how to use that to do what you're meant to do here during your time in this life. So anyway, sidetrack but I actually there's an app called my human design, I believe, and you can get a lot you can get your chart and a lot of info for free. And then I think it's $5 a month or something if you want extra info, but you can start there for free my human design app, I believe, and I'll let you know if it's something different, but I'm pretty sure that's it. So I say that because I'm feel Dani and her question very much. And I think that this is a specific trait of certain personalities or designs, a certain characteristics of people that tend to feel this, a million different places feel the noise want to go and do all the things at the same time have so many ideas have so many different things they want to do. And that makes you feel scatterbrained it can make you feel like you're in a million different places. And that leads to overwhelm, of course. So that is where I have found myself many times. So I feel Danny, I understand where she's at. And that is also why I have made kind of my MO around business to simplify. Let's make this as simple and streamlined as possible. Because at the end of the day, you need to build a business, this goes for everyone. You need to build a business that you actually want to do that you actually feel good doing. And that you could actually go in to your home office or wherever you do your work or open your laptop every day, and be excited and feel good about what you're doing. Now, does this mean that all of business is this absolute joy and you love everything about it? Absolutely not. There are things about business that aren't fun that nobody wants to do, probably, but the over arching business that you create the structure, the goals, how you operate is something that you love, something that you want to do. For me. Simplicity is important because if not, I have the type of personality that goes overboard gets stressed out, and I don't, my body simply doesn't handle stress well, and it just becomes a mess. So my business needs to be simple for it to work for me. It sounds like Danny is in a similar boat. She wants simple because that is how she sees her future going forward. That is what is going to work best for her. She is currently in this space of feeling overwhelmed, disorganized and all this noise and that's not working for her. So now she knows Okay, I need a more simplified business model and to understand what to wear
25:00 gone and what not to, if that is you, if you also crave simplicity when it comes to your business, I have some tips. First things first, you need to prioritize things, of course, as is the case with all of life. And when it comes to business, especially Danny's has a more established business, and is doing really well. And probably within that is now getting a lot of opportunities thrown at her a lot of different ideas coming in, that she wants to do, or even that her audience is asking for. And now feels like there's too much on her plate. What first of all, is working for your business? What are those things that are moving the needle the most in your business, because when you actually look at it, and you really do a little analysis of everything that you're currently doing, or want to do in your business, there's actually probably only a few key things that are really moving the needle. For example, let's say you're doing both a weekly podcast and a weekly blog. Well, when you actually look at and analyze how that's going for your business, you may find that yeah, people are listening to the podcast, but not much is coming from that beyond as listening. But the people that land on my blog, well, then they very typically come over to my freebie and get on my email list and actually stay and eventually become paying clients. Again, total example, you would have to know that in your business, like where is the needle moving the most for you. Like I said, there's a likely a couple places that stand out a lot more than anything else. So that can be your core non negotiable. If it's, you know, one certain program that I run once a quarter that does really well, and people really love it, and they get great results. And I love running it. And it's easy. At this point, I can kind of rinse and repeat. That's a great thing to keep in place as your non negotiable. And then yeah, when I think about how people get interested and get involved in that, yes, it's me posting on Instagram, and it's my podcast episodes. Okay, cool. So your non negotiables are posting on social media, doing your podcast, and running that program, once a quarter non negotiable must happen, that is your business. And then everything else around it can kind of be filled in as you want to. And with a little bit more grace, because you have your core thing that's working, that's a non negotiable that you're always going to do. From there. Also, you of course, need to think about what you enjoy what is lighting you up, versus tearing you down. If that program that you have is working, and it's great, and you run out once a quarter, and people are getting great results, but you don't like it, it drains you to do it's not fun, you don't feel aligned with it any more than that's also not a good place to be in your business. Because again, like I said, you want it to be something that you look forward to opening up your laptop every day and doing. And if you don't feel that way about that particular part of your business, then that's a place to work on. And so it could just be changing out that program for something else, or you know, having a different kind of paid offer lots of different ways you can think about that. So it's a combination of what's working for your business, and what's working for you. So once you have that figured out, that's your core, that's your business. From there, the rest. So all these other places you feel like you're being pulled, things you want to do, just take a deep breath with it. Because you have time. That is what I think gets a lot of us in trouble is wanting to do it all right now and having these great ideas and just wishing they could all be happening and being so excited about it and wanting to push forward with them. But when you realize that you have a lot of time, nothing needs to be done right now or this month or even this year. If you can give yourself a little bit of space to focus on what's working, what's moving the needle, what you're enjoying right now. And then as you have more time and space, then you can work on bringing those things in at a pace that feels a little better for you and doesn't make you feel overwhelmed. So just knowing that those things
30:00 are going to happen, but they don't need to happen, right, this moment, can take a lot of that overwhelm off of your plate. And again, just focus on that machine that's working. That's really where the simplicity of your business comes in is building a machine that works. And then filling in the gaps from there, as you feel called, not because of the outside noise, or even the internal noise of your brain that wants to make everything happen today, just take a deep breath, give yourself some space, focus on what's working, and feel for that, like intuitiveness of now is the right time to bring in something else. That is what keeps things simple. Now, I want to take it back a few more steps, because I know a lot of you are in the place where you're still building that machine. And this all sounds really great to you right now. And you can't wait until you do have this simple machine. That is your business. But you're not there right now. And that's part of the process. That's part of having a business and creating something new and great and wonderful is all of the trial and error that comes with it. But that doesn't mean that in that time when you're trying to build your machine, that it needs to be chaotic and crazy and hectic and overwhelming and frustrating. And all those things like yeah, sure, you may feel overwhelmed at times, yes, you will probably feel frustrated at times. But that doesn't need to be how it looks all the time, while in the process of building, you can still keep it simple. And be in that phase of trial and error of building one component and it not working of trying another component and that not being what feels best for you. It's part of it. And that's okay. And it really just makes you finding that simple business machine. Once you have built it, it makes it that much sweeter, and you will get there. But in the process, please try to tune out the noise that may be potentially coming from, you know, some comparison itis going on being like Uber connected, like way over connected to the rest of the world because of social media, and things like that.
32:38 Tune in to what feels best for you what you want your machine to look like how you want it to run and operate. And again, what would make you happy for the long haul of opening up that laptop every day. All right, next one from Lisa, are you going to be offering copywriting services soon? Thank you so very much for asking this. Lisa, this has been something that I was like, how am I going to be talking about this on the podcast? When am I going to share this? How is it going to go kind of thing and just kind of letting it unfold and waiting for the right time. And now I guess is the right time because I'm being asked. And so if you've listened to gosh, probably in the past couple months, I started this whole thing in November. So past couple months, I've been talking about copywriting a lot. And I just now have my beta group of my web copy in a week going through the process as we speak and getting feedback. And so to answer Lisa's question directly on copywriting services, my plan is to start by offering copywriting products. I toyed with the idea and am still, I guess toying with the idea of offering done for you copywriting services, because I really actually love reading other people's copy. But when I sit down to think about it, and how I want to help you, me writing your copy doesn't really help you that much in learning how to write, copy. And that's what you really need. Like, if I were to write your web, copy it well, great, but then you still don't know how to write for your emails, you don't know how to write for your social media captions. Any other pages of your website that you add in the future, you won't be able to write those and they won't sound cohesive. And so that's not really solving the problem that I want to help you solve. It's just applying a band aid in a way by me doing it for you. And not only that, but it's expensive. It's pretty pricey.
35:00 Yeah, like we're talking several $1,000, to hire a copywriter to write some content for you. And that's just not the kind of business that I desire and that I think works best for you, my people, my dream clients, I want you to feel really confident in communicating with your dream clients to the point that they want to purchase from you, I want you to learn how to write copy, that helps you make more money, and it is 100%. Related, you need good copy to make good money bottom line. And I want you to do that. And I want you to learn how to do that. And I want it to become second nature for you. So I am going to be having a little bit of a like a copywriting shop, I am starting obviously with websites. And we'll help you not only learn how to write your website, but give you the prompts and examples to make it really simple and easy for you to write your site. This includes the homepage, about page, services page and Contact page, those will all be a standalone, you can get one page, if you just need a homepage, you can get just the homepage, or all of it as a bundle. So that's the first products I will be having. And then after that I will be working on creating kind of like a launch bundle that will include sales page sales, email, templates, webinar template, and those will all be separately again, you can also get them as a bundle. So if I get those out and running and ready for all of you in the next like six months, that would make me really happy. And that's the goal. And then I do have more ideas from a copywriting product standpoint, coming in the future, but don't want to get too far ahead of myself, as we're just talking about Danny's question and wanting to do all of it right now. And feeling overwhelmed. Like I definitely feel that I want all of these available right now. And I just want to work 24/7 To get them all out because I know they're going to be so helpful. But I'm not doing that I'm giving myself some space. So the website products will be available for the general public after the beta group has gone through them thoroughly. And I'm assuming that will be in like a month or so. So end of April, beginning of May 2023, you can start looking for those. And then the launch copy products will be available probably in the summer sometime of 2023. So looking forward to that, and just really being so excited for what your business can and will do. When you have better copy. That's, that's it, that's what I really want for you. And I want you to learn how to do it and
38:13 just be able to release some of the pressure and maybe some stories around writing and copywriting and selling and all of those things that we tend to struggle with as newer businesses and or without someone who is a marketer on our team that does this for a living. When you have to be your own marketer. I want you to feel so much better about that. And I know this can do that for you. So that's what I'll be working on. Lisa, thank you so much for asking and be on the lookout for that stuff soon. All right, let me do one more really quick. This last one from Caroline, if you were starting your business right now, what would you do? Great, great question. Again, I'm so happy you asked this because if you've been listening for a while then you know that I have been a business owner for 10 years for a decade. And I talk about this all the time. It really is like that thing of like well back in my day, but I really feel that way. Business and an in particular online business was so different 10 years ago. And so I do often think well, if I were starting from scratch again right now, would I do anything differently than what I did back 10 years ago. And I also want to remind you that I pretty much did start over start a brand new business like two years ago. So I have kind of restarted again in this new kind of climate when I transition
40:00 And from being a nutritionist, to being a business coach for wellness pros, and basically teaching everything I had learned about business, and coaching, and online business and marketing and everything that I had done over the eight years of being in that coaching, nutrition, personal training space, I then started teaching that to people in those types of positions, which is where we are now. But that was, I think, two, two and a half years ago now. So
40:35 not that long ago, I started a new podcast, I started a new email list, I started a new social media account. And that's exactly what I would do, because I did, if I were starting my business, again, today, I would create a scalable revenue stream a scalable business model, like a signature program, I would create a freebie that correlates corresponds directly to that signature program, I would start a platform. For me, that would probably be podcast, if I were in the coaching type space coach practitioners in some service based role where I was helping another human, I would probably choose podcast, if it's now if I'm thinking if I were just having my copywriting weighing of my business, like I'm doing right now and adding this layer, I guess, to my business with those products, the way that they are designed, I would actually probably do blogging instead. But I would pick a platform, one platform to go all in on.
41:53 And I would start creating content for that platform, I would talk about my freebie and every single one of those episodes, I would make that podcast or those blog posts, highly searchable, highly relevant to my dream clients, I would do research to make sure that they were topics that people were looking for were interested in, were wanting to listen to or wanting to read, to make sure that I'm putting out content for new people to get to know my work. And I would show up on one social media channel, which for me would be Instagram. And that's what I would do to start my business I would post consistently on Instagram, I would share one podcast or one blog post per week, depending on what kind of business I had. And I would have a scalable business model. And I would have a freebie. And in between that I would take one on one clients so that I had income coming in, I would take as many one on one clients as I needed to, to have income coming in while I'm building up my audience while I'm getting my beta group through my program. While I'm getting new people on my email list and engaged in my podcasts and those kinds of things. I would use the network that I already have to get clients, especially if I'm in the Health, Wellness, general coaching space, my friends, my family members, my friends are friends, my friends or family members, overall network of people, there are clients that want to work with you, or in this case, me. And I would get in touch with those people and take those clients while I'm building my business machine. And that would be my business machine. Like we talked about earlier today. That is what I would do. So very similar to what I did when I did transition my business a few years ago and very similar to what I did 10 years ago to just with a lot less floundering, I think in between there because I mean, well now I know a little bit better. But even if I didn't know, it's way more obvious these days, because there's a lot more people doing it. And you know, like, yeah, the online business space has changed a lot. And there is a lot more I guess saturated, we'll call it. But with that comes a lot of knowledge of what works and what doesn't. And there's a lot of people talking about it and sharing it like me here on the show to help you avoid all the floundering I did when I first started and to really focus on the creation of that machine and doing what you need to do to get there. So that's what I would do if I were starting today. All right, we'll leave it at that for this episode. Like I said,
45:00 If you do have a question that you want asked on a future episode, just let me know, send me a DM. I'll keep them all. And we'll do this again sometime soon. Thank you to everyone who asked a question. I really appreciate it super fun for me. And I hope this was helpful for you. And until next time, take care.
45:21 Hey friends, Shawn here. And if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs have my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
So you have a freebie…or maybe just an idea for one that you want to start working on but…is it epic enough? In a sea of freebies everywhere we look, will yours catch the eye of your dream client? And will it be valuable enough for your dream client to give up their highly-protected email address to receive it? These are just a few of the questions you should be asking yourself before you put any free offer out into the world. Because, if it’s not epic enough, it’s not going to do much for your business and growing your email list and audience. So, in this episode, we’re going to take a look at what makes a freebie epic and how to know if yours passes the test.
"Everyone in the service-based business needs a freebie and an email list." - Shawn Mynar
"You need to have an epic freebie, you can’t have a crappy freebie and expect it to do much of anything for your business." - Shawn Mynar
"When I say sharing about your freebie, I don’t mean it’s just an afterthought on your website. That’s not sharing your freebie. This means making it a big piece on your website." - Shawn Mynar
"Any feedback we get with anyone is so valuable in our business is so valuable and you should be using that as data." - Shawn Mynar
"People sign up for freebies wanting something short, sweet and to the point and expecting that." - Shawn Mynar
Episode 128 - Do You Really Need An Email List?
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 So you have this freebie, or maybe just an idea for one that you want to start working on. But is it actually epic enough? In a sea of freebies, everywhere we look? Will yours catch the eye of your dream client? And will it be valuable enough for your dream client to give you their highly protected email address in order to receive it? These are just a few of the questions you should be asking yourself before you put any free offer out into the world. Because if it's not epic enough, it's not going to do much for your business and growing your email list. So in this episode, we're going to take a look at what makes a freebie epic. And how to know if yours passes the test. So stay tuned. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams. No hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host here on the show. So happy to have you here checking out this episode. It is an episode all about the freebie and diving into really get honest with ourselves about if your freebie is epic enough. So I like to call the free offers that we put out into the world for our dream clients. To help them obviously help them get started on their journey, help them get to know more about what we do in our businesses and how we can help them. All of those things are important to have in your business. And I call them epic freebies. There are definitely not so epic freebies, and I want to make sure yours is not one of those. So that is what this episode is dedicated to doing for you and your business. I am a big, big believer that everyone in a service based business, I mean, in the product based business too. But we're talking to the service based business owners here on this podcast, mainly, so we'll stick with that everyone in a service based business needs a freebie and an email list. If you can tell me another time a friendly on your end way to build connection, rapport trust, and this relationship with a wide audience of potential future clients. Then I'm I'm down I'm there for I'm cool with that. But until you can find that, then we're going to stick with the email list. Because so far, nothing that anyone has come up with has come anywhere near as close to what a freebie and an email list can and will do for your business. So because this is such a wonderful marketing tool for most businesses, that means there's a ton of them out there. I mean, I think that it has gotten to be so extensive that we're almost like immune to it or desensitized to seeing them to seeing like free ebooks popping up every time we go on a blog, and you know the form that says sign up to get my email newsletter once a week. We just see it all the time. Everyone has it. And so everyone, including you, and including your dream client, we're all just kind of immune to this mass of freebies out there right now. Which means your freebie needs to be epic. You can't have a crappy freebie and expect it to do much of anything for your business. It's going to get lost in the sea of freebies and it will not even register on your dream clients radar. So how do we catch our dream clients I how do we snap them out of this freebie immunity that we're all excited perience saying, Well, you have to satisfy a desire and or solve a problem that is unique to where your dream client is at right now. And when you do that, it becomes so valuable, that they're willing to clutter up their inbox even more in order to get it. And it does take them out of that zone where they're not even noticing these pop ups that come up when they're on a blog, or when they're scrolling Instagram and they see a free offer. Again, it snaps them out of that, because they're actually interested in it. And it is an epic freebie.
5:46 So just before I get into the actual nuts and bolts of this conversation we're going to have and what really makes a freebie epic enough. Let me hit you with a quick explanation of a freebie for those that may be totally new to the idea and just getting started in their business and trying to figure out this whole marketing thing. So your freebie is a free offer that is directly related to your paid offer. So what paid service you'll be providing, whether that's one on one group coaching course or workshop, whatever it is, you will create a free offer that is directly related to that, where your dream clients can access that free offer, by signing up to be on your email list. So they will provide their name and email address in exchange for that freebie you created just for them. And we'll get access to that and be put on your email list in exchange and will then get a lovely, warm welcome sequence we'll get into your world will get introduced to you if it's the first time that they're, you know, seeing your work. And we'll get some support and guidance and tips and encouragement along the way. And then they'll be on your email list for the long term until they decide to unsubscribe if that ever happens. And we'll hopefully the whole goal is for them to become paying clients when it's the right time for them. So that's the goal of your freebie really super important because that is what builds your audience that is what gives you a group of people. And not just any people, but people that are a great fit for what you have to offer. So that's really nice, warm, Perfect Fit set of dream clients for you to connect with and help. And here comes these dreaded words sell to kind of important, if you don't have that, then it's going to be really hard to have a growing list of paying clients. So it starts with the email address. And the email address starts with the freebie so critical piece of your business. That is the quick explanation. If you still aren't quite sure if you want to have an email list and a freebie and all that stuff. I have tons of episodes. In the past that I've done about this and even talking directly about do you really need an email list. So go back, I will link that in the show notes. Go back to that episode. If this is still something that's new to you. But let's move on to talk about how to know if your freebie is epic enough. There's some qualifications that we need to so if this if you have a freebie right now, I want you to think about that freebie in terms of this list and qualify it to whether it is or is not epic enough. And if you don't currently have a freebie, but you're thinking about creating one, then I want you to keep this in mind as you are deciding on what your freebie is going to be. And then once you put it out, use this again to qualify and make sure that you are in the right spot to where it's something that your dream clients are interested in and is working for your business. So the very first thing on how to know if your freebie is epic enough is that you're excited to share about it, which wouldn't necessarily come up as the obvious first way to know but I think it's really important because what I have seen a lot is the creation of a freebie and then the subsequent hiding almost of the fruit freebie or just totally not giving it its due. What credit it's do promotion, what it takes what is required for you to get people to sign up for it, it's like you create it. And it's obviously very similar to what a lot of people do with their paid offers to you create it, and hope people will just stumble upon it or find it or ask you for it, instead of doing the promotional needs, that are necessary for people to understand what it is, and if it's something they want, and to even see that it exists. And I think a lot of it is, first of all, in other episodes, we talked about this more. So I'm not going to talk about this here. But just not feeling comfortable promoting yourself promoting anything that you have worked on, even if it is free. So there's a lot to that going on. But I also think you know, if you're excited if you've created something that is really, truly special, and helpful, and valuable to your dream clients, and then you're giving it for free, you should be absolutely shouting that from the rooftops, you should be excited about that. And it really shouldn't be a challenge to openly talk about that a lot. So I think that's where I wanted to start this conversation is in this idea that you're excited to share about your freebie, because if you created a freebie and let's be honest, you're kind of embarrassed by it. Or you already kind of know, it's not really that exciting, or at least not that exciting to your audience to your dream clients, then that's a sign that your freebie isn't epic enough. And it is worth it to create something that you are more excited to share. This I think happens a lot when you're just trying to like check the box of okay, I've created a freebie is that great. Now that means I can build this huge email list. And you know, my business is booming. So you check the box instead of actually taking the time to really sit and think about and get creative with a freebie. And that's what we need. Everyone needs to do from here on out, no more crappy. Just check the box kind of freebies, okay, we want them to be really highly valuable and special and helpful to our people. So that's the first thing. Get excited about your freebie. If you're not find a freebie that is exciting to you. The next thing, which is the more obvious answer is that people are signing up for it. So your freebie is epic enough if people are signing up for your freebie if they want to get it. So that would mean that your email list is growing. We talked about some of the metrics involved in this part of your business last week on the last episode. So go ahead and check that out. If you haven't already really important information to know about the health of your business. But for example, if your landing page conversion, so that page you have set up to collect email addresses and to share more about your freebie, like the sales page of your freebie. If that page is converting between 20 and 40%, like we talked about in the last episode, then that's a good sign that your freebie is epic enough. And people want it. Good, great. Let's keep at it. If it's less than that, that could be a sign that you need a different freebie, but like I talked about last week, it could also be that your landing page just isn't good. Like the messaging on your landing page is totally off and not appealing enough for people to take the next step with you. So that doesn't always mean that you need a new freebie, but it's something to look at. And I wanted to put this second because this only works as a metric if you're actually sharing about your freebie, so that's why the first qualifier is that you're excited about your freebie and you're sharing about your freebie. If that is happening, and then these conversions are off than yes, this is a really great way to see if your freebie needs some work or not. But you've got to make sure that you're actually sharing about your freebie in order to be able to use these conversions as a metric. And when I say sharing about your freebie, I don't mean that it's just an afterthought on your website. That's not sharing your freebie. This means make is a big piece of your website, which it absolutely should be. It means sharing about it regularly on social media, in by regularly. I mean regularly. I don't mean once a month, I don't mean once a quarter, I mean regularly. And this means sharing about it with your current email list because just because it's a technically a freebie to get new people on your email list, it still is a really, hopefully a really valuable tool for all of your dream clients. So the people that are on your email list already should still receive your freebie. And again, that's a great way to see if the people who are already kind of in your world, if they're interested in your freebie, that's a great sign. If they're not, that's a sign that it could use some work potentially, you're also in terms of sharing it, you're creating pins on Pinterest, regularly, you are linking to it in your blog post, if you're a blogger, you're talking about it and linking to it in your podcast. If you're a podcaster. Or in your YouTube videos, if you're a YouTuber, whatever you're doing as your platform, your platform is there to be a platform for your freebie, like yes, all of your work and your freebie. So if all of that is happening, and you are not, first of all, getting people on to that landing page, if you feel like your landing page views are low for the amount that you're talking about it and sharing about it and the size of the audience that you're talking to, then that's a sign potentially. And then if people are on that landing page, and then not putting in their email address and their name to get that freebie, then that's also a sign that your freebie could potentially use some work. Now, like I said, big caveat, because it could also be that your messaging is just totally off around your freebie. And that's something that you need to work on, as well. But if you feel like your messaging is on point, and you're just not getting the conversions that you were hoping for, then hey, maybe it's time for a new freebie. totally possible. The next sign that your freebie is epic enough is that you're getting positive feedback. So even if you only have had, like 10 people who have signed up for your new freebie, but five of those people have replied back to your email, or you've just heard from them. Maybe they're already warm people in your audience and you have a connection report with them already. And you've heard from them, that they love your freebie, that it was great that it helped them that you know it was super valuable, then obviously, that's a really good sign. So we should always be looking at that feedback. Any feedback we get any conversation we have with anyone is so valuable in our business, and you should be using that as data. So if you're getting good feedback, then that's a great sign and use that to your advantage. The next thing is that you're welcome sequence open rates are high. Because chances are, if people liked your freebie, and they got value out of it, they're going to keep opening your emails, so any emails that come afterwards, and we should all have a welcome sequence, in addition to our freebie, so they're not just downloading your freebie and getting put on your email list and then not hearing from you. Or only hearing from you when it's your weekly newsletter and they haven't warmed up to you at all. They have no idea who you are, what you do what you're all about, because they haven't been properly introduced, and then all their sudden, they're thrown into your weekly newsletters, we don't want that. So there should be a welcome sequence, a series of emails that automatically get sent to these people after they have signed up to receive your freebie and are on your email list. So really, really important step of the process. And then you can use that again as data. If people are opening afterwards, all of those emails, that's a good sign that your freebie was really helpful for them. And so they want to keep getting info and tips and learn more about you. If your freebie wasn't that great and not that valuable for them, then they probably will not keep opening your welcome emails. And you may even see a high unsubscribe rate of those emails so also something to keep tabs on. So those are just a few ways that you can keep tabs I was on your freebie and making sure that it's doing its job. But let's now also talk about what makes a freebie epic. So no more crappy freebies, let's make an epic freebie. Now, this does not mean that it has to, you have to give away all your stuff for free, you have to spend months of time creating it, or it has to be this like huge thing. That's not what makes something epic, when we're going to talk about that in a second. Instead, here's what really makes your freebie stand out from the crowd. First of all, it's different. Now, this doesn't mean that it's something that's never been done before. And it's this extremely rare, unique, one of a kind freebie. That's not what this means. But it does need to catch attention and spark interest and desire from your people. So just giving it a little bit of a unique spin can really do that, especially if you start looking in your industry in your area of expertise at what's typically done for freebies, and you will most likely see a lot of similar things. So what's even just a unique way that you could present something similar, but just in a way that they haven't seen before. Like instead of a ebook, you do it in a quiz, or instead of a workbook or a journal, you do it in a challenge, you know, just even little tweaks like that, and how you present it can really be enough to spark curiosity and interest. And that's what we really mean when we say different, so you don't have to reinvent the wheel. But can we maybe spruce up the wheel a little bit, that's what we're looking at here. It also is highly valuable. So not only highly valuable in that they're willing to give up their email address for it, which is huge. I mean, we all can agree that we don't really want to get more emails. So for you to give up your email address and for your clients, your dream clients to give up their email address that already says a lot in terms of value. But even going one step deeper than that, getting them to a point where they feel like wow, I can't believe this is free. And where you feel like you could actually charge like 25 to $50 for that freebie, but you're making it free. That is the vibe that we are going for in terms of the value you are providing in your freebie. Now again, this is not me saying that you should just give everything you've ever learned and all your expertise away for free. This is not that this is like 25 to $50 that you could potentially charge for this workbook, or this masterclass or whatever it is. And to the point where your dream clients feel that way too. Like, wow, I actually would have paid a little bit for this, but I'm getting it for free. How cool is that? That's the value we're looking for. And within this kind of a branch off of this, I also want to mention, there has to be something that people want. So it's not just this thing that they need that you know, they need because you know their problem, you know, their solution, you know how to get them from point A to point B, so you're gonna get them started on that journey in this freebie. It can't just be that it has to be something that they want to learn that they want to do that they want to get. It has to that desire has to be there. And it may not be the desire for your freebie, but it's the desire for the change the transformation that your freebie will kick them off on so you're not giving an entire transformation, but you're giving the first step or two, you're getting them started. And they have to want that transformation. So not just that they need it because you know they need it, but they have to know that they want it. Okay, so that's a kind of a different tangent there but under the same category. Okay, so next criteria for the epic freebie is that it's easy to consume. So no matter what type of freebie you are offering, it has to be very, very digestible. People sign up for freebies wanting something short, sweet and to the point and expecting that none of us have a ton of time these days in general, and we have even less time to spend on something that we got free from a stranger you know are already kind of like, have that going against us. So if it's something that then takes them 30 minutes or an hour to read and to do, then you've lost them. So instead, keep it short and sweet, valuable and action oriented. So I would say no more than 10 to 15 minutes to consume, keep it in that range to keep their attention. That kind of also goes into my next point, which is that there is a quick win. So in that five to 15 minute range that it takes to consume your freebie, give them a quick win something they can do feel experience that moves them in the right direction toward what they want. So instead of just being like this reading and learning something experience that let's be honest, they'll probably forget, and like five minutes after they're done with your freebie and move on to the next thing, have them do something, not something hard, not something complicated, not something that takes a long time, something simple, doable, something that doesn't add to their to do list, because all of our to do lists are way too long as it is. But in that short, simple, sweet, doable thing. It makes them feel like they got a quick win. So good examples of this are workbook questions or journal prompts, maybe a meditation, having them take a quiz, make a plan, go do something in their house or go, you know, has to have a conversation with someone, something like that, where there's an actionable step, make it an actionable freebie.
26:51 And then we'll move on to the next one, which also kind of flows nicely here, which is that your freebie provides a mini transformation, while opening the loop to a bigger transformation. So your freebie is an intro to your work. And to you. That quick win that we just provided for them is amazing. And like I said, we do want it to be like the first step or the first few steps or even the prep work on their overall journey to this transformation. That quick win is amazing. And we want that. But it also shows them what's possible. Other things they need to do, what more out there there is for them. So your freebie is like the appetizer to the main dish. And the main dish is working with you in your paid offer whatever that is. So that's why it also is really important that it's related. So your freebie is related to what you do with people in your paid offer. Because then it is the appetizer to working with you and it opens that loop. So it starts their transformation. It gets them prepped for their transformation, it gives them more information, and then opens that loop to be like, Well, what else is there? What's my next step? What else do I need to do? That is the mark of an epic freebie. So that wraps up the list of the qualities of an epic freebie. But I have one more list to share with you. And that is what is not an epic freebie. And this will be pretty quick because it's obviously just the opposite of what is an epic freebie, but I want to point out a few things just to reiterate them one more time. So the first thing is that an epic freebie is not a glorified blog post. So this is not a time to just put in some generic tips into a quote unquote, ebook. And just have it be something that people kind of read, skim through and then forget all about. We can't do that. Because that's not epic. That's not something that first of all, will probably even get someone's attention. And second, keep their attention and get them interested more in your work. So be honest with yourself, if it's something that would probably make a better blog post, keep it a blog post. Like, if it's seven tips to get more water or six ways to increase your liver detox pathways. You know, I'm just totally making things up at this point. But those are great blog posts. Probably not great freebies because they're just not going to get the attention of the people you want to help and certainly won't appear valuable enough to put in their email address because they can go read that plus Post somewhere else, and not have to give up their inbox to do that. So get a little more creative in that regard, make that blog post, it'll be great. But then also, what can you do for your freebie that's a little bit different than that. Your freebie is also not a super long ebook or something that's too time consuming. Obviously, we want it to be short, sweet, and to the point, so no need to write this like 50 page, ebook or anything like that. And it also can't be something that seems time consuming. So it might not actually be that way. But let's say for instance, you want to do a challenge. And you know, there's like a little email they get every day with some sort of actionable step or whatever. If it's like a, even, I would say, seven day or beyond challenge, that's too long, that's too time consuming. People aren't going to be interested for that period of time, we want that short, sweet, quick win. So I would say at most do a five day challenge, and keep those longer ones for potentially a paid offer. And your freebie is also not epic enough. If it's too generic, if you're trying to keep it too broad if it's not specifically, dialed in, tuned in, tapped in to the direct needs, desires, wants dreams, goals, plans, problems, symptoms of your dream client, the more specific you can get with all of that, the better. So keeping things too generic, like six ways to get more water. Yeah, everyone needs that. And a lot of people are suffering from dehydration. Do they know that? No. Do they know they get headaches every day at 3pm? Yes. So maybe a freebie about getting rid of your midday headache in a five day challenge, which really just is done drinking more water and getting more nutrients and maybe some sleep improvement. That's a cool, epic freebie. Big difference there. Right? Okay. And then lastly, obviously, one more time just to reiterate this, your freebie isn't epic. If it's not a direct starting point to your paid offer. Because if it's not, then you just have some people who aren't really a great fit for what you do on your email list. And then there's a huge disconnect for everyone involved. So keep it a direct starting point to your paid offer. Now, just to wrap up some ideas, these are some things that I personally have done over the years that have been really great freebies, and other clients I've had have done these two with a really great success. So I just want to start getting your creativity spinning in how you can make your freebie or your idea for your freebie, a little more epic. So I've already talked about this on the show. But we'll keep mentioning this quizzes are amazing. freebies who doesn't love to take a quiz, especially when it's directly related to a problem or a desire that you're currently having. And it will tell you something about yourself related to that desire or problem that is cool and epic and valuable. I have had, I think, three quizzes. Now over the years. When I was teaching keto for women, I did a quiz that showed whether they were a fat burner or a sugar burner in terms of their metabolism. That was uber successful. I have done when I was into teaching mindset work. I did a quiz that showed your vibe like a vibe check quiz. That was really fun. And I still get people every single day who take that quiz because it still is available in some blog posts that I have on my website. And then now I have the solopreneur quiz and what type of personality you have for your solopreneur type business, which again, I get people taking every day. It's a big piece of my website. And it just is it's fun. It's really fun to do. I also have had a really great success with workbooks, where you know, there's some prompts, there's some action steps to take where people can do some brainstorming and figure some things out and then there's a spot for them to write or type within that PDF. That's always a great thing. And again, with that actionable quick win kind of stuff really helps I have a starter kit, which I currently have going on right now for the signature program starter kit. Starter Kits are great because you know right off the bat that it's going to give you your first few steps. So the my starter kit that I have are the first three steps that you need to consider before having a signature program. And within that there's also worksheets, so yes, it's the steps, but then also giving them a place to brainstorm and do some work and figure out those steps right within that starter kit. So that's really fun, has worked out great. I also love the idea of giving a routine, like it could be a skincare routine, a meal prep routine, a supplement routine, something like that, I think is really fun. I have in the past, in my nutritionist days, I have had a supplement routine kind of thing. And that worked really well people were really interested in that. And it was really fun for me to create. So that's an option too. Also any sort of a recipes book that you can put together if you're are in the health nutrition space, who doesn't love recipes we all do. So if someone can get their hands on a free recipes that are all in one place that they can have on their computer on their phone or something like that, people are really into that. So that's always an option. And also challenges like I mentioned, I think challenges are great, I've done multiple, they're really fun. A bonus about challenges is they also work to act kind of as your welcome sequence as well, because they will be getting daily emails from you. So you can kind of weave in your story a little bit and have them get to know more about you. And your work along with being a part of the challenge. So that's a nice little perk for you. But all of these, as you can see, they're just thinking outside the lines just a little bit, instead of just doing a standard like PDF download, there are a lot of other ways for you to deliver very similar information that's more interesting and intriguing for your people. And also will help them be part of this mini transformation instead of just like skimming through something, and then never looking at it again. Instead giving them more to do more to think about more to consider, and making it a part of their lives in some way, which then only enhances their desire to continue down that road, which then leads to your client work. So that's a really big part of how this is working in your entire business ecosystem. All right, I will get off of my freebie soapbox here. At the end of the day, what I want to remind you is that having this kind of flow in your business, which like I mentioned, at the beginning, I think we all need to have, it is so much about trial and error. Let me just break it to you now you're going to create some freebies that are not epic, that nobody wants that are just not enticing and intriguing and appealing to the right people. And that's okay, that's part of the process. It doesn't mean anything about you or your work or what you do. It just wasn't a good freebie. I have created so many freebies, in the past 10 years of business, and some of them flopped. A lot of them are great. I learned by trial and error, what worked and what didn't over time. And I'm still doing that I'm still tweaking, I'm still trying new things. And that's what we signed up for when we decided we wanted our own business and to do our own marketing and all of that stuff. So it's okay, it's okay for this to be a trial and error. It's okay if right now you have a freebie you're not excited about and you just realized you probably need to change it. Cool, that's great. But spend some time intentionally thinking about what you do want this next freebie to be like and do for your clients, and what you can do to make it stand out and be unique and be something different for them. That is, the main thing is just let's not create a freebie just to check off the box. Let's do it with a little more intention and inspiration behind it. That's when you will actually find what works and create something real and good. That also continues to work for your business for a long, long, long time. It's when we try to do this a little too soon or without that intention behind Find it that then you end up having to redo and redo and redo, which could have been bypassed if you would have sat with it a little longer and made sure it was truly epic. All right, I
40:13 will leave you with that, my friends. And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
As much as I hate to admit it, at the end of the day, online business is a bit of a numbers game, at least to some degree. There are some universal key metrics involved across all online businesses that should play a part in the overall strategy and goal-setting for your business. In this episode, I’m going to share with you the metrics you should use to set your goals and expectations in your business with you plus some tips to increase your numbers.
“Disappointment is one of those pretty strong emotions that comes on this roller coaster that is doing business, that it okay, it’s normal and expected to feel that at some point for what you’re doing in your business.” - Shawn Mynar
“What you’re doing in between all these numbers matter a lot and there is so much room and so much potential to make your story, your own data different and then you don’t have to look at these numbers because you know how you perform.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have to have messaging that is so on point, your launch list feels it in their bones. They are experiencing more than just hearing you talk or reading your words, it causing an emotion, a shift, it is causing something in them that makes them need to say yes.” - Shawn Mynar
“You need an offer so good, they can’t refuse…What you present as your paid offer should be the absolute offer you can bring to the table.” - Shawn Mynar
“These metrics are general guidelines, so that you know roughly what to expect. I want you to take the emotion out it and just create some expectations based on this very general numbers knowing that you have the power to blow them out of the water.” - Shawn Mynar
Make Messaging Magic Workshop - shawnmynar.com/magic
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 As much as I hate to admit it, at the end of the day, online business is a bit of a numbers game, at least to some degree. There are some universal key metrics involved across all online businesses that should play a part in the overall strategy and goal setting for your business. So in this episode, I'm going to share with you the metrics you should use to set your goals and expectations in your business, plus some tips to increase those numbers. So stay tuned.
0:34 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:18 Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. And glad to be with you extra glad because that means I am finally over whatever sort of cough throat thing I had going on the past few weeks. It actually I started feeling that tickle. We all know that little throat tickle where you're like, Oh, something might be happening. I started feeling that the weekend, two weekends ago now. And it was a few days before I was to host the make messaging magic workshop, which meant I was not going to be getting sick, I was not going to be losing my voice, the show must go on. So I did everything I could over those three days to make sure that my throat was ready to talk for two hours straight. And so that went off, it was great. I did have to have some, like hot water near me. Some throat lozenges near me, I had the humidifier blowing directly on me through that entire workshop because I was, you know, I wasn't worried that my throat was gonna go in the middle of it. And it did start to want to leave towards the end it was threatening to go. But I was able to make it through. And it was great, super fun. But then from that point on until now, which is over a week later, I tried three times. This is now the fourth time that I tried to record this episode, and I just couldn't get through it. Within the first couple minutes, my throat would go I would start coughing and just all this stuff. And so I had to put it off until now, but I'm feeling good. I think I'm back at it. It was hard because I felt totally fine. So I wouldn't even say that I was sick necessarily. Except I just had this really weird cough and my throat would just seize up at any point of the day. And so just wasn't quite podcast healthy, I guess I will say. So that is why I did not see a new episode last week. But here we are with the episode that I've been waiting to share with you for several weeks now. And happy to be back extra extra happy to be back. This episode is something that we I don't think ever have talked about here on this show. And the almost 200 episodes we have here now. Because to be totally honest, I don't like talking about it. I have a real internal battle going on about this episode. Talking about things like metrics, percentages, numbers, the analytics is not something that I focus on much in my teaching and coaching and things we do here on the show and things I do in my courses and programs. And it's not because I don't think they're important and it's not because I don't use them in my business. I mean, I'm not the most analytical numbers person, but I do see the need for that in a business and so yes, I do use them. But I don't talk about a much because the type of person I work with you being that person because you're here listening. That person tends to be towards the beginning of their business journey within say the first few years and I feel like metrics within the first few years.
5:00 areas of business can be a overwhelming, be disheartening or discouraging. And see not totally accurate. There are specifically certain metrics that towards the beginning of a business vary widely, much more so than someone who has been at it for a while and is a more seasoned entrepreneur and has potentially a bigger audience, and potentially an audience that's been around and been with them for a while that's gone cold or stale. And so the numbers that they see are a lot different than someone who has just started out. And all of their audience, while it is small, is warm, because they just started. And so they're just starting to gather interest and to get clients. And so the numbers are just really different. And so to look at those numbers from that type of business, and see them as applied to your business, while that could be a little discouraging, and not accurate at all for you. And then also someone who has been at this a little longer has had some launches under their belt has seen some ups and downs, things that works that things that don't, they just have a lot more data. And when you have that data, well, then you can apply that to your business, and you will have a lot more accuracy. But if you are someone who hasn't done anything like this before, you're relying on someone else's data that doesn't necessarily apply to you or your business, or what you're doing. And again, if you're looking at that, it's likely not accurate, and could again be kind of discouraging and overwhelming, and all of that stuff. And I just don't want that for you. I don't want these numbers to be discouraging for you or to make you second guess what you're doing, I can tell you, for the first few years of my business, especially as I was getting into the online space, I had no idea what these numbers were, I just went for it. And I just saw what my numbers were. And I was like, okay, cool. That's what it is. I didn't base my decisions, or my emotions on someone else's metrics that they were using to decide you know, how my business was going to go, whether it was a success or not, or anything like that. So I can tell you to just I guess, really what I'm saying is take all of this with a grain of salt, because I do want to share these with you. Because I am seeing a trend, I have noticed the need to create expectations for your business and where it's at right now, especially towards the beginning stages that are in alignment with where you're at and with what is to be expected. And I think knowing some of these numbers will help with those expectations. And those goals.
8:15 I don't want to say realistic, because, but really, that's what it is. But I don't want to say it because I am all for you setting high expectations for yourself and your business. You setting these goals that are like really big and audacious and we'll have you going after that. We've talked about goal setting before and how to do that. And kind of release expectation from that important and I want you to do that. And I want you to set big goals and have these big dreams and go after them. But at the same time what I'm seeing and why I felt the need to do this episode is because there's a lot of disappointment out there. I'm seeing a lot of disappointment as a business coach right now. And trust me, I get it. I've been there. I think disappointment is one of those pretty strong emotions that comes on this roller coaster that is doing business. That is okay. It's normal and expected to feel that at some point for what you're doing in your business. But what I don't want is for that disappointment to come simply because of unrealistic expectations. When in reality if you really strip it back and look at it based on how we expect business to perform, you should be celebrating. You should be excited. You should be ecstatic for me
10:00 Any of you where you're starting at right now or where you are, in these first few years of your business journey, even getting one person to pay you is something that you should be excited about. And I think that that's why I never felt this need to know these numbers at the beginning of my business, because I didn't have any expectations, I didn't know what was going to happen, it was still very new in the online business world, you know, we're talking like eight, nine years ago. And believe it or not, the online business space wasn't nearly what it is today. So there wasn't really that much noise out there. And I think that's why a lot of these unrealistic expectations that lead to the disappointment happen, is because you there's so much more out there, in terms of content of like all these people who have these super successful businesses, and you know, are living these lavish lifestyles all because they have this online business. And you see that, and potentially they are, even in their first few years in it. You know, they're one of the few that had these, quote, unquote, overnight success stories. And then we just create these visions or dreams or expectations for what our business can do. That means we're disappointed. And I really, really want you to be celebrating every single thing that your business is doing right now, instead of feeling that level of disappointment, so I'm thinking, if I can outline some of these online business metrics for you, then you can simply use them as a guidepost, to gather your goals and expectations for what you want your business to do. These are not here to limit you, these are not here to discourage you, or anything like that. Remember, you get to decide what your business is capable of, you get to decide what energy you put into your business and thus get out of your business, you are in charge here. But let's kind of get real analytical with our business for a second just for this one episode, and see where we're at and see what we can do to increase these numbers as well. Okay, let's get into these metrics. They are pretty standard percentages of the online business space. And also, they have a lot of wiggle room. in either direction. I can say that, from my own experience, I can say that from my clients experience. So once again, guideposts, nothing more than that, knowing that there's a lot of potential on either side of these. They also depend on a lot of factors too. So we can't just say, Okay, well, as long as I have an email list, then this is what I can expect, as long as I put out a paid off, or this is what I can expect, no. So we have to also think about your launch plan, and how closely you follow it, how often you show up the emails you send out your special event and how aligned that is. There's a lot that goes into launching your paid offer, besides just having it. And so that's all things we do in signature program lab. It also depends on your messaging, and how compelling it is for your dream client. Not for everyone to see. But for that specific person that you want to help. Again, that's what we just went over in the make messaging, magic workshop, also your offer? And how irresistible is do people actually want to buy, what you are selling what you are offering what your services are, are you making it an irresistible offer. So people understand that they need to purchase that to get where they want to go. Also your audience and how warm they are to you how good of a fit they are for what you're offering, did they come to you because of a freebie that is related directly to what you do? Have they been around for a while and they've potentially like I said, gone cold and they're not interested anymore. They're not at that part of their lives where what you're doing matters to them, which is totally fine. We all have cycles of our lives, and it's fine for people to no longer need what you have to offer, but yet they might still be on your list or still be in your audience, even though they're not a good fit anymore. And also have you
15:00 Post them have you ghosted, your audience ghosted your email list. And now, you know, they may have gotten cold or not remember who you are and what you do, and they need some warming. So all of these things, there's so much more to these numbers than just, these are the numbers. And this is where we can really get into how to blow these metrics out of the water, which we'll get into later, as well. So we're gonna start at the top of the flow of your business as an online business owner, and work our way down. For me, the start of the flow is with your freebie, that is how people get onto your email list. And into your audience. I personally don't count social media as really much of anything except to further connect with your people and talk about your freebie and potentially get some interest from your social media audience onto your email list. So I am not going to talk about the metrics of social media because who even knows I'm pretty sure they change every day, I think I just read that the overall engagement on social media on Instagram in particular, is down like 27% In the past few weeks, so it's like Who even knows why even bother waste of valuable energy to try to figure out how to manipulate that, in my opinion. So let's just talk about the things that we do have more control over, starting with your freebie. So your freebie landing page that is going to be the place that you send people to where they can learn more about your freebie, and put in their name and email address to get your freebie and also get put onto your email list. So your freebie landing page is like the sales page for your freebie. And yes, it should be considered in that way. It's not just like, put this thing up in five minutes and expect people to want to get involved without really selling them on it. Of the amount of people who go to your freebie landing page 20 to 40% of them will convert into subscribers. So again, even that is a pretty wide range. If you are on the lower end of that, then I would say you have a really good chance of increasing that quite a bit, just by spending more time on your landing page. The messaging that is on your landing page, which if you were at the workshop, you now know exactly what to put on that page, the framework to follow to write that page that will help a lot. So already giving you some tips on how to increase that. But again, 20 to 40% is the standard. So 100% of the people who go on to your freebie landing page are not going to want your freebie they may be interested but not enough to exchange their email address for that freebie, or they made us realize it's not for them, they may not know what it is because you haven't talked about it enough. Or they may not know that it is specifically for them, because you haven't shown them that. And that's where your words become super powerful. This is a really important page, not something to take lightly. Because once we get people on our email list, then they are part of our community. And we can come into their world once a week with an email that has tons of value, and really showcases what we do and who we help and how we help them and why it matters to them on a regular basis. So super important. And your freebie is also really important to kind of freebie the value of your freebie. Is it epic. Is it interesting. Is it exciting. Is it necessary for your dream client and we're going to talk about that more. In next week's episode we're gonna talk more about your freebies. Anyway, let's say you have 1000 visitors go to your landing page. That means 200 to 400 of them will download your freebie and get on your email list. Okay, so now they're on your list and you start sending them emails, the average open rate for an email is 20 to 30%. Now, there are a bunch of caveats with this. On one hand, this is going to be a lot higher, the fewer people you have on your list and how you got those people. So organic subscribers, they're now
20:00 actually going to be warmer than people that maybe did come off of your social media that barely know you just kind of happened upon your social media then happened upon your freebie, and now they're on your email list, or you know, people that you've got through paid advertising, obviously a lot colder. But if you have a network, if you have friends and family who get on your list, if you you know, have this really warm, engaged small audience, then you can expect your open rate for your emails to be a lot higher, I would say at least 50%. And yes, it will naturally decrease as your audience grows. That is, okay. That is to be expected. That is fine. And like I mentioned, that's also because you know, as the longer you have this email list, you have this freebie or you're building your list with other freebies, people go cold, they get out of the season of wanting or needing what they originally came to you for, or they realize you're not the right fit for them, or whatever it is, it's not really up to you to figure out what that is. But there will be a cold audience that forms on your email list. And this is where cleaning your email list regularly really helps. And it keeps those open rates up. So yes, you lose followers. So the number on your total email list, your subscribers goes down, but your open rate goes up. And I mean, who really cares about the number of people on your email list if they're not opening, so we care more about that open rate. Now another really important caveat, Apple's privacy protection program, it's something they released in 2021. And it makes I mean, I hate to say it, but it kind of makes open rate data pointless, which is not great, but true. So according to Apple, this is directly from Apple site, mail, privacy protection hides your IP address, so senders can't link it to your other online activity or determine your location. And it prevents senders from seeing if and when you've opened their email. So anyone who is using Apple Mail, can potentially have this on have this blocked. And so you can't retrieve that data or your email management software can't retrieve that data. Now, what I've heard is that this actually inflate your open rate, not sure the mechanism on that or if that's totally legit. So don't take my word as written in stone. But I have heard that it actually increases your open rates, so may look a little inflated. Now, I still think that you can and should keep track of your open rates, look at those and take them into account. But what I use my open rates for is to see any fluctuations, it really helps me see what emails people are interested in opening, what they're not interested in opening how my subject lines are going. Because that's obviously how people determine if they want to open or not is by subject line, you can use that data to still get information about what you should be sending your email list, what's working, what's not working, and just to get an overall gauge of how you're doing. So still important, I would still keep track of them, for sure. So let's keep with our same example and do a little math. So you have this rockin landing page of the 1000 people who visited 400 people signed up and are now on your list. That means if we're saying 30% of your emails are getting opened 120 People are reading your emails on average. Of course this is going to vary depending on so many factors. And also it may not be the same 120 people every single time. So you know there's a lot of things to consider there and a lot of variables but just so you have an idea of this numbers game that does happen in business. Okay, now let's move to you selling your paid offer that can be one on one client packages, a program, a course a workshop, whatever it is, doesn't matter. The next metric in the flow is how many people sign up for your special event to kick off your launch. If you have followed along for a while you know that I'm pretty adamant you do a special event to help sell your services. It is kind of the
25:00 This bridge that gets people to understand why they need what you have to offer, it takes them from kind of being cold or just being out of the loop. Like, if you haven't been talking about what you do regularly, then they don't really know it that well. And it gives you the opportunity to spend some time with them. And, you know, give them a lot of value, and really showcase what you do, and then offer to help them on a paid scale. So I highly, highly encourage you to do a special event for whatever you're selling doesn't matter if it's one on one clients, or if it's a course or whatever, anything, it always helps to do a special event, that special event is free, usually, and just a really fun opportunity for you. And even if no one buys, it's still this great opportunity for you to showcase what you do and talk more about that and get more comfortable and competent. In talking more about that. Okay, off the soapbox of the special event, for the sake of this example. And because I think it's kind of the simplest and best special event, especially for people who this may be their first couple launches, I am going to use a webinar as an example a live webinar, okay? Because this is still considered a freebie it is a free live webinar. And the same opt in rate typically apply. So between 20% and 40% of your audience will opt in to be a part of your webinar, I would say this May, and it's okay, if it goes more towards the lower end, I would be I would probably be okay with a 30% conversion rate on that page. And again, this is not just a throw this up in five minutes and not consider what you're putting on this page. This is a big deal, you are selling these people on spending an hour of their time with you live, that's a big deal. And that's why it may be a little lower than your freebie landing page. Because there's more commitment, you know, they have to be available, they have to want to sit around for an hour, you know, it's just there's a lot involved in a webinar that may lower the conversion rate. And that's okay, so let's say in this case, again, we have those 1000 people that go to your registration page for your webinar, that means between 204 100 of them will register, we're going to keep it in the middle. Again, I think 30% is a pretty decent conversion rate for a webinar registration page. So that makes it 300 people signing up for your webinar, these 300 people are also considered your launch list. So when it comes time to sell your paid offer, and to send enrollment emails, these are the people that will get those emails, now attendance rates for webinars, they are right around 30% of registrants, although I will say kind of since like COVID, this has been on the decline. And I think it's because of like zoom fatigue, I really do. And people does not wanting to be on yet another call or meeting or anything like that. So this has been a little bit on the decline, I will say, but let's keep it at 30%, which means 100 People are going to be at your webinar live. And that's really important because people so the other 200 people that didn't show up live couldn't be there or forgot or decided not to attend whatever, that's fine, they are still part of your launch list, but likely, obviously not going to be as engaged in the launch, they may not even watch the replay at all, a lot of them don't or they may watch it after your launch is already done. There's just a little less incentive there. So those people while they still will be a part of your lunch or not as warmed up to the idea as those who attended live. So those 100 live people are just Yes, just focus on them and be so excited that they were there with you live because about 10% of those live attendees will buy or that equates to about five to 7% of your overall launch list will buy so there may be some people who couldn't attend live that will still buy but it's going to be quite a bit lower than the percentage of people that attended live. So overall between 10 and 12 people will buy according to
30:00 These metrics. So we started again, I don't want this to discourage you. But I want to just look at this from this very real and very analytical, let's just stick with the numbers kind of mentality. We started with 1000 people going to that registration page, and of that 10 to 12. People purchase. Okay. And now you might be able to see why I hesitated to share this. It can be kind of disheartening if you were to only look at this because you're like, how am I even going to get 1000 people to look at this registration page? What if I only can get 100 people or 50? People, then do I even have any chance of anyone buying? And yes, you do. And that's what we're going to talk about. Because I personally have experienced and seen metrics way different than this. For me, personally, my landing pages are always over 50% conversion rate, my emails are at 40 to 50%, open rates, even as the numbers grow, and my email list grows. And I don't say this to brag or anything like that, I say this to show you that what you're doing in between all these numbers matters a lot. And there is so much room and so much potential to make that your story your own data way different than this. And then you don't have to look at these numbers, these quote unquote, standard typical ranges for online businesses because you know, how you perform, how your business is doing. And you can track data based on that based on what you do. And I've seen my clients do this, too. I've seen people who have launched lists of 30. Enroll 10 people, people who have email lists of under 100. Enroll 20 people in their programs. And that is why I really think especially the small businesses just starting out and having these smaller, but way warmer audiences can blow these metrics out of the water. Again, as long as you are focused on what you're doing in between those numbers, and what you have the ability and the power to control within your own business. So like I said, there is a ton of wiggle room here, which is why I don't want you to take these numbers so seriously and get discouraged. But I do want them to serve as guidelines as guideposts, like I said, Because I also don't want you to feel disappointed when you have 10 people that signed up for your webinar, and only three people joined live and only one person enrolled. Well, that's exactly what the metrics say should happen. And you should be celebrating the heck out of that one person. And out of those three people and out of those 10 people, that is a huge deal. And the only reason you're disappointed is because you had to create these expectations without having any guideposts. And so your thought is oh of the 10 people that signed up, surely seven or eight will attend live, and then surely five or six will join. And so when you you create those goals and you don't reach them, then you can't see how awesome that one person that joined was and how on point, everything that you did leading up to that was, so then we get into this place of disappointment instead of excitement and encouragement. So that is again, just to clarify one more time, why I am choosing to share these with you even though I know you all can blow these numbers out of the water, especially as we continue to work on nailing your messaging, which is really what's at the heart of getting these numbers to increase for you. Before we get into that though, I want to show you an example of how you can use these to set your goals. So let's say you're launching a new program and you want to make $5,000 So you can and should start with the monetary goal that you want to hit that is totally okay. So you want to make $5,000 on the launch of your new program. It is a $500 program. So that means you need 10 enrollments to reach your goal. If 10% of your webinar attendees are going to join, then that means you need 100 people to attend your webinar. And if the attendance rate is 30% then that means you need 300 People
35:00 To sign up for your webinar, and let's say your webinar landing page is totally on point, you're going to convert it at 50%, which you absolutely can do based on your messaging, that means 600, people will need to visit your landing page. Now, instead of that being overwhelming, here's the really nice thing. You don't have to worry about that dollar amount coming in and how you're going to make that happen. Instead, you can focus your attention and energy on getting people to visit your webinar landing page and having them register. So we don't have to be so focused on this monetary goal. Instead, we can more so just focus on getting people into our webinar, letting them know what's available, letting them know why it's important, they show up what is going to help them with why they can't live without being at this webinar, that is where your messaging comes in. And you can use that and focus on that instead of staying so hyper focused on that monetary goal. So once you've set it, set it and forget it and focus on your people and getting them into your free event. Now, let me go over some ways that you can first of all troubleshoot if your metrics are lower than the ones that I just stated or lower than you want them to be even and also give you some ideas to increase them. If your freebie landing page or and or your special event landing page are not converting at at least 30%. I really think that 20% is super low. I think you all can do way more than that. I think if you're having like hundreds of 1000s of people go to your freebie landing page, and they're all from like Facebook ads than he had 20% might be more accurate because they're super cold leads. They don't know you and there's a lot of them. But I think for most of you and the type of business that you have, you can easily get your landing page to convert at 50% For sure, no question. But if it's not right now, then we have some work to do. So there's a couple options here a couple things to look at, first of all, your freebie and special event is not epic enough. That's what I call it this epic freebie. It's epic, if it's unique, special and highly desirable for your dream client. Again, we're going to talk more about this next week. But if your freebie isn't exciting and enticing enough for your dream clients, then they don't want it. And so when they go to your landing page, they're not going to be interested enough to convert to put in their name and email address. Download the freebie and get on your email list. So that's one thing to look at. Also, the messaging on your page is likely not compelling, and intriguing enough to get people interested in your freebie and willing to fork over their highly coveted, highly protected email address. It is the same as asking someone for 50 bucks, you should think of it that way at least. And if you haven't done the work to let them know through your words, why they need your freebie. Why it is special, why is it valuable? What it will do for them, then they're not going to put that email address in that box. It's that simple. And that is again why I say you can't just throw up a generic landing page for your freebie. It is a sales page. There are a bazillion freebies out there in the world right now. And every where we turn we're being asked for our email address. So what is going to make your person decide to put that email address that they're getting asked for every direction into your box. That's what we need to do on our landing page. And your words will do that for you. So you may need to take a hard look at your landing page and see if it really truly is conveying the message that you want to convey in a unique and compelling way for you and if it's really reaching into the heart and mind of your dream client.
39:54 The last thing for your landing pages is that you're in might not be getting in
40:00 front of the right people, for whatever reason, maybe it could be you had a little pivot and the audience that you did have is no longer a perfect fit for what you're doing now, or the audience you do have is comprised mostly of friends and family. And so the people who are going to your landing page aren't the right people for your freebie or for your webinar. And so they're hopping off because it's just not for them. And that's okay. But then you need to take be taking a look at your audience. And really, again, getting real with yourself about if it's the right audience based on what you are now offering, or did you have a pivot? Or do you need to spend more time getting in front of the right people? Now it is most likely some combination of all of the above, if your landing pages aren't going as well as you'd like them to your messaging is going to be the biggest disconnect for sure. That's what I have seen 100 times out of 100. That is why I haven't started talking about it so regularly. Because it's a huge disconnect in most of the people that I work with. And most of my audience is really diving into that, and spending the time you need to on your landing pages, even for your free offers. So that's going to be really at the heart of this. But yes, also consider those other two things, that it's just not a good enough freebie, and that it's just not the right audience and then do what you need to do. Make the tweaks to change those. And actually, to go back even further, if you're not getting visitors to your freebie landing page, like you're sharing about your freebie, on your platforms, on your website, on your social media, and you're not getting people to even get to the landing page, then that means your messaging about your freebie outside of your page isn't compelling enough. So how you're even talking about your freebie on these other places that would get someone to click over to your landing page has a disconnect. So there's something there that isn't working, how you're talking about it, what you're saying what you're not saying how you're saying it, that all matters. So I can tell you very rarely is someone just going to see this free thing, and a link that says Sign up and sign up. They need the words that go with it, they need your message that goes with it, in order to make a decision, just seeing an image of a freebie and a thing that says free and workshop or free workbook, or journal or whatever, and a link to join isn't going to do it for 99.99 out of 100 people, you need words. And I feel like there's a lot of you who are afraid of using your words, to talk about your freebie it is free. It's a great free offer should be something super exciting for you to share with the world. But I think it's just that you haven't done the messaging work yet to know exactly what your clients need to hear to make that decision. So again, if you're not even getting people to that landing page, then yes, still work to do there. All right, moving on. Let's talk about those emails. If you're not happy with your open rates of your emails, a couple of things we can do there. First of all, write better emails.
43:39 If your emails are boring, or you only email when you want something from your email list, like you have an offer coming out or an affiliate link to promote or something like that. And you're never just emailing them with pure value. And it's not engaging. You know, like I said, it's kind of boring, or like overly professional and not like you're talking to your friend, then people aren't probably gonna stop opening those emails because they're not engaging, and they're just not what they want to have in front of them. They're not what how they want to be spending their time. So write better emails, write more engaging emails, write emails with higher value, write emails that are not just sales emails. That would be the first thing actually, that may not be the first thing I feel like the first thing is you might just need better subject lines. Your subject lines are the most important part of your email of your entire email, your subject lines matter because that's what will determine if people even open them or not. If it's a boring subject line, if it's too long if they can't read it because it goes across, you know and gets cut off. If it's not engaging or interesting if it doesn't make them curious.
45:00 As to know, you know, like questions do really well in subject lines, because it's like, oh, I want to know the answer to that question, then you lost them. And they're just going to delete without clicking into your email. So that's a really easy way to get your open rates up is just to work on your subject lines. And I feel like I'll be making that either a podcast episode soon all about subject lines, or maybe even a freebie with some subject lines for you to use. So you don't have to think about it. So be on the lookout for that coming up soon. The third way to increase your open rates of your emails is to just continue consistently emailing your list, do not ghost them. As soon as you ghost them, then they you know that you're off their radar, they kind of forget who you are, or what you do, they don't feel connected, they don't continue getting that communication and that connection from you. And so then when you do start randomly emailing them, again, they they're not going to open or they may open and unsubscribe, because they're like, Who is this person? Oh, yeah, I forgot, not really interested in what they have to offer anymore, because they kind of ghosted me, that kind of thing. So keep the relationship going. If you have ghosted your list, I can tell you exactly what to do and what to write in your email and launch list accelerator. So that's available for you as well. And then lastly, like I mentioned, clean your list, you should be cleaning your list pretty regularly. So that means basically wiping off unsubscribing, anyone who hasn't ever engaged in your emails, or hasn't in a particular amount of time. So typically, that's 90 days. So if someone hasn't opened your email in 90 days, chances are, they're probably not going to open an email from you, maybe they're going to spam and they are not even seeing your emails, or they have just decided they're not interested in the work you do, but haven't unsubscribed themselves. Either way, it's best to get those people off of your list. And when you do that, then your open rates are naturally going to increase because the people that are opening them are still on your list. So most email service providers have this system already built in to where they can help you clean your list. So you can take those people who haven't opened in 90 days, or whatever timeframe you set or your email service provider sets. And you can send them a series of emails to reengage, and then if they reengage, they stay on. If they don't, then they get wiped clean, you can do that. Or if you know that they're just not going to open an email like they never have. So obviously, they're going to spam or something, then you can just wipe them clean too. So I would do that. I typically do it about once every six months, I know you're supposed to do it more than that. It's just not something that's really on my radar until then. But I definitely do it at least a couple times a year. And I would encourage you to as well, that actually feels really good. It feels good as kind of like a clean slate fresh, start getting rid of maybe some stuck energy in your business and being able to continue to serve those people who are engaged. So I always like to do it, even though yes, the number of total subscribers goes down, who really cares how to get more people to attend your webinar. As I said, this number has seemed to be going down for most businesses since the pandemic most online businesses that are hosting webinars. So there are some things you can do to increase the number of people who actually get on your webinar live. Because as I said, those people are your people, they get to be a part of your whole launch experience, and see it live and be able to ask you questions, and to be presented with this opportunity to work with you. So it's such a cool place to be to have these people who have attended live. First thing you can do is to infuse your reminders with some heavy heavy messaging, your reminder email, so after someone signs up to attend your webinar, you should be sending them several reminder emails. And these reminder emails are not just like, hey, you signed up for this thing. It's happening at this time. See you there. Instead we are infusing them with why it's important for them to be there. We're getting them excited to be there and how they will change and what they will learn and experience and how they'll grow. Really showing the importance of being there of what you're doing. So infusing that into your reminder emails
50:00 The next thing is to provide some sort of special gift just to those people that are there live and make sure that that is part of your messaging from the very beginning like that is on the landing page, that's in all the reminder emails and everything you put out to let them know that an extra special gift will be available and say what that gift is, I mean, I don't know what it is for you. But make sure you give it a title. And it sounds really enticing. And you have this extra thing for those people who do attend live. And then the last option is to not include a replay, just don't make it something that there's a replay to that it is okay. I mean, I've never personally done it, but I've considered it and that's fine, especially if you know you're going to be doing it in the future. If someone can't attend at that time, on that day, cool, then that'll be happening next month, or in a few weeks or in a few months. And they can attend that one. Or if you're going to be doing several different time options for the live segment, like you're going to do it at noon on one day. And then at 6pm The next day, so people that work and attend after work. If you're giving options, then again, if they can attend, no worries, it will happen again in the future. And that's fine to just let people know, if they can't attend live, there won't be a replay. So make sure to attend live or wait until the next round. So that's a little bit more of a edgy way to get people to attend. But I have seen people do it. And I have seen it work for people. Okay, and last thing we're going to cover today how to get more people to buy the ultimate million dollar question, literally how to get more people to buy. First thing, you need a really, really good offer an offer so good, they can't refuse. When you are hosting a special event. Again, let's stick with the webinar theme. When you are on that webinar, what you present as your paid offer should be the absolute best offer you can bring to the table. So this includes a fair price for both you and the work you're doing and the service you're providing, and your client, and also value that exceeds that price so that your clients feel like they're getting the deal of the century, while again, of course, still feeling like a fair price for you and what you're bringing to the table. So you can do this with special bonuses, especially for those people, again, that attended live or signed up for the special event, they can get a special bonus or a special coupon code. There can be guarantees and refund policies to eliminate that feeling of risk. All of this makes up your offer package. And that offer package should make someone feel really excited, and really safe to continue on their journey and hit that purchase button. So excited as in, they're getting a really good deal. Best offer ever. They're so excited, and they know exactly what they're getting, and exactly how it's going to change their lives. If either of that isn't conveyed, then we have a problem, there's a disconnect, and they're not going to purchase.
53:30 And that leads me into the second thing of course, the messaging aspect, you have to have messaging that is so on point, your launch list feels it in their bones, they are experiencing something more than just hearing you talk or reading your words, they are experiencing something it is causing an emotion it is causing a shift, it is causing something in them that makes them need to say yes, they are connected to your message so deeply. They feel it, they feel like you've created this offer just for them. And they have to take you up on it. You are their person to solve their problem. And the only way they feel that is if you speak directly to them. Now that doesn't mean send them individual emails or anything like that. No, that's where your messaging comes in, to where you've done the work to understand what you need to say. So that that person on the other end of the screen feels like you're speaking directly to them just directly into their hearts. And that's what we need to do every single time. And you do that also by making it all about them. So then we have this really great offer. We have this messaging that is speaking
55:00 into the soul of our dream clients. And then it's just about unapologetically confidently offering it to your people openly talking about it confidently sharing, communicating, connecting, all of those things I see so many of you have this really great offer, and then your messaging is like, and then you just don't talk about it. But like, imagine if you had this like really solid messaging to go with this really great offer, that is going to naturally bring in this confidence to talk about it and share and openly just give to the point where someone has to sign up, there is no other option, you have helped them make that decision for themselves, you have coached him into taking that step. And now here I am getting all worked up, because I just think it's something so powerful, and something so simple, that we're just not using to our full advantage. And that is our words. Alright, so I'm gonna stop with that. Think that's been plenty for today. I am so happy my voice made it through the past hour. I know it's been a little. It's been a little sketchy here and there. But thanks for sticking it out with me. And just to wrap up. I know I've already said this a million times. But let me say at one time more, these metrics are general guidelines, so that you know roughly what to expect, I want you to take the emotion out of it. And just create some guidelines create some expectations based on these very general numbers, knowing that you have the power to blow them out of the water, especially with everything we talk about here. If you are actually applying what we talked about on this show into your business, you will blow them out of the water. But just keep these numbers in the back of your mind until you have enough data to create your own metrics and your own numbers. And then use those to help you make your goals and expectations from there. And one last thing I know I talked about messaging a lot here and it probably will continue and pretty much every episode. If you did not get in on the make messaging magic workshop, and you want to catch the replay. It is now available over on Shawnmynar.com/magic You can get immediate access to the replay and all of the workbooks that we did and everything. It was so much fun. It was so great. I loved every minute of it and really just saw so many golden nuggets in those two hours. That will really help you increase your metrics in your business. So Shawnmynar.com/magic If you want immediate and lifetime access to the make messaging magic workshop, alright friends, until next time, take care.
58:03 Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that we'll walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program even with a small audience because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified foolproof process that
1:00:00 We'll take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
Does hustling have a place in an aligned, flow business? You probably know by now that I am not a fan of hustle culture, especially when it comes to creating a sustainable, feel good, business that you love. But, is there ever a time where you should hustle in your business? Let’s dive in to this episode and find out.
“I will never sacrifice any of my own self care or any of my own important things in my life that are more important than my business.” - Shawn Mynar
“Hustle is an energetic activity… to me that just sounds like something you’re doing with some purpose, excitement and fervor behind it.” - Shawn Mynar
“Part of a flow business is taking aligned, inspired action.” - - Shawn Mynar
“Not all hustling is bad hustling and don’t be afraid to get into a period of hustle in your business. It should be a sign that you’re in the brink of major shift, a major breakthrough.” - Shawn Mynar
“My family is more important than my business, my health is more important than my business and I hope you feel the same about your business and your health and your connections and whoever in your life that is important to you.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Does hustling have a place in an aligned flow business? You probably know by now that I am not a fan of hustle culture, especially when it comes to creating a sustainable feel good business that you love. But is there ever a time where you should and might need to hustle in your business? Let's dive into this episode and find out.
0:26 Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:10 Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode. And as always, so, so grateful to have you here checking out the show. Today, we're going to I'm going to make this one a little short and sweet. It's a topic that I really didn't know I would ever talked about on the show, except that it's something that I'm currently kind of dealing with and thinking about and just thought it was something that I should share with all of you too. And that is on the topic of hustling and if it ever does have a place in these businesses that we're building that are really built on flow and alignment and inspiration and aligned action. And all of those things we talked about here so much. But does this idea of hustling ever fit into that kind of business. And so that's what we're going to talk about today. Like I said, short episode, I've been outputting a lot. We just wrapped up the copy Crash Course series here on the show. And so the last four episodes prior to this, were just really content output heavy, I put a lot of time and energy into creating those episodes, and really making sure that they were as robust as I possibly could make them while still being digestible for all of you. So spend a lot of time over the past few weeks doing that, and just a lot of other stuff we're going to talk about. And so here's a nice, short, sweet episode, that still is something that I want to share with you and talk about with you and make sure that you're thinking about in your business, too. First, I gotta start this episode I already shared in the intro, but I'm gonna say it again, very loudly and very clearly that I very much disagree with hustle culture. And I think we all know what that refers to. But just in case, here's what it means to me. And I think to the general audience is working these long hours and sacrificing yourself care and time with your family, and all the other things going on in your life that are important to you,
3:26 in order to work harder, because those long hours are necessary to succeed or so you've been told. And if you do sacrifice all those things, and work these long hours, and really grind it out and push harder and harder and harder than all your dreams will come true, you'll have this amazing business, you'll be making millions of dollars, and you know, then you can go on and enjoy your life later. So toxic, right, very toxic way of thinking about things. And not true. You do not have to sacrifice everything in your life and work these long, hard hours and sacrifice your own self care and all of that stuff to have a business and life you love, which is kind of the main theme of what we do here and what I'm all about. And it's also not true that if you do work these long hours and do all that stuff, and subscribe to hustle culture that you'll have success so like not true on so many levels and very toxic and not what we're about here. Now I'm also not a fan of busy work, which I talked about here on the show to working for the sake of working, being busy or appearing to be busy for the sake of being busy. without really any end goal or end in sight. nothing to show for it, nothing to come of it. It's just kind of like you're on this hamster wheel of doing stuff. That never really hasn't
5:00 And it doesn't even really have that big of a purpose doesn't really have a goal or any end to it. Not a fan of busy work. And that's also not what we're talking about here. Today, we are talking about just the idea of hustling in and of itself. And if and when it has a place in your business. Let me start by telling you that the last few weeks, I've been hustling, I have been basically working on two things at once the make messaging magic workshop, which the day that this comes out is also the same day as the workshop. And as of now, we are already almost full, it's still over a week away, when I'm recording this, I'm super excited for the people that have joined, it's going to be so fun. And I've been prepping for that workshop and to make sure it's as value packed as I can possibly get it. And with all that also comes, you know, reading the emails to invite everyone and putting up the sales page and putting up the thank you page and reading the thank you emails and reading the reminder emails, there's a lot that goes into even just having and hosting a workshop. So that but then also, as I mentioned, last week, when we were talking about websites, I'm in the process of creating a new program, website copy in a week, although I don't know what it's actually going to be called. I don't think that's the official name of it forever. But I'm about to beta test my new program about website copy. And I've been spending, let's say, probably at least two months working on that program and getting everything ready. And I still have some things to do to be ready for that beta launch. So I've been kind of juggling that, because that's going to be happening on the back end of this workshop. And also getting ready for the workshop. A lot, a lot going on behind the scenes. And I'm one of those people that when there's a lot going on behind the scenes, I kind of like don't share it, because I just forget, it's just not on my radar to show up on social media be like, here's what I'm doing behind the scenes. So a lot of you don't even know that that's what I'm doing behind the scenes. But if ever I go quiet on social media, on my Instagram Stories, that's why because there's a lot going on. And I just forget, just like my day is gone before I even remember that Instagram exists, which is not a bad place to be if you ask me. Anyway, I've been hustling. Because not only do I have all of these things going on, I also set a deadline to have all these things going on. And to do all of these things. That was a little tight. And I normally actually don't do that to myself. But with everything that I'm creating and doing right now. I am so freaking excited to get it out there and to show you guys this and to teach you this and everything that I'm doing to really apply it to your businesses. And because I have that energy and excitement to do it, I set a deadline that was a little quicker than I potentially normally would have. But it's like I'm bursting at the seams to show you this stuff. And so with that excitement and with that energy, I set a deadline that required some hustle. And I'm currently in that space of hustling. Now, for me, hustling looks like working on the weekends, working at night, when we're hanging on the couch watching TV or something, I have a lot of things that I can do where it's kind of I don't have to be entirely present a lot of back end stuff and things that I can do. While I'm kind of vaguely watching a show that I'm not super interested in and working on my computer. Also, what it doesn't mean for me is working instead of sleeping instead of eating, instead of connecting with my family, instead of taking care of myself that I will never do. I will never sacrifice any of that stuff, any of my own self care or any of my own important things in my life that to be honest, are more important than my business. My family is more important than my business. My health is more important than my business. And I hope you feel the same about your business and your health and your connections and whoever you have in your life that's important to you. So I'm still taking my dogs on hikes three times a week and getting in our nature time and my movement. I still make an eat dinner with my
10:00 My wife, I still meditate and journal and read before bed, I still go to bed at a normal hour, I still have time before bed where I'm not looking at my screen, all of that. But yes, I am working more. Yes, I am working longer hours, my energy around my work is definitely heightened. And if I think back to pretty much every time, and this is what kind of prompted me to talk about this on the show, every time I have had a major breakthrough in my business, or I put something out that I was really proud of, or I took a big step forward in my business, or I pivoted, or even when I first started my business, I was hustling.
10:57 And if you just look at the word hustle, it actually has a totally different meaning, and one that can absolutely have a place in your business. And quite honestly, it might even be necessary at times in order for you to do your best work to get your work out there to gain momentum to get the ball rolling, the things that we quite often need to do to move forward in our business and take the next step and get to the next level and do what we ultimately want to do. So when you just strip it down, and look at just the word hustle. I looked it up on Google, it says an energetic activity, busy movement.
11:50 That, I mean, there's lots of definitions of hustle, it's kind of amazing how many different variations of one word there could be. But when we're talking specifically about what I'm what we're talking about today, hustle is an energetic activity like hustle and bustle. To me, that just sounds like something you're doing with some purpose, excitement and fervor behind it. That at the time is increasing your energy and awareness and dedication to it.
12:23 And like I said, I mean, if we're being totally honest here, you're going to need that sometimes, there are going to be seasons in your business, where that is going to be a really helpful ingredient. And let me put a big emphasis on the word season. Because no, I'm not talking about all the time, I'm not all of a sudden saying you should start working way too many hours and spending all your time staring at your computer. No, please don't do that to yourself. We all know that that's not healthy and what you should be doing, because it's not the kind of business you want to build. But the reality is part of a flow business is taking aligned, inspired action. And when you're aligned and inspired, you better believe that you're gonna have seasons in your business where you are so excited, and so dedicated with this real purpose that you're putting out, and that you have behind your actions. And how does that translate into heightened energetic activity, AKA a little bit of hustling.
13:29 And if we're talking, especially when you're kind of just starting your business, or launching a new paid offer, or pivoting and doing something different, or you know, any really big moment that leads to growth. I feel like they're all going to require some level of hustling because it's just heightened energetic activity. And you are excited, and you do have a purpose, and you are dedicated. And when you have the combination of those, you want to get it out into the world and you probably even want to work a little harder on it. I mean, for me, this time spent on weekends working, I'm more than fine with that. I'm happy to be doing it. It's winter, it's cold, I'm kind of over it. I might as well be inside working on something that I'm excited about that I'm passionate about and is really invigorating for me. Like this extra time spent working is energizing me it's not depleting me it's not making me feel like I have to grind it out or anything like that. And if we're looking at hustling as being heightened energetic activity, well then that makes sense. It should leave you with in this energetic state and this high vibe place where you're enjoying it and it's exciting and fun and Invigor
15:00 writing to you. So all of this to say, I don't think hustling in and of itself should be a quote unquote bad word in this entrepreneur solopreneur business world. And dare I say, it might have its place and even be necessary in your business at times. The question really to ask I think, is, What's your intention? What's the emotion behind it? Are you excited, aligned? Inspired? Or are you grinding, working? busying yourself? Because someone out there told you, you have to? Or you should? And if you did, then you'd be a millionaire by next week? Or are you grinding working? busying yourself, because you're afraid that if you don't, your business will fall apart, or it will never grow, it will never become what you want it to be?
16:02 That's very different, right? Very different from being excited, invigorated by something you're working on, you have this heightened energy to get it out into the world to impact more lives and take a big step in your business. So not all hustling is bad hustling. And don't be afraid to get into a period of hustle in your business. Really, it should be a sign that you're on the brink of a major shift, a major breakthrough, and let that invigorate you and let it lead you if you're moving into that season, if you feel like it's time to have this heightened energetic activity and work a little longer and work a little harder and have more purpose behind what you're doing. That's just a sign that something's on. On the other end, Something's coming. And that's really exciting. Just always keep in mind, what's the intention and emotion behind it, if you do find yourself in this period of hustle, or you are afraid of getting into a period of hustle because you don't want to be a part of this hostile culture, which we're not doing just by having these seasons in our business? What's the intention and emotion behind it, just stay clear on that. And ride it ride with that flow, that is part of being in flow is knowing that there will be times where your energy shifts in the amount of time you work shifts and your purpose shifts, and it becomes more and that's okay, it's temporary. And it just might be necessary for you and your business and your growth. And actually taking that next big step.
17:47 All right, I will leave it at that I just wanted to share kind of the season that I'm in right now. And you know, thinking back on it and realizing, gosh, these seasons kind of happen on a regular basis, every time there is a shift happening. And it's exciting. And it feels good. And so not all hustling needs to be bad. There is still the good side of hustling. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health.
20:00 Family and self care, you'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
Messaging—AKA the words you use to communicate to your dream clients and market your services—matter. A LOT. Your messaging is what sets you apart, gets the right people to take notice, builds connection and trust, and sells your paid offers...without you having to "sell" anything.
And while most big businesses spend MONTHS of time and MILLIONS of dollars making sure their messaging is spot on (because it's THAT important), most small businesses and solopreneurs barely even consider it.
It's time to change that. In this episode, we're gonna craft your magnetic messaging so you can stand out from the crowd and draw the right people into your community. I'll go over what needs to be included in your messaging to capture your dream client's attention and how to incorporate it into your business.
“This is not about what you think you should say and instead it’s what your clients need to hear.” - Shawn Mynar
“A lot of us come at our business with our heads, we’re up in our head. When you’re up in your head, it’s really hard to get in the hearts and minds of your clients.” - Shawn Mynar
“Just for messaging in particular, the combination of how you speak and how they think. Doing so when you use their words but in your unique voice and tone, that is where true connection is built.” - Shawn Mynar
"It’s finding that sweet spot of sharing about yourself while also keeping it about your audience, keeping it about your dream clients. So it’s always about you as it relates to them." - Shawn Mynar
"How do you know when your messaging is magnetic? Well, you will have engagement from your audience." - Shawn Mynar
Make Messaging Magic Waitlist - shawnmynar.com/copy
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your Business literally cannot exist without it. And yet so many coaches, practitioners and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off or not building an audience or not creating a connection based community, it all comes back to copy. So in this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I'm covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business even if you're not a quote unquote good writer. Today, we're going to focus on messaging and making sure that your message is magnetic to your dream clients. So stay tuned.
1:12 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:56 Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host. And I am grateful to have you here, we got a good episode in store all about Magnetic Messaging. This is also the third episode in the copy Crash Course series that I'm doing here on the show. So that means if you go back two episodes ago, that will be the first one in the series, which is 184 185 was last week. And this week is 186. And the third episode, make sure you listen to them all. I feel like we're now kind of at the place where if you listen to this episode, you may or may not have a really good idea of what we've been talking about, you can still listen to this one first. But if you take it out of context, and don't go back and listen to the first two of this series, you're not going to get the full picture. And it may not make as much sense. So listen to this one, then go back to 184. And then 185. And you will be up to date with the copy Crash Course series. Okay, we're gonna talk about messaging today. I've already mentioned this quite a few times in these past few episodes, and also have already had a few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur that we're dedicated to messaging. It's something we talk about a lot. And today we're diving into it even deeper, we're going big time here today. As I've said, I think this was in last episode, messaging is the ingredients of your copy. So before you can write, copy, really all you have to know your messaging, you have to get really super clear on that. If you don't, then it makes it way harder to write copy. And that might actually be if you feel like you're someone who deals with writer's block a lot in your business. Like if you're writing an email, if you're trying to build out your website, and you can't figure out what to put in the text section. Then the big reason behind that sense of writer's block is just because you're not clear on your messaging, yet you haven't done that step. It's like you're missing the ingredients like I kind of talked about last week, you're trying to throw together random ingredients to make a cake instead of knowing what's included following the recipe to a tee, and then that cake turns out. So it makes it way harder to write any words for your business if you haven't figured out your messaging yet, and it also is less effective. Again, things we've talked about in the past few episodes with your copy being boring or not having personality or edge not standing out not grabbing the attention of the people that you want to grab. That often comes back to a lack of messaging. So when we take the time to really figure this out and dial this in, and it is something that every business needs
5:00 It's also something that every different offer that you have in your business needs, when you take the time to really figure it out, then writing copy actually becomes pretty easy. And it's almost goes from like trying to pull out some words, pull out some writing into almost like fitting together a puzzle in a way, which is super fun, right. And it also gives you lots of ideas for content too. So again, if you're someone who struggles to figure out what to post on social media, what to write in a blog post, what to have is your podcast topics. Not knowing your messaging, not being super duper, duper clear on that is part of their problem there. And then as soon as you take the time to get that clarity, then all of a sudden you have this like overflow of our ideas. So you could basically never run out of ideas when you know your message. So really, really important stuff. Hope you have figured that out by now. And that is why we're going to take an entire episode of this copy Crash Course to go over this and what it really means to have good messaging and to have clear messaging. And then this is also something that is going to be a big piece of the upcoming workshop that I'm hosting for you all that is going to be where we really put the pieces together, we get all the details. And we actually formulate your messaging for your business. And you will also get access to the entire messaging workbook that I personally use in my business for every single offer that I have. And I will give that to you. And it's about 50 questions that will completely take the guesswork out of you trying to figure out your own messaging. And then by the time you are finished with those 50 questions in that workbook, you'll have so much more clarity and so many more ideas, and you'll be able to take exactly what you wrote in that workbook and put it into your copy, it becomes your copy, it fills the spaces where there needs to be text, it fills the captions, it fills the text boxes, it fills the emails. And there you go. Now you are really on a roll in creating the type of content that resonates with your people. And it all starts with this messaging work, it is the most valuable tool that you'll have in your business for the rest of your business. As soon as you learn how to do this. As I said, you're doing it for every iteration of your business. I've already done the messaging workbook three different times in my business over the past 12 months for three different offers, I go back to it over and over and over again. Of course, every time it gets easier, every time more clarity comes through different words or phrases or ways I want to say things come through that I know will resonate with my audience and business grows because of that clarity. So I'm going to be giving the details of that workshop to everyone on the waitlist very, very soon. And if you're not on the waitlist, you may or may not hear about it depending on how many people from the waitlist sign up, there's a certain number of spots, they are limited, I want this to be a small group experience. So you have to really be on the waitlist in order to make sure you get a spot and then I'll kind of take it from there and see if we have spots available, then I will potentially talk about it here on the show or potentially email it out to those of you who are on my email list, Shawnmynar.com/copy is where you get on that waitlist. And you will be the first to know when that workshop is going to happen. What is going to happen in the workshop, what you can expect what you'll get out of it. All that good stuff, Shawnmynar.com/copy to get on that, and I will of course, leave that in the show notes. So you can just click into the show notes and get that link. All right, let's dive in a little deeper into the definition of messaging. From a very basic perspective, it is what you say how you say it, and why you say it to connect with your dream client. We're not trying to talk to everyone. We're not trying to talk to anyone who will listen, we are specifically figuring out what to say how to say it and why to say it to the people that you want to work with to the people that need and want your help and the people most likely to connect with you. That is when we can really start building because we've gotten more specific
10:00 thick. And that's the goal of messaging. So that definition sounds still pretty vague. Probably, it's like, cool. Yeah, that does not help me at all, I'm already trying to say the right things. It's not working, I can't come up with stuff, here are some additional things to consider. First of all, getting out of your head, and into the hearts and minds of your dream clients. This is not about what you think you should say. And instead, it's what your clients need to hear. That is a very different lens. And this is quite honestly, what a lot of people aren't doing. And so this is where you really do have the opportunity to stand out and show your uniqueness and also show your authenticity and your realness because you are turning that lens from you. And to them to the hearts and minds of them. A lot of us come at our business with our heads, we're up in our head. And when you're up in your head, it's real hard to get in the hearts and minds of your clients. So we got to drop it down, take it out of ourselves, I wish you could see my hands right now, because they're all over the place. Take it out of you and put it into them, and then come at it from that angle, and it makes a world of difference. And then honing in on that a little deeper, it's zeroing in on the way they by that I mean your dream clients, think, speak, and act, what's important to them, what motivates them, what's bothering them, why they have a problem, why they can't fix their problem, what they've tried to fix their problem, what they expect, what they want, what their dreams are, and why they need you to get there.
12:09 So that is where we really start creating this message that no one else has gotten. No one else that they have seen and and heard about and looked at and looked into, has really gotten because they haven't dug that deep. They haven't gotten there. And when you do, it sets you apart. So then once you also have all of that, and you've really gotten clear on all of that about your dream clients, from their hearts and minds, then you also use their language, their language, their words, their phrases, as your messaging. So we have what they're thinking, feeling, saying. And then combine that with you with your authentic voice with what makes you unique. So it's the combination, this is just for messaging, in particular, the combination of how you speak, and how they think.
13:13 And doing so when you use their words, but in your unique voice and tone. That is where true connection is built. That is where trust is built, that is where rapport is created. And you have this bond, whether you know it or not, because they may just be in your audience and have never actually spoken to you. You have a bond with them. And that bond comes from this place of no one else fully, truly understanding them, except you, you want to be the one that comes to mind for them, of the person that really gets them. The guide, the coach, the practitioner, whatever it is the one that gets them. And when you have built that kind of relationship with your dream client, guess what the next step is to help them for them to get the help they need from you. And that is when you have a paying client. And another thing that happens as a byproduct of having a really good messaging and weaving it into everything you write all of your copy over and over again, is you get to a point where you're defining their problems better than they even can. You're talking about their goals and their dreams and their visions better than they can you are really actually putting words to something that they have felt that they have thought about that has been on their mind, but they've never been able to express or at least not to the degree that you are and when you can do that, that builds trust beyond anything else in
15:00 trust that you can help them solve it, trust that you can help them get there. Because if you can do that, if you can really create that picture for them, then you are naturally the person to go to, to make that a reality. So really, I guess that's just another example of the importance of having good messaging and why not great messaging or safe messaging, I guess we could even say, or just even not well thought out, messaging doesn't cut it, it will also take them it's an very emotional process. And all of your writing should be emotional in your business, because everything that your clients are going through, has an emotional component to them. And when you can take them on an emotional journey from where they are now experiencing whatever emotion they're experiencing, to this new emotion, maybe it's a sense of hope, of excitement for a new journey for a new reality, a new possibility. That is an emotional journey that goes beyond just words. And when you can use your words to take people into that place to let them feel something that is so powerful, powerful beyond measure. And, again, not something we can turn away from or shy away from in our businesses any longer. All right, so now that I've hopefully use my messaging to sell you on messaging, let's dive into the ingredients of good messaging, what you really need to consider and like I said, not enough time or space here to go through every single thing that you should be asking yourself and considering and diving into in your business to really establish your messaging. But this will give you a place to start. And then we'll do the actual work in the workshop coming up. Okay, first, your problem, which I like to call the Point A and Point A is where your dream clients are now. So that could be an unresolved issue, it could be a symptom or a set of symptoms a way they're feeling, it could be an unachieved outcome, or an unachieved goal could be an unfulfilled desire, whatever it is, there is a problem right now that your clients are experiencing, that they don't want to experience diving into the nitty gritty details, like getting into it, again, deeper than they have ever even really put into words. That is what we want to do. And it is absolutely 100% possible, you all have the ability to do that right now. Just with a little bit of encouragement and guidance on what the right questions to ask yourself are. The next step is the solution of the next ingredients, I should say, the solution. So that is the point be right now your dream clients are all at point a point B is where they want to be, it's with their goal achieved their dream or desire reached their symptoms improved or gone. It is what they want, it is the solution to the problem. So that is their point B. Now, most likely, the point B and this is really where we should probably get clear on this. Because if this is not happening in your business, you may need to go and reevaluate your offer and your services. But most likely that point B is what you're going to help them get to is is the whole point of what you do with your clients, right. So keep this specific to what you do for your people. So that point B is what they can expect, after they work with you what you will help them achieve. Because then this third piece, this third ingredient is the bridge. So the bridge is how they will get from point A to point B. And this is where your process your work comes into the picture. And the key here is really using the right words, phrases, techniques, whatever it is, whatever your approach is, describing that in a way that your dream clients can really see it can really understand it can really digest what is actually going to happen, why it's important, why it's necessary. And this is a big, big part of messaging that often gets lost in the picture because I think a lot of it is still being afraid to talk about what you offer to talk about what you do to talk about how you can help and so we kind of glaze over it or we get really step out and we get super general with
20:00 If it or you just because you don't know how else to talk about it, you just like lay it all out in very like analytical terms instead of figuring out what your dream clients need to hear in order to really digest it, to really grasp it. And that is different for everyone and every business. This is why you have to do this for yourself and figure out what is the best way to talk about the work that you do and why it's important. Beyond just like, here's what I offer, you get this many sessions or here's the my course there's this many modules are here's this group program that starts in a few weeks beyond that, and yes, you there's still room for that kind of talk to for the analytical side, and the analytical people that need to read that stuff. But we also still have to connect with that emotional side, and make that connection about the work that we do and why it's important and needed. That is the bridge, what gets them from point A to point B, then we have demographics, certain demographics will be a part of your messaging strategy. And it totally depends on what's important to help make that connection. And that specificity is it important to mention an age range to mention if they're a mom, or a dad or not a mom or not a dad, their marital status. You know, if you're coaching, divorced, single moms, then that demographic is important to talk about in your message and incorporate in so much of what you do. So the actual demographics of your dream client are important. And it's not all you don't have to just create a demographic just to create a demographic, if it's not necessary, don't include it, if it is necessary, include it and be loud about that specific demographic that you are working with. Okay, moving on to the fifth ingredient of your messaging. I call these connection points. So these are real life things that bring you into your dream clients world, and creates this visual of how you and your work would fit into their world. So it really is kind of bringing you to them. So for example, let's say your dream client is a busy mom whose mornings are super hectic, trying to get the kids out the door always forgets the lunchboxes and has regularly shown up at school drop off without having brushed her hair. So these are kind of like real life funny, very relatable things that happen to busy moms with hectic mornings trying to get their kids to school on time, putting yourself in that place. And you can do this, you should be doing this in your messaging and everything that you're creating for your business is putting these real life examples, these real things that happen to all of us into what you're saying to, again, to build that connection, but also just show your realness show that you're a human. And that, you know, you can relate to what they've been through what they're going through what it's like being in their life. And again, like I said, it really puts you into their world. And when you can get that kind of clear visual, again, you have built that trust that connection, that authority and loyalty to which obviously all of the above are needed necessary and great for your business success. The last ingredient of your messaging number six, your about you sort of call this section about you. Yes, there is a spot in your messaging to talk about yourself to a degree. I did talk in the last session about how a lot of coaches are accidentally unknowingly talking about themselves a little more than your dream clients want to hear. And not doing it on purpose. I know that you're not like self centered people by any means. But there is this sweet spot of sharing your story. What you've been through where you are now what got you there, what you learned along the way mistakes you've made. Those kinds of scenarios are great for that additional real talk for you showing your humaneness for establishing authority and expertise in what you do and how you got here and everything that you can help someone with that really
25:00 He does help your message a lot. It's just again, finding that sweet spot of sharing about yourself, while also keeping it about your audience, keeping it about your dream client. So it's always about you, as it relates to them, about you and bring it back to them quickly, as I mentioned in the last episode. So there is this spot, though, where you can and should get super clear on what part of your story what pieces of your story, do you want to include in your messaging? What mistakes, what defining moments, what journey you went on what things you tried, that didn't work, things you tried that did work, why you now do what you do, what you're passionate about what your values are, those things matter. And sharing bits and pieces of this kind of about you stuff, helps your dream clients see themselves in you. And when you have created again, that type of connection. It's this snowball effect, including everything else we've already talked about, where they're not going anywhere else, when they decide to take the next step, they are going with you and your work, because you have gotten to the point where you're now talking about their problems better than they can talk about their problems and talking about their dreams better than they can talk about their dreams and put into words things they've never been able to express. And you are officially in their hearts and minds. And that is when you have Magnetic Messaging. And how do you know when your messaging is magnetic? Well, you will have engagement in your business from your audience. So whether that's on social media, getting likes and comments, and shares, and sales, and all those things that people talk about all the time on social media, things like that in terms of engagement, but also, if people reply to your emails that you send out and say things like, oh, my gosh, I needed to hear this today. Or it's like you were in my head reading my mind. Thank you so much for this, if you get responses to your emails, then that is a sign that you're messaging for that email, at least, was onpoint really did what you wanted it to do. If you get people sending you DMS or messages or emails or just getting in touch with you, and inquiring about working with you. That's a sign that your messaging is on point, I actually had this. This week, she's probably listening. But someone messaged me a direct message on Instagram and said, Hey, I'm your dream client. So that was a really good indicator for me that my messaging is on point. Not only that, she messaged me, but that she knew already that she was my dream client. So that was pretty cool. So yeah, we're looking for engagement. And that's a sign that your messaging is working. Another sign is growth. Of course, that's what we're looking for, as business owners, to have our businesses grow, to have our audiences grow, to have the number of people we've helped grow, the number of clients grow, our income grow, all the things grow, right. So seeing growth in your business is a sign that you are getting that messaging down, which is great, great news. So keep it up. And just as a side note, before I get into this last sign, when you do start seeing this and you do start feeling confident in your messaging, a reminder that it doesn't end there, you will continue to refine. And like I've mentioned, I've revisited my workbook three times in the past year. It's something that you do for every offer. It's something that continues to grow and improve. As you grow as you expand as new things come to surface as you want to start talking about different things or just even as you get to know your dream clients better. Things change and evolve and your message will always evolve too. So just know that this is an ongoing process. Okay, and the last sign that your messaging is magnetic is connection if you are establishing real good solid business connections with your people so even if maybe they're not necessarily turning into paying clients yet, you are still having conversations and building authentic connections with people who are your dream clients. Now it's not the same as creating friendships with just people you happen to meet on Instagram or whatever it trust me. I've done a lot of that I will continue to do it. I love it. So my my best friends are Instagram friends, so nothing wrong with that but this is
30:00 different because we're talking about your business and your messaging for your business. So this is creating connections with future clients, that will down the road, be ready to work with you and do want what you have to offer and are really establishing. They're just people that need more time to make a decision. That's basically what it is. And they are still connecting with you regularly. So that's a sign that your messaging is on point. And then one last thing I want to talk about today is how to get your messaging. Because this really isn't, again, bringing it back to the beginning. It's not about what you think you should say, or what's coming from your head. It's coming from your dream clients and the hearts and minds of your dream clients. So then how do you figure out your messaging, if it's not something you're thinking up, and it comes down to research is actually a very analytical almost, I want to say, process of getting there of establishing this and getting really clear on it. So in the workshop, I'm going to talk about all the different research that you can and should be doing to get your messaging and I will give you instructions on how to do all of that. I can't go over all of it today. But there's two different sides. There's internal research, and there's external research. From an internal perspective, this is really coming from what you already know to be true about your dream clients, usually from past clients, what past clients have said, The words that they've used, where they've been, where they've gotten to testimonials you've gotten from your past clients, this also the internal research can also come from your own experience. So this is where it gets a little tricky, because it's like you're not using, you're not thinking up your messaging. But at the same time, you're using your own experience to get into the hearts and binds of your dream clients of them. So a lot of you the work that you're doing today with people is because of a past experience that you have or had in your own life. And then now you want to help people with something that you've been through. So you can take that past experience and put that into the frame of your dream clients to really piece out your messaging from your experience as well. So those are two places to start is think about your past clients. Even if you haven't had any clients yet, maybe you've had some practice clients, if through whatever coaching program you've been through, or even just have started doing some of the work that you want to do with clients on friends, family members, someone that you know, that has been through the experience that you want to take people through, start thinking about, and doing some research on words that they use what they say you can even interview them, if they're open to that, and and get some really solid research going that then you can organize out into your message. So that's a really great place to start. And if you have had a lot of clients a lot of experience, then probably a lot of your message is actually going to come from those experiences. So it's just a matter of putting on your researcher hat. And going through those client experiences, those testimonials, emails that you've sent back and forth, things that you remember from your sessions. Even if you recorded them if you have them on recording, you can go back and listen to them. Those kinds of things to Healy get their words, their phrases, and using those incorporating those in your message. Okay, I think I've given you enough to consider when it comes to your Magnetic Messaging. So we'll stop there for this episode. Just remember that I know right? Now, this might feel a little bit like out there, like, how the heck am I gonna do this? How do I organize all this? What What how do I know if I have messaging like what concrete thing can I have in front of me that says, This is my message. And that is why I created the workbook that you're gonna get in the workshop, that workbook will just become your guide. It will essentially be your reference manual for everything. So how I have it laid out is once you do that, once you complete the workbook and again, I have 50 questions that will guide you through the entire process. Once you've completed those 50 questions. That is your message. That is where you have really gotten clear on everything. Then
35:00 then you take that message, everything you just spent that time doing. And you literally plop it into your copy, I cannot think of a better word to say, besides plop, you're gonna plop it into your copy. And then you have really good copy. Because not only do you have your messaging all figured out super clear, but then you also have the foundations of good copy to then combine the two. And you don't have to worry about it. You know, it's good, because you did the right work. So that is the whole point and goal of this workshop. And what we'll do together live. So again, details coming out superduper soon, Shawnmynar.com/copy to get on that list. All right, my friends. While we have at least one more episode in the copy it crash course series coming out next week, maybe two, but at least one more. So be on the lookout for that. And until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is, I'll see you over there
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not. Bookkeeper, accountant, administrative, manager, visionary, creative, social media expert, marketer…and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not, want to or not, love it or not, if want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners, and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience, and not creating a connection-based community. It ALL comes back to copy. In this Copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a “good writer,”. Today, we’re talking about some of the most common mistakes you’re making in your copy, and simple fixes you can start making today, so stay tuned.
“Your messaging drives your specificity… Specificity breeds clarity and you need clarity to drive that person to take the next step.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you have boring vanilla copy, you get lost in the sea. You don’t make any waves and you won’t get the kind of attention and interest and engagement that you deserve.” - Shawn Mynar
“Personality-packed copy wins every singe time. Every time.” - Shawn Mynar
“Nothing that you write in your business is about you including your ‘About me’ page in your website… it is about your dream client.” - Shawn Mynar
“No amount of amazing, great, wonderful copy is going to keep your momentum if you decide to ghost your business… so you need to be consistent.” - Shawn Mynar
Write Good Copy Waitlist - shawnmynar.com/copy
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not, bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your Business literally cannot exist without it. And yet so many coaches, practitioners and other small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought, and then they're stumped when their business is struggling to take off. When they're not building an engaged audience. When they're not creating a connection based community, it all comes back to copy. In this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I'm covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you're not technically a quote unquote good writer. In this episode, we're talking about some of the most common mistakes you might be currently making in your copy and simple fixes you can start making today, so stay tuned.
1:10 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:54 Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here grateful for your support. As always, it really truly does mean so very much to me. All right, we are heading into the second episode of the copywriting Crash Course series that I'm doing here on the show. So if you haven't listened to last week's episode, no big deal. You don't need it for this episode, necessarily. But do make sure you go back and check it out after you're done with this one because it will start coming together and making sense if you get the full experience. Today, we're talking about mistakes. And these are not just like things I'm pulling out of the air or things I'm just assuming are happening or things other people are saying are happening. These are legitimate things that I am seeing in the space that we are here are all in in this coaching wellness service provider type space, I know it because I see it, I look at your websites, I look at your social media posts, I am part of your newsletters, I am in the space. And this is what I am seeing. And I want to share this with you not to make you feel bad about your copy because you don't know any different. And when you were writing the copy you were doing the best that you could do. But to give you some ideas of where you can enhance some things, change some things up, do some simple tweaks to improve your copy. And of course along the way, learn. And this is part of the entire process of being an entrepreneur of being a small business owner doing this thing is that you just keep learning and growing. And as you learn and grow which is like this daily experience, then you do better and you keep improving and you keep evolving. And then is this ever growing ever changing cyclical process of business? That's what we're going to do today. I do want to let you know an update. The copy for coaches workshop that I promised you in the last episode is coming up there is a waitlist at Shawnmynar.com/copy CLP why that is where you will get the details of this workshop. It's a live workshop, you me some of your friends, we're all going to get together. And it is a work shop. It's not a webinar. It's not a masterclass it's not something you can just kind of have playing in the background and sort of listen to when you want to. It is a workshop and it is designed to greatly greatly improve and enhance your copywriting skills, your messaging and your brand voice so that you are clearly communicating to the right people and creating a connection with those people through your work.
5:00 And when you do that, you start selling more things. It's that simple, right? So we got to start there, we got to go back to the basics and really actually learn the basics, probably for the first time, intentionally learning the basics, so that you can grow and evolve and enhance this part of your business, which will grow the rest of your business 100%. So if you want to stay in the know and get the updates on that and get first dibs at a spot to the workshop, it will be capped at the number of attendees. As always, I want this to be an intimate group, I want it to be a workshop where we're going back and forth, we're doing we're sharing, we're asking questions, we're doing all this stuff. So it will be intimate. And this is your chance to get in on that before anyone else knows about it. So Shawn mynar.com/copy will be your place for that. Let's get into some of these mistakes. Now, as I'm talking about these, I really want you to come at this with a very open mind and a very clean slate. And being willing to look at your work and look what you have out there. From this objective place to where you can see from an outsider's perspective, if some of this might be going on. I feel like when we have created content for our business, we're rightfully so very protective of it, very proud of it. And you should be pleased. Absolutely, that does not change or go away here. But again, we can always improve, I just rewrote, like 80% of the copy in my entire business. I've just done it spent the past few months doing that. And it's way better. And I'm really proud of it. But it's not that like, what it was before wasn't good, or I wasn't proud of it. Or now I'm like embarrassed of it or anything. It's just I'm evolving. And I My business is evolving. And it will forever be doing that. And the same thing goes for you and your business. So please take what I'm saying with this, like objective sense of like, can I see how this is playing out in my business? And my copy instead of being like, oh, no, I'm not doing that. Like, I don't need to worry about that. I'm not doing that. Because, again, I'm not making this stuff up. This is what I am seeing. And to be totally honest, seeing the amount of this kind of stuff that we're going to talk about today was a big driving reason why I started really diving into copywriting and doing the courses and doing the work to get certified so that I could help you guys with this stuff. Because I'm seeing it I'm it's like everywhere. It's it's rampant. And I really want to change that for you. Because it really does make a huge difference in your business. All right, number one, your copy isn't specific enough. And I've talked about this many times here and various episodes of the show. But it needs to be said again, because
8:09 the what really happens, I think is there's a couple things. First of all, we're worried that if we get too specific, then we end up excluding people that we ultimately would want to help or would work with. But when you stay too general, then you exclude everybody. Because no one actually understands and gets what you do and who you work with and how it can help them. And so that idea of not wanting to exclude people, by being too specific, is actually doing the exact opposite of what you're trying to do what you're trying to not have happen, I guess. So that's the first thing. And then I think the second thing is that you just have not spent nearly enough time, energy and effort to really dive into your messaging. Your messaging drives your specificity, and we talked about this last week, but I will remind you, it's like think of your messaging as the ingredients of a recipe. So let's say I want to bake a cake. I can throw some flour in some butter some I don't know what else is in cake, I don't really eat cake. But I can throw some ingredients in at random and hope it works. And that's what you're doing if you haven't taken the proper care for your messaging. Or I can know the exact right amounts of every single ingredient. I can know how much flour how much sugar how much butter, I can know that this works in with in the altitude. This doesn't work in altitude. I can make all these adjustments I can add chocolate chips, I can add berries as these options
10:00 Since, but I know exactly what I need in order to make the perfect cake. And that is what happens when you have really dialed in your messaging. And guess what? Okay, so let's just think about this, how much more confident are you in the results of your cake, and how it's going to taste and how it's going to look how good it's going to be how much you're going to enjoy it, you know, that cake is going to be awesome, because you follow the ingredients, you followed the recipe. If you're just winging it, and you're throwing some stuff in and you have no idea if it's the right stuff, and you're just gonna put it in and hope for the best. Your competence level is like 5050 At the very best and might even be less than that, your cake could actually turn out. But more than likely, your cake is not going to be very good, you might pull it out of the oven, and it is flat. It's hard, it's too sweet. It's too salty, it just doesn't taste good. It didn't work, right. So think about that confidence level of having that exact recipe, those exact ingredients versus just winging it and hoping for the best, big difference in competence. And I think we can all agree, we'd love a little bit more competence when it comes to our businesses overall. But even just talking about our offers, whether those offers are free or paid, we'd all just love a little more competence. And that messaging will get you there. So we got a little messaging tangent, let's bring it back to your copy not being specific enough. So when it's not specific, it's not clear pacifist, it breeds clarity, and you need clarity, to get that person to take the next step, whatever that next step is, again, we're not always talking about a paid offer here, it could just as easily be checking out your website or going to your blog post or signing up for your freebie or Yeah, purchasing a big coaching package from you, all of the above. We need to think about that in every single thing. We are trying to communicate with our people. So when it's not clear, it's automatically a no. Okay, when it is not clear, it's automatically a no, and your lack of specificity makes it not clear, when the reader can't see themselves in your copy. It's not specific enough, if they don't know for sure with 100% certainty that you are talking to them than it's not specific enough.
12:50 And this also brings into the conversation, the topic of emotions, because a lack of specificity also means lack of emotion, and copy in your business is incredibly emotional, it should bring up the good emotions and the emotions or trying to avoid the frustration, the anger, the overwhelm the confusion, whatever it is that your client is currently going through on an emotional level, your copy the words that you are using in your business should bring that up. And not like we want them to feel even more frustrated than before they started reading something from us. Not that but just more. So a reminder of where they are, what they're experiencing. And that there's a way out, there is another path. And then on the same token, even in the same set of copying the same social media posts or whatever you're doing, you're also bringing up the emotion that is possible for them. The excitement, the hope, the happiness, the joy, the peace, whatever it is that they are in search of. Like I think we all would love to make people a little bit happier, a little bit more peaceful, give them hope, make them excited. That's why we're coaches. And if we have the ability to do that by working with them, then we want to make sure they know that we want to really let them truly experience what it will be like when they are done working with us. When that problem is solved, that symptom is gone, whatever it is that you do. So really the fix here is to talk directly and I say talk because this is something we're gonna get into later in this series. But writing copy is very much like talking to your bestie that's how we want to approach it. And so when I say
15:00 Write people like, I have to write something. But if I just say, talk or chat or whatever, then it has this different kind of mindset around it. And it makes more sense to those who are scared of writing or don't like writing whatever the case may be. So again, talk directly to the needs, wants, problems, symptoms, goals, desires, struggles, and fears of your dream client, speak to it all really paint the picture of, here's where you are. And it doesn't have to be this way. There is hope. There is another way way, here's where you could be, here's how you can get there. And this is how your life could look, this is how things will change. It's that point A to point B narrative. And again, it doesn't have to be like poking the bear poking this problem they have, it's not that it is done with compassion, and understanding and care. And also, there's another way there's a solution, you don't have to be stuck here. Let me guide you towards your next step to where you want to be. It really can be done with a very compassionate, caring
16:25 lens. And that's what we're going for in our copy. All right, number two, your copy is boring. Sorry, I love you all. So very much, your copy is boring.
16:39 It's very vanilla. And in today's world, it very much needs to be like double chocolate fudge with peanut butter swirls, and cookie chunks kind of energy. That's what we're looking for. With your copy. Right now. It's vanilla. And that doesn't cut it. You just there is this. And I think we can all agree, fire hose of content out there. Right now we are all in the middle of a firehose of constant content coming our way. There are masses of coaches out there, which is great, there are still plenty of clients for you to work with. Everyone needs a coach, this world would be a better place if everyone had someone they could talk to, and someone to guide them to what they want. So don't let that scare you that there are tons of coaches out there. But there are and that's the reality. And with that means that if you have a boring vanilla copy, you get lost in the sea, you don't make any waves, and you won't get the kind of attention and interest and engagement that you deserve. You deserve the engagement for the work that you are doing and the content that you are putting out. But it's going to keep coming up with nothing and you're gonna get more and more frustrated by all this content you're creating, and it's not doing anything, or reaching anybody or all this stuff, we can complain about the algorithm all day long, that's fine. But you know what, if you have double chocolate fudge with peanut butter, swirl and cookie chunks copy, then you're gonna get noticed. And that's what we want. That's what happens when you put some spice in your copy. And what it really takes is just caring, just spending a little bit more time with the words you're using time and intentionality go a long way. Everything we're going to talk about in this series will help what we'll be doing in the workshop is going to change everything for you. So don't worry, we'll get there for sure. But one thing that I think is really important to know about boring copy is that the reason that it's boring is usually because there's no personality to it. And I know you all have great personalities, but you're not putting that into the words that you are using for your business. And it might be because you feel like it's a business. I'm a coach, I need to showcase my authority, and my knowledge and my skill and be professional and be polished and be perfect. So I need to make sure I'm saying the right things, which if I were to put my personality into it, then that would go out the window because I actually like to make jokes and I swear all the time. And I'm actually not really that serious at all. I'm always kind of being goofy, or whatever the case may be for your personality. And I think that it may seem like if you put your personality into your copy that it's going to downplay the professionalism, but what is really doing is making it so you sound like everyone else.
20:00 And when you sound like everyone else, you're not getting anywhere, because everyone sounds like that. So there's nothing interesting or different or exciting about you, there's nothing that makes people say, oh, yeah, that's the person that does this thing, or always says this or always makes me laugh. When I read their social posts or their emails, you lose that thing that makes you unique. And you do have that thing. We all have it. And that uniqueness, that personality is what keeps people reading. And that's really the ultimate goal. We want people to read our emails to read our social media posts to check out our websites, to look at our freebie and download it. We want people to stay engaged, we want people to read to communicate to connect with us. And that doesn't happen if you sound like everyone else. It happens when you show up as you personality packed copy wins every single time, every time. And so like I said, one of the best things that you can do is write like you talk, like casually talk not like you're on stage, it's giving some presentation. But right like you casually would have this conversation with a friend, write that out. And if you don't know if you're doing that or not read your work out loud. So write it out. Let's say you're writing an email to your list, and you're done. And you're about to send it before you do read it out loud. And see if it sounds like what you would say out loud to a friend or to a client you feel really comfortable with. That's how you know that you are writing personality, packed copy, versus boring vanilla copy, that is one really great way. And then another thing is to make sure that you are and this kind of happens naturally when you do this, when you are writing, like you're talking to your best friend. But you use words that you say, and you use a cadence like you would speak. In my real life as I speak. I don't always speak in complete sentences. I speak in fragments sometimes, especially to like bring home a point. So I do that in my copy. I say um, and so a lot like an elongated um, or so is how I speak IRL. So I put that in my copy. If I do some things like a little aside, like I would say just kind of under my breath or just a little quieter, I put it in either parentheses or in italics, like a little aside. And you pick that up when you're reading it too. And it becomes a conversation. And that is a whole different ballgame for your business. And that is what makes you unique. That's what gets people excited when your name pops up in their inbox, or as they're scrolling social media and keeps them reading keeps them engaged and eventually gets them to take the next step with you. Okay, number three, you're making your copy about you. This is something that I think a lot of people are like, No, I'm not or I'm, I was told I was supposed to share my story. Yes. And also, it's not really about you. Nothing that you write in your business is about you, including your about me page on your website. Crazy, right? It says about me, but it's not about you. It is about your dream client. And even your about page on your website is who you are and what you do as it relates to your dream client. Yes, you can share personal stories, you can share mistakes, you've made journeys, you've been on lessons, you've learned all that stuff. But only if your dream client will be able to see themselves in that story. And that you make sure you bring it back to your dream client directly, quickly. So this is where having a longer story and really playing it out. And yes, it totally relates to your dream client and a you it's something that you went through that is similar to what they're going through. So they can see themselves in your story and all that stuff. Yes. But if it's too long, and you're not bringing it back to them quickly, they'll lose interest, even if it relates to them because we all as human beings are selfish or self centered. We care about us as we should. And yes, we like to hear about other stories and things like that, but when
25:00 We're in the thick of a problem. And we need to find a solution than we need it to be about us. And that's totally okay and understandable. But consider that as someone who is talking to another human wanting to help them, keep them at the center of it all, even on your about page. And I'll probably get some pushback here. Because first of all, you're told to share stories and anecdotes and lessons and mistakes. And yes, I do that too. You guys see me do it all the time. I do it here on the show, too. But I do it in my emails and social media all over the place. So yes, like I said, you can and should do that it is really important to create that sense of relatability. And like your show your humaneness, that it's also really important to establish that connection, and also your authority, like you've been through it, or you've helped other people through it or something like that. So authority input is important in those stories as well. But again, it's gotta come back to the reader, quickly, quickly. So use those anecdotes as a way to establish an even deeper relationship to that person, and then clearly state, what it has to do with them. Why that story matters to them why that mistake matters to them, why they should care. Keep it about them, it makes a huge difference. And as a quick tip, this is actually something I saw in an email I received a couple of weeks ago from someone in this general space, general coaching, online business space. And in that email, it was actually a sales email. So an enrollment email for a coaching program. I counted and there were 27 I and me, written and 12. You and your so if you want to know if you're talking too much about yourself, count your eyes and me's and use and yours. And you and yours should always be way more than the eye and me. I hope that makes sense. It's kind of hard to say this out loud. So keep tabs on the count of the times you're using. I and me versus you and your and make sure you and yours always way more. Okay, I'm going to try to get through the next too quickly because my voice is threatening to go. I did a hike this morning. That was extremely, extremely cold. I think it's the coldest hike I've been on. So far this winter. And that cold dry air that is Colorado and breathing it in heavily. Always makes me want to lose my voice. So I should not have scheduled to do this after that. But here we are. Number four, your copy is pushy. Most of us have a fear of being pushy and salesy and annoying and all that stuff that we have around selling quote unquote selling. But the funny thing is that because you haven't learned how to write good copy, what you do right comes across as pushy, or salesy. And this is obviously not intentional. But what it really comes down to is that you simply haven't learned how else to try to, quote unquote, convince someone because I do not like using that word. And that's not what we're doing with ethical copywriting. But you don't know how else to convince someone to do something. That's the only thing that you know, that's the only resource you have. Because that's how a lot of the rest of the world works. And a lot of other things we do in life work. If we're trying to get your kid to put the laundry in the hamper, then you might be a little pushy when you're trying to do that. So that's just our kind of our natural way. And so when it comes time to promote a paid offer or promote a freebie, you're saying things like, Hey, you should totally buy this thing or download it or listen to it. You'll love it. I promise. Trust me, it's so great. Here's what you're you'll get it's, it's really it's awesome. You should you should totally get it. I know you're not actually saying that. But this is my example just off the top of my head. And I know that you do more than that, but it comes with the same kind of sentiment. But if you were to really take the time and intention to connect with your people on a deeper level, by being specific, by drawing out a motion by painting a picture for them and infusing it all with your personality, everything we've talked about today, and then all you're doing is putting enough
30:00 front of them an offer to take them to the next best step for them. That's all you're doing. And it doesn't feel pushy or sleazy or salesy or annoying or any of those things, and it comes across way better for your people than what you're doing now. Because as much as you don't want to be those things, when you don't know what else to say, and you haven't put the time and intention into your messaging, and learning, like the general rules of copywriting, and writing, good, intentional, compassionate copy, then that's what you get, even though you don't want it to be that and you're really trying hard not to be that by way of not knowing another thing to do or say, that's what happens. So just remember to always lead with the transformation, you are in the business of providing a transformation of some sort, everyone's is different. So getting clear on that transformation, like crystal crystal, crystal clear on that transformation. And speaking to that, over and over and leading with that, because that is where your dream clients experience transformation as well. And that is the whole goal here. So really continue to lead with that. And then there is no need to say, here's this thing, you should download it, you'll totally love it, I trust me, I promise, it'll be so great. And again, not that you're doing that. But in a roundabout way, I see a lot of that. All right, last one, you are not writing enough copy. So there's a few different meanings to this, we're going to go over them both. First of all, you need to write, copy, powerful, good copy regularly in your business, because no amount of amazing, great, wonderful copy is going to keep your momentum if you decide to ghost your business. So what I'm really saying here is you need to be consistent, you can't lack consistency, and have good copy and expect that good copy to carry you. So they go hand in hand. Keep in mind and continue to remind yourself of this that the vast, vast, vast majority of people need to hear from you multiple times before they're going to take the next step before they're going to take action. Even if that action is standing up for a freebie, they need to hear it over and over again. And even if your copy is incredible, and amazing, and connective and emotional and all these things that we're talking about in this series, it still needs to happen on repeat in order for that person to take action. Very rarely does it happen on the very first time and especially not if it's a paid offer. And of course, once you are more confident in your copywriting, which is what we're doing here, it's going to be so much easier to write for your business to continue connecting with them and to do so regularly. And the more copy you write, the better you get. It really is one of those things where if you just keep doing it, especially once you know the basics, once you have the process down and you know what you're really after, it's just gets better and better and better, the more you do it. So then the second meaning of this you're not writing enough copy is that you're not writing enough copy on each piece of content. So your emails are too short, your sales pages are too short, there's almost nothing on your freebie landing pages, your websites are barren. And I think this comes from a few different places. First of all, not knowing what to say or how to say it or, you know, really even knowing if it's worth your time to write more on your website or on your sales pages or whatever. And they're also having this belief that people aren't going to read it anyway. They don't want to take the time to read long sales pages or long emails, or anything like that. So why bother? I need to keep it short and sweet. So I think there's a combination of that going on for a lot of you. And so of course, the big question here then is well, how long do they need to be then, John, tell me tell me the exact amount of characters I need to fight on my sales page on my landing page in my emails, and I'll do it. Well, obviously, you know this is coming. It depends. It depends. But really the answer is this as long as it takes to coach the reader into taking the action you want them to take. So if it's an email, and you want them to go listen to your podcast episode, then you're going
35:00 To write the number of words that it takes to really showcase the transformation that will happen when they listen to that episode. Yes, you are even going down as deep as figuring out the before and after have them before listening to the episode, and after listening to the episode. So that means what they're going to learn how they're going to be able to implement it into their lives, what's going to change because of that, why it's so valuable.
35:33 It's the transformation. And so that could be by way of a story, it could be by way of just setting the stage of where they're at. Now, without this information, it could be setting the stage, after they have this information and how they can get there is by way of your podcast episode, there's a lot of things you can do. But your email needs to be as long as it needs to be to convey that message, to share that to provide that experience, and then get them on the way to their next step. That's it, there is no hard and fast rule. Same thing goes with a sales page, the same thing is goes with your website, which on your website, it's very much about continuing to take more actions on your website. So going to the about page, going to the Services page, getting on your email list by way of a free resource, listening to your podcast finding you on social media, there's a lot of things, a lot of actions you want people to take from your website, but you have to have the messaging and the copy there to take them on that journey, they're not going to do it themselves. So that requires more words than you are probably using right now. And the thing is, when that's what you're doing, what's happening is you're keeping your dream clients in limbo. They're not making a decision one way or the other. When you have enough copy, when you have enough words, when you've really created that message and that space for them to take the next step, well, then they have to make a decision. Yes, I want to go listen to this podcast episode, or No, I don't. If it's just this little blurb about what you're talking about and your episode, then it's up, I'm just not going to think about this at all, I'm not going to make a decision one way or other, I'm going on to the next thing in my inbox, the next thing in my life. But if you provide enough information, by way of your message, then you get them to a place where they can make the best decision for themselves. And that's what we really want to do here. What we don't want is to just keep them in this limbo, because then you're not getting anywhere with anyone, even if it is a no, that's way better than limbo. And then just to briefly touch on the assumption that a lot of people have out there, that people won't read it, they don't want to read long things don't have time to read long things. So why bother? Because I know that's how a lot of people feel. That couldn't be further from the truth. There are actually a lot of people out there that need that many words, to get to the point where they can make a decision. And we're going to talk about the four different types of decision makers in the workshop, and how to write for all four. But a lot of those people are people that read every word, even no matter how long it is, they will read every word and they need to read every word before they feel comfortable making a decision one way or the other. So long form sales pages, speak to those people. If the sales page is too short, you've lost them. They are exiting out, they don't have enough information to make a decision one way or the other. And yes, there are absolutely those people too, who just kind of skim through, read the headlines, read the subheads and can make a decision from there. Those people exist as well. But they are used to skimming, they are okay with that. And so now you've appealed to both people, you have thought about those people and cared for both of them by way of one sales page, because you've made it long enough for the people who need to read every single word to make a decision. And you still have made the space for those people who just skim and again, these are things we're going to get into in a lot more detail in the workshop. But when you rather not exclude one big chunk of the population in these types of decision makers, that's important. So you need to use the right amount of words to clearly communicate and connect and create an emotional experience. Create a journey for your peace
40:00 For your readers, so they can make an educated decision one way or the other, instead of just acting out and never thinking about it again, that is how long your copy needs to be. So that could be 10 words, that could be 10,000 words, there is no hard and fast rule. I will go over some guidelines though in the workshop that you can use, but no hard and fast rule. Okay with that, I am going to end here before I completely lose my voice. And we'll be back next week with another episode of the copy Crash Course series. And don't forget Shawnmynar.com/copy to get on the waitlist. For the workshop. I don't have an exact date set. But I will tell you, it's going to be in the beginning of March 2023. So only a few weeks from now if you're listening to this close to when air so it's not like it's like, forever in the future. It's coming up quick. I just have to solidify some a few things and I'll have that date set and then as soon as I do, I will send an email to everyone on the waitlist, you get first dibs if you want to be there if you want to save your seat before I offer it to someone else. Okay, so with that head over there, get on the list and I will see you in the next episode for another copy Crash Course. Until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not. Bookkeeper, accountant, administrative, manager, visionary, creative, social media expert, marketer…and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not, want to or not, love it or not, if want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners, and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience, and not creating a connection-based community. It ALL comes back to copy. In this Copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a “good writer,” so stay tuned.
“Once you learn the skills, then it just become second nature… Learn the process, learn the psychology, learn the strategy and learn everything that’s involved in copywriting.” - Shawn Mynar
“Take the time to learn something that is so incredibly important and really pivotal for you to have a successful business.” - Shawn Mynar
“Copy is your sales person… Your words are that powerful in your business.” - Shawn Mynar
“Using the right words in your business by way of your copy is the thing that generates revenue for your business.” - Shawn Mynar
“Just by your words you are going to show your dream clients what’s possible… You have the power to show them all of that and get them excited about that just by way of your words.” - Shawn Mynar
Write Good Copy Waitlist - shawnmynar.com/copy
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a whole bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not, bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative, social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write, copy, your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet so many coaches, practitioners and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought. And then they're stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off or they're not building an audience, or they're not creating a connection based community. And it all comes back to copy. So in this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I'm covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you're not a quote unquote good writer, so stay tuned.
1:11 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:55 Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host here on the show in every episode, it's me and you. So happy to have you here and grateful for your support of this show. We're getting into the good stuff, I have been waiting a couple months now to record these episodes and to do this podcast series, all around copywriting, and having good copy in your business because we all need it. There is no other way. There's no way around, having good copy and the difference that it makes in your business and for your business growth. So we're gonna do a whole podcast series, I don't know how many episodes is going to be yet I would say at least four, all around writing good copy for your small business. Even if you don't consider yourself a good writer, or you don't feel like you're good at marketing or you don't feel comfortable selling, or all these weird stories that we have in our heads around that side of our businesses, we're going to cut through that and find out what it actually takes to really, really upgrade your copywriting skills. So that is the plan for this series. Be sure to check them all out from this episode for at least the next four to really get the full picture of what you can do in your business. Today. This episode, we're going to start with the basics and just really dive into a good solid understanding of what copy and copy writing even is because what I have come to find out is that not a lot of you even really know or understand what those words are and how they fit into the big picture of your business. So let's start there first, a very basic definition of copy and copywriting. So, copy is the written content that aims to increase brand awareness and ultimately prompt a person or group to take a particular action. So that is the definition of copy may say it again, written content that aims to increase brand awareness and ultimately prompt a person or group to take a particular action. That is copy and you will find that obviously copywriting is a very similar definition. copywriting is the process of writing words intended to prompt a specific action by the reader. So copywriting is the process of writing copy. And this is where I just make the overarching disclaimer that I am not talking about copyright
5:00 NCOPY r i g h t, not that little circle with the C in it, that protects your content. That is not what I'm talking about here. That's a totally different version of essentially the same word. But we are not talking about that here. So now that we know these definitions, then we know that copy is written content, that is essentially guiding someone to take an action. So there are three main actions that we're going to talk about here. Those actions are to become a lead. So that would be for instance, someone happens upon your website, and they become a lead by signing up for your newsletter getting your freebie, that kind of thing, they are now in your orbit, instead of just being a passerby, on your website, just someone that comes on clicks, reads a couple words and leaves, and then never thinks about you again. So the goal really with website copy, then I mean, there's a lot of goals. And we'll get into more of this in detail when we talk specifically about websites. But one of the goals of a website copy is to turn a cold visitor into a lead. And that would be someone who is now on your email list or listening to your podcast or following you on social media. So they've taken another action,
6:31 there's also to become a buyer. So obviously, this is when maybe someone on your email list or someone that listens to your podcast, or watches your YouTube channel or something like that then takes the action to pay you for your products or services. So they become a buyer, and what prompts them, what encourages them, what guides them through that process are your words, what you're saying in your email, or what you're writing in your social media caption, or what you have on your website, or on your sales page or your landing page. It's the words that guide them to do that. And then there's one more type of action to take that I don't think most people specifically spotlight but I do want to, because I think it's really important. And that is the opportunity to take an action to become a repeat buyer. So what are you doing? What are you saying? What are you writing to the people that have purchased something from you once to get them to purchase something else, or purchase again from you or take the next step with you and go from, you know, a DIY product to a one on one coaching package. So the opportunity to guide someone to become a repeat buyer. So those are the three main actions that we're talking about when we discuss the main contributions that your copywriting will do for you, which as you can see is basically everything in your business to get new fresh eyes on you to get those eyes to become leads. And to get those leads then to become buyers. That is business in a nutshell, right? So really important. And from there, we can also then see where you're currently writing copy in your business, whether you've ever thought about it that way or not. Whether you realize it or not, whether you like it or not, you are writing copy in your business, on your website, on every page of your website, it should be very intentional, well thought out strategic copy, which I hardly ever see at least in this space that I tend to fall into which is wellness coaches and practitioners and experts. That kind of thing. I'm not seeing that intentional, well thought out strategic copy on your website, but it shouldn't be there. It should definitely be a big piece of your business and where you're putting your copy and your thought into that. Your emails, all the emails that you send. Now, even if you are writing an email that's not specifically saying hey, sign up for this program, hey, sign up to work one on one with me, even if that email is not specifically intended for that purpose. With that conversion in mind. It still is part of the overarching process, you are still in that role of warming them up to make that move to take the next step. So it still is copywriting Okay,
10:00 So all your emails, your social media captions, again, even if you're not saying, hey, sign up for this freebie, which just good copy would never just outright say that, just as a little side note there. But even if the goal is not to explicitly talk about your freebie and get that person from, you know Lurker into lead,
10:24 you are still in the process of warming them up to eventually take the next step. So you're still writing copy all of your landing pages, your thank you pages, your sales pages, obviously, your webinars, your video and audio scripts, even your blog posts. So pretty much all of the writing that you're doing for your business, which I know for me, I'd never expected to write as much as I do, as a business owner did not really consider that when I was getting into this role. And now writing I mean, I do also love it. And it is something that I want to do more of, not only in my business, but for other businesses as well. Hint, hint, but it's a lot. There's a lot of writing involved. And it should all be intentional, well thought out strategic copywriting. And to be totally, completely honest with you. I don't think there's very many of you listening right now, I'm sure there are some, but I don't think there's very many of you that can competently raise your hand and say, Yes, I have really thought about my copywriting I have really upgraded my writing skills. And I can honestly truly say that everything I write is intentional, strategic, and well thought out, because that's not really where our head goes, usually. And I think also, there's a lot of this misnomer that that's all going to take a lot of time and energy and effort and you don't have it. So you're just going to throw something up in the captions, and not ever think about it again. And that's false, too. It's more so once you learn the skills, then it just becomes second nature. But we haven't even learned the skills yet. And we're it's like we're trying to ride a bike when we haven't even learned how to walk. And so we need to kind of take it back a notch. Learn what we're supposed to be confusing in there, learn the process, learn the psychology, learn the strategy, learn everything that's involved in copywriting, which is much more than just salesy words, it's not actually salesy words at all, which we'll find out in a little bit.
12:37 But really taking that time to learn something that is so incredibly important, and really pivotal for you to have a successful business. It's like a non negotiable, and yet so many people have glazed over it. Not anymore, not here, because we're committed to doing the right things for our businesses and the success of our businesses around here. All right, now we're gonna go over some other definitions of copy some things that I want you to consider to basically get you on board with making this a priority in your business. First copy is your salesperson. And how nice is that, and how powerful is that your words are and will be that powerful in your business. And what's really nice about this is if you don't love, kind of like selling on the fly, and if you feel kind of uncomfortable with that, and that doesn't really like vibe with you, Hey, let your copy do the heavy lifting. That is what it is, therefore, that is what it will do. And if it's good copy, it will do it really, really well. So you really don't have to do or say anything, you can sit back and let the writing that you did do the work for you. So using the right words, in your business, by way of your copy, of course, is the thing that generates revenue for your business, the right words, in your business, generate revenue. You can't say that about a fancy website design or a logo or these social media templates that have your brand colors on them. You can't say that about those things. It's the words that do it. It's the words on that website. It's the words in that social media post that guide that person to take the next step and become a paying client. All right, next copy is your message in the way that your dream client needs to hear it. Ooh,
15:00 This is so good. This is so good. This is all we need to say we can just forget it all this is it, just do this and your golden copy is your message in the way your dream clients need to hear it. Just by your words, you are going to show your dream clients, what's possible, you're going to get them excited about the possibility of something different for themselves a life with a resolution to their problem, or their goals achieved, or their dreams realized. You have the power to show them all of that and get them excited about that. Just by way of your words. Like that is cool, cool stuff, is it not. And this also goes to show something important that is going to get into my next point here quite nicely, which is that copywriting is not about using words to sell. It's using words to coach and I had such a lightbulb moment as I was going through my copywriting certification when we talked about this, because this is huge for people like us who naturally fall into the role of coach or helper or healer or guide, someone like that where you know, you want to help others. And so a lot of times we shy away from this selling aspect of what we do. And it obviously hinders our ability to help the people we want to help. But when you can see that the words that you are using in your copy are really just there to support and guide and coach people into making the best decision for themselves. That takes on a whole new meaning because you're already a coach more than likely or see yourself in that way to some degree. So now if you just take those same skills that you do with your clients, and infuse them into your copywriting, to help someone make the best decisions for themselves, which is what you're already doing, as a coach with your clients, then what changes, what would change if that is how you took on the role of copywriting in your business. So let's always remember, that copy is a coaching tool. That's all it is a coaching tool, as a coach, it is your job to be a guide, and to guide your clients on a path towards what they want. And that's exactly what you're doing through your copy. You're coaching them to take the next best step for them towards something better for themselves. Is that not so cool? And don't you want to infuse that in all of the writing that you are doing for your business? I mean, wow, I don't know. Maybe it's just me, I think that is a really cool thing. And something that takes it to a whole new level with a whole new purpose. In least my business and hopefully for you too.
18:25 All right, a few things. That copy is not first, I think we may have gotten this already, but let me just remind you, good copy and the word good is in front of there for a reason. Good copy is not salesy, sleazy pushy marketing tactics. That's not what we're doing here.
18:51 Good copy is actually incredibly empathetic, kind, caring, and feel good, you know, and it infuses your personality. So it could be funny. It could be silly, it could be sensitive or spiritual, like there's so much that can be infused into your copy. And none of it is salesy, or sleazy or pushy or any thing like that. What it's really about is meeting people where they're at meeting those dream clients of yours, and letting them know that you see and hear them. And when your clients read words from you that do that, the last thing they are going to think or feel is that you're being annoying, pushy, sleazy used car salesman, that is the very last thing. There is nothing they want more than to feel seen, heard and understood. And when you can do that, you have a client for life, a paying client for life and that is the goal of your copy. And it also it
20:00 makes it fun to read, you know, it provides a motion, it's engaging people want to open your emails, people want to read your social media captions, people want to check out your blogs. Because you have infused that not only the ICU, I feel you part, but your personality as well. That's what makes things fun to read. I think we can all agree with that. And again, not something I'm seeing very many of you out there do, at least not intentionally. And can we try to do a little bit more of that and make it a little more fun to write for our business?
20:39 Next thing, copy is not perfect, beautiful, a plus writing? Can we get a hallelujah, take everything you learned in high school about writing and basically throw it out the window, because you don't need it. In copywriting. I mean, at least not as strictly like Yes, still put commas where they need to go. Still put periods at the end of sentences, those kinds of things, yes, but in terms of having like, a specific number of sentences per paragraph, and not having run on sentences, but then also not making your sentences too short, that can go out the window. Because the real goal, the main thing, when it comes to your writing, is that it is engaging, that it keeps people reading. And in today's world with the amount of content we all have in our faces all the time, it is more important than ever, to have an engaging copy. And also to allow for skimming. And if someone is skimming, reading quickly, just reading kind of the bullets or just kind of what catches their eye, that they can still get the point and still potentially be interested without having to read every word. So you will notice as you start kind of paying more attention to other people's copywriting skills. And also, it's really cool just to notice how you read, what do you focus on? What do you notice, do you skim as well are you still able to get to the point of something if you are just skimming and what makes that possible. And what you'll probably notice is if there's a lot of space, then that makes it more readable. So not these big, long paragraphs, no one's going to read an entire paragraph. So chunk it up, space it up, it's fine, you can put one sentence as an entire paragraph for an entire line that is totally fine. in complete sentences, really short, punchy sentences, that is the kind of stuff that really grabs attention. So we don't need to have this like beautiful, lovely, amazing A plus really like high level writing to have good copy. And in fact, I will tell you not to have high level writing in your copy. And we'll talk about that in an upcoming episode. But this also means that you don't have to be an excellent eight plus writer to write good copy of the best copy is really simple and straightforward, and easy to read and flows well and most importantly, connects with where your people are at. And that doesn't require an expansive vocabulary or this amazing writing skills that you have. In order to get to that connection point. I really feel like if you could today turn in a fifth grade paper, then you can write copy, and you can write good copy. So if that has ever been something you've thought of like I'm not a good writer, so therefore I can't write good copy or, you know, everything I do right for my business is going to suck. Get that out of your head right now we are going to change that. That is my goal here. Last thing, actually second to last thing, copy is not optional. If you want a business, I think I have made that clear. But just wanted to kind of put the cap on that copy is not optional. If you want a business, you have a choice, you can learn how to do it, or you can pay for it. So you can do it yourself and learn how to do it well so that you have a successful business. Or you can pay someone else to write your copy for you. They're both valid options, but you do have to pick one of them. You have to choose one of those two. We can't stay where we are now with having done neither
25:00 At least not intentionally. If you want to intentionally learn how to write good copy in your business, then I have a waitlist for you that I want you to go to right now and sign up for this waitlist. Because I'm hosting a workshop at the end of the month ish. I mean, I haven't set a date yet. But I'm working on it. Now, at the end of February 2023. I'm hosting a workshop and I want you to be there. So you can learn how to write good copy. So head to Shawnmynar.com/copy and get yourself on the waitlist. And you'll be the first to know when the workshop date has been set, and how to get registered for that. So Shawnmynar.com/copy, again, you have to make a decision, do you want to learn how to write good copy, or do you want to pay for someone else to write it for you, I will tell you, that's a an option. And that's an option that I'm going to be offering people as well. But it does come with a significantly higher price tag, obviously done for you versus do it yourself is always going to have a higher price tag, just to be totally transparent with you there. If you are more in the do it yourself stage in your business, then you want to sign up on this waitlist, Shawnmynar.com/copy, C O P y. And then the last thing I want to go over with you really quick, this is a quick distinction. But I want to make sure I make it right away. And that is the difference between messaging and copy. I've talked about messaging a lot over the years on this podcast. And it is another essential thing you have for your business. And they are very much intertwined, because your copy is the vehicle by which you will deliver your message, which means you can know your message really well. But it doesn't really mean anything if you don't know how to communicate it if you're not using that vehicle properly, to communicate it. And you can also try to drive that vehicle try to write copy, and it's not going to go anywhere, you're going to be totally stalled out if you haven't figured out your messaging. So all this to say you very much need to know both need to have both going on in your business, they are very much intertwined. And they really depend on each other. So the first step, of course, is to determine and master your messaging. Once you have that, then you move on to copy, as I will teach it, we will do both, we will make sure that you have messaging magic going on in your business. And then you will infuse that messaging into your really great copy. So that is the plan. But I wanted to make sure that you know the difference and you know how they interact and how important they are to each other messaging and copy. All right, that will wrap up this first episode in the copywriting Crash Course series that we're doing, I want to give you a little bit of homework, it's very easy, don't worry. But over this series, we're going to do a little copy audit on your own copy on what you are currently creating in your business. If you have written any words at all in your business, then use that to drive this copy audit. So I would say a good place to start is your website. For example, social media, captions are another great way the emails that you're sending out, I want you to just go in and read them and just get a sense of how you would write them just don't have to overthink it, just read some things that you've written for your business that are currently being used in your business. And see how you feel about them, how you're experiencing them how you think your clients or your potential clients would experience them. And give yourself a rating one to 10 That's all we're gonna do right now I just want to see where you're starting out, I want you to see where you're starting out. Because things can change really quickly and really easily. And you can actually really love what you have written for your business. And that's really what we want to do. We want you to be like really confident in what you have going out into the world. And obviously, we want it to also work for your business and part of that is having that confidence in what you're putting out. So just give yourself an overall rating. I would love it if you would share it with me. You can send me a direct message over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar and just give me an overall score of how you're
30:00 Doing let me know anything that you're thinking around your copy. And if what you love about it, what you don't love about it, what you think needs work, what you think is going well, I would just love to get that from you. And I want you to do that for yourself too, because we have to get a starting point. Alright, and that will wrap it up again, make sure you go get on the waitlist so that we can really take this to the next level and teach you how to write good copy over at Shawnmynar.com/copy. And until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type a quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
Business burnout, it’s real, even when you’re following your passion, doing what you love, and helping other people. Or, maybe it’s ESPECIALLY because of those things. Either way, it happens to even the best, most organized, most “on top of their game” small business owners. Whether you’ve flirted with business burnout firsthand or just heard about it through the business grapevine, one thing is for sure…nothing good can come of it, especially not for that business that’s currently burning you out. Today, I’m sharing the 5 most common causes of business burnout, especially for coaches and other service-based businesses and how you can avoid them.
"If you want to be a coach of any kind and you want to have a business, then you have to be willing put on a different hat and that is the hat of the entrepreneur." - Shawn Mynar
"Overwhelm equals inaction." - Shawn Mynar
"Make sure that the most important thing going on in your business is actually going on and that is to have a paid offer that is attractive to right people who are your dream clients." - Shawn Mynar
"Only when you make money, do you have a business. If you’re not making money, you have a hobby." - Shawn Mynar
"To have a business, you have to be willing to put in some investments before you’re even making money." - Shawn Mynar
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Business burnout, it's real, even when you're following your passion, doing what you love and helping other people. Or maybe it's especially because of those things. Either way, it happens to even the best, most organized most on top of their game small business owners. Whether you flirted with business burnout firsthand or just heard about it throughout the business grapevine. One thing is for sure, nothing good can come of it, especially for that business that's currently burning you out. Today, I'm going to share with you the five most common causes of business burnout, especially for coaches and other service based business owners, and how you can avoid them. So stay tuned.
0:45 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:29 Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host. And I am so happy to have you here checking out the show, and this particular episode all about business burnout. Because it's real, it happens. And you know, it may have already happened to you. It may not. But either way, we got to figure out a way around that because as soon as you're in this place of burnout, you're kind of stuck, right? Because the energy of burnout does not equate to the energy of aligned inspired action and growth and building and excitement and all those things that we need to have this really amazing business that we want. So that's why I chose to have an entire episode, specifically around burnout. I have only one quick thing I want you guys to know before we dive in. And that is that starting next week next episode, which if you listen to these episodes as they come out, that means in February of 2023, I will be starting a whole series around copywriting and messaging. As you know if you've been hanging out with me for a while I've been diving into copywriting certification actually, and having so much fun with it, enjoying every moment learning so, so much. And now of course wanting to share that with you because it is like the thing that you need to know that will make honestly, I think the biggest difference in your business. So we're gonna start talking about that over the next few episodes starting next week, next episode, Episode 184. So wanted to make sure you knew that ahead of time. So you can if you're not already, make sure you're subscribed to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, so you get notifications when those episodes come available. All right, let's dive into these five big reasons for business burnout. Not all the reasons. Of course, I'm sure there are hundreds of reasons that you could be burned out in your business. But these are the five most common that I see in my clients and with the people I have connected with, who are coaches, practitioners, experts, consultants, and service based business owners. Number one, you are not putting on your entrepreneur hat. I have talked about this before here on the show. And it's still something I see all over the place. You are a coach, you're a helper, you are a giver. You are that person that knows they want to be of service to more humans. And that is amazing. We need you. We all I really believe the whole world would be better off if we all had a coach of some sort in our lives. So that is necessary and great and amazing and you're doing awesome work. But a coach is not a marketer, and often not a natural entrepreneur. A coach isn't a strategist. A coach isn't a business person a coach
5:00 isn't, you know, a sales guru per se. But if you want to be a coach of any kind, and you want to have a business, then you have to be willing to put on a different hat. And that is the hat of the entrepreneur. Because your skills as a coach or a practitioner, or the expert,
5:27 are not the same skills necessary to build a business, they are entirely different sets of skills. And yes, there is some crossover and will actually talk about that as we talk about copywriting because that's really where your skills as a coach can come in handy in the entrepreneur world. So we'll talk about that coming up in the next couple of episodes. But overall, you showing up in your business, as a coach is causing burnout, which you may or may not have even realized, because you're trying to use the skills you do have that do often come naturally to you, as a coach to build something that doesn't require those skills. And then it's not working. And then we get into some of the other reasons for burnout too. And it's like, fitting a square peg in a round hole, common phrase that you hear and it just doesn't work, it just can't happen. Because it's not the right fit. So then, obviously, the way to avoid this or to get out of this cause of business burnout, is to be okay with putting on that hat of the entrepreneur, being an entrepreneur or a business owner, with a coaching business with a nutrition business. You know, we've talked about this a few episodes ago, of just simply changing that identity for yourself. And so just even thinking about that, hey, I'm a coach versus, hey, I'm a business owner with a coaching business. You can see how that vibe that energy shifts. And when that energy shifts, then the way that you think the way that you act, the way you hold yourself shifts to. And those shifts mean that you can now see opportunities, you can see strategies, you can see these breakthrough moments with a totally new lens. And that lens will be what catapults your business forward. And they are things that you simply cannot see or feel experience, understand as a coach or with that coaching lens on. So you are a coach when you're with your clients. And, you know, looking through their paperwork, creating their protocol, all that stuff, everything you're doing with your clients. And then you are stepping into the role of business owner at the other times in order to market yourself in order to create your processes and systems and work behind the scenes. That all requires the entrepreneur hat. And if you are not making that switch, hello burnout, because you're trying to put that square peg in a round hole over and over and over again. And you're coming up against that resistance because it doesn't work and it won't work. So even just you being here listening to this podcast already shows your commitment to learning how to put on that entrepreneur hat to learning what that means and looks like for you and your business. So you're already doing it. But is there anything else? Anything more that you can do? Do you feel like you have the skills built up that you need to feel confident in having that entrepreneur hat on? And if you don't, then where are you lacking? What else do you think you need to learn and then go learn it? There are a bazillion resources available to you to learn these skills. They are all learnable for all people. I learned all of it. I did not start my business knowing anything about business or remotely being an entrepreneur. I had no clue. But I learned I have read hundreds, hundreds of business books. I have been listening to business podcasts for years like yours since podcasts became a thing. I've been listening to business podcast. There are tons of free resources that you can use and yes you should also be paying to learn as well and that's something we're gonna get into soon here in another reason. So you have the power you have the ability you can learn what it takes to
10:00 We'll step into that role. It's not something that's like innate and you do and don't have it. And if you don't, then you're just screwed. No, you all have the capability, the resources free or paid to make that possible for you. And to know how much easier this all feels, when you do have those skills when you are taking the time to learn that instead of trying to maneuver your way through a business world as a coach that feels really hard and sticky. And hello, burnout, right? So kudos to you for being here listening to this podcast, which is part of the bazillions of things that you can do to build up your skills as an entrepreneur with a coaching type business or service based business. Okay? All right, moving on to number two, you're overwhelmed with all the business advice and strategies. So going back to what I just said, where there's a bazillion are resources that you can use to learn about business and step into the role of entrepreneur. That means there's also the real possibility of overwhelm, when you realize that there are bazillions of things that you can learn and ways that you can grow and resources that you can dive into. And then you start doing that. And there's so much information, like noise coming in from all angles. And even if you're just following a few business, people on social media, you can be consumed with the different advice and all the different things that you should be doing. And all the places you should be showing up and all that stuff and quickly leads to overwhelm. And we all know that overwhelm equals inaction. Like the second you start feeling that sense of like, oh, my gosh, there's so much what do I do, I'm doing everything wrong, I don't know where to start. I don't know what to believe. It's complete shutdown, to especially that aligned action that we want to be taking, and really looking internally and understanding through your own self, what action works best for you and what you should follow, and what you can just kind of block out as noise. So let me simplify this for you. First of all, yes, you do need to learn and build the tools required to have a business to officially be an entrepreneur and step into that role for yourself. So find the people that you connect with, that you resonate with, I would say keep it under five people that are business coaches, or strategist or marketers or whatever it is. Keep it under like five people and just focus on that. But they should be people that you connect with that you trusted, that have businesses that you desire, and learn from them. I think the noise really comes in when we start trying to learn all the things and we get we dive in and we're like, Yes, this is so great. This is so exciting. Oh, here's someone to follow, here's someone to follow. Here's a podcast, what's new, here's a book to read. And then you start compounding. And those people's advice are different, or they clash, or they just don't make sense when working with one versus the other. And that's when it starts getting too confusing, too overwhelming, and you feel stuck again. So dial it back, find those people that you want to follow that you admire, and start there, start with their content with their books, with their podcasts, with their social media, with their website, whatever it is that they have, start there and keep it simple and basic. And then once you feel like you've gotten that foundational advice going and you feel like that coaching that they've provided you has really sunk in in and you've taken on that role, then you can expand and start looking at different areas and different experts that you want to follow and learn from. But keep it small to start have this little like bubble of coaches that you want to really lean into, and then let it grow once you feel complete there. The other thing I want to say is when you are learning all these things, and following all these people and really trying to get your business set up, and you start feeling that sense of overwhelm, it's usually because that to do list has gotten really long. It's like, I gotta do this. I gotta be here. I gotta set that up. I gotta get this going on behind the scenes that you know, you start feeling like there's a lot to do. And yes, it could be because you're following a few too many people and taking a few days.
15:00 Too many pieces of advice all at once. But I also think that at that point, if it starts feeling like that, you need to take a step back and make sure that the most important thing going on in your business is actually going on. And that is to have a paid offer that is attractive to the right people who are your dream clients. Like, if you don't have a way of making money in your business, then none of this actually really matters yet, you've got to get clear and confident in your irresistible offer. That irresistible offer could be a one on one coaching package, it could be your signature program, it could be an e book, it could be it doesn't matter what it is, it just matters that you have that thing that is going to make you money, because only when you make money, do you have a business, if you're not making money, you have a hobby, you have a hobby where you, you know, post social media posts and write blog posts, you don't have a business. So first dial in your offer. Because until you have that, then all this other noise and advice and tips that you are hearing doesn't matter. It's not going to work, because you don't have a way of getting paid. So figure out what that paid offer is get it set up in your business, get clear on it, get competent know all of the ins and outs. And then you can start applying what you're learning from these other avenues to that. So just having a really solid, attractive paid offer for your audience automatically calms down that burnout. Because sometimes you're just burnt out because you're doing a lot of things and not making any money. And sometimes you're just not making any money because you don't have a paid offer. So figure that out, get that set up, get that bill, if it's your program, build it, and then create this atmosphere around it the business environment around it all focus on that one paid activity, because then hey, when you start making money, it can really work to squelch that feeling of burnout, especially if that is arising because you're doing a lot of work for free right now. Okay, that's number two. Moving on to number three, you're still trying to DIY your business. Yep, told you this was coming.
17:43 It is just something I mean, I did it to totally understand. I spent the first three years of my business di wiring, trying to DIY my business success and growth. And hey, you know, we all know I think we all know the story of how that went for me. Not great. And then honestly, the moment I took a leap invested in a business coach for the first time ever, it sparked this massive shift that changed everything forever. And it wasn't like we even really did anything revolutionary or crazy when I had this business coach, but it just your whole energy around your business changes when you invest in it in that way. So
18:32 yes, I understand. If you are someone who is still kind of, you know, listening to the podcast, downloading all the free resources, reading all the advice given on Instagram posts, I get it. But at some point, you are going to need to take it to the next level and invest in your business and stop trying to DIY. Something that is like your livelihood. You have a business you want a business, you want to be able to quit your job, you want to be able to make real money in your business, then that is not something that you can DIY you know this is not like going to Goodwill and finding this amazing vintage dresser and sprucing it up. That is DIY, please go DIY that that's amazing. This is not that this is your business. This is your livelihood. This is your future. And there are so many people who want to help you make that future a reality for you. And again, it just comes down to finding that person or those few people that you resonate with that you admire that have a business that you would love to have and working with them and whatever capacity they have available for you and I feel like almost all business coaches at this point
20:00 have payment plans and have things you know, lower priced options and things that you can do to get help and support one step at a time, you know, but just based on whatever you can do right now, so you don't have to, like, take out a loan to work with someone. These days, there's lots of different options. But I do think it is time that we start looking at the money that you spend on your business as a true investment in your future, not a cost, that you will never get back. Spending money for your business is an investment. And, you know, I'm not just talking about coaching, either really anything like just, I want you to think about this. Think about any other business, think about the coffee shop on the corner or your favorite restaurant, think about even your accountant, and what they have to invest in to even just start their business, we're talking 1000s and 1000s of dollars. And you as a coach, especially if you're working from home, you're doing virtual, it is minimal. But it's not nothing. It is minimal, but it's not nothing. And there's so many people that won't even invest in like software to host their coaching, because they don't want to pay $150 a month. But like how else are you going to run a business like to have a business, you have to be willing to put in some investments before you're even making money? Because How else will you make money. Just remember that and don't be afraid to spend that money. And again, I'm not talking about you going into massive debt or anything like that, please don't do that. Don't put yourself in like financial insecurity because of this. But be prepared to spend a little money to make the money that you want to make plus 1020 100 times more than that. And again, this is really the only business model that I can think of where the investments initially are as low as they are, think, again, think about that restaurant that you love to go to think about all that stuff they had to buy before they could even open their doors. I mean, that is insane to me. And we don't have to do that. But we do have to get some coaching, we do have to have some software, we have to have some things set up in order to have a profitable business, it will take an investment, a little bit of an investment. So please see it as that and don't see it as this like major cost this major expense that you're never going to get in return, you will get it back. If you invest in the right people, the right things, the right setup, it will be worth it a million times over. So please don't try to DIY something that you shouldn't be DIY saying, I understand if you are there right now, I haven't been there too. And I want to save you from the frustration headaches, the overwhelm spirals and the burnout that causes you don't know what you don't know. And you've got to learn it from someone that does know. So please see that as the investment that it is, get yourself some help. Number four, you are non committal, Oh, I see this one a lot. And this is like energy vampire. so badly that will be the death of you, and will definitely be the business burnout Central. And that is like trying all these things to get your business going. And it really does kind of go back to what we've already talked about. And like, all that advice that you're getting from all these millions of people you're following that have different conflicting advice. And so you're like, Okay, I'll try what she said, Okay, now I'm gonna try what they said. And now I'm gonna go over here and do this thing that I heard. And you're all over the place, because you are focusing on like, the big picture instead of finding those few people that you just want to really work in depth with. And so you take in all of this information, and start trying to apply it. So you'll get really into blogging for a little bit until you realize, literally, no one is reading your blogs. So then you say, Okay, nevermind, I'm just going to focus on social media, because that's what this person says to do. I'm going to post five times a week and I'm gonna make four of those reels and one of those reels is going to go viral, and then my whole world is going to change according to this person. And so, then you get really into social media posts a little bit and then realize, you literally get sad
25:00 and likes. And then you go and you're like, okay, yes, I'm gonna create a freebie, I definitely want to grow my email list, I don't want to have to worry about social media anymore. So I'm gonna use this to grow my email list. And I can just forget Instagram entirely. So you create this freebie, you add it to your website. And then nothing happens, you forget all about it. And you move on to the next piece of advice and see what is going to work next, what will be the thing that finally kicks this off? Here's the deal, nothing is going to happen as fast as you probably want it. We talked a few episodes ago about patience being your ultimate friend here.
25:42 But I feel like this non committal thing really happens because of that, and still looking for that thing that will work. And that thing that will take off that and the thing that will be your thing, whether that's podcasting, or blogging, or social media reels, whatever it is finding that thing. And
26:06 the only thing about that thing is that it's going to happen over time. So this non committal thing is really just
26:16 absolutely zapping your energy and your momentum, because your like task was switching, you're jumping from thing to thing, instead of just staying consistent with one thing or two things for the long term. That consistency and showing up in that way, is a lot more friendly to your energy, and your whole thought process and everything and of course, your your momentum, than just jumping around from thing to thing, trying to find something that works, nothing is going to work with that mentality with this non committal mentality, it's just gonna burn you out from all the things. Instead, I think, as a way to burn out proof yourself and your business, you've got a more so focus on your own flow, like what works best for you, and make that your thing and stick with it over and over and over again, find a way to get in your zone, get in your flow, and stay there. Even if you get zero likes, even if no one reads your blog post right now. That doesn't mean that that's how it's going to be forever. And you should just jump ship, stick with it for the long haul. Because the more you jump around, it's like you're starting over every single time, you know, you post on social media for a few weeks. And then it doesn't happen, like you get the seven likes, and you're frustrated. So you give up and ghost your social media audit audience for a month, then you're back starting over again. And trying to build up that know like and trust from the very beginning again, because now these people haven't seen your face or, or anything from using your name pop up for over a month. And you know, they don't know if you actually really care about them or care about what you're talking about. If you can ghost that quickly and easily. That's what it looks like on there. And now on your end, it's just you wanting to really find that thing. And you are committed and you do want it so bad, but almost so badly that you're shooting yourself in the foot. Because you're jumping around trying to find the thing that works, when really the thing that works is the thing you'll stick to the thing that you can commit to that you like to do that you want to show up for. So figure out what that is, find the few things that make you feel the most in flow, and stay there for the long haul. And again, going back to the very beginning. first figure out that paid offer that you really feel competent in, that you're excited about that's in alignment with the people you want to help and then build your flow around that and have it all stemmed from that and come back to that one thing because that's how you get the right people in your audience and you create that whole environment around your paid offer. And again, once you do that, and you're willing to stick with it, that's when things really start to happen. So get clear, get committed and stick with it for the long haul. And I promise you that will feel a lot less burnout double, then this jumping all over the place kind of thing. And the last reason reason number five for business burnout, you're not following your intuition, your purpose, your dharma. This is like a gigantic one that I apparently decided to save for last, but it also really speaks for itself.
30:00 Solve.
30:01 You've got to follow what your real true purpose is for being on this planet. And your passion is. And it is entirely possible that you're working on a business that isn't what you're truly passionate about are what you're actually here to do during your time. On Earth. It's entirely possible. And if you feel like everything else is going the way that it should be, or you're doing what you want to do and need to do in every other aspect, but it still feels energy draining than it is because you're not actually in alignment. And when you're not in alignment, hey, you could be doing all the right things. And it will just be so draining and cause so much burnout, that you can't keep going, that it feels like this uphill battle. Even though on the outside, everything is going great, and looks like a perfect business. And I actually had an experience with this. I think I've talked about this on the show before. But I'll quickly share it again, when I was nearing the end of my nutrition career, my career as a nutrition coach, specifically around Kido.
31:23 Those last probably 20 episodes of recording that podcast. The it absolutely drained me it was the only thing that I could do that day, I would have to immediately go take a nap after I recorded those podcast episodes. Because it was just no longer in alignment with what I wanted to do what I was passionate about. And what I felt like my purpose was like I realized a few months before I really started feeling that I had realized that that wasn't my purpose here on this earth was not to tell people what they should and shouldn't eat, that just didn't feel good for me anymore. And so then recording those episodes, was really challenging. It was so energetically draining for me, because I was going against my alignment going against my purpose and passion at that time. And on the outside, you had no idea. The business was booming. Tons of people listening to those podcasts episodes. Just everything, no clue that that would be going on. But internally for me, I was out of alignment. And I was so burnt out and I was barely working like I was not, I was working probably under 10 hours a week at that point. And yet so burnt out, felt like I was working 100 hours a week. And that's when I knew I gotta make a switch. This is not worth it to feel this way. This is not why I wanted a business, this is not going how I wanted it to go, I gotta make a change. That may be where you are, or where you have been in the past. And you can try all the things you can learn how to do all the things and all the strategies, and it will not matter. You have to find what is truly in alignment with you, and what you're really here to do. And you actually may be feeling this now if you are someone that still has a job and kind of are building your business on the side, you may be feeling that in your job. And you know, yes, I feel burnt out when I go to work, and then I start working on my business and I come alive. That could totally be the case. And then you know that that is what you should be doing. And then it's obviously getting to the point where your business can be your main gig to where you can really fully be in alignment and shout out to all of the people who are working full time and building their business as a side hustle right now, major kudos to you. And it will get to the point where yes, you can quit that job. But you may be feeling that way in your business to even if you know you're not working a ton of hours and your business right now or you've really stalled out. It could be because it's not in alignment with what you truly want to do. Maybe it's something that you happen to into at some point in your life or you had a personal experience and then decided you wanted to coach people on that. But then now you're realizing hey, I actually don't really want to do that. Like I don't want to keep reliving that in myself, which I also experienced when I was coaching people with autoimmune disease. It just kept bringing up my own experience with autoimmune disease every time and it was something I just kind of wanted to let go and myself. And so I had to stop coaching people on that in order for me to let that go as well.
35:00 While that might be the case, and that is all okay, the only thing is you've got to come to terms with that, you've got to realize that and get in touch with what you really do want to be doing, which will come from your inner being your intuition, your inner knowing, that is what you might need to explore. If you feel like your business might be out of alignment, get in touch with yourself, really, you know, again, love journaling. So I would say See if you can kind of journal on some things to really pull out your desires, what you love to talk about what you love to teach what experiences you've had with yourself, or your friends or your family, where you just really felt like you were in the flow, when you were coaching yourself on something or coaching others on something, and see if anything different comes up than what you are currently thinking your business will be about. So just be open to that and be open to that happening. Perhaps in the future. Like I said, when I was first starting to talk about keto, I loved it, it was awesome. It had helped so much in my life, I was still following that diet, because I was still healing my body. And it really just all flowed and then it just didn't. And then it just stopped flowing. And I realized that wasn't actually what I wanted to spend my life doing. So it's okay, if it changes. But keep that in mind. Like in the back of your head. If things start feeling like an uphill battle, if you start feeling burnt out, even just thinking about your business or sitting down to work on your business, no matter how many hours you're actually doing that. Consider that as a possibility that you're just not in your dharma anymore, which is your reason for being on this planet, your purpose here? And what is that? Can you get in touch with yourself through meditation, journaling, or just even what you're feeling in that moment to figure out what that might be if it has changed? Or if it's not what you're working on? It will definitely be Who've you to get out now, you know, it's not going to get any better. If you're already feeling like it's not quite right.
37:24 That's okay. But you've got to kind of come to terms with that and make the changes you need to make to really build the business that you want that's in alignment with you. And that's when things flow. If you're not finding that flow, it might simply be because you've got to change direction a little bit. And that's okay.
37:44 All right. So that will wrap it up with the five reasons behind business burnout. I hope this gives you something to consider if you are or have ever flirted with that burnout of like, I just I don't want to do this, this feels so energetically draining, I don't know what I'm doing, I'm overwhelmed. I just feel really stuck. And I can't move forward. Because I'm burnt out, I don't have the energy, I don't have the focus. All of that can be remedied. And you really can and should find the business flow. And that's what we're all about here on this show. All right, I guess that will wrap it up for this episode. And until next time, take care.
38:31 Hey, friends, Shawn here. And if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass.
40:00 US. In just one hour, you're gonna learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
One of the absolute coolest things about having your own service-based business is that you can make money ON DEMAND. Now I know this sounds a little gimmicky, but it’s true! You definitely can if you need or want to make money quickly in your business. And there are so many different ways to make it happen. Today, I will share with you 3 ways you can get a quick cash injection in your business and the steps to make them happen so stay tuned.
"You have to let people know consistently and specifically and repetitively, over and over and over because that is what people need to make a decision." - Shawn Mynar
"You need to start working on building an engaged audience that is interested in the work you’re doing." - Shawn Mynar
"Make a limited time special offer around your client work and then promote the heck out of it. Make it exciting, make it a big deal, treat it like you would a launch." - Shawn Mynar
“Put it in the calendar, make it happen, don’t talk yourself out of it, don’t use the excuse that you don’t know how… Just commit to it and make money in your business.” - Shawn Mynar
Launch List Accelerator - https://shawnmynar.com/list
Signature Program Bundle - https://shawnmynar.com/thebundle
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 One of the absolute coolest things about having your own service based business is that you can make money on demand. Now I know this sounds a little gimmicky, but stick with me because it is true. And it is great. If you need or want to make money quickly in your business, you definitely can. And there are so many different ways that you can make it happen. Now today I'm going to share with you three of those ways that you can get this quick cash injection again, I know sounds gimmicky, but stick with me here, and the steps to make those things happen. So stay tuned.
0:42 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:26 Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode of the show. And as always, so grateful to have you checking in on this episode. And hanging out with me today. We have got a big topic to chat about. We're talking money, we're talking making money, we're talking being in business, getting clients, all the good stuff, all of those things that are kind of necessary to have a business. But before we dive in, I thought I would give a little bit of an update on what's been going on. With me and my business. I think I have mentioned this on the podcast before if not, I definitely have over on my Instagram stories. But back in November, late November, I started a training program around copywriting and have been I spent all of December every working day in the afternoons going through this program and learning everything and applying and practicing and all this stuff, a lot of writing, you could say. And for those that don't know, I'll back it up a little further. I'm not talking about copywriting, like the little c in the circle, like legal terms, not that kind of copywriting. Although that's important too. I'm talking about writing, copy, conversion copy more specifically for your business. So the words that you use in your business to get people to know like and trust you and to take you know these cold people who have no idea who you are, what you do, and if they're the right person for you into becoming paying clients. And it's all about the words you're like yet it's nice to have a pretty website and pretty Instagram feed and all these things and the design is the icing on the cake for sure. But the like flour and sugar and butter and eggs that go into making that cake that is your business. That is your copy that is the words that you are using. And I've always been super interested in it. I've obviously spent 10 years as a business owner learning my own copy and how to best use the words that are right for my business and my clients. I've written a ton of copy on my own for my business. And I've always been super interested in going back even further. I wanted to be a writer when I grew up when I was a little girl wrote stories wrote books always thought that I would be some sort of author or writer and now here I am, it's kind of interesting going into you know, a health and wellness business and then now a business coaching business that really one of my main roles in my business is writer and has been for 10 years now. So I finally got the bug kind of got the itch to really learn more and explore the depths of it and for yes, my own business and making sure that what I'm doing is top notch but also to help you with what you are doing in your business and the words and writing that you are using. Because you know I got to be totally honest with you guys here and I say this with all the love in the world. Most of what I see in the coaching space in the wellness space. It's not great. It's very cookie cutter
5:00 It's very kind of ho hum kind of boring kind of safe if I'm being totally honest. And that doesn't really attract anybody. What we need is compelling, engaging copy that is you and uniquely you, coming from you and your lens, and speaking to the right people, to your people, to those people out there that you know, need your help. But they're not finding you, because nothing you're doing is really all that compelling. I keep coming back to that word, but I think it's true. So I'm going down a rabbit hole here, as you can tell, I'm obviously a little passionate about this and have only become more. So as I'm really learning the ins and outs. And now we're at almost two months that I've been in this program and going through everything, I've completely changed all of my copy in my business, a lot of it is just kind of refining, I guess I would say, I think we always have room to do that. And it's kind of fun to do that, I think. And so I've been doing that in my business and also been working on ways that I can support you doing that in your business. And so much of it is just learning like, you're just trying to do something that you don't know how to do. And, you know, hiring a copywriter can be pretty pricey. We're talking 1000, multiple 1000s of dollars to hire someone to do it for you. And if you're not doing that, then you're doing it on your own, and you're likely doing it without a whole lot of insight or education on what to do. And it's like the most important thing in your business, if you're not doing the things to get people to notice you and saying the right things and saying things in a way that are very connective and trusting and also very likeable. Because you're being you in your tone and your voice in your brand, then you're missing a lot of opportunity to reach the right people and make money. You know, we're in business to make money, which is what we're going to talk about today. So that went on a little bit of a tangent, but I did want to let you know what I've been doing behind the scenes the last couple of months. And I will have my first workshop for you will be a live workshops, specifically around this topic of copy and messaging. I know I talk about messaging a lot on the show. And I have well before I knew I was going to get into copywriting, I will have that coming up probably late February, early March 2023. We're not going to hold myself to any specific dates, because there's just I don't want to give myself any unnecessary pressure. And I want to make sure that it is really, really good and educational for you. But it will be coming. And that is what I'm working on right now. All right, so let's talk money, shall we? And more so more specifically, making money quickly in your business. Now I know I just had an episode, our last episode, we talked about the need for patience as a business owner. And yes, it does take time and patience to build things up potentially to where you want it to be. So that maybe you can quit your other job or you can retire your spouse or whatever your big dreams and goals are for your business. It does take time. And it does require patience most often share their overnight success stories. are they true or not? Nobody knows. But for the most part, yes, it does take time. But that does not mean that you can't start making money today in your business with what you have at your fingertips with whatever's going on in your business right now. And really, when you start working on this stuff, and you do start making money, it has a snowball effect, you continue to make more and more and more money, you continue to try new things. You continue to attract new audience members all because you got the ball rolling. So this is also a momentum building activity and something you should take seriously. Now, I'm going to share with you just three of many opportunities and many ideas that you can use to make money quickly in your business. If you remember back a few episodes ago, Episode 174. I went through 10 passive income ideas for your business. Those are more of these types of opportunities. I'm basically choosing three of those and diving in more detail on how to make that happen in your business. But you can also go back and listen to that episode if none of these appeal to you. But I wanted to keep it at three because I want you to know
10:00 You wanted these, I don't want it to be overwhelming. And you just listen. And then you're like, oh, there's so many opportunities, great, cool. And then tomorrow you forget them all, focus on one of these three and decide which one that's going to be and roll with it. So keeping it simple, so that you can make that decision easier. One more thing, before we get into these three, obviously, to sell something, you need someone to sell it to, right. So this is something that I actually think people hold off on, trying to make money in their business, because they don't think they have enough people to sell to. And if you don't think you have enough people, then you fear failure, you feel like you'll try to make money, and it will be crickets, and no one will take you up on it, you won't make any money and it will just totally blow up in your face. And like that means something about you, which it absolutely doesn't, it just honestly probably means you need to work on your copy a little more. But we'll talk about that. We'll save that for another episode coming up. But the thing is, you all have an audience that is big enough, right now to make a sale. Even if you don't have a social media following or you're not on social media, even if you don't have an email list, or you started it and have since ghosted it, and don't have that many engaged people on it, you still have an audience because you still know people, you still know people in your community, you potentially even if you don't know them, you live in a community where you can do some networking, do some outreach, put up some flyers, maybe you have a personal Facebook page or something, maybe you're in a mom's group, or a book club, or a tennis League, maybe you go to the gym, or you take yoga classes, you have a network, you have people who need and want your help in there somewhere. So you can like I said, put up flyers, tell your friends, talk about it in your yoga class, talk about it to your mom group, just start sharing and let people know. And when you have these big events, like what we're going to talk about today, when you have an actual event than it is kind of this exciting thing for you to talk about. It's not like, oh, yeah, well, I take clients. So you know, anytime you're ready, just let me know. And we can chat about it. Because that person is not going to do that there's a million other things in their lives they need to do first before they contact you. But if it's this event, and it's like, yes, it's at this time, this is the day, make sure you go here and register or send me an email, and I'll register for you, then it gives you this conversation starter, this conversation topic. And there's a limited time. And so that's why you're talking about it there. So it does make it easier to build in that networking aspect. And yes, of course, if you have even one person that is on your email list or one follower on your Instagram, then also they are your audience and you are talking to them and you're sharing these events that we're going to talk about with them. So they are not going to work if you set up this whole event, and then nobody knows about them, that you're not going to make money that way. It is not a build it they will come kind of thing. You have to let people know, consistently and specifically and repetitively over and over and over. Because that is what people need to make a decision, believe it or not. If you do not have a network right now, if you don't have an audience, then I would encourage you to get inside launch list accelerator or signature program bundle which launches accelerator is inside the bundle. So you get to for one and change that we need to change that you need to start working on building an engaged audience that is interested in the work you are doing and that is what we will do for you inside those programs. Alright, let's do it. Number one host a paid workshop. This is one of my favorites. This is something that anyone can do if you have something a skill, a service that people are interested in that would help someone else that would help solve a problem or would help someone learn something. You can host a paid workshop and especially you know, one of the good things to come out of the pandemic is that everyone is used to it
15:00 I'm totally fine with things being virtual now. So you can host it virtually now, if you want to do it locally, that is really fun and cool too. Either way works and will probably also depend on again, where your network is, if it's more local, and they can get together in one space, cool. Or if you have more of a nationwide worldwide kind of audience, or you just prefer to do things virtually, then that would be an option for you. This is going to probably be at a lower price point, I would say under $100. And when it's something that is in that price range, and this is really why we'd like to keep it this way. That means obviously, it's more accessible to more people. And so you will get a decent turnout. And we'll make some cash, which is amazing. So this kind of event gives people a chance to work with you at this lower price point, which is always amazing. But it also helps them see what it's like working with you what your teaching style is, what your personality is, if you guys vibe, if they are a good candidate for the rest of your offers, or whatever else you do with people. And when they can start off at this lower price point and get all of that information, then they are much more likely to make that bigger investment in the future to take the next step with you. So you could even have a higher price point item even like, you know, if you do one on one coaching or something, you could have that on the back end of this paid workshop. And you know, apply what they paid if they do take the next step. So that's an option too. But you don't need that second step. If that's not something you have in your business, right now, you can just start with this paid workshop. And in this workshop, you are going to be teaching and or coaching a group of people around one very specific topic that will most likely be like a 60 to 120 minute max workshop. And you also can split them up into multiple workshops, too, you could do like a three workshop series, where they're 45 to 60 minutes each and break it up that way if that works better for you. But let's stick with simplicity. And say we're just going to do one paid 60 minute workshop on one specific topic. And important thing is to give them a quick win. So you want it to be something that they can learn and implement in this one workshop that will make improvements to their lives that will resolve an issue they have will they'll get some knowledge that they didn't have before that will get them to their goals, something that will make it a win and not just you talking at them for an hour and then not really getting anything out of it. Except hearing you talk, right, we don't want that. And it also will be cool and nice and probably expected to have a workbook included, and maybe even some follow up homework. So again, it is active, they are working in this workshop, which is the whole point and getting something out of it getting that quick win.
18:36 So here's what you are going to do to make this happen. This is your step by step checklist right here. So you may want to write this down. First of all, you are going to decide on a topic for your workshop. Then you are going to decide on a date for your workshop and put it in your calendar. Now I want you to choose a very specific date a very specific time and actually put it on your calendar right now before you do anything else. Because that is going to be your guidepost that will keep you working towards your goal. So put it in the calendar, I would say a realistic timeframe would be two to four weeks out probably is a doable thing for this workshop. And you can start talking about it promoting it and accepting payment for it seven to 10 days before the event. So that means potentially you might be making money next week. If you get started on this and you have give yourself a two and a half week timeframe. How cool is that? So doable. Now, you picked your topic. You put it in your calendar, you set the date and put in your calendar. The next thing this is optional, but I
20:00 Do want you to put it on your to do list. And depending on how much time you have, this is a thing that you could scrape, but it is going to give your customers a better user experience. And that is a landing page. A landing page is a web page that you use for your clients to land on to put in their contact information. And typically is done in exchange for something else like your freebie. So anytime you've created a page to showcase your freebie and put a little form that says, name, email address, submit, in order to get that freebie and for them to get put on your email list, that's a landing page. Or if you've ever done that in someone else's business and put your name and email address in a form, that was their landing page. Now, in the case of your paid workshop, it is going to actually be a landing page that then moves on to a checkout page. But I don't want to call it a sales page, because it's not going to be a sales page. Really, it's not going to have all of the traditional elements of a sales page, it will be shorter, sweeter and more simplified. And if you've never built a landing page, or at least not a very high converting one, then that is something I show you how to do in launch list accelerators, and all of the elements that you need to include to actually get people to want to take the next step. So once you have that landing page, it is then going to go someone's like, yes, I want to be a part of this workshop, this sounds awesome, they will then click a button and go to your checkout page. You will need some way to collect money this can be through you know if you do use Kajabi that's obviously also included or something like Sam cart, or kartra. I think ConvertKit even does these kinds of things where you can pay now pay pal, you may even be able to set up something through that. So you need a way for them to pay you obviously. And they will then go to a place where they can put in their credit card information and hit yes purchase. I'm ready. Let's do this. That is your checkout page. And if you need help doing that I have a tech tutorial available for you inside signature program bundle. And then once someone confirms their purchase, you will want to send them to a thank you page. a thank you page is simply just like a hey, you're in, it kind of confirms the purchase and it gets them excited about their purchase. Because the last thing we want to do is have someone click that purchase but button and then get buyer's remorse. And your thank you page will keep that from happening. It will get them excited, it will confirm that they've made the commitment and what they're going to learn and what to expect and how cool it's going to be. So we want to take the time to actually build a nice, engaging, welcoming, thank you page. Again, if you need help with that you know where to find it by now. And then you will start inviting people to attend, like I said, about seven to 10 days out. And in that 710 10 days where you are telling people where you're talking about on social media, you're creating social media posts and
23:28 social media stories, whatever else you want to do in that regard, you're sending out invites to your email list multiple invites multiple Instagram posts, again, repetitive and consistent wins in this regard. And while all of that is going on, you will then be planning out what you're going to talk about and teach and coach in the workshop, you're going to be getting your slides ready, especially if it is virtual, then you will want slides to kind of run through and teach everything will also keep you on track, which is really nice. You're going to get the workbook ready, and all that. So like I said, depending on how comfortable you feel with the tech side of things, if you've done landing pages before, if you've done checkout pages and thank you pages, then that can all be done in a matter of days. And you know, if you have a canvas slide template all ready to go and just need to change some things, then that's really simple. Like I said, you could have this done in a couple of weeks. And you could be hosting this paid workshop a couple of weeks from now. And then at most I would say give yourself four weeks and if you have never done a landing page checkout page, thank you page and super comfortable with the tech side of things of all of that then you may want to give yourself more time. If you're also doing this while you have another full time job which I know is a lot of you then you may want to give yourself three to four weeks in
25:00 and commit to, you know, maybe two evenings a week you're working on this and maybe half of a weekend day, you're working on that. And that could also be done in a few weeks. So it can be done. Okay, so put it on your schedule and get to it. Next is hosting a special one on one client sign up event. So this is obviously specifically for those people that do one on one client work. And even if that's not something that you want to do for the long term, or you don't want to fill your calendar all the time with one on one clients, if you just host a special event to get one on one clients to sign up, then it doesn't mean that that's what you have to do forever. And always and your calendar will always be full or anything. So it is honestly just a way that if you have the capacity and the desire to see clients one on one, then it's a way to make good money quickly. And honestly, this is how I recommend you always do client signups, always treat it like a special event, always treat it like a launch. What I typically see that I don't think works as well is like a gentle light, casual mentioning of the one on one client work that you do occasionally. And it doesn't provide the excitement, the enthusiasm and that you know what we all need as buyers a little bit of this build up and encouragement to actually make a decision. So when you have something that is a special event, even as a one on one client signup thing, then you're kind of allowing people you're coaching people into making a decision for themselves. If you just randomly say, Yeah, I take one on one clients, just let me know, whenever you're ready, they just won't make the decision, it'll be a lot harder, they will stay stuck in indecision. And it's not them ever choosing not to work with you either. It's just not choosing at all. So if we do this sort of special event around your work with clients, then you are coaching them into making a decision, is this the right time for me or not. And that's what we really want here. So even with one on one session packages, you still want to make it an attractive offer. So let's think of a way that you can make this a really exciting opportunity for them. So maybe they get some sort of special bonus or a coupon code that expires or an extra session or, you know, access to a course you have in addition to one on one client work, make a limited time special offer around your client work, and then promote the heck out of it, make it exciting, make it a big deal, treat it like you would a launch. If you're launching anything. Now for this, you actually will be able to get away without having much set up. That's if you already do have everything set up on the back end to take one on one client. So if you already have done that you've already had clients, then you can start doing this tomorrow. But if your back end isn't quite set up yet, for one on ones, then you will need to do that first. So first thing, iron out the details of your session packages. Or if it's just one off sessions, that's fine to just decide. You'll if it's a package, you'll want to know how many sessions how much communication they get in between sessions, how will they communicate with you, obviously, the investment, what you'll do together, what they can expect that kind of thing. So getting the details of the work you're going to do with your clients. If you want to use some sort of client management software, then you'll want to get that set up, whether that be practice better, or intake queue or Kajabi. They all have coaching platforms that will organize your client system and all the paperwork and everything like that. So makes it really easy. You will also need a way for them to pay you as we talked about earlier. That can be a checkout page. If you do use some sort of software that allows for that you can invoice them, whatever you decide is best. If you are using a client management software, then they likely have some sort of payment system in there included. If not, you can look at bookkeeping software's most of them have invoicing capabilities or even something like PayPal or you can create an invoice template in Kajabi and just send it via email, whatever is best for you and where you're at right now. You will also probably want to set up a way to do scheduling without having to do that
30:00 going forth emails, you don't have to, you can get by right now with just doing emails if you want, and you just want to run with it and get it out there. I also really love Calendly, you can, I believe, get maybe one type of event scheduling for free. And then after that, it's a really affordable way to have a calendar set up that people can just put their time in that they prefer. So look into that, if that's something you're interested in. And then you will most likely also want a way for people to set up a short consultation with you to make sure they're a good fit. So quite often, especially in the health and wellness space. And especially if you offer packages that are probably at a higher price point to work with you, then people want to make sure that they're a good fit. First, they want to talk to you before they make that commitment, and that investment. So having 1520 30 minute free consultations will be a good way to get that done. And people kind of expect that at this point. So make sure you have a way again to schedule that if that is through Calendly or something like that, where it's free, they can get on your calendar. And I would just suggest that you only have specific days, and specific chunks of time that you do these sessions, because otherwise they'll take over your whole life. So you don't want that. So keep it short amount of time that they can select to do a free consultation with you. Now get that all set up and you are ready for a cash injection like tomorrow. And if you already have it set up, you're good to go. Let's do this. I would say realistically though, you'll probably want to take some time to think about how you're going to make this offer extra special, and how you're going to promote it and getting some of your emails written and your social media posts created. So let's tack on a week to do those things and add another two or three days if you still need to get the back end of your coaching setup. So let's say one to two weeks to make this happen. So cool. I love this idea. And like I said, I really think this should just be how you always get your one on one clients is making a special event out of it where they get something and it's hyped up and you're excited and you have a certain number of spots available in your calendar, and they're filled. And then you can go about helping your clients until the next time you're ready for a special event. All right, the third one final one because I want you to focus on one of these three is following the sell then create method. So let me explain this to you the STC method sell then create this is something I teach inside signature program bundle. And I really love it and a lot of the members really love it, because you actually get paid to create your program. So you are essentially selling your program while you are creating your program. So here's how here's the breakdown. First you decide on your program topic. And after you know your topic, then you can go into figuring out your modules, the flow of the program, you brand it all of the things then you create your offer for that program. So you decide what the bonuses are, is there a guarantee What's the price, all of the nitty gritty then you launch it. So you know what is going on in the program. You know the flow you know the path you know the outcome that is going to happen for your clients, you know everything. So you launch it. Then as you are in the process of launching and selling and people are buying, you're creating the program you are building the guts I guess we'll say of the program. So the videos the audio is the written lessons, the PDFs, whatever it is you need for your clients to get the help they need whatever you're going to include. So, how it would look in real life let's say that you have figured everything out the bones and structure of your program and you launch it on February 1. And you say that the group starts February 18. So then that means you have the launch is going on people are buying you are in the process of getting people into your program. And while that is happening in the foreground, in the background, you are creating the first
35:00 To module so that when February 18, comes around your group starts, they get access to, you know, the welcome kit and the first module which you've created a few weeks prior. And then as they're going through the first module, February 18, for through whatever a week later is, then you are creating the second module. And then the third module and the fourth module. So you what is actually another benefit of really big benefit is that you are taking the feedback that your group is giving you, and because it is a beta group, it's the first one, that's why you're just now you know, building it, you are getting feedback from them, that's part of the offer, they are in your beta group, they get a discount, and they give you feedback, you're taking that and immediately implementing it into the rest of your program, because you're building it alongside of them. And so if people say, you know, I really would prefer this in in audio format versus video format, because I find that I'm listening while I'm on a walk or making dinner, then you didn't just create a bunch of videos for no reason when that's not what they want. Now you can make the rest of your program have audio instead of video. And, and then you know, you don't have to redo anything because you're doing it right the first time. So it's another amazing benefit of the STC model. And I do also teach a hybrid STC model to for those people, this is kind of what I do, who aren't, can't quite wrap their heads around the idea of having people go through their program without having things created. You can create some things and keep some things for after you have already enrolled people. So it's not quite as what some people might see as stressful. I do have the STC hybrid as well. And so like I said, this is what I teach in signature program lab inside the bundle, I have five week and seven week plans and guidelines and maps for that, depending on how much time you have to work on it. And so obviously, this is probably the least quick of the quickest ways to make money in your business because you're building something pretty big and pretty major. And it does take a little longer and a little more thought to get everything organized for your program. And you don't want to rush through any of that. But again, you are creating something that will continue to work for you and your business and will be on rinse and repeat once you've created it, especially if you're creating it alongside your first group because it will be done the best way for them the first time because you'll be taking their feedback into account. So it will save you a lot of time in the future for sure. And remember, with this method, you are putting money in the bank while you are creating your program. So you're getting paid to create the program, which is really nice. And it really does work out well for everyone involved. So it's not like your clients are even noticing that that's what you're doing other than they're helping you create a better program, which they all are more than happy to do. So that's your third option of ways you can make money quickly in your business that we'll cover today. Now you just need to decide, put it in the calendar, make it happen. Don't talk yourself out of it. Don't use the excuse that you don't know how because I have all of the resources you need to learn how and to actually make it happen. So you have no excuse. Just commit to it. Put it in your calendar, make it happen. Make money in your business. All right, friends, we're going to leave it at that for today. I want you to let me know which one you are going to commit to what's your plan what's on your calendar, send me a DM on Instagram and I will hold you accountable. Shawn Mynar on Instagram is where you can find me and I'm talking to you. Message me, send me a DM I want to hear from you. I want to hear what you are working on in your business right now. And like I've mentioned I have the resources available for you. If you want to push the easy button on getting all of this set up and making money in your business. You can head to Shawnmynar.com/list to check out launch list accelerator which is all about setting up your email list. Whether you're starting from zero or you have an email list that you've ghosted or anything in between and setting up those landing pages and the thank you pages and the welcome emails and all the emails that you need to
40:00 Send in order to really get to know your audience and for them to get to know you, that is all done in launch list accelerator, you can do that on your own, or it is part of the signature program bundle. If you want a signature program in your business, and you know, like that sell then create what's calling you. And you want to have that thing that you can continually rinse and repeat to make money in your business. That will be your signature program. And that is what we build together inside the signature program bundle. And then also work on your email list with that, so it is a whole big bundle. And that's at Shawnmynar.com/bundle All right, my friends. Until next time, take care.
40:45 Hey, friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people their mental health without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
10 years ago this month, I set up my LLC, signed my first clients, and officially became a business owner. The past 10 years have been filled with ups and downs, twists and pivots, incredible highs, frustrating lows, and literal blood, sweat, and tears. And with all of that, of course, comes many, many, many lessons learned…more often than not, the hard way. In this episode, I’m gonna celebrate the 10-year anniversary of being my own boss by sharing a few of the most important lessons I’ve learned in the past 10 years so you can learn them the easy way.
“Business building is not an immediate gratification kind of thing.” - Shawn Mynar
“Please give yourself some grace, give your business the patience that it needs and deserves because that’s what it takes, this is a long game.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your business relies on other people’s decisions and actions.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you have a plan, you are really creating the action path that gets you there and that’s what we really need.” - Shawn Mynar
“Every single action step that you need to take to grow your business, the things that will actually move the needle, they are scary.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 10 years ago, this month, I set up my LLC signed my first paying clients and officially became a business owner. The past 10 years have been filled with ups and downs, twists and pivots, incredible highs, frustrating lows, and literal blood, sweat, and tears. And with all of that, of course, comes many, many, many lessons learned more often than not the hard way. In this episode, I'm going to celebrate that 10 year anniversary of me becoming my own boss by sharing a few of the most important lessons I've learned in the past 10 years, so you can learn them the easy way. Stay tuned. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams. No hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, Hey there friends.
1:35 Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So grateful to have you here checking out the show today, an extra special episode because we're celebrating the 10 year anniversary of me going out on my own no clue what the heck I'm doing. Being just sick of working for someone else. And starting my own business. I personally, it's one of those things where I cannot believe it's been 10 years. I remember making that decision like it was yesterday. I remember telling my family and friends and doing all the stuff so vividly. But at the same time, it seems like I've been doing this forever. It seems like I've been doing my own thing and not having a boss and making my own decisions and my own rules and my own schedule for a long time. So yes, I am celebrating this month. And part of that celebration is coming at you with some things that I've learned along the way. Because I think you all know this by now one of my biggest deepest goals and desires is to help you with your business and to make it easy and simplified and a fun process. And part of that is learning from my mistakes, hopefully. And so what better time to take a trip down memory lane, think back on some of those mistakes and all of the lessons I've learned along the way, and share some of those with you. Now there's a ton of lessons to this podcast episode could be days long. So instead of me doing that, and boring, you all, I picked the top 10. And by top, I mean the ones that I think you all need to hear the most, based on what I'm seeing what I'm experiencing what I'm talking about with clients, these are the ones I know may resonate with you the most and really need to sink in for you to be able to take the next steps in your business and be able to make it to your next milestone, whether that's one year, 10 years, 20 years, 50 years, whatever it is. Alright, so that's what we're going to do today, a quick history on my business just so you have a little background of where I've been where I started where I am now all of that stuff. I know most of this I've shared in bits and pieces on the show, but always fun to go back and see where I've come from. But when I officially started my business 10 years ago, this month, I was working in a corporate environment, but as a personal trainer, so I had to actually the year before that transitioned out of operations management for that Corporation, which was like a large box gym Corporation. And you know, as part of my process of trying to figure out what I wanted to do with my life. I switched into being a personal trainer and really loved it really did well quickly in that area, but still was under this corporate environment where there were specific goals and specific scripts and this and that all these things that you had to do. That just did not work for me. And I knew I could do it better to be honest And I could do it more authentically. And in a way that didn't feel like I had to hit these goals, I had to say these specific things. And if I didn't, I was gonna get written up and just gross, right. So I got to a point where I was so fed up that I put in my notice, and decided to start my own personal training business, which included me driving to my clients homes and training them in their own home, my entire I had like a, at the time, I had a small SUV, the entire back of my small SUV was full of training equipment, like kettlebells, and dumbbells, and boxes, and just all the things bands steps, all the things. And so I would take these things to my clients homes, bring in whatever we needed for that session, and train them, and then drive all across the county to other people's homes all day. And it was actually fun, like, really fun, really great, because first of all, I was finally out on my own, I was doing my own thing, I was making my own schedule, and it was great. But obviously, you can understand that that business model can't really last for long, without me getting a little burnt out from not even training people. But from being in the car all the time. didn't go that well. I ended up burning myself out pretty quickly from that. So that was my first couple years in business that I did that. And I was making, I was probably netting like 10, maybe at most $20,000 a year. A year. Not great, right? Because think about it. I'm training people and then I'm spending a ton of time in the car in between clients to get there and do it was just not not good. That was my complete, that just really shows my complete ignorance about all things business. So I should go back and mention that when I decided I was fed up with my job and wanted to do my own thing. I had no experience, I had no background in entrepreneurship. I had no clue what I was doing, or how I was going to do it or how it's going to get clients or how I was going to make money. None of that I had no dollars in my bank account, no savings account, no investors, no nothing. I just knew I wanted more for myself. And I knew I would figure it out. And that's always been my MO I want something I'm gonna figure out how to make it happen. And that's what I did. And yeah, it was a struggle. And obviously, I wasn't making very much money. Those first few years I had was carrying a little bit of debt from my business, and also living very, very frugally, I guess we could say, and made it work. And during that time, I had also become interested in nutrition, based on my own experience having really helped out my autoimmune disease and other issues I had with my health by switching my diet. I just became obsessed with it for myself, and then ended up really wanting to help other people with that. So I went back to get my nutrition certification from the nutritional therapy association. So that was all going on in the background of me having this personal training business as well. Then, right before I graduated with my nutrition certification, I hooked up with a friend that we knew each other through Instagram had never met in person, but got in touch with a friend and we started a podcast. Now this was back in 2015, so almost eight years ago. And there were obviously podcasts out there, but not very many, not nearly as many as there are today. And once we started our podcast, we really started creating a community around that podcast and got listeners pretty quickly and pretty easily and really had this momentum going. So then once I became certified in nutritional therapy, and knew I wanted to have that business be entirely online, because I was still doing personal training in person in my own community locally, but knew I wanted to be able to expand my business out further and so use the nutrition aspect of that to do so and could meet with clients via zoom or at the time it was more like Skype, meet via Skype and connect with people that way. So once I became officially certified and started that aspect of my business, I had a little bit of an audience already because of the podcast and was able to attract took some clients from that and kick off my nutrition side of my business while still doing the personal training as well. Then I got sick, or really, this was all kind of happening behind the scenes too. So while I was in my nutrition certification, while I was still doing my in home personal training, wildlife was starting this podcast, I was also in the midst of this major, like mystery illness situation, which I've talked about a ton. I think most of you at this point know, it ended up being mold toxicity from living in a moldy home. And it really affected my health and life and all that stuff for several years in a big way. But business wise, it meant that I really, truly did not have the energy to do my business in the way that I had been the way that I had sustained it for that period of time, I had absolutely zero energy. And there were so many days where I would wake up, I would have breakfast, and I'd have to go back to sleep for another four or five hours because I was just exhausted. And I did not have the energy or mental capacity to train to go to my clients homes and train them. And I tried, of course, to sustain that. And it just made it worse and worse and worse. So I ended up having to cut back on that side of my business in order to heal my body. And so yes, I was still having these nutrition clients come to me, which was amazing, because I could be at home, I It wasn't taking nearly the amount of energy to work with those clients as it was my personal training clients. So my business was slowly transitioning, and I was ramping up the nutrition aspect and dialing back the personal training aspect. And so at this point, this is like mid 2016, around the summer of 2016. When I really started feeling like if I continue this, I'm gonna get really burned out. And I really do need to take more time for myself, I really do need to heal. This is taking up a lot of time and energy. And I just want to get better, like my number one goal in my life is to feel like myself again. And if you've been in that place where you have been sick, especially with like this mysterious illness, and nobody knows what's going on, and you have to go all these doctors and all this stuff, and you don't feel like yourself, then I know you understand where I was at, like, I don't care. If I'm in debt for the rest of my life, I don't care if I don't have a business at all, I just need to get better, I just need to feel like myself again. And that's where I was. And it was around that time that it clicked in me that I could create a space online, where my clients could get the help that they needed from me without having to meet with me one on one, which now looking back, yes, I was creating my signature program at the time, I didn't realize that's what I was doing. I was just thinking of a way where I could still help the people that I wanted to help without it taking so much of my time and energy so that I could then use that to get better. And then came up with my signature program, the fat burning female project spent three months creating that launched it in January of 2017. And then that is really when my business started to exponentially change and grow, continue to have the podcast started up a second podcast, specifically around keto. And again, when I created that podcast, my only goal, my thought was, I want to have a place where I can answer the common questions that I'm getting from the people who are going through my program. So they have this space, this like additional way to get more coaching and advice beyond just the program and, you know, continue to get this weekly content. That's what I thought and then, you know, started the podcast and the next day it was the number one nutrition podcast and it stayed that way for a while. And it just really took off because gosh, I'm just going down the rabbit hole but this is what happens when I don't have notes to follow. And I also just had a coffee and oat milk latte. So I'm just going to talk a lot in this episode. I hope that's okay. Anyway, the reason But why that podcast took off. And what I teach my clients that want to have a podcast to do is it was so hyper specific, it was called the Keto for women show, which means it's specifically talking about one type of diet one way of eating for a specific type of person, which is women. And not just any woman, but a woman who wants to learn that style of eating for whatever reason they have. So it immediately took off was super popular, grew really fast. And then that led into people becoming part of my program. So for a very long time, a couple of years, the only way to work with me was through my signature program, the fat burning female project. And then it got to a point, this was in 2019, mid 2019, where I just felt complete. I personally was no longer using keto, which I had been to help heal from the mold toxicity. And it helped me tremendously with all of my symptoms, and really helped reset my body and detox my body. And that's the whole reason why I got into keto. And while I was teaching keto for women, but I was no longer in need of that myself, I felt like I had shared everything I wanted and needed to share through the podcast. And through my program, I had helped 1000s of people, there had been almost 3000 people that had gone through the program at that point. And I just felt complete with it. It felt like that chapter of my life and my business was done. What had come out of that experience, though, was this very obvious knowledge that women who are searching for a specific a way of eating or a diet as what it really was need more than just the diet, and very rarely, but they don't even really need the diet, they need the mindset work that nobody is doing. That is really at the heart of what they're seeking. And so then I transitioned into teaching mindset work and energetic work for women as it relates to their bodies, their health, any sort of healing, or detox, or program or protocol, or whatever they're doing. I wanted to get into the mindset work of that. And so did that for a little while. And it was just something that I didn't, you know, to be totally honest, I didn't have the right audience for it was a really great program and one of my favorites still to this day that I created. But it wasn't the right offer for the audience that I had those people still wanted the quick fix and didn't want to do the mindset work. And so it kind of died. And I know there are people listening right now who have been through that program, the unstuck project, and it is something that I talked about at the beginning of this podcast that I'm now doing, which was called just the unstuck podcast. And it was a program that coincided with the work we did here when I first started this podcast. And it just kind of fizzled out. Because first of all, like I said the audience wasn't the right one for what I wanted to do with that. And at the same time, while all while I was creating the unstuck project, I was behind the scenes, working with some of my friends and some of my peers, my fellow nutritionists, and even a few personal trainers, I was working behind the scenes and helping them with their businesses. They had just come to me as friends as peers, and asked me kind of how I had built up the business that I had the podcast that I had the program that I had, and if I could help them with it, and I did kind of behind the scenes, never thinking that it would really turn into anything else. But as I got going with that and really started having those conversations and working with those people. I loved it. I had so much fun with it. I loved it, it was working. They were getting results. They were experiencing the business they wanted to experience and I just really enjoyed having those conversations with them. And that's when I started transitioning to work on businesses and helping business owners, specifically wellness business owners create the business that they want. And here we are doing that now on what is turned from the unstuck podcast to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. And I think it's now been almost 100 episodes specifically for entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship and new business owners and seasoned business owners. And as you know, if you've listened to the show for any length of time, the mindset and energetic work that I was doing with your women who were wanting to work on their health, their body image, all of that stuff, it's the same kind of work, it's just now transitioned into helping people who want a business who want a successful business who want to be their own boss and make their own money and set their own rules, the same stuff really still applies, and can be transitioned into really any type of work any type of industry. And so that's incorporated into what we talk about here. And then also, obviously, the practical business stuff, which, now that I've shared my entire story, my entire 10 years of business in 20 minutes. Now, you know, where that strategy and practical step by step approach comes from. It's just from me doing it, for me living it from me having things that worked really, really, really well. And things that didn't work at all, and learning every single moment of the way. And then taking those moments and sharing them with you and everything I've learned and all of the processes that have worked and putting them in a package. So they work for you, too. That's, that's what I'm doing here. And that's what I'm doing and all of my programs, and everything I have to offer you as the business owner. Alright, let's wrap that up. That was literally supposed to be a five minute conversation that turned into 20. So I apologize, but now you know where I'm coming from, and where these lessons I'm about to share with you come from. And so let's get into those. And I will just let you know, I shared these already on Instagram, I think by the time you listen to this, it'll be last week. So you may have seen these, but you know, Instagram gives you like 2200 I think characters in your caption, and I can't do anything with that. So I only shared the list. But now I want to expand and elaborate on that list. Okay, starting with number one, patience is your biggest asset. I know that we live in a world of immediate instant gratification. And there seems to be this idea that that same thing can apply to your business. But I am here to tell you and to remind you over and over again, that business building is not an immediate gratification kind of thing. I really wanted to include this. And probably this is the most important one on this entire list. Because pretty much every client that I talked to that I have, whether they are one on one clients or in the signature program lab, or just have communicated with me through direct message or email or whatever, every business owner I talk to or want to be business owner I talk to they get really emotional. And if I'm being honest kind of have these freakout moments when things don't happen immediately when they put out a freebie and mention it once and no one signs up. Or they send out one email about a paid offer and no one joins or, you know, they put out the first Instagram post they've put out in two years and they only get two likes. I know you wanted a booming business like yesterday. I understand that and I know how emotionally charged everything that we do in our business is but please give yourself some grace. Please give your business the patience that it needs and deserves because that is what it takes. This is a long game. Keep in mind, I just gave you my entire business story. And for three years. I was not even making $20,000 a year in my business. I was it was slow I was struggling. I did not know what I was doing. I had no idea. And in that time, I had tried a lot of stuff, I put out several different like, online group, personal training things, I don't want to call them programs because I didn't even know what that was at the time. I don't really know what they were to be honest. But I tried, and no one bought them. Four times, I tried to put these things out, and no one bought them. For those first couple years, I had probably under 100 people on my email list, I was putting out freebies, I had started using social media, again, it was 10 years ago, and social media was a thing, but it wasn't the same as it is. Now obviously, we were putting out like filtered photos on Instagram. And we were just using Facebook to like, share the pictures of what we did with our friends that weekend. You know, it isn't what it is now. And so I was starting to try to figure out how to use that stuff and doing a lot of trial and error. But all of it took so much time. And so yes, I know instant gratification is a real thing. It's getting more and more and more so as we progress in this lifetime, but your business is not that. And it takes a lot of time and work and patience to get it to the point where you want it to be most likely, of course, there are all kinds of different situations, there are all kinds of people who have had overnight success. And I'm not saying that's not possible. But if you can practice patience with your business, if you can be in it and have the mentality of being in it for the long haul, you are actually more likely to see that happen faster for you to see the overnight success, maybe be more possible for you. But can we move past the idea of I'm going to create this paid offer, I'm going to talk about it two or three times, if nobody bites, I'm calling myself a failure, I know my business is doomed. I'm going to freak out, I'm going to get super emotional, I'm going to get all impostor syndrome me and just go back into my hole. That is what I see. And that is what I don't want you to do. Because patience is a virtue here. And can we really, really practice that to grow the business that you want to grow?
27:36 Number two, almost nothing goes as planned. It kind of goes along with the last conversation where you can plan and plan and plan and have all these great ideas and this great vision in your head and just really feel like your business is going to really boom after that one launch after that one email after that one Instagram post. But here's the thing. Your business isn't really in your control, which is kind of a hard and weird thing to say. But hear me out. Your business relies on other people's decisions and actions. Your business relies on those people deciding to hit the purchase button, deciding to say yes and work with you. And that is not in your control. You may say Well, yeah, but that's why I do the marketing. And that's why I have my sales page and I have all this stuff. Yeah, you are doing a great job of communicating what you offer and how it can help someone. But you're not making that decision for them. You're not forcing them to do anything, I sure hope not because that would be really terrible marketing. So it's not in your control. So
28:58 you control what you can, which we'll get into, which is the marketing aspect of that. And you go with the flow of knowing that knowing that your business is unpredictable, and that your plans may not go as planned. I have planned a ton of things in my business that have not worked that did not go as planned that did not meet the goal that I had set. I have not planned things that just have all of a sudden happened and took me in a totally different direction. Almost nothing goes as planned. And the more that you can embrace that, the easier it will be to stay detached from the plans and goals and ideas that you have when they don't go as planned and not get emotionally involved or as emotionally involved. When that happens. Once you've really wrapped your head that nothing goes as planned. And then this goes into number three, which is you still got to plan it out anyway. So just because things don't go as planned and a lot of your business is unpredictable, you still need a plan of action, you still need goals to hit targets to reach in, yeah, it may not happen. But it does help you be strategic, it helps you be organized. And it helps you kind of know your path, know what you're working on, and why the business owners that I see and that I work with, that are struggling the most are the ones that don't have a plan or a vision or a goal or anything. They're really just kind of flying by the seat of their pants, they have an idea, and they're like, let's do this. And they just do it. And without really thinking it through without really understanding well, what's the plan behind doing that thing? What is the ultimate goal? What do you see really happening there, even if it may not go in the way that you thought, if you have a plan, you are really creating the action path that gets you there. And that's what we really need. So I always recommend at least doing 90 Day plans, I think 90 days is a really good chunk of time that you can get specific that you can really envision and see and look at that three months on your calendar and plan out when you're doing what I think that really, really helps. And, of course, yeah, you can have a yearly plan to but then chunk that up into four quarterly plans. That's how I do it. That's how I recommend, it helps immensely to have that organization in your business and you need that you need organization and your business, you need a strategy, you need that plan. Number four, not everyone will like you. And that's a good thing. And I think we all know this, but yes, it still is hard to see that first, like unsubscribe or that first negative review, or that first refund request or that first hater on your Instagram posts. And there's a joke. Now I know we've talked about it several times and the unstuck entrepreneur community, which is, you know, you're officially in business, when you get your first hater, when you get your first mean comment on your social media feed. That's when you know, you've really made it and so you are not going to be for everyone, your work is not going to be for everyone, you probably will turn people off, people might get the wrong idea, the wrong message, they just aren't a good fit for you. And that is a good thing. In fact, the more polarizing you can be with your business and with who you help and with what you believe, the better, the more specific you can be the more niche niche you can be, the better, which means there are going to be people who don't believe that who don't think that who don't want that. And that is a good thing. Because for as many people as there are who don't agree with what you have to say, there are twice as many 10 times as many people who strongly agree with what you have to say. And having that agreement having that buy in having that similarity in beliefs is what will get them to become lifetime paying clients. And that is obviously what you want to grow your business. So as soon as you know that your stuff isn't going to be for everyone. And it's okay if people unfollow you it's okay if people unsubscribe, it's actually a really good thing because that means that you are building the right community of the right people who really want to connect with you. And that's what really matters when it comes to growing your business authentically. And if you do get mean comments on your Instagram or a negative review on your podcast or whatever, welcome to The Club. You made it you can trust me I know how hard this is. It is incredibly hard to let it go but it is really good practice in just letting it go blocked that person delete that comment if it's on something like your podcast and you can't just see what you can do to send them good vibes analytic go. Alright, moving on to number five. You know this you know this was coming. I say this all the time. Do the scary thing. Let me tell you something, every single action step that you need to take to grow your business The things that will actually move the needle, they're scary, period, end of story. They are scary, they will get that fear going in new, it will feel like maybe I shouldn't do this, maybe this isn't right, maybe I'm not ready, let me go just spend my time doing something else that doesn't really matter. The ego voice as we know it here on the show will come up big time, all the time. If you are doing things right in your business, you should be hearing that ego voice a lot. And we know by now that that does not mean you don't do it, or you shouldn't do it, it only means that you are stepping into new territory, you are getting outside of your comfort zone, and you are doing something big. That's all it means. You get to decide where you go with that. So do the scary thing. And as you do it, first of all, that thing immediately becomes way less scary. Like if you're starting a podcast, you put out your first episode. And it's like the hardest thing ever, by like episode number three, you're like, oh, this whole thing. Yeah, hey, no problem. But then other things that are out of your comfort zone like that next step, that's one more spot out of your comfort zone, that becomes less scary, too. And yes, you still feel it. And you still know what's there. And you still get that ego chatter. But you know better by now, you know that that does not mean don't do it. You know, it's just because you're doing things to really, truly move the needle and grow in your business. And that's what it feels like to do that. So please do the scary thing I promise you, it will be the thing that makes your dream business a reality. Number six, every quote unquote failure is really just a learning experience meant to get you closer to your expansion. Again, something we've talked about here on the show a lot, something that we we know. But maybe we just need reminding, constantly to remember this. Sometimes when you do those scary things, like we just talked about. And number five, they don't go as planned. In fact, let's go back to what number two, where almost nothing goes as planned. A lot of times, things don't go as planned, even though scary things were that really push you outside of your comfort zone. But that does not mean it's a failure. That doesn't mean your business is doomed. That doesn't mean no one wants what you have to offer. That doesn't mean that you need to go back and get another certification or take another course or any of the things. It just means that you are going through a learning process, which we all do, all of the time, being in business is a constant learning experience every moment of every day. And so when things don't go as planned, and you want to call it a failure, can you look back on that, and pick out everything that you learned? And if you really do this as an exercise, like you really do make a list, you really do look back on that and say, Well, yeah, I mean, I really did learn a lot, you will have this huge list of all these things, all these ways that you've grown through that process that you wanted to call a failure, that really, this was another step in the process, which is constantly what you are doing in your business. And like I mentioned back away a long time ago, when I had these first ideas for like online type programs for my fitness business, and tried to put them out four times with a zero people purchasing all four times. I call that a failure. I was not happy about that. But guess what it made me do. It made me start learning how to market myself. That was the first time that I actually picked up a book on marketing. And I started following people and listening to podcasts about marketing after those failures, because I knew that I didn't know a lot of what I needed to know to make that a success. So instead of it being a failure, it was really just eye opening experience that then I never dealt with again, because from that point on, I became a marketer, as well as a personal trainer as well as a nutritionist as well as a coach and that's what I kind of explained in the last episode that you need to do that I really want you to do this year is step into that role. We'll have business owner entrepreneur, which one of the biggest hats that you wear in that role is marketer, instead of just seeing yourself as the coach, but if I wouldn't have had those experiences where no one wanted what I had to offer, I wouldn't have ever gotten to that next level. And I really wouldn't have the business that I have now, because I wouldn't have learned what I needed to learn. So, failures are just learning experiences. Number seven, set big goals based on your big dreams and lead by clear intentions, all of this, what that really means is, please don't sell you or your business short, you are capable of amazing things. And so, create those big dreams and those big goals, get outside of your comfort zone, even when it comes to your goals. This lesson came to me just as I started thinking about where my business has taken me, and just knowing that there is no possible way I could have ever fathom, that I would be doing what I'm doing today. And having the experiences I've had and helping the people I've helped and just creating this whole life for myself, never could have thought that was possible. 10 years ago, I didn't have a plan, I didn't have a goal, I didn't have a vision, I didn't have a dream. I just didn't want to work for anyone else again. And I was that way for several years until I started really working on mindset work and energetic work and realize I needed to create a vision for myself, I needed to have something more than just like this business that was barely getting me by I wanted something more, I wanted something much, much, much bigger than that. And as soon as I allowed myself to think bigger, and to have this big grand vision for myself that at the time, I didn't know if it was even possible. But I started to believe in myself. And I started to create those intentions of why I wanted it and what it would look like and what it would do for me and my family and my friends and the world. Then I was really able to snowball that vision and snowball my dreams and my goals. Those big goals became my reality, those big dreams became my reality. And of course, as you progress, you create bigger and bigger and bigger goals. You're never done visualizing another rung for yourself another rung up the ladder. But to think back on where I was and how much has changed since then, and just things I never would have thought possible for myself are and were possible. And the same thing goes for you. But you have to create that for yourself. If you're not just going to step into it, you have to know what you want and why you want it. And really get there with your energy. Get there with your mindset and move from that place. So I want you to set huge, big, crazy, scary goals for yourself, and do it with your intentions in mind. So really understand why you want what you want. And then go from there. And just when you have it backed with that intention that big, why? Just, it's just like, so powerful, and it will create the business of your dreams. Number eight inspired action over busy work. Another thing we talked about here a lot. I'm just like, the biggest, craziest advocate of taking inspired action, versus just like sitting down at your computer and doing some busy work that really does not move, move the needle doesn't do anything for your business and just kind of makes it seem like you're busy. It's like you're feeding your ego with the like, Yeah, I'm working on my business and I'm getting things going and you know, I'm working on this freebie and I'm sending out this thing and designing this and I'm checking in on my website again and making little tweaks and all this stuff that is not going to move the needle and is not creating the business of your dreams. Again, wrapping this all into one big package, the inspired action is going to be scary and it will feel uncomfortable and that is when you know that you are on the right path towards your expansion. And I add the word inspired in front of action because you At the same time, it needs to while it will feel scary and uncomfortable and new, your ego doesn't want you to do it and all that stuff, it still feels right, it still feels exciting underneath all of that, you still get kind of like, tingles of joy and excitement and expansion and growth. And it's like, oh, this is so scary. And I'm having all of these stories around it. But I also know it's right. And I also know, it's what I want. And I also know, it's what I need to do to reach the people that I want to help. So that is, you know, busy work, taking uninspired action and just doing some ho hum stuff, versus doing the real thing. That's what we want. Moving on to number nine, be unapologetic about marketing yourself, and learn how to do it properly. This is something that you're going to hear me talk about a lot more in the coming year, this is a big focus on what I want to help you with in 2023 is the marketing aspect of your business. Because I see a lot of struggle. And I see what I really see is people, you creating these amazing, amazing offers, and having this deep desire and passion and purpose, to help out other humans, and wanting to connect with these people and really go down this path and journey with them to get them to a better version of themselves. But you don't know how to market that. And it's so it's not happening. And you spend all your time creating all these offers and getting your website set up and all of the stuff. But then when it comes time to actually sell what you have to offer and talk about it and market it and get people interested and excited and invested in it. You don't do it. And as much as we all want it to be this way, your business is not a situation of if you build it, they will come that that's not how it works, you are going to need to market yourself, and you're going to need to feel confident and comfortable doing so. And like I said being unapologetic about it. And one of the biggest reasons why this is so challenging for a lot of you is because when you hear marketing and selling, you immediately think like annoying, slimy, sleazy, pushy, all of that stuff is kind of like forcing people or coercing people or persuading people into doing things they don't want to do. And that's not what you're doing. What I am hoping that you do, and that you will learn how to do and that you'll be unapologetic about doing is creating a marketing system that builds true connection and trust with the right people. And it attracts those right people. And it makes them feel seen and heard and understood. And the thing is, when you are creating that kind of marketing system in your business, which is really this true, authentic, genuine, like heart centered marketing system, as you can tell, which is what I'm all about. It takes time, it's not going to happen with a few Instagram posts, or a few emails that say, Oh, hey, I created this program. And it's it's so great, I have this coaching package, and it's going to help you so much immediate just for you, you're gonna love it, you should totally buy it. And I'm not saying that's what you guys are doing at all. But there is a lot of just like kind of ho hum, kind of blanket marketing happening. That's just like, here's this thing I made it for you go by it. And that's not going to work, it doesn't work. And so how can we instead, really step into this unapologetic marketing of the work that we do in a way that feels authentic and real and create that connection in that trust with the people that you want to help and like I said, we're gonna be talking about that a lot more in the coming episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, but focus on that unapologetic newness and what you can do to feel so confident and connected in how you are offering up your services. All right, last one number 10 All Ways. Remember, just keep going. Going back to number one, patience is key. And it takes time to really, truly build the business that you want and deserve and your clients deserve. That takes time and practice and patience. And when we are in this place where we start feeling like it should have happened already, or we have something that didn't go as planned, which goes back to I think number two, or three or whatever, at this point, I forgot, or we have something that we would deem as a quote unquote, failure. It can be easy for your ego voice to say, this isn't going to work. This isn't for you. You don't have anything good to offer. No one wants what you're putting out there. No one's listening. No one cares. You can't get anyone to to join in. Let's just give up. That's what your ego can say. Right? But really, what do you want? What's the vision that you have for yourself? What is your future look like? And if it looks like you having your own business, helping the people that you're meant to help fulfilling on your purpose and mission, following your passion, and doing it all in a place where you work for yourself, where you are your own boss, and you make your own rules and your own schedule, and all that stuff, then that is what you need to listen to follow that vision. And if you can get your ego quiet enough, then if that vision is what you desire, your intuition, your inner voice, will tell you to just keep going. And if your ego is so loud, that you can't hear that. But you know, that's what's right, then remember me telling you that right now, just keep going. It will make sense. It will grow, it will work. But you've got to keep at it. And in the 10 years that I've been at it, I've had to tell myself that countless times, there's been so many times where I just wanted to quit, I wanted to give up, it all became too much. You know, and this is all my ego stuff. After things, of course, didn't go as planned failures happened, pivots were needed all the things. But at the end of the day, I still knew what I wanted, I still knew how I wanted my business, my life my story to go. And that is what has kept me going for 10 years now. And that will wrap up my 10 lessons for you that I have curated over the past 10 years of being in business. And yes, these were all lessons that I had to learn along the way. And I'm sure there will be another bazillion lessons that I'll learn over the next 10 years too. So be on the lookout for 10 years from now another set of lessons that I will share with you. But in the meantime, so happy to have you joining in on this journey. Please reach out if there's anything I can do to help you on your business journey so that you do make it to your next milestone, like I said, whether that's one year in business, or 20 years in business, whatever it may be, I'd love to help you get there. You can send me a direct message on Instagram at Shawn Mynar and I'd love to chat with you there.
53:48 And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven And system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're gonna learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
Is this 2023 the year your business takes off? The year you quit your other job or a business model you don’t love and go all in as the coach, practitioner, or consultant you really want to be? The year you take your business to the next level and double, triple, or quadruple the impact and income you make? Of course it is! To make it happen, there are a few important places you need to put your time, energy, and focus this year that will make the biggest shifts for you and your business. In this episode, I’m sharing the 5 biggest things you need to do to grow your business in 2023, so stay tuned.
“If we’re talking specifically about building and creating online service-based business, you better believe that what you’re doing in 2022 is not gonna be the same thing that you do in 2023.”
"My challenge for you, my ultimate goal and dream and desire for you in 2023 is to put on that entrepreneur hat every time you are not with your clients or doing client work. Step into the role of a business owner."
“Numbers don’t matter at all if you’re not also creating real, true, genuine connections with people.”
“Focus on the value that you can bring to the content that you can put out and make it unique and special and something that people will notice.
“Be more intentional, be more authentic, be more real, connect, connect, connect.”
Signature Program Masterclass: shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
Launch List Accelerator: shawnmynar.com/list
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00 Is 2023 gonna be the year your business finally takes off the year you quit your other job or a business model you don't love and go all in as the coach practitioner or consultant, you really want to be the year you take your business to the next level and double, triple or quadruple the impact and income you make. Of course it is. But to make that happen, there are a few important places you need to be putting your time, energy and focus this year that will make the biggest shifts for you and your business. So in this episode, I'm sharing the five biggest things you need to do to grow your business in 2023. So stay tuned.
0:48 Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:32 Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. And I am so happy to be back with you on this episode. Extra happy because it's been a while I was off of the mic. Gosh, what five or six weeks, took a break in between Thanksgiving and Christmas for the first time ever. And not a total break from my business entirely. But just kind of went more low key with everything created less content, and just gave myself a little more space in my business. Because my personal life was busy. I had several different trips and vacations planned the holiday just a lot going on. And I just honestly didn't really have the time that I needed to to intentionally create content. So it was like kind of a forced break. And I really enjoyed it, it was exactly what I needed at exactly the right time. And I missed you. And I missed creating content for the podcast, I missed being on social media as much as I normally am. And sometimes I think that's good, it's good to have these times where we do take a step back. Because without it, it's like we don't ever get to that point of missing it. And so it just becomes this continuous thing where it's just something we do, and we don't have any emotion behind it. And we're going to talk about this coming up. So a little foreshadowing. And when you actually take a little bit of a break, you realize that it is fun, and you do enjoy it and you do miss it. And then you can come back with so much more intention behind it. So all of that to say missed you guys happy to be back recording the show have a ton of new episodes ready to go for you. And it's going to be a great year together here on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. One big thing that I did do while I had some more space in my business life was to start a big new training. And I alluded to this and a few episodes, I think, before I took my break that I was starting in on this big new learning experience that I was really excited to dive into. And I did and it's been going super well better than expected. I am thoroughly enjoying it. I am learning all about copywriting and specifically copywriting for small businesses, for sales pages, emails, launchers, websites, everything, all of it. And really just the words that you are using in your business and how to use them effectively, which is again, something we're going to be talking about coming up. So be prepared for that too. So I really dove into that I gave myself a schedule, which for me is how it works best for me to stick to these kinds of things. And I shared a little bit about that on my stories, what I was doing to make sure that I stayed on track with what I wanted to accomplish in this certification program in the time that I had, so every day on my calendar because
5:00 I had a little more flexibility and wasn't creating as much content for my business, I had a little bit more time. And so every day, starting at one o'clock, I stopped what I was doing. And I started learning, I started my trainings, and just did that every day that I wasn't on vacation or traveling, or, you know, the weekend, when I was just enjoying my personal time, I made that part of my plan for the day, and it has gone really well. I love it. It is I'm so excited you guys, not only do I have plans to incorporate everything I'm learning into my business. But also, I really, really, really want to break this all down for you. So that you can become a better copywriter in your business instead of either a not thinking about it at all, which is what I think a lot of people are doing, or be hiring someone that is really probably outside of your budget, you don't have to do those two things, you can not be a writer, not be a creative, but still have good copy as a service based business and you should. So that's what I really want to do. It's something I've been doing naturally in my business for ever now, I'd say probably intentionally, five or six years. And so then to get a little bit more of the nitty gritty, to understand a little bit more of it, and to have a mentor that I can work with, to help in my business and to help you with your businesses. Something I am just beyond excited to share with you and I have a lot of that coming up, of course, I'll be sharing tons of that here on the podcast. Over the coming months, I have an entire series planned, that will probably come out late January, early February, that will blow your mind and will change everything for you. So be on the lookout for that. But I'm just excited. And I'm really still diving into that even as I come back to more intentional content creation. In January, I still am making that learning that teaching a priority for myself. And we'll continue to do that until I know every single thing because I am that invested I am that involved, and I am loving it that much. And I'm excited to make this part of my business too. And just offer these services potentially, to someone that doesn't want to learn it and doesn't want to know and just wants to have it done for them, I can do that as well. So all of that coming up. That's what I've been up to, I hope you all have had an amazing time off, if you are able to do that for yourself holiday season, if that's something that you're into, I hope all of it everything is going well for you. And hey, guess what, it's a new year. And of course, as with everything in any industry, when it comes to a new year, we have new goals, we have these desires, these visions of ourselves. And that's what I had to do in the last episode is really create that vision of who you're going to be at the end of 2023 and start moving from that place and thinking from that place. And so now you have this concept of what you want to accomplish. In this year for your business. I'm sure you have stuff and other areas of your life that you're working on too. But if you want to have a business or you do have a business, then you should have some yearly intentions, yearly plans, yearly goals, your yearly visions that you want to achieve. So how do we do that? In the year 2023? Because yeah, things are different this year, as with every year and you know, January 2023, what we're in now is the 10th anniversary of my business. I started my business in January of 2013. So I'm celebrating the 10th Birthday of what is Aviva fitness, which is what I started with in 2013. And have kind of kept it that name but doing business as Shawn Mynar holistic health now, over the years, in that 10 years. Gosh, if I think back to all of the different turns of the Year, everyone was so different and so much happened as a small business in the year that every new turn of the year was a new approach. And that's what happens, especially in online business, because it moves fast, and it changes fast. And the things that worked one year don't even exist the next year like there's just a lot of movement, and there's a lot of change and evolution from year to year.
10:00 Are as an online business especially and with all business as well, of course, but if we're talking specifically about building and creating that online service based business, you better believe that what you were doing in 2022 is not going to be the same thing that you do in 2023. And there's so many people, business coaches, I think, they give these like predictions of what they think the year will bring. And I'm not going to do that. And I don't want to do that, because there is no way to know I mean, you can look back at what's happened in 2022. And be like, I couldn't have predicted that. And you know, if I think back 10 years ago, I definitely could not have predicted anything that happened in my business, because it all just moves and changes. So fast. So yeah, we have these goals and desires and plans for our year. But please make sure they are fluid. And they change as things change in the environment, as things evolve in the industry, and allow yourself to evolve and grow with that. But with all that being said, I do think that there are some things and specifically five things that you can and should be focusing your attention and energy on in 2023, to grow your business. So that's what we're going to talk about today. And if I'm being totally honest, there's not really anything new that we've never talked about before, I have been talking about all these things for a really long time, because they have stood the test of time, and continue to be extremely important. No matter what else happens in the industry, in business, no matter how many different social media channels come up and where you're supposed to be and what you're supposed to be doing and how you're supposed to be creating content and where supposed to go. And all that stuff. This stuff all remains the same. It always remains constant and has for the past 10 years that I've been growing a business. So that is why yes, I've always been talking about them. But now I'm going to put them all in one spot for you to consider and put an even bigger focus on in your business in 2023. Okay, they stand the test of time. So let's get into it. The first one is really by far the most important one. And if there's only one thing that you do this entire year, and hopefully forever moving forward, in your business, to grow it, please let it be this. And I know that this can be a challenge. But I hope you're up for the challenge because it's what needs to happen. You need to step into the role of a business owner of an entrepreneur, and not just a coach. Yes, you are a coach, you are a practitioner, you are a consultant, you have the education, the experience, the credentials, all the things.
13:19 But you are not just that. And if you don't want to add on, that you are a business owner, that you are an entrepreneur, then go work for someone else. There are plenty of people who need coaches and consultants and practitioners under them to help them with their business. And I say this with all the love. I'm not saying that to be mean, at all. I'm saying that so that you understand that there are there's more to the story. If you want to be a coach, with your own business, if you want to work for yourself as a coach, then you need to put on a different hat. And that is the hat of the entrepreneur of the business owner. And you can start right now by telling people when they ask you what you do that you have your own business, teaching nutrition or you have your own business where you coach people through divorce or you have your own business. You are an entrepreneur, you are a business owner, who also does that coaching thing. You are not a health coach, you are not a birth coach. You are a business owner who does that thing in their business. Just that one switch right there makes the biggest difference. And I think we can all agree and the reason why this is so important, is because those are two very different roles as
15:00 A coach, practitioner, consultant, service based provider, you help people, you help people on a journey from their point A to point B, where they want to be
15:14 as an entrepreneur, you are a strategist, a visionary, a marketer, a planner, you are motivated, you are a dreamer, you are a go getter, you're committed, you're consistent, you're excited, you are in a totally different space than when you have your coaching hat on. And yes, of course, that hat will come in handy when you're with your clients when you're having calls when you're doing your thing. But you have to have that other entrepreneur hat on in order to get those clients in order to attract people to your work in order to have those people understand what you do and who you help and that you are the right person for them. In order to get them to the point where they're ready and willing and happy and excited to pay you to work with them. That all requires a different hat. And I have worked with a lot of you listening, I have talked to a lot of you listening. And I know for a fact that a lot of you are not putting on that entrepreneur hat, you're not. And it could be out of fear. We talk about that a lot here on the show, fear that you are aren't experienced enough, you don't know what you're doing, it won't work, you'll fail. All those things that we talk about all the time here. Or it could be just because you don't know how to do that you don't know what that looks like. And that's again, why we're here to that is why I do what I do to show you and coach you through that process of stepping into that role. So that you can be an effective coach. Because you are a business owner who has attracted those people to work with you, you've got to do both. So my challenge for you my ultimate goal and dream and desire for you, in 2023 is to put on that entrepreneur hat every time you are not with your clients or doing client work. Step into the role of a business owner and start thinking, acting, behaving feeling doing being that person from that place. And if you need help, please reach out to me. And I will guide you in the right direction of where you can learn what that looks like and how it feels, and all the things that you need to do. Okay, step into the role of business owner, not just coach, they are very different roles, they require very different things. And you need to be both with a heavy emphasis on the business owner if you want to grow your business in 2023. Most important, okay, so really, everything else I'm going to talk about doesn't really matter, unless you do this one first. And in addition, Okay, number two, focus on connections over numbers. We are in a very numbers driven world, the online business world is a very numbers focused space, followers, and likes and comments and shares and subscribers and all of this. And we talked about numbers, numbers, numbers, numbers, but there is nothing more important. And in fact, those numbers don't matter at all. If you're not also creating real, true, genuine connections with those people and really making that way more important because it is then the amount of people, but how many connections? Are you creating real connections to the point where when people see your name pop up in their inbox? They're like, Yes, I got an email from so and so I can't wait to see what they have to say today. That is what we want. And for them to reply back to your emails and tell us exactly what they need for them to DM you on social media and start a conversation and let them know how much your content is helping them. That is what moves the needle way more than the numbers do. Because let's just say for instance, that you're upset because
20:00 You started your email list a month ago, and you only have 50 new subscribers. When you know your colleagues and the people you follow on social media, all these people have 1000s of subscribers. And that is what they think is their claim to fame for making a bazillion dollars. And all these crazy stories we heard, right? But think about that 50 People have told you not only told you but given you their highly valuable email address and said, I am interested in what you have to say and what you have to offer and what you've do. I think I might need your help. So here, go ahead and email me.
20:45 That is a huge deal. 50 people told you that in the past month, and if you focus on building those connections, overthinking, oh, well, there's only 50 people. So why even bother sending an email every week? Who cares? I'm just not going to do it. There's only 50 I'm failing clearly, which I know, I know, it goes through your mind. But what if instead, you spent your time and energy, really focusing on creating 50 Real, true, genuine connections with those people? What would change for you and your business? If those 50 people wanted to work with you, or even half of that if 25 People wanted to work with you wanted to have your one on one services, or be part of your next group program? That would be pretty significant, wouldn't it? And then what if that kept happening the next month and the next month and the next month. So after the entire year, you have made 600 genuine connections, big deal and would exponentially change your business forever. So instead of getting wrapped up in what everyone else is saying about their numbers, and what it takes and what they're doing, and just all this stuff that we can very easily start comparing ourselves to and then get kind of down about our numbers. Don't do that. Stay focused on what you're really here to do, which is to be able to help those people that rose their hand and said, Yeah, I hear what you're saying. And I think this might help me. So give me more details. So that is what I want you to focus on, I want you to focus on those connections. And I've kind of obviously alluded to this just in the past few minutes. That happens in two places. Really, the first and foremost, most important is on your email list, how you get people on your email list, which is with that epic freebie, and how you connect with people once they're there, which is with your weekly emails, your weekly newsletter. If you've been putting off your email list and making that a priority in your business that ends this year, please promise me that ends this year. And you really start making that a priority in your business. I don't care where you're at right now, I don't care if you're started your business today, or haven't started it yet, or are three years in, make it a focus, make it a priority, make those connections that you build by way of your emails, a major point of focus this year, and just watch how much changes for you and your business by the end of the year. If you put your energy towards this, I am here to help you with this process to get it set up the right way to get it working behind the scenes for you. That is all available to you in a launch list accelerator. Go to Shawnmynar.com/list and get started on that today, you will be so grateful that you didn't waste any more time not working on building your email list. All right, number three, make your content meaningful and memorable. There's so much focus on content, content, content, content, create more content, create all the content, never stop creating content, which in some regards is true. It is a very valuable way to build your business and attract an audience and get people to know like and trust you and to help build those connections that I was just talking about. But because that message is out there about the amount of content you need to put out, it means there's a lot of content out there means everyone's putting out content. And that's fine. That's great. But that just goes to my point and shows how important it is to make
25:00 Your content different to make it so that it does stand out to the right people. That's all that matters is the people that you want to help the the niche or niche you have found yourself in, that stands out to those people, your dream clients, that it is meaningful and memorable to them. So in this world where you're told to put out more and more and more and more in all the content, instead, focus on creating an amount of content that works for you, that keeps it meaningful, and memorable. Because having two Instagram posts a week that are unique and special, and meaningful and memorable to the right people is way more valuable to your business, and will help your business grow way more than putting out five Instagram posts a week, that are just kind of blah, that you're just putting out content to put out content because that's what you're heard you're supposed to do. So focus on the value that you can bring to the content that you can put out and make it unique and special and something that people will notice. I mean, because of the amount of content that is out there right now. People aren't responding and reacting to every single Instagram post they see or podcast episode that gets put out our YouTube video that shows up. They're not they're being picky and choosey because we can't consume the amount of content that's out there. None of us can. So we're being picky and choosey so what do we need to do to have the people that we want to help pick and choose us. And that is standing out standing out from the crowd. And like I said, it doesn't mean by creating more and more and more and more, it's by beak by creating something special. So focus on the value and the meaning behind the content that you do. Create. And this goes for all content. Yes, social media, yes, podcast, blog posts, YouTube videos, your newsletter, your freebies, everything you're putting out everything that you're creating, that goes out to your audience or to the people that you want to be in your audience. That's what I mean by content. And yes, you do have to create content, I don't really see a I see it being very challenging to build a business with having zero content. So that is something that over the years has become more and more and more important, as online business grows. But again, it's not about just shoving it out. Because you have to put it out and you have to do something every day, I really want to see you spend the time and energy to create something meaningful for your people and put that out into the world. Number four, make it easy and accessible for people to get the help they need from you. And this really boils down to and especially kind of going into a year where there's a recession, and things are gonna get worse, supposedly and all this stuff. And I don't want to get into all that because I'm not a financial advisor. This is not financial advice, I have no idea I'm not going to talk about what could or could not happen to the economy. But it really does show how important it is to have more than one way for someone to work with you and get the help they need and ideally, at varying price points. So if you only offer at this point, one on one packages, and they're, you know, 1000s of dollars, which they shouldn't be and that is important for you to get paid your value for your time and your education and your experience so rightfully so that it would cost 1000s of dollars to work with you. But there may be people who need your help, that simply can't afford to pay 1000s of dollars to get the help they need. So can you have another offer or more offers a whole like suite of offers that people can choose from to get started to work on their journey to get from point A to point B at a price point that works for them. And especially if there is some economic uncertainty going around in the world. Then there may
30:00 be more apt to go for something at a lower price point right now, and that is fine. But no matter what, and the cool thing about the business that you are in, is that the need for coaching, the need for health and wellness services, or whatever area of focus you're in, that doesn't go away. Because there is a recession, it is not a luxury item to work on your health and wellness and mental wellness and emotional health and all of the things that we do with our clients, that's still a need. But can you make it so that it is accessible to more people. And so all this says for you and your business, is to create more paid offers in your business. And, of course, signature programs are my favorite, my best bet for a way that people can really get a significant transformation, and be able to work with you and, and get your coaching and ask you questions and have connection with you without it being in a one on one setting. And also still get the value of being in a community of like minded people and having those support systems in place too. And it being a much more accessible price point. And really being a win win win for everyone involved. And that's why I love signature programs. That's why I teach you how to put a signature program out into the world in a way that works for you and for your clients and isn't stressful or overwhelming for anyone. So if that's something you're interested in, head over to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof I have a free masterclass going on that will show you how to make that happen in your business. So Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof if you want 2023 to be the year you start offering more paid offers offers that are more accessible to the clients that you want to help, but also are more doable for you and your schedule and your time and your energy, you can have it all. And so that is something we can work on for you. And perhaps there's even something at an even lower price point I'm very introductory price point, maybe an ebook or a masterclass that can get people started in those first steps or two that they need to get into, to start that transformation that they're looking for, to ease on their symptoms to get a little bit of support or guidance. So something like that is available to that could be like, you know, $100, or a couple $100 to get people started on that at a very accessible price point. So just consider your options and see what you can do to have that suite of different ways people can work with you. And last but not least, number five, you gotta up your marketing game in 2023. And this goes along with number one, which is stepping into the role of business owner and not just a coach, I'd say one of the biggest roles, if not the biggest role of a business owner is a marketer, you've got to focus on your marketing efforts. And, you know, I have to be honest, back in the day when I started my business and you know, when I took it online, which was a couple years, let's say eight years ago,
33:35 you didn't have to be that good of a marketer, if I'm being totally honest with you. Because there wasn't that many people in the online business space with these online programs, these online courses, these memberships all the things that we're doing today in the online business world that was much smaller when I started. And so you could just be like, Hey, I have this thing, come grab it, and people would because it was kind of this novel thing at that time. But a lot has changed in those eight years. And there's a lot more people in the online business space, there's a lot more people selling things that are similar to you and me and everyone. That's the case for everybody. Which doesn't mean that it's saturated or you shouldn't do it or your business is doomed. It just means you need better marketing. You need to up your marketing game. That's all it is you need to and kind of goes back to creating that content to even your marketing content, which includes lots of copywriting needs to be meaningful and memorable. It needs to be different. It needs to stand out. It needs to be unique. And that is what will attract the right people to your work. No matter how many people out there are doing something similar, no matter how many social media posts
35:00 As they scroll, scroll scroll through, and then they get to yours. And it's different and it attracts them and it stops them. And it gets them to read and it gets them to click and, and learn more and sign up for your freebie or whatever it is that you're promoting. So the ho hum, cookie cutter, marketing and copy doesn't work anymore. It needs to connect, it needs to be real, it needs to be authentic. And it doesn't need to be and shouldn't be sleazy, or pushy, or scammy, marketing, weird sales techniques, that does not work. Obviously, I think we all know that, and nobody wants to do that. So I'm not saying that when I say up your marketing game, I'm saying be more intentional, be more authentic, be more real, connect, connect, connect, and really get to know that person that you want to work with, like really like step into their vision, become them as much as you can. And for a lot of you in your business and and what you do for people now how you coach them is based on your own experience. So you have a really good chance of connecting with them based on what you went through and how it felt for you and how it looked for you and what you did, and didn't do and what worked and what didn't. And put that into their space into their person, knowing that that's very similar to what they're going through too. And then you have this connection point. And I think we can all agree that when we meet someone that has been through something similar to what we're going through now, we're like, Oh, yes, finally, someone that gets it. And that is when you stop them, they stop the scroll, you create something meaningful, you get them to remember you, you get them to look forward to hearing from you. And that's marketing. And that's what your copywriting can do the words you are using to convey this message. That is what it will do for you. And that is very unique, very special in a sea where no one's giving that enough attention right now. And there's a lot of people and that see a lot of fish swimming around becoming a better marketer, a better copywriter will be what sets you apart. And you know, that's one of the reasons I kind of really got into this and learning more. It's one of the reasons I really want to help you, I have found time and time and time again, that as I work with one on one clients, especially we end up just working on their copy, we ended up just working on their copywriting. And just doing that one thing helps just really skyrocket their business. And so all of that is what I'm really going to be focusing on in 2023, what I am going to be guiding you to focus on in 2023. And all of these, if we can do these five things and really keep these at the forefront for the entire year, I promise you things are going to change in a very significant way for your business. So if that is of interest to you, you can expect that these will be the five key pieces, the key pillars of what we do here on the show of what I share over on social media, you can find me at Shawn Mynar on Instagram, that's my main point of contact on social media, head over there. Let's do this together. Let's focus on these things together, I will be your guide, I will share with you what you can do to stand out from the crowd in 2023, to focus on making real connections instead of just worrying about some random numbers that don't really matter. And to set this all up in your business in a way that feels good, and is fun and is not stressful and you don't have to hustle or grind your way to success. You can set these things up in a way that that works for you and your life and your business. That is the goal that is the focus for 2023 for me and hopefully for you, and if so let's do it together. And with that, we'll wrap it up there. If this episode was of value to you, let me know send me a direct message over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar. With what stuck out for you how it helped. Please send me a message I'd love to connect there. If you have a friend who is also determined to grow their business in 2023. Make sure to send this episode to them so they can have a listen as well and get the support and advice they need. And happy new year. Until next time, take care.
39:53 Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have
40:00 more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
We’re approaching that time of year! The time where everyone creates resolutions and goals for the new year ahead filled with hope and promise that things will finally come together over the next 365 days. On Unstuck Entrepreneur, we’re going to do something different. Yes, goals are important for your business and you should be thinking of your goals for the next year. But before you do that, you need to create your vision for the year ahead that will guide your goal-making process. We’ll do that here in this episode so, stay tuned!
“Who you are a year from now is a different version of you than who you are right this moment.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your brain doesn’t know the difference between real and imagine, so every time you are visualizing that version of you, your brain thinks that is real.” - Shawn Mynar
“Most of us make decisions based on our present, not our future or even our past, we make decisions based on our past, not our future and we continue to repeat the same things over and over and we continue to stay stuck and not get anywhere.” - Shawn Mynar
“If we just make that shift and really understand that future that we want to become and once we have that, we can make decisions and movement from that place and those decisions are very different.” - Shawn Mynar
How To Actually Reach Your Goals - shawnmynar.com/episode130
Newsletter signup - shawnmynar.com/links
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
We're quickly approaching that time of year, the time where everyone creates resolutions and goals for the new year ahead, filled with hope and promise that things will finally come together over the next 365 days. On unstuck entrepreneur, though, we're going to do things a little different. Yes, goals are important for your business and your life. And you should be thinking of your goals for the next year for sure. But before you do that, you need to create your vision for the year ahead, that will guide your goal making process. That is what we're going to do today in this episode, so stay tuned.
0:40
Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:24
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here. grateful for your support. As always, we have a short episode here for you today. But it's going to end up creating a lot of homework for you. I'm being totally honest, so short here, but prolonged in your life, which is always a great thing. And the homework that I will be giving you is so incredibly valuable. And so life changing, you're going to want to do it. First. Quick reminder, this will be the last new episode of unstuck entrepreneur until January until the new year, taking my first ever holiday break from podcasting. And we'll be doing a lot behind the scenes will still be showing up on social media still be showing up in your inbox. If you're not getting my emails, you can sign up to do so at Shawnmynar.com/links. And still continue to connect and get some feedback and advice and encouragement and all those things that we do here on the podcast, I'll still be doing that via email. So just taking a break from the podcast for the next few weeks. And then I'll be back in the new year. So this is your last new episode, which means we got to talk about what's coming up in the new year, what your 2023 or whatever you're listening to this means for you what your plans are, what your goals are, what your vision is, most importantly, which is what we're going to talk about today. This ties in really well, this whole conversation ties in really well, with a book that I really love. It's called a personality isn't permanent. by Benjamin Hardy. If you haven't read that, I do recommend it. It's a great book. But there's a section a pretty big portion actually, of the book that talks about future self work. And the actually very scientific, psychological, in a way approach to future self work and why it's so important and why it works. It is a very non woowoo book, let's just say that. But still, it kind of covers some of the woowoo, quote, unquote, that we talked about here and that a lot of others in the more spiritual energetic space speak about in a very practical, scientific, like, analytical way, which is why I love it. I love learning both sides of it. And so I want to take what he talks about in terms of future self work and apply it to what we're doing right now we're about to do when it comes to creating goals and resolutions, and intentions and all those things for the upcoming year because it's about to be a new year. And by the way, I think creating new goals and intentions for the year ahead is a great idea and I hope you are doing that and hope you plan to do that. I do have an entire episode. It's actually from the beginning of the year this year that was all about my process for creating goals and intent.
5:00
Chin's and then also how to stay detached from those goals, and also how to chunk up your goals. So you actually get them done. So there's a lot in that episode, definitely go back and listen to that is called How to Make sure you actually reach your goals, Episode 130. And I'll link that in the show notes. But go back and listen to that. Because yes, I agree with having goals. No, I don't think that you should have your entire energetic and emotional response be attached to your goal. So there is that level of detachment that we need to find when it comes to our goal setting process and staying emotionally detached from that. That is when goals are really super helpful when we have that level of detachment. But we're not going to talk about that here today. Go back and listen to that episode for that conversation. I want to talk about your vision for the next year. I also want to start with a quote specifically from the book personality isn't permanent. And it says it's best to make decisions based on what your future, not your present self wants, it's best to decide and act from the vantage point of your desired circumstances, not your present ones. And that really sums up everything we're going to talk about today. So what we're going to do is a very important precursor to creating your goals and resolutions. And it also could very well be the reason you haven't in the past, achieved your goals or stayed with your resolutions, or continued to follow your intentions. It all could be because you are missing this piece of the puzzle, which is future self work. Because, of course, this will make a lot of sense, as soon as I say it, who you are a year from now is a different version of you than who you are, right this very moment as you're listening to this.
7:22
And so without deciding who that version of you is going to be a year from now, and getting connected to that version of you, then yeah, you may create goals for your future. But you're still going to be acting as if you are this current version, you're going to be making decisions from where you're at now, not where your future self is, which means those goals are always going to stay in your future. I mean, to make decisions about your future, from where you are now, doesn't really make much sense if you think about it, because that's not the same version of you, you are basically two different people where you are now to that future self, different versions of you and different people. And that's actually what they talk about in that book is it actually really benefits you to kind of think of yourself as two different people. And what would that person do that version of you do, versus who you are now, this version of you, that's here listening now. So if you make decisions based on the current you, you're going to be still in the same spot as you are now, which is why we are spending time first, before we set our 2023 business goals, creating that vision of your future self that December 2023 version of you, then once you've done that you can work backwards and think about the things that needed to happen for that to become your reality. And those become your goals. So it's a new way of figuring out your goals for the year. Then after that, and here's the very, very important part. From this moment on until December 2023. You are making decisions based on that person. What would that person do that version of me do? You're moving from that version of you, you're making decisions from that version of you, you're thinking acting and speaking, like that future version of you.
9:53
And all of that takes commitment. It takes figuring out who that person is.
10:00
is committing to becoming that person. And when you do that, and you move from that place and you make decisions from that place, that is when you will make that version of you a reality, there is no other option, it simply has to come to be. So let's now go through the process of creating your future self vision. Let's really dive into who that version of you in December 2023. Or, again, anytime you're listening to this pick one year out. Who is that person. As you all know, by now, I'm a big fan of visualization, I talk about it a lot. From a practical scientific perspective, visualizing your future works, it works to rewire the neural pathways in your brain, over time, and with repetition. So we can't just do this once and think everything's going to change over time. And with repetition, it will rewire those neural pathways to start acting as if you are that future version of yourself. And as I've said many times, many, many times, your brain doesn't know the difference between real and imagined. So every time you are visualizing that version of you, your brain thinks that is real, it doesn't know the difference, it doesn't know that you're just making it up. And you're not actually living that out. In that moment, your brain doesn't know the difference. So over time, with repetition, we create a different reality in our brain. And as soon as that happens, there is no other option besides to think, act, move, speak, and behave in that way, which means that becomes your reality. Alright, so here is what I want you to do. This is your homework for at least the next month. I told you, it was gonna be big, a short episode with a lots to do. But like I mentioned, over and over again, already, time and repetition are your friends here. So I really want you to commit to this work to this process for as much as you can over the next month. Yes, I know, historically, these months around the holidays. And before the new year are busy for a lot of us. There's travel, there's parties, there's family, there's kids at a school, all that stuff. But this really doesn't take that long, you can do this entire process in 10 minutes. So do you have 10 minutes in the morning when you wake up before bed is a great option to or any time throughout the day where you have a few minutes to yourself, do this prioritize this, we're going to take it, we're going to do a one two punch here, we're going to take it up a notch, we're going to do both visualizing in our mind's eye and writing about it. So both not one or the other. I feel like I normally give you the option for one or the other. Not this time, we're taking this seriously, we're doing it both visualizing and journaling together. So for the visualization piece, you are going to get into a comfortable position. You can be seated you can be lying down as long as you don't fall asleep. That is fine, whatever you can be comfortably doing for five to 10 minutes, okay, so you'll get into that comfortable position. You're going to take a few deep breaths so that you can calm your nervous system down, calm your ego voice down and really tap into your inner self. So take a few deep breaths. If you're having a hard time you can do a quick meditation first. We really want to be in that meditative receptive state. So whatever helps you get there. If you need a bath or whatever, all the self care do that whatever can help you get into that space. Close your eyes. Obviously try not to fall asleep.
14:31
And I want you to get a visual of this in as much detail as you possibly can. It is exactly one year from now.
14:44
And you are so excited, thrilled, happy with everything you've been able to accomplish over the past year. You are proud of yourself for the
15:00
progress you've made over the past year, and you decide to do something special to celebrate your achievements. Now, I want you to visualize that celebration in as much detail as you possibly can. How are you celebrating? Who are you with?
15:28
Where are you? What's the weather? Like? What are you wearing?
15:35
What are you doing?
15:38
And most importantly, how do you feel?
15:45
Is there a smile on your face? Are you laughing? Or are you calm and peaceful?
15:53
How do you feel in that moment of pure celebration, and feeling so proud of yourself for everything you've accomplished? Once you have that visual, I want you to stay in it for as long as you can, like I said, at least shoot for five minutes. 1015 would be awesome. Stay there for as long as you can and really soak up that moment. Specifically, that feeling of how it feels to have accomplished what you wanted to accomplish. And to be able to celebrate that. And to feel that pride, I really want you to soak up that moment. Okay, so you're going to do that first, then ideally, you have your journal next to you. So you can open your eyes. And without going back to full on reality, while still in that kind of meditative space. With that visual fresh, you can do your journaling. And first, I would recommend just writing out that visual that you just created in your head right out who was there, what you were doing, how it felt what you were wearing all that stuff that you just created, in your mind, write it out physically? And then I want you to answer some of these questions really journal on it, take your time, the first prompt, what did you achieve in the past year, and I want you to make a list of everything you accomplished. In that year, everything in your business and your personal life, whatever you feel is important to share. What did you achieve over that year?
17:39
Now, what did you do to achieve that now take each one and write out what you did to achieve that.
17:50
And then once you have all of that, I really want you to stay there, where all of this has already happened. And from that place, answer these questions. Who are you? And not like your name and birthday? And I'm a mom? Not that although if you want to say your those things, great, do it. But also who are you? Are you a six figure entrepreneur? Are you a full time coach? What is your role? What is your identity as that new version of you? So write that out and start with the words I am and write as many sentences as you can starting with I am?
18:33
Then answer the question, what do you have? So as this future version of you, what do you have and start your sentences with? I have and go for it. You can go I have X number of clients or you can go, I have a sense of peace. You can go in all directions with that. And all of them are great. So get as many as you can. And then lastly, how do you feel, of course, the most important is really getting into that feeling those emotions, that energetic expression of that future version of you, and start your sentences with, I feel and you can write as many emotions, feelings, all the things that come up. So that is your journaling. Exercise those prompts. Now, do you need to do this every day? That would be great. But like I said, I know we're all very busy, especially around this time of year. So can you commit to a few times per week, over the next month to do this and perhaps it becomes habit by then. And you can really put this in as part of your self care. Practice your mindset practice as something you do regularly, and then you always are working towards becoming that next version of you instead of staying stuck in
20:00
In your current version, but with this exercise in particular, what I really want you to do, and why I want you to do this right now is that when it does come time to create your goals within the next month or so as we approach the beginning of the year, now you create your goals from that version of you. And you commit to becoming that version of you, which means the actions you take and the decisions you make come from that version of you, not you that's listening right now, because the you that's listening right now is not the same. And I say this, and I really want to make sure that you get this, most of us make decisions based on our present, not our future, or even our past, we make decisions based on our past, not our future. And then we continue to repeat the same things over and over. And we continue to stay stuck and not get anywhere. Whereas if we just make that shift, and first of all, really understand that future that we want to become. And then once we have that, we can make decisions and make movement from that place. And I can guarantee you those decisions are very, very different than the decisions of your present or past self. So that is why we have to do this. Because I really want the next year, I want you to take action from that future self. Because that is how then in one year's time, what you just created, that vision is actually going to be happening, it will be your reality, you will be celebrating with those people are doing those things and wearing that outfit and celebrating all those accomplishments. Because you acted from their starting now. How cool is that? I think it is very, very cool. So do this future self work first. And then even in your journal, the journaling practice that you're doing with everything I just laid out for you. In there lies your goals for the next year, because you are writing down your achievements, your accomplishments and what you did to get there, while what you did to get there. Those are your goals, right, and you can chunk those up and break them down throughout the year as they work for you. But it there's kind of already done for you. So that's why I want you to do this first, and then take action from your future self. Now, if you'd like some extra guidance with this process, specifically, the visualization, I have a 10 minute guided visualization that I would love to offer you completely free, it will really help you with this process is an actually an audio recording that I created for my money mindset coaching experience. And I want to gift it to you, it will take you through that process of getting into your future self space. With that vision of what's happening and who is around you and what it looks like. It will guide you through that process. So the only thing I'm asking in return is that you help spread the message about this podcast, I want you to take a screenshot of your favorite unstuck episode or a picture of you listening to the show, or a picture of your walk while you're listening to the show or whatever you do. While listening to this podcast, take a picture, take a screenshot and share it on your social media, whether that's Instagram Stories, Facebook stories, your feed, whatever it is that you use. And let me know why you love listening to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, be sure to tag me so that I can see it. And in return, I will send you a link to that visualization exercise. And you can download it and keep it on your device for ever for as long as you want and continue to go back to it. And really it will help you so much with this exercise and really committing to creating your future self before you set your goals for the year. And that's it. That's all you got to do. And it really just helped me get the word out about the show and what we're about here, what we talk about what we do what's important, and how we can really bring this message of aligned businesses and following your passion and purpose and creating a business and life
25:00
You love. So that will really help the show and I would be so, so grateful for that. And I would love to gift you this visualization in return. And with that, I hope you all have a wonderful holiday season I will be back with a bunch of fresh new episodes in the new year. And let's definitely keep in touch over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar, I guess I should have told you that when I was telling you to tag me in your post at Shawn Mynar is where I'm at on Instagram and Shawn Mynar holistic health on Facebook and let's make sure we're pen pals too. So Shawnmynar.com/links to get in on my weekly newsletters that have tons of advice and tips and techniques and all the stuff that you need to build a business you love. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
Your vibe matters, especially when it comes to your business…the success you do or don’t have, the stress you do or don’t feel, the people you do or don’t attract. It all comes back to the dominant thoughts, emotions, and actions you have as a business owner and how they are playing out in your business. In this episode, I’m breaking down why your thoughts and emotions matter to your business success, how to know what your dominant vibration is, and steps you can take to raise your vibration and become a high vibe magnet for your business.
“The work that is involved, when we talk about your vibration, your frequency, it is a continuous process… This needs to be your new focus, your new habit.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your thoughts dictates your emotions.” - Shawn Mynar
“Like attracts like, so your dominant emotion is your attraction point.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you want to change that attraction point, you need to change your thoughts to change your emotion to change your vibe.” - Shawn Mynar
“It takes consistent ongoing work, with a huge side of patience to break them up and dissolve them and change your narrative, change your beliefs.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Your vibe matters, especially when it comes to your business. The success you do or don't have, the stress you do or don't feel, the people you do or don't attract. It all comes back to the dominant thoughts, emotions and actions you have as a business owner and how they are playing out in your business. So in this episode, I'm breaking down why your thoughts and emotions matter to your business success, how to know what your dominant vibration is, and steps you can take to raise your vibration and become a high vibe magnet for your business. So stay tuned.
0:43
Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:27
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. I am Shawn, your host on each and every episode. So happy to be here. So grateful to have you check it out. The show means so much to me all of your support. So we got to talk about your vibe today. More importantly, your vibe as it relates to your business. What this will require from you is some honesty, I need you to be super honest with yourself, as we're going through this conversation so that you can change things if things need to be changed, which let's be honest, we all probably have some things to work on. And in a lot of cases, and a lot of the people that I work with, the vibe that you're bringing into your business is one of those things that needs some work. So we are going to do that together today. Before we get into it a little update on what to expect from me and the show as we head into what is known as the holiday season. For many of us, I am going to take a little bit of a podcast break in the month of December, I have now been podcasting for almost eight years straight. And I've never taken a holiday break. I've only taken a few breaks total at all, maybe two or three. And I've always kind of provided some best of episodes in that time. But I'm not going to do that this time because a few reasons. First of all, not that many people listen to podcasts over the holidays, the month of December has notoriously been the lowest download month in the last seven December's that I have been podcasting. And for good reason. We got other stuff going on, and travel and you know, holiday stuff, holiday gatherings. So it's a good time to just take an actual break. And also, it's a good time to allow you all as listeners to catch up. I hear from a lot of you actually that you're a few episodes behind, at least in trying to catch up. But then there's a new one every week. And so you never actually get to, this is your chance to catch up and get on track so that when the show comes back in January, you'll be ready to go. You'll be right on target and back to listening as they come out. So that is the plan for the month of December. I will be doing quite a few things on the back end. First of all, I will still be on Instagram all the time, I will still show up in your inbox once a week with some valuable tools and resources for you. So if you're on my email list, you'll still be getting your Wednesday emails. And if you're not, well, hey, get on over there. Shawnmynar.com We'll give you the resources to do that. And then you can we can still keep in touch. But also I'm taking an actual real vacation like nothing on the calendar. Nothing I have to do to be honest. Even for my honeymoon, I still had to work a little bit so I still had to bring my computer. I still had to check in on some things when
5:00
wasn't that great, but I had to do it, I don't have to do that for this vacation. So taking a real vacation, which is exciting. So I'll be doing that in December. And also I'm taking on a major undertaking, that will be an incredibly expansive opportunity for me and my business, that's going to be happening in December. And I really want to make sure that I have the space and time I need to be able to do that to its maximum capacity. And I'll let you know what that is and how it's going and everything when I come back in January. So I'm not just keeping you out of the loop entirely, but want to get some under my belt before I give you an update. So that's what I'll be doing in December. And I'm really looking forward to that a little break is always a good thing. And a reminder, if you need a break, it's okay, you can take a break, whether it's because of the holidays, or just because you're feeling stressed or overwhelmed. Go ahead, take a break, it's not going to mean your business is doomed forever, or anything like that. It's okay. All right, let's get into talking about your vibration. I've talked about this a number of times here on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, it's a major theme we have going on here. So it's gonna be a little bit of review for some of you. But it has been a while since I've dedicated an entire episode to talking about your energy, your vibration, your frequency, what you're attracting, into your business into your life, it goes for all aspects of your life. But of course, we're going to talk about it specifically as it relates to your business, because that's what we're here to do. And it's something I see often, like I mentioned at the top of the episode, that is a sticking point for a lot of my clients. And it's something that is entirely in your hands to change. And when you change this one thing, gosh, the other things that will change, along with it is absolutely fascinating to see to witness and my clients, but also to have experienced myself all the time. You know, it's almost like a constant thing. And that is something we have to talk about is that the work that is involved, when we talk about your vibration, your frequency, it is a continuous process, it's not something that you can kind of focus on for a day or a week or a month, and then go back to your old habits, this needs to be your new focus your new habit. And we'll get into that and some ways that you can do that. First, let's talk about what I mean. When I say your vibe, a lot of you have probably heard this before, whether it was from me or someone else who's into the quote unquote woowoo, you may have heard or seen the good vibes only like T shirts, or bags or journals or whatever, that kind of stuff, it's out there. And what's important to note, first and foremost is that while this may sound kind of in this, quote, unquote, woowoo space, keep in mind, this is just science. Everything that I'm going to talk about with you today is backed in science, quantum physics, to be exact. And actually, it's pretty practical when you really think about it. And of course, I will simplify it as much as I can and make it as practical for you as possible. Because I think that helps a lot even for me who's into the woowoo. I also like to think about it in this practical sciency sense, as well. So quantum physics tells us that everything is made up of energy, both the things that you can see feel, taste, touch, and the things that you can't, the chair you're sitting on the tree in your front yard, the apple you eat. Those things are made up of energy, but so are things like your thoughts, your emotions, I'll get into that. That's what is important for this particular conversation. Everything is made up of these tiny particles and sub particles vibrating at different speeds. The different speeds are known as frequencies they are measured in hertz and that is
10:00
Known as the law of vibration, quantum physics also tells us that like frequencies are attracted to each other, and that is what's known as the law of attraction, which is all the rage these days. So like I said, in this episode, we're focusing on those emotions and thoughts, which we now know, carry a vibration, they're vibrating energy. Now also important to point out the relationship between thoughts and emotions, right here, right now, your thoughts dictate your emotion. So when you hold a thought, for more than a few seconds, or if you have a thought that is repeated, which, like, I think there's some stat that's like 80% of our thoughts are just repeated every single day, which is fascinating, and not that great, but it is what it is, we as humans are a little nuts sometimes. But anyway, so if you hold a thought for a few seconds, you create an emotion around that thought.
11:15
So for example, in the business space, what I hear some of you, business owners saying, or thinking, really saying to yourself, I don't know how to do this.
11:28
Now, this could come with a side of overwhelm, or frustration, it could be like, Ah, I don't know how to do this.
11:37
But it could also come with a side of curiosity, and determination, hey, I don't know how to do this. Like even the inflection that I give in my voice, you can tell the different emotions that I am having, because of that thought.
11:56
So that thought, and really, if we go back even further, the beliefs that you have that sparked that thought, are what will create the emotion around it, the emotion that goes through your body, which then now you have created a frequency a vibe, and that is what we're really getting at today. Now, another example, I might fail at this. A lot of business owners, one of the prime fears of a business owner is failing.
12:30
So I might fail at this. That could be fear, like, oh, my gosh, I might fail at this.
12:38
I might fail at this.
12:40
But it could come from a place of contentment, I might fail at this.
12:46
Do you see the difference? Again, in my inflection, you can see how we can say the same words, we can have the same thoughts, but they are with a completely different vibe attached to them. And then we take it one step further. And you can see how that spirals forward into the actions that you take. Because of that thought, emotion combo. They're completely different actions based on what's going on how you're perceiving that thought and the emotion that comes up because of it. So I think we can all agree that if you're overwhelmed and frustrated, you're not gonna really do anything productive, you're gonna be like, making poor decisions, and like trying to figure everything out on your own, and like coming up with nothing, and just giving up and going and doing something else and talking yourself out of whatever you are up to. It's kind of this spiral downward, I guess we could say. Now, if you're curious or determined,
13:51
then the actions you take are going to look a lot different and will move you forward. So if you're curious and determined, then you are going to sit down focus, figure it out, call someone get some help, see who's done it before, and learn from them and figure things out. So I don't know how to do this, that first example has completely different paths of action, based on your emotion. Now, let's take it even a little further. And think about the most likely outcome that would happen. If you're approaching something with the thought of, I don't know how to do this. And you're overwhelmed and frustrated. What do you think is gonna happen to that person? I mean, quantum physics tells us that this person's now going to attract situations that continue to feed into that overwhelm, and frustration. They'll struggle, they'll come up against all kinds of blocks and problems. Okay, so now let's switch it and think about the
15:00
person who has that same thought, but whose dominant emotions are curiosity and determination, they're going to be presented with situations that fulfill that curiosity and build up that determination. They'll have opportunities for growth, they'll be presented with solutions to problems they're having. They'll have experiences that help take them to the next level. Pretty nice, right? All right. So now let's think about the next example we had. If the person who's thinking I might fail at this is consumed with fear. What do you think's going to happen,
15:41
they're going to attract more situations that are scary, that bring up that fear, more situations where they could fail,
15:52
they'll continue to feel stuck, they'll continue to freeze instead of taking action. And they'll probably have a lot of challenges along the way.
16:05
Now, the person who approaches that thought with contentment will attract more peaceful situations, more scenarios for learning and growth, more things falling into place, issues being resolved, more random opportunities to keep that level of contentment. So how can I sit here and make these predictions about these people and their scenarios, because of their vibe, remember, both your thoughts and emotions have their own frequency of vibration, and will attract more of the same because like, attracts, like, so your dominant emotion is your attraction point. And quantum physics shows us that that frequency, that is your dominant emotion, is what you will continue to draw to you.
17:02
And your dominant emotion we now know is dictated by your thoughts. So then if you want to change that attraction point, you need to change your thoughts, to change your emotion to change your vibe. Okay, it really had to lay that whole foundation. Thanks for sticking with me. I hope that makes sense. So now let's talk about how this specifically works in your business, because, like I said, I mean, I am connecting with people like you all day every day, which is like the best thing ever. But what I notice is their emotional state where they are putting their attraction point. And it is an very emotionally charged place for you know, new business owners or want to be business owners to be, of course, rightfully so. Personally, I think being a business owner has probably been one of the most emotional journeys of my entire life. So I get it, I feel it, I have felt most of what you're feeling, I have been in all the vibes
18:21
that could possibly be when it comes to my business. And it is a place that has, like I said, at the beginning, an opportunity to change and to grow out of. And that's why I want to talk about it here. And why talk about it so much. Again, in my personal experience, it has absolutely transformed my life, not to mention my business, not just in the success of it, but in how I approach it, how it feels to me how I decide what to do or not do my stress levels, which are super important to me that I keep as low as possible. And I want that for you to I think that's possible for all of us. And I want you to have the tools, you need to make that the case for you as well. So here's the question then when it comes to your business, what would you say is your dominant emotion I'm going to read off a list of possible emotions is not all the emotions in the world. But a list of some This was originally created by Abraham Hicks. I've read this list before in a very early episode of unstuck entrepreneur. It also is available to you in holistic business starter we go over it and do some of the work in there as well. But it has this list of emotions that are in order from lowest frequency of vibration to highest frequency of vibration, and you'll notice that the higher the vibe gets, the more
20:00
I don't want to say positive or negative or anything like that, because emotions are just emotions. But you may feel like the more desirable that emotion would be for you. So let me read these off, I'm gonna go from lowest frequency of vibration, up to highest. So we'll start at the bottom with fear, grief, despair, and powerlessness. And I think we can all agree that fear is a big part of being a business owner of the things that we do in business, the new stuff we have to learn, and put ourselves out there and be willing to fail and be willing to be imperfect and all those things. So notice that fear is a low frequency of vibration. Okay, one step up, we have insecurity, guilt, and unworthiness. Then we have jealousy.
21:00
Next, we have hatred, and rage. One step up from that we have anger, and revenge, then we have discouragement.
21:13
After that, blame, one step up, worry.
21:19
One more step up, doubt.
21:23
Next, disappointment,
21:27
then overwhelm.
21:30
Then we move into frustration, irritation, and impatience,
21:36
pessimism,
21:38
then we move up to boredom.
21:42
Next is contentment,
21:45
then hopefulness.
21:48
Then we get up really high into positive expectation, belief, and optimism.
21:57
One more step up almost to the top of this frequency scale is enthusiasm, eagerness, and happiness.
22:08
One more step, passion. And then the final rung on the frequency ladder, joy, appreciation, empowerment, freedom, and love. Now, I do have this scale available to you as a download, you can go to Shawnmynar.com/emotion. And get that. And I would really highly recommend that you print it out and keep it somewhere that you are when you do your work, when you work on your business at your desk, or at your coffee table, or kitchen table or something like that, wherever you are, keep it there and reference it. Because that's really the whole theme of this episode is that this needs to become a part of your everyday life where you are building awareness around how you're feeling. So that is a list of some of the possible emotions and their frequency of vibration. And then knowing that what else you could attract that is of like, vibration, and how that would look and feel to you. So again, when it comes to your business, what would you say is your dominant emotion, and this is where we get honest, and really think about it, and see what kind of vibe you're bringing into your business. Now, very important point here. This is not to say that having a lower vibe and motion is bad or shouldn't happen. Or if you do feel that way, your business is doomed and you should just quit right now. That is not at all what I am saying we all have our days or weeks or months, where we're not feeling it. And that's okay, where you're you are in fear or doubt or overwhelm. That is okay, that is part of being a human. That does not mean that that is what you're going to attract forever and you're never going to get out of this spiral.
24:18
It is okay to have a variety of emotions. That is why I put in front of the word emotion, your dominant emotion because yes, I mean, I all the time have times when I'm overwhelmed or I do have doubt or I do have fear, but my dominant emotion when I think about all the time I spend working on my business and connecting with you and doing things in my business and creating content, my dominant emotion art isn't those things. My dominant emotion is joy, and passion and happiness and love and excitement, those kinds of higher vibe things. And so what is it for you
25:00
And like I said, Trust me, I have been in the place where my dominant emotion was doubt
25:06
when my dominant emotion was fear, or where my dominant motion was overwhelmed, or unworthiness or all these things that we can feel as a business owner, and that is okay. And that is why we're having this conversation, because now it is something that we have built awareness around. And that is so incredibly important. And now, the question, obviously, is, how do you change this? How do you quote unquote, raise your vibration? As I'm sure you have heard before?
25:39
The easy answer, change your thoughts. Now, is this easy? Absolutely. Not. Not even remotely? I think that is, again, one of the themes of this entire podcast now 170, something episodes in is how do we do that? What does that look like? What does that feel like? How is it even possible? And of course, the answer is yes. But getting back to that conversation that we had earlier, your thoughts stem from your beliefs. Now your beliefs are ingrained in your subconscious mind and have most likely been there, since you were a child. It takes consistent, ongoing work with a huge side of patience, to break them up and dissolve them and change your narrative, change your story, change your beliefs, see what you do want to believe versus what you don't want to believe, and realizing that you have the power to decide that it doesn't happen overnight. It is a process it is something that takes consistent attention, and awareness and action. I've been at this for six years, probably continuously, and I still do mindset work. Pretty much every day, I still write my journal, I still meditate, I still have those moments where my ego gets ahead of me. And I start buying into all those false stories. And then I have to bring myself out. That is normal. We have very deeply ingrained beliefs in our subconscious programming that do not go away overnight, or even in a year or five years, or 10 years. So this is where I want to continue doing these kinds of episodes, so that you can be reminded of the work that is a consistent practice. And when you make it a consistent practice, practice, what can and will change for you, like, literally, everything has the ability to change for you, all stemming from this work. So let me give you a few ideas of ways to get started in this whole change your thoughts thing, which is this huge, huge endeavor. But there are a few places to start, I'm going to sound like a broken record to those of you who have been listening to the podcast for a long time. But again, it's a reminder, a little nudge for you to try these things or get back to doing them if you haven't or just a refresher of what is and is not working for you. First of all, I've already said it, meditation is so important to doing this for a few reasons. First of all, it just gives you a break from that mental chatter from that ego voice that is the one that has these thoughts and then determines how you're going to feel what emotions you're going to have because of that thought. So just being able to quiet the mental chatter for a little bit and have a break makes such a big difference. And when you do that, then you also develop your ability to hear your intuition or your inner voice. And that is what then can come through. And if you've had that connection with yourself before, then you know that your inner voice is always really calm and really knowing and has that peace and e is. So your inner voice basically is always high vibe. So it allows you to connect with that piece of yourself with which instantly increases your vibration because your emotions change. Your thoughts change your thoughts come from a different place. And it's that inner knowing that inner voice. So meditation, definitely. Next up is visualization. You guys know I'm all about the visualization, because your brain doesn't know the difference between real and imagined. So if you create a situation that you want to have happen in your mind, then your mind doesn't know whether you're actually living that out or you're just
30:00
Thinking it. And you'll start thinking as if that's your reality, which again, shifts your thoughts shifts in where your thoughts even come from. So the more that you can do it, it definitely takes repetition, to really get into that place where your mind is like, Yep, this is true. This is my truth. This is what's going on, this is how I'm going to start to think. So that is where visualization comes in. That is one of my dominant mindset tools that I use pretty much daily, is I personally journal out my visualization, what I want to happen, what I see happening, my desired outcome for any and all areas of my life. And then I start thinking and acting in accordance to that. It's amazing. And then it happens. So really love that you can do that, yes, by journaling, or also just getting into a meditative space. And just visualizing it in your mind's eye is an option too.
31:08
Next, we have what I call working your way up the ladder. So that list I just shared with you have those emotions, and their frequencies, can you take where you're at right now that emotion, that dominant emotion that's playing out, and this doesn't go for your overall life. But if right now you're feeling overwhelmed, you have a moment where you're feeling fear, or whatever. And you can notice that thought that's driving that, can you change it just a little bit, you don't have to go from like, fear to excitement or joy or happiness, that's not going to happen. But if you take a baby, step up the ladder, and find a thought, that feels true to you, that's a big piece, it has to feel true, you can't fake a vibration, that is just a little higher in frequency. So if I'm scared that I will fail, maybe that could change into I don't feel worthy of success, which we're unworthiness is actually one step higher than fear.
32:25
So then in your you, while you're still focused on, I don't feel worthy of success, that actually shifts your vibration, from that place of fear. So obviously, the only way to do this is to remain aware of your thoughts. And that's really what I want you to do anyway, because that's what helps so much as being aware of what you're thinking and how it feels and how that's all playing out. It's just like having taking your blinders off. And really seeing what's going on, immediately. Makes it actionable, immediately gives you back your power. And that is what is really going on here. So with this working your way up the ladder, if you keep your awareness on your thoughts and how they feel for you, then you also recognize, hey, I have the ability to step into a different thought. And with that change my frequency. And then my last tip, of course, obviously, the number one thing is to take action, because nothing will squash your low vibe thoughts faster than getting out and doing the thing. Getting out improving it wrong. Yes, you're you have fear. Yes, you feel unworthy. Yes, you are overwhelmed. Yes, you are disappointed all these things. But then what action can you take that feels different than that that goes against that? Yes, I'm scared, but I'm going to do it anyway. Yes, I'm overwhelmed, but I'm going to figure it out. Immediately, the frequency changes simply because you have committed to taking action. And even if you're doing that action, with that underlying emotion behind you, it still has transmuted it, there still is another emotion there that brings up that frequency. So do the darn thing. Take action. That's always my favorite tip because honestly, I see a lot of you being stuck in inaction. And I don't want that for you because I know what's on the other side of you going after what you want. So that's why I always say that I always end every episode, like just do it. I promise it's not as bad as you're making it out in your head. But that will wrap it up that gives you some places to start. And really overall I just want these kinds of episodes to
35:00
A few reminders for you, and kind of bring you back to that awareness that really does help bring things to the surface and change things for you when you just can see what's going on for you what you're thinking, what you're believing what you're feeling, and how that's all playing out. So that's really the goal with these episodes. So just stay in that awareness. Stay with it. Do your meditations, do your visualizations, take action, and see if you can work your way up that ladder slowly. But surely, you cannot fake a vibration.
35:36
Alright, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun, super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
Let me clear the air from the start, I love learning and continued education. The conversation we’re going to have today is not about dismissing any of that. It’s about using this need to “learn more first” as a way to not take action towards your goals and desires while still feeling productive, allowing you to procrastinate on your dream business a little while longer and stay in that cozy comfort-zone of yours. Procrasti-learning is running rampant in the wellness space, and, in this episode, we’re going to talk about how you can move from learning to doing and make the business you REALLY want a reality. We’re gonna talk about how to do just that, so stay tuned!
“The key sign that you are procrasti-learning is that you are using learning as a substitute for taking action.” - Shawn Mynar
“There is always something new to learn but you learn something and then immediately apply it to your business or with your clients, that is what we’re looking for, learning and taking action.” - Shawn Mynar
“The reason that you are procrastinating and the reason that you’re using learning to procrastinate is based on a story you’re telling yourself… so the goal is to quiet that chatter so that you can move forward.” - Shawn Mynar
“Chunk those big action steps you saw yourself taking when you weren’t afraid, chunk them up into doable baby steps that you know you can take and still feel good.” - Shawn Mynar
“We’re focusing on those little steps, that one next step and then create a timeline to help you get through those.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Let me clear the air right from the start. I love learning and continued education. This conversation we're about to have today is not dismissing any of that. Instead, it's about using this need to learn more as a way to not take action towards your goals and desires, while still giving yourself that sense that you're doing something that you're being productive, which of course, allows you to procrastinate, procrastinate, learning is running rampant in the wellness and coaching space. And so in this episode, we're gonna talk about how you can move from learning to doing and make the business you really want a reality. Let's dive in. Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode. Thanks so much for being here. Appreciate you all so very much. Today, we're talking about procrastinate learning, which I cannot take credit for. I wish I made up this word because it's a great word. But this came from Denise Duffield Thomas and her book chill printer, which I believe has been retitled to chill and prosper. Either way, great book, I definitely recommend it, I think you will enjoy it. And she was the one that kind of came up with this word procrastinate learner. And I thought that it was perfect. And I know so many procrastinate learners, and I myself, at some point have been a procrastinator as well. So we're going to talk specifically about that type of procrastination today. And I got to start by making it very, very clear that I am all for continued education, and learning. I myself, love learning, I'm constantly learning, I'm constantly in some sort, of course, or something, I got something going on. And I've said from like a very young age that I wish there was a career option, where you could just get paid to be a forever student, and go to school until you retire. Like if you could just be a constant learner. That would be for me, I would want that career, which I kind of in some way have made for myself in my business, which is great. So yes, I'm a huge nerd. And I love learning. And I actually am about to embark on a new giant learning opportunity here in a few weeks, which I'll share more about in coming episodes. So I am one of you. If you are someone who likes to learn, we are all in this together. So this is not remotely a dig on learning or continuing your education or becoming more and more and more certified in your area of expertise. That's not this. Instead, what we're talking about today, is using that quote unquote need to learn as a substitute for taking action as essentially an excuse, if I may use that word, to not take action, to not put yourself out there to not do what you need to do to build this business that you want to build. That is what really puts you in the category of being a procrastinator learner, using learning to procrastinate.
4:20
We talk about procrastination on this show often because it is one of those main tricks that our egos play on us to keep us from building and growing the business that you want. And so I know if you feel like you are a procrastinator, which if you're listening to this episode you might be then go back to Episode 159 And listen to that one too. It's called turn procrastination into inspired action that kind of goes along with this episode today. So they go hand in hand, but procrastination comes in many forms. So in some people, it can look like busyness kind of like doing all this kind of behind the scenes, busy work, whether it be in like working on your business, or just doing life, stuff that makes it feel or seem like you're busy. Instead of doing the things that actually move the needle. It can be like tinkering on your business with stuff like your website, and creating business cards and all these things that yet need to be done at some point. But are they really moving the needle? Or is that a way of procrastination, or you're doing stuff like creating a bazillion freebies that you never actually talked about are put out into the world, you scroll social media, instead of actually posting on social media, you stare at a blinking cursor to write a blog that never actually comes to be because all you see is that blinking cursor. These are all forms of procrastination. But today, we're going to zoom in even further and talk about one very specific way that we procrastinate, which really is just our egos way of trying to keep you safe and in your comfort zone. And that is by making it feel like we absolutely need to learn more before you take action. So you might be thinking, Shawn, do we really need an entire podcast episode about this? And my responses? Yes, we do. Because friends, this procrastinate learning situation is running rampant, especially in the space where most of you are finding yourself at right now. And that is that you are becoming or have become a coach or practitioner by way of getting training in the area that you want to work in. And yes, that is necessary learning. And it is understandable that you wouldn't be like seeing clients before you've completed your training or anything like that. That is not what I would consider procrastinate learning if you are working to become certified, or get your credentials or anything like that. So this is also not what this conversation is about. I'm all for getting the training you need to do what you do. But then here you are with this training under your belt, you're ready to do your thing, you're ready to help people and you start taking a few clients and getting things going. And all this time you have your ego who is in your head, this little chatterbox in your head saying things like you don't know enough to help these people. What if you get a client and you can't help them. Really, if you just had one more certification, then you'd feel legit. The only reason you're not feeling confident is because you need more training. And then once you have all this training, then you'll be ready to show up on social media and start that podcast and create your own program and do all these things. All you need is more education, more learning, and then you'll feel XYZ. So you're having this internal battle with your ego voice, as we always do all day long. But then on top of that, you're now in this place where you're also becoming a business owner. And that requires a whole world of new things to learn. And way more opportunity, of course, for your ego to chime in. And now on top of everything. It's already been saying, you also have this mental chatter that saying what if your business fails, you're not smart enough to be an entrepreneur or to run a business? What if you set your business up wrong, and then you pay your taxes wrong, and then the IRS comes after you and you end up in jail? Or you don't know enough yet to have a podcast? No one would listen to you? Or what's the point of creating content right now,
9:07
you don't know what you're talking about. So then we have these kinds of voices, which very much sound like impostor syndrome, which we talk about a lot here on the show as well. And so for most of you listening, you do have a lot of these voices going on right now, especially in this period of becoming a coach becoming a practitioner, and also becoming a business owner. And when you're in this season of becoming, whether it's one or the other or both, then what comes with that usually fear, of course, something you've never done before you're entering new territory, and anytime that is the case for any of us as humans. We have this sense of fear we have a fear of failure a fear of success. Fear of visibility, fear of being a fraud, fear of being a disappointment, fear of being judged, fear of overwhelming yourself, fear of getting and being uncomfortable. Of course, your ego then senses this fear, and goes into overdrive to keep you from ever having to experience any of those things. Remember your ego as much as sometimes it gets us into a place where we don't want to be, the whole goal is to keep you safe. The whole goal of that mental chatter, have that voice in your head that's really keeping you from doing what you actually want to be doing. In a lot of cases, it's all in an effort to keep you safe. And when you feel these experiences of fear, that is, when the ego triggers and gets into this place of, nope, let's just do something else. So that we don't have to experience that whether it's actually going to happen or not, let's just stay where it's safe and not go there. So logic comes to the rescue and says, hey, well, then if you just learn more about x, y, z, then you'll be able to avoid those fears. And you easily go along with that plan. Because, you know, even if you hated school, and you don't really like to learn that much, it still feels productive. So it feels like a good use of your time. And not like what it actually is, which is procrastination. So it's a lot easier to accept this idea of procrastinate learning for a lot of people, because on the surface, it looks like an X like and feels like being productive, and working towards your dreams, and goals and plans. But in reality, it's actually hindering you from getting there, because you're doing that instead of that action that moves the needle. And that's really where the difference comes in. The key sign that you are procrastinate learning is that you are using learning as a substitute for taking action. So you're reading books, you're signing up for courses, you're taking classes, you're getting additional certifications, all that learning stuff. Instead of things like launching your paid offer, increasing your visibility, implementing your marketing plan, starting and staying consistent in your content creation, those kinds of things that move the needle in your business. It is not, you are learning so you're reading the books, and you're taking the courses and getting additional certifications, in addition to all these things, or while also working on these things in your business. So getting more visible, starting that podcast, creating your paid offer, those kinds of things. That is where the difference comes in. Because,
13:12
you know, as I said, I'm constantly learning, I think I have been in some sort, of course, or program since the day I started my business pretty consistently. But I'm also still building my business, I'm not doing it instead of or in place of I am learning and taking action at the same time. And this even goes back to when I was getting certified to be a nutritionist through the NTA. While I was getting certified. I was also writing blog posts about what I had learned what I was learning, it was kind of a way for me to retain the information I was learning was to write about it. And so I just decided to write it as a blog post and put it up on my website. And as I've mentioned before, those blog posts are still some of the most popular blog posts on my website today. And this was seven years ago, I think maybe now almost eight years ago. So I did that while still going through the learning process and getting certified. I also started the nourished podcast with my friend Meg doll, when I was still a few months away from being officially certified as nutritionist. So while I wasn't taking clients before I was certified, which I would never do, I was still working on building my business, building my audience, sharing what I was learning and what I now knew, and sharing my own experiences too. And that was really powerful so that when I was ready to start taking clients, I had people who wanted to work with me. And so you can still be doing this stuff if you are still in this place where you're getting certified and not ready to take clients yet There's still plenty that you can do to start building momentum in your business. Okay, so that is what procrastinate learning really means or looks like. So then on the other hand, what is a good form of learning as a business owner, and this we will call active learning, which is learning something. And as a business owner and as a coach or practitioner, I think we all can agree, there is always something new to learn, it is never ending, but you learn something, and then immediately apply it to your business or with your clients. That is what we're looking for. We're looking for learning and taking action, learning and taking action. And I mentioned this a learning opportunity, big situation I'm getting myself into here in a few weeks. In that scenario, I am going to be learning and then immediately applying that to my business, like literally one module, go through it, take what I learned, apply it into my business, second module, learn, apply, learn, apply. And this is also what I do in all of my programs to for you guys. Like signature program, lab launch list accelerator, they are action based programs. So you watch a lesson, you use the tools and resources that I have for you. And you immediately go do it in your business with the intent and really the knowing that it is actively moving you forward in your business, we are moving the needle. That is my whole goal in how I help you. So if you've been caught in this procrastinate learning cycle, then welcome to The Club. I see you I feel you I think we probably have all been there a time or two. And that is okay. But then also, how can we transition into an active learning cycle and hopefully stay there. As you may have guessed, this is really primarily mindset work. Because the reason that you are procrastinating, and the reason that you're using learning to procrastinate is based on a story, you're telling yourself a limiting belief you have that your ego has grabbed on to and started really chattering about over and over and over with you and making up all these excuses and reasons that you can't move forward, you can't get out of your comfort zone. So the goal then really is to quiet that chatter so that you can move forward so that you can become an active learner where you're learning and doing not learning instead of doing. So, first step, what layers are underneath that procrastination, there is a fear there at least one probably a lot of fears underneath. And your goal is to remove those layers so that you can really get to the heart of the matter. What is your ego saying that's keeping you from taking action that's keeping you in this place of procrastination. Of course, as I always say, building awareness around it and bringing it to the surface is absolutely critical. Because it is super easy for us to just believe the mental chatter that really loud voice in our heads, and never give it a second thought. But once you kind of turn the table and put awareness onto that voice, that chatter that's going on, and see what it's really saying. And then get curious about why it's saying that, why is it keeping you from taking action, then there comes this level of honesty, about your fears about what you're really scared of or worried will happen. And with that comes this whole new level of understanding that actually makes you able to do something about it. It's like you have to bring attention to it and awareness to it in order to do something about it. So that's the first step. Just get curious. And as I always say, I think writing about this writing it out is super helpful. So if you're open to it, grab a journal, grab a few pieces of paper and just write out like where is this procrastination coming from? What fears come up when you think about taking action, and get that out? Now Next, what would you do if you didn't have that fear? So if the fear of being visible if the fear of failure didn't exist for you, what would you do? How would you act? What would it look like? If you were taking action without fear? I want you to create an entire scenario for yourself. Again, this is where writing it out. And being able to visualize it, as you write it out really helps.
20:32
How does it feel when you're not procrastinating? So as you create this scenario, where you don't have these fears, and you can just go do whatever you want, you don't have to worry, you know, it's going to be a success, you know, everything is going to work out in your favor. So you have this whole scenario, and hopefully you're visualizing it at this point, whether you're writing it out, or just thinking about it doesn't matter. But then once you're there, how does it feel, to not procrastinate? How does it feel, to make progress and to take action and to get the ball rolling and to see those results in your business, get to the point where you can feel that. Now the next step is to take that scenario where you have visualized yourself without any fear, going after what you want, and chunk that into real action steps that you can take. So you having this vision of you going after your dreams, without hesitation without procrastination, without fear is not only now possible, it's probable, you made it a probable reality for yourself. So now that you know it's there, what can you do to get yourself there without reigniting that sense of fear, which happens by taking it step by step, creating those baby steps. And then committing to doing them creating a timeline to do those baby steps. So very little doing happens without some sort of timeline, a commitment, an organizational plan, a calendar, something that helps you stay organized and on track and committed to making it happen. So chunk, those big action steps you saw yourself taking when you weren't afraid, chunk them up into doable baby steps that you know, you can take and still feel good. So one at a time, we're not focusing on the entire thing anymore. We're just focusing on those little steps that one next step, and then create a timeline to help you get through those. Now, as you do those steps, and you're going through and you're doing them and you're checking off the boxes, you're making progress, I want you to stay in that feeling that you had when you visualize yourself, not procrastinating. I mean, that could have been a sense of pride of accomplishment, you could have felt joy, you could have felt determined or excited, all of the above, whatever it is, it doesn't matter. Stay in that feeling as you tick off the boxes of these little baby steps you're doing. And if you notice that fear creeping in that ego voice, getting louder and starting to chatter, again, acknowledge it for what it is, which is just a voice in your head, that you get to decide whether you listen to or not. And continue to stay active, go back to those baby steps, go back to that visual of you. Taking action, feeling good about taking action, go back to that place and move from there. That is how you can stay in this place of action instead of staying stalled. Now let's talk specifically as it relates to learning. Since we're talking about progressive learning today. Yes, there are going to be all kinds of learning opportunities in your lifetime, and are all for all of us, right? Of course. So the first thing I want you to do understand if it's an active learning situation. So are you going to be learning and doing at the same time? Is there going to be this situation where you're learning so that you can do and you kind of are doing both in tandem? And then by the end of that learning situation? Will you have actively done something that has gotten you significantly closer to your goals and dreams and desires
24:59
and If it is an active learning situation cool, it's amazing. Go for it. If it's something you actually really want. Second, if it's not an active learning situation, say for instance, it's like a new certification or credential in your area of expertise. It's like in those situations, you're learning things that will potentially enhance what you can do for people or what you can offer people. But it's not actively moving the needle in your business, right than in there, like not making you more money on the spot or getting you more visibility or getting you more a bigger audience or anything like that. So obviously, this continuing education is important and potentially a good opportunity. Although these days, I feel like there's a lot of weird certifications and credentials out there. So be aware of that. And that could be an episode in itself someday. But the process of a getting that certification is an actively moving your business. So then what action can you commit to while in this place of learning? And I understand it may feel overwhelming, like I can't get both this certification and work on my business. And that's understandable to what's more important. Do you need this certification in order to have a business or build a business or get clients? Or is it a situation where, you know, once you have your business going a little more established, and you have these things running on autopilot in the background, because you've taken the time to set them all up, then you have the time to get this extra credential. And your business is also growing at the same time. So there's that to think about as well. But if you're in this learning situation, where what you're learning isn't actively being applied to build your business immediately, then what can you do to take action while you're learning? Maybe you commit to creating and growing a podcast, while you learn and putting out weekly episodes, maybe you'll take five clients a month, while you're learning, maybe you'll build out your program while you're learning so you can launch it as soon as you're done. There is a place to do both and, and as I mentioned, in my scenario, it actually helped me solidify what I was learning to create content around what I was learning as I went. So maybe that's something that you can consider doing as well. But in any case, this way, you're not subconsciously using your learning opportunity as a way to not take action, if you commit to doing that learning while also doing something in your business. And of course, making sure that something is valuable, and needle moving and getting you one step or 20 steps closer to your goals and desires and dreams. That's the whole purpose. I just don't want you to procrastinate on your dreams, because you deserve to have those dreams be your reality. And that darn ego needs to get out of the way so that we can make it happen, right. And so if you are someone who finds yourself in this place of procrastinate learning, I hope you now have some steps that you can take I do want you to take that seriously and get out that journal and see what comes up for you. Super, super important powerful work for really everyone. But especially if you find yourself in this place of procrastination can really start opening more doors for you doors of action for you will say so let me know if you give it a try. And if you have any questions you can reach out to me on Instagram at Shawn Mynar or send me a DM I love hearing from you guys. And if you are someone who wants to help taking action in your business, by way of creating your signature program, building your email list, setting it up all on autopilot so that it creates more time and space for you. Then that's all available for you inside the signature program bundle. It is an active learning situation. Hey, look
29:29
at that how amazing. You learn and do learn and do learn and do. That's how I create all of my courses and programs. We are coming up on a big, big, big massive opportunity to get in on the signature program bundle. Like really, really soon, especially if you're listening to this when it airs. Look for an email from me coming this week with a big announcement for you. And if you don't see it, check your junk folder because it might be in there but we have Really exciting news coming super soon. So be on the lookout for that if you do want to start creating your signature program, getting your email list all squared away and making sure the right people are on it, making sure you have a really good system in place to actually sell your program, all that good stuff. So that is coming to you soon. And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here. And if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs have my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I'll see you over there
I know you know this but let me remind you of something. Your product or service isn’t going to sell itself. I mean, I think we all wish that weren’t the case and we could just slap something up on our website and have people throwing money at us. But clearly that’s not reality. So, it’s not enough to just have a product or service for sale in order to make sales. You need an offer - a solid, desirable environment for your paid product or service. In this episode, we’re going to talk about the 6 ingredients of an offer to make more sells without feeling “salesy.”
“You’re not pushing anyone on anything or even persuading, really. All it is, when you are in the position of having something to sell and creating an offer around it, you are helping someone make the best decision for them.” - Shawn Mynar
“Without a good offer, people will allow themselves to stay stuck in indecisions for a really really long time.” - Shawn Mynar
“The people who don’t need or want what you have to offer aren’t gonna be interested anyway, no matter what.” - Shawn Mynar
“You need to get compensated properly for your work. Please do not forget that, please make that a priority. Your paying clients also need to feel like they’re getting a good deal for the value of whatever that is. They can and does exist.” - Shawn Mynar
Signature Program Bundle Scholarship - shawnmynar.com/scholarship
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
I know you already know this, but let me remind you of something, your product or service isn't going to sell itself. I mean, I think we all wish that weren't the case. And we could just slap something up on our website and have people throwing money at us. But clearly, that's not reality. So it's not enough to just have that product or service for sale. In order to make those sales. You need an offer a solid, desirable environment for your paid product or service. In this episode, we're going to break down the six ingredients of an offer that will have you making more sales without feeling salesy. So stay tuned. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome
1:30
back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the show. And checking out a pretty big topic or really important discussion that we need to have today, all about the offer that backs up your product or service or just having that thing that people pay you for. That is probably the livelihood of your business isn't enough, we need something more something out. So we're gonna get into that today. I do want to let you know of something, I'm giving you a little behind the scenes scoop here. Right now, we have a super exciting thing happening. Next week, I am going to be hosting a scholarship contest. That will be a scholarship into the signature program bundle a full scholarship. So one person is going to get immediate and lifetime access to the entire bundle for free on scholarship. And that bundle, as many of you already know includes three of my programs, all bundled up into one comprehensive system. So we have signature program Lab, which will take you through the process of building your very own signature program so you can do what you love, help the people that you're meant to help. And also create that free time, that flexibility and that ability to build financial success for your business and in your life. So that is signature program lab. Then we have launch list accelerator, which helps you attract an email list. So you're building your email list full of these perfect fit the perfect match clientele for what you do for your program so that when it comes time to launch your program, you already have an audience full of people that are ready to work with you. So you go through the process of creating this system on the back end that Prime's your dream clients and gets them warmed up and ready to work with you on autopilot. So that is all happening automatically while you are working on your program, hanging out enjoying life doing what you do, you are also building an audience at the same time. So that's the second of the programs and then the third program it's a it's actually a course non sleazy sales page. This is all about the sales page because hey, you cannot sell something without a sales page. And this kind of goes into the our conversation today a little bit not that we're talking about sales pages, but just the environment that you need to create for your people to become paying clients. That includes a really well thought out sales page. So I'm going to make it as easy as I possibly can for you to build that sales page without me going in and building it and designing it myself. Basically, we'll take it one step down from that and I will give you every tool that you need to create a high converting feel good sales page for your program, so that you or audience has the opportunity to learn more about what you do and if it's the right thing for them without giving any used car salesman vibes, we don't need that. And what we're going to talk about today, everything we talked about today is going to land on your sales page, what you will create what you will decide on today in your offer, the place to showcase that is on your sales page. And we go over all that throughout the bundle and make sure you know what you're putting on your sales page, too. So those are the three things that are involved in the signature program bundle. And like I said, someone's gonna get in for free. As you can tell, this is a super high value scholarship. This is a once in a lifetime opportunity that will change your life, it will change your business. So it's fun, and it's exciting. And I'm excited to host it. And I will also tell you that this is a contest that doesn't have any losers. So if you have ever wanted your own signature program, if you've ever needed help and support in building your paid offer as a program, but then also building your email list, building your audience creating all of the back end stuff that can happen and should be happening automatically. So it doesn't take extra time from you. If that has all been something on your to do list on your plate, and you haven't gotten there yet, you want to definitely get involved with this scholarship opportunity. Because like I said, even if you don't win the scholarship, there is no losers. So we're going to make sure everyone goes home a winner. I was actually just going to tease this. But now I'm just thinking, I'm just going to tell you because I love my podcast listeners so much. I'm gonna give you first dibs, because this wasn't even supposed it won't even be opening until next week. But I'm going to open it early just for podcast listeners, those of you hearing these words right now, you can go to Shawnmynar.com/scholarship, and enter your info to register. And I will be picking the winner next Thursday. So really quick turnaround. And like I said, lots of other really great things happening next week to everyone that registers to be part of the scholarship opportunity. So get in on that, do it as soon as you can, because it's going to be quick. Now let's talk about your offer. And we got to start this conversation talking about the difference between your product or service, that thing that you're selling, and your offer, they are not the same your offer is not that course you have or your program that is your product. Or if you do one on one coaching, that is your service. But you still also need an offer. So you have that thing to sell one on one coaching package, paid masterclass ebook, program, whatever.
8:09
And it is not enough to then say, Hey, I have this thing go sign up, it's really great, you should totally get it without an offer. That's basically what you're doing, you're putting it up on your website and like crossing your fingers hoping someone will find it and click purchase. Instead, we need to create an environment around that product or service that makes it appealing and desirable to your potential paying clients to help them make their buying decision. So I kind of always have thought about that just pops up in my brain to think about it like this. There's this bubble that is your product or service, that thing that you are selling. And it is inside this bigger bubble that is your offer. And then there's all these other little bubbles inside that big bubble along with your product or service. And they're all kind of floating around encompassed by this big bubble, which is your offer. So today we're going to find out what those other bubbles are, besides your product or service. Offers are everywhere. So I think it's actually really a good exercise for you to do as a business owner to look at other people's offers and just see how they're doing it. And I don't even necessarily mean people in your industry, although that would be great to mentors, peers, people you look up to and what they're doing and when what seems to be working or not working for them. But even just in life. Like for instance this is just an example that popped up in my head because it really works in my world. So here, we have kind of like a fast casual restaurant called Modern market. They're in a lot of places, they're pretty big now, but I believe it started here, actually. So we've had it here for a long time. And every once in a while, they will have a weekend where they offer free delivery. So this is super appealing to me, because first of all, I like their food, if you ever want a big giant salad, they have amazing big giant salads highly recommend. I like their food, and I also really value not having to leave my house to get their food delivered. And so when it's free, it's like how can I pass up that opportunity. And then it's only that weekend. So that means any plans I had to go to another restaurant are canceled that weekend, because we're staying in, and we're ordering modern market and getting it delivered for free. So they have created this really awesome offer that I can't resist, it's really appealing to me, who is their target market. Now, if this were a this were McDonald's, that was offering free delivery, I wouldn't even it would not even be in my consciousness, I wouldn't give it any attention. I wouldn't think twice about it, it wouldn't happen. I don't like McDonald's. But since modern market is already something I want, and I need I need to eat. I like big salads, I like their big salads, then it really sparks my interest sparked my curiosity. And I say heck yes, I'm in. So you can see too from this example, that their food is their product. The offer is the environment that creates the desire for that product. So that's just one example. But there's so so many. So now let's take it back to your business, you will have or want to have a product or service to sell. And on its own, it's great, it's going to help a bunch of people, it's going to take them through a transformation, all the good stuff, you are proud of what you have to offer. And you should be. So some people, actually a lot of people, and that's why we're having this conversation on this episode today. Stop there, they just think that that is all that's needed to, you know, create income to get sales to get new clients. And they put it out there just as is like, like I said, Hey, here's the thing, you should buy it, it's great, I promise, let's do this.
12:48
And some people might buy that just as it is, but probably not very many and probably not enough to hit your revenue goals if I'm being totally honest. But if you were to take that product or service that you already have, and put it into a desirable offer, then you get a lot more attention and a lot more buyers. And what's even better is that it makes your job of selling so much easier. Because your offer then is doing all of the work doing all the heavy lifting. And you can just sit back and be there to offer support and answer your questions and to just communicate what your offer is. So it actually becomes a lot easier when you have a solid offer. So let's talk about these ingredients. And we got to back it up a little bit first, actually, because we can't talk about offers without first talking about consumer behavior. And consumer behavior is a whole study it is based in psychology, it's based in science. And it looks at why and how and what makes people buy something all of us as consumers. And let me say that talking about having an offer and the ingredients of this offer is not talking about convincing someone of anything that is not ever what you are doing. As someone who has something to sell. You're not trying to convince anyone of anything. You're not pushing anyone on anything, or even persuading really, all it is when you are in the position of having something to sell and creating an offer around it. You are helping someone make the best decision for them. And for a lot of people that decision is no not right now. Now's not a good time. This isn't the right fit for me. I don't need this yet. Cool. That's awesome. Let me know if anything changes. I'll be here For some people, it will be, yeah, this is this is what I need, I'm ready, let's do this. And that's what your offer is there to do to get people on one end or the other. Because really without a good offer, people will allow themselves to stay stuck in indecision for a really, really, really long time. Because as we know, we have this voice, this ego voice that wants us to stay in our comfort zone wants to keep us safe, let's just stay in the safety bubble here where nothing can go wrong. And there is no risk, there is no fear, all that stuff, so they just stay stuck on autopilot. There's nothing guiding them out of that. So they just stay where they are. And we all know because we're coaches and practitioners and service providers that where they are is not where they want to be, they have a problem that they want solved. And that's why they are seeking you out in the first place. So your offer is there to help them get their ego out of the way that mental chatter that's keeping them from making a decision from taking the next step from moving forward from getting out of their comfort zone. And getting them into a place where they can more so use their intuition, their knowing to take the next step to help solve that problem that they're having. It is not trying to get someone to buy something they don't need or want now that is salesy, and sleazy, and pushy and weird, to be quite honest. So we're not going to do that I already know that you guys aren't that type of person, you're not going to do that. This is not you on late night TV, trying to get people to buy a ShamWow that is not the kind of people that we are. And that's not what you are doing when you create an offer for your program. So there is no need to feel sleazy, sleazy or salesy or weird or anything like that about your offer. And one other important thing to know is the people who don't need or want, what you have to offer aren't going to be interested anyway, no matter what it's like, going back to the example I gave about McDonald's, McDonald's could tell me that they're giving away hamburgers for free, and I still wouldn't want one, I still wouldn't get one, I have no interest, because I don't need or want it. So there is no way that McDonald's could convince me to do it, buy anything with them, I'm not their customer, I don't like it, I don't need it, I don't want it. And the same thing goes for people who are not interested in what you have to offer. So again, there is no need to feel like you are convincing someone of anything or being salesy of anything, because those people are probably not even following you to be honest, or not even in your audience, or not even anything you have to worry about because they're not paying attention. They're tuned out, which is totally fine. We want to chat with the people who are interested, and let them know of our offer. Because those are the people who are in indecision and may have that ego voice being the thing that's stopping them, and may just need that guide that guidance to get them out of that space and taking the step that they actually need. Okay, so I hope if I put it into that context, and give you a little different frame of reference to think about this, you'll be more excited and ready to create an offer for you for your business. So back to consumer behavior. We, as consumers behave in certain ways, all of us, like I said, this is based in psychology, there is tons and tons and tons of research around it. It's actually really fascinating. And lots of really great books around it, all that stuff. We're not going to get into that totally today, because honestly, I think that would be a whole nother episode. That would be really, really interesting and really fun to do. So we'll do that. But I do want to point out some things that will help in this process, and it's not fluff. It is super, super important for you to know, as a business owner. All right, a couple things. First of all, we want a good deal. Who doesn't want a good deal. It doesn't matter how much money you do or don't have. Everyone loves a good deal. We like to think that we're saving money. That's fun for everyone. So that is just concern. member behavior, we like getting a lot of value for our money. So squeezing our dollar, I guess you could say, we want to feel like we're getting something special or unique. And we have FOMO, we don't want to miss out on that good deal or that something special. On the other end, we want to avoid risk. We don't want to have any doubts or any buyer's remorse. And at the end of the day, our buying decision is easy to make, if it's something that we know, we need, and will help us in some way. So those are some key takeaways about consumer behavior. That is pretty universal. I mean, obviously, there's always one offs. But for the most part, we all tend to behave in similar ways, which is really fascinating. But it also makes it pretty easy to create an offer that will be enticing to most of your clients, most of your dream clients. So your offer is going to be designed around these things, knowing these things about how most consumers think and act, which means your offer and needs to increase desire, make it seem really super special, and irresistible and exciting and unique. It needs to increase the knowing so that knowing that it's right for them, it's the best thing for them, it's going to help them, it's going to get what they want, it's going to create FOMO. So obviously, what needs to happen for people to feel like they're missing out on something special, or a really good deal, or a good value. It's going to reduce doubt, and reduce fear. So that is what your offer does from this consumer behavior perspective. So you can see, this is like pretty big stuff. This is not just like throwing spaghetti at the wall. Although, you know, all offers will take a little bit of trial and error to see what sticks and what doesn't. But it's it really does require some thought and is not just willy nilly, let's just throw some things in and call it good. I want you to really think about this and see what would be best for your audience. Now, here we are, at our ingredients, six ingredients to a solid offer. The first one is the transformation. So this is the whole point of your product or service. This is what your product or service will help them achieve. It's the promise. And if you've done messaging work for your paid offer, which you know, I talk about messaging work a ton and lots of episodes of unstuck entrepreneur now and I have it in every single one of my courses that will help you will guide you through the process of doing messaging work. But if you've done that, then your transformation, you already have it, it's in there. So even if you haven't thought about it intentionally, just in this way about your offer, it does already exist, you've already figured it out in that messaging work. Okay. So for example, just to give you an idea of what a transformation would be, if you're a mindset coach, let's say the transformation could be to release limiting beliefs that are holding you back from living your best life. So the promise of your service or your program or your course, is that your clients will release the limiting beliefs that are holding them back. That's the promise. That's the transformation that will happen. Number two, the second ingredient is the journey. So the journey is the path that you will take them on to get them there. So that point A to point B, again, that's part of your messaging work. You already know this, if you've done that work for your paid offer, which everyone should definitely take the time to do. It makes all the difference in the world. The journey is that point A to point B. If you have a program, then this would be where you're outlining the steps that your clients will go through or the modules in that program. In the case of this mindset coach could be like outlining the specific mindset tools and practices that you would take your clients through and how or why they will help them release their beliefs. So it's the journey What is your journey that you are offering people. Next we have the price. That is obviously, the price of your product, or service, which is so much more so much deeper than just picking a number and slapping a price tag on it. It is about creating an environment that showcases the value that they will get the importance of the transformation that you are going to provide. It takes into account the commitment level of you and your clients. There's a lot that goes into pricing. And when we look at consumer behavior, it is important to know as well, that we all associate a certain level of value to certain price points. So it's never automatically the case that the lower your price, the more sales you'll get. Because the lower your price, the less value is perceived from the buyers perspective. And if that doesn't match up with like how important the transformation is, how painful their problem is right now, then it won't be a match and they won't buy. And in fact, it's often the opposite, especially for service based businesses, because people have these specific problems that are like a big pain point for them. And they expect they really want a high level of service, they want that problem resolved. And that comes with a high level of value in their mind, and they're expecting a price tag to match. And they're actually seeking that out. So again, just a lot more to the pricing story than just like picking a number and rolling with it. And not to mention, there's also, this is kind of a point in business where a lot of money mindset work comes into play. Because you start putting your money blocks and beliefs into your pricing strategy, you start trying to figure out what people can afford. And that's not a good way to select a price. And there's just all kinds of other stories that come into play about your worth and your value and all this stuff. So quite often there is some money mindset work to do. Also when it comes time to set a price for your product or service. But a couple important things you need to get compensated properly for your work, please do not forget that. Please make that a priority. Your paying clients also need to feel like they're getting a good deal for the value of whatever that is. And yes, both can exist, you can and should be properly compensated. And also you they can feel like they're getting a good deal. It can and does exist. Okay, let's move on to talk about bonuses. This is number four. I believe bonuses are great because they're so appealing, like Who doesn't love a good bonus. And you can and should be attaching a bonus to everything that you have to offer. So even if you're doing like coaching packages, the one on one clients that sign up with you should get a bonus and make that part of the package, you know, something they get as a special signup bonus. If you have a course or program, you'll definitely want bonuses attached to that for sure. Who doesn't love a good bonus? We all do. Right? They're so appealing. They add such immense value, and they increase desire very easily. I always have people telling me that they bought my entire program just for the bonuses. And they don't have to be big either to get that reaction. They just need to be valuable to your people, specifically to those dream clients of yours. So for example, the fate my favorite bonus that I have going on right now for the signature program bundle are the email scripts, because I know that my people, which are pretty much you guys, I know that for the most part, you don't have the time or desire to write a bunch of emails. You don't know what to say quite often because for a lot of you, it's your first time ever writing sales emails. So that's kind of new territory and can feel a little awkward and can definitely lead to some writer's block if you've never done it before. So I took out all the guesswork and included 15 pre written emails for everyone in the signature program bundle as a bonus so super appealing for my people because it takes out the guesswork saves like a week's like literally a full week working full time worth of work. And so really valuable to most of you, right to have that done for you. So that is something that didn't take me long to do isn't like this major thing, but it's so valuable to the right people. So take the time to think about what that could be for your dream clients. And I do have a really good strategy on how to decide what to include as a bonus beyond just what is valuable to them inside signature program lab. So we can work on that together as well.
30:40
Number five, the safety net. So the safety net is really there to reduce the doubt and fear, which like I said, it's one of those things that consumer behavior studies show we need to account for. This is something like a refund policy, or a guarantee, something like that, that makes your clients feel like it's a low risk, high reward situation. And as soon as we've reduced that risk, then you have them pulling out their credit card and ready to pay. I think this is especially important if you have an online business, because in a lot of cases, your paying clients haven't met you in real life, they don't personally know you, your product is potentially digital. So there's more risk involved than just someone walking into a store and walking out with the thing that they just paid for in their hands, there's more, that's a very low risk, right? You have it in your hands with a digital project product and working with an online business, that risk is increased, because they don't really know what they're getting as soon as that purchase goes through. So having that guarantee or refund policy is really important. But on the other hand, it is also important that your work is protected as an online business, especially, because all of it probably is digital, a lot of it is knowledge based. And you want to make sure that you are protected and covered as well. So think about all of this as you're creating your refund policy or your guarantee or whatever you want to use to have as that safety net for your clients. Once you have that and really think about it intentionally. And to be fair to both people that also make sure that you have written documentation of it. And that it is part of your terms and conditions that people are opting into as they purchase. So if you have a refund policy, you want to make sure that refund policy is stated in your terms and conditions, or as part of your contract or whatever it is that they sign off on and agree to as part of the purchasing process. And again, all of that is covered. And I have a template for you to work with inside of signature program lab. All right, last one, number six, deadlines and limits which I kind of grouped into the same thing because they're pretty similar. Because the main goal of this is to create FOMO, none of us like FOMO, that fear of missing out. And that goes in the buying decision as well. So if something is going away, or has the possibility of selling out, people are more likely to buy it. You can do this by having a launch that ends at a specific date. Having special pricing or a coupon code that only works for a specific amount of time, having a certain number of spots available for your coaching or in your programs, having bonuses expire, that kind of thing creates FOMO. So you're creating a deadline for you know specific pricing or for doors to close or for bonuses to expire, or you're adding a limit. So a certain number of people or certain number of enrollees or people in the group or whatever. Those are your options there. And again, this goes with that idea that we're creating an argument against the ego, that voice in the head of your clients because we all have these voices anytime we're making buying decisions that saying don't do it, let's stay stave, we don't need that. That sounds scary. What if it doesn't work? What if I'm not ready, all that stuff and some of that may be true. And then you can make the buying decision or your clients can make the buying decision from there. But if there are these other things that make it a little more irresistible, a little more enticing, then your intuition your own voice, your inner voice has the opportunity to really be brought to the forefront and to decide from that place. And it's like, hey, no, this is a really great opportunity. Yes, this is what I want. This just made it that much more appealing.
35:29
I'm in, I'm not listening to my ego. So you can think about it that way, when deciding on what to include to create a little bit of FOMO. So those are the six ingredients to make more sales without selling, quote, unquote, selling. I hope you can see, though, really, when you think about it, how much more enticing and intriguing, your product or service will be with all of these ingredients included, versus just saying, here's this thing I have go buy it like that isn't enticing or appealing to anybody. But you add in the bonuses, you add in the deadline, you add in the safety net, the you know the guarantee or the refund policy, you really talk to that transformation in that journey and really showcase that. And you have decided on the price that is best for everyone that really shows the value of what you're offering, then we have something different going on here. So as I also have mentioned a few times there is an entire module within signature program lab that helps you create your offer around your program. So if you need help with any of this, if you're struggling to make these decisions on your own, I am here to help. I have it all laid out for you, I will make it as easy for you as possible. And that is available inside the bundle, which like I said, someone's going to win next week full scholarship, don't miss out on this opportunity. I'm going to be doing it once a year only. So the next opportunity is going to happen November 2023. And that is way too long. So make sure like I said you get first dibs Shawn mynar.com/scholarship to register to win the scholarship. And with that, until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create there's I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people their mental health without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're gonna learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there. Hey, You friend real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type.
40:08
I've created a super fun, super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary, or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is, I'll see you over there.
For the past 5 years, I’ve had over 20 streams of income in my online business with all but one of them being passive. To say I am a BIG fan of this business model is a complete understatement. And it’s interesting to me because I don’t see enough business owners take advantage of all the income opportunities at their finger tips. I’m here to change that! In this episode, I’m going to take you behind the scenes of my business and share more about each one of these income streams and give you 10 passive income ideas that you can add to your business. Stay tuned!
"Once you are confident with your niche, guess what else you are gonna be confident in? Everything.” - Shawn Mynar
“You don’t have to wait for your business to get bigger or for you to have had more clients, these passive income are stuff that you can do right now.” - Shawn Mynar
“Stop waiting and start doing.” - Shawn Mynar
“Passive income is something that builds over time but you gotta get started now and really get clear and intentional about what you’re doing and what you’re building now.” - Shawn Mynar
Niche Confident Class - shawnmynar.com/niche
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
For the past five years, I've had over 20 streams of income in my online wellness business with all but one of those streams being passive. To say I am a big fan of this business model is a complete understatement. And what's interesting to me is I don't see enough business owners taking advantage of all the income opportunities they have at their fingertips. So I am here to change that. In this episode, I'm going to take you behind the scenes of my business and share more about each one of those income streams plus give you 10 passive income ideas that you can add to your business, too. So stay tuned. Hey there, I'm Shawn miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where you work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here chatting all about passive income. This is like such a big topic in the online business space. And just kind of almost like this buzzword going on. And so we're going to talk all about it the good, the bad, the ugly, because I'll really, there's very little bad or ugly, but we'll talk a lot about the good. And the little bit of bad that comes with passive income in this episode, and I'm even gonna like open up my books and share with you where all of my income comes from in my business, because it's not all from one or two, or even five places, we got a lot of different income streams over here. And I'm gonna share them with you. So you can see how possible, this is for you, too. Before we get into that, just a final reminder, this is your last chance, it's a little last time I'm going to be talking about this, the niche confident class is going on now. And it's going up to its permanent forever price. In a matter of days, in just a few days, it will go up over 50%. So right now, you can get this complete niche training for over 50% off for the next few days. Only before it bumps up to its forever pricing, niche confident What the heck am I even talking about? It is a course specifically for the business owner who has never done any formal training, to get clearer on to define and to start marketing towards their niche, or niche or dream client or ideal customer, or whatever you want to call it. I see a lot of people and a lot of my clients, a lot of people that have been in in my programs, they think they have a niche. They think it's specific enough. They think they are marketing and talking to these people, but they're not. And so now it's time for you to get honest with yourself and really see are you attracting the people that you want to work with? Are you being specific enough in your content? Are there these people actually in your audience? Or are you struggling to do that? Are you struggling to find these people? Are you struggling to say the right things? Are you struggling to have them connect
4:14
with you? And most importantly, are you having people become paying clients to the degree in which you want them to? AKA Are you making the money that you want to make? Are you creating the income that you want to create in your business? And if not, if the answer is no to any of that, you need to change that and you need to get to the root cause of what is going on there. And it starts with knowing and speaking to and honing in and getting really clear and confident in your niche or niche and that is what we are going to do in niche confident together. This is your chance to get in listen, you did not get into business to struggle your way through Do to put out content that nobody engages with, to not make the money that you want to make. And to just feel this, like lackluster thing about what you're doing in your business. And knowing your niche is the first step. And it really is the catalyst that will drive everything else. Once you are confident in your niche, guess what else you're going to be confident in, like everything, it really does guide everything, and really does create that entire system and your entire energetic expression of your business. So let's start with that. And I've made it extremely accessible. So you all can get the proper training that you need in this area of your business. So Shawnmynar.com/niche, spelled N IC H E, Shawnmynar.com/niche, to get in on that, and the special pricing for a few more days only. Okay, let's get into this chat about passive income. What is passive income in the first place, I think it's important to start here, and really also talk about is it actually truly passive because that is a big misconception in this world, I think this online business space. So the way that I see passive income is any income that isn't directly dependent or tied to your time, like, the amount of money that you make isn't capped by the amount of time you can put in or the amount of time you've worked. A non passive income would be like one on one client work where you get paid when you get a one on one client, and you spend time with that one on one client, just the two of you. That is how you make money. And then to make more money, that means that you are taking more time to be with more clients. So you're increasing your client load if you want to increase your income, which also means you're increasing your workload that is not passive. So if it's passive, that means that you can increase your income without really changing much of anything in terms of the workload that you have the time you spend, that kind of thing. So that is the difference between the two, we're talking about passive income today. Now, I think that this buzzword buzz phrase is a little misleading, because it makes it seem like it's completely hands off, and you don't have to do anything. And money just flows into your bank account while you're sleeping while you're on vacation. And that is absolutely true. That does happen for some of your passive income streams. But that doesn't mean and it shouldn't go unnoticed. All of the work that you did to get to that point where you could be sleeping, and make money, you could be on vacation and be making money, there's a lot of work, a lot of time spent to get to that point. And there may even be some work that you're still actively doing. It's just you're spending your time a little differently. And most importantly, that time that you are spending is not determining the income that you are available to make. So the time that you are spending working on your business, working in your passive income streams, is actually spent doing things that will increase your income increase your impact exponentially. Why while creating time and energy for you away from work, I hope this all is making sense. I'm just split firing some words here, going with it. So hopefully that makes sense. But very rarely is income entirely passive entirely hands off, and it's just rolling in while you do absolutely nothing. I do personally have some of those passive, like truly passive income streams. But that also doesn't take away from the fact that at one time I was working really hard to get those up and running, I was spending months of time in some cases, getting them to that point to where they could be entirely passive. And we'll talk about some of those because some of them are actually really easy and have been really easy and very little time taken to make them truly entirely passive. But what typically happens in most cases is that when you have a passive income stream, you are instead spending most of your time marketing that product, creating content around that product, serving the clients and customers that have purchased that product fiddling around with the back end of that product to see if it can be more optimized to work a little better that it's still working that it's doing what it's supposed to do all the back end stuff. So it still does work. While your time, energy and effort from you, but that time, energy and effort doesn't directly correlate to the amount of sales you make, or the income you produce, we got it. I think we got it. Let me go into my examples now. So ever since I'd say 20, probably mid 2017, I have had around 20 streams of income in my business at any given time, and all but one of them have been passive. So the one active, I guess we'll call it stream of income is having one on one clients, which I have done on and off over the years. First of all, I am an affiliate for I'd say about 10 Different brands that I still actively receive payouts from some I talk about and reference today. Others I do not, but I still get that payout. So today, there are software and tools that I use in my business that have made my life a ton easier that I super love, that have made my business more impactful and really helped me grow my business that I now share with others. So I talk about them when it's appropriate I share about them in my programs, I write emails, blog posts, maybe potentially on social media talking about them as well. And most importantly, I am consistently working to build an audience of people who want to hear about these products. So I would say probably about five of those 10 brands I'm actively talking about today. But then there are others that I haven't talked about in a long time, I'm talking years, but I still get payouts from them on a monthly basis. And this is because Ding ding ding here, listen up. I wrote blog posts, and created podcast episodes, where I referenced those products a long time ago, and they are still out there in the world. And so people are still using my link to purchase those products. And I'm making affiliate commissions. I'm thinking about one in particular right now. It's called soy thrival. And it is bovine colostrum. And I wrote a blog post about my experience using it for my auto immune disease in probably 2014 2015, maybe it still is one of my most popular pages on my website, people still read that blog posts from years and years and years ago, purchased the colostrum to help them with their autoimmune disease. And I get a payout. And this is however many years ago, and it probably took me you know, an hour or two hours at the most to write that blog post. And here we are, years later, and I'm still getting that return. So that's an example of how it really truly can be passive. First of all, because I'm not doing I haven't ever talked about that really anywhere else except that blog post. And it can also be a situation where you don't have to spend a lot of time energy and effort getting it to that point, either. This is where breaking that idea of I need to work harder to make more money, which is like my it's ingrained in my head so deeply from so many past generations of my family. That is a very big belief that I constantly struggle with. But that just breaks it right there that proves it wrong over and over and over again, every single month, every single time I see that go into my PayPal account, the affiliate Commission's for that. I know it's not true, I don't have to work harder to make more money. I just found a product I really super loved that really worked for me and a problem that I was experiencing. I shared my honest experience and what it did for me, I put it out into the world for people to know about that information too. And here we are, let's see six, seven years later. Really, really cool stuff there. And this is also just a reminder to you, first of all, and we'll talk about this create a partnership with brands you love see if they have an affiliate system to become an affiliate for them. And so reminder for that, but also a reminder that the content that you are creating now in your evergreen type content, which would be blog posts, podcasts, episodes, YouTube videos, the stuff that you're putting in there lives forever. And so remember that you know even If you write a blog post, and five people read it today, how many people are going to read it in the coming years, and the impact that it could make whether it has a link to a product you love or not just the impact that it can make for years and years and years to come. So keep that in mind, too, they live on and they gain a life of their own in some cases. So I have about three or four probably other brands that are like that, where I have, like I said, podcast episodes from years ago that people are still listening to, and still using those blinks. So that right there is about 10 of my income streams 10 ways I make money every month. Now, I also have my courses and programs. So right now I have three courses, and one program that are actively on my website. And I'm sharing about them regularly. They're going on, they are available for purchase, I talk about them a lot here I talk about them. On my social media channels, I write blog posts that linked to them, all of that stuff. And that's launch list accelerator, holistic business starter, and niche competent. Those are my three courses, actively promoting them right now. I also have one program, my signature program, which is kind of meta here signature program lab where I teach others how to create your own passive income stream weird, how weird is that, by way of a signature program. So that is a program because I am actively in there, I'm holding coaching calls, and office hours and things like that. So it's more of a program, not so much a course. So these four incomes streams are by far the bulk of my day to day work, not necessarily creating them, I already did that. And it took a while to create all of those, yes, I'm not gonna lie, it takes a while it takes probably a couple months to really create a good course a good program. And, but that's already done. And so now I really spend my time in the sales and marketing department of these courses and program, I'm working on launching them and doing the work behind the scenes to get a launch prepped for these. I'm supporting the people going through I'm working on the backend of it, I'm creating content around them to get people interested and involved if they want to be. And most importantly, I'm building an audience of people that are a good fit for these programs and courses. So that is where a large, large large chunk of the work I'm doing day to day is going right now. Now, I also have one other course that I don't actively promote, that still sells regularly from past podcast episodes, I have blog posts that go to it, I have freebies out there in the world that go to it. Now it's not even on my website actively, there is a sales page for it, where you can just go to my website and find it right now. But this is all coming from past content content that I created years ago, that is still working in my business. So once again, that reminder what you are doing today in the Evergreen sense. So this does not necessarily apply to social media or anything like that. But these evergreen pieces of content that you are creating will go on to work for you and your business for years to come. So yes, I still have that course going on behind the scenes that does sell that is entirely passive at this point. But of course, a lot of work went into creating that and creating a whole business around that all the podcast episodes. I mean, I basically had an entire podcast that was just directed to this one course and so 130 podcast episodes that now lead to that course. And so yeah, a lot of active work at the time that then is still now working for me passively. I then also have an ebook that I don't talk about or promote at all but but still sells from years ago. So I wrote this ebook. It's actually a workout routine, a four week workout program for people who have autoimmune disease or adrenal issues or hormone issues that need to take it easy on their bodies but still want to keep or get fit in their own way and being gentle with all of that. So really cool thing, really cool program I created. Gosh, this was back in 2008 15 or 2016, I think, to created this ebook, I wrote a blog post that links to it. And I put that blog post up on Pinterest and have some pins to that. And it took off. And it is a really popular another really popular blog post that I still have on my website. And it links to that ebook, and people buy that ebook. So again, superduper passive at this point, on my end, wasn't always the case did the right things to make it so that it could be passive now, and it will continue to work for me and my business. So those are, I think I've covered them all, there might be more. But you know, then I also, of course, like I said, have one on one coaching as well, which I do when it feels like the right time in my business, I do offer one on one coaching, it went from nutrition coaching, to mindset coaching to now being business coaching, and I do offer one on one business coaching. So if that's something you're interested in, send me a direct message on Instagram, and we can talk about that at Shawn Mynar over there. So that is not passive that is active, I am working with you, I am deep in your business world and helping you build that. So very active. But as you can see, I now have the capacity to do that and to kind of be more picky about when I take one on one clients, what kind of one on one clients I take, and how many and all of that stuff because I have created this space in my business to do so because of these passive income streams. And the majority of them being passive, the majority of the ways that I make income is in this passive sense. And I hope you know by now how passionate I am about helping you get there too, because it's really challenging to do it any other way it will lead to burnout, it will lead to you not loving what you do anymore. Because you're so wrapped up in the time and energy that everything takes when it could be so much different, it could be so much easier. And I still don't see enough of you taking advantage of this. And that is what I want to change. And you don't have to wait for your business to be bigger or for you to have had more clients. This is stuff that you can and should be doing right now. Like I said, those blog posts that I wrote, however, many years ago, I was still, you know, barely making ends meet at least things were not going that well in my business to be totally honest. But I kept looking for these opportunities. And I did the work that I knew would continue to help me. So I wrote those blog posts, or worked with these brands that I really loved and really helped me and I just shared the word and look at this. Now however, many years later, they're still working behind the scenes for me. And if I wouldn't have done it, if I would have told myself, Oh, I'm not ready, or I need my business to be going well, I need a bigger audience, I need to have more clients or any of these things that you guys are telling yourself that are keeping you stuck, please stop waiting and start doing this work. It will help you for years and years and years to come. But you've got to get out of your own way and start doing some of this. Okay, I'm off my soapbox, I got a little hot there. Because this is what I see. And I don't want that to happen for you anymore. It can be easier, it can be simpler. So let's make it happen in your business. Not to mention just as a side note, it is also very fun to make passive income, it is very, very cool to be sleeping or be doing something entirely different or be at lunch or on vacation or on a hike and get a notification that someone has bought something that's going to change their lives that is going to help them immensely. And you didn't have to be hands on with that entire process. very, extremely cool and life changing for everyone involved. So let's get you there. Let's talk about some of these passive income options that you have to add to your business, a lot of which I've already shared because I've done them, too, but we'll go over them in a more succinct way. So you have options to choose from. I do want to stop here quickly and remind you that this takes time. Don't expect to have 20 streams of income coming in by next week. This is something that builds over time but you've got to get started now and really get Clear and intentional about what you're doing and what you're building now. And then as you go, you will start maybe having more brands that you love, or you will have an idea for a course or a program or a masterclass or something like that. And it just keeps building. So let me make that clear right now. So don't get yourself overwhelmed and stressed out thinking, you have to start working on all of these right away. These are in no particular order, just kind of how I was thinking of them. So just know that also, the first one being an e book, like I said, I created a four week program, it was just a digital ebook that I created on Canva and sold. And you can do that to something like a recipe book, or a journal or a workout program. Is there anything in your business or in what you do with clients, that would be conducive to being in a book, it could just be an actual book to a writing? Is there anything that would work to be in an e book. So obviously, ebooks are typically really low price point, mine sells for $19. I think that's a pretty average rate for an e book. But a really great way for people to get an idea of what it's like working with you to get their hands on some of the work you do if you are like a recipe creator or something like that in a very digestible way. And in something that is a really accessible way, you know, really low price point. So good option there. And that can just live basically, on your website at all times with you kind of promoting it and building your audience around it and that kind of thing. And of course, like I mentioned, write blog posts that then link to it that works well to the next would be a paid masterclass, which could be either live or pre recorded. So this would be if you want to teach on something that could be taught in like, an hour or two. And you can set it up. So people join you live over zoom or whatever. And you teach on the thing, you give them some stuff to do in that one or two hours. And they come away with some sort of small specific transformation. So obviously, yes, masterclasses are best if kept small, and if kept very specific, they are also a really great again, kind of like intro to working with you. Because they're also usually a low price point, I would say under $100, for the most part would be an average price point of a masterclass whether it be live or pre recorded, doesn't matter. So again, something to think about in your business, if there's one very specific topic, one really specific thing that you could do, where you're teaching, and coaching, and also giving a little bit of work that can be done in kind of a class format, that is live or pre recorded or both. So you can definitely do it live and have people come and attend and pay to be there live. And then keep that recording and put it up as a pre recorded masterclass on your website, or just create a landing page for it if you don't have a website yet. And that can go on for years and years and years to come. That could be a passive income source for you. Number three, we have a paid challenge. A lot of challenges are free, that is kind of like a launch style that you can use to get people then into a bigger course or program from there. But you can also do it as a paid challenge. And I again, would say this is a really low price point like under $20. To have people join in this challenge where you're, you know, it's three days or five days, and you're kind of work taking them through some work that again, provides a transformation, a small transformation at the end, and kind of takes them on this mini journey. Again, a really great way for people to get to know you and your work at a very low price point. And just as a side note, in all of these cases where you have a really low price point way of working with you, it almost always leads to them wanting to invest in another way to work with you that is most likely going to be at a higher price point. So having these low price point offers is essential to help your business growth. It's just a known fact that once someone pulls their credit card out to work with you once they are much more likely to do so again. So it's really nice to have these low price point things that are always available or maybe they do kind of come out and you promote them at certain times. Seems that works too. But a challenge is one of those options. And most likely it will be with emails, you'll send an email with, you know, work for them to do a lesson. And also potentially, like I just did in my challenge, a podcast episode, or you could, and, really, you should also have a live component, a way to go live in a Facebook group that's private, or on a slack group or on Instagram or something like that. So they get a little bit of live coaching in that challenge as well. Moving on to number four, which is online courses, if you have something in your business, or something that you want to teach your dream clients, that is how to content it. Like you will know, if you have an online course within you if you can think of a topic that starts with how to like how to create a month's worth of meals in one hour, or how to read your own astrology sign. Those kinds of things, where it's really can be chunked down into a step by step tutorial of how to do this thing. That is what is good for an online course. If you have that in your business, then you can work with an online course creation platform, I love Kajabi, you can put all of your content into this platform, take these people through the process of learning that thing. And do so through video content, audio content, PDFs, worksheets, guides, all of that stuff, put it all into this one place and have people go through it, it's as simple as that you have an online course you have a place for people to go to learn how to do something within your area of expertise, your niche.
32:04
Now, you can also have a signature program, which is number five, and that is my love. That is what I teach. And that is what I guide people through on how to create in their business. And that is different than an online course, I did a whole podcast episode about this. But I'll share the debrief here. The main difference is with a signature program, it's guiding people along on a journey on a transformation that goes beyond just how to do something. Now you may be teaching how to do something within your program, you may be teaching how to do a lot of things. But it goes beyond that. Because it also provides the support and the community that an online course does not because you perhaps we'll be doing office hours or a group coaching call or you know any you'll have this community aspect as well, where the group can kind of work through everything together to which is just so powerful and not typically provided in an online course. And if it is, then it's not a course it's a program. And they're just calling it something different. So that's really one of the biggest differences is in that how to do something in an of an online course versus let me guide you through this journey, this transformation and, and be there for support and encouragement as well. And because of that difference than the other difference is in the price point. So online courses usually have a lower price point than a signature program, usually quite a bit lower. Because it's a lot more hands off. There's not that support, and guidance and encouragement that a lot of people need. Whereas in a signature program, it's a bigger transformation than just how to do this thing. It's a bigger transformation, there is that support and guidance, and there is that community. So that naturally comes with a higher price point. But the actual doing creating of the program is very similar to the course where you are figuring out what do you want to put in that program, the journey that you want to take people on what you want to include what's important for them to know and learn and do and creating the content and putting it into your platform for them to all go through. And then once that's done, it's done. So obviously, signature programs are my favorite, I think, you know,
34:38
I think it's the one that I am most drawn to and really wanted to help people with the most out of all of these, because it's so impactful for both your clients which is obviously really important. It's so impactful for your clients and for you and your business. It's just, I don't know, it's my favorite and I think it's Best. And if you're interested in having a signature program in your business, I would love to guide you through the process. Just go to Shawnmynar.com/bundle. Next, let's move on to talk about memberships, which is number six on my list. So a membership is a situation where you have someone paying your clients paying you on a monthly basis or a yearly basis to stay a part of your membership. So you likely are giving deliverables to them every week, or every month or quarterly, probably a combination of all of the above. And they stay a member to get access to that continued content, continued support, encouragement to be part of the community and the group, and everyone starts becoming friends. And then it's all a really fun, great membership. And people stay members for as long as they want a council when they want. It comes and goes it ebbs and flows. And that's how memberships work. And you are creating content for that membership. Kind of on a rolling basis. As I mentioned, there will be something potentially that you provide weekly, something, maybe you provide monthly something, maybe you provide quarterly yearly, and you kind of have to decide on what those would be and do them as part of your membership in order to keep your members. So that is an option for you to and pricing for memberships, they're kind of all over the place. But you know, typically it can be somewhere between $20 a month, up to $200 a month totally depends on obviously, what you are providing the transformation that's going to happen, and the promise of your membership. Next, we have brand partnerships. So this is when we kind of switch and start talking about not things that you are necessarily creating in your own business, but ways that you are earning income for talking about other businesses, perhaps. And brand partnerships are a phenomenal way to do that. We are definitely in the area of affiliate marketing, and it works. I've definitely purchase things when I see other people that I trust recommending them. And I also I like talking about businesses and things and products that I love and that I use. I think this is really important when talking about brand partnerships, I think this goes without saying but let me just say it anyway, to partner with those brands that you really truly do love and use yourself and recommend and have experience with instead of just picking the ones that like pay the most money or something which honestly, I do think some people do, but let's not be those people. But yeah, if there are brands that you love companies that you love, check out and see if they have an affiliate program, or a partnership program. Some people call it different things. And that's fine, it all means the same thing. And look into it and see if that works for you see if that would be something to include in your business. Sometimes they're really good. And sometimes they're not so good. And it's not even worth it, you'll just kind of talk about it as you talk about it for free, because you love something and it's not worth signing up and going through that process. So make sure it looks good to you and then partner up with some brands that you love. And this is a great thing that you can include in your email newsletters, just talking about a brand or an experience with a brand that you love and why you love it. And providing that link and obviously making it clear that you do receive commission, just to be totally transparent. But that is a really great thing to put in those emails to write blog posts about to talk about in your podcast episodes or your YouTube videos and really create a great system where you are talking about things that you love. And people are taking your advice, taking your recommendations and getting that in their lives and you get paid for it. How cool is that? It's a great, great thing. I do also want to include in this section, working with supplement companies because I know I have a lot of health coaches and nutritionists and naturopath and acupuncturist and all these wellness business owners which is so amazing and we all have a great opportunity to partner with the supplement companies that we use and recommend for our clients or that we have in stock or just that you would recommend anybody use and get a really great perk or Really a great affiliate commission for recommending certain supplements. And again, don't recommend supplements you don't actually use or recommend just because you want to get their affiliate commission, that is not okay. But if you are already really using and recommending and putting a certain protocol together that has all these supplements, well, then you should be getting paid for that
40:28
that is totally okay. And so get that set up in your business ASAP if you work with supplements. So that's brand partnerships. Now let's move on to referrals, you referring people to other people's work, that's actually something I forgot to put in my list of my income streams is referring people to other people's courses, or to become clients of other people's and getting a kickback for that. So that's what I mean by referrals, if you have taken a course or a program, or worked with someone that you love that really had a great product. And now you would recommend that to somebody else, well then recommend it to somebody else. And before you do, so check in with them to see if they have a partner program. So I have a partner program for all of my courses and programs. And there are people who are in my courses and programs that then recommend they sign up for the partner program. And then they recommend them to their friends or colleagues or family members, and they get a payout. Because they just marketed my course for me. So of course, I want to give them a nice, big thank you for that. So if there is anything in your life that you have had a great experience with, become a partner. And, you know, yeah, you can do word of mouth talking about it to your friends and colleagues, you can post about it, you can write an entire blog post about it, you can do a whole email, sequence around it, whatever you want to do as much as or as deep as you want to go. Obviously, the more you do, the more commissions you will make. But that's up to you. And there's a ton that you can do. And you can even contact that person directly who you are referring people to and ask how you can participate, maybe you can be a part of their next launch. And they can provide materials for you to use and everything. So lots of ways you can do that. Number nine, we have content sponsorship. So this would be if you have a blog, and you have advertisements along the side or along the bottom, where people are essentially paying to, or companies are paying to advertise on your content. Same thing with a podcast, if you have a podcast and you get sponsors on your podcast to kind of interrupt and create a commercial, where they are promoting their company, their brand, their product on your podcast. And then same thing goes for YouTube, content sponsorships, those can be really, really big and lucrative for you.
43:26
They typically take a decent sized following. So enough people reading your blog, listening your podcast going on your YouTube channel in order to get that interest from other companies or brands. And in order for it to actually be a decent chunk of change. But hey, even 20 bucks, who cares? Let's just get some passive income going. But yeah, it will take a specific usually it takes a specific number for you to hit in that regard before companies will consider partnering with you in in that space. So keep that in mind. But content sponsorship is awesome. And I am actually still getting payouts from content spot sponsorship from my past podcasts from years ago. I'm still getting payouts from that as well, which is really cool. And that can be the case for your content, as well, but content that lives forever. That's what we're really going for here. Alright, we've made it to the last one, which I feel like is a kind of new passive income opportunity, then that is subscription based content. I guess it's not new, but it just seems to be really taking off lately, I think because like you can do Instagram subscriptions now. You can do newsletter subscriptions now. And podcast subscriptions to where basically it means there's a specific type of content or level of content that is behind this paywall that Oh, only people that subscribe can receive. So you may have a podcast where everyone gets to listen. But then you have specific podcast episodes where only people who pay can listen. And same thing with newsletters, you might have, you know, a weekly newsletter, but then you give more specific, highly targeted, more valuable content in a newsletter that only people who pay can receive. And like I said, I think now Instagram has this way where you can have a subscription to where you only see certain extra Instagram posts are a part of a group or something like that on Instagram. So that is an option for you to again, something to just consider, really, in all these cases, it's something to really look at what you want to do, how you want to help people, what kind of services what kind of help do you want to provide? And how can you package that up in different ways. And you can see that all of these are really different price points, two different ways that people can work with you at differing price points based on what they need, what their problem is, what they have access to. And that's really important too, is to have these different levels of access to you in your business. So like I said, as we wrap this up, like I said, I don't want you to hear this list and get overwhelmed and start thinking you have to do all of these, right now. Instead, I want you to be excited and inspired by the amount of opportunity that is at your fingertips right now for you to make more money, and work less, while still helping a ton of people, more people than you ever thought possible. That is so cool. And so powerful. And that is the world that we are living in right now, we have this opportunity, we might as well make the most of it and start creating these other income streams in your business, start doing this work to have these moments where you are just out doing something, you're out running errands and you get an email that someone bought your program, or that you got a payout from a brand, or you get an email that some brand wants to work with you and wants to sponsor your podcast, this is all possible for you. And if there's any even teeny, tiny little voice in your head, that is saying, well, it's possible for everyone else. But you. If there's anything in you saying that, then we need to talk, I want you to send me a DM at Shawn Mynar on Instagram. And let's talk about that. Let's figure out where that's coming from and what we can do to prove that wrong. And I can tell you, like I mentioned, I am someone who has always been told and has always thought I have to work harder to make more money. And when I first my very first opportunity to make passive income was with an e book that is not out or it's so embarrassing that it's not even being sold super passively. At this point, this ebook is in its grave. But I did make my first sale of that ebook many many years ago. And that was the first time I had the experience of not working harder to make more money. And it changed me forever. Because it changed that voice in my head because that voice got weaker. Because I had evidence that it wasn't true that it was possible for me that even though I wasn't very far along in my business, even though I did not know what I was doing, even though I did not know the tech side of anything or how to do any of this behind the scenes. Even though that first ebook was so embarrassing and ugly, it still helped people and people still bought it. That is what I needed. And I will help guide you through that for you, too.
49:18
I just need to know where you're at. So send me a DM at Shawn Mynar over on Instagram. I'm hanging out there for the most part. And I hope this helps give you some ideas of where your business could go really, really soon and just chunk it down one step at a time. All right. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As, as many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created, and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs, I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program. Once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there.
There’s one big marketing mistake that I see a lot of wellness business owners making that they don’t even realize they’re making. And If you’re someone who’s making this mistake, it’s easily costing you clients, sales and income. With just one simple shift, you can solve this problem, save your marketing materials, and quickly start making more sales, attracting a bigger audience, and connecting deeper with your people. Let’s find out if you’re making this big marketing mistake and how you can turn it around asap. Stay tuned!
Niche Confident Class - shawnmynar.com/niche
“Squeeze the most out of your content. Be sure to use it to the best of your ability. Be sure as many people get in touch with that content as possible.” - Shawn Mynar
“Just remember that what you are creating today can be re-used over and over and should be re-used over and over again.” - Shawn Mynar
“People feel seen, heard, understood, and acknowledged when they feel like someone is in their head, speaking directly to them using the words and phrases that they have going on over and over in their head.” - Shawn Mynar
“It’s about changing your words so that you create a better connection with the people that are already in your audience.” - Shawn Mynar
“Figure out their words then do an audit with your stuff.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
We need to have some real talk, because there's one big marketing mistake that I see a lot of wellness business owners making, and they don't even realize they're making it. And we need to figure out if that's you, too. If you're someone who's making this mistake, it is easily costing your clients sales, and obviously income. And with just one simple shift, you can solve this problem, you can save your marketing material, and quickly start making more sales, attracting a bigger audience and connecting deeper with your people. Let's find out if you too are making this marketing mistake and how you can turn it around a s a p so you can feel good about selling again. Stay tuned.
0:52
Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:36
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So grateful to have you here. So grateful for your support of this show means the world to me. And I hope you enjoy the last five episodes before this one where we went through and did things a little differently had a little challenge for you had episodes come out every other day for over a week. That was cool. What I realized, you know, I've been podcasting for almost eight years now, and have put out an episode every single week like clockwork. In some cases, if I'm taking a break, they've been repeat episodes. But I think I've only missed one or two weeks in the past eight years almost. And for some of that time, I was even doing two a week, either having overlapping podcasts or doing two episodes on one podcast a week, it was just I podcasted a lot. And I've just always stuck with this feeling or this thinking that you just put out an episode a week, you stay consistent with it. And obviously that is great. And that's what a lot of people do. And it's definitely what I recommend if you're just starting with your podcast. But then I'm like, You know what, I don't have to do that I can do whatever I want. If I want to put out multiple episodes in one week, if I want to do this challenge, and put out five episodes every other day for 10 days. Why not? Let's do it. Let's mix it up a little bit. So anyway, that's what happened. And I hope you enjoyed it. It also was a lesson for me or just a reminder, and I'm just saying this here so that you can be reminded of this to to use your content, any and all content that you create, especially content that has really helped people that was really impactful and that you really are proud of use it to its fullest extent. So as you probably noticed, and you may have been a part of this in the past two, I hosted that challenge back in April of 2021 in a kind of live format. And I had these, these recordings of it that I was just kind of not doing anything with haven't done anything with for a year and a half. But I really loved that challenge. I put a lot of work into creating that challenge for people and didn't have it just sitting there collecting dust when it was something I'm really proud of, and I know helped a lot of people, it didn't make sense. So as I'm kind of thinking about how can I best use and reuse and squeeze the most out of all of this content that I'm creating for my business, when I have something that is an audio recording of something that would be really helpful to you as podcast listeners, I'm going to use it. So now that I've gotten into that frame of mind and starting to think more about that it is possible that you will start seeing like recordings of past coaching calls I've had, where I still have that audio, maybe the audio of some videos I've done where you don't need to actually see me to get the message. And I will put those up on the podcast too. Because you know, we all can do whatever we want with the platforms that we have. We don't have to stick to any rules. Number one lesson here and number two lesson squeeze the most out
5:00
Have your content, be sure to use it to the best of your ability. Be sure as many people get in touch with that content as possible, which means potentially bringing it back after a year and a half or three years or five years, if it still resonates, and the message is still clear, just remember that what you are creating today can be reused over and over and should be reused over and over again. So it's not all like you spent hours on this thing, and then never sees the light of day doesn't have to be that way and shouldn't be that way. So if you have no idea what I'm talking about, go back the past five episodes before this episode was a client attraction challenge that I put together for all of you who are wanting to attract more people to your work to get more paying clients. It's like the five things that you really need to consider, first and foremost, when getting into that space of attraction, client attraction. So head back there and get started on those after you listen to this episode. And take you back to one of the conversations within that challenge. We talked about the need to get really, really clear and defined and competent, on who you help, and how you help them. In the business world. This is called defining your niche or niche, your ideal customer. If you are in my world, my orbit, I like to call it the dream client. I have noticed over the years of helping wellness professionals with their businesses, that this is a big, major, huge sticking point, they might know that this is a big huge sticking point for them. But a lot of people don't realize that they are resisting, creating and defining a niche, or that they think they have a niche. But it's not nearly specific enough. There's just a whole lot of stickiness, stuckness since this is the unstuck entrepreneur podcast around the idea of figuring out your niche, especially in the wellness world. And so let me ask you this question, on a scale of one to 10. How confident are you in your niche. Now, this is not asking you how specific you think your niche is how much you love your niche, how popular or unpopular your niche is. That's not what I'm asking. I'm asking you how confident you are in your niche. And that's a very specific feeling. And when you get to the point where you are thinking about and talking about and sharing about and telling everyone who you help and how you help them and the specific transformation that you provide people, what is your level of competence there.
8:01
And if you answer anything other than a 10, we got to talk because I have something for you, I'm going to help you get that to a 10. Because honestly, it needs to be a 10 If you want your business to grow it you really should be screaming from the rooftops about what you do and who you help and how you help them. And the problems you solve. That is when we have a growing business on our hands. And if you're not at that 10 I have a class that I created just for you. It is called niche confident Hmm, how clever how specific how obvious and clear of what it is, I created this for the wellness coach or practitioner who needs more clarity in their business, so that they can approach their business and their potential clients with this competence that we absolutely 100% need. And when you have that confidence, think about it, then you obviously are more confident in your business. But that means that your potential clients are more confident in you. And when they are more competent in you, they become paying clients.
9:20
So when you have this confidence in who you help, how you help them, and that transformation that you provide these people, then your clients are more confident in you. And that is a requirement. Before people give you their credit card and say Here, take my money, I want your help. They need to feel confident in your ability to help them that you are the right person for them that you quote unquote get them and we're gonna talk about that in this episode. So if you are someone who has spent a little too much time going back and forth
10:00
add what you want your niche to be on what you think your niche should be. This is for you. And I can tell you right now figuring out and defining and getting competent and comfortable in your niche should not take months and months and months, we got better things to do my friends. So let's, let's cut that, if you spent a little too much time here in this gray zone, we need to get yet competent, if that's you, niche confident is for you, if you keep talking yourself out of niching down, as it's known in this business world of ours, if you keep talking yourself out of that, because you fear that it'll be too limiting, that you might turn possible paying clients down, or anything like that. You need to be inside niche competent. Or if you have an itch, and you've decided on it and you're feeling pretty good about it. But then you find yourself not really speaking to it, not really staying on that topic kind of breezing around it kind of still sticking to general with the content that you do create, then this is for you to inside niche, confident, I'm gonna walk you through my step by step six part process to becoming confident in who you help and how you help them. So we're going to create your dream client statement. And that will be the defining factor of your business from here on out, and will attract to the right people to your work with ease. So we're going to do all of that together, I know that I don't need to tell you that knowing your niche is the single most important thing to your business. And the number one thing you need to do right away even before you design your website, even before you print out your business cards are all the like little tangible stuff we like to do to fiddle with, to make it seem like we're building a business. Nope, we got to stop that right now and go back to figuring out who you help and how you help them. Because that is the guiding force behind everything else in your business. Everything you do and create and design in your business, your website will be based off of your niche. So we've got to start there, and then your business can quite seamlessly flow after that happens. So let's start now let's get this going. This is your chance. Because right now, this entire niche competent course that I have just created for you, it's hot off the presses. It's just $97 until the end of the month as a special introductory offer since it is brand new, and then it's going to jump up to 197. So you're getting to 50% off right now, as of next month, it will jump up to the price of 197. Be sure to get on it now. I mean, is it even possible to get any sort of business training for under $100. This is like, not normally possible. So this is your chance, under $100, we'll get you started on your business journey the right way, whether you are just starting out right now. And you know, this is the first thing you need to do, or you down the road of your business and you're realizing oops, I never actually took the time and energy to to get competent in this part of my business. And now I can see why maybe my business hasn't been going the way I've been wanting it to go. Let's take a step back and get niche competent, and then move on from there. So $97 gets you access to the entire niche confidant course. And there'll be a lifetime access my step by step training, you will also get a workbook of course, because if you've worked with me before, you know I love a good workbook, how else are we going to get all this work done and really feel good about what we're doing if we don't have a safe place to do the work. And you're also going to get my Magnetic Messaging workbook as well. And there's one more limited time offer that I am gifting to you. When you join niche confident now you also have the opportunity to have your dream client statement reviewed and critiqued by me. How fun is that? I mean, that's gonna be a great time I will let you know. You know, once you give me your best work, I will let you know what you need to shift what words need to be changed what you need to do to make that a more comprehensive, clear statement that you feel good about. Shawnmynar.com/niche is where you go
15:00
To get this special offer, remember it is expiring, it will go up by over 50%. Very, very soon at the end of the month. So be sure to get in now, Shawnmynar.com/niche, can't wait to see you there.
15:15
Speaking of all of this, today is something that really goes along with this conversation, we kind of blend it all in together. And it is a very superduper important conversation, please take what I am saying today. And be honest with yourself and your business and your marketing materials. And do a little audit after what we talk about today.
15:44
It is probably the most common mistake that I see coaches and practitioners make when it comes to their marketing, it's a really big deal. And it's a really big thing keeping you from making more sales. Obviously, marketing is there to make sales to appeal to the right people and turn lurkers into buyers. And what you might be doing this mistake that you might be making that honestly, you don't even know you're making, I have a really good feeling about that, is keeping those, it's actually it's turning lurkers into like, not for me, here's just like, I don't know what's going on here, I'm gone. And we don't want that. Obviously, if you are a coach or practitioner, there is a good chance that you are using practitioner speak. practitioner speak is what I call it when you use your words to create your content and marketing and not their words. So here's the difference. Your words are based on your knowledge, your skill, your experience, your education, everything that you know, on your particular topic, the problem that you solve the work that you do with people,
17:11
it's your default, and that's totally fine and expected that's normal. Your default is to use the words that are in your brain that come to you naturally, the words that perhaps you've learned as you've been trained.
17:30
So it's a combination of that. And it's also the idea in your brain that you want to sound like you know what you're talking about, like you are an expert and professional, you want to showcase your knowledge. So that's kind of the other side of this token.
17:50
And the thing with that is, it's actually kind of doing the opposite, it's actually turning your potential clients off.
18:00
Why? Because those aren't their words. They don't connect with those words and phrases that you're using. And so you're losing them, you aren't creating that connection that is absolutely essential to get people to know like and trust you.
18:22
So their words are what they think and feel about their problems, their symptoms, their needs, wants, goals, desires, wishes, dreams, all that stuff. Their words are what they say to their friends and family, when they're talking about what they're going through when they're talking about how they're feeling and how they want to feel and what's not going right and what they want to go better. As they're having these conversations with other people and even in their own head potentially more often in their own head. Those are their words. It's what they put into Google, when they're trying to find a solution to their problem. What words are they using?
19:14
And so you have a role of being Yes, a coach, and or practitioner. And you also have a role of being a marketer. And when you have those two roles, your job is to match your words with their words. So you figure out your message, what you want to showcase what you want them to know.
19:41
And you kind of do this little dance of figuring out how you can take that message and put it into their words. That is the only way that you will get your audience and potential clients to know you like you and
20:00
trust you and we've talked about the know like and trust factor a lot here on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast that is going along with this entire theme of this episode, the confidence that you need your clients to feel in working with you the know like and trust, the connection. All of those things are needed before someone hands you their credit card and says, Yes, I want what you have to offer. So let me give you an example. This is an example I made up and is pretty obvious. But
20:35
I'm telling you friends, I see things very similar to this all the time. So yes, I made this up, but I was thinking of what I see as I was coming up with this. Alright, so we have example number one, I help people re inoculate their gut with beneficial flora and repair intestinal permeability to restore normal bowel function.
21:04
Or
21:06
example number two, I help people with constipation heal their gut so they can poop regularly and beat the bloat.
21:15
which one sounds like a better connection point for the person who is constipated and bloated and their stomach hurts and they can't fit into their jeans after lunch. And they're struggling. And they just want to figure out how the heck they can poop regularly without having to take you know a laxative.
21:42
Which one's going to be more appealing. Let me say him again. I help people reenact isolate their guts with beneficial flora and repair intestinal permeability to restore normal bowel function. I know this is extreme, but I'm telling you, I see things similar to this. Where I help people with constipation, heal their gut so they can poop regularly and beat the blow. I don't know about you, but I am going on with the person that promises to help me poop regularly. Yes, please, help. I need this. I am not doing that right now. I'm struggling. I'm all yours. Right? Do you see the difference? It is saying the same thing. But when you say when you have that practitioner hat on, and you're like, Yes, I just learned about re inoculation and intestinal permeability and all these big beautiful words that no one else knows. Unless you're a practitioner or a coach. But your clients know what poop is. They know what constipation is. And they know what bloating feels like. And that's their problem. So when you get out of using practitioner speak, and start using their words, you get your clients into this place of OMG you get me people feel seen, heard, understood, and acknowledged when they feel like someone is in their head, speaking directly to them, using the words and phrases that they have going on over and over and over in their head
23:22
when you speak directly to their problems, their goals, and desires. So what better way is there to establish that trust and immediately make you their person, their go to authority over anyone else? All the other people in the world that are helping reenact you late gods and repair intestinal permeability. They're busy saying that and using these fancy words, and you're just telling people, Hey, I'll help you poop regularly again, who do you think is going to have more clients is going to attract a bigger audience is going to make more sales? It seems pretty obvious, right?
24:03
And what's even better, this means that you're making those sales without even needing to worry about increasing your audience or getting more followers or anything like that. So many people are focused on and really have, for some reason decided that's the thing that's going to increase their income. It doesn't have to be about that. And it's not really about that. Instead, it's just about changing your words, so that you create a better connection with the people that are already in your audience. Even if your audience is like 20 people right now. It's just like the people that you know, in your town or your Facebook friends or whatever. There are people in that audience right now that if you just used the right word, and you figured out what was going on in their heads would feel that connection with you and would want to become paying clients. So you don't need to worry about getting more
25:00
More people worry about building the connection with the people that you do have. And guess what, as you're busy doing that, then that your audience automatically grows to because you're using the right words now.
25:13
So, I hope you can see that it's actually a pretty simple fix, I'm not going to say it's easy, because it does take time, it takes practice, there's learning and growing and understanding and changing to do. So I'm not going to say, oh, it's easy, just go to this, it'll take it five minutes. It's not that but it is simple. It's a simple fix, you're simply changing your words. And the way that you start with this, the way you figure out what words to use, is to really, truly understand your dream client from a deep, deep level, get into their head, go through their day, listen to the conversations they're having. And all of this is what we do in the Magnetic Messaging workbook. So I will guide you through this process of figuring out what those words and phrases are. So you don't have to worry about that. But you need to get clear on it, you need to take the time to do it, and continue to do it over and over again, continue to refine it, as you learn more, as potentially you get more clients, then you start learning even more about them and understanding them even more. And that just continues to fuel this messaging work that you're doing. So that's the first thing, figure out their words,
26:41
then I want you to do an audit on your stuff, things that you've potentially already created in your business, even if it's just social media posts or something right now. But if you have any landing pages, sales pages, emails, freebies, social media posts, like I said, whatever content you are creating, you have created in your business, go back and do an audit and get honest with yourself. Are you using your words? Or their words? Would that dream client read that and be like, OMG? They're in my head? They get me? Are you creating those moments? In all of your content?
27:27
There really are these kind of tests to pass that you should be looking through these lenses. When you're creating any and all content, that first test is like OMG, you get me does it pass that test where someone read that, who is your dream client, not you in your head, but them in their heads and feel that way like the you get me factor. And then second, this is like a bonus bonus tip that we didn't talk about in this episode, but probably will in a future episode, the fourth grader test, meaning that it is simple and clear, not clever and cutesy and all these metaphors and made up words and made up phrases. And again, really heavy, big things that only you as the coach or practitioner knows, can a fourth grader understand your content, do they get the message if they are in fourth grade.
28:29
That is how simple clear and easy to understand we want your marketing material. So those are the two tasks that you want to run all of your content through. Go back just as practice and you know the things that you have available to your clients right now to your audience, you know, maybe it is a landing page or freebie or something, go back and put it through those tests. Fourth grade test, and OMG you get me test.
28:59
Again, if you want support and guidance in determining their words, and how to include this in your marketing that is included in niche confident, you can head to Shawnmynar.com/niche to get it at the lowest investment it will ever be right now for a few weeks if you're listening to this when it airs. And really please take the time to go back and do this work. Do that audit, it makes such a big difference and it will help you get more paying clients quicker, easier. It's like why wouldn't you do that? Kind of worth it if you asked me and if you have any questions or you want to give me any feedback on this episode or any episode of unstuck entrepreneur be sure to head over to Shawnmynar on Instagram and send me a message let me know what you think. Let me know if you have any questions. If you want any input or feedback on anything that you have out there in the world.
30:00
I'm happy to do that and just love chatting with you all. I appreciate all of your messages and all of your support. And until next time, take care.
30:09
Hey friends, Shawn here. And if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now, I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you're at in your business today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof I can't wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I'll see you over there
We're mixing things up on the podcast this week! I'm hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they're released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.
“Are you going to be the person that sits on the sidelines of life unwilling to step out of their comfort zone or are you going to be the person that takes action even when it’s scary?” - Shawn Mynar
Client Attraction Challenge - https://shawnmynar.com/attraction
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:04
Hey there. I'm Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
0:48
Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we're going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there's some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that's fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you're in the middle of the five, and you haven't listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they're going to be coming out every other day, if you're listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That's from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn't exist anymore. So don't worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let's find out today's challenge
3:42
Hey, hey, we made it to day five of the client attraction challenge. I told you would be a party deny. We've had so much fun this week. I am so proud of you for continuing on all through all five days. It means a lot to me. It means a lot to your future. It means a lot to your business. It means a heck of a lot to your future clients who will now know what you do that you can help them you will be putting yourself out there you will be showing up with confidence. Gosh, we've done a lot already this week and we have just one more thing to do. It is a two parter. And the first part is all about putting your self out there because people cannot buy your services. If they don't know they exist, and it's not enough. This is a mistake I made so much for so long. But no longer because now I know that it is not enough to just occasionally post on Instagram a little quiet post about what you do and that you have a program coming up or you're taking new clients or stuff
5:00
sending out an occasional email letting them know you have some spots available or your program or courses open. That's not enough. People need to very clearly know that you are open for business. They need to know what you do, why you do it, who you help, how you help them all things we've configured this week. So now you should be super competent in explaining this. And now it's just a matter of doing it, it's a matter of telling people and telling people often, we're not doing enough as it stands right now, changing your Instagram bio to be a little more professional and switching to a business account. And putting up a website that showcases what you do and has a spot for you to do free consultations or whatever it is maybe has a fancy little space for them to put in their email address to be on your newsletter. That is not enough. That's not enough people will not find you in that way. We have to regularly consistently and with confidence, use everything we just learned about ourselves this week and our business and our dream clients and put it out there for people to see. So with this new energetic attraction point, that is you, in your business with you getting out of your own way, like we showed up in day two, like you've been clear on who you help and how you help them like we did in day three. And you having this Magnetic Messaging that will guide how you talk about your business and what you do and how you help people.
6:40
This is all we need. Now the last step is to put it out into the world. And today, I just want you to practice, I just want you to let at least 10 people know about your work. And I want you to include that entire recipe, all the things we've done over the past four days into this spot where you're telling people that you're open for business and what you do and how you do it. Maybe you are taking clients or you're going to be taking clients soon, maybe you have a new program coming up or you're working on a program, maybe you've got a brand new workshop, or you have a product for sale, or it's coming for sale, no matter what it is. Just tell at least 10 people what you've been working on, using everything you now know.
7:32
Now this can be by way of your social media, if you'd like it can be as long as there's 10 people there, it can be you just texting 10 of your friends or you talking to 10 of your co workers, I have to tell you that when I first started my business, my clients were people I already knew they were acquaintances, they were friends of friends, they were friends, they were family members. And I just told them what I did, by way of my personal Facebook page and my personal email contacts, I sent them an email and told them what I was up to. And I got clients from that. A lot of clients actually. So it doesn't have to be anything fancy. You don't have to have a giant audience. This is where we have proof, foolproof, and I am have that proof by the story I just told you that you don't need a massive following to start getting clients and to start making a big impact and really good income.
8:33
It's with potentially the people you already know. But I just don't want you to feel limited to only be able to share on social media or in an email newsletter with your subscribers. It doesn't have to be that if you don't yet have that. There are many other ways I know you know, 10 people I know you do.
8:53
Find those 10 people tell them what you do. And honestly, I wouldn't be surprised if you get someone that wants to work with you or at minimum have a free consultation so that you have the opportunity to share more about what you do and turn them into paying clients. I really would not be surprised. So let's do a little experiment. You tell 10 People see how many people you get back that want to work with you. Now there's one last Bonus piece to all of this, we still have a missing piece, believe it or not. And it's the thing that is standing between you and the impact you're looking to make. Even if you've done all five things this week perfectly. There's still that missing piece, which means you have just one final action step to take to really put it all together. So let's head over to the audio version of the video I made for you now and check it out.
9:57
Congratulations on completing the
10:00
This client attraction challenge, the fact that you made it this far means you have a level of commitment that honestly, most don't. What it shows me is that you're committed to your business, you're committed to making a real impact in the world, you're committed to living a life of purpose, and possibility. And you want to do it all without adding more stress, struggle and overwhelm. So at this point, you might be wondering, well, what do I do now? How do I get myself in front of more people? How do I get these people onto my email list? How can I turn these leads into actual clients? And how do I grow and expand my business, so I can make a solid income while helping more people. These are all great questions, my friend. But let's take a second to look back on the week. And when you do, you can see how much you've already learned. Even just in spending five days building your client attraction system, you will learn so much more about entrepreneurship in general, you now know the real difference between those entrepreneurs that struggle, and those that find lasting success, the difference between those that effort and grind, and those that find ease and peace in their business. And from those entrepreneurs that get in their own way. And those that stepped forward as the entrepreneur they're meant to be. And chances are, you're already beginning to see how quickly things will change for you. When you start implementing these practices in your own business. To grow as an entrepreneur from the inside out. We only have one thing left to cover here. And in this final audio, I'm going to share with you the last missing piece that standing between you and the impact you're looking to make.
11:54
But first, I want to share with you how a rock bottom moment in my life led to my business skyrocketing seemingly overnight, because it may just help you do the same. Back in 2016, I was paralyzed by a fear of failure, I was spending my time working on a business that I no longer enjoyed. While dreaming of the business, I actually wanted to be a nutritionist with my own online practice.
12:24
My current business was in the red, I was racking up more and more debt and I wasn't fulfilled or excited by my work. But it was my security blanket, my comfort zone. And I was afraid to let it go and step into the next level version of myself. That was more in alignment with my purpose and passion.
12:45
Until I came down with this mystery illness, and I literally couldn't physically do that highly active business I had anymore. And so by way of this mystery illness, I made the decision to let go and trust that my dream business would be the success I knew it could be I let go of my old business. And I went all in on my passion. Even though it was super scary, even though I knew I could fail, even though it was really uncomfortable. And in just two months, I tripled my monthly income while working half the time, half the amount of hours. And I was able to pay off all of my debt that $20,000 in debt.
13:30
Now, because of this experience, and so many other pivotal moments I've had in my business over the years, I simply see fear, as a sign of expansion, as a place for learning and growth so that I can become the next level version of myself and experience my dreams.
13:48
Chances are the voice of your fears is taking over in your business right now. And you may not have even realized it until just now. So in my case, when I made that decision to face my fear and go all in, I had to ask myself, what's really important to me here. And that's when I realized I had a deep desire to make an impact and help others that I was no longer willing to shy away from and I knew I was capable of making this impact while also living a life of freedom and abundance. And chances are that's exactly what's drawing you to this type of work to being of service and helping others is important to you just the way it is to me.
14:38
And so it's simply a matter of connecting so deeply to that purpose that nothing will get in the way including those stories, fears and roadblocks to your success.
14:51
In a moment, I'm going to share with you the process of uncovering your blocks so you can step into your power because the moment I face my blocks, get out of my
15:00
My own way, I trusted my intuition and made my purpose, the most important thing in my business, I increased my revenue by $200,000 in the first year alone, why? Because once my purpose became the most powerful thing, I was no longer allowing fear to Sideswipe my plans. And that's the moment I became unstuck. When you step into this power for yourself, nothing will hold you back, you will no longer have to consider how many lives won't be changed. Because you've been stuck in your fears and allowing yourself to play small. How long have you already delayed or hesitated on what you're meant to be doing in your business? Up until now thinking maybe you need to get another qualification, have a prettier website, get more Instagram followers, or find more free time or more money before you can get started? Not realizing these decisions are just excuses driven by your fears, a fear of judgment, fear of criticism, fear of failure, or even success. And most importantly, fear of not being enough.
16:15
So where do you go from here? Now it's time to find out what's really holding you back. It's not that you don't know where to find clients or how to get them to pay you. There's something more that we need to uncover here now. And that is your blocks is what I like to call digging. Let's dig to see if you can uncover some of your own blocks and entrepreneurial fears. Here's an exercise I have my clients just like you do in unstuck entrepreneur, to get real with themselves and gain clarity. Take all the time you need. You can pause this audio, write down these questions. Write down the answers, go back and visit them later if you need more time, and continue to work through them.
17:05
What scares you about being an entrepreneur? And why?
17:12
What experiences trigger this fear?
17:18
What thoughts trigger this fear?
17:24
How is it holding you back?
17:28
And I'm gonna give you a bonus question. Are you ready?
17:33
What do you say to yourself when your business isn't going your way
17:41
that will surely dig up some beliefs.
17:46
And now you can see why doing the inner work to become the entrepreneur you're meant to be is essential to create the income and impact you want to make without more stress and struggle. So if you do this exercise, chances are you're going to get a glimpse of what's really been holding you back. And what would be possible for you if that block weren't there. So now here's the secret. You can do all of this. Right now. There is no secret sauce, it doesn't take a skill that you don't have. It's all available to you right now. And this is exactly what we do together in unstuck entrepreneur, I was a stock and struggling personal trainer with $20,000 in debt and living with my parents. And now I'm living out my dream, making the impact I want to make helping 1000s of women with their health, living my purpose and doing it all while I have tons of freedom and flexibility in my everyday life. So what changed, I didn't continue to let my fears and blocks limit me. And you don't have to either. I mean, if you really want to, you can just close this audio, go back to doing the things you were doing last week continuing to spin your wheels. But since you're here, I know that's not you. You're choosing to step into your power and make the impact you want to make in this world. And you're doing so without stress struggle, hustle, grinding overwhelm, because you now know that won't get you where you want to go. And who wants that anyway, sounds terrible.
19:30
So now it's time to ask yourself some important questions. Are you going to be the person that sits on the sidelines of life unwilling to step out of their comfort zone? Or are you going to be the person that takes action even when it's scary? Are you going to be the person that sees problems or the person that sees opportunities?
19:50
Are you going to be the person who makes progress or the person that continues to make excuses?
19:57
Are you going to be the type of person who spent a week
20:00
In a free training that contains the keys to unlock the business of their dreams, and not do anything with it, or are you going to be the type of person who takes those keys and says, I'm ready, let's open this door.
20:15
If that is you, I am ready for you. And I'm waiting on the other side of that door inside my business mentorship program, unstuck entrepreneur. Inside unstuck entrepreneur, I am your guide and mentor through my complete flow and grow framework that shows you how to create a successful and impactful business that aligns with the life you wish to live. So you can have both the business and life of your dreams, no stress, struggle, overwhelm or hustle required.
20:48
It's not about the latest marketing gimmick or strategy to hack the Instagram algorithm. It's the blueprint for the business you will create by building it from the inside out everything from stepping into your role as a successful entrepreneur, creating your energetic expression for your business, tapping into your intuition to make business decisions, attracting the right people to your work, putting your work out into the world in a way that feels exciting and authentic for you. Marketing and selling with intention, crafting that perfect irresistible offer, finding a method to share what you do authentically, and so much more. It's taking everything I've learned the hard way, in a lot of cases, I must say, over the past eight years in business and giving you the tools to implement it into your business the much easier way. So you can follow your dreams now, instead of a year from now, or two, or five, or maybe even never
21:52
unstuck. Entrepreneur walks you through a proven process. So you don't have to waste any more time and energy wondering what to do, or worrying that you're not doing the right thing. In fact, there's only five simple steps to take to get your business from stuck and struggling to successful and stress free. So you can fulfill your dreams while helping others at the same time. And guess what, you've already gotten a head start on one of them, which is the Attract pillar. Now this isn't the only thing needed to build a successful business, we still need to look at things like defining your dream client, building rapport with your dream client, inviting your dream client to work with you, and guiding your dream client to real transformation. Those are the other pillars. So altogether, we have define, attract, build, invite, and transform.
22:47
So now it's your time. In just a few short days, I'll be opening the doors to enrollment for the next group of unstuck entrepreneurs, you'll be invited to walk this journey together with a group of like minded business friends, and myself as your guide and coach. And with lifetime access your business success is actually inevitable. If you're going to be the entrepreneur that's ready for success, impact, alignment, joy and freedom, then this is your time to make a decision. Are you going to be the person that goes back to their old ways their old stories, their old fears? Or are you going to be that person who stepped into their power gets out of their own way and create the impact and income they desire? If that's you, I'm excited to help you gain the confidence and clarity you need to make your business a success and your dream life a reality. In a few days, I'll be back to let you know who's a good fit for the program. And if it's right for you. Until then I just want to take a moment to thank you for being a part of this challenge with me this week. It's been such a pleasure to connect with you and get to know you better. It's truly my passion and purpose to connect with like minded people like you. This challenge is a manifestation of all the things I love to do. And getting to this point in my business where I spend my time doing exactly what I want to do. And love to do is only possible because I made the choice to build a business that aligned and flown with me, and not what anyone else told me I had to do to be successful. And so consider how that might look for you and your life. Does it mean spending more time with your family and less time in front of your computer? Doesn't mean being able to quit a job you don't love so you can become the CEO of your own business? What will making this shift mean for you? No matter what I want to encourage you and inspire you to put your dreams front and center. Remind yourself of the lives you can touch and the impact you can make when you simply decide to take action. When you embrace the life of an unstuck entrepreneur, what will your life look like in three months, six months, even a year?
25:00
From now and what will it look like if you put it off
25:05
All right my friends I'll be back soon until then take care
We're mixing things up on the podcast this week! I'm hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they're released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.
“You can see just how critical this work is to the future of your business…it all starts with you magnetic messaging, this is not something you can skip over. We gotta do it all and you are crushing it, you are doing it.” - Shawn Mynar
Client Attraction Challenge - https://shawnmynar.com/attraction
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:04
Hey there. I'm Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we're going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there's some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that's fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you're in the middle of the five, and you haven't listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they're going to be coming out every other day, if you're listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That's from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn't exist anymore. So don't worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let's find out today's challenge
3:42
as promised, day four brings your Magnetic Messaging you guys this is going to change the game for you for years to come forever, probably of your business, what you're going to learn today, and this is something we expand on in unstuck entrepreneur to really hone in on so you never have to worry about selling or being salesy or being pushy or anything like that. Ever. Again, it's what I call intentional selling, and it starts with your Magnetic Messaging. Do you want to know the number one way to not get any clients besides not putting yourself out there which we already talked about in day two? Besides that, do you want to know how to not get clients? It's to share about your services without sharing why people need them or what their life would be with or without them. The benefits to working with you and the results of working with you versus the challenges they'll continue to face by not working with you the risks of not working together That's what a lot of people do. Gosh, that's what so many people do. They just have this, I'm open for business, come hang out with me. And here's your free session. And I hope we can work together soon. Bye. And that doesn't work. That's not going to show anybody, it's not going to motivate anybody to click on that button to sign up for a free consultation, or let alone put any money down on any sort of transformation. But yet, we still do it. And I think we still do it. Because we really don't want to be salesy and sleazy and weird to try to sell our services. But yet, we don't know what else to do. So then if we just try to have this really like non confrontational dislike, airy kind of thing about what we do, and you should come get a free session, and I have a few available this week, then maybe people will sign up. Is that how we have a good sales system without being salesy? No, there's a way better way to do it. And it is with your Magnetic Messaging. So this is where we use our point A and point B from yesterday to craft our messaging, which becomes our marketing material, forever and ever and ever, basically. And yes, this messaging will change as what you do changes as who you help changes as how you help them changes. But now you know the basics of how to create Magnetic Messaging. So you can go through this process as you evolve, and it will always work. So it's kind of important, because it's going to take it from, I have this thing that I am offering. So I'm just gonna have this really generic approach to talking about it to a place where you are so excited to share what you have to offer, knowing it's going to resonate with so many people and knowing it's going to attract clients attract paying clients. Alright, let's get into it. I just can't wait for you to apply this to your business, it's going to make it so much easier, so much simpler to sell your services, your programs, your one on ones, your courses, no matter what it is, you will be able to sell without feeling salesy, or sleazy. Alright, so let's go back to yesterday, we have our point A, which is that place where your dream clients are currently starting. So when you do a free consultation with them, it's exactly what they're telling you, how they feel, what they're experiencing, what they're missing out on in life, how it's affecting the rest of our lives, their symptoms, their problems. And then we also need to look at point B where they want to go, what they what symptoms they want to relieve, or how they want to feel instead, what they want to experience in life or don't want to experience anymore.
8:23
So we have those already from yesterday, now we are going to add on to them, we have five more ingredients to our Magnetic Messaging, this is going to take some brainpower, a little bit of brainstorming for you. So plan on spending about 2030 minutes on this today, I want you to consider the mistakes that your dream client is currently making, as they try to get from point A to point B on their own. So most likely, I would say in like 95% of cases, people have a problem that we can help them with. But before they come to us, they've tried to figure it out on their own. They've tried to do it without you. So what have they tried? Why hasn't it worked? What mistakes have they made? So basically, we're answering the question, what are they doing wrong? Or what have they done wrong? To why it hasn't worked? The next thing after you brainstorm that, so I would say try to get at least five to 10 out of those mistakes. We might have to come back to it. That's totally fine. But really see if you can again, put yourself in that space of your client right now. What have they done? And what have they done wrong in that process? All right, next one. What false stories do they have about their situation or the process to get to point B? This is where we get into some of those beliefs, those stories that they have about To the journey that it's going to take to get from point A to point B. And this may seem a little strange, but you will find out that every person who has a problem they are trying to solve has a story about that problem. And so we are getting to the point where we can answer, what do they say to themselves when it's not going well, or not happening on their own. For an example, say someone is trying to lose weight. And they've tried all the diets and all the stuff and everything on their own, and it just isn't happening, are they telling themselves, my body has a hard time losing weight, I'm not good at losing weight, I just am bound to be this weight forever, what stories are coming up? When we can get in touch with the stories? Your dream clients will really feel like, oh, my gosh, this person gets me they've been there, they understand what I'm going through? How did they know? That's exactly what I think are they in my head. And that is when we have a client for life, they are begging to work with us, when we can really tap into that experience in them. So then the next step is to take the mistakes and misconceptions. So everything you've written down in number three, and number four, and understand the consequences that will come of having these mistakes and misconceptions. So in my example of someone who is trying to lose weight, and it never works for them when they do it on their own, and now they're telling themselves, Well, I just can't lose weight, my body just won't do it. It's just broken. Like I've literally had people tell me their body is broken when they tried to lose weight. So then what is the consequence of that? Does that mean they automatically get into this place of self sabotage, where every time they do go into a healthy eating eating program, they already know, it's not going to work subconsciously? So they don't even try and they end up on the weekends binging on the ice cream? XYZ? Is that something that could potentially be happening? What are the consequences that come from those stories, they continue to tell themselves? Again, if we can hone in on this. And I know it's really takes some brain power. But if you can really tap into this, you have gold on your hands? Gold. All right, so let's take the time to really focus in on that. Number six is what will happen if they don't get help. So what are the consequences of them not working with you? What are the risks that they'll continue to face by not taking this action? So say for example, they continue to try to do it on their own, they continue to ignore their problem, they continue to not get help. What will happen? Will they continue to stay in this cycle? In my example, will they continue diet after diet after diet continuing to stay on the diet roller coaster? What would be the consequence? Really speaking to that?
13:16
And the last ingredient to your Magnetic Messaging? What will be the benefit of your guidance? So what will they get out of working with you? And so the question we're trying to answer here is how will they bypass all of the stuff in number six, and achieve their desired effect by working with you So in my example, instead of continuing to stay on the diet roller coaster and sabotaging their goals, and diving into a pint of ice cream every weekend, they will find a balanced, intuitive approach to where they can learn how to eat best for their body. Something like that is created on the spot Look at that. So can you get to that point where you can really explain how beneficial it will be to work with you. And all of that those seven things make up your Magnetic Messaging. And any time you are talking about what you do, and the services you provide in your business, you are pulling from this now you're not going to include necessarily all seven in one Instagram post or one email or anything like that. I'd say on your sales page, you will include all seven but can you pick and choose some pieces of this in all aspects every time you are talking about your business, every copy you are creating in your business so that your dream clients have the opportunity to resonate with you and to connect with you When to really understand what you do. And even more importantly, understand that you understand them, that you get them that you are basically in their head, that you have been there yourself perhaps, or you've had other clients who have been there, or you just get it, you just get it because it's the work you do. It's what you're passionate about. That is what will attract your dream clients to the point where they do click that button to sign up for the free consultation because they cannot wait to finally talk to a practitioner that understands what they're going through, and understand everything they have been through and understands everything they've already tried that hasn't worked, and why it actually hasn't worked, and how they could bypass all of that with your program. Now I'm sure you can see just how critical this work is to the future of your business, how much easier it will be for you to talk about your business and what you do and the services you provide and who it's good for and who it's not good for. It all starts with your Magnetic Messaging. This is not something you can skip over. None of this stuff is we got to do it all and you are crushing it. You are doing it you are here at the end of day for doing the work and that shows so much about you and what you really truly desire. So I'm so glad that you are still here with me. I'm so proud of you for committing to this. We have one more day to go. You got it and it's a good one. So stick around. I'll talk to you tomorrow.
We're mixing things up on the podcast this week! I'm hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they're released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.
"We have to combine both ‘who we want to work with’ with ‘who needs our help and how can we help them.’ The goal is to find that crystal clear clarity." - Shawn Mynar
Client Attraction Challenge - https://shawnmynar.com/attraction
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:04
Hey there. I'm Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we're going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there's some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that's fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you're in the middle of the five, and you haven't listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they're going to be coming out every other day, if you're listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That's from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn't exist anymore. So don't worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let's find out today's challenge.
3:43
Here we go day three of the client attraction challenge. And let me just say, really quickly how proud I am of you already. It's been three days. And to be honest, a lot of people stop doing this work before the third day, believe it or not. So the fact that you are still here, you're still committed, you're still doing this, you're still learning these things and applying them to your business. While Hey, just you doing that right there already shows me that your success is on its way to you. Because that's really what it takes is the desire and the commitment to show up and do it long after many people stop. Today happens to be one of my very favorite things to talk about. One aspect of the unstuck entrepreneur that we spend an entire week doing and beyond because it is so important and it actually takes a lot more work to do than you would expect and that is to really get super super super clear and specific with who you help and and how you help them. And this is something that a lot of people have a hard time doing, at least to the degree that is required to actually attract those people into your work. So it's not enough to just say, well, I work with women, or I work with women over 40. Or I work with people who need help with anxiety, or I do gut health issues. That's not enough. That doesn't set you apart. Enough. And this is the mistake I see so often, in every regard in every industry, but especially in the wellness industry, because you know what it is hard to not try to help everybody because we really can help everybody. And we know being in the wellness space, there's a lot of people that need our help, in all areas, all age ranges, all genders, with all different types of symptoms. And so when we have this ability to help a bunch of people, and there's a bunch of people that need our help, it can be a little tricky to want to narrow it down as much as we need to. But this is really where we have to come to terms with the fact that when we try to help everybody, we end up helping nobody. Because people want to work with someone and will be attracted to the work of someone who truly understands and gets them who can use their exact words, which we'll talk about tomorrow in tomorrow's challenge to describe what they're going through. That is the person that will say, Here's my money, take my money, I just need you in my life. It's not the people that stay super general, knowing they can help everybody wanting to help everybody, no matter how good the intention there are. Those are the entrepreneurs who continue to struggle to attract the right people into their work. Because they're stuck trying to please everyone. And in that process, nothing lands, nothing sticks. Nothing really speaks to anyone. So if you're someone who, for example, I see this all the time, in my specific profession, which is as a nutritional therapy practitioner. I see people who on their website, say, I help people with adrenal fatigue and gut imbalances, and hormone imbalances, and hydration issues and migraines. Just this list, so long of all the things that they can help. And so if I'm someone who comes to find out, they have adrenal issues, and I start Googling practitioners that help with adrenal issues, and maybe I do come across this website.
8:16
But then I see that they work with 15 other kinds of symptoms, am I going to really trust that they truly understand what I'm going through what I'm experiencing what I need help with how they can help me? Can they put me on a clear path? Do I really get that sense from someone who sometimes posts about adrenal fatigue on their Instagram, and other times posts about having gut imbalances? And then other times talking about menopause? Or what I trust, the person who only talks about adrenal issues, has tons of blog posts about adrenal health has specific supplements they recommended for adrenal health has their own story of adrenal issues, which one would I go with? So we have to put ourselves into the role of client for a second and think about our own experience, what would we want? How would we make the decision of who to work with so once we can understand that, then we have a lot of power here because then we get to decide who we help and how we help them. And I like to take it a step further. Some people talk about this in terms of niching down or finding your niche in your business. I like to take it one step further and call it your dream client which is the words I've been using in this entire challenge. Because then it combines this very specific person that you work with, with the person that you want to work with, with the person Were clients that would light you up. So what could you talk about all day, and it would just be so exciting and you just can't get enough? Who do you love to help, what inspires you what invigorates you when you get to help someone with a certain thing? So it's not just about the client, it's also about you and how you want to spend your time. Because a lot of times when we decide we need to niche down, we start looking at, well, who have I helped in the past? Who seems to be coming to me most often anyway, what have I gone through that would probably help with other people. But you know what, maybe what you've been through isn't something you want to talk about all day, maybe he just keeps bringing it up and bringing it up when you've gotten beyond it. So maybe you don't like talking about that? Maybe that doesn't light you up any longer. So we have to combine both who we want to work with, with who needs our help, and how can we help them. So that is the goal for today is to find that crystal clear clarity. I want you to take a moment, take some time today, probably about 15 ish minutes, maybe a little longer to figure out who specifically do you help? And how specifically, do you help them? So once we figure that out, now, I want you to take these people on a journey with you. So where are they starting? When they come to you as a client? Where are they probably starting? What's their starting point? What are they experiencing? What are their symptoms? What are they not experiencing? Because of the symptoms? What do they want? And be sure to write all this down in their words. So again, put yourself in the role of your client and use the words that they would use when they are describing their point A with you the practitioner? What words are they using? So that's point A, and then we want to take them on a journey to point B. So where do they want to go? How would they describe it when they got to their desired place? Their desired destination? In their words? What symptoms are relieved? How do they feel? What did they get to do now? What's no longer an issue for them? And that is point B. And then now, how will you get them from point A to point B? Knowing that you are there a guide on this journey? What will you do for them? Knowing they're starting at point A knowing they want to get to point B? How will you help get them there? What
12:53
tools will you use? What protocol will you give them? What advice will you have for them all the things as much as you can think of brainstorm on that. Tomorrow, we're going to take this one step further to create your Magnetic Messaging. So it is extremely important that you do this work today. I don't want you to spend hours on it by any means but definitely take some quiet time use your self care space to do this and to brainstorm on this and to really understand the words they're using because it will help you a lot with tomorrow's challenge. Okay, and with that being said, I will leave you to it and I will chat with you tomorrow.
We're mixing things up on the podcast this week! I'm hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they're released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.
“Your business isn’t about you. It has nothing to do with you. It’s about those people out there, just that one person that’s out there that is looking for you that needs your help… because they need you, they want that transformation, they need you as their guide.” - Shawn Mynar
Client Attraction Challenge - https://shawnmynar.com/attraction
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:04
Hey there. I'm Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we're going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there's some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that's fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you're in the middle of the five, and you haven't listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they're going to be coming out every other day, if you're listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That's from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn't exist anymore. So don't worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let's find out today's challenge.
3:43
Are you ready for day two of the client attraction and party? This? Oh, this is such a big one. While Yesterday I talked about 90% of client attraction. This one, day two is probably the most common thing I see, at least in my business, at least with the clients that I work with who are trying to build their businesses. What are they doing wrong? Well, they're not taking action. They're telling themselves that they're not ready, that they need more experience, that they need more certifications, that they can't do it, that there's something wrong with them, that they aren't worthy of success, that they're not valuable enough for people to pay attention to them and work with them. They've got a bunch of stories, and those stories are all rooted in fear. And this is what I call being stuck. If this is you if any of that makes sense. You are not taking action, or taking meaningless action, dare I say, to give the essence that you are working and building your business, when you're really still just not putting yourself out there. Because hey, guess what it takes to have a business, making money, you got to make money. Even if it's $1, you got to make $1, to be in business. And until then you just have a really expensive, really time consuming hobby. And that's what I see a lot of people doing, they do a lot of busy work, they do a lot of stuff behind the scenes to make it look like maybe they have a business, but they're never putting their work out. They're never making money, and therefore, never really having a business. This is you, we got you covered today. And it's going to take a little more work on your part in terms of getting honest with yourself, doing some inner digging with some of the voices that have been going on in your head. Because we've got to get to the point where we can see that voice that's causing you to have fear, causing all these stories that are not true. And keeping you stuck, doesn't have power over you anymore. It's what I call the entrepreneurial ego. It is the voice of your limiting beliefs. And it is the one that's just doing its job of trying to keep you safe, safe in your comfort zone where you cannot experience failure, you cannot experience judgment, you cannot experience massive success that you can't handle. It's just keeping you safe. But in doing so is also keeping you from taking action, from showing up in your business, from putting your work out there from being able to make the impact that you are here to make your purpose on this planet is to make an impact. And in order to do so we got to a see that ego for what it is, and then move forward anyway. I do a lot of work on this. It's why everything I have in my business is called unstuck, because it's about doing this work to see what that voice is really saying and where it's coming from and realizing these stories and limiting beliefs that we have and how they've been showing up in our lives, and then choosing differently and moving beyond that. And while there's so much work to do in this area, and it's what makes a big focus of my program on stuck entrepreneur, today, we're going to break it down to do just one thing. It's where you figure out and realize that your business isn't about you. It's has nothing to do with you.
8:06
It's about those people out there, just that one person that's out there that is looking for you that needs your help, that wants your help, that is spending their days and nights Googling, trying to find you trying to find that work that you do, because they need you, they want you they want that transformation, they need you as their guide. But they can't find you because you're not out there. Because your stories and your fear have become bigger than your purpose and your passion for helping that one person. And also side note, when I say one person we all know it actually is millions of people that go into that one person, no matter how specific we get with who we help and how we help them. So I want you to have a little fun today. And go wild with the opportunity to share more about what you do, who you help, how you help them, how you got there, why you do what you do, what your passion is, what your purpose is, your values, your vision, anything that you want to share. I want you to be your own cheerleader, and really provide this experience for yourself where you get excited about what you do and why you do it, and who you're helping in the process. So you are imagining you're in front of a group of your dream clients, and you have a chance to tell them exactly what you do and show them how passionate you are about it. So this is where yesterday's challenge also comes into today. Okay, so take the time, I would say spend at least 15 minutes with your journal today where you can just go for it and just unapologetically share how cool it is that you do. Do what you do, and how awesome you are at it, and how passionate you are about it, and how much you love it. And then the next time you feel that ego creeping in which it will do, as long as you are an entrepreneur, you will have that ego voice. You will come back to what you're really doing here, which is making your business about your dream and client, not about you and your fears. So you will have that script to come back to the next time your ego takes charge. Okay, give it a try, and I will see you back here tomorrow.
We're mixing things up on the podcast this week! I'm hosting a Client Attraction Challenge over the next 5 episodes to help you attract paying clients to your work and build your audience full of the right people. Each challenge episode contains guidance, tips, and action steps to become a client magnet. Simply look for [Client Attraction Challenge] in the title to access all 5 episodes once they're released. To get the complete challenge experience, sign up at shawnmynar.com/attraction and receive the corresponding emails with daily prompts and actionable step to take in your business that day.
“Just by embodying the person, the business owner, the entrepreneur, the service provider that you wish to be will mean you start experiencing that naturally without force or effort on your part.” - Shawn Mynar
Client Attraction Challenge - https://shawnmynar.com/attraction
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:04
Hey there. I'm Shawn Mynar and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now, I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends, Shawn here. And in the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, we're going to mix things up and do something different. I have a five day client attraction challenge that I want you to be a part of, I really want you to go through five days of transformation in your business that will make it easier and more fun and more accessible for you to attract the right clients to your work. This is a challenge I hosted live, gosh, probably over a year ago. Now. It was so fun, it was a massive success. And I now want to share it on the podcast as well. Now to be a part of this challenge, there's some work involved, you can just listen to the episodes, I mean, you can and you will get some really great information and some things to consider in your business. But there is also real work to do. And that is going to come via email. So head over to Shawnmynar.com/attraction. Sometime today, you can still listen to this episode, that's fine. But make sure you get registered for the full challenge, which includes the work you will receive in the emails. So Shawnmynar.com/attraction, head over there get signed up. And that will ensure you get the emails as well, that correspond with these five episodes. There are five days five action steps to take. And they will come out every other day. So be sure you listen to all five of these episodes in order. So if you're in the middle of the five, and you haven't listened to the challenge from the beginning, go back and find that first day and start from the beginning. So again, client attraction challenge for the next five episodes, they're going to be coming out every other day, if you're listening to them as they air, or just make sure you listen to all five, you will also have emails that correspond to this challenge that come along with some action steps and some real things to do in your business. So be sure to get those as well, Shawnmynar.com/attraction to get those. Also, just a side note, there is some mention of a private Facebook group. That's from when I did this live over a year ago, that Facebook group doesn't exist anymore. So don't worry about that part. But everything else will be so helpful for you in your business and really attracting the right people to your work. All right, let's find out today's challenge
3:43
Are you ready to get this client attraction party started, we are going to have a blast together the next five days. Remember, join me in the Facebook group live. I'll be doing q&a and coaching, answering your questions doing all the stuff over there for the week. So be sure to join me there. But I want to also provide these podcast episodes. They're private, no one else is going to see them. But you because you joined this challenge. I wanted to provide this just for some extra juice to what we're learning and doing together this week. Because if you know me, then you know, I love to talk on a mic. I've been talking on a mic every week at least once a week for over six years as a podcast host. And now I just want to take it one step further and apply this to this challenge. So here we are. And because you're here today, that also shows me that you are committed. You are committed to your business. You're committed to your growth. You're committed to making an impact and helping other people and you are ready to stop spinning your wheels. doing the same things with no results, wondering what makes you any different than the other people who seem to have a success overnight? What sets these people apart? And what can you do in your business, to have that same level of success to be able to fill up your coaching practice to fill up your one on one clients, to have your online courses and workshops sell out like that? What do you need to do, and I'm going to tell you, in these next five days, and I need you to commit to an open mind to relearning to letting go of things, maybe you've already learned or thought in the past, that clearly haven't worked for you. Because maybe it's not about the Instagram algorithm, or having the right sales strategy, or getting another certification. So you have even more letters after your name, or using just the right verbage on your about me page. So people really understand who you are, and that you can help them. Maybe there's something deeper going on here. And that is what we are going to figure out this week and create for you and your business. Because today, the most important piece of day one is that you understand something that most entrepreneurs don't, especially those ones that are struggling, and will continue to struggle. And that one thing which I have determined is the 90% of client attraction is that you are the magnet for your business, not how pretty your social media is, or your website. It's not that it's you. And that is the reason why there are people crushing it, who don't even have a website, barely post on Instagram, have typos all over their work. And yet, they still have a thriving business with people waiting to work with them. Because they have mastered this one thing. So today, I want you to really focus on that I want you to really get honest with yourself. This is where we have to do some digging, and we have to get really clear and maybe a little bit uncomfortable. How have you been showing up in your business? Knowing that that is how it will go for you knowing that that is exactly what you are attracting? So are you being competent? Are you being vulnerable? Are you putting yourself out there? Are you showing your commitment to your passion and purpose? Are you clearly incompetently stating what you do? Why you do it, who you help? How you help them? And truly showing up consistently as the powerful professional being that you are? Who is going after their purpose and passionately serving others? Or are you shying away a little bit?
8:31
Are you afraid to be vulnerable? Are you letting fear take over how you show up? Are you spending time probably way too much time, on the wrong things in your business, the things that are behind the scenes that things that make it seem like you're working like you're doing something like you're on the move, but yet don't actually matter. Don't move the needle are really just opportunities for you to procrastinate and continue to play small in your business continue to not put yourself out there in the way that your clients need you to. So this is where we have to get real with ourselves. Because when we do so, we can so clearly see that it is showing up. In that same way in how many clients you get, how full your programs are, how much money you make, how many people you're able to help, how many followers you get. It is a direct correlation because you are attracting that into your business because you are the magnet for your business and it can go either way. And this is where we get clarity and then you don't need me to tell you this. You can see it with your own eyes. And from there, it's just a matter of time. Changing that a matter of you becoming your client attraction point, you taking ownership of that every single day. So today, I really just want you to do that work, I want you to get uncomfortable, I want you to see how your role in this is really playing out and seeing. So so so clearly how you are the one with the power. And now you can decide to change this, right? This very minute, you can decide right now to step into that version of you to figure out what would be attractive to your dream clients, and becoming that stepping into that for them. So they feel comfortable with you and your work. And they can take eyes off of you, because you are attractive to them. And I don't mean like physically attractive, I mean energetically attractive.
11:02
So think about it. And it may even take you going on to Instagram and doing some scrolling and really paying attention to those accounts, those people, those business owners, that you really resonate with that every time they post, you're like, Oh, I gotta see what they're gonna say today, I'm so glad to see them showing up in my feed. I love their work and makes me feel XYZ, do your own research, and figure out what that looks like for you. Knowing that there is a very, very good probability that that's also what will attract clients to your work. So how do they show up I want you to think of at least five people you admire. And at least five qualities that you really appreciate in others work of these people you admire. And what keeps you hanging on keeps you excited for them to put out content, and perhaps has even gotten you to a point where you want to work with them, or you have worked with them. So you've actually exchanged money to have more of that energy in your life. So think about it, and really do that. And then really get honest with yourself about where you're currently stand how you're currently showing up. Is that and what would it take to change that for you? How would you have to do things differently? What words would you have to use? What emotions would you invoke? And people how vulnerable would you have to be? How much of your story would you have to share? How would you present yourself even as far as your posture and what you wear? What kind of content would you need to put out? And how often? And what would be in that content? How often would you talk about your services and offer up what you have to give as your service? What would it look like for you, and then from there, commit to them. Commit to showing up in this way, every day in your business, even if you don't feel it at the start. Just by embodying the person, the business owner, the entrepreneur, their service provider, that you wish to be will mean you start experiencing that naturally without force or effort on your part. But you can start today. And from there, commit to it every day knowing that this is what will attract your clients to you on a regular basis. No matter what happens with your website, your Instagram, your email list, no matter what you will be attracting the right people into your work that people that will respect you, and respect your work and do the work and commit to the work just the way that you will for them. And that is what makes an amazing client experience. And it's what allows you to have the business of your dreams and where you're making the impact you wish to make. So that is the goal for today. I hope you understand, I hope you really really understand how important this is, and can clearly see now how this could be what separates those that have success. With those that struggle. It could be this one thing. Now there's also four more things that are really important that will also make a big impact in your client attraction abilities. And we still have all week to go over those. So I'll be back tomorrow with your next one. Until then, take care
One of the things I hear most commonly from struggling business owners is that they know they need to show up and put themselves out there but they’re just not doing it—at least not as often as they know they should or with the consistency they know they need. Something is getting in their way. They fear they’ll be judged, or that they’ll fail and then be judged for failing. They fear the attention, or that they’ll do something wrong. Well today, I want to share with you a super simple mindset shift you can make in a matter of minutes that will shed new light on what you’re really doing when you put yourself and your work out there so it feels more purposeful and aligned.
“They have that unwavering desire to find you and you have the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. That is when it becomes an energetic match.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you just start seeing what you’re doing in this capacity, how much could change for you and your willingness, your desire, your ability to truly and authentically show up for those people who are out there with that unwavering desire to find you. You can be their manifestation.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are the vessel that is carrying what they need to know, what they need to hear, what they need to do and you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are the conduit for someone else to have their manifestation realized.” - Shawn Mynar
"It is just with that desire, that knowing, that you want to be the vehicle for someone else to experience their own transformation, what they are currently looking for." - Shawn Mynar
Burnout Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
One of the things I hear most commonly from struggling business owners is that they know they need to put themselves out there and show up for their business, but they're just not doing it or at least not as often as they know they should, or with the consistency that they know they need, something is getting in their way they fear they'll be judged or that they'll fail and then be judged for failing, they fear the attention, or that they'll do something wrong. Well, today, I want to share with you a super simple mindset shift you can make in a matter of minutes, that will shed a new light on what you're really doing when you put yourself and your work out there. So it feels more purposeful and aligned for you. Let's dive in. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where you work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams. No hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the show. This episode, I'm going to warn you right now it's gonna get a little Woo. So if you're like 0% into Woo, you may think this is a terrible episode. I'm just going to warn you right now. But everyone else who's at least 1% into the Whoo, you're going to like this, you're going to like this little mindset hack I have for you. This is something that I was thinking about the other day, that totally changes the game for me. And I think it might for you to the whole topic was brought on by an email I received from someone who happened upon my website, I think it was a few months ago, consumed a bunch of content, listening to the podcast, probably listening to this episode. If so, hi, Shelby. This episode was inspired by you, and is now a client of mine in my programs. In her email, she said, quote, unquote, I manifested you. Now this is not the first time I have heard this. In fact, I've heard it a lot over the years from clients who were looking, searching, Googling, wandering, wishing for answers to problems they were experiencing. It was keeping them up at night trying to figure this out, like what am I supposed to do? This is a problem I am having. And I can't figure it out. They were talking about it with their spouses and their friends. They really wanted to find the answer. They were committed to getting help and figuring it out whatever problem that could be over the years, from personal training, fitness stuff, to nutrition stuff, to mindset stuff to now business stuff.
3:23
You know, as I've mentioned, many times the amount of pivots I've had over the past 10 years in business, no matter what they coincidentally which I'm putting with Asterix and air quotes, and in italics and all the things they coincidentally happened upon me and my work and my content. So sometimes it's like they saw blog posts when they were googling or they were on Pinterest or something like that, or the algorithm I happen to show them one of my Instagram posts, even though they weren't a follower, or they saw a Facebook ad. And because they were so deep in this problem they were trying to solve and wanted so badly to find someone who could help or find some sort of information that could help. Our energies matched our energetic frequencies were a match our desires were a match. Because I wanted to help that person. I had the information to help them I had the experience, the knowledge, whatever it was, I had what they needed and I wanted to give it I wanted to be of service I wanted to help other people with it. So our desires were a match. I truly from an energetic perspective, was a manifestation for that person. And you are also So someone's manifestation, think about that, let that really soak in, because that is really freaking cool. That is so, so awesome. You are someone's manifestation. And that's the beauty about being someone who is creating a business around being of service to another human, it means that the people that you want to help are out there right now walking around in this very moment, experiencing the problem that you help solve. They are Googling it, they're talking about it with their friends, they're reading books about it, they're staying up at night trying to figure this thing out. And you are sitting here right now, knowing what they can do to help themselves. And so it's that combination, that then becomes the energetic match to where the universe will put you in front of them as someone who can help solve their problem. They have that unwavering desire to find you. And you have the knowing, very important word there, the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. That is when it becomes an energetic match, when they have the unwavering desire. And you have the knowing that you can help them and the desire to be found. Important. So then let's take it one step further. Because already, I think this is super cool. And already, I think that if you just start seeing what you're doing in this capacity, how much could change for you, and your willingness, your desire, your ability to truly and authentically show up. For those people who are out there with that unwavering desire to find you. You can be their manifestation. But let's take it one step deeper. Because you are someone's manifestation, that means you play a certain role in their life, you are the vehicle. This is again, like we're getting will or getting out there, just hear me out. You are the vehicle, the conduit that passes information on to that person that needs that info in their life, you aren't the vessel that is carrying what they need to know what they need to hear what they need to do. And you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift. Let me repeat that for the people in the back. You are the vessel that carries what they need to know what they need to hear what they need to do, the actions that they need to take. And you bring it to them so that they can experience their own shift. So your role in all of this was to take in that information which you did through education, through your life experiences.
8:23
And you know, I think many of us can agree that how you got to that point, where you now have this information was through a series of coincidences or synchronicities or manifestations however you thought about it at the time, I think we can all agree that that path that led us to where you are now has that manifestation piece to it. But anyway, you your role was to get that information through how you got certified or educated. And then the life experiences you've had leading up to this moment that has led you to have the expertise that you have. And then you now are the deliverer of that information to those that are seeking it. So again, can you see now how you are the vessel you are the vehicle you are the conduit for someone else to have their manifestation realized. It's so cool, and does it take some of the pressure off of you trying to be perfect or trying to be like the expert of all experts before you put yourself out there trying to know it all in trying to be the best and do it all because you're just like the middleman. I really hope that when you think about it this way, it makes the idea of putting yourself out there feel a little less daunting and scary and a little more exciting and fun. Because you are about to be someone's manifestation every single time you put yourself out there. You put your work out there you create content for your dream clients. That is what is happening. That is really awesome. Now, once again, let me remind you of the importance of aligned frequencies, you're not putting yourself out there out of obligation, or because I'm here telling you that you have to, I'm not telling you, you have to, I'm just telling you, you have to, you're not putting yourself out there secretly, not believing in yourself, you're not putting yourself out there, hoping no one will see it secretly, you are putting yourself out there with a desire to be that vehicle for someone else to be someone's manifestation, which doesn't mean perfection, it doesn't mean as pretty and amazing as everyone else's. And if your Instagram post doesn't look as good, then it's not going to help someone. It is just with that desire, that knowing that you want to be the vehicle for someone else to experience their own transformation, what they are currently looking for. So sit with that, really think about that and really see how would you be showing up now? Or how would you show up differently? If that is what you had been really going after this entire time? Like what would change for you? If you knew that every single time you did anything to help someone else? By way of your business? It was someone's manifestation, they would see that post or they would hear that podcast or they would see that blog and think, oh, man, I've been looking for this and now just popped up into my world. This is so crazy, what a coincidence. Or if you're, you attract people who are already in the know, I think I manifested this. How cool. And I really think that would be a good journaling exercise. If you are into journaling, to go in and just write down what would it look like? Or how would you do things differently? If you knew that you were the vehicle for someone else to experience their own manifestation? If you were truly someone's manifestation? How would you show up? And how is that different than what you're doing now? And how can you move more into that space? That is it. That's my secret, super simple mindset hack that I wanted to share with you. And I really hope you give it a try. I really hope it changes how you are thinking and feeling and acting in your business if
12:48
you are someone that's having. And you know, you're not alone. This is a lot of you when I say this, if you are someone who is struggling to really figure out how to best show up what to say, what to do, how to act, all those things that I think we can get really wrapped up in our head about, just come back to this. And it goes along with what I always say come back to those people that you want to help come back to the fact that every single time you put anything out there, it becomes someone's manifestation. You are someone's manifestation. And right now there is someone out there searching for you losing sleep at night because they can't find the answers that you have. So know that and feel that and then get into alignment with that as you show up for that person and yourself and your business. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you're a coach or practitioner who's looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don't want to miss. Right now. I'm hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I'm now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I'm just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don't have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place. No matter where you're at in your business. Today. So if you're like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they're meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there's a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you're going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You'll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You'll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready. Even if right now you're starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it's gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can't wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
Have you ever had something really stressful or bad happen, only for you to realize it actually was the best thing that could have happened? I’m willing to be you have. We’ve all had those moments. And This is exactly what happened to me during my 5-week podcasting hiatus. Today, I’m going to share with you what’s happened in my life over the past 5 weeks and how a super stressful situation turned into the best possible scenario. And maybe, just maybe even turn it into a little lesson about how the universe works.
"Sometimes when something really undesirable, stressful, bad happens, it is on the path to getting to the good, the better situation." - Shawn Mynar
"What’s really going on is just part of the experience, it’s just one thing that is happening in this grand scheme of life that is getting you to what you desire." - Shawn Mynar
"The universe is always working for you." - Shawn Mynar
"The things that didn’t work, the pivots, the ‘failures’ all of these things, looking back at them now, every single one of them happened in order for me to get where I needed to go. They were all part of my journey that got me what I wanted." - Shawn Mynar
"Having that unshakeable confidence, that unshakeable knowing that even though you can’t feel it or see it or experience it yet, it still is there, it still is on it’s way." - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Have you ever had something really stressful or kind of bad happen only for you to realize after the fact that it actually was the best thing that could have happened? I'm willing to bet you have because we've all had those moments. This is exactly what happened to me during my five week podcasting hiatus that I am now coming out of. And today, I want to share with you what's been going on in my life over the past five weeks, and how a super stressful situation turned into the best possible scenario. And maybe, maybe I can find some sort of lesson in this about how the universe works and how we can apply this to our businesses. So let's dive in.
0:47
Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:31
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here grateful for your support of the show. And I'm back after five weeks that honestly went by extremely fast. As I think you all know, I took five weeks off of podcasting entirely, creating new shows for you, and instead replayed some past episodes that were best of episodes. But now I'm back, I'm refreshed, I'm ready, we have a whole new batch of podcast episodes to go, we've got a lot to talk about. And starting with today's episode, which is something I don't do a lot of here on the show, which is just basically sharing a personal story. But there is, as always a bigger lesson to it. And I think something that we should all be thinking about when it comes to our life and also more specifically our business because that's what we talk about around here. But wanted to bring this story to the show, to be totally honest, because I just have yet to have found a place where I can just share this whole story. It's a long one. There's a lot of nooks and crannies to the story. And it just doesn't make for a good Instagram story. Like no one wants to flip through 75 slides of me talking. That's not what we do over on Instagram, is it. So bringing it to the show, because you guys are my people, you guys will understand at minimum, you'll get a good story out of this. You'll know what's going on with me. And we'll also get into that lesson that I think is really important for us all to consider. All right, what's happened over the past five weeks in my life. I can tell you that. Five weeks ago, when I last was on this Mike did not remotely expect for what happened to have happened. And to be honest, I probably wouldn't share this story. I mean, it's not that big of a deal. Except that it is almost unbelievable how everything lined up perfectly in our favor. Even though it was like total disaster, terrible situation super stressful, not at all what we expected or wanted to happen. But I just have to share it because of all of the things lining up that so clearly show how the universe is always working in our favor. Even when it doesn't seem like it even though it seems like things are going all wrong. So here's a little backstory before we get into what's happened over the past five weeks. If you've been following along on my journey for a while and specifically my health journey. I've been basically an open book about my health and the struggles I've had with my health since gosh, probably when I started my business so 2013 been a super open book. I have blog posts, I have podcast episodes going back seven almost eight years now sharing about my health stuff. So a lot of you probably already know this story, but for those that don't I have in the past gotten very very sick from living
5:00
You're in a home that had a toxic mold. In 2013, there was a really bad flood here in Boulder, Colorado where I live. And the house that I was living in at that time flooded along with like the vast majority of houses in Boulder like it was really bad. And it was a house I was renting, I actually was, had the basement bedroom, I was living with two other girls, I had the basement bedroom. And that's what was flooded. So I moved out of the basement for a while they remediated. And because of just the sheer number of people that needed help, and just not having enough people to do that work. It wasn't remediated properly, it was the left kind of unattended and wet for a while. And so naturally mold forums, even when you do think that you remediate correctly. And so in 2014, about probably three or four months after that whole process, I started getting really sick, super random symptoms, nothing made sense. I was eating really well, I was working out really well, I was doing all the things I was already very, very interested in holistic health. So I was already doing all these things. And just, I was developing autoimmune diseases, I was gaining a bunch of weight, I had brain fog, I had joint pain, just the worst fatigue ever. And so all these things were happening. And it didn't make sense, I finally found out in 2015, that it was from living in toxic mold. And more importantly, again, this is 2015. So this is two years after that flood. And after all this started and there was a bunch of me going to doctors and doing all these things and trying all these tests and trying to figure it out. Finally, I found a doctor who figured it out. More importantly, they figured out that I have what is known as chronic inflammatory response syndrome. And that it comes from having this basically genetic trait where my body can't properly detox from bio toxins, which are things like mold. And so instead of it being, you know, the majority of humans, they get exposed to mold, maybe they have a mold, allergy, maybe they their body just doesn't like that situation. And they start sneezing or coughing or wheezing or having these kinds of symptoms, I didn't have any of that, as I explained, my symptoms were very random. But the vast majority of people, they remove themselves from that situation, their bodies detox, and they go back to normal, they don't feel sick anymore. My body and about 25% of population who have this genetic trait,
7:56
doesn't detox doesn't understand that and instead goes into this hyper inflammatory response that causes all of these kinds of crazy symptoms. That's just like a few of the many, many, many symptoms that chronic inflammatory response syndrome can cause. And so figured all this out, went through this insane protocol, it took about a little over a year for me to start feeling better. I mean, it was 1000s and 1000s of dollars to heal, because this is not something that's recognized by, you know, traditional medicine, and so not coming out of my insurance, but instead coming out of my pocket and had to actually go into debt, trying to get better from that, which was right before I created fat burning female project, my first signature program and was able to pay off that debt, which was amazing. But anyway, since finding out about this situation, I have this illness what I am prone to, I have moved four times from mold alone, it is a really big deal. Because if I'm living in mold, I obviously get really sick, like I can't function kind of sick. And there are a lot of water damaged buildings in this world a lot way more than you think. So it's really scary. It's really something that you have to be on top of you have to do the right testing and inspecting. It's really hard to find a place to live. And it's really hard to you know, when you're in this market, which we were in where you have to basically decide if you want to put an offer on a home before you like within 1015 minutes before you even have a chance to like think about it. That made it impossible for us to buy a home because I need to be able to have it mold inspected and I haven't really inspected well and do all this stuff before I can make that decision and just couldn't do it. So that was a big
10:00
reason why we were not able to purchase a home, which is actually part of this story. And also important to note, my wife Kristen has this same thing. She has the same genetic trait. And actually she is in the middle of and was doing for about six months, the mold protocol that super like intense, expensive mold protocol to try to get better because she has lived in mold. And finally, finding out that she also has this genetic situation, chronic inflammatory response syndrome. This is why she hasn't felt like herself in years, and started going through the protocol. So that is the backstory. Now bringing us up a little closer to present day. Also, a lot of you know that we had a whole big living situation fiasco not too long ago. So in 2021, sold our condo because we needed more space, and couldn't find a place to live. Because partially of that whole situation of needing time to be able to test things and make sure it's not moldy before we move in. And that was just part of it. There was also like no inventory, it was around that time where like real estate was insane. So we had to move in with my mother in law, which was not great. It was in a different part of the state that we were not big fans of. And also, you're living with your mother in law, which we had a entire floor to ourselves, it was about the best situation that it could have been for that. But it wasn't ideal, of course. And we ended up living there for nine months until we could find a place to live back here in Boulder finally found that place had it mold tested. Although we'll put in parentheses here we were in Costa Rica on our honeymoon, while all of this was happening, but we had tested we moved in, and we spent six months getting settled in. So when we sold the condo, we also sold most of our furniture, either the buyer of the condo, wanted it and sold it to her or sold it to other people. So we were pretty much furniture lists, because again, we were moving in with my mother in law already had all the furniture didn't have space to store all of our furniture. So we've sold almost all of it. So we're starting from scratch in this new place. And so spent six months like figuring out what furniture we wanted, waiting for it to ship and get here, organizing everything, buying all the decor, like we didn't have anything, we're starting from scratch, and it took a while. So when we moved in not too long after we moved in, we noticed that there were some holes that needed to be patched and painted from people that had previously lived there, the landlord didn't take care of it. That's no big deal, we can do it. So we asked the landlord about getting some paint, and he said he had some stored in the crawlspace. And to use that, well, we had just organized everything, we had tons of stuff that we were storing over the door to the crawlspace, it was in a storage closet. And we'd already filled that closet with stuff and there were like shelves on top of the crawlspace store because we weren't planning on accessing it ever. And so just Let's cover it up. Let's use that space. And so since we didn't want to open that door, we and you don't have to take out all of our stuff from this closet, we asked for the colors. So we could just go get some new paint from the store. Turns out, we go to multiple stores. And this is all over the course of weeks and months to be honest. And nobody offers that color paint and anything less than a gallon. And we don't need a big gallon. We just need like a sample to paint the patched places this point, which there were actually quite a few especially for moving into a place that that should have been taken care of. But that's beyond the scope of this story. But not enough that we would need this big amount of paint and we don't want to bill our landlord for it. We don't want to pay for ourselves. So we keep putting it off and putting it off and putting it off. And so this repair that should have happened in like March or April. Still hasn't been done come August. But now we have company coming in. This is August like last month if you're listening to this remotely close to when it airs. Now we have company coming to stay with us and we don't want these patches to be unpainted for our company. And also my wife had put like the little blue painters tape like little patches of that so that she could remember where all of the holes were. So we'd been living with like blue painters tape little spots over her entire place for months, and finally decided we should probably take care of that. So we decide we're just going to have to go into this
15:00
crawlspace for the paint, we have to take everything out of the closet, get into the crawlspace get the paint and paint everything before our company comes.
15:11
Kristen heads into the crawlspace, only to find quite a bit of standing water.
15:19
Concerned, obviously, we text our neighbor, hey, is this normal? Is this ever happened to you, of course, she's like, No, not normal, you need to get someone out ASAP. So we have the plumber come out a few days later. And he is able to find that the standing water is coming from a pipe where are actually around a pipe that their air conditioning condensation should be going into. But it has been not set up properly from the time that the air conditioner was installed, which was years ago, wasn't set up properly for it to actually drain into the drain. Instead, it's like the pipes a little bit short. So it drains around the drain doesn't go actually into the other pipe goes around it. And the floorboard is soaking wet around it. And so wet that is now dripping into the crawlspace. Because this is had been happening all summer as we've been running our air conditioner. So upon a learning of this, you know, and just sidenote, our landlord isn't concerned doesn't think it's a problem thinks it's just gonna dry up no big deal. So that was a Thursday, I immediately make an appointment for the mold inspectors to come out Monday. So then over the weekend, before the mold inspectors come out, but after we know that there's a serious problem, and I have like high high high suspicions that mold is growing. There, we see that there is an open house across the street. There's a townhouse just like ours, the one that we're renting, that is for sale. And being the nosy people that we are we go into the open house because we're curious to see how they've redone it looked on Zillow could see that, from the pictures that things looked really nice and comparison to ours. And they had definitely done some remodeling recently. And so I was curious to see like how it looked in person. So we head into this open house. And it just so happens that no one else is there, it's totally quiet. We get to talking with the realtor, we spend like probably 20 minutes, telling her basically her whole life story, and all about this mold stuff. And what we found that past week that was going on and our landlords response and how we think it's mold, and we don't know what we're going to do and all this stuff. So we go into all of this, we just totally talk your ear off to the point where I apologize for talking her ear off. But she was really great and super nice and really interested in what we had to say. Anyway, Monday rolls around, mold inspector comes over, and confirms that there is definitely mold growing in that situation. Not sure what kind of mold not sure how severe but can confirm there's definitely mold like growth, which means we need to act fast because both of us could get sick could get worse. You know, Kristen has been on this protocol and not getting better. So now that makes a ton of sense. So we basically have two options in this scenario either. It needs to be properly remediated and fast. And the word proper here is really important because with people who get as sick as we do in this situation, you have to take extreme care for it to not get into the rest of the house for it to not be made worse for to not spread all this stuff. And there are very few companies who actually do it the right way. And so that needs to happen. We need to take proper remediation protocols seriously, or we need to get out. Those are our two options in this scenario. We can't live with it. We can't make it work for a while. It has to happen fast before we get sick. So as soon as I find this out as soon as the mold inspector who I'm actually like friends with at this point, because I've used him so often. And he knows my whole situation and everything. I text Kristen, who was at work, and I tell her Yep, it's mold. We don't know how bad it is or what kinds or anything like that yet, but we can confirm that that is what's going on here. An hour later. She texts me back and says that she has emailed the realtor that we met on
20:00
Saturday at the place across the street, just to see if the owners would remotely consider renting their unit to us for a few years. And I guess I should mention here that we loved that place when we went in for the open house, it was like so beautiful it had been so well maintained, it had been recently renovated, with the idea that the owners were going to live here. So not like a flip, but an actual redo in the best way possible. And then they unexpectedly had to move. And so it just was such an awesome place. And we're like, gosh, we really could potentially buy this. But you know, it's not 100%. It's not like exactly what we would want if we were buying. But gosh, it would be great to rent that place. And so she tried, she just put it out, just to see what would happen, sent the email, not expecting to get anything in return. But the realtor actually emailed right back, and said she was always working in the best interest for her clients and see how this could be a really good opportunity for them, they had just bought the place. So I'm holding on to it a little longer would make a lot of sense for them financially. And she said she would talk it over with them and let us know,
21:22
then come to find out probably maybe 24 hours later, they agreed to consider it and wanted to keep it on the market for one more week. And if it didn't sell in that week, it was ours. So while this is happening, we get the mold report back super high levels, it's bad, it's not a good situation. The mold inspection report has a list of every single thing that we need to do considering our chronic inflammatory response syndrome. And what needs to be properly remediated, extend it all to the landlord doesn't agree to remediate in the way that we need it done. doesn't think it's a big deal. XYZ. Very, very grateful that he offered to let us out of our lease at that point, once he realized we had a bigger situation on hand than he wanted to deal with. So the next weekend rolls around, there's another open house at the place across the street, tons of people show up, you know, we're kind of watching because now we have a stake in the game. We're watching to see who comes in and how interested they seem. And it was a busy day for that place. But for whatever reason, no one placed an offer.
22:42
So they called us the next day and agreed to rent it to us, they had already moved out everything was ready to go. So there could be a really quick turnaround, I believe it was probably like a week and a half from the time that they agreed to until we moved in. And also our current landlord allowed us to have a five day overlap with the old place so that we would have time to move because the biggest hardest thing when you are someone who has chronic inflammatory response syndrome, and you have been exposed to mold, and all of your belongings have been exposed to mold, that they all need to be cleaned or trashed. So not only did we have to move all of our belongings across the street, we also had to clean them all. You know, we set up our carport at the old place as our cleaning station, we had to clean them all wipe them all down, wash them in the washing machine, depending on what it was clean everything before we can move it over. And that takes time. So we needed every ounce of those five days to be able to do that. And of course, our new landlords were super nice. And let us get in early over here too. And so it all just worked out so perfectly well we didn't end up getting a new mattress and a new couch. So those things were some kind of losses we had, they were both six months old, because like I said we'd gotten all new furniture when we came over here but just not worth it to take that chance for something that you can't really clean in places where we spend a significant amount of time like eight to nine hours a night sleeping on a mattress, want to make sure that that's as clean and as safe as possible. And then you know, spending an hour or two a day on the couch or whatever. Wanted to make sure that that was a safe place to so I guess we can put a bow on this story here. As you probably have guessed, we moved and we are now are in a new townhouse that is actually part of the same complex that we were in and that was really important because the two things we love the most were the location of
25:00
where we were, and the layout of the place. So it's a very similar layout and works really well for our family. And we're moved in, we're almost kind of organized, not 100%, yet still waiting on that couch to be delivered. So don't have our, you know, living area set up yet, but we're getting there. And it's so much better. I guess I also should mention, we did have this place, mold inspected before we agreed to move in. And actually, that was at the request of the landlord. So the new landlord wanted us to get this place inspected before we agreed to rent here, just to make sure it was going to be safe for us, which just says so much about the situation that we're in now compared to the last situation. And so that was really meaningful to us, but came back totally 100%, clear and safe and great and wonderful. As I said, it's been well maintained and well cared for. And that makes a really big difference for people like us. So we're happy. This is by far, like 1000 times over a better situation. And it was meant to work out this way. And it just took a really kind of stressful situation in order to get here. And I think that's the lesson I want to leave you with as part of this story. Because let's think about this, let's go back and recap all of the things that had to line up for this to work out in the best possible way. First of all, if we would have gotten the paint out of the crawlspace, when we actually needed it, which was like March and March, probably, it would have still been winter here. And we would not have run the air conditioner yet. And we would have never known there was a problem. So we would have continued living in that place for who knows how long with this mold situation going on that you can't see visibly, it's going on kind of underneath the surface and in the crawlspace, which we would never ever go into if we didn't need that paint. And if we would have gone in when we actually needed it, we would still have never known. So the fact that we tried all of these other scenarios to not have to go into the crawlspace still ended up having to do it. But it being summer made all the difference it made it so that we were able to recognize this problem. If we didn't go to the open house that weekend for no reason. We typically always want to go into open houses, but we never do because we have stuff going on. It's the weekend we're out doing things we're out living our lives. So for us to be home and to just like walk into this open house across the street is all part of the alignment. If we didn't strike up a conversation with the realtor and tell us tell her our whole life story and how we're living in mold and how we're sensitive to mold, and it makes us really sick and all this stuff. If anyone else would have been in at that open house. In that moment, we wouldn't have done that. If Kristen didn't have the guts to email the realtor once we found out our situation. And if they wouldn't have been interested in renting if they really needed to sell this place. If they found a buyer in that time that we were kind of in this interim time where they were still we're going to see what happened. And we weren't sure if they would rent it to us or not, if they would have found a buyer in that time. There were so many things that had to line up exactly perfectly. In order for this really bad, stressful situation that we did not see coming we did not want in order for that to become the best possible thing that could have happened for our living situation for our lives. And in order for us to get on with our lives and feel comfortable and safe and healthy. For the long term. This all had to happen exactly as it did. And so that's the lesson I guess I want to leave you with is sometimes and I don't even want to say sometimes I want to say the vast majority of times if not all times, when something really undesirable, stressful, bad happens.
29:38
It is on the path to getting to the good, the better situation what you do want how you do want things to play out. It's part of the process. It's getting you into alignment. And so for us, we label that as bad, stressful. Unwanted
30:00
frustrating,
30:02
you know, a failure, all these things that we have told ourselves over the years. But that's just us labeling it, what's really going on is just what's going on. It's just part of your experience. It's just one thing that is happening in this grand scheme of life, that is getting you to what you desire, because the universe is always working for you. And obviously, this is such a crazy, huge life lesson, but let's apply it to business. When I think about my business, and the crazy ups and downs I've had over the years, and there have been some really, really awesome highs and some really, really low lows, the things that didn't work, the pivots, the quote, unquote, failures, all of these things, and looking back at them now, every single one of them happened in order for me to get where I needed to go. They were all part of my journey. That got me what I wanted. Even if it didn't feel like that at the time, even though it's impossible to know where that situation is going to lead you to a better situation that is coming. They all still have a purpose. And the same goes for you too. I know, it's hard to see in the moment. I know the default for all humans, is to get wrapped up in these undesirable situations, get wrapped up in the achiness of those moments, how much it sucks how disappointing it is how it feels like, it's never going to happen, feels like you're doing all this work for nothing like we can really snowball into this place, especially when it comes to business and, and work and trying to build a business and build a life around your business and all these things. But what if we were, as humans having this experience, to walk around, always knowing, always understanding, always having this unshakable confidence that it's all working out for us.
32:18
But it's all part of the process. That is all part of the journey, that it's all part of the plan. And you get to decide whether you see that as something that is terrible as a failure. As you know, work that's not being seen, as things that are disappointing are never going to happen. You get to decide how you see each scenario, each situation. And what if instead, you know, that that is part of your story, that is getting you where you want to go. Having that unshakable confidence that unshakable knowing that even though you can't feel it, or see it or experience it yet, it still is there, it still is going to happen. It still is on its way. What if we just could know that. And if I think back, you know, the second we find out that all of this is happening. We're like, oh my gosh, what are we going to do? How are we going to find another place to live this quickly? There's no way that this is going to work out like you. We all do? I do. I'm fully admit that I was in that place where, you know, in that timeframe, I didn't know what was going to happen. I was freaking out. Where are we going to live? How are we going to know it's safe? It is really hard to find a place to live around here. And just having to go through that whole process again, oh, my gosh, we can move everything again. Oh my gosh, did ended up going down this hole. Right. And that's just the normal human experience. It's like what we are conditioned to do. And yet, what if from the very beginning, I and you and we all know that? Yes, this thing is happening. This is part of it. And I'm going to move along with it. And yes, I'm going to have emotions about it. And yes, I'm going to feel those emotions and just experienced the range of everything. And also, I'm going to still have that knowing that it's all going to work out. So I guess that's what I want to leave you with because I think you know, if you really think about this, you can come up with multiple examples of this in your own life how something really bad, really unwanted happened, but then out of it came a really amazing opportunity or experience that you just had to go through that muck in order to get to and sure there will be some things that that opportunity hasn't come about yet. Maybe you're currently in the muck. But what if then you can transition that and and what's in yours
35:00
So headspace about it into knowing that from the muck, comes the magic, Hey, I just made that up. I really like that. I'm gonna coin it, I'm gonna put it on Instagram, from the muck comes the magic. And if you can stay in that place and just own it, just own that MCC and experience it and know that something really awesome on its way because of it. All right friends, I'll leave you with that. Thank you so much for letting me vent about my story and what has been going on the past few weeks and how crazy it was I just needed a place to vent and uh, you all were the people that had to go through it. But don't worry, we'll be back to talking and mindset and business and energy and all that amazing stuff that we do here on unstuck entrepreneur. I'm excited to be back. I'm excited for the future episodes, we've got a lot to cover. So if you're not already, make sure you subscribe to the show, so you don't miss an episode. They come out every Wednesday, and until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
So, you’ve gotten on board with this whole email list thing and are excited to start building your list and connecting with your subscribers. Except, nothing’s happening…or at least not as quickly as you’d like. Growing your email list is starting to feel daunting and you’re worried it’s never gonna happen. You can’t help but feel like you’re missing something or doing something wrong. Sound like you? If so, this episode is for you. Today, I’m going to share the 3 biggest reasons why you’re struggling to grow your email list and what you can change today to make it happen.
“You have to do the 'niche work' first before you build your email list.” - Shawn Mynar
“The best freebies are short, they are sweet, they are digestible, the person can go through them in 5-15 minutes and they are helpful.” - Shawn Mynar
“Don’t be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it’s not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that. And if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, keep it. Keep it and focus on building up your audience.” - Shawn Mynar
“Really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie or is it my audience? And which one really actually needs to be where you are putting your energy.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE "Signature Program In A Day" Workshop - shawnmynar.com/day.
Shawn's Courses - shawnmynar.com/coaching
Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Hey Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I'm taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode and I'll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So, so happy to have you here. So glad to be back. I don't know if you all noticed. But I did take a week off of the podcast last week, because I had COVID. And it actually worked out that when I recorded the episode for the week prior basically that day is when my wife found out that she had COVID, which meant I probably had it too. And it actually took another two days for me to get a positive test. But, you know, I still felt fine that day. And then basically the following week, was kind of a disaster in terms of how I felt. But then by Friday, which is when I normally record these episodes, I felt pretty good again, but my lungs didn't. And my voice wasn't quite there. And there was just still a lot of coughing. And my lungs were really struggling to keep up with air. And so it just didn't make sense to record an episode because you guys wouldn't have enjoyed hearing that. So I decided to take the week off and just really regain my energy and get my lungs back to where they are used to being and my voice and everything like that. So here I am. And yeah, feeling totally back to normal. I've been hiking this week and working out and, you know, obviously working and doing all that kind of stuff. So basically just took it easy for about a week, I still did work, I was working from bed a lot, which I like to do even when I'm feeling great. It's just fun to work from bed sometimes. So I did that. And you know, took it easy with obviously my workouts that wasn't really happening. And just also with the amount of work I was doing, giving myself that space to rest and recover and just kind of be present. So now I'm back. And so grateful to be and so grateful for that experience and just being what it was and not, you know, bad for us really grateful for that. So anyway, let's talk about your email list. Yes, I
3:27
know, we talk about email lists so much. But I still, you know, there's still just so much to talk about, there really is, you know, it seems like something that's really basic and really simple in your business. But I think you know, if you've listened to unstuck entrepreneur and the episodes that we have already discussed email lists on here, then you know, there's a lot more to it, and you know how valuable it will be for your business. And that just brings with it a lot more to think about and some nuances that we need to go through. And you know, if you really want to make it this thing that really changes your business and your life. It can be that, but we got to talk about it a little bit more than maybe you think we need to or think we should, but it's super important stuff. Now before we get into it, I have a super duper, crazy, exciting announcement. I want you all to mark your calendars for June 14 2022. That's in just a few weeks, because on June 14, I am hosting a free live workshop called signature program in a day. This is unlike any other workshop I've ever done ever, ever, because it's not a webinar. It's not just this thing where I'm gonna be talking at you and you can kind of be paying attention while doing 1000 Other things and like, have 1000 other tabs open and all that stuff. That's not what this is. This is an interactive workshop that will involve brainstorming, working, feeling, sharing, learning, getting coached all of that. So come ready to get down to business, and make some big decisions and get to know and share with the other people that are there live these new like minded friends that you're going to be making. It is an interactive coaching opportunity and is for anyone who wants to add a signature program to your business. Now, you can want this to be happening tomorrow, or maybe next year or in the next few years, you want to have a signature program. If that is at all in your future, this is for you. And when you attend live, you're going to have the opportunity to get one on one support and guidance from me. Again, it's a coaching opportunity, it is interactive, and we're going to build out your signature program together. So by the end of our time together, by the end of that afternoon, you will have a solidified signature program. And you will have clear next steps on how to get it out into the world and make it part of your business, no matter what stage of business you're in right now. And also during this event, I'm going to really walk you through and take you step by step through the process of answering really the biggest questions, the eight biggest questions that come up about signature programs that quite frankly, keep most wellness business owners away from ever taking this step in their business. It keeps them shying away, it keeps him from ever doing this. And I don't want that. I hate seeing that. That is not us. That is not what we're doing here. That is not what I want for you. So I am taking the afternoon to not only answer these questions for you, but to do it with you to see you through them. So that you are there. You're beyond that, and you're ready to go. So imagine yourself and what will happen with your business? When you have answers to these questions like, am I truly ready for my own signature program? What's the best topic for my program? Who's the perfect client for my program? What results will my clients get from my program? What's the price? What am I going to include in my program? How do we build an audience of these clients that I want my program? And how do I sell my program without feeling salesy. Just imagine if you had the clarity, if you had the knowing if you had gone through and found the answers in your business specifically to those questions, it's a big deal. And that would really take you to the next level pretty quickly. So that's what we're gonna do together in this live workshop. Now, here's the deal, spots are super duper limited, because of this interactive component. Because of the coaching aspect, I really can't exceed a certain level I want to be, you know, I want it to be a small group basically, is what I'm saying. And so when it's fall, it's fall, who this isn't really something that you can procrastinate and just decide you know, at the last minute that you want to be at or not. If you know that this is something that you want to do in your business, then sign up now. And you can go to Shawnmynar.com/day Shawnmyanr.com/day. And sign up for this live interactive workshop signature program in a day.
8:55
As long as you have the ability, as long as you can go to that site and sign up, then that means there's still room as soon as it's full, that site is coming down. So you know, just keep that in mind super limited spots. And now if you want to get this information if you want to go through this process, but you can't be there live, obviously the best experience is going to be you there live at the event, doing the interactive components. But if you can't be when you still want the info, you can still sign up. But what I want you to do is and you'll be prompted to do this once you sign up is to email my team and let us know that you can't be there live so that we can then save that spot for someone who can. So that's our way of kind of knowing when the amount of people that are going to be there live gets to the place where it's the right amount and then we'll shut it down. Okay, so you can still sign up you will get a real replay. Everyone will get a replay again if you Really, if you think there's any way that you can carve out the time to be there live, that is how you're going to get the absolute most out of this. But totally understand if you can't just let us know. And we'll keep that spot open and available for someone who can. All right. So Shawnmynar.com/day, I, as you can tell, I'm absolutely thrilled to do this, this is going to just be such a fun event, and just so transformative for you, and fun at the same time, like, it's just going to be so cool. So can't wait to do that June 14. All right, let's get back on the topic of email lists. I am just so determined, I have this level of determination in me that I don't have for a lot of things to be totally honest. But in this case, I have it. I want to help you make your email list work for you, and have it be something that you really truly love, and appreciate and value in your business, not dread. That is my goal, because it is so important. So today's episode, we're going to focus on the growth of your email list. Now, if you haven't started an email list, if you're still not sure that that's something that you want, if you're kind of dragging your feet on that, we have some episodes back in the past, I want to say episodes 126 through 129, I believe head back and listen to those first. And really commit to this decision and your business really understand what it's going to do for you. And then come back and listen to this episode. And get yourself all set up for growth. This episode is really for the person that is already there already knows the power of the email list and is ready and willing to do that in their business has done some work to get it up and running. And it's not happening in the way that you thought it would. You're struggling to get people onto your email list to sign up for your freebie. And just the growth is a tough situation for you. So we're going to spend some time today really troubleshooting, what may be happening, if you feel like you should be getting more people on your list. And you're just not first are quote from Seth Godin, who is just one of my favorite marketing experts. His books are so good. So if you are someone who is really struggling to connect with the marketing aspect of your business, check out really any of his books, they're all so good. One of my favorites is called this is marketing, by Seth Godin, obviously, really great book, so see if you can find that if you're interested. But he says don't find customers for your products, find products for your customers. And we're going to tweak this just a little bit for what we're talking about today and say, Don't find clients for your freebie. Find a freebie for your clients. Because it's really all going to come down to the very first thing you have to do is understand who you want on your list and then create something that is valuable to them that will entice them to put their email into that box. So don't find customers for your products find products for your customers. Yes, that absolutely. So true. So true. But we can also extend it even into our free stuff, and how we can really attract the right audience, by way of really thinking in reverse of what do these people that I want to work with? What do they need. And we'll get into that in just a second. Let me just say this right here at the very start so that I don't have to keep repeating it over and over and over again, throughout this conversation, every single thing, everything. Every single thing that I am going to share with you today is covered in detail in a immense detail in my course launch list accelerator, and that is available both on its own and also for free as part of the signature program bundle, both of which are available right now on my website at Shawnmynar.com/coaching. So this if you if during any of this episode, you think, oh I need a little more guidance on that. I need help with that. I need to He coached through that, I need ideas on that I need more help here. It is available to you, I have made it very, very available for you for every single thing that we're covering today. And that's inside launch list accelerator. So again, you can check that out, Shawnmynar.com/coaching, you get it either on its own or in the signature program bundle. So first things first, before and I know most of you know this, and this is going to be review for a lot of you, you need an epic freebie, you need a freebie, please do not have just a generic signup form, like, hey, sign up for my newsletter, and I'll email you with great tips every other week. That's not enticing enough these days, that actually worked. And kind of I must say, that kind of worked back when I was starting my business 10 years ago, because there wasn't a lot of people doing it at this point. But now 10 years later, everyone has a website, everyone has an email list, everyone has a newsletter, everyone has a signup form. And so it's like we constantly see it on every single website we go to, or everyone's Lincoln bio that we go to. And it's just you don't even notice it, you know, like, it's just like, noise at this point. It doesn't mean anything, except for maybe the very, very, very few super fans that you have, that don't want anything from you, they just are more than willing to sign up for whatever you do. That's going to be rare. I mean, it'll happen, but it's going to be rare. And so your, your growth is going to be very, very small. If you really try to focus on this generic situation. Instead, we create an epic freebie. Now what makes it epic, it is epic, because it's addressing a pain point that your dream client is experiencing. And it gets them to the point where they think, Oh, my gosh, I need this, this is so helpful. I've been looking for something like this. And even to the point where they think I would pay money for this, I can't believe they're giving it away for free. That would be ideal, right. But it really is epic, because it's specific. And it's helpful. And it's really dialed in to the one person that you want to work with. And connecting with them in a unique way that they understand that you really get them and you're really doing work for them. And you have something that's going to help them. So as you can see the specificity there is what makes it epic. which obviously means that you need to know who your dream client is and what they're experiencing what they're going through in a very intimate way. It is such important work. And not something I think enough of us are doing to the degree that you need to do in order to get that specificity and intimacy with the person that you want to work with. So that they are just magnetically drawn to your work that they really can't help but put their name and email address in that box. Because they are so interested in what you do and who you help and how you help them because it's them. And because you're addressing something they're going through, you have hit on a pain point that they're experiencing that probably not a lot of other people have talked about with them yet. You know, they're in that search mode. They're in that place where they are looking for help. And then they find you and they see that you have a resource for them. And it's like yes, this is so amazing. That's what makes it epic. So you got to do that dream client work first. And what I commonly see is not that it's like a very general freebie it almost feels like that business owner created a really random freebie because you know, some business coach told them they needed to they heard that's what the next step is, or the first step is and they didn't really think it through. They didn't do that prior work first that dream client work, that Magnetic Messaging work first. So they just kind of created this general freebie so they can say they have a freebie, but it's not actually doing anything. It's not attracting really anybody because it's not enticing to anyone, it wasn't created with one particular person or problem in mind. So it doesn't really get the attention of anybody and doesn't grow their list. And also, in this situation, the few people that do sign up are going to be pretty random, they're not actually going to be interested in your paid offer down the road, because your free offer wasn't targeted enough, it wasn't specific enough, and it wasn't tied directly to that paid offer that you have. So there is that connection there between what you're offering for free. And what your paid offer is, that then means the people that are getting on your list are the right people for your paid offer. And if you have just a more general, just kind of K checkbox done, I created a freebie thing going on, then you will not have the quality of email list that you want to have to really sell your services down the road. And the one thing that I think really trips people up here is that they think that when I say epic, I mean that it needs to be like super long, super detailed, that you just need to give all your stuff away for free. And that is not true. The best freebies are short, they're sweet, they're digestible, the person can go through them in like five to 15 minutes if it's like a workbook or something, and helpful, but not overwhelmingly helpful not giving everything away. It's just really focusing on one pain point perhaps, or maybe touching in on a few pain points, but not giving the whole plan or protocol away for free or anything like that. Okay, so you can easily create an epic freebie in like one or two work sessions. I mean, like the designing of it may take a little longer if you're not a designer, like how it is for me. But really creating the content of that freebie can be done in one or two sittings. If you're spending more time on it than that, then you may want to revisit it and see if there's a way to simplify it even more. Remember, digestible is really important. Because if someone has to spend a really long time on it, or there's a bunch of pages to read, these are people that don't know you that well. And so the asking for that time commitment is probably not going to happen. We have a very short attention span for people that we don't know. So having a short digestible thing that people can get through the entire thing, that means they're going to connect with you even more, because they actually made it through your freebie, they actually did the work. They walked through the workbook, they read the thing, and now they feel like they actually have a connection with you, versus losing them halfway through and they never make it to the end and you've lost them. Okay, so short, sweet, digestible, helpful. Now, let's say that you already have an epic freebie you are super confident and excited about the freebie that you have ready to put it out into the world. You're sharing about it, you put it on your website, you talk about on your podcast, whatever it is, and you're still not seeing the number of people that you expected to sign up for it. So now what do we do? There are three big reasons why you are struggling to grow your email list, even with an epic freebie. And there are more there's some one off some nuances, of course, but those are the three biggest reasons. First of all, your freebie isn't epic enough. And or it is not enticing to your audience. So this really could mean two things either. You need to tweak your freebie and make it more enticing for your audience. Or you need to work on building up an audience of your dream clients. And a lot of times it's actually the latter. You do have a really great freebie, but your audience isn't full of your dream clients yet full of the people that you created that freebie for yet. And so maybe like for example, you are using what used to be your personal Instagram or Facebook as your now business account. And so some of those People aren't your dream clients, they don't care about what you do. They're like your high school friends or your cousins or, you know, something like that. So there are people in your audience. And this might actually make up a big chunk of your audience right now. That aren't your dream clients, or maybe you pivoted, maybe you were talking about one thing, and you had an offer about one thing, and you're really focusing in on that, and you started to grow your audience based on that. And then you realize you had something else you were passionate about, you wanted to start working on something different working with different people. And so you switch your content and your focus, and that's totally fine. I've done it a million times, it's fine. But that means that your audience now isn't in alignment with that new freebie. And so now it's time to evaluate, is it your freebie? Or is it your audience? And if it's your audience, then the cool thing is that continuing to share about your freebie, like really, really dialing in and making your content very much in alignment to your freebie, and you continue to spoon speak directly to that person, then you are going to naturally attract them.
26:25
If you start getting in your head and thinking, Okay, well, I have this freebie and no one's interested in it. So that means I must need to change up what I'm talking about, or I guess this isn't epic enough or whatever. And then you start getting wishy washy, and you start sharing about things that aren't directly related to that person or wouldn't be for that person or wouldn't be related to that topic. Been that wishing and washing this is going to stall your growth. I know it seems like the opposite would be true. And you need to just start being more general, that is not the case. If you want to build your audience full of people who want your freebie, then you've got to stick with that. And stick with it and know that it takes time. But know that that is what works. And wishy washy, this doesn't work. And, you know, if you realize you don't have an epic enough freebie, then just create another freebie. And yeah, I know, it's like, that seems so daunting. And that's a lot of work and whatever. Remember, it doesn't have to be a lot. It just needs to be epic, it needs to be very, very specific for that person. And if you don't know who you who that person is, who you want to work with who your dream client is, then I have all kinds of resources available for you. That is something we do in basically every course that I have. So really make sure you figure that out right away. But don't be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it's not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that and you know, if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, Keep it keep it in focus on building up your audience. Don't use this freebie situation as just another like more busy work to keep you from doing what you actually need to be doing. Really, really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie? Or is it my audience and which one really actually needs to be where you're putting your energy. And then also consider these next couple of things we're going to talk about, because it may not be your audience. And it may not be your freebie. It might be your landing page. So often, basically, pretty much I'd say 90% of the landing pages that I see are not selling your freebie the way that they should be your landing page. And just for people that don't know the landing page is that page that you send people to who want your freebie where they put in their name and email address. And your landing page is not just like a little pop up box asking for their email address or just this little thing that says this is what you get sign up here. No, that does not work anymore. And again, it may have worked 10 years ago when I started. This does not work anymore. You have got to create a landing page. That is a sales page for your freebie it needs to you need to use your Magnetic Messaging again something that happens in every single one of my courses. Use your Magnetic Message trying to connect with your dream client, and let them know that you get them. And that you created something really valuable, that will help them from where they are now with this problem with this pain point to a solution for that problem, it needs to be clear, concise, non fluffy, not clever, there's plenty of time for cleverness that you can do inside your freebie you can say all the jokes and have all the acronyms and do all the things. But on the page when we're trying to get people to understand if it's for them or not, if it's worth it to put in their email address or not. We keep it clear, concise, and non fluffy. A good test is like a fourth grader should be able to read your landing page, and know what it is know who it's for, what it's going to help with, and how they can get it. Seriously, if you have a fourth grader in your network of people, your friends, your own kids, your nieces and nephews, whoever do the test seriously do it. It's so helpful.
31:17
So clear, concise, non fluffy, and also not talking about the freebie. Like oh, it's a 15 page workbook, and you get this, this and this, and you'll have this many things to go through. And it's not that it's talking about who this person is, what they're currently experiencing, and what will happen because they download this freebie, what they'll learn what will resolve how they'll feel what they'll experience, really painting the picture of the before and the after, like paint that picture, remember, does my client understand that I truly, truly get them. That is what you want on the landing page. This is not happening my friends, I love you all, I've seen a lot of landing pages because you know, I kind of spy on you guys, I'm not gonna lie, I just like to see what where you're at, and what you're doing and what I can help you with. And I go to the landing pages for freebies that are being offered, and they are not enticing. They the freebie themselves are great. But the landing page is not keeping my attention. And getting me excited to put in my email address, I already put my email address into tons of things, I don't want it to have just another thing that I'm signed up for. And that's not convincing me that I need this thing. Okay, so purely really spend time on your landing page, I cannot stress this enough. And then the last thing, if you have all this going on, you really feel good about all these things. And even if you don't, you're still probably doing this, which is that you're not talking about it enough. So just as often as I see landing pages that aren't selling the freebie,
33:20
I'm also not seeing you talk about it enough. Like let me just tell you right now, you're not sharing about your freebie enough, you're not weaving it into your content enough. It's not displayed enough on your website, you're not sharing about it enough on your content channels, you're not using all of these avenues that we have available to grow our email list, you're not using them to their full advantage, like social media, for sure. That is something like the main goal of you spending time on social media is to Yes, of course build a connection with your audience. But doing so so that they're ready to take the next step with you which in this case of social media, the next step is to get on your email list. And they have to know that's even an option. They're not just gonna go looking like oh, this person, I love this person's content I love when they post, they're so great. I always learned so much I'm so entertained or I just liked their energy. Let me go hop around and see if I can find a way to get on their email list. No one's doing that. They have to know that you have something available that is made specifically for them. That will help them with a specific thing. They have to know that a lot of times not once, not twice, not 457 times. They need to know about it like at least 10 times over and over again. Now that doesn't mean you have to talk about it like every single day, but it should be something that is regularly a part of your content creation schedule, it is something you can easily weave in to, you know, the, the caption you're writing, because you're talking about something specific and you're staying on topic with your content creation, which means is very easily can roll into like for more help or download my freebie or whatever. So that can easily become a part of your social media content creation, but also your website. Again, when we are getting people on to our website by you know, writing a blog post or telling them to check out a podcast episode and then sending them there, you are doing so with the intention of getting them onto your email list because you can't control whether they go on to your website or not what they look at what they engage with, if they even read anything, but you can control whether they get your emails or not. And so to get them to take that next step with you. And get them from your website onto your email list is the goal. And there is all kinds of real estate that you can use on your website, to promote your freebies, in the header and the footer on them homepage, in every blog post on the sidebar of every blog post, they really can be all over. And there's ways to do it, where they look really nice. They look like part of your website, you've created some graphics, they really flow well. And it's just a natural part of that website experience that you're giving people. So are really I just not seeing enough people use their website to that advantage. Also Pinterest, definitely not enough people using Pinterest. And this is something that, you know, I think I'm gonna do probably a whole episode about because there's just so much that I can talk about here. But if you're not currently using Pinterest for your business, you're gonna want to it like why not, it's free, it's easy, it takes like, so little time, and can make a really big difference in your business. Especially if you have a blog or a podcast, or you know, several different freebies, you can really use Pinterest to help grow your email list. And then yeah, if you do have something like a podcast or a YouTube channel, a blog, using those, again, as other avenues to build your email list, that is a main goal of those other platforms that you have. And really making that a focal point of what you do there. Even your network, maybe colleagues or friends or people who went through your program together or just whatever using the network of people that you have. Here's a really good example, inside a holistic business starter, we had, I think it was at least 10 people in that group create a freebie bundle that they all putting their own freebie together and then shared it on their separate channels, and, you know, social media and platforms and things like that. And it was a huge success for them. Using people you already know and putting your heads together and getting people promote your stuff, you helping to promote other people's stuff, creating a bundle a little network, gosh, how like just such a good idea and so valuable. And another really good way to build your email list quickly is with a an event. It could be a live event, it could be an in person event, you know, live virtual event. And it doesn't have to be like tied to any sort of paid offer or anything like that. But just doing an event just to do it as a way to build your email list and get some valuable information out there. That is such a great way and it is a pretty quick injection of subscribers because anyone who obviously subscribes to become a part of that event also gets on your email list. So consider something like that as well. But all in all, please, please, please, please don't be afraid to share about your freebie. Often, it is a free resource that is going to help someone else in a pretty big way with a problem that they're experiencing. And that is a big deal. So you want to make sure that that person knows they have something available that can help and they don't have to pay for it. They can get some free help right now. That's all there doing. And it takes a lot of reminding for people to get to that point where they remember to go over and grab your freebie. So it needs to be a constant continuous thing that you are doing in your content
40:16
creation. So those are the three biggest things that I want you to look at, really for, I guess, three, if you already have a freebie and four, if you don't really look at and see what you can do, get honest with yourself and see what tweaks you need to make to get into a bigger growth strategy with your email list. Now, before I let you go, I just want to share a few reminders and words of encouragement, I guess, I would say. First of all, remember, there is no magic number of subscribers that you need to have before your business is viable, or can be successful. Or you can make a certain amount of money that doesn't exist. If you have one person on your list, then you have an email list and you have an audience and you have a potential paying client. Don't stress out about the number, don't focus on the number, focus on the quality of the people on your list. That is way more important than the numbers. And that takes us all the way back to the beginning where the very first step to creating your Epic freebie is to understand who you want to attract. And the person that you want to attract is the person you want to work with. And the person that you have a paid offer for. And that is what guides your whole email list strategy in the first place. And when you have that in place, then the quality of the people on your list are going to be so much better. And that is what will really take your business to the next level, then you have an engaged audience of people that want what you have to offer both free and paid. And that is huge. So focus on getting the quality of your email list up versus us feeling like you need a certain number. Okay. Next reminder, don't forget to continue communicating and connecting with those people that have signed up for your list, I don't care if there's five doesn't matter. Give them a warm welcome with your welcome sequence that's all going to be automated, once you do it once it's done, and you don't have to worry about it. And you still know that they're going to get that experience from you. And they're going to feel really good getting on your email list and getting to know you better. And then continue to connect with them regularly. So that is what Yes, you will have to do once a week or once every other week is to send valuable emails to them until they're ready to take the next step with you and become a paying client. And even then they're still getting your emails because they're part of your community at that point. So just really don't stop here at the point of building your email list. It continues, it's an ever growing thing. And it's something that continues to need your attention. And it's worth it, it is so worth it to put your attention there and put your time and energy there. And the last thing to remember, as words of encouragement, remember that this is a process. It is something that takes time, especially when you are focusing on the quality of the people coming onto your list. And that's okay that it takes time. The cool thing is with email lists is that it has this snowball effect, the first 100 people on your list, they're going to be the hardest ones to get. It's going to feel like the biggest challenge, I guess. But then, and I don't really know exactly why this is, let's just call it an energetic thing, because I don't know if there's any other more 3d explanation for this. Except maybe just time passing and you getting more comfortable. That'd be like the 3d explanation that I can think of. But anyway, it's going to be that much easier to get to 200 and then even easier to get the next 500 And then even easier to get the next 1000 And the next 5000 The next 10,000 It just gets easier. The first 100 are the hardest and probably take the longest.
44:53
So it's a process but in this process and the coolest thing if we go back to like what you're doing on your website, what you do on Pinterest what you do on your other platforms, social media, not so much because it has such a short lifespan. But everything else has a long lifespan. So someone could see your PIN that you posted six months ago, and sign up for your freebie, someone could listen to a podcast episode or see a YouTube video that you posted two years ago and sign up for your freebie. So that's another reason why the snowball effect happens. But yes, it takes time. And that is okay. But remember, you only need one person for you to have the opportunity to have a paying client. You only need like 30 people to fill up a signature program. You don't need a big number when you have focused on getting the right people on your list. All right, my friends, I'll leave you with that. Remember, if you need help with any of this, Shawnmynar.com/coaching, I literally walk you by the hand with every single thing we just talked about. And also don't forget to register for June 14 signature program in a day, put it on your calendar, block it out and plan to spend the afternoon with me, we're going to be live we're going to do it together. And you are going to be really truly working on your business and planning out your future. This is not just time, you're just gonna lose. This is such a time well spent, especially for your business. And it's gonna be fun and super transformational. So hope you can be there again, Shawnmynar.com/day, that's da y Shawn mynar.com/day. That will be linked in the show notes. And I can't wait to hang out with you. And until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
I've said it many times and this episode is no exception, many of you are getting in the way of your dream business, often without you even realizing it. You make it harder and more complicated than it needs to be and block the potential flow of ideas and inspiration.
In this episode, we’re going to chat about the big elephant in the room that’s keeping you from starting, building, and growing the business of your dreams—resistance—and how you can go from a place of resisting to allowing so that your business can flow to you.
"You wanted what you wanted for a reason and it came to be for a purpose and it is meant to be in your experience." - Shawn Mynar
"Resistance, in all forms, comes from one place and that is in your thoughts." - Shawn Mynar
"In order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance." - Shawn Mynar
"The difference between resisting and allowing is expectation. What are you expecting to happen?" - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCKBIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I'm taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I'll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic.
0:27
I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let's get into today's session.
0:54
Hey, Hey there friends, Welcome back to On stack. Thank you all so much for being here. And joining me if it's your first episode of unstack, hey, welcome happy to have you pull up a seat, grab a drink, get comfy, or don't or be in your car or be on a walk or be doing dishes, whatever you want to do. But happy to have you here and feel free to look around at some of the other episodes in the past and see what else appeals to you. And go from there. All right, today, we are chatting about this big elephant in the room, especially when it comes to business, something that most of us deal with. So not something I'm calling anybody out in particular about, it's probably all of us if we're here that have dealt with or are currently dealing with some form of resistance when it comes to a lot of things in life. But here we're talking about business in particular. So especially when it comes to the idea of starting or building or growing or scaling your business, we got to get into this whole talk of resisting versus allowing in your business. So we can clear that up. And you can actually be doing what you want to be doing and going in the direction that you want to be going in. Before we get into it. I just want to let you know that this episode is not being recorded in my usual circumstances. So it may sound a little bit different. And you may hear some dogs barking, some saws going I mean, who knows what at this point. I'm currently in the closet sitting on the floor of my mother in law's house. As a lot of you know, I am staying in the lower level of my mother in law's house for the short term while we look for our forever home, she graciously offered half of her house to us, which is amazing. And it's wonderful and great. And I have this beautiful office that looks out onto the city. We're up in the mountains, and it's so gorgeous. But today we have or she has some yard work being done outside of that office. And there's dogs, and there's people and there's talking and barking and whining and a lot of noises. So I moved up here into the closet hoping it will be better, but it may or may not. So just putting that out there that you know, if you hear things in the background, we're just gonna roll with it today. Because it doesn't matter. What we really need to do is have this conversation no matter what. Okay, let's get into it. Starting with a quote from one of my favorite entities, Abraham Hicks and I have to tell you, I have been rereading the book ask and it is given by Abraham and Esther Hicks. And I've read it probably four or five times now. And I just bring it out about once a year and reread it just because I love it. And it's always so helpful and you pick up new things. Each time you read it. It's one of those books and reading it and reading quotes like this, which is the premise of pretty much everything they teach is what guided me to want to share this episode with you today and do this episode. So if what I say resonates with you today, go pick up that book. It's so good. Asking it is given by Abraham Hicks. But the quote from the book is when you expect something, it is on the way when you believe something, it is on the way when you fear something, it is on the way. What I love about this quote is it can really go at any end of the spectrum because that something could be something wanted or it could be something unwanted. So when you expect something wanted, it is on the way when you expect something unwanted. It is
5:00
On the way in when you believe something wanted or desired, it is on the way. And when you believe something undesirable, it is on the way. And then of course, when you fear something, it is on the way. So keep that in mind, not just for this episode, but come back to that. It's really something for us to keep top of mind always, is this idea of where am I putting my energy? Where am I putting my thoughts and my emotions? Is it on what I desire, or on what I don't desire. And that's really the basis of everything we're going to talk about today. So let's get into this idea of resistance, the actual definition taken from Google, thank you very much, is the refusal to accept or comply with something, the attempt to prevent something by action, or argument, I really love that second piece of it, because this is what I see over and over and over again, in those of you who are looking to start a business, or grow a business or change your business, the attempt to prevent something by action, or argument.
6:15
We're gonna dive deeper into that today. My definition of resistance is quite simple. You've heard me say it on multiple occasions, probably almost every single episode of the 110. Now, I've said some form of this, which is getting in your own way. So resistance is getting in your own way.
6:42
The question then, for us to answer today or get real with ourselves about today is, are you doing that to your business? Are you getting in the way of having the business of your dreams? Are you attempting to prevent the business of your dreams by action, or argument? And that might sound pretty crazy. And you might be like, definitely not, I'm not doing that. I want this business, I want to have this freedom, I want to make this impact. I want to make this money.
7:21
And yet, if you really look at it, if you get real honest with yourself,
7:27
you can see that you are actually preventing that whether you know why whether you know how it still should be or will be pretty obvious. If you take a real hard look at what you're doing. Okay. And that's what I kind of want to bring to light or bring to the surface today just to give you something to think about. So are you refusing to accept that your dream business is actually possible? Think about that. Are you refusing to accept it that your dream business is actually possible? Keep in mind, on the surface, me saying that right now? You're like, no, absolutely not. But what is going on underneath the surface in your subconscious programming? Does your subconscious think that it is not actually possible for you to create your dream business? And so it's keeping you from doing that?
8:27
Are you preventing your business's success by way of your actions? I can tell you, because I know a lot of you, I've seen a lot of you. I've been in the business world for a long time. And I always love looking and kind of dissecting how people are building and running their businesses. A lot of people are preventing their business success by way of their actions. They are keeping their business from being successful, subconsciously, yes, they don't realize that they're doing it in many cases, but it's happening. And this is where we can really start getting clear with ourselves and getting real and making some significant changes so that you actually can have a successful business, because right now you might just be putting up that wall and not even knowing it. And are you getting in the way of your dreams? It's quite possible. My friends, please don't take this the wrong way. Because I'm here to help you out of it. There is nothing I want more than for you all, to have your dream business to live your dream life to be making the amount of money you want to make to be having the flexibility and the freedom and the schedule that you want and to be impacting 1000s of lives. That's what I want for you. And that is why we keep having these conversations because it is possible. You are getting in the way of it
10:00
And you might think that you're not those questions might be like, nope, nope, nope, not me. And you might argue to me that you do really think your dream business is possible that you are, quote, unquote, trying to make it happen. Trying doesn't get you very far. Especially once you hear the rest of this conversation, you will understand where I'm coming from with that. So I'm here with you all today to politely beg to differ, because I see most of you hanging out in a place of resistance. Even when sometimes on the outside, it can look like trying and efforting. And doing all the things and having this long to do list. And going through all these motions, which we talked about a few episodes ago, the difference between being in motion and taking action, this is what I see. And I would guess, pretty good guess that if you weren't resisting your business, you would not be listening to this podcast right now. You'd be out living your dream life, you'd be doing what you love. Your dream business is crushing it, you have this flexibility and freedom. And you wouldn't need me for sure. Right? So let's talk this out a little bit. First, it starts at point A. Point A is your desired business, how it looks, how it feels, what happens, what doesn't happen, how many people you help doing what, who it is that you help, all the things that you know about your desired business.
11:45
At some point, something inside of you came to the realization that you wanted that business that you wanted to work for yourself, you didn't want to work for someone else anymore, you wanted to get a degree or certification that would allow you to help someone else in a certain way.
12:04
You want it to be able to do this on your own, you wanted to have a business where you could work from anywhere you wanted a business that would allow you to take time off with your kids.
12:15
There's so many different variations of our dream businesses, we each have our own right. But whatever it was, your inner you came up with a desire, based on several different factors, your mission, your desires, your purpose here in this lifetime, your reason for being here. You wanted what you wanted, for a reason. And it came to be for a purpose. And it is meant to be in your experience. Okay, so you didn't just come up with this out of thin air, when it really isn't actually something that aligns with you and isn't something you actually want for most of us. And if that's the case, then you will know with me just saying it right away that that's actually not what you want. And there are people who think they want this dream business, and they actually don't, but most of us have that desire for a reason. And that came to be for a specific purpose.
13:15
And so as soon as that desire was created within you, the path to get there was also created. That is how the energy of the universe works. It is very cool to think that once you had this desire, it became a reality. And the path for you to get to that reality also came to be. And I know for some of you who aren't quite as a Wu as I am, that may seem a little outrageous. But it doesn't matter, I still want you to go with this theme. Consider this whole entire picture, and take from it what you will. But I also know a lot of you out there are fully into the universal laws and fully understand that your path is created, your path is there. And in a non resistant or fully allowing state, that's the opposite of resistance is allowance. You would be fully guided to that desire, you would be able to receive the nudges, the downloads, the ideas, the pushes the intuitive guidance, and you would take aligned action from that place to make it a reality. That is how the path of allowing looks.
14:43
As I'm sure you can imagine, it feels good. It feels good to be there. And to know and to trust and to allow that guidance. There's no forcing no struggle no quote unquote trying or efforting no copying what someone else is doing because it worked for them. So it must
15:00
to work for you, or thinking that it has to look a certain way, in order for things to work, or feeling like you have to be on social media, you have to do this, you have to do that. None of that would be there. Because you know, and trust in the process in the steps that are unfolding before you and you roll with it, you're excited for what's in store, you're not questioning or overthinking any of it. Because you are fully aware and fully in expectation that what you want is on its way to you, and you are simply following the path that has already been laid out for you. pretty dang cool if you ask me. So 99.9% of people don't operate from this place of allowing in any areas of their lives, especially not business owners. Instead, you often unknowingly resist that path that's already been created, you don't acknowledge that it's there, realize that it's there, trust the process of its unfolding.
16:17
So you end up turning your back on the nudges, questioning the intuitive guidance, you make excuses as to why those downloads wouldn't possibly work for you, you tell yourself, you're not ready to go along with that path that is so clearly being laid out before you.
16:39
As you can see, resistance in all forms comes from one place. And that is in your thoughts, which a lot of us know here because we've been doing this work. But let me remind you that your thoughts come from your beliefs, that is where they stem from. And your beliefs are what make up your subconscious programming.
17:10
And then beliefs move into being thoughts and thoughts move into being actions, we take action based on our thoughts.
17:25
And what kind of Shawn talk we'll call it would this be without talking in terms of energy and vibration of this whole darn thing. So think about it, that energetic expression of your desire, that desired business, your dream business, what you really want to be doing with your time here is on one really high, amazing level. It's like exciting and thrilling and joyful, and impactful and freeing and peaceful, and all these really high vibration emotions. So that's the annex energetic expression of our dream business. But the energy you're regularly putting out is on a totally different energetic playing field, just not even remotely close. It's the energetic expression of fear, lack overwhelm, stress, anxiety, doubt, discouragement, frustration, I could keep going, right? Totally different level. So at that point, we have a complete energetic mismatch. And if we're talking in terms of manifestation and law of attraction, which if you're into Abraham Hicks, you are familiar with, if you've been listening to this podcast for any length of time, you are familiar with, and if you haven't, and you are interested, go back, I have multiple episodes on manifestation, law of attraction, energetic vibrations, all that stuff, so you can get into it. And it does very much impact your business as well. So I highly recommend it. And so if we're in that place of energetic mismatch, and talking in terms of manifestation and law of attraction, you will always receive what you put out. So you will receive more things to cause you fear, confusion and struggle in your business. And this goes back to the quote from the beginning, when you expect something, it is on the way, when you believe something, it is on the way and when you fear something, it is on the way. And in this book, and something that again, if you followed abraham hicks at all, you've probably heard this analogy, but I really like it. Resistance can be thought about like this. Say that you want to take a trip from Los Angeles to New York. Let's just make it easy. If you're in the US, we all know where LA is and we all know where New York is. And you want to take a ride
20:00
road trips from one place to the other, you have a map that tells you exactly how to get there, what roads to take, when to turn when you will need to take a pitstop, even when you might need to stay over, you've created this whole schedule of getting from point A to point B. And resistance would look like you going down that path. I'm on my way to you New York, I'm making good time things are looking great. Oops, now I'm going to do a u turn and go back towards La Oh, but now I'm back on the path. Actually, let me I'm feeling good. Let's go back to New York. Oh, and now I'm going to turn around again and go back towards La. And that could go on for ever. And you will never actually get to your destination, you'll never get to New York, you will always stay somewhere in between LA and New York going back and forth, back and forth, back and forth. Making U turns every single time you have this resisting thought towards your desire. Every time you're like, Ah, no, actually don't I don't believe this map, I think it actually had me take a wrong direction, I'm gonna turn around, I'm gonna go a different direction. I'm going to veer this way instead of veering that way. Because I don't trust this map. When like, I know, Google Maps and Waze and stuff, they're pretty good. But they're not 100%. I've had some bad experiences. But they're pretty good maps are pretty good these days. So I think we can safely rely on them. And especially you know, the maps in the old times when it was just a piece of paper, like, can't go wrong in there, pull out your old school map, and you will have the right path, no doubt. And so yeah, most of us don't question a map, we don't question if Google Maps or Waze is going to take us to the right place, we just trust and we follow the instructions. And we go, and that is what it looks like to allow your desires to unfold. Whereas instead, we spend most of our time resisting and never making our way to point B, never kind of going back and forth, and back and forth, making U turns constantly, and never getting there because we don't actually trust it. So I love that analogy. I hope you can see yourself potentially in that analogy. And we'll maybe do some work to become more trusting of the map the way you trust your ways. Okay. And I want you to know, too, that this is extremely common in all areas of life, not just in business, we do this all the time. Everywhere, I have resisted so many things in my life, I resisted finding a romantic partner, because I was sure that it had to look a certain way, my relationship had to be a certain way, just from my own programming growing up, and only seeing male female relationships. That's what I thought I had to do, I never considered anything else. And so I resisted a relationship. That was actually the right one for me, and spent a lot of time being single when I didn't want to be because I was only looking inside that box and I was doing U turns. Every time that box didn't look a certain way or the relationship didn't look a certain way. I resisted making good money. Because I had so many money blocks that I did not know what even there until I was like, what 3435 years old, my entire life had been built around these money stories that I had from growing up and the beliefs that I had about money. And so I just could not make money, no matter how hard I tried no matter what I did, because I was actually resisting it without me knowing it. And it took doing some hard money mindset work to change that so that I could be in allowance of making money and let it flow to me and it has ever since I resisted my success because I thought I had to work hard to be successful. I thought success had to look a certain way. And I didn't look that way. And I resisted it for a very long time. Again, until I did more of this work. I got into Abraham Hicks. I started doing mindset work and started working on my energetic expression. And I was able to make the switch so that success was inevitable for me. And it's been that way ever since I've never looked back and now this is why I'm here teaching you all of this stuff as well because I want that for you, too. And now for you especially when it comes to your business although it may be
25:00
happening and other areas of your life. Like I said, it may look like you having this idea and plan and goals for your business. And then spending the rest of the time in a place of fear where you're fearing failure or fearing judgment, something like that, you will may spend the rest of your time in like the WHAT IF stage where all you can think about is what if something goes wrong, what if this happens, what if this doesn't happen, or the I can't thoughts take over, I can't do this, I can't do that I'm not ready for this, I'm not ready for that all of those thoughts come to be and then it turns into the I'm not cut out for this thought or kinds of thoughts. It will potentially look like excuses, it will look like not taking action, it will look like doing more busy work and less actual aligned action, it will be holding on to your safety net. And that is what drives your decisions, your actions and reactions in your business.
26:08
I wanted to not only share my stories of different areas of my life where I have been in resistance, but also show you how it may look in your own world. So that you can see why this is happening. I think you can probably start guessing what's really going on here. And this is where we start digging in to the why hope you can see by now the real reason behind your resistance is because of your subconscious beliefs and programming. We are programmed to expect and resist possible failure. We're programmed to think that it's hard to make money that we don't deserve success, that success doesn't look like us, we don't deserve to get paid what we're worth, that we need to work hard to make any money at all. And that business is hard. Being an entrepreneur is hard, it takes long hours. Gosh, I mean, you all know I could go on and on and on, we have so many different programs that could be running in the background that's making it near impossible to get into a space of allowing versus resisting. So now you can see it is the subconscious programming that's going on in the background of your life that is causing this resistance in all areas of your life. And many of you know, this is something we talk about all the time here on unstuck. So nothing really new if you've been listening for a while. But then you also know that I think this is something and you probably agree that bears repeating over and over again. So now the next question to ask ourselves really is how would you think and act if you knew with every fiber of your being, that your success is inevitable? And that your vision of your dream business will be your reality? And that you will be supported in every step of the process? How would you think? How would you act? Would it be different than how you are today? And if the answer is yes, and we might need to get real with ourselves again here? If the answer is yes, that means that you are acting from this place of resistance, you are resisting your business, if you know that you are taken care of and that it will work out in your favor. What are your thoughts and subsequent actions, then? Are they different than how you are acting and thinking now?
29:13
A little something here a little something else here for you to chew on. I think we've already gotten a lot but let's continue on with it. The only way things won't work out in your favor, is because you're putting your attention and energy on the not having of it. The beliefs that you have about it are the ones taking over.
29:38
The struggles that you think might incur are the ones that are guiding you. And the failure that may or may not happen is what you are thinking about.
29:51
So the only way that it won't work out in your favor, is because that is where you're putting your attention and end
30:00
Energy on,
30:02
you are in a place of resistance, you are constantly doing the U turns, which makes it impossible for you to never get to New York, because you're going and then u u turn you go and u u turn because the the beliefs and the thoughts and thinking about the struggles and thinking about the failure and thinking about how hard it is and thinking about how your don't deserve it. All of those things are what is keeping you in this place of resistance. And this is what I'm seeing in most potential entrepreneurs out there. And this is exactly the number one reason why I created the business program that I did, because I know firsthand. And I've seen it a million times how our mental and emotional resistance gets in the way of our mission, passion and purpose to help others to make a real impact and difference in this world. And to live this abundant, prosperous, Freedom filled life, it happened to me, I've seen it happen to lots of other people. And I don't want that for you. So we need to start here, my friends, this is the foundational work that must be done before you start working on these tangible business concepts that are floating around everywhere these days. Those strategies, hey, you know what, they are great. They work. I love teaching business strategy, I think it is super fun. But it's only fun. And it only works. If that person is ready to receive it in order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance. And that is when the business practice and strategy and tactics actually come into play. That is when they are powerful. That is when you are unstoppable. And as you can see, I'm getting a little bit worked up, I'm getting a little hot under the collar, because I am so passionate about this. And that is really where unstuck entrepreneur came to be. And this is exactly what we do we take the time to get unstuck, to release resistance to get into the place of allowing, and then we build our business from there, then we get into the practical business strategy from this new place where hey, guess what it can actually work, you won't be resisting it anymore. All right, let me give you some tips on how to get started in getting your self from a place of resisting to allowing, the first tip is to know what you want so well, that you can feel it. I've talked about this a lot. It is one thing to have this thought of like, oh, it'd be cool to like, have this thing someday. But I want you to get as specific as you can. And it's okay, if you don't know every single detail, no worries, but can you get to a place, at least in this vision of your dream business where you can feel how it will feel when you are there. That is what really shapes the energetic expression of this desire is by getting to a point where you know how you will feel and you can feel it in your body now. So are you excited? Are you stress free? Do you feel freedom? Do you feel peace? Ease joy? What is it? What happens? When you are there? And how much of the specifics do you need to get there. And as you add more and can get more specific with it, then you will add on or that emotion will be that much more powerful. So I recommend, I love visualization for this. I recommend really seeing if you can quiet your mind just a bit, maybe do some deep breaths or do a light meditation to start. And then begin this visualization practice where you actually are seeing yourself with your dream business going through your day of what a typical day would be when you do have your dream business. What are you doing? Where are you at? Who are you with? Who works with you? Who do you help? How do you help them? What kind of business model do you have set up as much as you can get into all the nitty gritty details if that feels good to you? As soon as it stops feeling good or feeling right or starts getting too complicated, then that means you've gone a little too far in your specificity. And you can take it back a notch no big deal.
34:39
But can you visualize it? And we do visualization techniques in unstuck entrepreneur together. Tip number two, understand your blocks and see that resistance in action. So like we just talked about resistance comes from your subconscious programming those beliefs, those two
35:00
worries that you have in your subconscious mind, because of your past because of what you were taught or what you saw what you noticed growing up and even beyond that, so we have them, they're baked in there, they've been there for a long time. And a lot of our subconscious programming goes by unnoticed in our lives. And this is where we can really start building that awareness. It's always awareness, always the first step,
35:32
get to see how it is playing out in your business, and start understanding where that comes from. You've got to take it one step deeper and really see it in action. And then ask yourself, Is this the truth? Or am I just resisting my path, when you do have some reason for taking no action or taking the wrong action or not? Allowing your guidance to come in and not? Not going towards that nudge you're getting? talking yourself out of things, making excuses, keeping yourself small, staying in your comfort zone? All the things that we do we do? It's okay. But is it the truth? Or am I just resisting my path? Am I making a U turn on this path? Am I going back to LA instead of trying to get to New York, now we have kind of that metaphor, we have that ability to see it in action. If you stay aware, just keep that awareness up. That's really what it takes to get started.
36:39
Tip number three, reprogram your belief system. Hey, guess what, that sounds quite challenging. And it is there, it takes some practice, it takes a lot of different tools and you finding the tool that works best for you. It's a long term game plan. It's not something that happens in like 20 minutes, it is a long term thing, I still to this day, find myself coming up against some money stories and money blocks. Even though I've been doing this work now, like I said, for at least six years. Still, it's a constant thing that I work on. And I work through some of my favorite things. affirmations, you guys know, I love affirmations. They're seen in so many spaces as being woowoo and fluffy. And they're not they work. But it takes a specific situation, it takes a specific practice for them to work, you have to do it repeatedly. It has to be over and over. And you have to get to the point where you do actually believe that new affirmation that you're inputting into your brain, and that's when it can start reprogramming. And from there, hey, shift happens. I also love visualization, like I just talked about, again, something that needs to be done repeatedly at your brain does not know the difference between real and imagined. So as you repeatedly go through that process of visualizing your dream business, your brain takes that as truth and start thinking and acting in accordance to that new truth. And reprogramming happens. And then lastly, hypnosis, I love hypnosis, it is something that I think has a lot of stigma around it that is unnecessary. It's really just a deep meditation. And it has been so powerful for me, so powerful for clients, and I just really love it. And I do provide hypnosis tracks for you to check out in unstuck entrepreneur, I have to so far, probably will be adding a third tip number four, make it a priority to feel how you want to feel in your business as often as you can. So we went through step one of visualizing how we want it to be and then getting to that place where we feel it. And then to now taking those emotions taking those feelings that you felt in your dream business and plunking them down into your life right now your current reality right now in any area that you can maybe you don't feel that in your business, but maybe you do feel that in your current job that you have or in your relationship or in your family life or something like that, where you do feel joy and freedom and excitement and passion and all of these things. Find that in other areas of your life and start expressing that emotion now because that will get your energetic expression to a higher vibration a higher frequency now and you will start receiving more guidance, you will start being more open to that guidance, more aware of the nudges and the downloads that you're getting and feel aligned and inspired to take action on them. And the last tip, one word, the most important word, I think of this entire episode.
39:59
Expert
40:00
dictation,
40:01
get real with yourself. Where is your expectation of your business? Lying? Is that lying on the path of it absolutely is going to happen exactly what I want is on its way, I have no resistance I am in full allowance, or is your expectation on? Well, it might not happen. What if like I can't, this isn't a guarantee, there's so many things that could go wrong. I don't I don't actually think this is possible for me. Which really, you might not even say that but just but you saying, I have fear of this, this this this this you that's exactly what you're saying is that you don't think it's possible. If you fear judgment, if you fear failure, if you aren't showing up fully.
40:51
If you're making excuses as to why you're not ready,
40:56
then your expectation is on it not happening, it not working out it not being successful.
41:05
So where does your expectation lie? get very clear on that, and building your awareness on that. So now it comes back to really all the other tips that I just went over. And every day, committing to a shift in your expectation.
41:30
It may not go from swing from one to the other in a matter of a day. But as long as you remain aware, as long as you remain open as long as you do these other tips. And as long as you even just now have the guidance, have the wording to put into place what's actually happening, then now you have the ability to choose differently. And every single choice you make over and over again, changes and shifts your expectation to one of inevitable success. So I put that in as tip number five, the one word just so that it's something for you to keep top of mind, always, especially if you find yourself coming up against some struggle, some overwhelm some fear, when it comes to your business. Where is your expectation? And what small shifts can you make to change that expectation towards your desire? Because that's really 100%. All that it's about the difference between resisting and allowing is in your expectation? What are you expecting to happen?
42:51
All right, I will end the conversation there. I think there's so much more to be had in this conversation. To be totally honest, I love talking about this because it is something, as I mentioned that I went through is something I see most entrepreneurs, especially new entrepreneurs going through. And I really want to create a space where we have the ability to see this, to acknowledge it, to work through it, and to shift to make that lasting shift. And like I said, That's exactly why I created unstuck entrepreneur, and if this is something that resonates with you, and might be going on behind the scenes, in your business or in your future business, why potentially you haven't created your business yet, or why it's not going the way you want it to, then I'd love to chat it out and to walk you through that process in unstuck entrepreneur, the doors for the fall class, don't forget everyone, fall class. It's coming very, very soon, in just a few weeks, August 30. To be exact. That is the day that the doors open for enrollment to unstuck entrepreneur, which is my lifetime business, mentorship and coaching program. There's also like the most amazing community of women you will ever be a part of. So that's a bonus that really ends up being like the best thing ever. And it's probably obvious by now but I'll just let you all know that it is a program for new entrepreneurs who are looking to grow and scale their business to what they want it to be. or soon to be entrepreneurs that are getting ready to create a business and want to do it right the first time and save themselves weeks and months of years of time in doing it right the first time. And these entrepreneurs they want a holistic approach to building and growing an impactful successful business on
45:00
their terms. So that is who on stock entrepreneur is good for. If that is you mark your calendars for August 30. That is when enrollment opens for the fall 2021 class, if you are on the waitlist, you will not only be the first person to know when it opens, so that you can actually get a spot. And also you get a discount code that no one else gets. So you want to get on that waitlist, you can do so at Shawnmynar.com/unstuck. Biz, and we will have that link in the show notes as well. And I would love to chat with you more over on my social media. So make sure you're following my business account at unstuck entrepreneur and we can chat it up there. And with that being said, Until next time, take care if you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But
46:08
how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm
46:59
good news, you don't need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing?
47:44
What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's Shawnmynar.com/wbb
I think most of us would agree that making more impact and income while working fewer hours is the ultimate business goal. That phrase "making money while you sleep" is actually a real possibility as is "making money while playing with your kids/on vacation/with another client/living your life." Sound pretty good, right?
In this episode, I'm sharing the 4 swaps you need to make in your business so you actually can make more money in less time. We're talking passive income, the 1-to-many business model, and so much more.
"You can always create more income by having your own business, by having these other possibilities, and even though time is finite, you can create more time in a sense of you being able to do what you want with that time." - Shawn Mynar
"Go from a lack mindset to an abundance mindset." - Shawn Mynar
"You have a bigger why, you have a bigger purpose. Put the attention on who you are helping, how you want to help them, and what do you need to get there in a bigger way. Focus on that instead of it being all about the money." - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM LAB
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I'm taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I'll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful, profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let's get into today's session.
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck, so grateful to have you here. As always, and I am super jazzed for this episode.
I think I say that pretty much every episode. But this one really is taking like everything I love to talk about and teach with entrepreneurs, to entrepreneurs, and putting it all into one episode. Obviously, the reason why I love talking about it so much is because I'm all about all of you, creating financial freedom in your life. And I really am determined to help more women specifically create financial independence for themselves, regardless of their partners, their situations, their careers, their families, anything else like that just having this empowerment of financial independence is pretty freakin cool. And not only that when in terms of money, but I'm also super passionate about helping people actually find enjoyment in their lives and actually get back to the point of why we're here and what we're meant to be doing here. And finding that passion within their business and what they're doing. But then also finding their passion and mission and purpose outside of their business and spending time doing things they love and building a life they love and less time trapped behind the computer trapped in an office and even more so trapped in this mentality or this mindset of always having to work and strive and go go go and do this and do that in order to actually make a decent living. Because that's all just lies. So we're here to debunk all that. And we're to talk about that more today. So that's why I'm just thrilled to be here having this conversation with you really, this podcast could be either like eight hours long, or like seven other podcast episodes, which it probably will end up being. But I wanted to at least start the conversation here today. So this idea of making more money, having more income more profit, while working less, working fewer hours, and spending more time outside and your actual life. Really being an entrepreneur, having your own business is the perfect place to do all of that. And I think that's one of the main reasons well, I don't think I know, that's one of the main reasons we've all been drawn into this lifestyle. Yes, we have this purpose, we have this passion, we want to make an impact. We want to help others, we have all this stuff. But then also we would love to do that, while also working less and creating financial independence, creating financial freedom, creating time, freedom, all that stuff. This whole kind of hashtag Be Your Own Boss Life. Yes, I just used the hashtag in a sentence. I'm like, not normally that kind of person, but I just did and that's fine. Anyway, when you are working for someone else, there's very little if any room really to do this to have the opportunity to work fewer hours and make more money. You're kind of stuck in your designated schedule, and your designated salary. You may get bonuses at certain times if you do certain things. Maybe you get commissions. And I would say that not always but usually in order for you to get a commission for something it involves working more hours or working harder or hustling a little or something like that if you're in more of a sales role. So while there of course nuances to that I think the vast majority of the working for someone else role doesn't allow for much of this flexibility that we find when we are in a place of having our own business being our own boss being an entrepreneur. So then here we are, as entrepreneurs with this dream with this desire. But how do we actually make it a reality. And especially, it may seem kind of far off, or kind of impossible, almost, if you are someone who's just starting out, or you know what, maybe not even just starting out, but you still find yourself stuck, maybe you've been doing the same thing in your business for years, and you find yourself stuck getting paid the same amount, having the same amount of income of revenue, having the same amount of profit or lack thereof, of year in, year out. And it feels like you're working a ton. And you really don't have much to show for it. And this can happen at the beginning of your business. It happened to me for a couple of years in my business, where I felt like I was working a lot and I had no flexibility. In my schedule, I was really kind of bending over backwards for my clients and their schedules, which meant getting up at five in the morning, most days of the week, working Sunday through Friday, so only having one day off per week. And it felt like I was doing the opposite of what I actually wanted, which was this life of freedom, flexibility, and uncapped earning potential, I wanted all those things, I was getting none of it. So you may be in a similar place right now. Or you may not even be there, but you're worried you're scared, you might get there someday, if you do start your business, or if you do go all in where you're working a ton and not making very much. And it's the opposite of what you want. So how do we turn this ship? Around? Is the real question we have today. And the question I'm going to answer, I have four swaps, that you are going to start making in your business today. As I said, I probably could think of like 20 swaps that you could make in your business. But let's just get you started today. As you know, if you have listened to any episode of The unstuck podcast before, we've got to look both internally and externally. So this is not just a question of the practical, tangible stuff that you can do in your business to start making more money, which we are going to talk about, that's two of the four are these practical, tangible things. But we also have to talk about this other stuff, the internal stuff, that inner work, otherwise, those practical things, you're still not going to do them, they're still not going to make a profit, you're not going to make any more money, you're still going to find yourself working 10 hours, it's going to be pointless. Okay. So that's what we do hear on unstuck is we do that inner work, while also looking at the outer strategy. So we do a little bit of both, starting with a quote, as always, from Jim Rohn. Time is more valuable than money, you can get more money, but you cannot get more time. And this is really speaking to the idea that time is finite, whereas money is infinite. And so the conversation we're having here today is to really prove reprioritize, I guess and showcase that ability, that you have the power to make more money, but you cannot create more time. But what we can do, through the conversation we're going to have today is actually create more time than what I just said you can do. But what we're going to do is reallocate your time to be where you want to be spending it, which is out with your family, with your loved ones out in nature out traveling. I know there's so many people that wish they could travel more. And now we're back in a place in the world where we can start traveling again, thank goodness. So is that something that you want to start adding in more of, but you just need to find the time. This is how we can do that. So I want I really wanted to use that quote. It's a very well known quote, but I wanted to use that here in order for you to see that you can always create more income by having your own business and by having these other possibilities. And when you do so even though time is finite, you can actually create more time in the sense of you being able to Do what you want with that time. So that's really cool and super, super loved that whole idea. Before we get into these four swaps I have for you, I just want to share a little bit about my story. Some of you may have heard this before, it's just a little snippet of how I used everything that we're going to talk about today. And within a matter of a year completely transformed. My business, I, as I mentioned, was at a place where I was taking clients one on one for both personal training, which is how I originally started my business. And then added on nutrition coaching, once I became a nutritionist through the NTA. So I was doing both and I was taking one on one clients and I was working a lot, I didn't have the problem of not finding clients, which I was very fortunate and very grateful for. But I was taking a lot of clients and I was working around the clock with them, I was getting super burnt out. If you take one on one clients, then you probably know how that feels that feeling of like your energy being kind of sucked dry, because you are giving it to your clients, which is really wonderful and really great and really needed. But if you don't have those boundaries in place, yet, it can be very draining. And I didn't have those boundaries in place yet. Because I was fresh, I was new, I was making money, and I was excited. But I wasn't making enough money. And that was definitely not making enough money for the time and effort and energy that I was putting into my business. I was barely making ends meet. I think that this year that I'm speaking of in my business, which was 2015 2016 I net ID like $15,000 in my business, so not enough by any means money. And then I got sick. And I started working on myself, I started doing a lot of personal growth, self development, self improvement, spiritual work, started working on my mindset started working on connecting to my intuition and trusting it started working on my relationship with my higher power, the universe, source God love whatever you want to call it started working on that whole concept, which was really totally new to me at that point, nothing I had really ever considered. But I was sick, and I needed to get better. And I had tried everything I knew how to do. And I was working with all these practitioners, and doctors and all these supplements and all these dietary changes and all this stuff to try to get better. And it wasn't working. And so I realized the thing that was still something that I could do that I couldn't work on was my inner self. And I don't even know how I came to that conclusion, except that it was complete desperation, because I had never considered that before in my life. I've never done any like inner work when unquote, in my life. But I did. And so I started that journey. And it was so eye opening for me a lot of you know, this part of my journey already. But when it comes to my business specifically, while I was not doing this work to help my business, I just started applying it to it just almost naturally. And just like well, it's actually working for my health, I might as well just give it a try and see what I can do for this business situation that I'm in because I'm broke. And I'm burned out. And I don't really know where to go next. And through this, you know, long story short, there was a lot of journaling and a lot of meditation and a lot of really doing some digging on myself and reading and writing and all that stuff. But long story short, it ended up to where I was able to have this like intuitive download of something I wanted to create in my business. And I actually went for it for probably the first time ever I listened to my intuition, I was able to actually hear that side of me. And I didn't let my fear and my stories and all this stuff about the money that I didn't have that i How was I ever going to make that work when I couldn't invest anything. Because also I should mention part of this whole self improvement work I was doing was on my money mindset, which was a big huge thing that I had no idea was a problem for me until this point in my life. And now I can see that it had absolutely affected everything up until then. But I was able to let go of some of that and allow my intuition to come through and allow myself to trust that and to go for it and to invest money I didn't have into this idea. And in a matter of months, it completely transformed my business. Some of you may A know what that thing was, it was called the fat burning female project. It was an online course, for women teaching a in an intuitive approach to a keto diet, something that no one had done before. If there wasn't something out there like that, and I had never done that before I had never, I had no clue how to create an online course or what that even meant, or what it would even look like or would it even be successful? How would it even go, I had no clue. But I kept going with it. I compiled everything that I was teaching one on one to clients and put it into this course and created a system for it that was proprietary, no one else had ever done it no one else it came from, no one, nothing else, but my own intuition and my own brain. And I put it into this course, with absolutely no clue what I was doing. Fast forward a year. So this is 2017. By the end of 2017. That course alone had made almost $100,000. And that was on top of me still seeing clients and still having a regular schedule and still working with brands on affiliate. So that was just one piece of my income that year. And to go from having the year before. Net income $15,000. To now having this in one year was really huge for me, I've talked about that situation before was kind of what some people might call this quantum leap in business. For me, it was just a compilation of the inner improvements, I was doing the inner work I was doing and really getting in touch with myself for the first time ever, and really getting through all the muck that I had that I didn't even know I had, from my past and and my growing up and things like that, and doing all this work on myself, and then letting that lead the way and taking action on it. And so to kind of connect the dots between this story and what we're going to talk about today, that was my first venture into a passive income opportunity into an opportunity to go from working one on one with clients, which meant I was trading my time for dollars to working one to many, which we're going to talk about which opens the doors to an unlimited source of income potential, which is amazing. And it just opened my eyes to the possibilities in my business. That's what we're going to talk about today, I've never looked back, you will feel the same way. Let's get into it. The first swap is to go from lack to abundance. So as you can see, we're kicking it off with mindset work, going from a lack mindset, to an abundance mindset. The vast, vast, vast majority of society right now is operating from a lack mindset. And you may be one of those people. If you come from this place of lack, you can do all the external things that we're going to talk about coming up and still struggle to make money, you can take all the courses, you can hire all the coaches, you can do all of this and you can do all of that. And you're still not going to make the money that you want to make. Or if you do end up making that money, you will sabotage yourself to no longer make that money. That is how powerful our minds are. It can up here like you are doing everything, quote, unquote, right? To create this freedom filled financially sound business. But in the end, it will be the same thing that you're used to will be working tons of hours, not making enough money, feeling frustrated, feeling scared, feeling worried, not investing in yourself all of these practices that are the external output of a lack mindset. Because those stories that you have about money, about hard work about how to make money about how much money you are capable of making your worth your value, what you deserve, all that stuff. They're still running the show. They're taking over your thoughts and emotions and ultimately, they're directing your actions in your business. So this is where we start talking about that ego voice that little internal chatter that you have going on all the time that you can hear pretty well when you listen, it's it's right there. But it's saying things like money doesn't grow on trees. I have to work hard to make money. I have to make sure I earn every penny. I can't afford to, you know, insert thing here and buy So in my business, quit my job and go all in, there's all kinds of I can't afford out there in business, my financial gain is someone else's loss. You can see these are stories that are playing in your head, they may not sound exactly like that. But the end result is this story, you could also probably see that they didn't necessarily come from you, you were taught that that is what you saw or heard growing up. That's probably what your parents saw or heard when they grew up. And so it's been passed down from generations to generations, this lack mindset. So nobody's fault, nobody needs to have any sort of blame put on them. But this is where we're at, as a society really, with all of us kind of snowballing into this lack mindset, and having these stories about money that simply aren't true. And when we have these stories, this is how it may look for you and your business, not being willing to invest in yourself or your business, because you don't believe it will come back to you. Like you don't believe in that flow of abundance, that giving and receiving flow that we're always in. It could look like you not charging appropriately because you don't feel like you deserve or are worthy of making that money you feel like, again, this my financial gain is someone else's loss. So you feel quote, unquote, bad for charging for your services, it can look like being scared to talk about your pricing to potential clients, or just talking about money in general, it could look like quote, unquote, busy work for the sake of working and this is where it gets back to this, like I have to work hard, I have to earn my money. So instead of just letting things flow, you're like constantly busy working yourself. In order to make yourself feel like you deserve or are worthy of making money of putting out some pricing for your clients. It can look like ignoring your intuitive nudges because they don't make logical sense. And or will cost money. This is a big one. This is one of the one I see probably the most often is ignoring what you want to be doing what you're being guided to do, because but how will the money come? Or how will I afford it, or I don't have the money for that, or that doesn't make financial sense. It's a big one. It could look like comparing your success to others and getting jealous of others success, or not doing what you want to do in your business because someone's already doing it. Again, lack lack, lack lack, really diving into that idea that there's not enough to go around, there's not enough for everyone. And lastly, sabotaging it, when you do start making money, like I said a few minutes ago, you may find yourself in this new place of financial success, things may be going really well. And then you find a way to make it not go so well. You find a way to get back to where you're used to being the struggle bus you're used to being on this happens a lot people and it all comes back to your money blocks, those stories that you have about money and more specifically, the lack versus abundance space that you are in. This is just a sampling. If you want to hear more about lack versus abundance, I have several episodes scroll back and or go to my website and type in abundance and search for that. And you'll get all of those episodes that you can look into further but it's super important people, we really need to take the time to understand this and when now I'm sure you're asking well what the heck do I do? Because clearly I'm in this lack mindset that means I'm doomed. I'm never gonna make any money. No, no, no back off a little grasshopper, it's fine. You will be able to, I think the first thing start paying attention to the thoughts and actions and emotions that you have when it comes to money. Are they moving towards lack? Are they in this space of lack? Do they sound like a lack based thought or story? Or are they from this place of abundance knowing that money is a form of energy and it is in a constant state of flow and you can tap into that flow anytime, anywhere and receive abundance. So where are you most of the time? And all it takes is a little bit of as always we got to talk about it is the unstuck podcast awareness that first step to all of this awareness, awareness awareness. What are you saying to yourself? What actions are you taking? And what camp do they go in lack or abundance. And then from there, allow yourself to let go just a little bit, allow yourself to loosen your grip on this idea of money and finances and investing, and debt and all this stuff, just loosen your grip, I'm not saying go into all kinds of debt, I'm not saying blow your savings. I'm not saying any of that. So please know that. But just start loosening the grip a little bit, maybe take a small risk, do something different, prove yourself wrong, make a small investment in something that you know is really needed for you or your business. And just see what happens. It's part of that proving yourself wrong where we have to, sometimes the only way that we can get out of that system that we're in, is to just step our toe out for just a little bit. See that nothing bad happens, see that actually amazing things happen when you do something out of the ordinary when you take a little bit of a risk. And that starts the flow that starts the process of getting out of that mindset. Next kind of goes along with this is to stop thinking so much about money. Just see if you can, especially in your business, like you have a bigger why you have a bigger purpose here. So put the attention on who you're helping how you want to help them what you want that to look like. And then what do you need to do to get there in a bigger way? Focus on that, instead of being all about the money like, can I afford this, can I do that I need to make this much money, it needs to be this much in this time, I don't deserve to charge this much I can ask for this much money, like a lot of our talk in business in general is money talk. So what can we do if we take that away, and instead focus on our bigger why.
And then lastly, like just another reminder, money is a form of energy is in a constant flow state of flow. It is always around us as always flowing. And giving and receiving allow for that flow in your own life. Give money, invest in yourself, invest in your business, and then receive receive receive based on that. And then when you receive money into your business, because you gave, then you're able to get back into that flow of giving again. So it's this receive and give, receive and give, receive and give and it just gets bigger and bigger and bigger, and snowballs. As you step into this place of abundance more and more and more. That's all I'm going to talk about today with lack and abundance. As I said, I could talk about that just all the time. And I do have several episodes if you want to go back and listen. The second swap is from forcing to flowing, forcing to flowing. I love this one so much as a lot of you probably know, by far, the thing that most entrepreneurs are not doing that is keeping them stuck is to stay in this place of force versus flow. Because we're taught to force to strive to push to do whatever it takes to achieve a certain goal. We're taught that in school, we're taught that in sports, we're taught that in trying to get to a certain college we're taught and trying to get a certain job or into a certain career. And now we're taking that and then putting it into our business because that's also, you know, talking about this hustle culture hustle mentality that we do here. That's what a lot of people show us. A lot of entrepreneurs have this story of the hustle and grind that it took to get their business off the ground. So now we're also still applying that and applying everything we learned into our business. But what happens, especially as an entrepreneur, is that forcing mentality blocks you from being able to see and work on what will actually be the thing that makes you profitable, that makes you happy, that makes you impactful. That gives you freedom, you are blocking that as you try to force things.
And the forcing, as you can probably guess, is also going back to the last one black mindset driven. It's like you got to make money. You got to make a certain amount of money before a certain date or you got to make a certain amount of money at a in a specific amount of time. That is what is steering a lot of businesses right now. And what it's doing is actually keeping you from making good money. Because you're not making good decisions, you're not making the best decisions, or the most informed decisions because that force, that striving, that go, go go that very masculine energy is what's making the decisions, because you're coming from a place of lack. And as you can see, if you step into abundance, that's a very feminine flow like energy. And when we get there, and we find this place of flow, it's this place where you get to work on what feels good to you. What lights you up what you do, where you just get lost in the process of doing it. And where you trust your intuition, without letting that ego that inner chatter get involved. Like, how amazing does that sound. And going back to my story at the beginning, that's exactly what happened to me, I stopped forcing, I stopped saying yes to everything, I stopped doing what I thought I should be doing. And I started working on myself, I got into this abundance mindset, because of all the money mindset work I had done. And I let go of like that need to control and be worried and be scared about money, in my business in general, and success in general. And as soon as I did that, I got this amazing idea. amazing idea. And no, I had no idea what I was doing. I didn't know if it would work. I didn't know what was going on. I knew nothing except that that idea came from a different place than the other things I thought I should be doing. And the other ways I was spending my time, it came from a different place, it came from my intuition. So that place and that space of flow is available to you, too. And it's available to you right now it's available to you 100% of the time, all it is is a matter of allowing it in allowing it to happen being okay with taking a step back being okay with not doing this busy work all the time just for the sake of working and not striving and not having these crazy goals and not feeling like you have to push yourself in order to make any of this happen. But what happens if you take a little bit of a step back, because building your business is a highly creative and intuitive process. Please always remember that highly creative and very intuitive. And blocking that will result in you being stuck exactly where you are right now. You'll either be stuck not doing anything, not taking any action at all. Or you'll be stuck doing something you actually don't want to do. Like you're stuck doing something that doesn't make money or doing something that you don't love or doing something that's a total time stock requires long hours, or a combination of all the above. Right.
So how do we start tapping into the space of flow or another way I like to call it is being in alignment, which I talked about here a lot on the show to where do we start, the very first thing I want you to try is when you're beginning to get into this block of time that you're using for working on your business. Start with something that gets you into this place of alignment where you feel really good, where you feel more connected to your body, more calm, less ego voici, we'll call it you know that ego voice is a little quieter, perhaps. So meditation, a few deep breaths, maybe brewing a cup of coffee, or a cup of tea, maybe putting on some music, having a candle going or putting some crystals around your workspace, something like that. Whatever your little thing is that you do that helps you get into alignment. And then I want you to ask yourself, and perhaps get out a piece of paper or your journal and write down. What do I want to create today? That's all you're going to ask and just see what comes up, see what would feel good for that period of time. It may not make sense. And it may be something like I want to write an email newsletter, which is great because some of that I think we get into this space where we think it has to be kind of like on this day I write this newsletter and even when I don't feel it at all, I still have to force it out. And that's what we want to try to stay away from. Now. This does not mean and please do not get me wrong that everything in your business building activity bank is going to be things you want Want to do all the time, but they can all feel good. They can all come from this place of flow. If you start by getting into alignment, reminding yourself of your bigger why and doing what you need to do to make it fun for you. So when I'm doing something that I don't necessarily, it's not like my favorite thing ever, I will either Well, back in the day, I would go to coffee shops and do their because I find that just to be super fun in general, and I get a latte or a matcha or something like that and just enjoy myself. And you know, have my headphones in some music, then COVID hit and I couldn't do that. And then now I am living in a place where that's not super convenient to get to. But now I have my own office and I put on music and I brew my own tea and I bring tea into my office. And then I put on my diffuser and have essential oils going. So it smells really good in here. And I'm just like completely surrounded by crystals, my entire desk is full of crystals. And I have all that and I feel really good in my office. And then I work on those things. And then the other thing that I do is I give myself was kind of like I'll think of it as like time space. Like, I know, I will have to do something I'm not super excited to do this week sometime. But I give myself the freedom within that week to decide when I do it. So very rarely Am I ever on a time crunch, where it's like, I have to do this by tomorrow, because I prefer to give myself a little bit of time and think ahead a little bit. So I can wait and do something I don't super want to do when I'm in really great alignment, like just coming back from a hike or playing with my dogs or having a good meal or something like that. And then I'll come back and I'll be in this high vibe place. And I'll do that thing and it still feels flowy it doesn't feel like I'm forcing it because I have to get it done by a certain time. So just a few little quick tips there. But please, no, I am not saying that you're going to want to do things in your business all the time. There are definitely some things that just aren't that fun. And it'll be different for everybody what that actually is, but you can still do so while being in alignment and while feeling like it's flowing for you. And that makes all the difference in the world. And I hope you guys can see from this energetic perspective, how this how much this matters, to your overall profit and to your overall revenue and being able to actually tap in to what will be the game changer in your business and to not force things because someone else is doing it or someone told you you need to be doing it, or your ego is telling you you need to be doing it. But instead of giving yourself some space to figure out what you actually want to be doing what you actually want it to look like, what feels good for you, and just what comes up. Because you've given yourself the space, I can guarantee you with a 100% certainty because this is how energy works, that when you do that, and you have this sort of download, or this intuitive nudge or whatever you want to call it about something that would be really cool to add into your business, and you take action on it, it will be so successful beyond your wildest dreams, because you went with that, and you got into the flow with it.
That's all I'll say for that. Let's move on. Now we're getting into the actual, like, I can feel it kind of tangible stuff that you can do today, to start making more money in your business while you work less. The first thing is to go from active income to passive income. I looked up the definitions of each because I wanted it to help you really understand what each one means. Even though I think you all probably get it. But still, let's just do this because it's fun. Active, the definition of active is engaging in physically energetic pursuits. And then the definition of passive is accepting or allowing what others do without active response. Now in the business world, and especially the online service based business space, passive income is more so defined by like, make money while you sleep. I really like making money while you're living your life. And I also really like make money while you're making other money. Now this all sounds pretty great. I think we can all agree with that. We all want more of that. Yes, you actually legit can make money while you sleep. You can legit make money while you're on vacation or out playing with your kids or on a date with your partner or whatever. You can also make money while you're busy making You'll have money like you're having a session with a client, and you're getting other income sources coming in during that hour with your client. So that's pretty cool. Two examples of active income would be things like working one on one with clients, which I think is going to be the most common for the people listening to this podcast. Or if you are someone that still has another job having an hourly wage or a salary as an active income, getting tips or commissions would be considered active income, and then pass it an income would be things like affiliate or advertising income, online course, or product sales. So I like to call this like digital products. And making money on your investments would be another example of passive income that isn't necessarily directly tied to your business. But if you're having trouble figuring out what passive income looks like, That's it, you put money into an investment. And depending on how the market does, you make money on that money, without you necessarily having to do anything with it. I personally superduper love and very much recommend having a combo of both passive and active income. Now, eventually, it could get to the point in your business where you are just doing passive income stuff. And that's totally fine, too. I personally have found that when I include active income sources in my business, of course, not only is it another opportunity to make money, but it also usually leads to another passive income opportunity down the road. It's I'll explain later, when I explained some of my active and passive incomes, but just know that I recommend both, at least for a period of time in New York Business, most service based entrepreneurs that I work with, which are primarily in the wellness space, so like nutritionists, coaches, personal trainers, therapists, those kinds of people are engaging in business activities that produce active income. As I mentioned, one on one clients or patients may be doing some small group coaching. And that's about it, which is great. And I encourage everyone who wants to help people in that way, and that one on one capacity to do so absolutely. We're going to talk more about that coming up. But what's missing are the tons of other income opportunities that you can be doing while also taking one on one clients. Becoming an affiliate for the brands you love is a great option. And probably the easiest way to generate some passive income. I don't there are very few brands out there these days that don't have a partnership opportunity or an affiliate system built into their business at this point, because it is so great for both parties. And when you do have this relationship with brands you love, then all you have to do is talk about them on social media, write blog posts featuring their products, or send out an email to your email list, when with a recommendation for their products, why you're loving them, what you how you're using them, all that kind of stuff. So things that are very easy, I think for us to do as humans is just to recommend things that we love. And the only thing you're doing is creating a relationship with the brand. That gives you a little bit of a kickback when you get someone to buy from them. So you're creating a recommendation and you're getting a kickback for it. That's it and it doesn't cost the person any more money at all. It all comes from the brand, because essentially, you're doing their marketing and advertising for them. So it's a very, very great situation for them to and you earn some passive income. I have an example of this. I have. I've been affiliates and brand partners with lots of brands over the years. I'm currently kind of only working with few very specific ones that I super love. And by the way, let me recommend that you only partner with brands that you really, really do love you know a lot about and you've done your research to know that they're a good company, that they have good inclusion and diversity practices that just know for sure and really trust that company. So do your research first before you choose to partner with them. So just a side note there but I long ago was probably one of my very first brands I partnered with I was using a brand of colostrum, which if you don't know what it is, I'm not gonna bother explaining it. It doesn't really matter, but it's a supplement that can help with gut health. And I was using colostrum, to help with my auto immune disease recovery. So putting that into remission, and I was actually having some really great success with it. I wrote a blog post about it. This was in 2015, I believe, I wrote a blog post about it. First of all, still, to this day is one of my top blog posts of all time, which is so crazy. And second of all, still, to this day, out of one blog post, I get at least $50 in commission every month from them from that blog post, is that not crazy? I talked about it one time in one blog post six years ago now. And I still I mean, not that $50 is a ton of money or anything. But hey, it pays for like a date night out with my wife once a month, every month for the past six years. And that's kind of dwindled down. I mean, back in the day, I was making a couple $100 on that when it was a little more popular, have a blog post. But yeah, it's just so fascinating how. And that really is the prime example of passive income. I wrote one blog post, I probably spent maybe an hour two years ago, and I'm still making money from it, even though I haven't touched it since. And this is something you can easily put into your business right now, as well. And even if you don't have a big audience, either, if you are working with clients, and you're putting them on protocols that include certain supplements, or certain products, or certain books or anything, you can partner with those brands and get a kickback for recommending them. The only thing that is required to make it legal is that somewhere in some of your documentation that you provide to your clients or to the people reading your blog posts or to the people on your email newsletter is just somewhere you disclose that you are a partner with that brand. And you may receive a small commission for using that specific link that you give at no additional cost to them. So that's it, that's all you have to do. And if you do want to start working on that, in your business, just Google like affiliate commission statement or something like that, disclosure, maybe and you'll can get some examples of what people use, but you'll see them all over the place. So that's the one thing that you do not need to make sure to do. Other than that you are free to do whatever you want, and to partner with any brands that you love, and just give your honest feedback, say how much you love it and make money doing. So you're just being someone else's marketer, which is great. It's like, I like to think of myself as the Triet. Before they buy it person, like, I'll try it, I'll see if I like it or not. And then if I do like it, I recommend it to other people. And I give my honest opinion and feedback. And I tell them how it smells and how it works and how it tastes and all that stuff. And they can go from there. And then I get a little kickback for doing so. The other passive income opportunity we're going to talk about today are digital products, such as online courses, or ebooks, virtual workshops that are pre recorded, that kind of thing. The premise here is simple. You create something, you put it out somewhere for people to buy, and then people buy it. Easy peasy. However, as I'm sure you can imagine, it requires more work to get to that point than just that. Passive income does not mean no work involved, there's actually usually quite a bit of work involved in creating a digital product to use as a passive income opportunity. It's just mostly on the front end. So it's creating the course, before anyone knows it even exists. And before you're taking any sort of payment for it. It's writing the ebook, it's developing the recipes for the recipe book. It's doing all of that stuff before you make income on it, and then putting it on your website, then promoting it so people know it's there. And that's when it becomes a lot more hands off. And all you have to do is promote, promote, and people buy and it's more passive, as you can see. However, it absolutely works. And it is absolutely worth that upfront work. As I just mentioned in my last little story about my passive income just from this one product that I affiliated with years ago, I haven't lifted a finger in six years and I'm still having income come in from that work. So it really does work and is so so worth it. I currently have several passive income streams going on at the moment. I have a few courses. I have an ebook actually, again, something I created back in two One nice 16 I want to say I created an ebook. That is a 28 day workout program for people with chronic illness, autoimmune disease, even adrenal fatigue, anyone that can't feel like they work can work out to their full capacity. So this is at home workout program that I created as both a trainer and a nutritionist, and someone that was dealing with adrenal fatigue, and autoimmune disease and all that stuff. And it still gets revenue coming in all the time, from people that find it on my website. Again, it's not something I talk about anymore, and haven't talked about it in years, I haven't said anything or done any blog posts or anything like that on it in years, I have talked about it in a past episode of a past podcast years and years ago. So either from there or from a blog post that I did on it years and years ago as well. So that still creates income for me. So that's just another example. And then, like I said, a few courses I have. And really, in 2020, it was actually interesting, almost exactly half of my business revenue was passive income. And the other half was active income, it was almost exactly cut down the middle, half and half active versus passive. And for me, that's a really good place to be. And it feels really good because I also do like to connect with people and, and not have everything just happened behind the scenes, but to have more of a connection with those that I work with. So if you want to start adding this to your business, my very first step for you would be to research brand partnership opportunities, start thinking about some of the things that you love that you could start recommending things you use in your life, in your business, for your health things, you eat anything. And if it's something that you want to start recommending to other people see if they have a brand partnership opportunity. So you can just usually go right to their website, and they'll have information about their affiliate program if they have one. And then also start thinking if there's something that you want to create some again, let's get into our flow state and see what could come up potentially, or has come up that you've been ignoring, that you could create, or maybe it's something you've already created that you would like to turn into an e book or a course or a workshop or something like that. Is there anything perhaps that you already have? Or that you've been sitting on? This idea keeps coming up? And can you start working on that? And then before you do, I want you also to start considering how you would market these things, say you do have an ebook or a course, or something like that. Or you even just are partnering with a brand and you want to start getting the word out there? Do you have a way to tell people? Do you have an audience? Do you have a way to connect with them and tell them about the opportunities that you have? Do you have a website or a space on the web to host certain things, like start thinking about the network that you have the audience that you have the people you have, that will actually be the people buying what you're selling what you're talking about. And if you don't have that, then you need to get into unstuck entrepreneur in September. And we will work on that together. Because that's super important. Obviously, you can have the most amazing course ever, or the most beautiful ebook ever. But if you have no one to tell, then you don't have a business and you don't have a passive income opportunity. So we'll work on that together this fall in unstuck entrepreneur. And then the last swap I have for you is to go from one to one work to one to many. So we talked about that one on one work where you're taking clients. This is specifically for my service based entrepreneurs, you're taking clients or patients you have this situation where you spend an hour or 90 minutes or 30 minutes or whatever, you spend a certain amount of time with one person helping them on their thing, helping them solve their problem. This is called trading time for dollars. As you can tell, you are spending one time with one person for a specific amount of money, you're charging XYZ dollars per hour or per session or per three sessions you have a package something like that.
So when you trade time for dollars, it will keep you from ever being able to break through this income ceiling that you have because you only have a certain amount of time you could only take so many clients per day per week per month per year. You will eventually run out of time because time is finite. And so as you're trading time for dollars, you're also creating an income cap for yourself. creating passive income streams, like we just talked about is one way around it and definitely start doing that. And then the other way, which we should be doing both, is to go from one on one work, to one to many work. So not just working one on one with people, but working one, which is you with a group of people. Now, before I go any further, let me say what I said before, I think working one on one with people is amazing. And if you enjoy doing it, and it is part of your passion and purpose and mission, keep doing it. But what I'm saying here is don't make it the only thing you do, if you want to work less, and make more, if you want to improve your income potential, and get past that cap that you've created for yourself. So add the passive income and add an opportunity for a one to many situation, you can do them all at the same time, and exponentially grow your business. What we're doing here in this one to many situation, is turning what you're doing with your one on one clients, essentially, and making it applicable to a group format. So instead of one hour of your time helping one person, you're spending one hour of your time, and helping five or 10, or 20, or 100 or 1000 people at one time. Obviously, total fan of this method. And especially for service based entrepreneurs, I think it is just a no brainer situation. For those of you in this kind of work. There's so many reasons, I have five that I'm going to share with you just quickly. But this list could go on and on. First of all, you are helping more people at one time, which means you're making a bigger impact in other's lives and a bigger stamp on the world, you are making your mark in this world in this time for this reason. And you can do that in a much bigger, broader, better way, when you're helping more people at one time. The second thing is you're working less because of this group format you created. So instead of having 10 clients in 10 hours of your week, you can have 20 clients in one hour. And then you have those other however many hours to do what you want. Live your life, have some fun, create more passive income opportunities, whatever you want to do.
Third, you're making way more money. So instead of that one person paying for that one hour, you're having, say you have a group of 10 people in your group 10 People pay you for one hour. Now and this goes into number four, they're paying less because they're in this group format, which means it makes it more affordable and accessible for more people. There are some people that simply cannot afford to work one on one with you. But if you create a group program where they could get the same impact, the same benefit, the same help, they need the same problem solved. But in a small group format, where you charge a slightly lower rate for each person. But then you're still spending, you're actually spending less time with them and making more money. So I hope that makes sense. Because really, that's working for both you and them. So it's a win win situation. And lastly, it's you creating something that is unique and signature to you. And this is where things just become so much different for your business because you now have this thing that is proprietary to you and your work that you created and you develop and it's unique to you. It's your signature program. And no one can take that away. And then you have something really cool to market to it makes your marketing easier. And your selling easier because you have this thing that is specific to the work that you do. So that's also something that is super cool. And obviously so many other things I could talk about. But we'll stop there. Even though I want to tell you how much fun it is to have a signature group program as well. But I'll save that for another day. Let's talk about how you do this. First, you have to figure out what that journey is going to be for the group. So the point A where they're starting now, which is I have this problem. I've tried to solve it on my own, and I can't solve it to their point B which is I want to be here I want to live this life free of this symptom or problem or all this stuff and I don't know how to get there. So you are the person that knows how to get them there. And you have to figure out what that is. So not only what that journey is, but the steps along the way of that journey, that then becomes your program. And so then you create a framework around those steps around the system that you created, that becomes your signature, your unique formula. And then from there, you write and build your program in a way that is super user friendly, very beautiful, and easy to use an easy to navigate. And it's very engaging for your clients. And it works. You know, it works because you've done it with other people, or you have done it yourself, you have proof that it works. And then you sell the thing, then you get people into your group. And you have I don't know, however many groups you want per year, and this is a new income opportunity for you, in less time, and it can be the only income opportunity for you, honestly, you can just run this thing four times a year. And that's all you do. And you get a certain amount of people in the group at a certain price. And that is your revenue, and cool, you're done. And then the other times of the year, you're getting ready to run it again. And you're getting in front of new people, and you're building your audience more. And so you get new people into your group, all so much fun. Now, I have something for you. If this is something that you want to add to your business model, if you want your very own signature program. Right now, I am asking for beta testers for my new signature program and get this it's called signature program lab. Yes, that is right, I have created a course that will take you through every single step every single nook and cranny of creating a one to many program in your business, all the way from brainstorm as in like, I don't even know what I could possibly build a program about. From that stage, two beta launch as in people are paying you to get into your program, we go from A to Z or B to B, we'll call it and I am currently looking for a small group to test my idea on to test this program I just built on and we're doing it right now we actually start July 20. So if you're listening to this, when it airs, there may still be spots available to become a beta tester. And I would love to have you, as of me recording this, which is a few days before it airs, there are seven spots left. So not very many, I offered it up to the current members of unstuck entrepreneur and a lot of them took me up on it. So as of the time you're listening to this, there may or may not be spots left. But either way, if you're interested if you want a signature program of your own in your business, so you don't have to go just straight to one on one clients all the time. But you want to start building this other income stream that gives you more freedom and flexibility. Head to Shawnmynar.com/SPL
stands for signature program lab. So Shawnmynar.com/SPL, if there are still spots available as a beta tester, there will be a checkout page for you to join the course. And it's a live course actually, this is the only time I will be offering it live. So I will be teaching you in actual live sessions as a group. So I'm really excited for that. So you'll definitely want to be a part of that if you like being taught as a group in live classes and just want to hang out with me for like, I don't know, 12 plus hours over the next few months. Or if it's already filled up, there will be a waitlist page for you to get in when I opened the doors again this fall. So I will be opening the doors again, this fall for the signature program lab. And if you want to get in on that, just get on the waitlist so that you'll know when it's open and available and you can sign up this fall. Okay, so either way, Shawnmynar.com/SPL. And that will end this conversation we had today. I knew it was going to be a long one. I didn't know it was going to be this long. I just love talking about this stuff. Because I want you to start considering these new options for you in your business potentially if you're not already doing them. And if you are, maybe it's a case where you do have some brands that you're working with, but are you even talking about them? Are you even pushing them not pushing them? Because that sounds like weird and gross and we don't do that stuff. But are you talking about them? Are you sharing about them? Are you openly discussing the things that you love and providing that link so other people can love them too? So yeah, um super passionate about this stuff, and I love talking about it. And if you have any questions, please reach out and let me know I'd love to help you get this figured out in your business, you can head to my Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur and send me a message and just let me know what you think, what you're working on what you're having problems with, and I'm happy to help you out. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care if you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications, did the trainings. And now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here a passionate nutritionist turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don't need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's Shawnmynar.com/wbb
If you've been thinking about adding a passive income stream to your business, then you’ve probably heard the "online business experts" talk about how online courses and signature programs are two of the best ways to increase your income without adding more hours of work for you. But you're not sure which one is right for your business and, to be honest, you're not totally sure what the difference is between them.
These two phrases are thrown around a lot in the online business world and oftentimes used interchangeably, but they’re actually quite different when you get down to the nitty gritty. Let's break down the difference between online courses and signature programs here so you know what’s right for your business.
First, a quick rundown of what each of these paid offerings mean...
What Is An Online Course? An online course is a virtual class where an instructor teaches a specific concept, usually in the form of "how to" content. The content is created in advance and organized into an online course platform like Kajabi, and the students can go through it on their own time as a self-paced training. Students learn the step-by-step process through pre-recorded video or audio lessons on how to do that specific thing. By the end of the course, the student (hopefully) will learn everything they need to know to achieve their goal in that area.
Examples of online courses would be things like: How To Speak Spanish In 60 Days, How To Take Professional Photos With Your Phone, or How To Start And Grow Your Email List.
What Is A Signature Program? A signature program is similar in that it likely also will have pre-recorded lessons and content for the participants to go through on their own time. But, that's really where the similarities end.
A signature program is a group coaching experience where participants are guided by a coach, practitioner, or mentor through a journey from where they are (point A) to where they want to be (point B). This is typically done through pre-recorded lessons and content but also with live group coaching calls, Q&A sessions, a private community forum, a workbook or journal, other downloadable guides and resources, and possibly even opportunities for 1:1 coaching.
It's a supportive group experience that helps participants overcome a problem or struggle, achieve a goal, and learn long-term strategies while being a part of a community of like-minded people.
Examples of good signature program topics would be something like: Heal Your Gut For Good, Balance Your Hormones Naturally, Master Your Mindset So You Can Manifest Your Wildest Dreams.
Now that we're clear on what both an online course and signature program are, let's dive into the differences so you can decide what paid offer to include in your wellness business.
4 Key Differences Between An Online Course And A Signature Program Key Difference #1: Hands-Off vs Support An online course is typically a hands-off experience between the instructor and student. Since all of the content is created in advance, once the course is organized into the course platform, students can go through it on their own with little to no direct contact to the instructor.
One of the best and most valuable aspects of a signature program is the support that comes along with the journey. Typically, the coach or practitioner is available for questions, coaching, clarity, and guidance as their participants make their way through the program. This support comes in the form of live coaching and Q&A calls, a private community forum, and even the option for 1-on-1 sessions.
The cool thing here is that, even though your clients feel like they're being fully supported and guided as part of your program, it's only taking the coach a few hours a week max to provide that support (for example, a 60-minute live call every other week and a few minutes per day in the private community).
Key Difference #2: DIY vs. Community When someone signs up for an online course, they know they're signing up to go through it DIY-style. They'll get access to all of the content and lessons they need to learn what they want to learn, and it's their responsibility to go through it on their own time (which means there's a low completion rate of online courses).
Signature programs have a big community aspect to them because of the private community platform (think FB groups or Slack channels) and the live virtual calls that act as meetups for the group. Typically, signature programs are cohort-based so there's a group of like-minded people going through it together. Not only does being in a group help with that warm, fuzzy feeling of support and camaraderie, but it also acts as an accountability partner, so participants are much more likely to stay engaged and committed!
Key Difference #3: How-To vs. Transformation Online courses teach someone how to do something. It's very straightforward with step-by-step instructions that, when followed, will yield the desired results (again, hopefully...totally depends on if the online course is actually a GOOD online course). Going back to my examples from earlier, think about a course on how to take professional photos with your phone. The steps for a course would be something like:
- Change the settings on your phone
- Find good lighting
- Position your subject properly
- Edit to get your desired results
(Clearly, I'm NOT a photographer! 😆)
There's a very clear path of things TO DO to achieve the course's promise.
A signature program is focused on taking people through a transformation. Your program will guide people on a journey that provides tools, resources, education, experiences, and support to help them reach their goals, eliminate a problem, or experience a change. This transformation is more fluid and nuanced than a step-by-step system and thus requires the additional support, guidance, and community that comes with a signature program.
Key Difference #4: Low Price vs High Value There are very different price points between online courses and signature programs. Because an online course is hands-off with little to no support and a more DIY-style to learning, the price point is typically lower pretty low, averaging under $500.
The additional support, community, and live coaching/Q&A/meetups bring with them a higher price point. These extras that aren't a part of an online course make a signature program such a high-value experience that, even with a higher price tag, it's an irresistible offer to your clients and will be easier to market, sell, and fill your groups!
Win-win!
Is An Online Course Or Signature Program Best For Your Business? Of course, there is no one right answer as to whether you should add an online course or signature program to your business (maybe you can have both eventually!) but, here's a great question to help guide your decision:
Are you an instructor teaching someone how to do something OR are you a coach, practitioner, or mentor guiding your clients through a process or transformation?
What I've found in working with hundreds of health and wellness business owners is that most wellness businesses do best with a signature program because the work you're doing with clients simply can't be totally hands-off. With health and wellness, there are a lot of nuances and the need for a little extra support. People have questions and want to know they will be supported along the journey. It IS their health after all, not something to DIY. Also, your clients will love being part of a group of people going through something similar!
If you're ready to learn how to add a signature program to your business, be sure to catch my FREE masterclass going on now! ⬇️
Let's have a serious conversation. Let's talk about the fear, doubt, and the impostor syndrome, something most new entrepreneurs feel in their business.
In this episode, I shared excerpts from the book Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae. This will help shift your perspective and look at the other side of what you're feeling.
When you can build self-esteem instead of looking to the outside environment when you can applaud yourself, when you can choose yourself, you can overcome your fear.
What you’re feeling inside of you, doesn’t have to be negative. The fear, the worry, the doubt, doesn’t have to mean don’t, it doesn’t have to mean stop. Listen to this episode to learn more.
"There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to this ego voices, that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone." - Shawn Mynar
"We have to start looking at how can we use our emotion and thoughts that actually propel us forward." - Shawn Mynar
"Self-love is important, is paramount, is critical to having the successful business that you want." - Shawn Mynar
"It is your choice what you believe inside your head." - Shawn Mynar
+++
Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae - https://amzn.to/2VEtKcL
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Shawn here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I'm taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past, and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I'll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic.
0:28
I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let's get into today's session.
0:54
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck podcast. Thank you all for joining me for tuning in for subscribing, for downloading for all those things that you do to help this show be what it is, I am so grateful for all of you. Today, we're going to do things again, a little bit different because I'm still on a little bit of a hiatus from content creation. Actually, when you're listening to this, when it airs, I'm on my first vacation in two years, because of course, the world's shut down. So vacations weren't really a thing for a long time. And so now I'm taking a little bit of a breather away from my computer with my family and just having a really good time. And I actually get to see the ocean, which I haven't in two years either. So really pumped for that, and still kind of unwinding from the launch a few weeks ago of unstuck entrepreneur, and all of the content creation that if you have done a launch, you know is part of that process. And so I wanted to take a little bit of a break from doing that. But in the process, what I want to do today is actually showcase a piece of content that I think you guys will absolutely love that you absolutely need in your life. And I just want to pull some some information from that and and speak about what comes up when I say those words to you. But first, let me give you a real life story. That is what brought about this podcast episode. I wasn't planning on recording this kind of episode, even a few days ago. But because of things that happen in my own life, I decided it was the time. So let me tell you, let me set the scene with that story. It was Saturday night, I was flipping through the abundance of cable channels that I have available to me right now. And most of you know and if you don't only fill you in, we are currently living temporarily with my mother in law in her lower level, she has an entire part of her house that she doesn't use at all. So we moved in a few months ago, because we sold our condo at the height of the craziness that is the real estate market right now and couldn't find a place to live. Just crazy low inventory, ridiculous price hikes just not a good situation that we wanted to put ourselves in. So we are waiting out. And things are definitely taking a turn lately and we're seeing some normalcy in the market. So we're getting close to being able to find our dream home just maybe a few more months that I think I think I can make it I think I can do it. But anyway, I haven't had access to cable I haven't it hasn't been something that is something I want. For many, many years. My mother in law does have cable, and there's so many channels available these days. But here I am off track. What I want you to know is I happen to find that the notebook was on one of these cable channels. So I caught the last 45 minutes of the notebook, which back in the day used to be one of my favorite movies. And so I'm watching it, my wife is in and out watching it kind of interested but kind of not not really her thing as much as mine. And if you're not familiar with a notebook, if you haven't ever seen it, I'm not going to explain the whole thing because it doesn't really matter. But the key point that is important to this story is that the man there is a man I don't want to give away who it is, is reading a story to a woman. And so they're reading the story in present day and then they go back and kind of play out the story as the movie. That's all you need to know. So anyway, then my wife and I go to bed and I'm like hey
5:00
Let me read to you, I'm a big reader, she has her moments sometimes is into it sometimes isn't. Let me, let me read to you, we've done it in the past, I actually really like reading out loud. And she likes listening. So it was, it's a good mix. So I start reading the book that I am currently reading, which is what is going to be the focus of our episode today. And it's called choose wonder over worry, by Amber Ray, we have had this book on the shelf for over a year, at least probably two or three years, whenever it came out. My wife is a fan of amber ray. So as soon as this book came out, she grabbed it, I don't know if she actually read the whole thing if I'm being totally honest. But for whatever reason, after looking at this book on the shelf, for years and years, I finally decided to pick it up and start reading it. So when it's time for me to read to her, I'm on the chapter about envy. And just to give you a little background of this book, it is probably the best book that I have read and I have read a lot, a lot of personal growth, self development types of books, like I love them, I think they're great. Obviously, they enhance the message that I'm able to share with you here. So it's almost like helping, it's almost like studying for what I'm interested in and what I'm doing in my business and in my career. But I love it too. And this book is the best, I just love how it is laid out. I love her personality and how and she infuses that in the book. It's just it's so good. It's casual, but it also is deep at the same time. I highly recommend it, which is why I'm spending a whole podcast episode talking about it. And why I will continue to encourage you to get your hands on this book. This is not sponsored, Amber Ray doesn't know I'm talking about this, I don't think she's gonna mind don't think I'm doing anything illegal here by talking about her book. She has no idea this is happening. But this is how much I love this book. So anyway, we're in bed Saturday night, and I start reading the chapter on envy, I get a few pages in and I stopped because you know, after a few pages, it's like I don't think I need to keep reading out loud. But this prompts and pretty emotional conversation between me and my wife, which I'm obviously not going to get into the details. That's personal stuff. But what you need to know is that she is in the process very, very close to like within a matter of weeks, launching a new business and new concept, something she's never done, just like everything about it is very new, very fresh, very scary. There's a lot of unknowns, she is starting from this kind of low point where she will have to develop her skills, develop her talent developed her knowledge as she goes. And there are people in this space who have been doing it for 10 plus years that she's kind of watching and seeing what they do. And of course in the process, comparing herself to those people. So since she is weeks out from launching this thing, and has been working for so long on getting it up to speed and getting everything ready. And all it has already had a ton of hurdles to go through. And she has gotten through them. Her voices in her head are getting louder and louder. And what is coming up the most from her and these voices is imposter syndrome, and fear and worry and all the things that we talked about here so much on unstuck, and the ego voice, that inner critic voice that does make itself known quite often in all of us. And it is so common to just something to just know is going to happen. As you get closer and closer and closer to doing something scary to putting yourself out there to getting out of your comfort zone. They get louder and louder and louder. And so this conversation I had with my wife led me to start thinking, Hey, maybe I should have a similar conversation on the podcast and just have this open dialogue, this open a message to all of you out there that are dealing with fear, myself included. There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to those ego voices that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone to try something new to potentially fail at
10:00
this new thing. So this is a conversation about that. And I want to use this book choose wonder, over worry as a conduit to help along this conversation, because that's exactly what we did my wife and I, that prompted this really important conversation that we needed to have. And it really gave my wife the space to be able to talk about it to be able to put words to it, and and acknowledge what was really going on within her. So I'm going to take a few paragraphs of the book and read them to you here, and then just kind of pick out some of the key pieces that I really want to make sure to leave you with, and how they can show up and how they can look in your life. Okay, so I'm going to start with the chapter on envy. Like I mentioned, that was what I read to my wife. And this paragraph in particular, I think is really powerful and really got my wife thinking and may also do the same for you.
11:08
All right, what came next was the difficult work of learning to love and applaud and choose myself. It was only through doing this that I finally learned how to cultivate a sense of self esteem. And for me, that came when I showed up at the page, every single day, it came when I focus on the projects that lit me up, rather than where they would lead me. It came when I measured myself, not against them. But instead against where I was last week. It came when I learned to see my envy as inspiration of what's possible, and their success as a signal that there's room for us all. And when yet another person accomplished something that was still a seed inside of me, I learned to replace the worry voice that said, You're behind with just keep going. And eventually why not me became if they can do it. So can I.
12:06
So a few things I want to point out here. First of all, obviously, we're talking about a situation where she's comparing her work to others, she's feeling like she's behind. She's feeling like what's the point, this is very much typical imposter syndrome, that the vast, vast, vast majority of us go through and have those thoughts and emotions around our work, especially when we're just getting started and seeing and watching people that have been doing it for two 510 2030 years. And it ends up being this comparison trap that is just natural to get into. So please, if you are noticing that and yourself, don't feel like that is a bad thing, or that is abnormal, or trying to shut it down without actually looking into it. It is normal, it happens to most of us. And it's something that we have to start looking at in terms of how can we use that emotion and those thoughts to actually propel us forward. And so as Amber says, and this is what I love that most people don't talk about, especially in the business world, is finding love for yourself. Yes, self love is important is paramount is critical to having the successful business that you want. Because like Amber says, when you can build self esteem, instead of looking to the outside environment, where you can applaud yourself when you can choose yourself.
13:56
And we do that by putting our investment, time, energy, money, whatever it is, by investing in yourself. By doing the work by showing up every day, as Amber said, she's a writer, her big goal was to write this book that I now have in my hand. And it was something that was causing her to stumble quite a bit. It just was showing up to write every single day, page by page. For me, it is showing up for my business, figuring things out as I go. And that is how I now have gotten where I am in half now almost nine years into my business is just by showing up every day, little by little, not trying to look at the big picture and then looking at everyone else's big picture that doesn't look like mine yet and starting to compare starting to envy others it's by choosing myself
15:00
off, it's by you choosing yourself, it's by you cultivating a sense of a love for yourself. For the work you're doing for the impact, you want to make the income you want to make the life you want to provide for yourself, and whoever else you're providing for. That is you showing up for yourself, that is you turning the tables and taking your eyes back on your own paper back on your own work back on your own journey and yourself, instead of looking to the outside to determine what it should look like what you should be doing, where you should be at how it should be going. All these shoulds that make up imposter syndrome, turning it back on you. And then another key piece of this paragraph that shows a really good example of things we talk about here a lot, which is the fact that you have the ability, it is your choice, what you believe inside your head, if you believe those voices that tell you you can't, or if you believe the voices that tell you can which are also inside of you to just usually the voice that says that you can't is louder, and it's the one we listened to. But there is the other side, the truthful side as well. So as Amber says she was able to replace those voices that were saying that she's behind, we're saying that she can do this, why not me? Why am I not there yet? With the ones that say, just keep going? Just keep showing up.
16:39
And you have the ability, you have the power we all do to be able to do that for yourself. You are in charge here. What do you want to be saying to yourself every day when you show up for your business?
16:56
All right, next little paragraph that I want to share with you comes from the chapter on fear. It's a little long, so bear with me. But just remember, I'm like Noah, reading to ally in the notebook. We're doing that here on the unstuck podcast. Okay. It took me a long time to realize that when I'm afraid and when terror is pulsating through my veins, this is not a signal that something is wrong. Fear is not an enemy working against me, or a force that I need to go to war with and try to overcome. Fear has been wired in our systems for millions of years as a mechanism to keep us safe. The aim isn't to undo our response to fear or try to change it. It's to welcome it and learn how to have a relationship with it is to see fear as a reminder that we are alive. I just want to stop there real quick. I thought I was gonna read the whole thing. But let me just have a little intermission here. That is super important right here, we have to consider this. We are the ones determining that fear is this awful, scary enemy. But what if instead, fear is not a bad thing. Fear is just another signal. And maybe it could even be a signal that you are on the right path, that you are doing the right thing that something magical is on its way to you. So we have the power also to determine how we connect with fear what the translation is. And it doesn't have to be a bad thing. And Amer goes on to reinforce that. So now we'll get back into the paragraph. As a rule of thumb, the louder the voice in your head, the more you're moving toward something worthwhile. If you felt fully confident and comfortable, you wouldn't be stretching yourself and growing. You wouldn't be moving toward creating a life that reflects who you truly are. When I'm stepping outside my comfort zone, it doesn't feel very magical. At least not at first. It's messy, uncomfortable, terrifying. The worry voices in my head start going haywire and screaming for safety. It's when I second guessed myself, overthink everything, feel all the fields and want to run the other way. It's why after I started my own business, I kept looking for jobs. It's why a few pieces of harsh feedback caused me to put off pursuing a book for years. It's why when I made a serious commitment and love, I freaked out. Eventually I realized that my anxiety and very loud and urgent worry voice yelling danger is the very clear signal that I am leaving my comfort zone. The point is not to escape the discomfort silence the fear or make the feelings go away. It's to learn
20:00
To feel them, see them and move with them. And that is when the magic happens. The magic happens when we embrace and acknowledge all of our emotions, rather than try to push them away. The magic happens when we feel blindfolded and lost in the dark. And were just curious enough to see what lies a few steps farther, and a few steps farther. And a few more. The magic happens when we walk with fear, rather than flee from it, and see every moment of uncertainty and discomfort as an opportunity to explore the unconscious parts within us. As we learn to do this, the worthwhile vision tugging at our hearts will become real tangible, out from inside of us and into the world. And isn't that the whole point to express who we are, and what we have to give? Oh my gosh, does that not just give you chills? That is such a powerful message, I hope just that what I just read shows you the kind of book that it is and how real the stories are, and how relatable she makes it out to be, please, please go get this book choose wonder over worry by Amber Ray. What I really love about what I just shared is, again, this message that what you're feeling inside of you doesn't have to be something negative, the fear, the worry, that doubt, it doesn't have to mean don't, it doesn't have to mean stop. Instead, it actually means that you are in the right place that you are about to do something magical. And that you are about to share your gifts with the world in a brand new way in a way that is so powerful, and so needed. You are about to contribute to the world, what you have to offer, your purpose here, your passion, your experience, your expertise, your education, you as a business owner, whether you are just on the verge of starting your business and scared whether you have dipped your toe into building your business, but are still holding on to that safety net of a job you don't love. Or whether you are fully invested in your business, and are on the brink of taking it to the next level or trying something different or expanding your offerings. All of that comes with fear comes with worry comes with doubt comes with impostor syndrome. And that is normal. And that is expected. And you are exactly where you should be you are experiencing exactly what we expect you to experience. But it's how you translate that that makes the difference between whether you go after it and take the leap and do something magical. Or you stay stuck. You stay in your comfort zone. You keep telling yourself the stories that keep you from moving forward. And you believe those stories,
23:30
fear worry, impostor syndrome, and V. What if those feelings? What if those emotions? And what if the thoughts that are charged with those emotions aren't meant to keep you standing still?
23:48
What if they are there to keep you moving forward anyway? What if they are the signs and signals that you are doing something important that you are creating a different life for yourself that you are starting a business that will surely succeed?
24:06
We have the ability to determine what those feelings mean, and what power those thoughts have over us. And all it takes. We talk about it all the time is knowing that that's what's going on. And using that power that you have because this is your life. This is your mind. These are your thoughts. You get to decide
24:34
to move forward, instead of standing still to come to your business every day with the intention to move forward. That is all it takes. And you do that over and over and over again. And then you have a business that is thriving and impactful and successful. And yes, you
25:00
don't have fear almost every day, but you know what it means, you know, the message that it's really trying to get across to you, which is keep going, which is you are on the verge of creating something magical, where you are on the right path. That is what we can do with the fear that we all feel as entrepreneurs. And this is not even just for business, we feel fear in so many different areas of our lives.
25:30
We can apply this to every scenario, where we are on the verge of doing something great for ourselves. And that voice tries to keep us back. And it only tries to keep us back, because that's how you've interpreted it. So can it instead be something that propels you forward with even more passion, even more vigor?
25:57
I think it can. And this book is going to give you the tools to get you there. So once again, taking a backseat from my own content, and instead, guiding you to something I think would be really beneficial for every single one of you out there. If you are a reader, grab the book, choose wonder over worry by Amber Ray. If not, it's on audio, I'm sure you can get on Audible or something like that. Check that out, too. All right, my friends. With that I will leave you while I head on vacation and have a few days off. But don't worry, I will still be showing my dance moves over on my social media at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram. Yes, I have gotten to the point where not only am I loving creating reels, but I'm actually learning the trending dances on reels and doing them for public consumption. I don't know what it's gotten into me. But it's super fun. And I really love it. And it gives me a new way to recreate content where you know, some of the stuff that we're used to doing posting the pictures, posting the quotes, things like that, that we are used to doing on social media. Honestly, it's, I think it's gotten a little stale for all of us. And so for me, I just love that reels, give me a new way to share my work with the world in a really fun way. So that's what I'm doing over there. Please be sure to follow if you're not already at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram and send me a message while you're there. slide into my DMs and introduce yourself. Let me know who you are, what you're up to what kind of business you have or want to have. And we can chat about it. Alright, until next time, take care. If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But
28:00
how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business. You've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm
28:50
good news, you don't need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing?
29:35
What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid
30:00
plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/WBB that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's Shawnmynar.com/WBB
The work you do is invaluable...you should be paid appropriately for that. Knowing how to price your offerings as a service-based business is one of the most important things to learn right away.
There's so much more to it than just deciding on a number based on what everyone else is doing or what you think your clients can "afford." In today's episode, I'm breaking down the 3 culprits to not charging appropriately and the tools you need to get clear and confident in your prices.
"I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. I believe that the work YOU do as a wellness practitioner is so valuable to this world and you should be compensated appropriately for that." - Shawn Mynar
"Knowing your worth and your value is an inside job. You’ve got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business." - Shawn Mynar
"You have to change your money story. You have the very real ability to change your mind, to reprogram that subconscious mind and store different programming that then is what plays out in your life." - Shawn Mynar
"You cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success. You have to do the mindset work and energy work while also figuring out the practical strategy." - Shawn Mynar
+++
MONEY WORKSHOP
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Hey, Hey there friends, Sean here. And this is a best of episode of The unstuck entrepreneur podcast, where I'm taking the most popular most talked about most important episodes of the past and bringing them back for an encore presentation. So enjoy the replay of this episode, and I'll be back in a few weeks with another new episode and fresh topic. I'm Sean miner, and this is unstuck a space for heart centered entrepreneurs to implement both the inner work and outer strategies required to get unstuck and build the impactful profitable business of their dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. Let's get into today's session.
0:54
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to unstuck. So grateful to have you here checking out this episode. Hello to all the new listeners if this is your first episode of unstuck special welcome and shout out to you Happy to have you here. Today,
1:13
we're gonna do things a little differently. I don't even know if you'll really notice to be honest, but let me tell you what's going on behind the scenes. So I did a presentation for the nutritional therapy Association about a month ago. And for those that don't know, the NTA is the program that I went through to become certified as nutritionist six over six years ago now I believe is when I graduated. And they asked me recently to come back and do a little presentation for the recent graduates and those that were in kind of they have kind of a business offshoot program for new practitioners to get their business up and running, and asked me to come and do a talk specifically about knowing your worth uncovering your money blocks, and most importantly, charging appropriately. Of course, I was thrilled I was excited. Yes, absolutely, I will be there. But as you all probably know by now, I also am adamant about all of us repurposing the content that we create. So that presentation, that talk I gave was very apt for a very specific audience. And so I will now be using that content which I spent, you know, several hours, at least creating to now get it out into the masses with this podcast episode. So this is going to be me repurposing a presentation that I gave to the NTA. And using it to now also be of service to you all here. So I have instead of notes, normally, I have a little Google document of notes for each episode, just to make sure I don't forget anything. Instead of that I have slides. So I'm going to be going through my slides, no, you cannot see them. I don't even know if there's anywhere that I could post them so that you could optionally see them, probably not not worth it. So you will not see the slides. But I will be going through them and giving you the little spiel that I created from each of these slides. And you'll still get obviously, all everything you need out of it without the slides. Before we get into it, I have a very, very important announcement. I am hosting a special live free workshop just for you all. And it is happening super, super soon, August 30. It's a Monday, I'm hosting a free workshop to go over the six things that you need to do in your business to start making more money. And this is specifically for wellness entrepreneurs how to actually make money in your wellness business, there are six things I can tell you right now. They are a combination of some mindset tools that you need in your business and to incorporate into your business, energetic tools to incorporate into your business. And real strategy, practical things that you need to be doing in your business, all centered around making the money that you want to make totally up to you how much that is. But if you want to actually make real money in your business, we have to talk. We got to talk I've been there. I've been on both ends. And I have the lessons that I kind of learned the hard way if I'm going to be honest, I have those lessons in one package for you. So you don't have to make those same mistakes. You don't have to have it take as long as it did for me to start making real money in your business and I'm sharing that with you all for free. In a I want to say it's gonna be one hour, but let's be honest, it's probably not it's probably going to be about 75 minutes So I will stay on and answer any and all questions that you have for as long as you want. So I will actually be live, we will actually be interacting. And it's a great way to just start getting some free help to get your business started. And to get your business growing in the way that you want it to grow and build and expand. Let's do it together. August 30, you have two opportunities, one at 10am. Mountain Time. So do the math Google if you need to, to figure out what time that is in your timezone. And then 5pm, Mountain Time, same day, August 30. So 10am 5pm, sign yourself up, get on the list, Shawnmynar.com/money workshop, super easy, Shawnmynar.com/money workshop, we'll have that linked in the show notes for easy access. But yeah, I'd say why the heck not you know what it's free. It's free coaching for your business. No matter what stage of business you're in. This is not just for people that already have an established business. This is for all of you. For everyone who has even the slightest dream of having a business, you need to know this stuff. Now, bottom line. So make sure you get registered, even if for some reason you can't attend live or don't get to see the whole thing live, you will get a replay if you register. So make sure you're on the list. And we can talk money, one of my favorite topics that no one wants to talk about. But you know what we're going to talk about it, which starts today we are talking about charging appropriately. And in the context of that topic, what we're really talking about is you knowing and recognizing your worth, and you getting out of your own way when it comes to making money, which means money blocks, or having the money blocks talk. So this, again, is a presentation that I created for people that had no idea who I was. So it starts with an introduction and even if you've been listening to the podcast from day one, and you know my story, you've heard it 1000 times. I'm sorry, let's just do it one more time. Real quick. I'm just gonna give you a brief intro for all the new listeners here. So I'm Shawn, I'm a functional nutritional therapy practitioner by trade, a certified success coach, a podcaster, blogger and online business boss, I have eight and a half years of experience with my own thriving holistic health business. I'm passionate about helping women live their dreams and reach their fullest potential have been always will be have that passion in me. And I love chocolate. Of course. Now if you have known me for five days, then you know I love chocolate. It's just everything. I also love oat milk lattes, hiking and lazy mornings. So my business started January 1 of 2013. When I started, it was a personal training business. I started taking one on one clients right away driving to their homes. It was in home personal training business, which I thought was pretty darn cool. Little did I know how much time, energy and effort that would take from me not to mention gas. Something to consider. Anyways, I was working long hours, I was basically just on demand at the ready for my clients on unwilling or unable to say no for the sake of my own sanity, because it meant money out the door possibly. And I wasn't willing to do that. So long hours, six days a week I had one day off every week. And that was it. And even in doing all of that I was still not making ends meet and eventually accumulated debt about $20,000 worth of debt on my business credit card, my shiny new business credit card. So that happened over the course of a couple years about two years. And now fast forward to 2021. As of the time I'm recording this in August 2021. And now I have helped 1000s through online group programs get healthy and happy 1000s of people which is something I'm so probably the thing I'm most proud of is the amount of lives I've been able to touch in a matter of years and how I've transitioned my business to be able to do that. I have over 5 million podcast downloads. I've been a podcaster since 2014. I want to say it all blends together but I've had three podcasts and have had a great time doing that. i Right now work about part time hours and they're the hours that I want to work so I have tons of flexibility and freedom in my schedule and with my time Just something that has been an always will be, the most important value to me is to have that freedom and flexibility. And I also have financial freedom, which was also something that I never thought possible that I've now been able to achieve in my business. I believe that building a thriving, successful wellness business doesn't have to be hard. I believe it doesn't have to require struggle, stress, grinding or long hours, I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. And I believe that the work you do as a wellness practitioner, is so incredibly valuable to this world, and you should be compensated appropriately for that. And this is where we kind of get into the why behind why what I teach and why I teach it, because in the past six years since I graduated from the NTA, I've seen so many fellow nutritionists, nutritional therapy practitioners, not live out something that I know and they know is their passion is something that they find their mission and purpose to be simply because that business part scares them. And it's overwhelming. And this is the reason why I am here teaching what I teach, doing what I do, and why I focus on the wellness entrepreneur in particular, because I've been in those shoes myself. And I've gotten beyond it and created what I wanted to create. But also the amount of you know, my peers, my fellow NTPs, and other health coaches and personal trainers and yoga instructors and energy healers that aren't doing it. They're not doing what they're so passionate about simply because the business side of things is hard and challenging and scary and doesn't come naturally. Which is like many of us, that's not something that comes naturally, because we're helpers. So we want to help people. That's our natural tendency. And it's not necessarily to grind and hustle and figure out this whole business side of things. So that's why I'm sitting where I am today talking about what I talk about, because I believe that you have an deserve this dream of yours to play out, I believe you have a bigger purpose here. And I think that we're making it a little more challenging than it needs to be a little more complicated than it needs to be. And we don't have to grind and hustle our way to the top. There is another approach, and I am living proof that it is possible. And I want you to discover that in your life as well. That was a little bit of a rant. But here I am doing it. Let's just continue success in your business is a combination of three ingredients. And this is what I teach and why I teach it first mindset, because for every external result you're looking to have there is inner work required. We cannot chase the external drivers only without going inward first and in addition to so like along with so while we're reaching for this certain number, are there certain number of followers or downloads or money made or whatever you want, what inner work is required along the way first, and also. I also teach energy because how you show up in your business determines what you will attract. I'm a believer in energetic attraction points in a vibrational energy. And in the universal laws that state like attracts like when it comes to energy, and it happens in all areas of our life. And your business is no exception. So how you show up in your business from an energetic emotional perspective, determines what will happen in your business. And then lastly, the third ingredient for success is the strategy because yes, sometimes the how like how to do this thing in my business isn't always clear. No matter how much mindset work you do, no matter how much energy and work you do, it still is like Yeah, but I just need to know like how to start a podcast or how to build a program that people will buy. So I also love teaching the strategy behind all this stuff, but from a different place. Because when you do that mindset work and you Keep that a focus, and you do the energy work and you keep that a focus in your business. And then you put that you infuse that into the strategy and the practical things you're doing on a day to day basis in your business. It's a whole lot different, it feels different. It looks different. It attracts the right people, and it works. So getting into the actual topic, we're talking about charging appropriately. And the real question to ask yourself and feel for that first initial gut answer is, are you charging enough for your services? What's that got response? Is it like, Yes, I feel confident and secure in the amount of making and the amount I'm charging, how much my one on one sessions are, how much my group packages, how much my online course is how much I'm charging for this ebook, whatever you have, that is for sale for purchase, are you charging enough for your services. And if you're not at the point yet, where you have anything that's for sale, this is something that you are going to come back to, before you put anything out into the world that has a price point, ask yourself the question and feel for the answer. Don't think through the answer, because you're going to have tons of back and forth, you're going to have lots of arguments back and forth, or why it should be this way, or why you're not worth charging this much. We've got a feel for the answer. And if you're not, then we got to do something about it, we have to make sure that you are getting paid what you are worth,
16:42
here's what not to do to determine the pricing of your services. And I just want to reiterate this is I think a lot of what I'm saying will apply to product based businesses or other type of businesses. But this is specifically for service based businesses. So service based business, you are not charging by the hour. So you're not thinking, Okay, well, in my other job before I quit, and started doing after going after my dreams and doing what I actually love and helping people, I was making this much money, that breaks down to being this much per hour. So I'm going to charge like $5 More than that. So I'm making a little bit more than I was at my other job. That's not how we go about figuring this out how to determine your prices, you are not charging for your time only you are charging for so much more than that, we're going to go over everything else that you need to factor in to determine how much you are charging for an hour with you. And it's not just time based, you also are not going to look at what other people are charging. Now, I want to say that I think there's something to be said for doing a little bit of research, seeing kind of what the market is what's out there. And then using some of that information, along with all of this other information to decide what's best for you, and your business and your clients. But say thinking doing this research and then thinking, well, this person charges this much, and they have the same credentials, and they're in the same market. So I'm gonna charge that much too. That's not how this works. We are all incredibly unique in so many different areas, all different areas of what we offer to our clients. So that isn't right. And you know, thinking, well, online courses are about this module, it seems like most courses are like to 97. So I'm just going to charge 297 that has taken into account nothing of what you actually need to be thinking about in terms of pricing. And then the last thing you're not going to do to determine your prices is to try to figure out what your clients can quote unquote, afford this is what I see happen most often is you try to analyze who is going to be buying your program or becoming a one on one client, or buying your ebook, whatever it is, and then you try to figure out what they can afford, which is completely pointless because afford, what people can afford is relative. So really, we can just when it comes to pricing really like everything. Let's just get that word out of our vocabulary. Let me give you an example of how a Ford is relative. So say for example, I tell you that you have to spend $1,000 And you're like well actually no, I'm not doing that. Like that's a lot of money. I don't what am I even buying Hang with this $1,000. And I say, an apple, where you're like, Absolutely not. That's ridiculous, I can't afford that that's not fair, I can go get an apple for $1 at the store No way. Or if I say, a new Ferrari, well, then like, that's a steal. Absolutely. Here's my $1,000 Give me the Ferrari. So there is you can see it's based on the person, of course, for sure, their circumstances, their situation, the whole situation, the whole thing, basically, and also, what they're getting in return. And that's what we have to focus on is what they're getting in return and making that so valuable, that the price point is a no brainer, no matter what that price point is, and it's all relative. So trying to figure out what your clients can afford is basically a huge waste of time. And I would highly recommend, you just don't just wipe that whole thought process out. Because really what you're doing in that process is kind of imposing your money blocks onto someone else. And that's not for you to decide or determined. So when we have money blocks ourselves, we then assume the same thing of the people that we're trying to help of our clients or the people we're selling to. And it's a whole big disaster. So we're going to really try to take that out of our business entirely correct? Yes. All right. The three main culprits to not charging enough there are the big three, I'm sure there are lots of others, we're going over the big three right now. Number one, not recognizing your worth and acknowledging your value to that is a mindset, an energy thing. The second thing, having money blocks and a scarcity mindset, you will never ever make the money you want to make charge that what you should be charging if you have money blocks, and it is something that is a continuous work in progress, I still find new money blocks almost every day. And I've been doing this and work consistently for gosh, four years now. And I got rid of a lot of them. And as you get rid, it's like there's more and more layers to the onion that you need to peel back, peel back, peel back. And that's what you continue to do probably for most of your life, because you're always going to be presented with new opportunities for that growth. And for those blocks to come to the surface so they can be released. And that's what it is. It's just a process. And then the third thing is not knowing strategy and best practices for charging appropriately. So as you can see, we've got some mindset stuff, we got some energy stuff, and we have the strategy behind it too, we're gonna go over all of them. Now, first thing, knowing your worth and value is an inside job, we've got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business. There is nothing I want more than to take you by the shoulders, look you in the eye, give you a big hug, smile, and tell you how worthy, deserving and incredible you are, how you are doing great things, how many lives you are changing, and how priceless that is. But you have to believe it for yourself for any of that to matter. I, your partner, your friends, your parents, your kids can tell you how worthy and deserving you are of all the good things of all the money that you want to make, and how valuable what you're doing really is to this world, but you have to believe it, or else it doesn't matter. So those words just kind of bounce off of you because your subconscious mind does not take them to be true. It doesn't line up. It doesn't match up with what you believe and what with what you tell yourself. And so it just goes unnoticed from the mind's perspective. Now you may be like, oh, yeah, thanks. That's great. Wow, how amazing compliments but your mind doesn't take it in, doesn't absorb it. How do you know if you are having trouble acknowledging your worth and value?
24:44
Do you ever say things to yourself? So think things basically, I am not an expert. I can't charge that much. I'm not smart, skilled, tech savvy professional at experience, you name it enough for people to pay that. So insert anything there, I'm not smart enough for people to pay that I'm not professional enough for people to pay that I'm not experienced enough for people to pay that. If I price my services too high, no one will buy from me.
25:21
I don't need to make a lot of money, I just want to help people. I don't deserve and or am not capable of having a six or seven figure business. Do any of these things go through your mind when you start thinking about what to charge when you start putting a number on the paper that looks a little scary, or could potentially be too much, too much, quote unquote. In your mind, do these things come up? If so, or anything like this, there is some awareness to build, there's some mindset work to do to get you to a place where you are confident in your abilities, where you understand how valuable the work that you're doing is and when you feel comfortable enough, getting paid what you're worth. This all, as you can see, as I'm sure many of you know, if you've been listening to unstuck at all, we always talk about the ego here, this all comes from your ego, your ego is that mental chatter that speaks directly to your limiting beliefs directly to the identity you've created for yourself, that lives in your subconscious programming. Now, your ego is there to keep you in your comfort zone where you can't get rejected, because you've charged too much where you can't fail, because no one will buy from you because you charge too much. It's there as a protection mechanism, which is great, it has a job, and it's doing its job. And sometimes it's really helpful for it to do its job. In this case, though, what it's doing and really in all of business. When you have the ego chatter that is speaking to this identity that you've created to where you aren't good at business, you aren't valuable enough, you don't know enough, you might mess up, you might fail. And then what when we have all these stories, which is very common, and almost expected, really, in the business world, as an entrepreneur, it happens to everyone. But it affects your confidence and how you show up and your business and people will pick up on that energy. So we start talking about mindset, but then really see how it expands into the energetic expression that we have for our business and who we will attract or not attract based on those thoughts that we have going on. So we really need to do this ego work to get where we want to go just even from Yes, a mindset perspective, but also from the practical standpoint of business and just taking the right actions and doing the right things strategically in your business, it really does come back to what's going on in your mind. So the first tool that I have for you that really helps with this kind of thing. And some of you may have done this before, if you've been in unstuck entrepreneur, or even some of my other programs in the past, we always start with an ego dump. This is where we actually journal, but from the place of our ego that has these stories and fears and excuses and beliefs that it just keeps telling us that's really keeping us stuck. We get those out onto paper. Because when you do, it gives it a little less power and control. It's like you can finally see what you've been going on and on and on about in your head you can read it and see that it's not true or not something you wish to believe anymore, not something that you want to have your identity wrapped around in anymore. And it just that like we break the spell a little bit when we put it onto paper. So it's one of the first things that I recommend anybody do. So just some ideas to help you get started and how you can do this ego dump. Of course, get a journal a piece of paper, whatever you have, pen and paper always works best. So I highly encourage that. Ask yourself these questions and see what comes up from this like scared ego voice. Why can't I charge and then pick a number that sounds scary? Like why can't I charge $200 An hour and then list all the reasons why you can't. What might happen if I do charge urge $1,000 For this course, pick something that feels a little like you're pushing it, you would be pushing the price, because we want to get those fears out, we want to get those stories out. So push yourself with this, you know, whatever you choose, it doesn't have to be $1,000 or $200, pick your number. The next one, why can't I have a business that makes? And then pick a number that feels like a really awesome amount of money you would love to make? Why can't I have a business that makes $100,000 a year? Why can't I have a million dollar business? What is your ego say? And what might happen? If I do make $100,000 this year? How might you be perceived? What might happen?
30:50
So these are the starting points to get your ego dump going and then just write write all the reasons why you are uncomfortable around money, uncomfortable asking for money, charging a higher number for your sessions and your coaching packages, and your programs and your courses and your ebooks and all that stuff. And then the next thing to do is to call yourself out. So this is where we take everything we just wrote from the egos perspective, and find the cracks in your story. So the first thing to ask yourself, you can do it for basically the whole page, if you want you or for each kind of belief that comes up. Is this true? How has this belief been holding me back? What would happen if I didn't have this belief?
31:49
And how can I prove this belief wrong. So as you can see, if you want to do it for the whole page that absolutely works, and you can kind of go more so for the general mindset that you have around charging appropriately and making what you're worth. But you can also kind of pick out some of the beliefs that you see coming up some other stories that seem really clear and obvious. There's a story there, there's something going on there. Pick those out and answer for each one of these. And that's a very powerful practice, too. So let me give you an example. Let me say that my belief is that if I price my services, or my programs, or my courses too high, no one will buy from me. Like I will hear crickets, I'm gonna be like, Nope, you're too expensive. I'm out. Is this true? While I mean, it seems like it would be potentially true, but I don't know, actually, for sure. I have no evidence to show that no one buys something. That is something that's priced this price point. Actually, there are several things out there that are this price point that people do buy. So that actually proves that that's not true. Okay, that's the first one. How has this belief been holding me back? Well, I've been keeping my prices lower than I want them to be for fear that no one will buy if I raise them. So I haven't raised my prices. Or I'm not, I'm afraid to raise my prices, or I'm starting out really low lower than I want. What would happen if I didn't have this belief? Well, I would just immediately, like, add an extra 50 bucks to my one on one sessions. Or I would charge more for this course and I'm putting tons of work into or the coaching program that I do, I would charge more for it. And then how can I prove this belief wrong? Well, you change the price. And then you watch people buy it, you see that people don't immediately say no, and you aren't hearing crickets just because you raise the price. And now that belief has been proved wrong, which means it is officially weakened in your mind. So you've started the reprogramming process of these beliefs that you're having just from this exercise, but then you actually have to do it like you actually do have to increase your price and prove yourself wrong. Okay. So let's move on to the second culprit for not charging enough which is having money blocks and a scarcity mindset. Oh, yeah, we get to talk money mindset. One of my favorite topics of all time, your money blocks might sound something like and I know you guys are familiar if you've been listening to the unstuck podcast for a while we talk about money mindset several times before, but let's just go over some of these stories again. I have to work hard to make money. My financial gain is someone else's loss, I'll be happy, I'll feel more secure, I'll take more risks, I'll have more investment. In my business, once I make more money, life becomes easier with more money. Success is measured by the amount of money I make. Wanting to make lots of money is selfish and greedy. I'll turn into a bad person, if I have a bunch of money. I'm not materialistic, I don't need extra cash. Hey, welcome to Your Money stuff, if any of that remotely rang true, or if you have any other kind of achiness, around money, and around charging and around asking for money, and selling and all that stuff, this goes into the bucket of money blocks, and a scarcity mindset. And this is something that we spend time on in unstuck entrepreneur, because you can do everything else, right in your business, you can have the most amazing sales page, and sales funnel and all this stuff going on and still not make any money because you still have money blocks. So we have to do this work, if you are going to have your own business, you've got to do this work, or else you're going to remain stuck. You had stories about money before you even had any money of your own. Likely before you even really knew what money was before you held your first dollar bill, you were being infused with money blocks, money stuff, money stories, because of your parents, your siblings, your aunts and uncles, your family, friends, anybody that you were around, during this very transformational stage where we are developing our subconscious mind, which is before the age of seven, you created stories and beliefs and blocks about money. And then that money story will become your reality, and will continue playing out in your life until you change the story. So we likely have a story that maybe you don't even really know you've never done this kind of work before. So it's going on in the background, based on what you were taught what you saw what you heard, as a child before you even had any money of your own. And now you're taking that into your adult life with the money that you do now have or don't have, their money you make or aren't making. And until you change that money story, that's going to continue to be what plays out for you. So you have to change the story, you have the very real ability to change your mind to reprogram that subconscious mind to have and store a different programming that then is what plays out in your life. And this is what we do as part of unstuck entrepreneur is to really focus on changing that story over and over and over again, and having it be this continuous process in your business journey and really your whole life. So how do we change our story? Here's a very, I mean, this stuff. I mean, I could just obviously talk about this for all podcast episodes forever. So this is a very brief discussion on this and a very simplified tool to start working on, you are going to write your new money story and answer these questions for me again, with that journal that we know and love. What is your ideal money situation? How much do you want to earn? How much do you want to have saved? What do you want your bank accounts to look like? When you log into your account?
39:03
If you had all the money you could ever dream of in your bank account right now. What about you would change? How would you think? Speak? Act? Hold yourself? How would you feel in that life? Write out a day in the life of your new money reality as if it were already happening. So I want you to go through your day with all of the money you could ever want that bank account looks exactly how you want it to look. You have the amount of money saved that you want to have saved. What is your day look like? Write out the whole day. What do you do? So besides the fact that it's kind of fun to do this, there also is a scientific reason to do this as well and that is because your subconscious mind does not know the difference between real and imagined and this is why visualization is so powerful, why talk about it all the time. It's one of my favorite, favorite favorite tools.
40:07
Because the longer and more frequently you spend your time envisioning the life, business money situation, bank account that you desire, the quicker and stronger you will be at reprogramming your subconscious. And then you will start to act accordingly. Because that is now what your subconscious mind takes to be true. So just as when we were young, and we developed our subconscious mind, and the programming that was stored in it, we can do that again. Now, even though we're older than seven, by way of what we're thinking, and how we're acting, and how we're feeling and behaving. And to do that, it really starts from this place where we have that vision. So you start by envisioning it, you start by getting into Dreamland, and really thinking about what you want and how it would feel and how it would look and what you would do, and then moving from that place. And the more times you can get into this place where we're visualizing it and really seeing that picture, then the more your subconscious mind is exposed to that, not knowing that it's not actually happening already. But it's just going on in your mind, you're imagining it, and we start to change, we start to shift and we start to act according to that person that has this big bank account that's completely financially secure. And that is when we make some really awesome moves in our life and our business. Last thing we're going to talk about today is the third culprit to not charging enough which is not knowing the strategy and best practices for charging enough. So here is my strategy that I recommend for all my clients to setting your prices. The first thing is to get clear on your income goals, your income goals, how much do you want to make. And also considering things like expenses, you will incur in your business tax rates that you have federal and state taxes to consider? Think about all of that. And use that as a guiding system to figure out not only how much you want to charge for your services, but also what services you want to offer. Because with one on ones, we've talked about this before, if you're only charging, or if you're only doing one on one sessions, then you have a cap income, because you only have so much time to do those one on one sessions. So do you want to add in something else that would make for a better financial situation where you have an uncapped income potential, these are all things to consider. But you've got to start with what you want to make. And it is okay. If you want to make a lot of money if you want to be financially secure, and have financial freedom. If you want to have financial freedom, money is not bad money is not evil, you're not going to become a selfish, greedy, terrible person, when you have a lot of money, you are naturally a good person, you are going to continue to be a good person, no matter what your bank account is. And in fact, having more money in your bank account often allows people to become even better because you have more resources to share that goodness with others. So please don't feel like you have to cap your income, because otherwise you'll be a bad person. So how much money do you want to make knowing that you can make any amount you want to make once you figure it out? Once you get past all that stuff we talked about earlier and start really doing the work here. So quick rule of thumb that I have is to plan on about half of your revenue going into your actual bank account. And this is not something a lot of people consider at the beginning and when they're setting their prices is that you know what, as an entrepreneur, you pay a lot of taxes and a lot of states. So you got to account for the taxes. Yes, you will have expenses, it's up to you what is or is not something that you want to have as a business expense. So be aware of that. And for me, I think it's just easiest to think 50% is going to expenses and investment into my business and then 50% is going to be my actual income that I will have to spend personally and that really has always helped me determine my prices fairly. And then the next thing is determine everything That's required from you for that session. Let's say that it's a one on one client session. But same things apply. If it's a group coaching program, where you are spending a lot of time live, or an online course that you worked really hard for months and months behind the scenes, creating this course, it's just all things to consider no matter what your paid offer is, what are they paying for? So this is the next question to ask, what are they paying for? So yes, they're paying for your time, not just the time that you spend with them. But the time it takes to research the time it takes to communicate in other ways. For instance, if you do have one on one clients, are they allowed to email you if so that's gonna be time that you're spending, communicating with them in between sessions, writing up recommendations and doing research on those recommendations, writing up protocols, that kind of stuff. So the time you're spending, putting your energy towards that person or that group, those people think about that. Also, like I said, time spent creating the program, creating the course writing the book, putting together all this stuff, consider that the knowledge so the knowledge that you have the experience that you have the expertise that you have, the education you have. And it's not just like, Well, I went and got my certification in this thing. Also, think about your own personal experiences and expertise, the things that you've done on your own the research that you did, when you were going through something similar, or when someone you knew your friend, or your partner or someone was, was having issues and you started doing research for them. That all is included, in your knowledge, your experience, your expertise, and your education. I think so many of us these days, are finding that some of our greatest lessons and teachers are what we go through ourselves. And that's then why we come into this space, wanting to be of service to others who have experienced something similar or are going through it, or someone they know is going through it. We have to consider what we've done not just in our schooling and in our certifications, and our degrees and all that stuff, but on the outside to the extra stuff. Keep that in mind. So what are they paying for? And then the last thing, most importantly, understand the value of your service to that person? How life changing? Is it? How life changing? Is it? So how big of a problem? Is it for them in their lives right now? How much has it impacted their lives? How much? Are they not living? How they want to live? Because of what they're currently going through? That you can provide the solution for? How uncomfortable are the symptoms? Or the problems that they're currently experiencing? How much have they tried on their own to help their situation? DIY style? How long have they been seeking help? Maybe they've been to other doctors or other practitioners, and they're still not getting anywhere? They're looking? And this was me googling every day constantly trying to find a different answer. How long have they spent doing that? Because, of course, in all of these cases, the bigger the problem, the more it's impacted them, the more uncomfortable they are right now, the longer they've spent trying to do this on their own. And the longer they've spent seeking help and not getting any answers. Obviously, the more valuable and life changing, it will be for them to work with you and to be guided to a solution to have someone that can help. So that is what we really need to focus on when we're deciding how to charge. So these three things, how much do you want to make? What are they paying for? And how life changing is it? So answering those questions in your journal will help kind of start getting your gears turning for the strategy aspect of charging appropriately and figuring out your pricing. Those are the things that we need to consider. As you can see, it's a lot it's not just a matter, like I said at the beginning, it's not just a matter of like what is everyone else charging, okay, fine. That's what I'll charge to. Or this is how much I want to make an hour because this is what I'm used to. I'll just charge that. No, no, no. There's so much more to it. And I hope you guys can see that now. And we'll take the time and do your due diligence to go through Will all of this not just the strategy aspect because like I said, and like I will continue to say a bazillion times as we progress in this podcast, you cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success, you have to do the mindset work, you have to do the energy work that is also required and do it along the way, while also figuring out the practical strategy. Alrighty, so let's just wrap this up really quick, because I know I went through a lot in a short period of time, this topic, let me reiterate, is so massive. So, so massive, and I think you all know that I think there's so much more to talk about here, when it comes to charging appropriately honoring your worth. And gosh, everything, all of it, there's so much more this is very much kind of the first step. And then you can kind of the snowball effect starts happening once you start here. So let's go over the three culprits to not charging enough the stuff we went over, not recognizing your worth and acknowledging your values, the first thing to do is that ego dump, and then call yourself out, find the cracks in your story. The second thing, having money blocks and a scarcity mindset. So it really starts with awareness and understanding that you do have some money blocks and money stories and things going on related to money. And then the thing that we talked about today, that tool to start changing that is to create your new money story and get to that place where you're really in it and feeling it and getting excited about it and getting the visualization going and moving from that space. And then the third thing is not knowing the strategy and best practices, which we just talked about, and those questions that you need to ask yourself, which are, how much do you want to make? What are they paying for? And how life changing is it? Those are the three big questions to answer for yourself to really get a base of how you should be charging for any and all of your paid offers as a service based business owner. And of course, this was directed towards wellness practitioners. But it's not just for wellness practitioners. As you can see there, there's just so much value in doing all of this work for everyone who wants to have their own business or already has their own business. We've got to start here, my friends, and that is why we talk about it on the unstuck podcast. And also it's why we actually do it together in unstuck entrepreneur, we got to go through this whole process in order to really truly build the business of your dreams, that doesn't feel scary and overwhelming. And we don't have to hustle and grind to get there. We start with this work. All right, that will do it for today. Thank you so much for being here. If you know someone who has a business of their own, or wants to have a business of their own, many of us have our own like little bubble of friends that kind of do something similar to what we do. If you know someone to send them this episode, or any other episode of unstuck that you think they would benefit from, it would mean so much to me, it means so much to this show. When you all as listeners, as people that get value from what we talked about here, share it with other people that you know would also get value from it. It's really just an act in paying it forward passing goodness on. And I would love to connect with someone you know, that could also use some guidance on their business journey. And lastly, just a reminder, you gotta sign up for the free business workshop. Live.
54:11
It's live people, you and me, we're just going to be there chatting it up on August 30 10am Mountain Time or 5pm Mountain Time that day, we will connect live I have six tips for you on how to actually make money in your business. Important important stuff things that I have learned over my eight and a half years now that I want to make sure you know right away so you don't have to waste a years trying to figure it out like I did. So I will break them all down for you and be there to answer any and all questions you have and we can just hang out it's going to be great, but you've got to sign up in order to get the information Shawnmynar.com Um, slash money workshop, it'll be linked in the show notes, you can head there, and just put your little name in there. And I'll make sure to send you the link, and you'll be registered. And even if you can't attend live or have to leave early, you'll get the replay to watch when you can, and I can't wait to hang out with you all live. All right, that will do it for this episode. And until next time, take care. If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications, did the trainings. And now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here. A passionate nutritionist turned business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don't need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to Shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's Shawnmynar.com/wbb
Let’s be honest, we’ve all procrastinated a time or two in our lives. And, if you’re a business owner or wanting to start your own business, it might be a place you find yourself in on a regular basis, perhaps without you even realizing it. Maybe for you, it looks like perfectionism, busy-ness, or procrasti-learning, but one thing’s for sure…you’re putting off taking real, inspired action…not doing those things you know you REALLY need to do to move the needle in your business. In this episdoe, I’m sharing my tips to turn that procastination into inspired action stay tuned.
"In reality, you know enough. You already know what you need to do and you know you can take action with the knowledge that you currently have." - Shawn Mynar
"The learning experience comes from doing…really get honest with yourself and see if you already actually know what you need to know." - Shawn Mynar
"Perfectionism is a huge sign of procrastination. If you’re a perfectionist because you need everything to be perfect, you procrastinate." - Shawn Mynar
"You will easily notice how much quieter the ego is when you are just focusing on the next step, it is obvious… It’s all about that organization and chunking things up and focusing on one step at a time." - Shawn Mynar
"A lot of us have integrity with others, in our relationships and things like that. But what about with yourself? Are you staying committed to the dreams that you created?” - Shawn Mynar
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram - @shawnmynar
Do you ever feel like there are SO many people doing what you’re doing or want to be doing that you’ll never be able to stand out from the crowd? Do you worry that your industry is saturated and your business will get lost in the sea of competitors? Knowing your industry, market, and competition is important as a business owner, but often, that knowledge also means we get worried about our place within that. So on this episode, I’m sharing a list of practical, simple things you can do to make sure you stand out in your industry and attract people to your work.
“There’s so many different personality traits… but being able to express that fully is what will get people attracted to you.” - Shawn Mynar
“Get specific, know and speak directly to your niche.” - Shawn Mynar
“When you have a program, no one is going to have anything like it, that is why it is signature because it also involves how you guide people, how you organize it, the journey that you’re taking someone on and most importantly the support and community that you build around it.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have to have a message and you need to bring it to the surface over and over again. It’s something that you really want your dream clients to know, and feel and realize themselves.” - Shawn Mynar
Signature Program In A Day FREE, LIVE Workshop - shawnmynar.com/day
Instagram - @shawnmynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Do you ever feel like there are so many people doing what you want to be doing that you'll never be able to stand out from the crowd? Do you worry that your industry is saturated and your business will get lost in this sea of competitors, knowing your industry market and competition is important as a business owner, but often that knowledge also means we start getting worried about our place within that whole thing. So on this episode, I'm sharing a list of practical, simple things that you can do today to make sure you stand out in your industry and attract people to your work. Let's dive in.
0:41
Hey, there, I'm Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
1:25
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I'm Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. Thank you so much for being here on this episode. And for every one that you check out. Your support means the world. Today we're approaching a topic that I think is pretty relevant to a lot of you listening out there, and the industries that you might be in and feeling like they are saturated feeling like there's just a lot of people doing what you want to or are doing, or something similar. And so how can you stand out in the crowd. And that is what we're going to talk about today. I do want to let you know quickly before we get into it that I am hosting the signature program in a day free live workshop coming up next week, next Tuesday, August 9, if you're listening to this, around the time when it airs, we have a free live workshop coming up for anyone who thinks they might want to add a signature program to their business. Or if you know you do but you're still not doing it. This is the place for you to be because we are going to do it together. By the time you are done. With the workshop, you will have the clarity around your signature program, you'll get a lot of questions answered, you will be able to move on to the next step of actually creating the thing because you've gotten all of the pieces of the puzzle in place. That is the goal. That is what we're doing together. It is free, it is alive. It is interactive. It is one of those things where you come in and you do some work. And you brainstorm and you share and you get some ideas going and you see how it feels. It's not one of these sit back. And just like watch this webinar where you don't even actually learn anything or take anything away from it. This is an experience, if you want in head to Shawnmynar.com/day That's d-a-y Shawnmynar.com/day. Again, it is happening August 9, at 11am. Mountain Time, you can do the math to figure out what that is where ever you are located in the world. If at all possible. It really is one of those opportunities that you want to be at live. If you can, if you can make it work. If you can rearrange your schedule, and fit that time in it is so valuable. watching a replay. Yeah, that's works. And I will definitely provide a replay if you can't be there live as long as you register, because that's how I know that you want a replay. But it's just one of those things where the energy, the vibe, and what we're doing together really works best alive because you can do it right then and there. You can actually do the work at that time with everyone doing it together. So it's really fun. I ran this a couple of months ago, it was such a blast. We had so much fun. And it was such a success, like so many people really really enjoyed it and really got a lot out of it. But I wanted to make sure to do it again relatively soon. So those that couldn't be there the first time still had that opportunity and
5:00
could really get going with this without having to wait even longer. So Shawnmynar.com/day, save your seat and I will see you there live, it's going to be so much fun.
5:12
Now, getting into the topic of an industry being saturated. First of all, let's be clear on this one thing, the industry that you are in, isn't saturated. Really, any industry and any business in any area only becomes saturated, when everybody who has the problem that your product or service solves has a resolution to that problem, when the problem no longer exists anymore, because everyone already has a product that helps or has gone through the service that helps. And now there is no more problem, which if you think about it, that's actually very few industries, that is when we actually have a saturation in the market. And then you might need to start worrying about your business and your idea and if it really is viable at that point. So instead of saying saturated, we can say mature for sure which I still I think most of you that are in a service based business, and a lot of you are in a wellness industry, or some type of business where you help others that isn't even mature, that isn't even definitely not saturated, and isn't even mature isn't even there yet, it's still a fresh new industry on so many levels. So let's just say for example, that you are a nutritionist, does everyone have the knowledge and education they need on what they should and should not be eating for their specific health needs? Absolutely not, like 90% of people have no idea and don't even know where to go to get that information. That is how I knew that kind of industry is the nutrition health coach kind of industry, like this didn't wasn't really a big thing in like, 1950, you know, so relatively speaking, very new, very young type of industry. Same thing goes for like a mindset coach, for example, is everyone walking around in like this state of peace, and they have total awareness, and they have no limiting beliefs, they can just glide through life with no problems. Of course not absolutely not, again, a very new young industry, and so much opportunity there for people who need and want your help, both now people that are aware of their needs and desires now, and years from now, as this becomes more and more and more well known as the industry progresses. So when we're really thinking in terms of like, is the market I'm in saturated? Why are there so many people doing what I want to be doing? Instead of thinking in that regard, I want you to think about the number of people who still need your help the whatever, 7 billion I don't even know what we're at anymore people in this world that you could be of service to that your business could help. And when you start thinking of it that way, then it takes on a whole new meaning and a whole new level. And that's really the beauty of having a service based business, which is what a lot of you out there listening right now have is because I don't know that it's really ever going to be possible to be in a completely saturated industry, in your area in what service you provide. Because there's very few people if any, doing exactly what you do. There are obviously people who have studied what you have studied. There are people who help the people that you help, but no one is doing exactly what you do. And we'll talk about that coming up in a way for you to stand out from the crowd. So that all being said, I still I know that it feels like there are a lot of people doing what you are doing or want to be doing. I think this is especially the case when you are you know, say you're on social media or you're listening to podcasts, you're consuming content of other people who are doing something similar to what you
10:00
are doing or want to be doing. So you create this environment, this bubble, where there's lots of people, you're getting lots of information, you're seeing lots of content, you're scrolling, and it's like, mostly people doing what you want to be doing. And then it does feel saturated. I found myself in that place when I graduated as a nutritional therapy practitioner. And of course, I'm following everyone that was in my class and other people I know who are nutritionists and what they're doing. And you start following and getting involved in their content in not like in like competitive way or anything, but just because they're your friends are there people who are kind of in your spot and and have the same interest or passion as you and so you naturally follow those people. But when it is your business and what you want to be doing, then all of a sudden, it seems like your bubble is like the entire world, when really it's just your bubble. And you take a step out and see what else is out there. And you realize that most people still have no idea what they're supposed to eat what is considered healthy versus not healthy. And the ingredients to look out for know, most people do not know that most people don't know anything about how to spot their limiting beliefs and transmute them and shift their energy and all the things that mindset coaches do. Right? So remember that just go back to focusing on the number of people that you can help with your services, with your expertise with your education, how many people out there still need you, if ever, it feels like you're in this place of so many people are doing what I'm doing. Now, because of this, what I often see is that the saturation idea leads people to overthink things. second guess what they want to do, or what they are doing or if their business can actually work. Or if they can actually stand out from the crowd. And it becomes again, like in every episode that we talk about here on unstuck entrepreneur, it becomes a place for your ego to latch on to. And start telling yourself these stories. And keep keeps you from really doing what you want to do really putting yourself out there really having the business that you want to have. Because your ego has attached to this idea of there's so many people already doing what I want to do. Is it saturated? Can I really make this work? And there we go with the mental chatter. So this is why we are having this conversation on this episode because I want to share with you some very practical ways that you can stand out from the crowd. Yes, this is an energy conversation. And we will talk about that just a bit. Because y'all know, we got to talk about it in every episode. But since we talked about it in every episode, I don't think I need to like super expand on it today. But there are also very important, very practical, very easy things that you can be doing in your business to stand out and be known for the work that you do. So we have two kinds of categories here. The first category is you. And you all know this. We talk about this all the time. But even just without hearing any other unstuck entrepreneur episode. You know this, the thing that is going to make you stand out from everyone else who's doing something similar to you, is you is how you show up by way of yes, your energy, those things that you cannot even put your finger on. But it's the reason why people are attracted to you. It's the reason why you are attracted to other people. It's the vibe. And part of that vibe. And where that comes from, is how you show up as you how you share your story, how you showcase your personality, no matter what that is. You could be shy, you could be sweet, you could be funny, you could be quirky. There's so many different personality traits. We all obviously have super unique personalities. But being able to express that fully is what will get people attracted to you. Whether it's because they have a similar personality and so they really vibe with you, or they don't but they really enjoy and appreciate those who do have those personality traits that you have like, I'm not super funny. So when I see your funny people I'm like Yes. I want to unfollow you
15:00
I like hanging on every word because I love to laugh. And I think you're hilarious. So that all contributes to the vibe, your relatability, you guys, your relatability is such an attraction point for your audience. And again, if we're thinking in terms of yes, your personality, and how you kind of share that with the world, but also your story, and how that relates to your people to whoever you want to help, you have a story, we all have a story, we all have hundreds 1000s of stories. And so finding those stories that help you become relatable to the people that you want to help to the people in your audience, or those who you want to be in your audience, those you want to attract. That is also an energetic attraction point. But also a very practical attraction point like, oh, this person gets what I've been through, this person understands me, this person has been through something similar, or maybe not similar, but like their story just really resonates, and how they share it and how vulnerable they are, you know, like, that's another really big piece of this is, can you be relatable? And can you be vulnerable? And, yes, we can have boundaries and should have boundaries, you'll have to share every single piece of your life with the world and with the people that you want to attract and in your content. But are there pieces of your story that are not only relatable, but vulnerable? And are you willing to share that side of you, while also showcasing your personality? Now, can you see how everything we're talking about is coming in to become this kind of like, ultimate stew of your energetic attraction point. It's really how it works. And I'm sharing this because while I know that you know it, I wonder if you can get really honest with yourself, and really, truly agree that you are showing it. Are you actually doing it? And this shows up in Yes. Your social media, yes, your podcast, your blog posts, even just like the copy that you have on your website, when you're sharing your about page and the story that goes there, even just on your homepage, and when you explain about what you do, is it showcasing your personality is there an actual vibe and the vibe that you want to be giving out in those words in that story on your website. So it's simple things like that. And it can be in you know, where I really see this lacking if I'm being totally honest, I see this lacking in the captions of social media posts.
18:22
That is such an amazing, amazing, amazing place to showcase your personality, to share your story, to be relatable to be vulnerable. And by way of that, really setting up this attraction point. And also on stories like could not be a better place to showcase your personality. And just share kind of behind the scenes stuff of like who you really are, there is really not a better place. Then, you know, Instagram Stories, for example, or Facebook stories or wherever else how stories, then, to take people really into your world because it's so unedited. It's just like whatever and share more about you and that becomes your attraction point that immediately sets you apart from everyone else. So really remember that and really get honest with yourself and see if you are actually there if you are actually doing that. And can you say with certainty that you are fully putting out your energetic attraction point that you're fully sharing your story, that you're really being relatable about the things in your life that other people can relate to maybe it's happened to them or they just know exactly how that would feel whatever it is being relatable. And so this is under the umbrella of you really truly being this
20:00
thing that will set you apart in your industry. And I think we all know that, but are you actually doing it? That is the question. Now the second piece here is in your positioning, and there are a few things to go over under this umbrella. So your positioning, this is a pretty well known marketing term in the business world. It's just like, it sounds, how you position yourself, in your industry, really how you're known. So like, for example, technically, Walmart and Target are both big box kind of like department stores, but not, you know, they're both in the same kind of category. And yet Walmart really has positioned itself as the best prices, great for people on a budget kind of place. Whereas Target has really positioned itself as kind of this trendy, cool stuff has got this cool vibe, still great prices, but maybe not as good as Walmart, but you have this different experience with that brand. Right? So same industry, essentially, but very different positioning, and really different markets to different people that they are attracting, if you are into like trendy cool stuff, then you're probably going to go to Target over Walmart. But if you're on a budget, and you really just want to get the best price in town, you're probably going to go to Walmart, right, so different people that they are attracting, and that is all based on their positioning. That is all very purposeful. So as a service based business, I want you to think about and consider when you're kind of evaluating your positioning is do people say something like? Or would people say, maybe they don't actually say it, but would they be able to say, Oh, they're the one that does that. They're the one who, and have something very specific after that. That is how you know that you are known for something even within your industry. Because without good positioning, you won't have that you won't have that thing that people know you by, you won't stand out from the crowd. And you won't be really known as a person that does anything specific. Another way to think about positioning is thinking about if you were in a lineup with others in your industry, I think you can probably if you really tried to get like five to 10 people that you would say are quote unquote, competitors, which I don't like that word, I don't think we even need to go there. They're not competitors at all, which we now know because of this conversation, but people doing something very similar to what you are doing. Think about that. And say you're all on this stage together lined up. What makes you stand out what makes you shine a little brighter. So like the lights are all on, they're all on you. But for some reason, there's a light that's a little bit brighter on you. And what is it that is making that light shine brighter on you, so people are drawn to you. So probably a lot of you know that I like to dance. And not that I'm not good, or anything like that. But I like to dance. And so I watch Dancing videos on Instagram and Tiktok and that kind of thing. And when I am watching these dance videos, when there's more than one person, I'm always drawn to watch one person, if there's like three people dancing, I zoned in on one person for some reason. And it's not always the person in the front either. For some reason I am naturally drawn to watch one. And it is usually because something about how they're dancing, the dance moves, they're doing how they look. It just seems really cool to me. So I'm drawn to that one person. Same thing goes for your clients in your industry and with the other people who are doing something similar to you so you can kind of think about it like that. Now here are three ingredients that we're going to cover today that will help you with your positioning. The first one, you knew it was coming. It's your niche, your niche, your dream client as we call it around here. It is knowing what that is
25:00
Is who that specifically is that you work with that you want to help and what you want to do specifically. So knowing it is one thing. And then also speaking to it, sharing it really honing in all of your content towards that. And that is where it's like a whole nother level, like, we'll go through the process of figuring out our niche, and then still speak way too broadly, when it actually comes down to it. And you do start creating content, you're just like all over the place, where you being super broad, and then nobody knows who you actually help, and what you specifically do for people. So knowing and speaking directly to your niche, if you're in the wellness industry. And you've been thinking like, Man, I feel like everyone's in the wellness industry. There's so many health coaches and nutritionists and personal trainers, and mindset coaches and all these people. You're right, the absolutely doesn't mean it's saturated. But yes, there are a lot of service based wellness businesses out there. But what happens when you know your niche and you narrow it down even further? So what about the nutrition for people with auto immune disease industry, or the pelvic floor therapy for new moms industry or the yoga poses for people with chronic pain industry, those are way smaller, right. And there's probably not nearly as many people doing that thing that you want to do or you are doing, once you narrow it down even further, then you have a lot more that that light is shining brighter already on you. Because you've gotten much more specific. And because the people who are your dream clients that need what you have to offer, now know who you are and what you do. So now you've become, oh, they're the person who helps people with their nutrition if they have autoimmune disease, or they're the person who helps new moms get their pelvic floor back after birth. Or they're the one who helps people with chronic pain into their yoga poses to help relieve it way more specific. And then that light is now on you. Because you are known for something very specific. So please, my friends, get a specific know and speak directly to your niche. If you have been in any of my programs, then you already have yours because it is the first thing that we do in every single thing that I've teach. We've also talked about it here on the show before there are specific episodes about niching down or not, you can go back and listen to that as well to get going on that. But again, put yourself up against that test of oh, they're the ones who do. And then whatever you think is your niche, is that specific enough? So obviously, they're the ones who do meal plans for anyone who asks, not going to really shine the light brighter in your direction, or they're the one who trains anyone who wants to work out, not going to shine the light brighter in your direction. Do we get it? Cool. So that's the first thing, the next thing to consider in your positioning that will make you stand out from the crowd is your paid offer. Something we talked about all the time here. So this is how you help people. It's your unique approach your opportunity for guidance, or coaching, or whatever you do. It's your unique framework. And this is one of the many, many, many reasons why I love signature programs and why I truly think honestly, like almost every service based business owner would do really well in having one, I really firmly believe that not just because I teach you how to do it. But that's why I started teaching you how to do it because I see the opportunity for so many of you to really have a thriving business because of your signature program for so many reasons. But this is one of them because having that program will immediately set you apart from everyone else that's doing something similar because no one has the exact same program or offer around that program as you It's literally impossible. So yeah, there will be
30:00
To other people who have one on one services like you, there might even be courses that are similar to a course that you want to offer, like how to do a handstand, or how to train for your first marathon, still not going to be exactly the same, but could be similar. And so you still find yourself feeling like you have quote unquote, competition, like how do I get them to buy my how to do a handstand course, versus their how to do a handstand course. So there's still that idea when it comes to one on one services, courses, things like that. But when you have a program, no one is going to have anything like it. That is why it is signature, because it also involves how you guide people, how you organize it, what you included, the journey that you're taking someone on, and most importantly, the support and the community that you build around it. All of that is truly unique. And in signature program lab, we build your signature framework and your signature statement that literally no one else will have, it is so unique to you. And that right there makes you stand out from everyone else. So no matter what you will always be the person who has XYZ program, that person who guides people through X, Y, Z framework, you know, you will always have that unique thing that is just yours just for your business. And not only does it automatically help you stand out from the crowd, but it also guides you through content creation that is different than anyone else's, because it is coming from your own unique program, your own unique perspective that you have now put into this program. And now as you create content, it will automatically be different and unique from anyone else. So cool. So really think about that, not only do you need to have a very clear, defined specific niche, the person that you help, but you also need a clear defined specific paid offer. And what is that going to be for you and your business and doesn't have to be the only one, but you need at least one unique paid offer.
32:32
And then the last thing under this positioning piece, is your messaging. Again, something we talked about over and over and over again, something we do in every single program that I have, it is incredibly important. And I would say like 5% of people are actually doing it. So your messaging, we can think of it as like the words, phrases, things like that, that you are using to connect with your audience. And let them know they are a match for you and your services and what you have to offer. So the first two things we just talked about your niche and your paid offer those being specific and unique, already help with your messaging a ton. And really, you need those two things in place. First, in order to get your messaging down to a point where people really respond and get it get what you're trying to say. And it will help you so much to to formulate your messaging when you already have that already in place. But my friends, you have to have a message, think about it. You need a message you need something that you are sharing, you need a stance, you need something you believe in something, you want to share something you really want to back up, and you need to like bring it to the surface over and over and over again. It's something that you really want your dream clients to know and feel and realize in themselves. Because when you have that, then you have made that connection point. And when you have that connection point, you have a client, a paying client, no less. If you haven't sat down and spent dedicated time working on your messaging. This is your reminder, your friendly reminder, your gentle nudge, to work on that now to make it a priority. I promise. Once you have that down, you will not be worried about any industry being saturated or how many people are doing what you want to do or how you're going to stand out from the crowd. You will feel so competent in what you do for your clients, why they need you how you can help them and
35:00
The role that you play in their journey. So all three of these things really do that for you. And what we really want here is competence. Because if you have this question of how am I going to stand out in a saturated industry, how am I going to stand out from the crowd, there's so many other people doing what I want to do. What's really behind that is a lack of competence. And these are the practical things that you can do to build confidence in yourself. And I've said this before, and I'll say it over and over over again, it's something we talked about in the signature program lab coaching call we had this week about how you have to take action, you have to do in order to feel confident, it's one of those things we have to have backwards, where we're waiting for that confidence in order to create our program, or post on social media, or write our blog posts or put out our first podcast episode, when in reality, those action steps are the things that will build confidence, it's the other way around. So you have to do some things before you feel fully confident, knowing that that is what will come. And so to niche down to figure out your paid offer and really build that out so that you're excited about sharing it. And then getting your messaging down, will build so much confidence in you that you really won't even think about your industry at all, you'll be so involved in what you're doing and who you're helping and how you're helping them. And that's all that really matters. And bonus points, all of these things also make it really, really super easy to sell your services to sell your program to sell your paid offer, it's pretty much a done deal when you get all of this figured out. Which means you have a business that is making money, and will continue to make money as long as you continue to do these things. Now let's get you started on your messaging, I'll give you just some things to think about. If you are a member in any program, holistic business starter, signature program, lab, launch list accelerator, my three programs, you have access to the Magnetic Messaging workbook, do that. Take some time, it will change your life, for sure it will change your business, which also changes your life. So do that. If you are not yet, just know that that is something that is available to you inside any of the coaching that I do. So you will have access to that. But you can always just start by writing down in your clients words, in their verbiage. And what they would say to you, not what you want to say to them as the coach, the practitioner, the leader, where are they at right now? What are they experiencing? Obviously, they have a problem. They don't want. They have symptoms. They don't want they have things in their lives that are causing struggle. Where are they at right now? In their words? Like if they were talking to their bestie about their problems, specifically, the one that you solve? What would they say?
38:30
And then where do they want to be? In their words? How do they want to feel? What did they want to experience? How do they want their life to be? So again, you're writing that down? And then where will they be once they work with you? So once they go through your program? Once they go through your one on one client package, whatever it is that your paid offer is? What will they experience after? So what is the after the effect of working with you? What problems will be resolved? What symptoms will be gone? How will they feel now? How will life look for them now? So those are the three places that you can start and just do as much brainstorming on that as you can. And again in the Magnetic Messaging workbook. I break it down into 29 different questions to really guide you through that process. And once you have that, and you start speaking to that you start creating content around that. Your website talks about it, your sales page talks about your landing pages, your thank you pages, your Instagram posts, your podcast episodes, everything is surrounding your messaging. It will change the game for you and like I said most people aren't doing this so automatically that means you have something that will make you super unique and really help you stand out because most people simply aren't doing it and
40:00
And that is how you will really create a unique experience a unique environment, a unique energetic expression, that will attract the people who are meant to be in your space, the people that are meant to be in your audience, the people that are meant to be your paying clients, that is how you can become that attraction point and have that glow around you and your work that others doing something similar, simply don't have for that person, because you have done these things. And that's what we're really trying to do here is just make you feel competent and clear in what you have to offer in the uniqueness that you bring to the work that you do. And creating a business around that. That is the ultimate goal here.
40:51
So before I wrap up, like I said, I very much believe that having your own signature program will be the thing that makes you stand out amongst your peers. Your signature program is packed with uniqueness. It is unique to you and your work. It has its own messaging, it has its own framework, it has its own specificity. So if you are someone who has been considering adding a signature program to your business, or maybe you already know you want one, but you just haven't done it yet. Cool. That's great. I'm here to help you with that. Let's change that. Okay, let's do that. Next week, I am hosting a free live masterclass for anyone who wants to get clarity around their signature program and actually start creating the thing. Like really, once you're done with this workshop, you will be able to start creating your signature program because you will have all of the pieces of the puzzle in place. It is so cool. It's so fun. It's called signature program in a day. It is action oriented, it is interactive. Together, we are going to do all of this together as a group. We're going to go through all of those pieces of the puzzle and work through them. And so that you have these ideas, you have these brainstorms, you get this clarity around each piece of that puzzle. So like I said, when you're done, you can go off and create thing. Like how cool is that there are just so many, I think unknowns when it's something you've never done before. And we're going to take those unknowns, I've done this many time I created my own program many a time. So I know how to work through those unknowns for you, so that you can get that clarity. If you participated in the last one, and you want to go through it again. Totally cool. Please do so make sure you sign up if you signed up for the last one, and you couldn't make it live. But now hopefully you can. As you know, summer is winding down and things are getting back to normal, then great. Please do that. And if this is your first time hearing about this thing, and it sounds like something you want or you need, then absolutely make sure you put it on your schedule, you can do so Shawnmynar.com/day, Shawnmynar.com/day. Again, if you can at all be there live, it really is one of those workshops that is best alive. This is not a webinar, where you can just kind of do like 800 other things. This is a workshop we are getting work done. This is time spent working on your business, and it is important. So take the time out. Be there live, I will see you there. I'm super excited. Can't wait to help you create your signature program, Shawnmynar.com/day To save your seat. And until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then
45:00
Let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I'll see you over there
One of the biggest sticking points I see in most of my clients is social media. They don’t want to be on it, but they feel like they have to. So they post, they don’t get engagement, and they get frustrated, blame the algorithm, and give up, sure their business is doomed because of it. In this episode, I’m answering a question that came in from a listener that will resonate with anyone that’s not loving social media right now and not sure if it’s even worth the effort…and that question is…do you have to be on social media to build a business?
“Anything of these negative, low vibes thoughts that you’re having around social media, I would say 99.9% of them are coming from your ego.” - Shawn Mynar
“I will tell you that no, you don’t have to do everything for your business. You just have to do what feels right and best and fun for you and that is what comes from your inner voice, your inner knowing.” - Shawn Mynar
“Social media is the icing on your business building cake… it is not the end all be all to your business. It is certainly not what you should be relying on to make your income.” - Shawn Mynar
“The engagement that you do or don’t get on social media does not say anything about you or your business or your ability to be successful.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE Signature Program Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/masterclass Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram: instagram.com/shawnmynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
One of the biggest sticking points I see in most of my business coaching clients is social media. They don't want to be on it, but they feel like they have to. So they post, they don't get the engagement they want. They get frustrated, blame the algorithm and give up sure their business is doomed because of it. So in this episode, I'm answering a question that came in from a listener that I think will resonate with anyone that's not loving social media right now. And not sure if it's even worth the effort. And that question is, do you have to be on social media to build a business? Let's find out the answer. Hey, there, I'm Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast, your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here tuning in, checking out the show. And of course, we're so grateful for your support. This episode, I'm just gonna say right here is probably going to be just a social media tangent on so many levels, who knows where this is gonna go. But I love this question. And just based on what I'm hearing from you all, either as a client of mine, or just the conversations we're having over on the DMS, of Instagram, social media, in general is like a sticking point. It's like this thing in a lot of small business owners worlds that they don't love, especially right now. And I feel like it's just getting worse and worse, just with the changes that happen in social media and the environment and the algorithms and all that stuff. There's a lot going on. And so to get this question, I think really summed up what a lot of you all are thinking and wondering and the conversations that I'm having. So I thought I would share it here on this show. And like I said, I will hopefully answer the actual question. But be prepared for this to go in all different directions, I cannot guarantee you what is going to come out of this conversation. Let's get to the actual question, which is from Tasha. And she says, Hi, Sean, thanks so much for everything you share in the podcast, it has been so helpful for me as I build my coaching business, to keep me in the right headspace and do the right things. One thing I'm struggling with is social media. I just don't want to do it. It feels time consuming. And which with such little engagement these days, kind of pointless. Do I have to be on social media for my business to grow? That came from Tasha. And just as a side note, this came as a direct message in my Instagram over at Sean miner, if you ever have any business questions at all, but even more importantly, a question that you think others might be having, too, that I can answer on the podcast, please feel free to send me those messages. And I'll either reply directly to you if it's just a specific question for you and your business, or I will let you know that it makes a great episode and that I'll be answering it on the show. So that is always open to you at Shawn Mynar on Instagram. Tasha is not alone. First. Tasha, thank
4:09
you so much for this question. And for I think, really articulating what a lot of people kind of almost like business owner or not what a lot of people are feeling and thinking about social media right now. I think as business owners and as small business owners, solopreneurs, coaches practitioners, it has even more weight to it because we do wonder what will happen to my business? If I do or don't do social media? Do I need a big following is that the only way that I can have this successful business and make the money that I want to make? What will happen if I just quit doing social media entirely? We have this connection between social media and our success and potentially our income Um, to be even more specific, the money that we're going to make, we have that tied to what is happening on social media. And rightfully so that is a very known, you know, I say it all the time, too, that social media is an amazing marketing tool for your business. If you have not been living under a rock, and you have been logged into any social media platforms recently, you can see how people are using it, to build their business to make money to make sales, you see that happening. And it is an effective way to do that. It is not the only way, of course, talk about that all the time to hear. And with my clients really important, it shouldn't be the only way and we'll get into that a little bit more later. But it is definitely one of those things that can be triggering to you and your possibilities for success and your desires, because of what you're seeing other people do. And then when it does or does not happen for you getting into some stories there. And that's really what we're going to talk about today. First and foremost, just so we're all on the same page. When I talk about social media, I'm referring to platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Tik Tok, LinkedIn, Twitter, clubhouse may or may not still be a thing. Not sure, I feel like that had a short lived time of popularity. And now I don't hear about it like at all, so may not be there anymore. But anyway, these are the platforms that I am talking about. And thinking about when I say social media in general, everyone has a different platform that they are or are not using that is or is not good for their business that is or is not where their dream clients are hanging out at. So I don't want to say just Instagram or just tick tock or just Twitter, this is all of them, we can kind of group them all into one. So for you just figuring out which one or ones that is for you, and kind of thinking about which ones potentially feel better than the others as we have this conversation, which ones maybe you do want to let go of versus which ones you want to keep around and maybe reinvigorate yourself around those ones that are one that is feeling better than the others. to directly answer the question that Tasha has about do you have to be on social media to build your business? Of course, my ultimate, if I only had one word, to answer this question, it would be no, of course not. You don't have to do anything, especially if you're feeling this major resistance towards it. We talked about resistance towards things in your business. In the last episode, Episode 156, I believe, please go back and listen to that episode. If you haven't already, it very much ties in with our conversation that we're having today. Really good to listen to them both together. And you'll have a lot of clarity around what you need to be doing in terms of social media. So keeping in mind that you never have to do anything, you just need to do what is best and right for you. And so when we have these questions of do I have to?
8:45
What comes to mind? And really the biggest question that I have here is, Where's that coming from? That idea, that question of do I have to is that coming from your ego, or your inner voice, your higher self. And just as a review, in case you're new to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, when I reference that ego, that ego voice, I'm talking about that mental chatter that's kind of always going on in your mind. It's the one that's like, saying things that really to keep you safe is its ultimate goal, but it's coming from that conscious mind that is warning you of things and making you rethink things, reconsider things making you overthink things. It's that mental chatter. We all know it as soon as I say that was words, it's like, oh, yeah, that thing, that voice that is constantly going on in my head, got it. And then we have the intuition that inner voice your higher self and that is that calm, knowing that calm feeling, that calm, potentially voice we all have different ways that we connect to On this side of us, and that has this whole different feel to it, as I mentioned, it's calm, it's this knowing. And that is kind of the opposite of your ego voice. We all have both, obviously. And so this conversation is really talking about getting in touch with both of those to figure out what is best for you. And so when I hear the question, do I have to XYZ could be anything after those words, my thought is que that is what the ego is telling you. That is where we are coming from that is that voice, that mental chatter coming through, and is really taking over this whole situation. So then the question becomes, why? Why is this a half two situation? Why don't you want to use social media? What is becoming heavy about this? Why has your ego gotten involved in this situation? What is making it feel this way? And when the ego gets involved in something like this, really everything basically, it is because it is taking in all of these 3d surroundings, like what you are seeing what you are hearing what everyone's telling you to do all this outside information. It's taking in all of that, and making up a story about it. And then that story is how you are now seeing that thing, feeling about that thing and doing about that thing. So you have now made up a story, and are living in that story. And why when I say you, I mean your ego. And that happens in all areas of our lives. And social media is no different. And going back to what I said earlier about how we do log on to any platform these days. And we can see people who are being really successful in their business because of social media and having all this success and posting every day and having all this engagement and growing their following and all this stuff. So then your ego is taking that in creating a story around it, when that's not happening for you. There's another story around it. And we have this big huge fake reality that we're now living in about ourselves, and about our business and about social media, and how it works for us. And so now you have this story, your ego is telling you that it's hard, it's pointless, it's time consuming, that the algorithm is out to get you that no one sees your stuff anyway. So why bother? Anything that you are hearing yourself, say in that regard, any of these kind of negative, low vibe thoughts that you're having around social media, I would say 99.99% of them are coming from your ego. And coming from that fake story, that fake reality that your ego has made up for you that you are now living in you are fully in that bubble. But then we also have that other piece of ourselves, your inner self, your intuition, your inner voice, your higher self, whatever you want to call it. It's all the same thing. It's that inner knowing that inner voice, what does that voice no to be true about you sharing on social media.
13:41
So when you quiet that chatter, when you get out of that fake reality, and you just sit with it, and you just dive into the truth. You don't listen to that voice that's on the top, I always see it as like surface level, and then deep inside, so you're beyond the surface level chatter. And now you're getting in touch with the deeper side of yourself, what their what is that voice saying or that knowing or that feeling what is there and you may very well have that inner feeling that nudge or that knowing that your place is not on social media, that that's not the path to grow your business that you do not have to be there. To grow your business. You can use another platform, you can be somewhere else you can do other things. You have that knowledge of your business and yourself already within you. And that may be what comes up as soon as you get past that surface level mental chatter. But you may also have that inner feeling that knowledge or that knowing that sharing your work with the world through social media is a great way to reach and help even one more person That may be what your inner voice tells you, when you can connect with it. I don't know the answer. Ultimately, I don't have that answer, only you can know that, I will tell you that no, you don't have to do anything for your business, you just have to do what feels right and best and fun for you. And that is what comes from your inner voice, your inner knowing. But what I can do since I don't have the answer, what I can do is help you calm your ego down a little bit, so that you have better access to that own answer for yourself. And we'll do that today, just by me kind of negating some of the stories that you may be experiencing. But ultimately, what I think is best to get you there, if you can't tap into that, and you're stuck in that surface level spot is meditation, deep breathing, journaling, all the things that I talk about all the time, when we're talking about the mindset and energy work needed for our entire life, including our business, those tools will work to just get that surface level ego talk out of the way so that you can tap into that deeper knowing. But let's chat about some kind of specific things that you might be or your ego might be telling you about social media. And let me also be clear right now on how I feel about social media. I think a lot of you already know this. I've done some episodes about social media, I talked about this a lot in my coaching programs. And this is coming from a straight like logical 3d strategic business perspective. I've said it before, I'll keep saying it over and over again, social media is the icing on your business building cake. It is the cherry on top, it's not the cake, it's not the ice cream, it's not the eggs and the flour and the sugar that go into that cake. It is not the end all be all to your business. It is certainly not what you should be relying on to make your income. And if you are that it's time to branch out and create another platform that is in your control that you can use to make money in your business. And you should absolutely have your email list be one of those things.
17:43
And the reason I say this is because your following is not yours, you have absolutely zero control over what happens to the content that you put on social media. The second that you hit publish, it immediately becomes not yours, you have about point two seconds of every one that is shown to that the algorithm has decided to show it to you like point two seconds to capture someone's attention before they scroll by there's just a lot that is out of your control, literally everything that is out of your control. So leaving your income up to something like that sounds like a terrible idea. I think we can all agree on that. Not a good plan. Right? And I'm not going to get into how to strategically use social media to enhance your business here. But I have already done that on an episode not too long ago, Episode 140. It's entitled creating your simplified marketing plan. Go back and listen to that I will explain in detail how you can use social media because it is the cherry on top it is the frosting. No one wants to eat a cake without frosting, right? Like you still want to have this as a piece of your business. But it is not everything. Like if you really had to. You could eat that cake plain without frosting, maybe even like plain cake, that's fine. You would eat that and be fine. You'd still enjoy it still be good. It just wouldn't be as good as if you had that frosting. That's how we want to think about social media and I have your whole plan created for you over in Episode 140 not going to get into that here on this episode. I also want you to know that I totally get where you are at right now. If you're someone that is struggling to show up on social media, I get it I get that they can feel heavy. I get that they can feel pointless. I get that they are changing literally every day that they aren't what they used to be that engagement is down that it's harder to get seen and get followers and all that stuff. I get it that is what is going on and that is is what your ego is using to create the story that you now have. I understand. I mean, remember I am also I just started a brand new Instagram account for my business last year. And that was after spending, I think, over nine years, probably building up my former account, having 25,000 engaged followers over there, and then starting this brand new business direction and brand new business account, and having to start from the bottom and work my way up. And I know what it feels like to not get engagement, I know what it feels like to share something on your stories, and I have anyone respond, I know how that feels. So I understand that story that your ego is trying to tell you. Now for me, just get it to get into kind of where I'm at with it, maybe this will help you. I also still intuitively know that social media is somewhere that I will keep showing up for. For my business. I know that that is still a part of my business plan from an inner knowing place, regardless of what my ego is trying to tell me right now, yes, I have those moments I have those days, I have those weeks, where my ego is kind of like having a fit. It's like in this weird space. And I don't want to do it. But I still know deep down that I actually do want to be there that I actually do want to be connecting with people in that way. And that it is a good use of my time, even if my ego is telling me exactly the opposite. So why how do I know that? Well, how did I get there? First of all, I know from a very like deep down soul purpose, that I have the mission of helping people. I know that, like every part of every cell in my body knows that.
22:06
And so if that means that's one person that day, that post that week, great. That's one person, that's amazing. So I don't need to have 1000s of followers for it to be, quote unquote worth it to post on social media, I don't need to get hundreds of likes for it to be worth it. I don't need to get all the engagement in the world. To know that I'm doing what my soul what my whole being is here to do, which is to help people, one person 10 people, 1000 people, 100,000 people, whatever it is, my goal is still being accomplished by me posting and getting one like, or getting 10 likes having one person comment or share, that's still doing what I am here to do. So that is why I know from this very deep down perspective, no matter what my ego wants to tell me that I still need to be on there that I still want to be on there. Because that is me living out my purpose while I am here on this planet. And then the second thing, I found a way of posting to social media that I enjoy, my ego really wants to step in and start creating these stories and start being more, I guess, being louder. When I'm not enjoying something when I'm not doing anything. If it starts feeling heavy or hard that I don't want to do it. That's my ego getting involved in the only reason it's getting involved is because I've stopped enjoying it. And I've stopped doing what's fun. And so that is my sign, that's my signal to go back to doing what I enjoy. As long as I'm enjoying myself, then I can stay in touch with my intuition. I know that feeling that inner knowing what I am connecting to there. It's strong. It's there, as long as I am enjoying myself when I'm not Hello mental chatter. And then the third thing is that I am secure in my business with or without social media. I have done the work I have had the consistency I have had the patience to build a business that works with or without social media. So I'm not relying on this one thing for anything other than to enhance what I'm already doing in my business and to create connections with people which is fun. And again, part of my purpose. If I were relying on social media for to get people on my email list or to get people to By for me to get people to sign up for something for my income, it would give it so much weight, so much pressure, it would make it mean something more than it should. And then once again, my ego would turn up it's volume, start getting involved, and really create a gigantic story around it that I don't know if I could ever get out of, because that's just like a ton of pressure and expectation around something that shouldn't have that. It's that's just not how it should be laid out for you and your business. So those are the three things that I do to make sure that I am able to stay connected to doing what's right for me around the subject of social media. And I share this because I think that this is a good way for you to do your own ego check to see if your ego has potentially gotten in the way on the subject of social media also. So this is a really good journaling exercise, I would definitely get out some paper, get out your journal and spend some time here. First thing, what is your ego saying about social media? You should go to town on this. I want you to get out every single thought feeling experience annoyance grievance, whatever you have about social media, put it out onto paper, get it all out what is your ego saying about social media, you could have like pages, I think if we really get into it, we all probably have like pages of annoyances or grievances or whatever about social media. Next, once you've gotten that out, it's called the ego dump. As I like to say, once you've gotten that done, now, why is it saying that? So what would make it freak out right now, knowing that everything you just wrote down all those emotions and those feelings and the reasons why you don't want to be on social media are coming from your ego and coming from that false story that you've created. Why? Why did it go there? Why is it freaking out? I mean, is it saying that because you haven't found a way to make it enjoyable? Like it's not fun anymore? Are you saying that because you're putting too much pressure on what happens there? Is it saying that because you're making it mean something more than it actually does. Like those things that I just talked about, about why I can actually tap into and stay connected to what I really want to be doing with social media and why I want to be doing it. If you've lost that, then figure out why. And then once you figured out why, then you have something to work on, you have a focal point to change, you can change how you are approaching it, how you are thinking what else you're doing in your business, that it can make it feel like less pressure, ways that you can show up that make it fun. And so really doing that exercise, so you can find out, like what's getting in the way right now is so helpful, because then you have something to change, instead of just continuing to do something that feels off over and over and over again and expecting something else to come of it. That's not going to happen. So a few things going back to me trying to potentially calm your ego a little bit. A few things I want to share. First of all, the engagement that you do or don't get on social media does not say anything about you, or your business or your ability to be successful, or how much money you're capable of making or anything like that. Your business is not doomed because you're struggling with social media or you're not getting the engagement that you want, or you're not getting the followers that you want. None of that has anything to do with you or what you're capable of, or what you're worthy of or anything like that. If I'm being totally honest, and having some real talk, some true tough love, then what that means if you're not getting engagement on social media, if you're not gaining followers on social media, if your stuffs not being shown, like if the algorithm isn't showing it to your people or to people outside of your audience to get them interested. It's because you're not creating content. That is interesting. That's all there is to it. Your audience isn't interested, potentially, that algorithm thinks your audience won't be interested in it so it's not showing it to people I mean, the reality is yes, reels are being prioritized on Instagram, for instance. And the reason is because those are the posts that people are interested in. I mean, we can talk all day about how we don't like video, we wish it were just going back to a photo app and all this stuff. But at the end of the day, you're probably watching some videos on Instagram as a consumer, we all are, because that's what gets us to stop our scroll. And that is what Instagram wants. And so that is what the algorithm is prioritizing. If people didn't watch the reels, if they weren't getting that interest, they wouldn't be prioritizing them, they would go back to prioritizing photos, if photos were capturing people's attention, but they're not. So that is not the algorithms fault. It's not punishing you. Because you're posting a square photo. It's just that that is not what people are interested in your followers, or people that would become your followers, your dream clients that are out there not following you right now. They're not engaging in the posts that you are creating. And so Instagram is not giving them the option to see them because they don't think they'll be interested in it. That's all there is to it, I promise you, the algorithm is not out to get you if you actually work with the algorithm. And if you actually see it as something that could help you get more followers, it will do that it will reward you, the algorithm is way smarter than any of us than any human, it will help you it wants you to be successful. It wants everyone to be successful on social media, I mean, whether you're on Instagram, or Tiktok, or Facebook, they all have their own algorithms, obviously, it wants you to do well, it wants everyone to do well. But you have to work with it, you have to be willing to change, willing to adapt, willing to grow and evolve along with what people want. And as I said, the algorithm is going to feed people what they are already engaging in. And right now that is video. And if I'm continuing on with some real talk, because this is where I just get really passionate, because I want you to succeed so deeply. That when I look at people who are struggling with social media, and they're still posting, they're still making an attempt, I see a couple things. First of all, I see people who are still doing what worked like seven years ago on Instagram, for example. And not adapting, not growing, not changing with what is happening with that social media platform with the environment of social media overall, they're not adapting. And so that's not working anymore. This isn't this is something that is going to evolve over and over and over again, almost like by the day, if you are someone who is doing reels. And if you're not, but you are willing to try and willing to get started, I'm going to do a whole episode. really soon, just on reels and potentially tick tock to maybe in the same episode, maybe two separate ones, I
33:42
haven't decided yet. I have so much to say about both. But what you will see is that the trends and what is popular, and what is working, even with reels changes like weekly. It used to be like dancing and then pointing it at words. And then it became doing like lip synching type stuff. And then now it's just like having almost like this B roll like this background footage with like, words over the top and that was you know, popular on Tik Tok a while ago and then now tick tock is changing. I mean, you just got to be willing to adapt and willing to grow and willing to change. And the cool thing is, that's what's fun, like if you're actually seeing it for what it is and working with it. Instead of trying to do something that worked like five or seven years ago, and working with it and an understanding that when you work with it, it works with you. It's kind of fun. It can I promise it can be fun. So I see people either doing that doing what worked, and hoping it will still work and it's just not going to work anymore because that was so long ago. I mean, like five years in social media is like 25 years in regular life. You got to keep up with what's going on, I see that or I see people who are clearly posting, because they have to, like, there is nothing more obvious to me than a post that is done out of having to, and a post that is done out of wanting to you guys, you know what I'm talking about, if you don't just now, log on to whatever social media you consume the most log on and start scrolling, and you will be able to pick out the half twos versus the one twos. And the half twos are, there's far more of them. And you can just tell, they're like, the energy is not the same. They're either like boring, or just like if it is someone that is on camera, like their energy isn't right. It's not there. It's not genuine, something about it isn't right. So I see those two things very, very, very often. And then you know, you do those kinds of things. And then you get frustrated when it's not working. And you think the algorithm is against you. And you think there's no point and all these things that your ego is telling you, when in reality, if you just got real with yourself,
36:12
you would see, yeah, it's because what I'm posting really isn't that interesting, it's really not that engaging, people really aren't going to stop their scroll to consume this, if I'm really being honest with myself. And it might take you that exercise, you might need to do that, in order to make it work start working for you and making it fun. When you stop coming from this place of having to and just going through the motions, and you really think how can I make this a fun part of my business, it is a promise it is it really can be an especially if you don't have that attachment of, well, if this only gets three likes, then you know, I'm not gonna have fun with it anymore. If you can detach from that, then you really do have the chance of, of making it fun. And that's my second point that I wanted to say is what would happen for you, if you were able to clear that whole giant fake story that you've been telling yourself around social media, and clear it out and move to a place of getting to getting to connect with people all over the world, and share what you love to do. Getting to help one person with the post that you shared that day, getting to market your business to your dream clients for free. Right? Wow, what an opportunity. There's so many opportunities within that when you get out of that half, two plays, and move into that get two plays. And yeah, you know, all know probably by now that I love reels, I already talked about them in this episode. And I do think they can be really fun, and they are really engaging and people do watch them. Even if we're all thinking we're against video, people are watching them. And so they are a really great way to get engagement and to grow your audience when you do them correctly. I want to say like there is no right or wrong. But there are just some simple things that should be happening in your reels to really make them engaging with or without you in them. You don't even have to be on the video for them to work for you. Again, whole episode coming about that. But you don't have to do that. Maybe you love sharing inspiring quotes that are relevant to the work you do. Maybe you love showing your beautiful meals or your challenging workouts or your self care routine, or what you do in the mornings to prepare for the day. You don't have to do these things these like outrageous posts every single time. You just have to show what you love and what you do and what could help someone else. And sharing that stuff is fun. It is helpful for someone else and it can be and should be fun for you. As soon as you get your ego out of the way. As soon as that whole environment that you've created. That story that you created is gone, then you can get back to doing what is fun and sharing what you enjoy knowing that it's going to help someone else and do it in a way that feels good for you. And even if that's not video, like even if you refuse to do a real to do a video to like show your plate of food in a video versus a photo which really is like the same thing, but works totally different in the social media world. But even if you refuse because you are in that place of get to and Want to and excited to, and you are willing to share what you love what you do and who you help with others out there in the world, it will show up differently, it will work differently. And I promise you, the algorithm will feed into that energy that you just put into that post, which is totally different than the half to the like should place totally different energy and it will work for you. And then my last point is to remember that this is the icing on the cake. Please, please, please remember to build a business that is fine with or without social media have at least one long term platform. Like I said, go back and listen to episode 140 to figure out what those are. But for example, it'd be like a podcast where you are getting in front of a new audience, a YouTube channel where you're getting in front of a new audience, a blog where you're using SEO to get in front of a new audience via Google, or Pinterest or something like that, that is a long term platform. Because that content that you're creating for those platforms will go on to build your business for years and years and years and years to come. When done correctly. Of course, and that is a big caveat there is it's not enough just to post you know, like a blog post and hope people will eventually find it, their strategy involved, there's things you have to do, these are all things that we go over in a holistic business starter. If that's something you're interested in, you can check that out at Sean miner.com/business. But yeah, these are things that you have to consider. And you have to really put the energy into creating over the long haul for your business as it grows and thinking long term about it. And then social media is your short term platform.
42:02
It's like, you know, what you share is good for like that day, pretty much if that. And then it goes into this never ending abyss of content on that platform. So that's more short term that gets people interested in you and what you're doing right away. So have that long term platform, learn how to do that thing really, really, really well. It takes the pressure off of thinking that you have to be on social media to grow your business, because then you really can see it as that icing on the cake. And when that pressure is gone, when you can see how your business is growing and developing. Even if you don't post on social media that day or that week or that month, then it's kind of amazing that shifts that can happen. And it all happens because your ego is quiet, you don't have that story that you're replaying in your head over and over again. Because one of those things that is a trigger for your ego is gone. You know, like that trigger of it being so important for your business and being like the thing that will grow your business or, you know, make your business fall apart, when you don't have that pressure than your ego can take a backseat. And then you can just do what feels best for you and post what feels good and have fun with it and enjoy it. And that is when that inner knowing comes out. And it's a totally different ballgame. So remember icing on the cake, find that long term platform as well. Lastly, to wrap this all up to go back to the actual question, because like I said, I told you I was going to probably do way more than answer that question. Because there's just a lot that comes up with that idea of half to like this question could be, do I have to have a website? Do I have to have an email list? Do I have to have a podcast? You know, that could be anything? And the answer really is always the same? Like, go back and listen to this episode. And instead of social media put in any thing else that you're wondering if you have to do and the answer is still the same? Because at the end of the day, if your intuitive answer is no, to having a social media presence, if you know from that inner knowing that social media isn't right for you and your business and not needed. That is great. That is excellent. Yes, that's amazing. If that is the answer that you got, then you can just as easily get the answer of what is right for you. Because you have that knowing now of what isn't which means you just as easily Have that knowing of what is what is your path? How will you reach the right people? How will you make sales? What will you do? I mean, it could be, you know, just focusing on that long term platform, which works for tons of people. By the way, there are plenty of very successful business owners who do not use social media at all. So keep that in your back pocket for when that ego voice gets really loud. And you really truly know, with every fiber of your being that you are not meant to be on social media. There are other ways, that long term platform, it could be maybe using paid advertising, like Instagram ads, Facebook ads, Google ads, YouTube ads, something like that. It could be just doing more in person events, like conferences, and workshops and things like that, maybe in your area, or maybe virtually and attending those and then doing some networking around that. And that's how you grow your audience. There are so many options beyond social media, but you just have to get that knowing for yourself one way or the other. All right, my friends. And with that, I will close out this episode about social media. But like I said, this will not be the last I'm in the works now on an episode about reels, and an episode on tic tac, which like I said, may or may not make the same episode, I have to see how much I have to share that those are coming up soon. And other than that, be sure to head over to Instagram, which is my main social media platform of choice and where I have the most fun and where I love to connect with all of you head over there at Shawn Mynar that is now my new instagram handle at Shawn Mynar. And just let me know what you've taken from this episode. If there's any way that I can help. If you have any other questions, happy to do that over on the DMS there. And until next time, take care.
47:03
Hey friend, real quick before you go, don't forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I've created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it's also really important information so you can be sure that you're building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It's kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What's your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawn Mynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I'll see you over there
Do you ever have times when you’re trying to build your business where it all just feels like a lot? The platforms, the social media, the emails, the website pages, trying to be everywhere and do everything all at once…it’s all just a lot, am i right? If you at all resonate with this, then welcome to the club. You’re not alone, this is normal, and it’s OK. Because guess what? It IS a lot. In this episode, I’ll share with you what you can do when it all just feels like a lot and why feeling this way is actually a good thing and so stay tuned.
“Feeling like everything is a lot is a sign that you have turned course and you have started going upstream again.” - Shawn Mynar
“Things expand and we have more opportunity, but that does not need to mean that it becomes heavy or hard or complicated, they are just opportunities and you don’t have to take every single one especially if it doesn’t feel good to you.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you are in a time where you need a break or where you need to reset, then you’re in a cycle where that is actually going to serve you to get into the next phase of your cycle.” - Shawn Mynar
“Yeah, you do need to do some stuff to grow your business. You do have to show up, you do have to put yourself out there, you do have to share, educate, absolutely. Do you need to do it everywhere? No, of course not.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE Signature Program Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/masterclass Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram: @shawnmynar
You did the work and launched your paid offer out into the world and well…things didn’t quite go as planned. The numbers you were hoping for didn’t happen and now you’re feeling disappointed and confused and left wondering, what went wrong. And more importantly, does this mean your business is forever doomed? In this episode, I'm going to share with you the 6 things you need to do immediately after a launch gone wrong to turn it into a success so stay tuned.
“What I don’t want you to do is to think that because this launch didn’t go as planned, that means that you shouldn’t do it again.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have the most significant, helpful, important learning opportunity on your hands right now, literally everything you need to know to make your business a success in the long haul is in this launch that you just did.” - Shawn Mynar
“Most of what you have done in this launch, even if it didn’t go as planned, you will keep. You do not need to completely redo your launch, as I talked about, you’re building the momentum.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your product is your product, your service is your service. Your offer is your environment around your product or service that makes it very compelling.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE Signature Program Masterclass - shawnmynar.com/masterclasss Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:01
You did the work and launched your paid offer out into the world. And well, things didn't quite go as planned. The numbers you were hoping for it didn't happen. And now you're feeling a little disappointed, a lot confused, and left wondering what went wrong? And more importantly, does this mean your business is forever doomed? What are you supposed to do now? In this episode, I'm going to share with you the six things you need to do immediately after a launch gone wrong, to turn it into a success. So stay tuned.
0:37
Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. Thanks so much for being here for checking out this episode. And every episode that calls to you means so much to me to have you supporting this show. We are rounding out our series all about launching with this episode. And what better way to do that than to talk about when these launches, don't go as you hoped, when you have a quote, unquote, failed launch, I mean, sure, we can talk about what happens when your launch is a smashing success, and you totally over achieve your goals. But what fun would that be, let's instead talk about what to do when things go wrong in your launch, to turn it around not only for that launch, but for the launches in the future. And just to give you a little bit of background on where we've been in case, you've missed some of this series, the past four episodes is the fourth episode in this series have all been about launching. And by launching, I mean putting out your paid offer into the world for people to purchase, which is when you have a business, when someone buys what you're selling. Before you do that you have a hobby, when you start making money, you have a business. So launching is really important. If you think about any business that is out there in your world, they all have had some sort of launch like there's, you know, the ribbon cutting, if it's an actual brick and mortar business where people come out, and they actually legitimately cut a ribbon. And then there's usually some sort of party, maybe some sort of sale or something like that going on to really like bring attention and excitement to that brick and mortar business being open. Same thing is going to happen with your business, even if it is a service based business. If it is an online business, you still are going to have kind of that ribbon cutting ceremony. Every single time you put out a paid offer, you have an opportunity for someone to work with you. That is the case, if it is a one on one coaching package, or a signature program, or a paid workshop, a membership, an online course, whatever it is, you're going to launch. And so these this topic, this series of episodes is super important. Go back and listen to them all. So we started with episode 152. I took you behind the scenes of my most recent launch. But the most important part of that episode was breaking down all of the stages of a launch, there are different steps, you go through different periods of time that you're working on different things for your launch, I break it all down for you. So that will make it a lot clearer on what needs to happen to have a successful launch. Then we went into the mindset and the energetics required for that launch to be a success. Because you can do everything I talked about go through all the motions of a launch that I talked about in episode 152. But if you don't do what I talked about in episode 153, there's a good chance things are gonna go awry and might potentially lead you to now needing this episode, which is what to do after a failed launch. So really important to listen to that too. There's so much more to it than just going through the motions. And it will really help you be able to deal really with having this failed launch, which is what we're going to talk about today. And then the third episode of this series, which was the last episode 154 was the difference between a live launch and an evergreen launch and which one is better for you to have it all automated or to do it live. What I'll kind of go through the pros and cons of each so you can decide which is best for you. I give you some advice and what I think is best and it's probably not what you think so head over there to that Episode also, and here we are wrapping it up with what to do, if things don't go as planned. Let's get into it, the very first thing I know, you know, that I am going to say to you is that there is no such thing as a failed launch seriously doesn't exist. Yet, maybe things didn't go as you hoped, maybe you set some goals and you didn't reach them. Maybe the numbers were lower than expected, maybe no one signed up for your paid offer. Maybe the interest wasn't there, even in the free stuff you were putting out prior to your launch. But none of that equates to failure. The only way that you can fail at a launch is to not do it. So you are already way ahead of the game. And already had such a successful moment. In your business, the moment you started putting your energy, attention and effort towards putting your work out into the world to doing this launch. And I understand like totally normal, totally valid, that you would have these feelings of being disappointed letdown, defeated, frustrated, confused, starting to feel like is this human ever going to happen for me? Is My Business doomed? Should I not be doing this? What am I doing wrong? That is normal. I think you could probably ask most entrepreneurs, most people with their own business trying to make their own money, money, be their own boss do their own thing, if they've ever had this experience? And I would say 99.9% of them will answer yes, this is part of it. Welcome to the world of business. And even more. So welcome to the world of online business where your potential clients, the people paying you money are all over the world you've never met in person, you don't know what kind of relationship you have with them necessarily, because you're on one end, they're on the other end, it's all kind of happening throughout, like the system that you have in place. And for some people, it might take a day for some people, it might take five years to get to that point where they're ready to purchase. And it's just a little bit different about dynamic when you are in this online business space. So it's bound to happen. It you have every right to feel that way, it is totally valid, that you would have those feelings, I do want to give you a little bit of a tool that I think really, really, really helps. If you are ever in this space of disappointment, frustration, feeling defeated, feeling let down feeling confused. Business isn't going as planned, whether you've just done a launch or not first, brain dump, emotion dump, I guess get out your journal and just let it all out.
8:15
Be very candid, because no one's going to see it, no one's going to read it. You can burn the pages later if you really want to, or rip them up and put them in the shredder or whatever. But it's really important to get those feelings out onto paper. Like yes, they're inside of you. You're feeling these emotions, you're having the thoughts, of course that are sparking those emotions inside of you. What are those thoughts? Like what is going on? In your mind right now? Get them out onto paper. And then once you feel complete there, ask yourself and write down the answer. What am I making this mean? Because the reason why you have those emotions of reason why you're feeling like my business is doomed. What am I doing? Am I ever gonna make any money doing this is because you're making it mean something and you're feeling confused, and you're feeling defeated, because you're making it mean something, when in reality, it's just something that happened, that event in and of itself doesn't hold any emotion doesn't hold any weight. It's your reaction to that event that caused that, you know, but the event in of itself is like, just the same way you went to the park today, or you took a walk today. It's just a thing that happened. So what are you making this mean? And then we can go back to Episode 153. When I talk about that mindset that is required for a successful launch. Part of that is that detachment, and I can tell you from experience that working on that detachment piece, it's going to help a lot when you have maybe some goals that you don't hit or you know, no one signed up or not as many people signed up as you had hoped and things start feeling like that. It's never gonna happen, or it's not what you expected or your business is doomed. That doesn't happen. That feeling isn't quite as intense if you started practicing detachment around your launches. So go back and listen to that as well. Okay, so beyond doing that journaling practice, I think that's really important to do. What am I making this mean? Anytime you're feeling those negative thoughts come up about your business. But specifically, we're talking launches, specifically after a launch that didn't go as you hoped. Now, let's get into the six things that you need to do immediately following a launch that didn't go as planned. The very first thing I want you to do, no matter what is to celebrate. And I know it may not feel like you want to celebrate, really, I guess, the first step really is what I just shared, which is to feel the feelings be okay with feeling those emotions and just work through them and kind of do some stuff, let's call that the pre work, then we'll move into step one, which is to celebrate, because you did the thing, you did something that honestly 99% of people in this world won't or don't do. And if we're talking specifically, in terms of like business owners, majority of business owners won't do, or will never get to, and will never actually become business owners because they won't ever do what you just did. So that takes a lot of work, a lot of energy, and that decision to go for it. That decision to put yourself out there and to take that risk. And all of that deserves a full on celebration, I'm talking champagne, if that's your thing, I'm talking dinner out, if that's your thing, I'm talking about vacation, a social media break, whatever it is, that makes you feel like you are celebrating the work that you just did. Regardless of the outcome, the outcome is just what it is. But you still have the opportunity to celebrate you and your work and what you're putting out into the world. So make sure you do that very first thing. The second thing, take a break, give yourself a much needed well deserved break that may go hand in hand with the celebrating that you're doing. Give yourself some space around your launch and the content you put out and what you did and didn't do. See if you can take a mind break from it to just get yourself maybe out into nature. Again, take a vacation, give yourself some space from your screens, and just take that space that you need around it, because it's going to help a lot when you come back to it, which is the next step. And that is to do it again. Now, we're not going to do it again,
13:14
immediately. What I mean by this is that you're just scheduling out your next launch. What I don't want you to do, please, please, please don't do this, is to think that because this launch didn't go as planned, that means that you shouldn't do it again, or that you need to completely revamp everything and start over from scratch. And it's going to take months and months and months before you can try this again, don't think that because what really actually happened during this launch period, is that you build a massive amount of momentum. That is awesome. That is exactly where you want to be. So now you can ride that wave. keep that momentum going with the people that were a part of your special event or got on your email list because of your freebie. You have these eyes. Now on your work. They are interested, they just got a bunch of great information from you. And yeah, maybe they weren't ready to take the next step and work with you in a paid context. But they're still there. They're engaged, they want more. And now is your time to ride that wave and do it again. And the more and more times you go through this process, the more and more people are going to be interested, they will start expecting it they will get the information they need. I mean if this was your first time launching this particular paid offer, then this the first time these people are hearing about it and it might take more than a week for someone to decide it's what they need. So the more you put it in front of them, the more you continue to Give them valuable content, the more ready they become. And then the more times they get offered to become a part of your paid offer, the more time that is presented to them, the more times the more opportunities, they have to say yes. So we have to continue to go with that flow and build that momentum and gain that energy. And if you stop and start and stop and start and stop and start on and off this entire time, then you never gain that momentum. Because the people that were once interested, well, then they haven't heard from you, and who knows how long, and you never re talked about that offer again, and they've lost interest, they forgot what that even was, they don't think you're interested anymore. And so now you're starting over every single time. So do it. Again, I want you to look at your calendar, you just have celebrated, you've taken a little break, maybe it's like a few weeks off, I'd say up to like a month off, then look at your calendar, and put your next launch on your calendar. Now, I would say ideally, if you especially if you're again, working on that momentum, and you haven't quite gotten to that point where people are super engaged, regardless, don't go longer than three months before your next launch. So minimally once a quarter as you are starting out. So put that on your calendar again. Now step number four, now that you know that you have a launch coming up and maybe a month or two months, it's time to figure out what you can potentially do differently. And what you will repeat during that next launch so that it can be even better than your last launch. And this is where that whole talk of it not being a failure of this not being a waste of time of this still being something so important for your business, even if no one signed up. Or even if only a few people signed up, and you thought it was going to be a lot of people. And so now you're wondering what the heck to do, you have the most significant, helpful, important learning opportunity on your hands right now at your fingertips literally everything you need to know, to make your business a success for the long haul is in this launch that you just did. And really every single launch, every time you do one of these things, you learn something so valuable about your business that you can take into the next one. And that is why they keep getting better. That is why you keep getting more interest. That is when you start getting more and more people to sign up.
18:00
I mean, it's really like to be totally honest, it's not really that big of a surprise, if you're just doing this for the first few times that you aren't reaching these big massive goals because you have so much to learn. Like, if you just immediately had this amazing, successful launch, would you actually ever learn what you need to learn? It's part of the process. It's part of growing, it's part of building a business. And that's why I just think there's so fun. Like, I love doing launches for so many reasons. But I really love recapping the launches, like putting in my detective hat. Looking at the numbers, and this is where you get really objective. And just seeing what worked seeing what didn't work. Like what happened. What was were people interested in? What were people not interested in? What emails were open, what emails were not open, where could I switch some things up? I think it's super fun. And I think you could too, once you realize like the amount that you can learn from this experience and what it will do for your business down the road because you had this opportunity now. Okay, so you're gonna put on that detective hat and take a look at what went well and what didn't go well from this. As I mentioned, objective standpoint, your emotions are set aside like what you think is set aside and you're just looking at the data. So from this like you can look at how did your freebie do?
19:39
So the way that I teach how to do launches includes having a simple yet valuable freebie before you get into your special event. So this is kind of in the pre pre launch stage. You're kind of always kind of promoting I guess we'll say that freebie. How is that freebie doing our people Interested in it? Are people signing up? When you talk about it? Do you get a spike in interest? Does it seem like people are opening that welcome sequence and engaging in those emails? Do people download the workbook or whatever it is? Did they listen to the audio series? Whatever your freebie is? Are they engaging in it? So that's one thing to look at. The next thing, how were the signups for your special event was their interest in that, what was your attendance rate. So for the amount of people that signed up, how many people engaged in that free event, whether it was a webinar type situation, a challenge, whatever it was, how was the engagement or attendance rate of that special event? Also, looking into your emails, and the open rates and click rates of the emails that you're sending, this goes for the invitation emails to the special event, it goes for the emails afterwards, talking about your paid offer those sales emails, how was the engagement on those and you may even see, you probably will see that some emails do better than others. So then does that mean, maybe the subject line needs to be changed, or maybe just that wasn't an interesting enough email for people to open. And maybe that email needs to be rewritten. But you're looking at all of this. And just what I want to remind you real quick is that most of what you have done in this launch, even if it didn't go as planned, you will keep you do not need to completely redo your launch, as I talked about, you're building the momentum. And so keeping a lot of it, the same will actually help. So what you're doing when you're being the detective here is just figuring out those little things that you can tweak for next time, that will help and those learning opportunities that will help you really make the next launch even better and more exciting for your audience. And just really seeing those things that you can tweak, without needing to completely reinvent everything. Okay? Keep that in mind. So everything you're looking at now are just finding those little things that you want to change. So other things to look at what was the engagement like on your social media posts, when you were talking about both the special event and your paid offer, and even your freebie, all of this is going to be so helpful to let you know that your paid offer is something that people are interested in, even if no one or very few people purchase right now. So if you're getting good engagement, if people are downloading that freebie, that by the way is very specifically related to your paid offer, you know, it's the same person that would be interested in your paid offer is the person downloading that freebie that shows you that there is interest if people signed up for your special event and were really excited about it, even if they didn't attend, then that shows they're still interest. Now, if the attendance rate was low, then that may mean that you need to do a little more work on your reminder emails and getting people excited in between the time they sign up and show up. And also keeping in mind that the like industry average of showing up to sign up is like 30%. So you know, if you have 100 people sign up, then you expect around 30 to actually show up live if you're doing a workshop type event, just FYI. And another thing to look at as you're being a detective in your business is the objections that you got. Maybe you did talk to some people that were potentially interested or maybe you got some emails or you just heard through the grapevine some things that people were saying and the objections that they may have had towards your paid offer, what were the reasons they were giving for why they couldn't sign up? Was it a money issue, a time issue not being ready issue? You know, there's very similar objections for pretty much every paid offer. And really knowing what specifically comes out for your paid offer will help again for next time, because that will then be infused into your messaging. And speaking of messaging, this is where we have to talk about messaging. Because now that you have done some of this work, you've looked at your numbers and gotten an idea of what went well and what needs to be changed or tweaked or improved for next time. We can dive into the specifics around that because there are some things to look at. As you figure out how to improve for next time, which happens to be step number five, prepare for next time, the things to look at. So specifically, if interest for your free stuff prior to your launch seemed lower than you were expecting, like there wasn't as many people downloading your freebie and signing up for your freebie and getting involved in your special event and all the stuff that you're putting out in your pre launch and pre pre launch, it's most likely either a messaging problem, or a mismatch between the audience that you currently have. And the offer that you just put out. This is also assuming that you are talking about and sharing about your free stuff enough, obviously, people can't sign up for it, if they don't know that it exists. And if you're only talking about it every once in a while, not enough to get that momentum going. And this is what we do in launch list accelerator so that you know exactly how often you need to post and exactly what you need to say. So it's not just like, hey, here's my free thing, but really getting the right messaging the right wording into it so that people are interested in it. So just as a side note, please make sure you're actually talking about it enough. So that might be a whole nother reason why no one's engaging in this free stuff is because they don't know it exists. So another thing to look at, but let's just assume that you have, and the interest was low than that, first, I would definitely look at your messaging. And then if there's interest in your freebie and a special event, but not good conversion into your paid offer are not what you expected, then it is potentially a messaging problem again, and an offer problem. So let's talk about all of these and what you can really look at. And again, before we do that, also, making sure and being really honest with yourself about if you talked about it enough. And again, if you are in the signature program bundle, and you have access to my entire launch strategy, and you follow it, then you can know for sure that you talked about it enough. So that's a non issue if you have that. But if you don't then, you know, quite often I see people, you know, say once or twice on their social media or in their emails, or whatever they have as their platform that they have something available. And it's just not enough, you know, the rule of seven applies. It's just like this unknown thing that people need to hear about something seven times before they take action. And so that applies to your launch as well. So it may absolutely be a case of you just not sharing about it enough. And then if if that's the thing for both your free stuff and your paid stuff, then the real question is, why are you hiding? What are you afraid of? Why is self promotion an issue for you? I mean, that's the reality. That's like, the real hard of it is there is something blocking you from promoting what you have to offer. And since it is a service based business, most likely, that is usually yourself. So what is keeping you from promoting your offers promoting yourself promoting your services. But for the sake of this episode, and this conversation, let's say that you followed the plan to a tee and you're confident that your audience knew about the paid offer, and knew about the special event and knew about the freebie and have the opportunity multiple multiple opportunities to take action. And they didn't in some capacity.
29:04
Messaging, the first thing to look at to improve for next time. I love you all. But I can guarantee myself included that you can improve your messaging because we all can I really don't know, a whole lot of entrepreneurs out there, especially in the online business space, that have perfect messaging, there's always room for improvement, because a lot of it changes you know, it changes day by day, what we really connect with what's going on in the world that we can then infuse into our messaging and how we talk to people and what really intrigues us and causes emotion within us. So much of it changes as our world changes and it's important to always have that stuff top of mind. In your launches in between launches. Anytime you put out any content. As a reminder, messaging in like the smallest little definition I could give, which, in reality is way bigger than this. But simplistically, it's how you talk about your offer, the words that you use to communicate your offer, what you have for sale. It is how you sell it, how you get people to understand that they need it, that they want it, that it will help them that it will get them from point A to point B, that it will solve a problem that it will get to a solution, all of that stuff. So it is not just like the words you use in terms of like, there's four modules. And week one, we do this, and we too, we do this, and it cost this much. And here's this payment plan, that's not messaging, it goes more into the emotion, the thoughts, the feelings, the vibe of our dream clients, and how we can essentially get them to a point where they know with certainty that we get them. Because the moment that someone really truly feels that deep within like, what you say resonates with them on a whole different level. That is when they are ready to purchase. That is when that connection has been made that is so strong, and they feel comfortable, confident and trust you enough to pay you. And that is why messaging is so important. And again, very rarely do I see that I always look at you know, my clients and my dream clients from this lens of what their clients see their dream clients see? And does it invoke that feeling. And it's challenging, I mean, I don't see it that often. It takes a lot of work and a lot of practice. And part of that practice is in doing these launches. Like that is the only way to get better at your messaging is to try some messaging, try some communication systems, try some words and phrases, and see if they resonate. And the best way to know if they resonate, is to try to sell, try to market, go through this process, and then evaluate afterwards, which is what we're doing now. So go back through your content now your emails, your social media posts, what you said in your podcast episodes or your YouTube videos, what you did it through your out your special event, and really look at it in this lens of did I effectively communicate that I am the one that gets my clients will they know without a doubt through what I just shared in this launch, that I get them that I understand them, and that I can help them. That is what they want to know. They don't care about how many modules are in your program. They want to know that you can help solve their problem. So did you effectively communicate that on a deep level, because remember, there are lots of other people saying some similar stuff. Let's just be honest here. We're not the only ones having an online business, we're not the only ones selling what something similar to what we do. I mean, I'm not trying to be rude or harsh or mean or anything. But it's true. There are other people doing what you do. All of us, myself included, there's tons of other people doing what I do. And so for me to do what I do, and to attract the right people to my work, and for you to do what you do and attract the right people to your work, you have to find a way to communicate on a deeper level on a very unique level to you that no one else can do because no one else is in your brain. communicate that with your dream client. And did you do that? Can you say with certainty that you found a unique and different expression of the work that you do for your dream clients in this launch? And what can you tweak to try to reach them even more deeply? Like instead of using the word stress, can you find another word that is even more indicative of what they're really going through even more of that connection point because everyone's stressed everyone talks about stress. Every practitioner can deal with stress. They need someone who knows more deeply what it looks like and feels like in their lives. And that's just an example. One example of many. So can you take it to the next level with your messaging With the words and phrases you use,
35:03
the second thing is the offer. So your offer. And this is where it can kind of get confusing because a lot of people think that their paid thing, whenever they have this product or this service is their offer. And that's not true. Your product is your product, your service is your service. Your offer is that environment, around your product or service. That makes it very compelling. It's just like creating this really awesome environment around it that essentially what you're doing is you're trying to make it a no brainer decision. You are with your offer, really showcasing your services your product in a way, that's like, yes, sign me up, I don't even know how much it costs. But I am in, I want this, I need this, this is for me. And your messaging is part of your offer, how you describe how you get people interested, and even getting to that offer point. It's all part of that system. But when it comes to your actual offer two things that are important to consider.
36:22
Have you showcased the value of what they are getting? How can you increase that perceived value? Potentially? And can you lower the risk? Because those are really the two things that people consider like subconsciously, even you don't even know you're doing this, but we do it every time we buy anything like is the value there for this price point? And what kind of risk is involved? And especially like, we really have to consider that when you have an online business and you're selling an online service because people potentially have never met you before. They don't know a whole lot about you. You know, there is that risk of like when I pay this, what if I don't get anything? What if this is a scam? What if this person isn't real, you know, like there's a lot involved there. So to lower the risk for someone is really important in the work that you're doing. So there's a few ways you can do this. The first is to add in some bonuses, some other special things that are a part of your service or your product. And when I say product, I don't necessarily mean like physical product, it could be a digital product, like a course of program, a workshop, something like that. You can think about some bonuses, you can also do some pricing options, like payment plans or something like that, that again, it lowers the risk, it increases the value because it makes it more accessible to people. You can also do special pricing in terms of, you know, a special discount a special coupon code or something like that, that again, increases the value decreases the risk. Also adding in things like a refund policy, a guarantee, something like that, where, you know, refunds aren't necessarily all that easy to do for a service based business, especially if it's an online product where it gets immediately delivered, and they have access to the entire thing. But a guarantee is really helpful. So if someone does the work, and they don't see improvement, it doesn't work for them, then maybe they can get some of their money back all of their money backs. It just totally depends. And there are lots of options. And I'll walk through all of this with you in the offer module of signature program lab, but lots of stuff involved in an offer. Beyond just the actual thing you're selling, the more intriguing your offer is, the more sales you will get, obviously, I mean, there's so many of us again without even consciously realizing it, but you buy something because you get a free something else. Like I do this with my skin products I'm using right now called Bioscience. I don't know if anyone else uses this stuff. I love it. But pretty much every day they have some sort of bonus or sale or special and I've always sucked into it. So they will like the last time I ordered from them. I just wanted the face cream. But then they were doing this special where you got five other products like the sample size of five other products. And I was sold. I was like yes, I want to try these other products. It's amazing. This is perfect. I'm excited. So I probably wouldn't have purchased they didn't quite need it yet, except that there was This special thing going on. So again, that is the offer, it's not just that, that face cream, it's the whole environment that was created around that face cream around the purchase of that face cream. And yes, they also have a guarantee. Like, if you don't like it, if it doesn't work for you, you just send it back. And that helps too, because then I'm out nothing if this face cream makes me break out or something. So this applies to your online business as well. Because no matter what people are buying, we're all consumers. At the end of the day, we all have this consumer mentality. And you need to think about that in your business as well. And then the last thing in terms of how you can improve for next time, which this kind of goes into step six, is thinking about your audience. Because what I see happen a lot, and this is totally normal. And I went through this multiple times in my business too is as our business evolves, our work evolves, what we're interested in evolves,
41:07
our audience kind of changes, like who we are talking to changes. And so you may be at that point where your old audience, the people that were following you on Instagram, or were on your email list or whatever, it's not a good fit anymore, there's just, there's not a good match. And so the next thing to look at beyond messaging offer is really understanding more about your audience, are they still the right fit for what you are now working towards, for the launch that you just did? I mean, there, if that's kind of the, what you're seeing in your recap, is that there's just not that much interest from your audience, then there's the possibility that it's just not the right audience anymore. Maybe you had them as an audience for years and years and years. And it's just gone a little stale. And that happens. And so this is where we get into step six, the final thing to do right after your launch, which is to keep building your list, so you just took a break. And then you put the next launch on your calendar for a few months max out. So no, remember, we're keeping the momentum going. So no more than a few months out. And in between that time, because now you've already done a lot of the work for your next launch, you know, your special event, yes, you may tweak some things, maybe you'll even just like change the title to see if you get more interest, maybe you'll add or subtract some slides to your webinar, it's that kind of thing. Maybe you'll turn it from a challenge into a webinar or a webinar or into a challenge. But unless you just like totally hated that special event, and you don't want to do it ever again, then you can probably reuse it. And the same goes with a lot of the other content you created for this last launch, you can reuse it. And so this means that a lot of that energy that was going into that for the launch, you just completed. Now that energy can go into building your audience. And if you remember from Episode 152, when I talked about the different stages of launching, there's that pre pre launch stage, which you're kind of like almost always in like, there may be a little bit of a break here and there, which is normal. If you're like, I don't want to do this 365 days a year. That's okay, you can take a break. But a lot of time is spent in that pre pre launch stage, especially if you're really, really needing to build your audience to get more eyes on your work. This is kind of that point where the freebie is the main focus, and you're getting people interested and involved in that freebie. Again, you may not need to change anything about your actual freebie, but instead of working on the messaging around that freebie, perhaps getting a new platform started that will get you in front of new people. So maybe now's a good time to start a podcast. Because you know, that's one of my favorite platforms, obviously, but something like that where you can then get into a new audience and reach new people and get them involved in your freebie. But the main thing that you should be focusing on in between launches, is getting people on your email list that are a good fit for that offer that you have going on during your launch. So this is super important because otherwise you're going to stay stuck in this place where you don't get a lot of attention. You don't get a lot of engagement when you talk specifically about the things that you want to do. Fill in your paid offer, because it's just not the right audience. And so having that freebie that is a perfect match is important. And again, that's part of the launch list accelerator getting that all set up for you. Because a lot of it's going on behind the scenes, you know, it's not like this is something you have to focus on, all day, every day. But it is something that is always happening behind the scenes. And then you spend maybe a few days a week, where you do promote it, you do talk about it on social media, but you still have this automated system going on all the time. And of course, the more people that you have on your email list, every launch you do, the more conversions you will have, in each launch, it's just a numbers game. It's an attraction game, really working on getting the right people to know about you to see what you do to be interested in what you do. And those people being the right people for your paid offer. So that is number six, those are the six things that you need to do right after your launch. And really this you should be doing this, whether you had this complete smashing success of a launch or this what you perceive as failure of a launch doesn't matter. Do this do this every time. Because again, there's always going to be things that you can learn and improve and grow. It's part of the process. It's the fun part.
46:29
Honestly, I think what, how cool is it that we have so many learning experiences to be had at every stage of the game, I think it's really cool, at least. And as a reminder, everything I talked about in all of these episodes around launching, and specifically today, too. If you would like help and guidance and a little more done for you type launch experience, then that is available for you inside the signature program bundle. Module Five, I'll walk you through the entire process of creating that irresistible offer. All of the things included besides just like, hey, I have this program come by it, we will create that offer that makes it so compelling, and irresistible. And then in module six, literally everything I could possibly think of to make launching your program as easy as possible. As time saving as possible, to take out all the questions that you might have to take out all of the guesswork, and to make sure it is as successful as possible for you too. I give you the emails, I give you the templates, I give you the webinar templates, I tell you exactly what to do on what day and when I mean, like I really tried to make it as simple as possible. That's all available for you inside the signature program bundle. And really, if you're someone who knows that you want a signature program and your business or if you even think you might someday potentially be interested in having your own signature program as your paid offer. The best place to start is to go to my free masterclass. And I will walk you through the entire process I will show you what's involved, how to do it, what steps to take, I will lay it all out for you so that you have the system that you need to make this possible for you and your business and it's all free. So you can go to shawmynar.com/masterclass To schedule your session for when it works best for you. That's shawnmynar.com/masterclass. That's a really really good free place to start. All right, my friends. Thanks so much for checking this episode out. If you have any questions about launching or signature programs, or email lists or anything in your business, be sure to reach out on social media. I'm over at Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, you can DM me over there and I'll get back to you. Or if you just want to come hang out and watch some weird videos. I'm over on Tik Tok to now at unstuck entrepreneur over there. And until next time, take care
You’ve heard about this idea of making money while you sleep and it sounds pretty magical. So now you’re thinking, why both with a whole big live launch when you can just make your paid offer always available for people to purchase any time they want…including while you’re sleeping? It’s a question I get asked a lot as my clients get ready to put out their first or next paid offer. With everything that goes into a successful launch, it can seem like it would just be wayyyy easier to skip it all and go evergreen. So how about we create a pros and cons list for both options so you can decide which one would be best for you? As someone who has had many evergreen courses, ebooks, and workshops AND also done A LOT of live launches, I’ve got a lot to say about it, so let’s dive in!
“What it seems like and what I think a lot of people in the online space are making it appear to be, isn’t the reality for all people.” - Shawn Mynar
“Because of the environment, you will make more sales during a live launch than just by having it be evergreen and always available." - Shawn Mynar
“If you want a live launch that is a success, planning ahead is going to be key.” - Shawn Mynar
“Do a live launch to create excitement and awareness.” - Shawn Mynar
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPTS BELOW:
0:01
You've heard about this idea of making money while you sleep. And it sounds pretty great. So now you're thinking, why bother with a whole big live launch? When you can just make your paid offer always available for people to purchase anytime they want, including while you're sleeping? It's a question I get asked a lot as my clients get ready to put out their first or next paid offer. With everything that goes into a successful launch, it can seem like it would just be way easier to skip it all and go evergreen. So how about we create a pros and cons list together for both options, so you can make the best decision for you and your business. As someone who has had many evergreen courses, ebooks and workshops, and also done a lot of live launches, I've got a lot to say about it all. So let's dive in. Hey, hey there, friends.
0:59
Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the Show checking out this episode. It's a it's a big episode. It's a loaded episode and a topic that I get asked about a lot. And I have a lot to say about this. I've been wanting to do this episode for a really, really long time. And it just didn't ever seem like the right time, because we had a lot to discuss before we got to this point. And that's why I did this whole series that we're currently in the middle of all about launches, so that we could get to this point where I could talk about the difference between a live launch and an evergreen situation in your business and what the pros and cons are of each and how to decide which one is best for you. We had a lot to get to up until this point. So if you haven't tuned in to the other episodes about launching prior to this, so it would be the two episodes before this one. This, it's really important to kind of bring you up to speed to the point where you will understand everything that we're going to talk about today. So this is episode three of this series all about launching in your business. Go back, listen to episode 152, I believe 153. And now this is 154. And you will be fully involved in this whole series we're doing so super excited for today's episode, because as I've mentioned several times already, we are going to talk all about the difference between doing this live launch versus having your paid offers be always available, kind of in this evergreen mode. So you can decide which one is best for you. I will also be sharing some examples of how all of this works in my business, both the Evergreen aspect, and doing these live launches and kind of how I decide what is going to happen when and what I really want to come out of this for you is for you to be able to make the best decision for you and your business, not based on emotion or thought or ego. But from this more strategic business perspective. And it's not very often that I say that. But I think what is happening here for a lot of people is this. I honestly think a lot of of the decision that comes between evergreen and live launching is based around an ego type thought and emotion, maybe a fear, or an overthinking type situation or just something where I think the decision is being made in the ego capacity versus really thinking about what's right for you and your business and your life and all that stuff. So that's what I want you to understand by the time we get done with this episode is what really is right for you where your business is at right now what your goals are, what your needs are, and what you really think you can make happen. That is the goal. All right. So let's get started here. First, an explanation of each. I'll make this quick. We talked about the live launch a lot Two episodes ago, Episode 152, I believe where I shared behind the scenes of my most recent launch. It was a live launch, but a part of that was really showing all of the ingredients involved. and the processes and the flow involved, have a live launch. So go back and listen to that. But essentially what I am referring to when I say live launch is a specific launch period where there is an enrollment that is open and then enrollment closes. It's usually kicked off by a special free event like a webinar, a workshop, a masterclass a challenge, a video series, an audio series, something like that, where that's this extra special, usually free, doesn't have to be but usually free event. There are also usually some special bonuses involved or special special pricing during that time, something again, where it's building this excitement around the enrollment period that is opened on a specific day and closes on a specific day. So yes, exciting. It's also a great time that builds a lot of awareness and a lot of momentum around your paid offer. Because you're talking about it a lot. You're promoting it, there's just lots of energy behind it during that period of time. So a live launch is typically used for like your signature program where a group of people are going through a process together, it can be used for a course a membership, a live or pre recorded workshop, and even getting one on one clients, which I really truly do not think enough people are using a live launch strategy to fill up their calendars with one on one clients. And if that's what you want to do, if that's where you see your business, going, or being at right now, taking these one on one clients. I personally if I were to go back to that time, in my business, when I was trying to get clients, if I had to do it all over again, I would definitely go the live launch route and bring in a handful of clients all at one time. That's personally what I would do, you can use this strategy for your one on one client work. And so go back again, if you didn't listen to episode 152. I hope this is the right number because I keep saying it, it might not be that but the episode that is titled behind the scenes of my most recent launch, go back and listen to that and then listen to it with the idea of one on one client work in mind. And you will see how that can work for that too. Now evergreen, when you hear that something is evergreen, it means that that paid offer is always available, people can sign up at any time, like they can go on your website, they can click the link in bio or whatever it is, and purchase and get started with whatever that thing is. This is great for obviously DIY courses, pre recorded workshops. Like obviously, you can't do this for live workshops, because you're not going to be live 24/7. So they can't, you know, buy it whenever they want and be live with you for self paced memberships. So if it's just a membership thing where they can get access at any time and just pick up and do their own thing within that membership. Cool. And also possibly your signature program could be evergreen, when we'll talk about that. Coming up. Having a paid offer. Be evergreen is a big, big, big talk in the online business space. kind of always has been. But I feel like it's gotten even more and more. So lately. Everyone wants an evergreen product. Because you are told that you can make money while you sleep. You can have a completely hands off business and be traveling around the world and doing all these other things and just checking your bank account your bank account is growing without you really having to do anything. And to some degree that is true. That does come with having an evergreen situation, having something that is always available for purchase. You can make money while you sleep. It has happened to me a lot over the past 10 years. I guess I've had an evergreen product for probably eight years. And it really truly is great. You do make money while you sleep. But I think the way that this is presented in the online business space that makes it sound like it's super easy. There's very little time involved like non time consuming at all. And basically like your business runs without you. And all you have to do is create this thing Sit back, relax, go about your life and watch it blow up and sell like crazy. And all of a sudden you're making a million dollars. And that is not how it works, my friends. So let's clear that up right away. Now, like I said, there is some truth to the like making money while you sleep, maybe it is less time consuming. Maybe it is a little more hands off in some regards. But thing that isn't really talked about a lot when people are trying to kind of, quote unquote, sell you on this evergreen situation in your business, is that you still have to sell the thing, whatever it is that you have available, 24/7 365 You still have to sell it. And because that excitement and awareness and like that whole thing, the whole vibe that happens during a live launch isn't really there. It actually requires a whole different kind of strategy, something special, like this different energy to go into making that sale. And we're gonna talk more about this too in a second. But I just wanted to put that out there now, for all of you that are going into this thinking, why would I ever do this alive launch thing that she talked about and sounds like so much work. And it sounds so hard when I could just sit back and make money every day. I just want to put it out there. Now again, we'll talk about it. I have more to say on this topic. I just want to put it out there now that what it seems like and what I think a lot of people in the online business space are making it appear to be isn't the reality for most people. Now, yes, there are those outliers, probably those people that you're looking at that it's so easy for them to make sales while they're doing all these things and seems like they're barely working. But they're probably not showing you what they're really doing or what their team is doing behind the scenes. And they're probably not showing you what it looks like the first few years in their business, this is probably not what they started out being able to do with their evergreen product. Okay. Now let's get into the pros and cons list. For each, I tried to be as thorough as possible. But like, every episode, I'm probably missing some things. But let's go through what I was able to come up with as a start. So first, starting with the pros of a live launch. So having that doors open to doors closed enrollment period, where you are really putting in some energy, some time, some work, all the things into that, doors, open doors closed period. First pro, you have the ability to make a large chunk of income in like a week or two, whatever your live launch period is you will get a quick cash injection during that time. So that's really great, especially if you are in a situation where you need some money. What better way than to do a live launch and have it all come in? In a week or two, even a couple of days. If you have a shorter launch period, whatever that is. So you have that ability. Of course yes, it depends on how you set everything up. It depends on your marketing strategy, your sales strategy, what you're doing in that period of time to get to that point where you can make the income that you desire. But that is a strategic thing. That is something that you will learn over time and over launches. And of course I'm here to help you set all of that up which is what we do in the signature program bundle. Next, when you are providing value and connection during that special event which is what kicks off your live launch typically, you also have this excitement and hype during that launch because you're spending extra energy and time really promoting what you have to offer. You have these extra special bonuses or pricing. You will have this limited time offer like they can sign up during this week. And then after that it's gone. It makes it an easy sell. So if you are someone who has a hard time maybe has those blocks that we were talking about in the last episode around selling this all makes it easier having that special event having that specific time period period that entered Do you the excitement, the bonuses, the special pricing, whatever it is, all of that sets you up to not really have to do that much in terms of selling, besides just making it available, showing up having that excitement, that enthusiasm, that confidence about your offer, and just being available. So it is a really easy sell, when you have created that foundation, and that environment around your live launch period. And because of that environment, and excitement and energy and all that stuff, you will make more sales, you will make more sales during a live launch than just by having it be evergreen and always available, you will make more sales. Let me really drive that home. Because that's important, you will make more sales, and everybody that does evergreen versus live knows that it's a very common thing to know. And it makes a ton of sense, when we just talked about everything that all the hype involved in a live launch that isn't really there, when it's always available.
16:09
And all of your sales and marketing energy is concentrated into a few weeks. So yes, maybe there is, as you might see it, it may look like there is more quote unquote, work involved, but it's all concentrated into a few weeks, and then you get a break. So if you have the like lifestyle that needs breaks, or the personality that needs a break, then a live launch situation is really great for that like if you need or want to take summers off to be there with your kids, or to go travel if you need and or want to take the holidays off to again be with your family travel, just take some time off to regroup. During the holidays, you have that ability when you are doing these specific periods of time where you are live launching, and then there's a break live launching, and then there's a break. So it may seem like potentially, there is more work. But it's just concentrate it just focus work break folks who work break. So that may or may not be something that works for you. And then lastly, once you create the content for that while live launch, like maybe you do a workshop where you do a challenge or something like that, once you create that, and all the kind of marketing tools that go along with that, it's done, you can reuse it for future launches. So the work load gets less and less and less. Every time you launch. Yes, you will make tweaks maybe there was an email that didn't get opened. And so you change a few things about that email, or maybe you want to add or take away some slides for your workshop or something like that. But the vast majority of the work is done. Once you do one launch, you just keep repeating that launch and getting better and better and better at that, which is really great. So so much of the work is on the front end. And then you can kind of coast and just have those periods where yes, there is more excitement, more energy, you're showing up more for your paid offer and your special event. And then you get a break. Really nice. Alright, let's talk about the cons now of doing a live launch. I think that the biggest one that I personally don't see as a con but from what I get from my clients is that you're live, it's not something that you can pre record and you know, add it and then put out and have the same vibe have the same energy have the same excitement around. Typically for a live launch, you're gonna have to be live in some capacity. Even if you're doing a challenge. And it's a, like a five day challenge with five emails that go out one a day, you're still probably going to have to show up live somewhere in like a Facebook group or on Instagram or something like that. Because that's part of building that excitement, creating that energy and showing up during that period of time for your business in a different capacity than you do every other time of the year. So
19:50
yeah, you have to be live. You have to show your face you have to be okay with stumbling over your words, making mistakes and just being You and that is what will be the driver of your sales, the energy that you put into showing up live for people. And just being yourself, people don't want to buy something or get the help they need from a robot, they want to see you, they want to know that you guys have a connection that you're good working together, and not everyone will be, that's okay. So being able and willing and excited to show up live is part of having a live launch. And that's just honestly a mindset thing that you'll have to work through. Again, do it, just commit to doing it, even though it's uncomfortable, and scary, and all the things and after you get one, you'll realize it's actually quite fun. And and then you can do it again and again and again. And it just gets easier and easier every time. Another con i would say is that you can feel a little pressure to get everything done in time, like time pressure, because you've got to set a date for your live launch and let people know. So they have time to learn about it and to register and enroll and get excited for that special event and all that stuff. So you have to set a date in advance and you have to stick with that date. Now, I again think this is not a con. Because a lot of times we need that date, we need to share it, we need to talk about it well in advance, put it in our calendar and set it in stone and get other people to know about it for us to actually do the thing because it's real easy, as we all know, to keep pushing things back and back and back. And back. When you don't have that like set in stone, this thing is happening, I just told someone else kind of motivation. So again, it is something to consider, you may feel like and that's why I shared the episode I did about behind the scenes of my launch. You may feel like there's a lot to do in a short period of time. But if you take what I shared with you, and really plan it out in the way that I showed you, then you will have plenty of time and you don't have to worry about that time crunch. When it comes close, you will have you know everything set your schedule set, you will know what you're working on week by week. And it won't feel like so much pressure, but it still is possible that it will come down to the wire. And you'll be you know, writing emails and creating sales pages and slides and all that stuff towards the end, that's okay. It just means you're working on your business, you're doing the thing, you're stepping outside of your comfort zone. Cool, love it, but be prepared for that. So that goes into my last clamp con, which is that you need to plan ahead. If you want to have a live launch, that is a success, planning ahead is going to be key. Knowing your date, I would say at minimum a month out is going to be very, very helpful. So last minute stuff is going to be a challenge. So at least a month out. Preferably, I would say even up to three months out maybe even a year out depending on how you like to plan things you know when your launches will be. So just to wrap up the live launch info I want to share when it would be best to use a live launch. First of all, they are great, I would say essential for a group program type situation where the group is going through the material together. So they all start on a specific day or in a specific week they go through the weeks or the modules or the steps together. There's this forum or community where they're kind of sharing what they're up to, and challenges and stuff. And doing all that together. There are calls with you coaching calls where you're maybe adding something to the modules or what they're going through that week, or you're even just asked answering questions from that week or that module, whatever it is, but obviously if it's cohort based, then you want to do a live launch for that you can't have people just signing up at random if you want everyone to start and go through the process together. So that is where most signature programs are going to need a live launch.
24:40
And this will also work for like a membership or a course or anything like that where you do kind of want to build that excitement and have people start in a group together. Also, like I mentioned earlier, it's great for getting several new one on one clients at once. especially if you have like a three month package or a six month package to offer your clients. And it's just a really good way to again, build that hype, build that awareness, let people know they need to work with you, what will go into that process and all that stuff, it's kind of nice to do that in a concentrated format, instead of just always being like, Hey, new, I'm taking new clients, hey, I'm taking new clients, it really helps to do that all at once. So that's an option too, for these live launches. And again, if you prefer periods of work, with periods of arrest and downtime in your business, live launches are great. And then I would say lastly, anytime you have a brand new paid offer, like you've never talked about it before, people don't know about this, you're just now putting it out into the world, do a live launch to create excitement and awareness, it is very hard to launch something brand new out into the world, just by saying hey, this thing's available go get it. That's like super challenging to create the excitement and awareness that you need around that when most people don't see your post. A lot people don't potentially don't read your emails or not every email. So doing it in this concentrated format, where you're kicking it off with this special event. It's just a big deal. I mean, think about it, anytime someone opens a restaurant, or there's an new movie or something, there's a premiere, right? Like there isn't a big event, there's a red carpet thing. That is what we need to do. For every single thing we launch in our business too. There's a reason why all new things that come out into this world have a launch around it, excitement and awareness. So very hard to put out a paid offer that is brand new, and get the hype around it that you need by going straight to Evergreen. Speaking of evergreen, let's chat about that. The pros of having something a paid offer something for sale, all the time, is that you have the potential to make money 24/7 365, which is obviously super cool, very enticing, very intriguing. We all want that. And along with that comes the potential to also have steady revenue coming in. Especially if you get down the road and you start being able to predict how many people buy this thing per week, per month per year, then you have more predictability in your business. And just as a note, in both of those cases, I say the potential to make money 24/7 365 and potential for steady revenue. Does this mean that it's 100% proven? Your this is definitely going to happen. The second you put something out evergreen, absolutely not. It takes time, work attention, energy, all the things.
28:04
Next up, when you are evergreen, you will likely if you if it's for a course or a membership or a program, it still will likely have a special event attached to it. It's just that that also is automated and always available always going which means it is pre recorded. And for a lot of people that sounds very again, enticing, intriguing, amazing, I can do this thing, I don't have to be live, I don't have to be in front of an audience. I can edit it all to be exactly what I want, and then put it out and have people consume it. So that is a pro. And there's also tons of other automations going on with in an evergreen situation to have someone go from, you know, being aware of this special event all the way to purchasing all of it's basically automated. Which means yes, it is more hands off the actual process can be hands off. Now even at a live launch. Most things are also automated. So again, it is also hands off but more concentrated in the energy for that specific time. Now the cons of having something be evergreen. And this is something I don't think a lot of people truly understand and really get almost until you do it. But let me save you doing this by telling you how it really is. You are constantly in marketing mode. You have to be either selling your offer or at least selling getting people interested in In your special event, if that is something you have, basically every day, like, you do not have a break, you do not have time off. I mean, yeah, sure you can take it, but then your chances of selling anything are zero. So you are constantly having that, in the back of your mind. Like, did I promote something promoted enough today? Did I do? Well, how many people signed up from my special event? Why didn't anyone buy today? Why didn't anyone sign up for my special event today? It is, it can get to be real madness in your brain. And then also kind of affects your energy around that as well like your vibration around that as well. So there is that constant pressure almost to sell, it's always going on, it's always in the back of your mind. And you're always kind of looking at the analytics and the stats and trying to figure it out and wondering how else you can say it. And that means you have to post on social media that much more. And, you know, make sure you're always talking about it in your emails and on your other platforms, all that stuff, like it's always running in the back of your mind. And so this comes back to what I was talking about before where it can look like, it does look like in a lot of cases where people have these very evergreen hands off businesses, that they're not doing anything, and they're making sales every day without doing much. But again, what are they? Are they promoting their stuff every single day? Probably? Or is their team doing something behind the scenes every day to promote? Or, you know, like, what is their content creation schedule? Like? Is that something that you can do and are willing to do every day? And or are they spending a bunch of money on ads, maybe that's the other way around it which is great. But again, it's time or it's money, which one are you going to put in every day, versus doing that in a concentrated period of time, and then being able to take a break, and rest and get ready for the next round. So that is I think, for me, the biggest con and again, it's not something that you truly understand until you go through it. And you're like, geez, I gotta post again about this thing. And again, and again and again. And it can feel a little daunting. Another big, big con, is that you're going to get fewer conversions, you're going to get fewer conversions, because going back to that live launch, that excitement, that whole like environment isn't being created when it's always available. And it's all automated, someone watching your pre recorded webinar or workshop, they're not going to have the same,
32:59
it's just not going to be the same experience, as if you were live. And you were there right there with them answering their call their questions, chatting with them just being present in that same space, it's not going to be the same. So no matter what the conversion rate is different. As an example, I have been running a pre recorded workshop and an evergreen situation for the signature program bundle for the past three months. I also just did a live launch for the same offer. I made the same number of sales in three days with a live launch that I made in three months with a an evergreen launch. And in both of those cases, my conversion rates were way higher than average for an online business. And that still is what the results were so do you want to make the sales in three months? Or do you want to make them in three days and obviously this flows right into my next con, which that is going to take longer to reach your income goals. Which is again something for you to consider when it comes to what is best for you and your business and your life and your financial situation.
34:30
Is it okay for it to take a you know 310 20 times longer to reach your income goals. So something to really look at in your business, when to use an evergreen flow. If you have a low ticket offer, like an ebook or a recorded workshop. When I say low ticket, I would say Uh, anything under like 100 bucks, that would be something that could be evergreen and could potentially do well for you. It's obviously if it's something that's under $100 is probably not going to be the primary driver of your income in your business. So it's kind of almost like this extra cherry on top type situation that is just kind of always available and as a next step, or probably actually a first step to someone getting involved financially with your business, after they have consumed some of your free content. And if it's something like an ebook or recorded workshop, then that is also probably not going to have that free special event type situation. Again, it's like they have consumed your free content, they've gotten your emails, through your freebies, they listen to your podcast, all that stuff. And then the next step is to buy this low ticket offer from you to get extra help in whatever area and from there, then they will be a part of your next live launch. And they will get more and more and more involved with you as you go. So it's a really good starting point for people. The next time when you could potentially use an evergreen situation for your business is if you have a big, highly engaged audience, and or lots of evergreen content that gets high engagement. Again, if we go back to those people who really pushed the idea of having your business be on evergreen and your paid offers be on evergreen, if you go back and look at those people, if you've been no any, maybe you don't, that's cool, too. But from what I have seen over the past few years, when this has really started to become bigger and bigger. Guess what, those people all have gigantic audiences. And they are on all the platforms that Instagram but tick tock the YouTube the podcast that this that that like whatever it is there have really big, highly engaged audiences. And their only thing that they do is create content like content, content, content content, all day, every day. And part of that content all day, every day is promoting their evergreen situation, as I talked about, like something that's always going on in your business every day. And so if that is something that you want to do, first of all, and have that beasts something going on, and you also have the audience for it, if you know that if you talk about it every day, someone new is going to see it, it's never seen it before, then that is a situation where it could work and could work really well for you. But again, highly engaged large audience, or lots of evergreen content that gets high engagement. So that would mean something like if you do have a podcast that is you know, a really has a really great solid audience or a blog, that gets a lot of readers like Google, Pinterest, whatever, it's getting traffic to your blog posts, that is an option, too. I'll share how this works for me and my business in a second. But having that evergreen content works well, because you may get a podcast listener that listens to an episode two years down the road. And as long as you are talking about something related to that evergreen offer, they may be interested, same thing goes with a YouTube video or a blog post, having that evergreen content is really super helpful if you have also the offer to go with it. Also, if you don't need to make money right away, and can play that long game, then sure, go ahead with the Evergreen situation, get that set up. And then really, really, really focus on creating the evergreen content that goes along with it that drives people into that situation in your business. So again, this is I'm talking years, if you have that if you don't need the income coming in right away, and you want to just set that up over the long game for your business, then that's an option as well. But again, I plan on it taking a few years to get that really set up. And lastly, if you're willing to pay a decent chunk of change for Facebook ads, then this is also something that could work for you in an evergreen capacity. Again, we've got to decide do you want to spend the time and effort creating content all the time and talking about all the time or are you willing to spend them money to get the content and the traffic and get people in that way. And typically, with an evergreen type situation, you know, it depends on the price point of the offer. And whether or not you have a special event connected to that offer, it is a higher cost per lead, typically, to run a Facebook ads to like an evergreen webinar that's free, that then goes into the paid offer, that is typically going to cost more. So you have to again be willing to put in the financial investment, knowing you will get a return on that investment, but being willing, and able to do that.
40:44
Alright, so that's the pros and cons list that I was able to come up with. Now I want to share a little bit about my experience. And then I'm going to give you what I think is your best option. I have had, as I mentioned earlier, at least one evergreen offer going on in my business, since I created my very first ebook back, I believe in 2015. And it was called the 28 day real food jumpstart, it was $28. It was an ebook that I put together before Canva even existed, so it is very ugly. And what is so fascinating about that is I literally kicked off my evergreen passive income situation by making money in my sleep, the first sale I ever made of that $28 ebook was overnight while I was sleeping. And, you know, looking at my bank account the next day and seeing that it had increased, not decreased was like absolutely fascinating to me. Obviously, the first time that happens, you're hooked. You don't it only takes one time for that passive income to come in before you are hooked forever. And so obviously since then, I have had a workout program. That is an ebook as well. I've had pre recorded workshops, I've had DIY courses, all as evergreen opportunities. In fact, I think most of those, if not all of them are still available to this day, and I make sales on them to this day. In fact, just this past couple weeks, I
42:39
sold that workout program, which at this point, I think that was created in 2016. So obviously, a long, long time ago still holds up, I still think that it is an amazing program. It's specifically for people with autoimmune disease or other illnesses that compromise their energy levels at times. So it's a really niche workout program, which is great, and I love it. But I made a sale on that in the past couple of weeks at this point. It's like $19 I think so you know, a little again, cherry on top kind of situation for my business. But I made that sale, because I have one blog post that is specifically related to that ebook. And I talk about the ebook in that blog post. And then people buy it. The people that buy it come from either Pinterest, I do have a few pins on that blog post, or Google. And then they get onto my website, they get on to that blog post, they read it if it's something they think they need, they buy it. So that is how I think evergreen offers work really well, especially those lower priced options. And I regularly make sales on a past DIY course that I have, because I have content that points directly to that course. And this is content that I have created over years in my business that gets traffic through Google through Pinterest, people looking for and finding my past podcast episodes. Like for the DIY version of the fat burning female project, which is my past signature program that's now on evergreen and as DIY. I have an entire podcast 130 episodes of an entire podcast dedicated just to that program. And I talk about that program in a lot of those episodes like directly talk about it, and reference it because it's so closely tied with that content. And so people find my podcast, listen to these episodes. And I haven't recorded a new episode of that show since 2019. It went from 27 teen I think to 2019. So it's obviously been years since there's been any new content on there. But people still find those podcast episodes, listen to it, hear about the fat burning female project, go to my website, go to the sales page and purchase it. So that is how I really think we can leverage the use of content, I guess evergreen content that rolls into evergreen offers, I think that is such an amazing thing to have going on in your business. Now, I obviously also do live launches for the programs that I'm currently running and supporting and, you know, have my attention and my energy and my business, I usually do one live launch per quarter, so four times a year. I love doing them. I love planning them, I love having them. I think they're great. They are amazing. And I have done live launches for years, probably five, six years ever since I created the fat burning female project. For the first time. I've been doing live launches, and I really love them. But I also have the signature program bundle setup on evergreen as well, like I mentioned. And I decided to do this because it really is a program that doesn't need to be done in groups. It's more of a DIY course, that also includes support. But people can start at any time and still come in to those live calls, I host and be a part of the community, no matter what stage they're in, it's not something that everyone needs to go through, together.
47:08
And that kind of shows the ability for you to have a signature program that is on an evergreen situation, if there is that case where people don't have to start together, and can still be a part of your support system, and be a part of the community and it won't throw anybody off and it won't take away from that experience, then that's a situation where you could have your signature program be evergreen, but still have the support of a signature program instead of it being just a DIY course. And this all leads me to answering the question, which one of these is better?
47:52
My answer is the combo, I think you should do both. I am loving the combo. I think it really hits all the buckets when it comes to your business both wanting that cash injection of your live launch, but also wanting a steady stream of income coming in throughout the year. It also is really great to have the hype and the energy and the excitement of a live launch. It helps people get to know what you're about and what you offer, and gets people involved to a greater degree when you have a live launch. But then also having this situation where there is still help available for people who want to start on a smaller scale or start when they're ready, or something like that. So you can do this in a few different ways. You can create a few different paid offers. One that is specifically something that can be put on evergreen, and then one that is cohort based or would be better with a live launch. And more specifically, there's going to be that one that's on evergreen, that is a lower price point. It is a starting point for people it is something where you know people can come to a blog post or listen to a podcast episode and get interested and get started on that whenever they're ready. So again, an ebook a mini course or workshop series or something like that where it's in that you know under $100. And then you have that other thing that next step that is a higher price point has more connection with you isn't DIY, maybe there is a group situation or it is working one on one with you or it's part of your membership or something like that. So you can do that. Have those two offers and potentially more and more as you get further along in your business, we can start there with that, you know those two different ones. Or you can have that same offer, and have it be always available and do a live launch with it too, which is what I'm doing with the signature program bundle. So someone who wants that help right away and wants to get started right away and hears about it and knows, it's what they need, and is ready and committed, can buy it whenever and get started. And to still have that community support and be a part of my live calls. But then also, having that live launch to help people make the decision to get more excitement and awareness built, and just have that environment around it too, is really great. And they really help feed into each other, which is also awesome. And you still have that ability to take a break. Because you know that live launches coming up, you know that that cash injection is coming up. And so if you want to take a week or two weeks or a month or three months off of talking about it and just have it be kind of running in the background for people that do find your long term content, your evergreen content that directs them to that program that's still running in the background, but you don't feel like you need to be on top of it every day, you can take a break if you need to. Now keep in mind that this can only be done with a program or course or membership, that doesn't need to be done in a group format. If it's really important to you and make sense for what you're doing in your program, to have people go through it as a group. And this is the case for a lot of signature programs, especially in the wellness and health space. Because it just works so much better to have people go through it together as a group with you as their guidance support during that time, then obviously, having it always available isn't going to work, you want to do that live launch to get people in and started at a specific time together. But then that would be the case where you could create like a mini version, or maybe a workshop that ties into what you do in that signature program. That then is your evergreen piece, your evergreen offer always available that really gets people primed and ready for that signature program,
52:43
the next time the doors open, but also is an opportunity for you to have a little bit of passive income and revenue coming in, in between launches. So I hope that makes sense. If you want to have a cohort based program, or course or membership, then your best bet is to create a different offer that is evergreen, a smaller offer a baby offer. All right, I think I will stop there for this episode. As you can see, there's a lot to think about. It's not just all about what kind of sounds the best and maybe the least out of your comfort zone for you. But what really makes sense for you and your business and your bank account and what you need your business to do for you. Think more about that and create the best system for you. As a reminder, if you want your live launch, to be basically all laid out and done for you, then that is available to you inside the signature program bundle. And spoiler alert, I'm currently working on a new module inside of that program, that's going to be all about setting up that evergreen funnel so that you can be doing both of those things for your program that is potentially not cohort based. And I mean just to be totally honest, that does mean that the price of the bundle is going to increase when that is available because the value of that program is going to be astronomically higher when I add that information and how you can set all of that up and just making it so so so simple for you to do that. So if you are already inside the bundle, you are going to have access to that new module already that is going to be part of your lifetime access. Which means if you want to get in before that and before the price increase you can do so now and get in on that when it becomes available next month. And you can learn all about that at Shawn mynar.com/bundle All right, friends, I hope that gave you something to consider. I hope that really explained things from a very different perspective than you may have previously thought about live launches and evergreen launches. And I would love to know what you are planning to do and what your takeaway is from this episode. So head over to Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, find me over there, send me a DM, let's chat about it. And I'm happy to help you in any way I can with your next or first launch. All right, friends, until next time, take care
Launching is an important part of every online business, and knowing what to do to make your launches a success is key to, well, having a successful online business. BUT, it’s not just enough to know the strategies, plans, and goals of a launch, it’s even more important to know the mindset required and energetic vibration needed to attract the launch results you desire. Today, we’re going to talk about the biggest mindset and energetic blocks I see online business owners make during launches and how you can shift your approach for your next launch.
“The best way to prove your limiting beliefs wrong is to just DO the thing.” - Shawn Mynar
“When you are too scared or overwhelmed with the selling aspect of being in business, you’re doing a disservice to the people who need your help, who want to work with you.” - Shawn Mynar
"Selling is actually the easy part and it’s fun… Just get out there and just do it." - Shawn Mynar
“Set a big, amazing, fun, exciting goal. Yes, challenge those industry averages and the online business averages. Set it, make it big, and see it as a game to try and get there.” - Shawn Mynar
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur/
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:02
launching is an important part of every online business. And knowing what to do to make your launches a success is key to Well having a successful online business. But it's not just enough to know the strategies, plans and goals of a launch, it's actually even more important to know the mindset required an energetic vibration needed to attract the launch results you desire. Today, we're going to talk about the biggest mindset and energetic blocks I see online business owners make during their launches, and how you can shift your approach for your next launch. Stay tuned. Hey, hey there, friends.
0:42
Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, so happy to have you here. So grateful to have you checking out the show. And a reminder to you, we are in the middle of a whole podcast series, a whole four part, at least maybe even five part podcast series, all about the idea of launching in an online business, and how we use that to really get the word out about our paid offers. So we started in the last episode, Episode 152, by taking a peek behind the scenes of my most recent launch. And I really wanted that episode to show everything that's involved. from a strategy perspective, when it comes time to launch, I shared all of the ingredients, we'll call them the ingredients needed in a launch and the different phases of the launch process. You know, we have the launch, we have the pre launch, we have the pre pre launch, there's a lot to it. And I also wanted to use that episode to show how I personally organize my launch strategy, how I approach it in a way that is not stressful and is actually really fun and doesn't feel like that much work either. Because I think that's one of the biggest blocks a lot of people have to launching as they feel like it's stressful. It's a lot of work. And it kind of turns people off. So I wanted to share how I approach it that makes it actually really fun, and one of the least stressful weeks of my business really. And so if you haven't listened to that episode, go back, you can do it after this episode. But make sure you go back to 152. And check that out too. Because it will really put everything together from what we're going to talk about today. And in that episode into one big, nice launch package. Okay, and speaking of which, today, we're talking all about the mindset required for a successful launch, and the vibration needed for a successful launch. Because I can tell you with 100% Certainty Been there done that you can do every single possible strategy and tactic and tip and trick and tool and follow every single business owners advice to a tee on how to launch in your business, and still not get the results you want from your launch. Simply because of your mindset and your vibration. So you can take everything that I just shared with you in Episode 150, to put it into practice in your business, and still not see any results. And it works the opposite way to if your head heart and energy are in the right place and stay in the right place it during your launch, you can make a ton of mistakes, you can do everything wrong, you can go totally off script, you can not follow really any strategy and still have a super successful launch again, been there done that both situations work. So in reality, what we're going to talk about today is the most important and is the most powerful thing that you can do for your launch and for your business and for yourself. Now that all being said and coming back full circle really here. It's going to be pretty hard to stay in the mindset and vibration that you want. If you are coming into your launch, being unprepared or feeling stress, flustered, not really wanting to do it or already believing it will be a failure all of these things that we can do subconsciously and we'll talk about that today. It's going would be really hard to maintain the vibe and the mindset, if you don't kind of take what we talked about last episode, and put that into practice as well. Because how can you stay in this really great vibe and this really great place, when you're doing everything last minute, and you're deciding on all this stuff and things are going wrong because you haven't planned in advance. So for me, and from what I have seen, both in my business and in my clients, it's the combination of pre planning, working things out, getting into your calendar, really having this nice organization and flow with the strategy part with the actual ingredients of your launch, along with the mindset and energy requirements that we're going to talk about today. And they really go hand in hand one kind of feeds into the other. All right, let's dive into mindset stuff first, and then we'll take a look at vibration and energy. After that. This mindset piece, man, I feel like I could and maybe I will do multiple episodes on this. But I really just wanted to focus on the big players here when it comes to mindset during a launch. So I think I really have two big pieces we're going to talk about today. And I really think this makes up like the 90% of it. And then there's, of course some other things floating around that I think are important to talk about. And maybe we'll do that in the future. First is the mindset around selling. Probably the biggest one, I don't know, the next one might be the biggest one. They're both huge. But so many of you are coming into your launch. And just as a reminder, in case you haven't listened to Episode 152, yet, your launch period is like your sales period, your enrollment period where you're really showing up and showcasing what you have to offer in the paid perspective in your business. But you're coming into that already having a fear of selling, you already have this subconscious programming that says that selling is sleazy, scammy pushy, annoying, you think back to this one time you went to buy a car and you felt like really weird about it, because they were really pushy towards you. And now you feel like you're being that to the people that you want in your program. And it just really starts getting out of hand, you feel like maybe you're bothering people by asking for money, which is not what you're doing. And I asking for money, you are in a reciprocal relationship, where someone is giving you a form of energy in the way of money in order to receive something from you that is of equal value in the way of time, experience, expertise, education, whatever it is. So we have a reciprocal relationship going on. But you think of selling as asking for money as bothering people, you fear that you will look bad or that you'll make people mad that you'll be judged for selling. There's a ton of stories of beliefs around selling and money that then we bring into our business and more specifically our launch. And it immediately blocks your success. Your flame is already dulled, you are already holding back, you're already having fear. You're not fully showing up and being proud and confident in what you have created and who you help and how you help them. And it's all because you have these beliefs around selling these stories around money. And you're actually putting your money stories on to now your future clients. And you're taking how you feel about money and thinking they feel the same way about money. And it's just this whole big cycle. And it will forever keep you blocking the income that you desire, the income that you could be making, because you're not dealing with your money stuff. And you're not dealing with your selling stuff. And yes, it takes more than listening to a few podcast episodes or reading a few books or blog posts or following some people on Instagram that do money mindset work or whatever it takes more than that. It takes your intentional commitment to really Doing that digging. And I actually feel like doing these launches in your business is one of the best ways to squash them, if you can just like put it on the back burner for just this week, or these couple of weeks that you're launching, and just really commit to showing up and playing full out in this launch and really serving the people that you're here to serve, then I think that's one of the best ways to squash it. It's you know, I am always saying this everywhere, but particularly on this show that the best way to prove your limiting beliefs wrong, is to just do the thing. Because the second that you do it, it's like that fear dissipates, because it doesn't come true. Nothing that you are afraid of, is actually the reality. So like, if you have this fear of selling, because you feel like people will judge you or think you're annoying, or you'll lose followers or whatever it is, then you start selling authentically and with passion and purpose, which is how I teach you to do so then you will see that people are actually really interested people are opening your emails and they're checking out your sales page. Maybe they aren't, it's not the right time for them to buy yet, but they are interested and no one is thinking that you're annoying. And sure, you may get a few on subscribers, who cares, they're just not a good fit, that's fine. But most people are really truly interested in what you have to offer. And that is really empowering and immediately squashes or starts to dissolve those beliefs that you have around selling and money and all that good stuff. And here is where I remind you that selling isn't what you're making it out to be in your head. It's a service, it is simply you showing up for the people that want and need your help, and letting them know how they can get help. That's all you're doing. And when you don't do that, when you are too scared or overwhelmed with the selling aspect of being in business, than what you're doing is actually a disservice. That is a disservice to the people who need your help who want to work with you who are waiting for you to say you have something for sale, so that they can buy it and start getting the help they need. There are people out there waiting for you to make an offer to them. And so not selling is a disservice to that person. People need and want what you have to offer. They are looking for it, they're waiting for it. And they want to know how they can get it and that's all you're doing when you are selling and you're doing so in a way that is authentic to you and what you are offering and feels good to everyone involved. It feels good to you. It feels good to them. And there's no slime Enos, there's no sleaziness. There's no really weird marketing tactics or anything like that. There yes may be some sales psychology within that just some buyer behaviors to be aware of that just makes it easier for people to make a decision for themselves. It's not conning anyone into anything, or making false stories or anything like that. But it's giving people the tools they need to make the best decision for them, which is all you're ever doing when you sell. And now here's the really, really cool thing about all of this. If you have approached your launch correctly and done everything we talked about in the last episode and everything I show you step by step how to do in signature program lab, you know the special event and the pre launch phase and even before the special event having a freebie which we do in launch list accelerator, again all part of the bundle. Selling is actually the easy part. It is like the super duper easy, no brainer part. And it's fun because you've spent so much time serving and doing some extra special serving with that special event. And really showcasing who you are and what you do and how you help people and showcasing your personality and all these things within that whole launch event. And everything leading up to it and the pre launch and pre pre launch that people are ready to buy before you even offer them anything. It is a very natural easy step to the process when it comes time for you to let them know how to continue working with you. It's so easy. And this is why really paying attention to the entire launch process. And really doing a special event that is unique and beneficial and valuable to your people is so important. Especially if you don't like the idea of selling or if you have some stories about selling and money and all that stuff, make it super duper easy on yourself and do a special event, it is so helpful. And just get out there and just do it, do it, there's nothing that will break those stories quicker than just doing the thing. Alright, let's move on to the next a mindset shift, like I said, I think probably as important and prevalent, if not more, is that of detachment versus attachment. Oh, man, so many of you are putting so much pressure and weight on your launches, you have created this major attachment to the results to the outcome of that launch. And you're making it mean something more than just hey, I did a launch. And this is what happened. You're making it potentially mean that you're not good enough that you're not special enough that no one wants your help, that your business is doomed, that maybe you're not cut out for business at all, that you'll never be successful. Basically, a launch is like the perfect feeder for your ego for all of those limiting beliefs that you have stored in your subconscious mind right now. Your launch, if you let it by becoming attached to it will prove all of those right? Even if you have amazing result, and you totally blow your goals out of the water and everything's incredible and you do a great job and everything, you will still find something to attach to that proves your ego, right? If you let it. And here's how it usually plays out, you start by creating these goals that are like impossible to achieve or highly unlikely at best simply based on the math. And yes, there are just some pretty standard
17:45
calculations for you to figure out how many people based on the number of people you get into your launch, how many people will then buy. And it's just kind of like a standard calculation that I think most people in the industry of online business, I guess, US and a lot of people blow it out of the water. So it's just kind of a baseline, I would say, but helpful to have. And I'm actually creating a kind of a calculator that does it all for you to put inside the signature program bundles. So that will be available probably by the time you're listening to this, if you're in it. So you can calculate so you know around what you can expect. And or work backwards and say, Okay, if I want this many people in my program or to sign up for whatever paid offer I have during this launch, that I need this many people to sign up for my special event and so on. But without that, then you're left to the devices of just basically making up some random goals, which is fine. And I have nothing against making goals. I'll explain how I set my goals in a minute. But what I see is just kind of this random making of goals where it doesn't make sense. And it's probably not going to happen just simply based on math and percentages and buyer behavior and just what we can expect there is a baseline there. And then you immediately attach an energy or emotion to hitting that goal or not hitting that goal. And all of this is happening subconsciously you don't even realize you're doing it. You may not even realize that you're setting these goals. You may think okay, well, I have 10 people who signed up for my special event so then surely eight of them will buy and that's not how it works. Right? So you're doing all of this kind of subconsciously without giving it more thought. And yet you then attach that emotion to it which means it's automatically He carrying a lot of weight for you. Even again, if you don't realize it, and then you probably don't hit those crazy goals. And as soon as you do whatever that emotion or that energetic expression that you attach to not hitting that goal comes up. And it is like you're a failure, you get upset, you feel defeated, you want to give up, you want to call it quits, you start figuring out what job you can take, or what else you're going to do other business, you're gonna start to create, because you're sure this one is doomed, you go into the depths of despair. As soon as you realize that you didn't hit your crazy goal that actually, if you were to do a little more research and a little more thought and some again, strategy there, you would realize that that wasn't a solid goal in the first place. So my biggest piece of advice, if you take anything away from this episode, let it be this when it comes to launching and really, most of your business, practice, detachment, how can you stay neutral about the outcome of your launch? And not make it mean anything more than what it actually means, which is just, that's the result? What happened is what happened? That is it, but how you perceive it and feel about it is entirely up to you. And you have the power to decide, am I going to make this mean something about me or my business? Am I going to get my emotions involved? Or am I going to simply see it for what it is, which is, you know, an experience a learning experience, which we're going to talk about in a second. And an opportunity for growth, an opportunity to get you out of your comfort zone, an opportunity to help someone else an opportunity to connect with someone new, there are so many amazing things happening in this lunch, beyond just those numbers, those results that you have decided to attach to when there's so much else going on, that have so has so much more meaning than that actual result. So you can create goals, for sure. But if you do, then at least keep them within the realm of possibility. Based on your industry averages based on online business averages set a big, amazing, fun, exciting goal. Yes, challenge those industry averages and the online business averages, absolutely. Set it, make it big, and then see it as a game to try to get there. If you do great, if you don't, great. It's like I see so much of launching, and even all of online business kind of like video games. Basically, think of every launch as another level of the game. You have an idea what to expect in that level. But of course, there's always new things to discover unexpected surprises, stuff, you got to learn stuff you got to get through that you just don't know until you're there.
23:36
And getting through that level makes you better at the game overall,
23:41
you just keep getting better and better and better at the game, the more levels you master, but like if you don't make it through that new level on your first try. You don't make it mean anything. Sure you might be like, upset for a second, but you don't immediately quit the game forever. Call yourself a failure. You just try again the next day, you and it's fun to keep trying. That's why video games are so addictive is because it's fun to keep trying keep mastering it to keep getting further along in the game to the next level and then the next level and the next level and to keep getting better and better. And the same goes for your business and launching. You don't need to make it mean anything about you or your business or your success or your failure every time you launch because it doesn't so here's how I approached this with my launches. And it's gonna be really hard to explain this in words, but I'll do my best. So I create goals. Yes, absolutely. I have a goal like it would be cool to have this many yeses to have this many people join my program to have this many people in on the Special Event, I just use again, those calculators to create a pretty big goal, an achievable, but scary goal. So then once I know these numbers, and this is where it's gonna get hard to explain, I kind of keep them off in the distance, like they're there. But I'm not thinking about them or referencing them every day, all day all the time. I'm not worried about them. I don't attach really anything to them, except that they are numbers. And I've just created those goals, almost like they're guideposts. They are a reference point. For me, it helps me keep my expectations in check, it helps me know what to expect, it helps me know where we're going. It helps me know if I need to adjust things here or there. They're guideposts for my entire launch. And then I just go about setting up my launch and doing what I need to do to get people excited about my special event, provide a really great experience, let them know about the offer I have for them, I'm just going about what I already plan to do, regardless of what the numbers are saying. So if I'm not like giving up if it's something's not working, or I'm not seeing the numbers come in, like I thought they would, or I'm not trying harder or pushing more, because I want more, I'm also not getting scared or worked up or freaked out because I have more than I thought or really even excited because even that is attaching an emotion to an outcome. So yes, you are okay and allowed to be excited about your event. But you can be excited whether it's crushing it, or you can be excited, even when it's smaller than expected. It's keeping that same emotion, energy, vibration, regardless, and we're talking about that coming up. So that's really where I stay, I stay with the emotion that I want to bring into my launch, regardless of those numbers. And that's why I keep them kind of at a distance, they are more high level, they're there. But I'm not being provoked by them emotionally in any way, I guess is the best way to say it. And then I just let whatever happens happen. I know the people that are meant to be in my program will join. I know the ones that need more time will take more time. I know the ones that aren't interested at all, probably won't ignore me that entire week. Totally fine. And that's it, that's all. And then guess what it becomes the world's best learning experience, I now have so much that I can take from that launch experience, and tweak or change or add or subtract for next time. That's the only thing that a launch means. It doesn't mean anything about me or my success, or my abilities is just another learning experience. I'm just learning that level of the game, so that I can go up to the next level as soon as I master it. And it's so fun. It's so much fun to see how everything that you created this machine essentially that you're creating, what worked and what didn't, what needs tweaked, and what can be improved. What do you just want to keep as is because it worked really well. There's so much to take out of this. And every single time you get better and better and better and better. And then you just keep mastering the game one level at a time, the whole game of online business, you're mastering it one launch at a time. And this is really where you can see the growth mindset at work in your business versus the fixed mindset, which if you haven't read the book Mindset by Carol Dweck, highly recommend great book on the growth versus fixed mindset. But this is how we can apply it into our business and see this as simply an opportunity for growth. You have the opportunity to learn to change to morph both you and your business based on this one experience. And every single time you do it, even if technically you're not getting the results or the success by way of numbers by way of reaching your goals that you were hoping for. You still have this amazing opportunity at your fingertips, and you can really take that, and your next launch will be 1000 times better and 1000 times better and 1000 times better every single time you do it. And it will only lead to more and more and more results from you. But you cannot take that one experience that didn't go as you thought or didn't go as you planned. And you had all these emotions wrapped up in the results of this launch. You can't take that, and then just stop, just take it to mean that you're doing something wrong, or you're never going to get this or you're not right for this, you're not cut out for it, your business is a doomed. That's a fixed mindset. And that is not what we need here. So what can you do to shift that perspective and start seeing all of the opportunity there and take from it and try again, do it again, do it over and over and over again, you will get better every time and the results will show that. Okay, enough talk about mindset. Even though I said like there's so much more I could talk about here. There's a lot more to talk about just in the mindset that you have around you and your abilities and all of that stuff that I do want to get into. But maybe we'll do another episode, before we wrap up this series because there's more. So again, if you have any questions, or anything you want me to go over, as I'm going through these episodes, make sure to reach out to me on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, and send me a message with your question. And I will do a whole q&a episode at the end of this series. Okay, so anyway, back to this idea of the energetic expression that you can bring into your launch. First, I'm going to start this conversation. Really, that's all I even need to do. And you'll see why we're gonna go over the possible options when it comes to your vibration or your emotion that you could bring in to your launch. And I want you to get honest with yourself here about where you have been potentially in past launches. Or if you have not launched anything yet, where you could see yourself potentially getting to in a launch, especially if you haven't done the mindset work we just talked about. And really going back to that quickly. If you really look at what we just talked about when it comes to mindset. If you work on that stuff, then your vibration is naturally going to be sky high. When it comes time for your launch, because you are detached. You've released the beliefs and thoughts and emotions around everything, including selling and, and launching and money and all that stuff. Everything we just talked about is just going to automatically raise that frequency for you when it comes time to launch. And then I'll give you some other tips as well. But first, let's go over these options, I am going to read off the emotional vibration chart, the emotional frequency scale is what I call it, I'm going to start at the top with the highest frequency of vibration that you can have coming from an emotion. And I want as I'm reading these for you to consider how this would look when it comes time to launch something in your business. So now we're really looking at these emotions as it relates to your launch when you're actually in that place where you're having the free special event where you're getting people interested in that and then you're selling and you're getting people into your program or your workshop or whatever it is you're selling right now. How can these approaches differ? So we're up at the top with joy, love, freedom, and gratitude, then abundance and generosity. And just think about all of those instead of wishing and hoping and wondering if you could possibly get, you know, 100 people to sign up for your free event. Instead, can you show gratitude
34:15
for the five that have? Can you feel abundant? Knowing that five people want to join you want to learn from you. So it's all a perspective shift that comes from our thoughts and how we're thinking about everything that's happening as we're going through this process. So just imagine what would happen and how things would change if instead of focusing on those numbers and those goals that you have, instead you focus on feeling grateful for everyone who is signing up as they sign up. And you obviously are working from this place of generosity you are about to really share A lot of free valuable information to these people. So you're already in that vibration as well. So staying there and really feeling that. And then the next rung down, we have empowerment, and fun, and happiness and enthusiasm again, what would it look like to just make this fun? What if your whole business could just be fine? What would change for you? And how could you still approach the things that you need to do the strategy that you need to have a business, but from this place of it being fun, and being happy about it and feeling empowered about what you're doing? So different. And then the next one is competence. Okay, friends, friends, friends, friends, I'm just going to be honest here, a lot of you based on what I see, are lacking confidence, when you have every reason to be outstandingly competent. And there is nothing more attractive to the people that you want to help, then being confident about how you can help them. Right, you even when you want help from somebody, you want to find that person that is confident in what they are teaching and why they are teaching and how it's going to help you. You want to find someone with confidence to help you the same thing goes for the people that you want to help. That's why confidence is way up there. In vibration, it is a very attractive emotion and attractive frequency. And just imagine how things would go for you. If you showed up for your launch. With so much confidence in everything that you're doing, and everything that you are teaching and how you want to help people. You don't have to be confident in like your webinar slides, or that your emails are perfect, or you're showing up perfectly on social media, who cares, but you're confident in what really matters. And that then oozes out to show up as being confident in the webinar, as you're presenting even though your slides are imperfect, or in the actual message that's being portrayed and conveyed in your emails, even though maybe you have a typo or two. Right? So what can you do to show up confidently because you are confident in what you are doing and who you're helping and how you're helping them. All right, the next few will go down optimistic trust, strong, hope, dedicated, motivated. And this is where we're really we're getting down the ladder a little bit. So these vibrations are slightly lower in their frequency still great. So would be awesome to show up in this way. Especially like if we talk about being dedicated and motivated. Can you put dedication and motivation into your launch? Can you show up in that way? Okay, now I'm going to jump down the ladder a little bit and get into some of these lower vibration places. And see if again, get real with yourself. Have you showed up for really any part of your business, but let's continue on the topic of launches. Have you showed up in this way? Impatient, frustrate frustrated, irritated, overwhelmed. anxiety, doubt, worry. Now we're getting even lower, discouraged. Difficult. Last lack jealousy
38:59
and some of the lowest here insecure, depressed, stuck. Fear, powerlessness, unworthiness, shame, and those are the lowest. So I picked out some words that specifically I think relate to the emotions that we can have around a business. And first of all, I do not want you to think that you can't or shouldn't have these emotions as it relates to your business or when it comes down to your business or even your launch. That's not the point here. You can and should experience every emotion fully that you are experiencing. And if those emotions are coming up, then experience then be compassionate with yourself. Let them flow through you. Let them be a part of your experience in that moment. And then what you'll find if you will How it is that it can dissolve itself, it can resolve itself. And then you do have the option in that moment, once you've fully compassionately felt what you need to feel, to then perhaps choose a different emotion, because of the ability that you have to choose a different thought in that moment. So yes, experience those emotions. When you feel like it has been completed. What can you do from a thought perspective, to shift what you're feeling and experiencing? When it comes to your launch? Again, this is like about all life, essentially. But talking specifically about launches, how are you showing up energetically? What emotion are you bringing forward as you prepare for your launch as you are in the launch, and as you are even reviewing your launch results? Where are you energetically and keeping in mind that the energy you bring into your launch will determine the outcome of that launch, simply because of what you're attracting by Universal Law. What you are calling in it is going to your vibration is going to be your attraction point. And obviously, those emotions that felt even just saying them, they feel lighter, they feel higher. They feel like a really great energetic attraction point like to have this fun launch to have an exciting launch to feeling grateful for everything in your launch, feeling that freedom that this aspect of your business is bringing for you. Feeling all of that and really allowing that to be what holds you during your launch, regardless of what is happening, what is going on with the numbers and the signups and all the strategy and stuff and things happening or going wrong last minute and all that stuff, still finding yourself in this overall vibration of all of that goodness. What will you attract in versus being stressed, feeling anxious, being scared, feeling overwhelmed, being annoyed that no one's are frustrated that no one's signing up? Or things aren't going as planned? Or all these last minute changes are happening? What are you going to attract. And this is precisely why during my launch weeks, I'm like outside taking hikes every day, I'm taking myself on solo coffee dates without my computer, I'm getting lunch with friends, I'm hanging out with my dogs, I'm relaxing, I'm taking naps. I'm doing all of the things that keep me in a high vibration. I am also which I don't ever really show. But I do have a little gratitude practice that I do for everyone who signs up for my special event. And then everyone who signs up for my pay to offer. I'm having these gratitude rituals I have done that forever, will continue to do to do that. I'm really getting out all my crystals and doing that kind of thing. I'm meditating.
43:29
I'm journaling. I'm visualizing how the launch is going to go. I'm excited for all of the connections I'm making and the people that I get to help. And most importantly, I'm just trying to stay present. I'm not thinking about well, what happens if this happens? Or what will I do if this happens? I'm not trying to plan out a future that I don't know. Like that is really easy to do when you're in a launch phase is to kind of plan for the worst. But what if you just stayed present during that launch and focused on how you're feeling about it and what you can do to feel better and better and better. Again, remembering a lot of that comes from your thoughts. And again, I'll go back to this. The only reason that I'm really able to do all of that during my lunch is because I've planned and prepared and done things ahead of time, which again I talked about in the last episode, so go check that out if you haven't already. One other thing to consider when it comes to your launch and your vibration or your energy during your launch is remember how you want your business to look and feel in the future. How do you want launchers to feel in the future? It is important that you Do that. Now. You need to approach your business the way you want it to be in the future. Now, so if you don't want your future business or your future launches to be frantic, and messy and half assed and unprofessional, and just kind of like thrown together, then don't do that. Now. If you want your business, if you see your future business, your future launches being smooth and fun and exciting and simplified, and enjoyable and relaxed. Well then do that now. Because otherwise, if you start building a business, on the vibrational back of what you don't want, it's just going to continue creating more of what you don't want a business that you don't want a launch plans that you don't want or don't like. So it's important that you approach it the way that you see it going in the future, or you're wanting to go in the future, or approach it that way. Now. All right, we are going to wrap it up with that, again, gosh, there's so much that I could say on this topic. But we'll leave it here for now. And I can always add on another episode in the future. Let me leave you with this. The last thing that I want to say is that it's not going to be comfortable. It's going to bring up all of your stories and beliefs and fears to do your first or third or fifth or 10th or a 100th launch. But my friend, do it anyway. Sure, yeah, you can spend another few months or years or whatever you need, going to therapy, working with a coach to try to get rid of those beliefs before you launch so that it does feel comfortable. But it's probably not going to happen. And yes, still do. Go to therapy, work with your coach, do what you need to do. But also build your business and work on your business. Don't wait until it feels comfortable for you to do this launch full out. Because it's never going to happen no matter how many therapy sessions you have. So just commit to doing it once. That's all I want you to do commit to the one full out launch, and just see what happens. Use it as a learning experience, which is all it really is. And what I think you will find is that it actually is the thing that quiet your ego that allows you to see what's really possible, that takes all of those things that you were scared of, and all of that discomfort, and quiets it a little bit makes it a little less scary, a little less uncomfortable. And makes you realize that you really are powerful, that you really can create a business, that you really can do this, that that freedom and flexibility that you want is right there. But you just got to do it. You just got to do it once again,
48:14
I know it's scary, I know it's going to be uncomfortable, you're probably going to be nervous, and all the things. But it won't be the best way to move forward with your business and so many levels energetically mentally, emotionally. But also like even in the amount of audience members you have in the amount of money you're making just so much rides on doing these launches. And so I want you to commit just to one right now. One full out everything planned out. real true special event launch. And like I said and I will continue to say if you need help with any of this, if any of really any the mindset work part of it or the strategy part of it. Then I am happy to help you. I lay it all out for you inside signature program bundle, which you can go check out and get involved at shawnmynar.com/bundle. And the last thing be proud of yourself regardless of what happens, be proud of yourself. You're doing it you're going after you got it done. You have so much to learn. You have so much growth going on. And that is something to be proud of. All right, my friends until next time, take care
One of the biggest hurdles I see new and wannabe online business owners face is the fear of launching. Actually doing a proper, live, promotional period for their paid offer. As I’m recording this episode, I’m right in the middle of a live launch for my paid offer, the Signature Program Bundle, and I thought it would be fun and hopefully helpful to take you behind the scenes of this launch to show you how I plan, prepare, and execute a successful launch. Let’s dive in!
“You have the power to decide how your launch feels for you and goes for you.” - Shawn Mynar
“You need to entice people further to put their name and email address and commit to that event. It does take a little more than throwing something up.” - Shawn Mynar
“I know the right people will come into my paid offer when it’s the right time for them.” - Shawn Mynar
‘As you can see there’s a lot to it and not in a bad way or in a way that makes it stressful or scary or anything but there’s just stuff you gotta do, there’s stuff you need to plan out, there are things you need to know and it really does help to have that support and guidance along the way.” - Shawn Mynar
Episode 145 - How I Plan My Week So Everything Gets Done - shawnmynar.com/episode145
Signature Program Bundle - shawnmynar.com/bundle
Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW (please note, transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling
0:01
One of the biggest hurdles I see most new and wannabe online business owners face is that fear of launching the big L word in the online business space, actually doing a proper live promotional period for your paid offer. And as I'm recording this episode, I'm right in the middle of a live launch myself for my paid offer the signature program bundle. And I thought it'd be fun, and hopefully helpful to take you behind the scenes of this launch to show you how I plan prepare and execute a successful launch. Let's dive in.
0:40
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, so grateful for all of you. And the support you bring to the show means the world to me. So happy to have you here, especially today, because this is really going to kick off an entire series that we are doing on the podcast all about launching, there's so much to talk about when it comes to doing a real proper launch, for your business and for your paid offers, that we cannot put it all into one episode, I would definitely lose my voice by then. And it just it's going to be fun to do a little bit of a series and kind of chunk, everything we need to talk about up into specific topics. So just so you're prepared. Here's what you can expect today. This episode is going to be all about the mechanics, kind of the actual physical, what needs to be done to launch in your business. And I will show you how I plan everything out for my launches so that they go off smoothly. And also they're not stressful, they're actually really fun and something I look forward to doing in my business. So that is what is in store for this episode. And then next episode, we're going to talk about the mindset and energy requirements have a launch, which is just as if not more important than what we're going to talk about in this episode, because you cannot do one without the other. So that is one episode that you cannot miss. I have so much to say with that. And it is so incredibly important to how you feel during a launch, but also the success or not of it, it really does matter. So that's coming up in the next episode. And then we're going to do a mistakes episode, I also want to talk about the pros and cons between doing a live launch and an evergreen launch. And I'll share the differences between the two. And also which one's better, and which ones worse and pros and cons and all that stuff. And then a q&a episode. So if in going through this series, these podcast episodes coming up, you have a question about launching, make sure you let me know send me a direct message over on Instagram. I am at unstuck entrepreneur over there very easy to the same as the title of this podcast, head over there and just send me a message and let me know your question. And I can compile them all. And we'll do a whole episode just on Q and A of doing a launch. Okay, so let's get into what we're talking about today, which is all about the mechanics of a live launch. And by the end of this episode, you'll have a really good idea what that means a live launch, if you don't already. And then like I said, I will be talking about an evergreen type situation coming up in a future episode, probably about two episodes away from this one. Okay, so now if you're really fresh in the online business space, then you may not even really know what a launch is. I mean, I think it's pretty obvious but it is such a loaded word in the online business phase. A lot of people equate it to like this big stressful situation, a lot of work, a lot of prep so much stuff going into it so much going on sleepless nights, all this stuff. And
4:27
it just always feels like when someone's talking about launching in the online business space. It's like this really big deal. And it is because that's essentially how you are making income in your business and getting new people into your paid offer. So obviously yeah, it's a big deal. It's important to your business. But there's just a lot of this emotion a lot of the energy behind it feels very like frenetic or stressful and it doesn't have to be and for me, it's not at all it's actually something I look forward to in my business. I
5:00
I have a lot of fun with them. It's a really good time. And so I enjoy launching. And yes, of course, it helps my business income. So why wouldn't that be something that is fun and enjoyable, right? So it all is based on how you approach it. And I want to make sure that you have the option, you know, you have the option to decide how it goes for you and how you feel around the idea of launching. And I think another reason why it has a little extra weight for some people is because of the idea that it involves selling, like you actually have to market and sell something, you have to really put on that cap of yours and become the marketer. We've had lots of discussions on the podcast recently about becoming the marketer for your business, if you want to have a successful business. And so go back and listen to that episode, I'll make sure it's linked in the show notes, because I don't remember the number of it right offhand. But that's really important to
6:01
feel good about that situation and your business and be excited about it and have fun with it, instead of dreading it or thinking it's this weird, awful, scary thing, or something that's going to annoy people. And this is all getting into the mindset aspect of the launch, which we're saving for next week. So I'm going to stop myself here and not get into it any more. But I do want to, again, remind you that you have the power to decide how this feels for you. And if you are going to be in this space, where so many people are in the online business world, where it's like this super loaded word to say I'm launching or I have a launch coming up, or I'm working on my launch. Or if it's just this really fun, light, exciting time for you and your business too. So you get to decide, okay, first, let's get into the structure of a launch. So we have the actual launch period, which is the period of time from when enrollment is open, and enrollment is closed. So that period of time where people can sign up for your paid offer, whether this is your signature program, your workshop, your one on one offer, whatever it is, if you have a situation where doors open doors close, that is your launch period. And then if we work backwards, we have the pre launch. So this is the period of time where you are promoting and getting people signed up for your special event. So not for your paid offer for your special event. So the pre launch is totally dedicated to the special event where the launch is dedicated to your paid offer. And typically, that special event is what kicks off. It's like the party that kicks off your launch or your enrollment period. So up until your special event it is in pre launch mode, you have your special special event that kicks off your launch. And then from there, it's your launch period until doors close. And we'll talk more about the special event in a moment. But then let's move forward even sooner than that and talk about the pre pre launch. Now this is kind of what we are doing all the time when we're in between launches. So not going to get into this a lot today because we talk about it. Really every time we're talking about building your email list, building your audience, getting on to some platforms and making a nice environment for you to attract the right people into your world. That's essentially what happens in the pre pre launch. It's just probably for the few weeks two, I'd say a month prior to your pre launch, when you start talking about your special event in particular, prior to that you're maybe spending a little more time specifically talking about your freebie that is related to your paid offer. Because then that is going to get more people on your list who are a really good fit for that paid offer. So once it comes time to promote your special event first which happens in the pre launch, you know they'll be interested because they were already interested in the freebie that is all related. So everything is all related to each other from the freebie to the special event to your paid offer. And then you know the right people are coming onto your list and then getting involved in that special event and then getting interested in your paid offer. Cool, right so we're really big
10:00
building this whole system, this really nice flow that works for everyone. So that pre pre launch is kind of basically what you're already doing or should be doing in your business to build your audience and get people onto your email list. It's maybe just a little more concentrated, like I said, two weeks to a month out from your pre launch. So those are the three segments of a launch the three different timetables of your launch. Now let's put the ingredients into each of these segments. So for me, and what works for my launches, and how I teach you how to launch, the ingredients include, first for your pre pre launch, which again, we're not going to get into the details of this here, because we talk about it a bunch on other episodes. And it's what we do inside launch list accelerator, you are creating a freebie specific to your paid offer. That's really what you need to include in your pre pre launch. And that's as much as we'll get into today here because we have a lot more to talk about when it comes to your pre launch, which is first a special event.
11:22
People want to try so hard to get around the special event. And it just doesn't work. It is so important to the success of your launch. To have a special event this can be a webinar, a workshop, a masterclass a challenge, a live Instagram series, a recorded video series, a recorded audio series, something anything that is different than what you are already doing different than what they have seen come from you, it's a little more involved, it's a it's special, it's a special event, it's something that you are putting on just for them just for those people who really want to take the next step with you. And yes, it is almost always free. Although you can especially if you have a really warm audience, you can do a very low ticket special event like under I'd say $100. For sure, I'd say probably even under $50 If you wanted to do that for your special event, and then lead into your launch from there. So that is an option. But most of the time, it's a free special event. Key word special. And so I don't know why people don't want to do this and they try to get around it. I don't know if it's like the amount of work they think it's going to take, or you know, I think a lot of people may have a block to doing a live kind of webinar type thing, or workshop type thing that could be something but it is worth the work, the energy, the time the effort, whatever it is that you think it's going to take from you, it's worth it because it is going to reap the rewards in new clients. It is the thing that will get you and your business and your paid offer to grow to make money.
13:24
I will say that for your beta launch, if you are in signature program lab and you are doing a beta launch of your program, you might already have a warm enough audience or a big enough audience that you don't need a special event for your beta launch that very first launch when you are capping the number of participants anyway, you're keeping it small because it is your test group. You may not need it for that. But you might if you don't have a big audience, if you don't have any audience, if you don't have a group of people that already want into your work, then absolutely do a free special event for your beta group as well. There are a few really good things to remember about your special event that again, makes it worth any amount of time, effort, energy, or whatever you think it's going to take to create it. First of all, when it's done, it's done. And you can keep repeating the same special event over and over and over again, every time you launch. Now, eventually it might get old or stale or whatever, you want to talk about something different, and you can switch it up. But you don't have to redo a new special event every single time. In fact, I would encourage that you that you don't instead just refine what you already have if you want to make some tweaks or whatever, and just do it again. Otherwise, I think that's a big waste of time. So just do it again for your second, third, fourth, fifth 10th launch. The other really important thing to consider is that when someone
15:00
and sign up for that special event, they become a really, really warm if not hot lead. And while they may not purchase right away, those people who attend to that special event will attend again, and or will be ready automatically to sign up in the future, they are warm. And so not only does it help you build your list, because a lot of these people will come in from, you know, your social media or your podcasts or whatever you have as your platform. And we'll get on your list because of that special event. So it's an amazing list builder. But also those people even if they don't sign up right then in there after that special event, that doesn't mean that they're not never going to it is not a no, it's just a gnat right now. And so you will see that as you continue doing these launches, over and over, you will see people that have been coming to your special events, potentially for years, and then finally sign up. So it's a momentum builder as well. And that's really important to remember. Okay, so that's enough about special events for now. Although now I'm realizing I could do a whole episode on special events, apparently. But let's move on. Because now in order to get people interested and enrolled in that special free event, you needed to invite them. So you need to create an invite email sequence for that special event that you will send out to people already on your email list. So that is probably anywhere from two to four emails, inviting people into your special event. And then when you invite them to your event, you're sending them to a landing page, where they can put in their name and email address and be registered for that event. So you need a landing page. And a thank you page, which will be the page that pops up as soon as they put in the name and email address with more information with getting them excited getting them prepared. So you need a landing page and a thank you page, your landing page needs to be a sales page for your free event. So it cannot just be a little blurbs and here sign up for this. You need to entice people further to put their name and email address and commit to that event. So it does take a little more than just throwing something up. Okay, so that's another couple things you need. You then also need a reminder email sequence. So once someone has signed up for your special event, you then want to spend send them a couple reminders as it gets closer, reminding them that is coming up getting them excited, letting them know why they signed up in the first place, making sure that they show up. Because what can happen a lot of times especially without reminder emails, someone signs up, a week out, and then life happens or whatever. And they forget or they're not as excited about it as they were and they don't show up. So these reminder emails can really be the ticket that gets more people to show up for your event. And then you just need promo materials for that event, which would be potentially social media stuff, if you use social media to promote your business. Or if you have podcast episodes coming out or YouTube videos coming out, whatever it is, that is your platform for your business, making sure you have the promo materials for that pre launch time to get people into your special event. So those are the things you need. If you want to write this down. Go ahead, I will do a little quick thing here. So a special event number one, an invite email sequence for that special event. A landing page, a thank you page for the special event.
19:04
A reminder, email sequence and promo materials. I know it sounds like a lot but it's it's not I'm going to show you how I chunk everything up in a second.
19:15
But also think about if you ever are like unsure if you're forgetting something which I just write this down and you'll have it but just in case just think about like go through the process in your mind of like okay, what, what needs to happen next, okay, tell people to sign up for this event. And then what happens while they can't just, they need something to sign up to so they need a landing page. You know, like you can really think about it you can go through the steps in your head and know exactly what to work on.
19:45
Now for the launch. The ingredients are in enrollment, email sequence,
19:54
a sales page, a checkout page, and then promo materials
20:00
For your paid offer, that's it. So someone attends your special event, that's what kicks off your launch. Now what needs to happen? Well, they need to be able to go somewhere, if they want to sign up. So they need that sales page, which gives them all the details, reminds them why they want to be in what they can experience, how it'll be, and get them all excited. So it really take time with your sales page. Again, it's not just something to throw up. Then once they click Yes, I wanted, they need to go to a checkout page where they can put in their credit card information or Pay Pal or whatever. And then if someone is interested, but doesn't sign up right away, then you want to remind them more about the offer more about what they can expect, why they need it, who it's for. And you know, the transformation that will happen as part of that paid offer. And you can do that through your email sequence, your enrollment email sequence. So those emails go out throughout the duration of your launch period, which could be anywhere from one day to two weeks, it totally depends on you and your offer and what you feel comfortable doing lots of different options there. So but you will be sending out emails throughout that period to people that have registered for that special event, because they are now warm, very warm, if not hot leads for this paid offer, and letting them know and giving them the option to join. And then yeah, you're going to promote your paid offer, again on your platform. So you just need to have the promo materials ready for that, whether it's social media, podcast, all the above. Okay.
21:46
Those are the ingredients. That is how a launch works as the timeline. That is what it looks like if it helps you to draw out like I have this all visually in signature program lab because it helps so much to have it a visual of what happens at every step from pre pre launch, pre launch to launch. But if you want to kind of sketch it out, that may help you too. All right now, let me take you behind the scenes of the launch that I am currently in, we are still going on. Right now doors have not closed. But I want to really use this episode to show you how I plan all of it out in a way that feels very light and fun. Because it has been a really fun week, I just posted on social media that I have spent more time outside this week than I have at my desk. And yes, it is still a launch week. But it's because I have planned ahead. I'm not saving anything for the last minute and I'm not complicating it. I'm not making it any more complicated than it needs to be. I'm not adding any more steps or stuff that may or may not work like Yeah, could I do more? And maybe what I get sales? Maybe? Maybe not. And so instead, for me, it is always most important for my business to be fun and feel good. Because as soon as things get stressful and start not feeling good, and I start getting like wound up and I just I don't want that for myself. That's not the business that I want to create. So why would I even bring that energy into a launch? Even if it does mean there's one more sale? I really want my business to be what it is right now. And that's most important. And I know that the right people will come into my paid offer, when it's the right time for them. Maybe it is this launch? Maybe it's not. And that's okay. And again, we'll talk more about that in the next episode about the mindset and energy behind a launch. But we're strictly trying to talk strategy, which as you can see, it's very hard for me to do because it's about so much more than this. Anyway, let's go back to behind the scenes of what I've done to prepare for this launch. One other thing right now, yes, I am currently doing all of this myself. I am looking for an assistant to help me with some of this to make it even more light and fun. For me. It's been like I haven't had an assistant in like over a year now. And it's been a long time and I do really miss that support but also waiting for the right person and the right time and not rushing that either. But anyway, I did want to share that with you so that you can see that you absolutely can do this. Even if it's just you. You do not need a team of people behind you to launch. That's great if you do use that to your advantage, but it is not required. So don't let that stop you from or don't let that
25:00
be like your story for why you can't do a full out launch because it's not true. Now, what I will say is that if you have not done a full out launch before and the way that I have described it in this episode, then there is probably a really, really, really good chance that you do need training and support for that launch situation. There are a lot of moving pieces, there's a lot of stuff you've never done before, there are some things that can get overlooked. And there's a lot of nuances, just things that would happen. Like if this happens, then this happens kind of thing that you really don't know until you've been through it, or you have learned from someone who has. And that is why I took everything that I know about launching everything I've done with launching everything I'm talking to you about today, and put it inside the signature program bundle. I literally, well, not literally, but as literally as you can get without being literally take you by the hand and walk you through every single step of this process. And I take out all of the guesswork for you to the point that basically I just give you the emails to send like every email that I'm going to share with you that I wrote, I gave them to you so you can use them in your business as well. I give you the webinar template to use if you do want to have a live workshop or masterclass or webinar, as your special event, I give you the sales page designed to follow, I could not possibly make the launch situation any easier for you. And I did that on purpose. I like scoured my launch process, and made sure that every single step that I go through that I broke it down as simply as possible and gave you all the tools and resources you need to do it in your own business. That is how I built signature program lab. It is all included. So if you were going through this conversation right now, and you're feeling like either this is a lot, this seems overwhelming, I don't quite know how to do this, I could use some post support, well just know that it's there for you, I am here for you, I take all of the weight off of the launch process for you inside the signature program bundle, let me tell you that one module in and of itself is worth probably double what you will pay to get into the signature program bundle, I just want you to know that I wanted to make it accessible for you. Because I know this can be a challenge. And I don't want it to be I want it to be light and fun for you too. Alright, Shawn mynar.com/bundle, if you want in if you want the hand holding the nonliteral hand holding, and the support. So I decided I wanted to do this launch and special event about one month prior to me actually doing it, I usually have them a little bit more planned out. I know you'll listen and hear from some entrepreneurs who have them planned out for years in advance. I always have an idea of what I want to do broken down into quarters. And I knew I wanted to do something for the signature program bundle. But I wasn't sure what. And it was a complete intuitive nudge to do the signature program in a day workshop. I just got like immediately excited about the idea it popped up into my head, I loved it. And I decided to give myself a month to make it happen. So again, I want you to see that yes, you can plan it out your entire year, and all your launches. But also, if you feel like doing a launch and you feel like maybe your business needs a cash injection, then do a launch and you don't need a ton of time. Now, yes, you need a paid offer. So you need to figure that out. First, if you want it to be a signature program, you need to at least have the structure in place you do not need to have all of the the content created. You can do that along the way once people are in and going through your program, but you need to at least know what it is and what's included and your modules and that kind of stuff. Again, all stuff we do inside the signature program bundle. If your paid offer is a one on one type thing, then just get your package information ready like know all the details of the package that you're going to be offering for one on one clients and then follow the same exact launch strategy that we're talking about. You can absolutely
30:00
We really should do this full launch process. To get one on one clients, you really should, it will fill your calendar very quickly and you won't have to worry about it, instead of just always kind of talking about how you're taking clients. That's exhausting. This is way better. Okay. And then, of course, if it's like a paid workshop or whatever, you just just know that you have to have your paid offer, at least hashed out, does it need to be complete? No, but you need to know the details. So I officially started putting together this launch for signature program bundle in the middle of May, for a mid June launch. First step, I picked a date, I picked the date of my special event. And I put it into my personal calendar on my phone, and also in my Asana. And I will tell you a stop right here and tell you that the only reason that any of this gets done that I'm going to talk about next is because I use Asana, I put these tasks into my weeks as it approaches the launch. And then I know what to do each day and I don't miss anything. And I can schedule it all out. So if you're not already using Asana, I highly recommend it a s a n a.com, I have a free account, it works great for me as a free account, I don't know that you would need much more than what I have in my account. So probably can keep it free for you, too.
31:35
So once I knew my date, then I kind of just started breaking up the things that I needed to do prior to the special event, and I had four weeks. So I chunked it up into four groups of things that I was going to focus on each week. And for me, that's how it works best for me. And my schedule is to know what I need to do in a week. So by Friday, this needs to get done. And then I can be a little more fluid and flowy with it based on what's going on in my personal life. What else I have going on in my business, how I feel energetically do I feel like writing emails or do I feel like designing a sales page, you know, like, it's definitely a different headspace to be in. So I like to give myself the week like just get this done at some point this week. And that works for me, you based on your schedule, and how you work and what else you have going on, you may need to actually chunk it up into like days, like these hours, I'm working on this. And then these hours, I'm working on this totally up to you. So that first week, I did a really solid brainstorm. On my special event. Like I said, it popped in my head that I wanted to do a signature programming day thing as my special event. So then I just had to get really down and dirty with what I wanted it to look like what I wanted it to include how I wanted it to go. Because that is going to obviously determine how I talk about it everywhere else. So when you're doing your brainstorm, not only is it so that you can actually create this special event, but also so that you can create your marketing. And that's actually what it's most important for at this stage. Because the other thing I had to do that week was to build my landing page. And thank you page for that special event. So I needed to have the details, I needed to know what it was going to include, so that I could do those two things. Now I didn't have the actual special event and have all the slides planned out or anything like that. But I knew the outline really well. And that is how I could create the landing page and thank you page. And I went there first because I like to work on my launches in the order of how it will happen. Because obviously someone could go to the landing page two weeks before the actual special event and sign up. So that's the really the very first thing that needs to be in place because people can be signing up well before I even have the special event created like the slides designed or created or anything like that. So that's how I like to think about it is what needs to happen first in the flow for my future clients. And that is what I will work on first. So the landing page and thank you page probably took a day and a half ish to work on. And then I took one day that week also to write the three invitation emails, the three invite emails that will go out to my email list for that special event. So that first week I did a brainstorm that probably took a couple hours maybe. Then I took a day and a half ish to create the
35:00
Landing Page and thank you page. And then I took one day writing three invite emails. And if we go back to a few episodes of get go when I shared how I get everything done, when I say days, I don't mean full like nine to five days because I have other stuff still going on, I'm still recording the podcast episode, I'm still writing other newsletters, I'm still showing up on Instagram and Tiktok. So these are really kind of like half days at most, because I also have a life and I spend time outside, especially now in the summer. So just so you know, these are like blocks of time. They're not full days, but they're really concentrated blocks of work time. Okay, so now let's move on to week two, which is three weeks out from the special event that week is when I started working on the slides for the special event. And I wrote the three reminder emails. So once someone's already signs up for the special event, those emails, they get the remind them to show up. But the majority of the time was definitely spent creating the special event. So working on those slides for the special event, which if you follow me on social media, I was complaining about it because designing slides is probably one of my least favorite things of my business and something I really would love to hire out. But I've had one bad experience. And now I'm scared to hire out again, look at all these limiting beliefs I have around slides. Can't believe it. So working on that. But anyway, that really was the bulk of week number two. Now we're in week three, which is two weeks out from the event and the launch, I'm still working on and tweaking this special event, those darn slides. But also, I'm now into writing the sales email sequence. And that definitely takes some time. So usually at least a couple blocks of time worth to write those sales emails, which in my case, were six emails going out over four days. So writing those and I did already have an outline of those because I they're similar to ones I've sent out in the past. So didn't have to start from total scratch, but was able to get those done in that week. And an important note here is that while all of this is going on, so during all of the these weeks, essentially the moment I realized that I was planning out this launch for a month out, I started heavily promoting a freebie that I had related to this free event. And then this paid offer. So I started talking about that freebie, a lot more than I do just on a regular day. And that really is the pre pre launch, I already had that freebie created. I already had the landing page and all that stuff created for the freebie, it's just a matter of talking about it more. Now if you don't have that freebie created, no worries, we do that in launch list accelerator, which is part of the signature program bundle, doesn't have to take a lot of your time can be done really quickly. But is important to this whole situation to the whole launching situation because then there's that many more people who are warming up to what you do and your teachings and how you help people that will then be interested in this special event.
38:43
Okay, now we are at the week before the special event, which means that invite emails are going out. And at this point, I'm just working on the promo materials. So for me, that's Instagram posts and Instagram Stories, making sure I'm talking about it on the podcast here. And then other than that, I'm going over the slides for the events still tweaking them a little bit, spending more time on social media sharing about the special events. So for me, when it comes to social media and it comes to promo, I am much more heavily promoting the special event than I will with the paid offer during the actual launch. When I'm promoting during the launch. It's pretty much just to remind the people that showed up for the special event that this is going on just in case they're not getting the emails or not reading them or whatever. But if you can get people into your special event, you have a really good chance of a successful launch. It is so important to really really focus and really, really push that special event and it's free and it's going to be
40:00
Super helpful and super fun, it's special people want to be involved in it. But often they just don't know. Or they don't sign up right away. So you have to talk about it a lot like every day leading up to the special event. And a lot of you aren't doing that you're talking about it once or twice, and then assuming nobody wants to be a part of it. And that's not true, you got to keep going. And then we're in launch week. So one last invitation, email goes out, I host the special event. But emails for the week are already scheduled and ready to go out for everyone that was part of the special event. So the only thing really I have left to do is to show up on social media. With the promo materials, I already created, maybe some extra promo materials as it goes. And just kind of seeing where launch week takes me and where I feel I need more energy.
40:57
But most of the time, it's like social media, and then just taking care of my own energy and being there and available for anyone who needs help or has questions for the new people coming into the program, being there for them. And just making sure it's a really great experience. And it's fun. And then it's done. And then I can wait however long I want to wait and do it all over again. But with pretty much all the same things, a few tweaks to emails, a few tweaks to maybe some sales page stuff or some something, you know, a slide or two in the special event, there will be some tweaking, but you don't need to redo this entire thing. Every time you launch this paid offer. Now, if the different paid offer, then yes, you need a different everything. So it's very wise to stick with one paid offer for a solid chunk of time. And just repeat this process over and over and over again. And your business will grow. I promise you, it will actually a few things. Now that I just said sales page, I realized and I want to make sure that you know, I already had a sales page laid out for this paid offer. I've run it before, I already had a checkout page, I already had all that stuff set up for this offer. If I didn't, I would probably need to add another week to this schedule to do that stuff. And then I also decided not to run Facebook ads for this event I usually do. But I decided not to. It's the first time I've ever done an event anywhere near like this, it was a very, very special event. And so I wanted to do it with a warmer audience first. So that took less time to again, if I were going to be doing some Facebook ad stuff, then I would add potentially another week to this as well. So it maybe would have been more like six weeks if I was starting totally over. But I did have some stuff already set up. And inside signature program lab, I do lay out this entire calendar for you. So if you want it to be eight weeks, if you want to be 12 weeks, 16 weeks, and that includes the actual building of your program as well. So you have a calendar for launching and you have a calendar for building. But it really can all be done. If you have the right organization, the right strategy, if you don't try to make it more complicated than it needs to be. And you know what to do, like you have the actual resources to do it. And if you've never done it before, it you might not have that. And it's again, it's one of those things I say this all the time. Now it's one of those things where people try to DIY something that shouldn't be DIY, launching your paid offer, having this whole strategy laid out is really not something to DIY, because as you can see, there's a lot to it and not in a bad way or in a way that makes it stressful or scary or anything. But there's just stuff you got to do their stuff you need to plan out, there's things you need to know. And it really, really does help to have that support and guidance along the way. And so here we are at the end, the launch is still going on as I record this. So I don't have any official numbers or anything like that to report yet. But I will say that I had a blast this week. I absolutely loved the signature program in a day as my special event. I got a ton of great feedback and I'm excited to do it again. I also can say that I am seeing a much higher conversion rate than the industry average and a much higher earnings per lead than the industry average from that event. So excited for that and just to know that I was able to provide something that was so valuable
45:00
To all of you and made a lot of you realize that this is the next step for you and your business. And you want the help and support along the way. So really excited and and that's all I can share with you as of now, because like I said, it's still going on. But I really hope and really my goal in doing this episode was to break all of this down into doable actionable steps that you can take. So it doesn't seem overwhelming. So it seems possible for you, and you can start taking action on launching your first or next paid offer. It doesn't matter where you're starting at right now, everyone needs to go through this process, this whole launch system, this whole launch process, and it will lead to something great, even if zero people actually sign up, you will get leads you will get leads that become warm leads, you will get warm leads that become hot leads, you will learn a bazillion things and you will make your next launch that much better. But you have to start here, you have to do this process, you have to go through every single step, you cannot cut corners. This is what we have to do. And I hope just showing you my schedule and how I really just chunked it up into different things that needed to happen and followed kind of the flow that people would go through. It makes it a lot easier and a lot more doable. And then when it comes time for the actual launch, everything is done. So you're like cool. I'll just go hang out my dogs while people sign up, which is really fun, too. All right, next week, we are going to talk about mindset and energy of your launch, which is what will really make this entire thing a success. You can go through the steps of this whole process but if your mind's not right, and your energy's not right, good luck. And that is what we're gonna get into next week. So be sure to tune in then and until next time, take care
If you want your own signature program but think you need an established business, a certain number of followers, or a big email list before that program will be a success, then this episode is for you. Today, we're going to hear from my client, Rachel Martin, who went from zero to having a successful beta-launch of her signature program in under 3 months. And when I say zero, I mean zero. Zero list, zero following, zero business. We'll hear how Rachel was able to start her business and build her program, even with another job and 3 children taking up her time, AND how she was able to attract 20 new clients into her program, even with a tiny audience. Let's listen in.
“As soon as you get over the fear, the doubt, the uncertainty... on the other side of that as soon as you do it, you do have that confidence, you do it with clarity. It’s just on the other side of you taking that leap.” - Shawn Mynar
“That’s why I love having a signature program so much is because it is bigger than you and you are building a community for other people to have support from other people.” - Shawn Mynar
“There is nothing wrong with asking for help, especially in the beginning.” - Rachel Martin
“One of my core values is affordable functional medicine, having a group program is a way to do that. In this way, I can still share my gifts with those who need help.” - Rachel Martin
Rachel Martin's website: https://www.rootandritualfxmed.com/
Instagram: https://instagram.com/rootandritualfxmed
Signature Program Bundle: shawnmynar.com/bundle
FULL TRANSCRIPTS BELOW: (please note, transcripts are auto-generated so expect errors in spelling, punctuation, and grammar)
Shawn Mynar 0:00
Hey, Rachel, thank you so much for coming on unstuck entrepreneur today.
Unknown Speaker 0:07
Yes, thank you for having me, Sean, I'm so excited.
Shawn Mynar 0:10
This is gonna be super fun. I know we have so much to talk about. And there's just so much within your story that I think would apply to a lot of people listening today. And I know you were a listener prior to starting your business. And so it's all going to come full circle. But first, tell everyone who you are and what you do.
Rachel Martin 0:31
So my name is Rachel Martin, and I'm a functional medicine nurse practitioner. I have Rutan ritual functional medicine, and I help busy professional people, my niche is mostly with caregivers, and service providers, you know, I take care of those who take care of others. And I help them you know, unwind their gut and hormone issues so that they can have energy wake up feeling good, and basically show up in a way that they feel proud of, so they can serve others.
Shawn Mynar 1:05
Hmm, so good. Now, to give everyone some perspective, what was the first like, when did you officially start your business?
Rachel Martin 1:14
Oh, gosh, I think it was the end of March, maybe like March, march 20. Something of this year?
Shawn Mynar 1:21
Yeah. So I know, March, and we're now at the beginning of June. So a couple months ago, just to give everyone some perspective, it's crazy to say crazy to say, now tell everyone, what were you doing before this and what kind of led up to you wanting your own business?
Rachel Martin 1:36
So I started my journey. I'm a six years in Family Nurse Practitioner, okay. So about maybe five years ago, I was introduced to the concept of functional medicine, that there was a path for me to become certified in it, and realize, like, Oh, I've already been interested in this for a few years. And now I have a name to it. And I can learn more about it. treat myself because that's how most people come to functional medicine. And, and then, like, implement it in family practice. And I've had several kids in between, you know, now and then, and, or then and now. And so, I realized over the past many years, that it's impossible to do it in this 15 minute model. And I have, I think the the quick version is my my third child, you know, 10 days old, we end up in the hospital in the ICU. She's a big part of my story, because I already loved functional medicine. But she was diagnosed with a rare genetic illness. And essentially, she doesn't breathe when she sleeps. So we have you know, for now, she has a trach and a ventilator, and I'm a caregiver at work and at home. And I realize, I'm saying like, when I eventually went back to work part time, I realized that I'm seeing the same people who are just like me, we have gut issues, because we have chronic stress. So I am seeing the same you know, these moms, mostly moms, or busy professionals, like really high achieving dads or other parents who have special needs kids, perhaps or, you know, kids with autism or anything like that, where even the mom they might be staying like a stay at home mom caring for their child, it doesn't matter the flavor. It's they're burned out, and they're putting themselves on the backburner using their kid as kind of an excuse to not take care of themselves instead of the reason to take care of themselves. And so they're getting these like kind of weird, nonspecific symptoms of fatigue and bloating and waking up feeling achy, but they're only like 35. And it just kind of be symptoms. They can't put their finger on it, but they come in to see me and they're like, Rachel, I feel stressed and anxious. But I don't, I don't think my life is matching my symptoms. And I'm trying to go to bed and work out. And I know they're trying to do all the right things. They don't understand that there's this gut brain connection. And they don't understand anything about cortisol. They don't understand anything about their gut. And I was saying the same thing over and over and over and I kept saying like, I need to write this down. I need to like, honestly, up until maybe four months ago, starting my own business was not even on my radar. I've had a mentor for years and I just kind of assumed that I was going to work with him. So after in December of 2021, I finished I pushed through with at that point my daughter Parker is a year old and I'm just like I'm finishing my certification. I've been working on this I'm finishing finished in December approached him in like, you know January okay I'm finished, I'm certified, like, can I come work with you now? And he's like, I don't have room for you. And then the whole idea of like, well, maybe I can do this on my own, came up. And then by way of another friend who's a nurse practitioner, she introduced me to the concept of like, group programs and a course and like, then I realized I can't do this on my own. I try. I tried, like looking up things for a few weeks. And then you really get in the weeds. Like, I know how I know how to get you from A to B, but I don't know how to like, turn that into lessons. I don't know how to structure things. And Lord, like, I don't know how to start a business. I was always in a practice where they marketed for me, they did everything. So I, I think I manifested you, Sean, I know I've like said that to you before. But I think I found you on Instagram, maybe I don't really care for Facebook, but I think I found you on Instagram. And, and it was just this beautiful like meeting of the minds where you were speaking to like, not,
Rachel Martin 6:12
not overworking not being burned out. It was the business. If I if years ago, I would have thought, Oh, if I own my own business, it will be X, Y and Z. It was exactly what you were talking about. And I just needed someone to say, Do this, do this, do this. And so the first thing I did was sign up for holistic business starter. And that was very much like, Do this. Do this. And then I started doing my own I remember messaging you like, Okay, I'm trying to start my own course. But I don't really and I ultimately was like, their signature program labs, Sonya because I can't I can't you've done this. You've done, what a dozen times. And and you need, it's, it's just like, I kept reframing it. A patient will try to heal their gut on their own. And they're going to read books, right? They're going to, like, follow Dr. Hyman on Instagram, and they're going to buy books on healing your gut. And it just, it's like, okay, how will I tell people? Invest in me to show you the way if I don't invest in myself for somebody to show me the way?
Shawn Mynar 7:25
Hmm, oh, that's such a good point. It was very backwards.
Rachel Martin 7:29
And then, and somewhere along the way, I had the other realization of like, it's not all find the money and then hire a business coach, it's, I'm gonna hire a business coach, so then I can make money and not just have a hobby. I'll actually have a business.
Shawn Mynar 7:46
Yeah. So that's what you need to do in order to make the money to have the business. You know.
Rachel Martin 7:54
It is it is a cycle. And it's, it's, I know, I say, people will come I want to lose weight. It's like you don't lose weight and then get healthy, you get healthy and weight loss is a byproduct of that. Right? So yeah, I mean, it was all mindset. So I mean, the first part of holistic business starter is all mindset. And things that I knew I had no idea, all these money blocks. I had no idea.
Shawn Mynar 8:21
Yeah, I remember when you were in the group, and you were saying, I didn't realize I was signing up to get a therapist to
Rachel Martin 8:27
write because as I've been in this journey of becoming an entrepreneur, or solopreneur, I like to say that word to it. It does. The best therapy for you is to start your business.
Shawn Mynar 8:45
Oh my gosh, it syncs up everything, everything, every insecurity
Rachel Martin 8:51
and you have to address it. You can't. I mean, to a degree, there is an impostor syndrome that you have to overcome. But the confidence that you get in three months, like sometimes when I'm feeling down on myself, I have to list it all out. Like I've started a website, I've recorded three podcasts which has yet to be launched, but should in the next few weeks, I have created a program that's in the beta testing. I've started seeing 10 patients and like I had one apply on Friday one apply yesterday. It's crazy. Even the tech that I've was so overwhelming and terrifying. But you do an amazing job of screen sharing and walking people through I mean that just the the tech handholding alone for creating a course and creating a website or anything like that has been invaluable. But yeah, it's been a really concrete it's been a confidence builder, for
Shawn Mynar 9:58
sure. Yeah, for sure. As soon as you Get over all of the fear the doubt the uncertainty, like what's going to happen? What am I gonna do? I mean, we can stay. And I think a lot of people do stay in that headspace for so long. And they don't realize that the second you just do it like you do it scared, you do it with uncertainty, you do it with the fear on the other side of that as soon as you do it, then you do have that confidence. And you do have that clarity. And all of that is just built up. But it's just on the other side of you taking that leap. And Rachel to see you go through all of that stuff like you. It's not like you weren't scared. It's not like you weren't still scared. didn't have those things. But you did it all anyway, and you were like, This is what I want to do. This is how I want my business to look, I'm gonna like, Yes, I have three kids, and I have a super busy life and you are working part time still, you were doing a ton of stuff. And you still made time to make your business happen in three months. Like that was right for me to see you go through because you wanted it. And you weren't going to let all of that stop you.
Rachel Martin 11:02
And I will say full disclosure, I we had a nurse for a year who was our, you know, daytime nurse my my child will eventually switch to a facemask and she'll just she's fine when she's awake. But for now with a trach. You can't just send that kid to daycare. So she has a nurse with her will the nurse as I'm like, launch, creating this business, she puts in her four week notice. And she's just like, I love I love Parker, but she I feel like I'm not. I'm not nerd, I'm not being a nurse, because really, she just needs a nanny, she's fine when she's awake. She just needs help, like, you know, getting hooked up to take her nap. And that terrified me. And I really think I might have Donald, I probably would have pushed everything out. And that really lit a fire of okay, I'm rolling this out, it's not going to be perfect. But I don't know, I feel like the universe was just like she needs a deadline. So I think that's that's huge picking a timeframe and sticking with it and being like it's going to be messy. It's you're not going to have everything figured out. I still I'm still changing things. So I'm a still working in family practice two days a week. And for the foreseeable future, wink, wink. And I basically have assigned two or three days, which we've secured another nurse, obviously, because I'm able to do this, but I have two or three other days where I work on the business. And I think like even now I'm switching my electronic medical record, because I picked one, you just have to pick something, and then you figure out if you like it, or if you don't, and I'm adapting things and changing things. Not all the time, but improving upon and adapting. And I think it's really easy to be overwhelmed in, you know, Asana versus Trello, kartra vs Kajabi Active Campaign and all these things. I never even knew what they were what they meant, you know, four months ago. But I think just picking something and sticking with it until you're giving it several months until you decide, is this working for me? Or is this not? But I feel like with your program, you did a really good job of maybe giving like your few choice options. And taking some of that decision fatigue out, I think, really easy to get decision fatigue, when you're doing
Shawn Mynar 13:37
just even deciding on the software's without any guidance, particularly like five years.
Rachel Martin 13:42
I'm ashamed to say my husband was early on the first few weeks he was he at some point, he was like, Are you still looking at colors? And I was like, Yes, I'm ashamed to say and and it's funny, because in hindsight, nobody cares. No, nobody cared. But it's your baby. So you care? Yeah. Really, it doesn't matter, like the. So it's the big things. And I think because you asked me maybe in a coaching call one time, like, how did you? How have you moved things along so quickly? And I think it's because we'll, I don't even know where I saw this or read this. But I've gotten really into time management and strategy and planning my day out. Because I don't have very many hours I'm limited on when I can get this stuff done planning my day out the night before and asking myself the question of what is truly going to move the needle. Like right Are you are you just playing because I will be I'm the queen of planning to do and not doing and you have said that before and it stuck with me and resonate with me. And so it was very much like no just do something and then see if it works. So that's what I did. I was like okay, A newsletter writing it done. Like, it's not going to be perfect. I'm probably accidentally sending it to everybody, even if they're like in the middle of the nurture sequence, but it's fine. I'm gonna like do it anyway, and making a blog, like publishing a blog post and creating the slides. I mean, it is ridiculous how long I spent just coming up with like picking in Canva, which can really be overwhelming, the perfect, like slide templates for the court. And none of that matters. If I can give anyone advice. It's probably set a timer, like 15 minutes for little tasks that okay, in the next hour on picking Thank you told me that. I've been wondering, like, yeah, like, pick a timer be like, Okay, I'm picking my fonts in the next 30 minutes? Because it does, it matters, but it doesn't matter that much.
Shawn Mynar 15:49
Yeah, I shouldn't take days by any means. Because that's not moving the needle. And if you really look at like you said, What is what in this limited amount of time that I have? What will actually move the needle will actually get my work in front of more people will actually make some income. What do I really need to do?
Rachel Martin 16:06
Like make a freebie just make a freebie just sit down for two hours and make a freebie?
Shawn Mynar 16:10
Yeah, exactly. Speaking of freebies, so I want to talk a little bit because like we mentioned, you started your business basically three months ago. And this is not one of those things where it's like you already had this massive following. And you were already showing up on Instagram and doing all this business stuff. You just didn't technically have a business, you were literally starting from zero, you didn't have an email list. Your Instagram was like your kind of personal account, right? So this is not one of those stories, this is legitimately starting from scratch, right?
Rachel Martin 16:42
And, and I had been off of Instagram for like eight months, when when we came home from the hospital with Parker when she was maybe two and a half months old. I went like, I went dark, I got off. I'd been off Facebook forever. But I got off of Instagram for about eight months. And so I'd only been occasionally posting for like two months. And yeah, I had maybe I want to say started tracking it, maybe 650 followers. And I switched to a professional account for the insights and tracking and I started posting. But again, their strategy now there was no strategy, then it was just posting things, right. And I lost some followers probably because they were like, oh, somebody else posting about food and health. And that's fine, like, but a lot of my family, my grandma's both post, they like comment on my Instagram
Shawn Mynar 17:38
post, it's so nice. But
Rachel Martin 17:41
part of I mean, part of my desire is to show functional medicine in real life, when you have you know, you're a working mom with three kids. And one with that has some extra needs to show like, this is what I'm eating. This is how I'm you know, practicing mindfulness or working out or this is what is important. And to kind of live that and show this as a family affair. Not just me, you know, posting these concepts without living them. So yeah, I had nothing but I had nothing. Like I didn't know what lead magnet meant. I googled it. I was like, What does lead magnet nurture what like I don't zero marketing zero anything. And that's why it it's cute. The Rachel four months ago who thought she could do all this with? I don't know, I don't know, like googling are like, asking my friend who is two years into it and has spent a lot of money on business coaching, too. And it's like, yes, she wants to help me, but she can't, she doesn't have the time to sit down and explain an email list or you know, how you attract people, and then get them to know like and trust you. Because the funny part about functional medicine is people don't really know what it is. Most people don't know what it is. So I'm marketing something that people don't understand. And then I can't guarantee them results, because I can't do the work for them. So right. So the marketing aspect of it is very tricky. And getting and I know we you talked about that. And you have to show them the outcome because if you talk about just hormone problems or gut like what does that mean people you need to speak in their language
Shawn Mynar 19:33
that is so important. That
Rachel Martin 19:36
was a huge hump for me to to speak in the ways that people speak when they come to me, like they'll say, I feel tired. I'm exhausted. I require caffeine to wake up and I need wine to wind down like and my hair is falling out and I don't want to have sex anymore and can I Say that?
Shawn Mynar 20:00
Yes, absolutely.
Rachel Martin 20:02
But that's yeah, like that's huge. It was really, I guess it's made me even more effective in, in as a family nurse practitioner when I see people.
Shawn Mynar 20:15
Mm hmm. Oh, absolutely, I can believe that for sure. Just knowing how to talk to these people who really the people you're seeing it at your job are also potentially clients of yours on the outside and your business. And just getting that practice, you know, in both places, is so beneficial. So now, like you've mentioned, you have this program that you're running, and it is a group program. And that's really how you kind of kicked off your business, right? So tell people, what that looks like that process of building your program, which I know you kind of are doing it as you go, what you're finding beneficial. So talk a little bit about that.
Rachel Martin 20:56
Yes, so I decided I was going to do a kind of, I've framed out everything for my 12 week program. And for those of you who don't know anything about functional medicine, you know, the the mantra is definitely like all disease begins in the gut start in the gut, when in doubt, and there's a five our framework for step by step how to heal someone's gut. And I've always found it ironic that the fifth step is addressing the gut brain connection in that your cortisol and stress hormones, essentially, the relationship between stress and your gut, it's at the very end. And I found I would try to get people, you know, as in whenever I was just a regular family practice, tried to get people on board with an elimination diet, and we're going to do all these things. And they're so in the weeds, that they can't even wrap their head around, getting started. So in my method, I put that at the beginning. And we it's just like five weeks of Well, the first part of it is habit and mindset. And I took that from you, I was like, as I'm going along, I realize you have to talk about mindset, you have to talk about how to have good habits, so that you can do this program once I don't want people to have to do it 15 times, like you can you get lifetime access. But no, you don't need to do it 15, you don't need 15 elimination diets. So it's very much fun and loading, to calm down the nervous system to you know, get your thyroid working again, decrease your cortisol and then work on the elimination diet and healing the gut. So I decided I would do kind of your hybrid model of getting everything framed out and filming the first lessons. And then as we go through it, I will continue. So I still have like in the next two weeks, I should have everything filmed. And, and then uploaded. And I've already it's funny, I've already decided a whole module, I'm like redoing the entire thing. And I've shared that with my beta group to have like, I was trying to appeal to everyone instead of just speaking to, you know, quote, unquote, adrenal fatigue. And that is really what those are the people who are coming to me, they have cortisol issues that has led to them having gut issues. So I was trying to, like, just cater to too many people, but to anyone making a program, who's out there, you just don't know what's going to work or what doesn't until you do it. And then you get feedback. And that's the beautiful part about a beta group. They, it's discounted, so they don't feel like they're, they're getting value, they know they're getting value. And then they're kind of part of the experiment and the fun of everything of being like do you like this? Do you not like this, and everyone has been so gracious, that was probably one of my big fears of am I gonna I'm a recovering people pleaser. And it's are people going to be mad if I change things, but I found like, even yesterday, in my coaching call, it was, what do you guys think this is what I want to do. And I walked through the new framework for them. And they were like that, that makes a lot of sense. And because you guys had a lot of questions on Facebook, and I realized it wasn't clear. And I mean, even another thing I've realized my some of my lessons are like 2025 minutes long, it's too much. I need to like chunk it up into smaller lessons, but you just don't. It's fine. You can go and change all of the things eventually, but just get something out into the world.
Shawn Mynar 24:37
Yeah. So you just to clarify, so you did. You've framed it all out. You had everything planned out. You knew what you wanted your program to include. You recorded a few of those first lessons, and then you launched it, but the entire thing was not created.
Rachel Martin 24:54
No. And that's like in hindsight, that's frightening. But you know, the beauty of it was is already with the first few modules of being like, Man, I think people are dropping off with these 2025 minute lessons of okay, I still have a few more modules to record. I know now, I'm going to record those the way they should have been done in the beginning, and like chunk them into, you know, seven, eight minute lessons. So then I don't have to redo those. If I would have done the entire program, the way I did the first few modules, I would have to redo the whole thing. Now I'm only gonna have to redo.
Shawn Mynar 25:30
Yeah, so that's the benefit. Like, while it seems scary, and you're like, What am I doing, I know, you're kind of freaking out a little bit when you're like, Okay, I have people who actually signed off. And now I know, I don't have like this entire program laid out. But now you're seeing how beneficial it is. And you're able to take the feedback you're getting every single week from these people to make it really great for them to you know ahead of time. And to make it what you actually want it to be.
Rachel Martin 25:57
I think my favorite thing so far. So I love I love the coaching calls there right now they're once a month, which is which is fine. I think I want to do every two weeks. It's just, I love I love them. And it's just, I think they really enjoy talking to one another too. But my favorite has been watching people in the Facebook group, talk to one another. Yeah. Because then you realize this is taken on a life of its own. And it's greater than me. And I think that's what I never knew I always wanted in family practice. I wanted to support people to support one another and to make this like like minded community. It's just still mind boggling to me that the Facebook group like they will like tag one another and speak to one another. And I mean, right now we are all in, in Virginia. Well, I think I think I have like one person in Ohio. But your first group is usually people you know, who are supporting you, which is great and fine. But I don't know, the fact that it's bigger than me already is so cool.
Shawn Mynar 27:03
And that's why I love signature probe having a signature program so much is because it is bigger than you and you are building a community for other people to have support from other people, not just you. But like, and we all know, because we probably I'm assuming everyone listening has had some sort of health or wellness concern in their life and you feel really alone. Like if your family isn't going through it, or your friends aren't going through it, you're like, oh my gosh, who do I talk to? Where do I turn and to be in this group of people who are experiencing something similar and going through this process together, it is in valuable and it is bigger than you You are the conduit to get people into building that community for them to have forever. So they will continue to build these relationships even after your program is done. You know is it goes so it's so cool. I'm so glad you're seeing that too. And this brings me to what I wanted to talk about too, which is the size of your program and how the launch went and how you got people in? Because like we just said you were starting pretty much from zero. So I think that's a big concern is when people say they want their business, they want to have a program. But what if no one signs up? Like who's going to be in this program? I don't have this massive audience. I don't have an email list yet. So what happened? How did your launch go? And how did you get these people in? And what was the end result?
Rachel Martin 28:29
So I like followed your advice. And I started just with, I created a book. Like as I knew I wanted to launch around the state, maybe four weeks before I was like, Okay, I need an email list. So I started with a lead magnet, I created a probiotics and prebiotics guide. I posted about it on Instagram to get some followers and that link tree thing is free. So I got one like link in my bio kind of thing. And I started attracting people that way. And then I got my family to kind of share about that I was just straight up with people. It's funny, my photographer is kind of a friend and like she was sharing on her instagram about the guide. There's nothing wrong with asking for help in the beginning of like, Hey, Mom share about my guide. It's, you know, to get on the email list. And I I decided because I know I asked you like I'm not I do not have time. I'm going to do this differently next time. But I was like I don't want to do I think I have enough of an audience to not do any kind of live webinar or live event or pre recorded I'm just going to send a newsletter and like an email sequence and then post on Instagram. Basically for my launch, there will be no kind of event or anything. And I ended up doing it that way I met my husband God love him. I was like please share on Facebook because he has a lot of friends. He was born and raised steer. And so one of his high school friends signed up for the program. And I recruited like one or two of our nurses to sign up and it just, I had 10 people sign up. But I also decided which I, I will say this is a mistake, I should not have done it because it was so overwhelming, I decided to also start seeing one on one clients. At the same time, I was launching my program. And I that was part of my, my offering, you also get to be in this program. So I have 20 people in it 10 of which are one on one. Functional Medicine patients and then 10 are just in the group. So I would say don't do that, if you're considering it. And you just started your business two months. That's a bit much. But so it's nice, because there's 20 people in there, but I think 10 would have been fine. Yeah, for your beta group. And you can find 10 Like that's like you can find out Absolutely. And you don't need you don't need a big following. I think the important thing is showing people connecting what their symptoms are with what's going on and what could be their possible future. If they go through your program.
Shawn Mynar 31:21
Look at you talking about this messaging talk. Wow, this is amazing. You learned Wow. Whoa, thank
Rachel Martin 31:28
you. Thank you, I had a great tea. I have a great teacher. But it's because it's funny. I think one of my big one of my big humps is just I did not feel like I was a business person. I didn't know anything about marketing. But I'm like Rachel, you for years, you've been practicing functional medicine, you know that. Take away all these impostor syndrome feelings, you have people that you have helped already. What are you good at. And I'm really good at telling women and men sort of, I don't want to like pigeonhole myself with just, you know, feet, I considered it but I was like, but it is mostly women that you are putting yourself last. And because of that you feel terrible. And this is why and this is why you need my help. And I was like it, I'm great at helping people deal with adrenal fatigue and heal their gut. And I have like proven success. So get out of your head, about websites and social media and marketing, you will figure that out. But you have it a message. And I think I read somewhere. The longer that you don't put your program out there, you're really there people you're not taking care of that you could be serving, and you could be helping those people and you could be changing their lives. So then they show up better for the person or people they're caring for. So it was kind of that it was kind of like, you're being selfish if you don't do this.
Shawn Mynar 32:54
I mean, it's true, it is true, because you have the ability, there are people out there right now that need your help, you have the ability to help them. And by you not putting yourself out there for fear of what might go wrong, or what you might look like, or people might judge you or whatever we're saying in our heads, then those people are still out there looking for the help that you can give them. So when you put it into that perspective, and we're all helpers, we all want to serve people and really bring that to light, then it just takes on a whole new meaning. And you did you realize that the business part really doesn't matter that much. You know, like, figure it out, you'll figure it out, you figure it out on the way. So one thing that you said that I really want to reiterate and make sure people understood is that when it came time for you to launch your business, and you started by way of the beta group of this program, and also taking one on one clients, that would be a part of that beta group, which I think is great. I think, you know, like you said, it's a little overwhelming, maybe like making the numbers not so many or separating them a little bit. But well, there
Unknown Speaker 34:03
was definitely hustle
Shawn Mynar 34:07
maybe spreading them out a little bit or trying to make different woodwork. But when it came time you build your audience by way of the people you already knew. You're not 100% Your family, your friends, hey, well, you shout this out for me on your social media. Hey, will you talk to your friends about this? Like that's the cool thing about what we do, especially in the wellness world, is that everyone needs what we do, or they know someone who needs what we do. So building your network, building your audience is actually quite easy if you're willing to use the people that you already know and get that out there. And then like you said, it is easy to find those 10 people that can be your first group. You don't want to have a big group as your first group anyway, because you're doing all of this. You're kind of figuring things out. You want to get their feet If you want them to have a strong connection with each other, so it's good to have a small group and you can get those people no matter what size you're starting at right now. So someone in your network can build that relationship for you, or help you to get those 10 people. And so I just wanted to make sure that that was pointed out that, yeah, you talk to your photographer, who's your friend, you had your mom talk about it, you had your husband talk about it, and it worked.
Rachel Martin 35:27
Your people, they want you to be successful. Yeah. Right. And they see how much joy it brings you. And that's infectious that's contagious. So I just, I'm so happy that I decided to do it. And I think one of my and I didn't even use some things bounce around in your head. And you don't necessarily put words to them until later. But one of my for years initial like things that bothered me about functional medicine, it seemed really expensive and inaccessible. A signature program helps you like and that's one of my core values, I want people need this, and money shouldn't be this, this big hurdle. But in this way, I can help people without seeing them one on one. And it's more accessible to the masses. And you're kind of you're teaching them how to fish so to speak, and not making them feel like they need you right to get better one on one, right? Because you're putting them in, you understand this from all of the programs you've done. If you're trying to in the 21st century, lead a healthy lifestyle, you're kind of a rebel. So to put these people together in a community is huge, because it's not just every once a month, when they see me or once every three months, when they see me, it's they have their community that they can go to at all times. Which I don't know, I just feel like, I guess one of my core values is, you know, affordable functional medicine. Having a group program is a way to kind of feel like you're helping people. And you don't have to apologize for charging, because these are not astronomical fees that you're you know, asking for you're being compensated for your time and your energy. But it's really cool, because once it's done, then the automations are there. And you can show up, you know, every two weeks or once a week, if that's something you want, or once a month, and then monitor your Facebook group. And I want to see patients one on one still, but that's the beautiful thing, my life with the little kids and the you know, I'm at the mercy of Do we have a nurse or not, this program has allowed me to still I cannot multiply myself, I am just me. And me just seeing like, I have a cap on how many people I can see one on one. So in this way, I can still share my gifts with the world. So anybody who has a busy lifestyle, and they keep using that as an excuse for why they can't do what they love. No, you can you just have to think outside the box totally and do your program,
Shawn Mynar 38:15
obviously. And it like you said it's beneficial for everyone is beneficial for the people going through it, it makes it more accessible, it makes them feel more empowered in their own journey, because they're learning instead of just relying on you. And it gives you back the time and the freedom that you need to be able to live your life and then you can be more choosy, I don't want to say I don't know what the right word is. But with the clients that you do take one on one and you can keep it at a cap, you can work with the people that really truly do need your one on one services and support and leave the group program for those that maybe are just getting started or, you know, have some not as high needs, I guess, to do the program. So it really worked out so well for everybody.
Rachel Martin 39:01
Yeah, and I'm thinking that I might, I'm thinking I might like require the program if you want to work with me, okay, but this is my foundational method that I'm going to do anyway. And instead of me, you know, saying it 15 million times, that's literally why I've recorded it, you funnel in and then the beauty of the Facebook group and the group calls is that eventually you'll have people who have completed it, and they just want the accountability. And they're going to encourage and inspire the new people who are just beginning who are overwhelmed. So they like absolutely like even Okay, in your coaching calls me with you seeing all these people in who had already started their own businesses who are already being successful, inspired me to take action, because if it was just me and you or me watching your videos, yeah, I'm inspired, but not nearly to the degree as when you get all these like minded people on a live call. That's like complete The only other next level and it's one hour of somebody's time.
Shawn Mynar 40:03
Yes, exactly. And it is, again, that community piece that you just can't get in a one on one setting. And you can't get with just a hands off DIY course, either you have to have that middle ground. And that's why I love it. And obviously, you're now an advocate to
Unknown Speaker 40:20
it, I'm addicted.
Shawn Mynar 40:22
Speaking of what are your plans? Now, this group is still kind of in the middle, but what do you foresee happening with your group program in the future?
Rachel Martin 40:32
So in July, I think the beginning of July I want to launch again, open to the public, because I have still, like one on ones haven't decided how if I want to launch, you know, quarterly or do evergreen, I'm still bouncing things kind of around in my head, but I know I like the structure of the 12 weeks, I love the Facebook group. And I really like I think I'm going to start offering unstructured open office hours for like, where I teach for 30 minutes about different topics within the course. So it's fine because once you have your your kind of structure your house in place, you can decorate your house however you want. Yep, it's so true. So it's like once you just but you have to have your your little house, your your core, your program. And then you can add different things. I'm considering a kind of membership with my program for additional offerings, like having a health coach once a month, come on and do a coaching call as well. And, and kind of build from there. Like almost like offerings at the gym or something.
Shawn Mynar 41:50
Yeah, yeah, that's so cool. I love it. I'm just so your success and how you really took your idea and went with it, and you just made it happen, and you want it to be perfect, but you're like, this isn't gonna happen. So I'm just gonna put it out anyway. I love everything that you've done. I'm so proud of you. I think it's just been so cool to watch. What final piece of advice you have for anyone listening who maybe is just starting their business? Or maybe it's been in their business for a little while, and it's not going the way they want. What do you have anything to offer?
Rachel Martin 42:29
Yeah, um, I think I have like two pieces of advice. So the first is just like, remember, this is fun. It's fun learning new things. It's fun having beginner's mind. And I think it's important to learn the back end of every single thing. So if you have zero help, you still know how to do all the things, but I just made it fun. And I think you you helped make it fun with the videos. And it was interactive. And there were worksheets, I think keep it light, keep it fun, keep it light, and my second piece of advice, establish boundaries for time. I wasn't good at that. And it was really bad there for a little while with me pushing and pushing and like working all the time. And I realized I'm not beginning with the end in mind that because the business that I want is not what I'm doing right now. And I will accidentally become a workaholic. And then I'm missing the whole point what I'm working for. I'm like, I'm missing the entire point. So I would say pick a date that you want to launch or get things going. But like write that date down in pencil because things might come up. And if you know if you realize that you're not spending as much time with the people you love, or you're not pouring into yourself, and you're getting kind of burned out, then be a little bit flex more flexible and adaptable. Because isn't that what you would tell your your person that you're trying to
Shawn Mynar 43:55
help? Totally, yes. Take your own advice.
Rachel Martin 43:58
Yeah, take your own advice. So I would say like keep it fun and keep it light but have have, you know, some some parameters you're working within.
Shawn Mynar 44:08
So true. Yes, it's so helpful. And it is I'm so glad you're brought up to keep it fun because it is fun, and it should be fun. And we can really get bogged down with all the business stuff. And that makes it not fun a lot of times but if you get back to like what you started just do something, just start somewhere, just put it out and figure it out on your wet on the way. Let it be messy and let it be a learning experience then it can be fun again, and that's what I think is the best. Like it's not
Rachel Martin 44:41
even a chore it's just there's so many things you want to do. You got to pick one thing to do but it's I've had a blast which is crazy because I remember years ago like hating going to work so this is like so different. So different, so
Shawn Mynar 44:56
different and it's so much better. I'm so so happy for You Rachel, thank you so much for coming on in sharing where can people learn more about you and your business and what you do and follow along? Yeah, so
Rachel Martin 45:08
I am at WWW dot route and ritual FX med.com. And then on Instagram same thing at Route and ritual effects med
Shawn Mynar 45:20
Cool. All right, great. And you have a podcast coming out soon. I
Unknown Speaker 45:23
do good vibes only.
Shawn Mynar 45:25
Love it so cute. All right. Well, thank you so much for your time and for sharing everything that you learned along the way. And we will stay caught up with everything you're doing in your business as well. So thanks, Rachel.
Unknown Speaker 45:39
Thank you, Sean.
I’ve been in business for almost 10 years and let’s just say, it has been the rollercoaster ride of a lifetime. And while I have no regrets and wouldn't change a thing, there are still some things that, looking back now, would’ve been great to know then. It would have been nice to learn them the easy way instead of the hard way. This episode is meant to be your easy way. I’ll share a few of the big things I’ve learned in the past 10 years that I wish I would’ve known from the start and maybe shine a light for you so you don’t have to go through the hard way too.
“Feel confident in the knowing that there is something to learn always.” - Shawn Mynar
“Don’t worry about being successful, work towards being significant and the success will naturally follow.” - Shawn Mynar
“You can only consume so much free content before you actually have to take the leap and invest in yourself and your business. I promise you, it will pay off.” - Shawn Mynar
“There are lessons to learn. We can’t learn those lessons when everything is going right. We have to learn them when things go wrong.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE "Signature Program In A Day" Workshop - shawnmynar.com/day.
Shawn's Courses - shawnmynar.com/coaching.
Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPTS ARE BELOW (transcripts are auto-generated so expect errors in punctuation, spelling, and grammar)
0:00
I've been in business for almost 10 years now. And let's just say it's been a roller coaster ride of a lifetime. And while I have no regrets and wouldn't change a thing, there are still just some things that looking back now would have been great to know from the beginning, it would have been nice to learn them the easy way instead of the hard way like I did. And so this episode is meant to be your easy way, I'll share a few of the big things I've learned in the past 10 years that I wish I would have known from the start, and maybe I can shine a light for you. So you don't have to go through it the hard way, too. Let's dive in. Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, so grateful to have you checking out the show. And everything you do to support the show. It all just means so so much to me and glad to have you here. We've got some things to talk about some reminiscing to do maybe over the last 10 years of my business. And I just really want to share some things that looking back now would have been nice to know from the beginning. So if you are someone who's maybe just starting their business or thinking about starting your business, or maybe you're a couple years in and still feeling like there's some stuff you just don't know, this episode is for you. And even if you've been in business for a really long time, it's always just nice to kind of hear what other people have gone through and what other people have learned along the way, just even to commiserate, because you have to and you've learned the hard way like I did. But really, I would love it. If this episode could be the easy button. For some of you. Maybe you can learn these things that it took me years to learn and trial and error and mistakes and all the things to finally figure out, maybe you could take some of this and learn it now. And it could be your easy button for your business, at least for some of the things, there's still going to be plenty of things to happen in your business, that you're unfortunately going to have to learn the hard way. But it is for a reason. But we'll get into all that in just a second. First, I want to remind you, this is your final reminder, your final chance to get in on the signature program in a day free live workshop that I am hosting next week, next Tuesday, June 14. Again, this is only relevant for the people that are listening to this prior to June 14, if that is you and you want in this is an exclusive, interactive live event that is free. But it is also like I don't want to say exclusive and like oh, you can't come in this was a VIP thing. Not like that. But there are very limited seats because of the interactive nature of it. And so you know, once they're gone, they're gone, I have to put a cap on it. Just like basically Zoom is making me put a cap on it. And I want to have a nice interactive experience where everyone can really be a part of that experience. So smaller groups are best. If you want in you are going to learn you're going to basically we're going to workshop out your signature program, what you want to add as a program into your business. This is not a webinar, this is unlike any other workshop I have ever done. This will involve brainstorming and working and feeling and sharing, learning, interacting. Just really understanding and working through the process of building your program. In one day, you give me one afternoon, I'll give you a program. Okay? So come ready to work, make some big decisions, do some brainstorming, share with the group, it's gonna be really fun and it is totally free. Okay, and when you attend a live, you also have the opportunity to come on and get some one on one support and guidance from me as we do build out that signature program together. And no matter what by the end of that workshop, you will have a solidified signature program and clear next steps for you to get that program out into the world. And this is doesn't matter what stage of business you're in doesn't matter how quote unquote ready you think you are for your signature program. This is a pretty unique opportunity and experience to really get it all hashed out so that you know what your next offer is going to be. So if you want in this is your chance, Shawn minor.com/de da y to save your seat if the website is down if you can't
5:00
Are that page anymore, that means that it is already full. And I will potentially do this again, another time, we'll see how it goes. But save your seat and get ready to work. And if you do want to be included in the workshop, but you can't attend live, you can still do so you will have to email me and let me know you can't be there live. So I save your seat for someone who can be and you will get the replay. But I want you to really stop and think about what you want for your business how you want this actually to go for you. And imagine having answers to questions like, am I truly ready for a signature program? What's the best topic? Who's the best client? What results? Am I promising these people? What's the price? What am I going to include? How do I get people into my program? How do I sell this thing? Imagine having answers to that. And knowing that you have this offer, that is so awesome, so transformative for the right people on the right topic that you can now put out into the world confidently. That is a big deal. And I know, because I talked to a lot of you that one of the things you want the most in your business is, first of all, to have something that doesn't directly take your time in order to make money. And number two, you want to help people in a meaningful way. And number three, you want something that you feel confident and proud about, you want an offer that you are excited to put out into the world. This is what we will do together, we will have those three things going for you by the end. So make sure you save your seat, Shawn minor.com/day, and I cannot wait to connect with you all live next week. It's coming up so soon. All right, let's move into these six things. I wish I knew when I started my business. If I had like a month to think about this topic, I probably could have come up with 36 things, probably 106 things, so many, but I want to just start here with what I kind of thought of over the past few days and just really thinking, you know, I I reminisce about my business a lot. It's been almost 10 years, that is completely mind blowing to me, because, you know, in some ways, it feels like I started last year and in some ways it feels like I can't even remember what it's like to work for someone else. It's one of those things where it feels like a long time and not very long, all at once.
7:37
And I really, truly can say that I don't have any regrets. I mean, yes, I made some terrible decisions. I made a ton of mistakes. Some of these decisions and mistakes cost me lots of time, it cost me lots of money. But I can also very clearly see why those things needed to happen. I had something to learn. And you know, if you're in this place right now, where you feel like you are making mistakes, you are doing things and they're not working, you are having to make decisions, and you don't know if they're the right decision or the wrong decision. Welcome to Business, welcome to entrepreneurship. That's how it goes. And also feel competent in the knowing that there's something to learn always. It's a constant learning experience. If you make a mistake, if you make a certain decision, no matter what move you make, there is something to learn there, you are going through that experience. For a reason you made that decision, you made that mistake for a reason. It is part of your journey, you are being guided towards what you want towards that business that you're looking for, by way of your mistakes and by way of your decisions. And by way of things not working. Because it kind of takes things not working for you to go down the path towards what will work. You have to go through it all. And I guess Hey, maybe this right here is another bonus thing I wish I would have known is like you have to go through all of this. And so yeah, I'm going to share some things with you that I wish I would have known sooner in my business, but you're still gonna go through the mock, you're still going to have decisions to make, you're still going to learn things the hard way. But maybe part of your journey is to listen to this episode to hear from me and learn from me. So at least these things that I'm going to share with you today. You can learn the easy way and then you'll have even more space and even more energy to learn other things the hard way. What
10:00
which is inevitably going to happen if you want a business. Okay, so before I get into my list that I have for you, I also have a quote from Oprah. And it says, Don't worry about being successful, work towards being significant, and the success will naturally follow. I think most of us know that I think most of us are doing so. But it is always a good reminder, because it's easy when in business to start looking at the surface level things like the money you need to make. And that's totally understandable. We all have bills to pay. And you do need to make a certain income. And you know, the vanity metrics, the followers and the subscribers and the this and that. And those things are important important in a way you do want to keep track of those. But they are vanity metrics, as we know. And when we can take a step back from those things, and start moving from a place of just wanting to be significant as Oprah states it, but in a way that is just you are doing something to help other people. That is what it means. And that's what open means by saying work towards being significant. Doing something meaningful, helping another person, and putting yourself out there in a way that lets those people know that you can help. And not always focusing on these other things that can really grab our attention these days. But those aren't really what's actually important. Having a certain number of followers making a certain amount of money, and having a certain number of subscribers, all these things that we tend to really get wrapped up in. That comes as a byproduct of you focusing on doing meaningful, significant work for just one other person. You don't have to try to be Oprah and have every single person on the planet know who you are. That's not the case here, doing something meaningful for your people. For those people out there who want and need the services or the products that you provide. Don't worry about being successful, work towards being significant and the success will naturally follow. It is law that success will follow it is how the universe works. Alright, first thing I wish I knew when I started my business, I wish I knew my worth and valued my time. I've talked about this quite a bit, I think here on the podcast about how I massively undercharged for my services. As a personal trainer, this was way back at the start of my business. 10 years ago, I massively under charged for the work that I was doing. For the time I was spending in a session with my clients, the time it took to drive their cars, I was in home personal training at the time. And I went above and beyond for my clients too. I would take clients pretty much at all hours of the day, like hey, you want to work out at 5am Sure I can wake up at four, no problem. I work six days a week because people wanted to work out on the weekends, I would allow last minute changes and cancellations. I did not value my time, I did not know how valuable the work that I was doing was for these people. And I think I've mentioned this before, too, that I specialized in doing personal training sessions for older adults. Now, not all of my clients were older, but the vast majority were 55 plus. And that is a super valuable, valuable thing for people of that age to have someone come to your home and train you make you stronger, make your more mobile, huge right. At the time, couldn't see it. I just was so worried that if I stood up for myself, if I started valuing myself, if I started charging, what I was actually worth, that I would lose clients, my self worth and my value were so low in my mind that I lacked competence to know that my clients would stick with me even when I charged what I was worth and if they didn't, then that wasn't a good match.
14:54
And this went on for years. This didn't change until I started working on
15:00
For myself, until I really got to the root of why I had that low self worth and value, which had nothing to do with my business, and everything to do with those darn limiting beliefs that I had been carrying around since childhood. And so at that point of my life, which was in my mid 30s, I was used to having to prove myself, I was used to being the underdog and having to work really hard.
15:32
And I also on top of that had a really poor relationship with money, which again, stemmed from childhood, and just like generational things, from my family. And that bled into my business too. And how I assumed other people thought about money. This happens a lot for all of us, we project our money, beliefs, our money mindset, on to our clients or on to other people, and then just assume like, oh, well, I wouldn't pay this much for this. So they're not going to or the I can't afford this, so they won't be able to. And so that's where I was, I was projecting my money issues on to my clients, assuming they had the same stuff, and therefore not charging enough. So it really took me doing the work on myself inner work and figuring out these limiting beliefs that I had, doing that stuff, and then also working on my money mindset, to get to a point where I just know how valuable the work that I am doing is, and I charge based on that value, and what my time is worth both to the client, and to myself and to my life. And what's important to me, this is something you know, learning how to set your prices, is this fluid thing that will be the case for all of you, you start somewhere you see how it feels for you, it's so much of an intuitive process, like you have to see how you feel with things. And back then I was a super disconnected to my intuition. Like I wasn't listening to that at all, because my head, my ego voice was so strong with those limiting beliefs that I couldn't really tap into my inner voice. And, again, took me getting involved in doing the inner work before I could get to that place. So hopefully, you guys are a little more in tune with yourself than I was back then. And can now get to this point where you feel
17:55
what's right, and feels good to you, and is the right spot to be and what doesn't feel good to you. And you can think more about the value that you are providing for your clients. How valuable what you are doing for them is how much it is going to enhance or change or save their lives. And you can also charge based on that, but it will be fluid, it will take some time for you to find that sweet spot, you can always go up or down or whatever you need to do, I would recommend setting your prices and then continuing to go up. So you can do so in increments. But what I want you to know from the start is that you do something very valuable for someone else. And you are worthy of getting paid for that. That is what I want you to know. That is what I wish I knew from the start. Next, I wish I knew that investing in my business wasn't a choice, but a necessity. Because the reality is, I wouldn't have had to learn everything the hard way. If I would have just been willing to invest in my business from the start again, going back to that money mindset stuff that I had going on. I was afraid to spend money. I saw it as an expense, not an investment, which you really need to get to know the difference in your business ASAP. It will change everything for you. But if I would have started investing in my business from the beginning, I would have saved myself so much time and so much money. And I would have actually started making way more money much sooner.
19:52
I was that person that just consumed all the free content. There was not a
20:00
piece of free content from a business coach that I did not consume, all of the downloads, all of the ebooks, all of the podcast episodes, the blog posts, all the things that were free.
20:15
But there's a reason why they are free. And we talked about having freebies here on the show and how important they are. And you know, because you are someone who is giving out free content for prospective clients, that you're not giving it all in that free material, you're giving enough to help them get started to help them get to a certain point to help them with one certain thing. But then you know, that there's no possible way for you to put everything that you can do to help another person into one free thing, there's just no way. And so everyone else is doing the same thing, the people that you are consuming their free content to help you with something in your life, your business, for example, they cannot put everything in to their free material that will help you succeed in your business, you have to invest in your business. So going back to the difference between an expense and an investment. The cool thing really is that when it comes to your business, almost everything that you pay for in your business is an investment. Yes, it's also an expense, and you can write it off on your taxes. And that's amazing. But also, it so much of it is an investment because it is there to get you a return on it. It might be by way of helping you make more money, or helping you save time, which is honestly even more valuable since it's a non renewable resource. But I feel like almost everything in your business that you are putting money into, is helping you with one of those two things, both of which are really incredible investments, you either make your money back plus some or you get it back in time, which is, like I said, just immensely valuable, and will still come back to you making more money too. So just see it as that I know, it's hard when you're potentially not making any money in your business right now. Or you're not making a lot of money. And it feels like why would I invest? Why would I spend money when I'm not making anything. But you have to understand the way that investing works, not spending investing, there's a big difference, you can only consume so much free content, my friends, before you actually have to take the leap and invest in yourself and your business, I promise you, it will pay off.
23:09
I wish I would have known that. But again, took me several years to know that next, I wish I knew that 90% of my job would be to market myself. It's really interesting when you start a business, especially as a service based business, and really proudly the same as a product based business to you want that business because you're good at that service, or you have created this amazing product. And you're so excited to get it out into the world. And you're good at what you do. And you want to help people. And we have these really great hearts, and really service based mind. But then you get in business. And you realize that no matter what kind of business you have, no matter how good you are at your service, or how great your product is, you still have to market yourself. And you have to market yourself a lot. And that is why I say literally 90% of what I do today is Marketing, Marketing, my services, what I am good at doing what I love to do how I want to help people. And that's great. And I'm glad that that is 10% of what I do. But right now 90% is getting the word out there is growing and building my audience. And I had no idea back 10 years ago, what that would look like today or how that would evolve over the 10 years or how much time that would take up. It would take years before
25:00
For I really truly learned about messaging about making an irresistible offer, about selling in a non sleazy salesy way, like true authentic selling, it took me a long time. And something again, I know, I've shared here before, about how I had these programs that I had created. And I didn't get anybody to buy them. Because I didn't know how to market myself, I didn't know how to launch, I didn't know what a launch was, I thought I could create this thing, tell a few people, and they'd buy it. And we could go about our business. And I could go back to doing the service that I love to do for people.
25:43
But you have to know, and I hope you can get this from the start or wherever you're at today in your business. You are a marketer, we had a whole episode about this, a few episodes back, you are going to become a marketer, you're going to make that choice to make that a big part of what you do. And it can be fun, it can be flowy, it can be easy. It can be simple. It doesn't have to be complicated, or hard, or just something that feels uncomfortable, you can and will enjoy it. I enjoy it. Like for example, me right now here talking to you on a podcast episode. That's considered marketing, I'm creating content that will help you get to know me and my services and what I do and what I offer and how I can help you. And I'll invite you to join me. That's marketing. And this is one of the most fun things that I do in my business, recording this podcast. So fun, I love it. And it can be the same for you. But you do have to learn what that looks like for you, you do have to learn what that takes and how you can become a marketer and what it means to launch and what it means to have messaging and an irresistible offer. And non salesy selling. You have to invest in yourself and your business and learn how to market and then make it enjoyable for yourself whatever that looks like for you. Next, I wish I knew that I needed a passive income stream as soon as possible. This one I really want you to work on in your business right away, it is so important for you to immediately find a way to on Ravel your time with your income. A lot of us think the first place to go is to take one on one clients, which is trading time for dollars. And that's great, but it really can't and shouldn't be it, you also need to work on a more passive income stream a way for you to make money that doesn't directly involve your time or your calendar, that is going to be really important moving forward. So even if you do take tons of one on one clients, no matter what you always have that other income stream coming in, as well. As I mentioned, right when I started, I was only focused on my one on one personal training clients, I did have a few groups, I taught a few classes, which was really helpful, but still required my calendar and my time in order to make the money for that group or that class. And that is really stressful. Even if you do have a decent client list and enough people on your calendar, there will be times when people cancel, there will be months where you don't get as many clients or things happen. And when your income is directly tied to that, then you always feel a little concerned about the money that you're going to make. Whereas if you work to set up another income stream right away, then you have that going on as well. And really one of the coolest things about the businesses that you are creating is that you don't need just one income stream you really can and should build up to having multiple income streams so that you have that flexibility and you also have that knowing that comfort that security that maybe you're looking for when it comes to your income. And so yeah, the first couple years of my business, not only was I undercharging my clients, but I also that was the only income stream I had, I did not immediately look to start adding other passive income stream
30:00
seems to my business, which just made it that much more stressful. And so it wasn't until a couple years, like I said, I did create some programs. At first they didn't sell because I didn't know how to market myself. But then finally, number five, launched number five, I was able to get that passive income stream going and keep it going, and then start adding even more things, other programs, ebooks, affiliates, those kinds of things to where, by the 2018, I believe I had 19 streams of income. That was a little much that got a little confusing when it came time for taxes. And my accountant didn't love it. But but it really cool. So you have the opportunity to do that for the type of business that you are building right now. So don't wait to start thinking outside the box and thinking about other things that you want to add to your business besides just the one on one work. Or maybe you don't want one on one clients at all, which is totally fine and normal. But definitely things to consider and know now instead of waiting years from now to figure out where your money is going to come from what other income streams you can add.
31:21
Alright, we're getting down to the last few. Next, I wish I knew that entrepreneurship was a never ending rollercoaster ride. I think a lot of us know this. But I also think, you know, when I consider how I was approaching business back, when I started, I really did have this mindset of, if I can just get this, this and this, if I can make this much money, and do this thing and have this many clients, then I'll be good. And I can just let it ride, let it flow, I'll just stay there, I'll be all good. And I can just coast along for the rest of my life in my business. That is not how it works. That is not ever how it works. I think we've all seen that drawing or that meme, where it says what we think business is going to be like and it's just like straight line up. And then what it actually is, and it's this like line that's all over the place and a mess and curly and curvy, and all over. That's what true. That is exactly what happens that it is what it is like to have a business. Again, I think a lot of you know this, at least deep down. But I think it is a mind game, we can play with ourselves of feeling like you just need to get to a certain place and then everything will be amazing forever. And you're only struggling right now because you're in this spot. But that will never happen again. And the reality is it is full of ups and downs all the time, like daily, weekly, monthly, yearly. It happens and it is going to continue to happen. Because that's just how the journey plays out if we go back to what we were talking about at the beginning, because there's lessons to learn. And sometimes we can't learn those lessons when everything's going right. We have to learn them by certain things going wrong. It's just part of the process. And you know, I wish I would have known this from the beginning because then I would have known that when things were going wrong when it seemed like nothing good was ever going to happen. When it seemed like this was all doomed. It was just part of the journey. And pretty soon it would go back up. And I would be going up the roller coaster only to go back down again and then up again and then down again and curve around and go upside down and all of the things. It's just an experience. And it's an experience that we're signing up for by being entrepreneurs. It is one that no one else will ever understand unless they are also an entrepreneur. And it is also very much worth it. It is so worth it to be on that roller coaster ride every day, every week, every month every year. The highs and the lows. It's all good. All right, last one. I wish I knew that it would all turn out better than I could have imagined. Even on this roller coaster ride to still be able to look at where I've come what I've built what I've done. It's I just couldn't have imagined that what would happen 10 years ago when I first started this thing, I could not have dreamt of this. And I think the same will happen to you 10 years from now. You just have no idea what's in store for you and how good it's going to get. But I know that at the beat
35:00
Getting and even in the thick of it, it can feel like it's never going to happen, that light at the end of the tunnel can seem really far away. And you can find yourself in this cycle of stress and struggle and only being able to see that.
35:18
But then that person, that business owner, that entrepreneur from 10 years down the road, is telling you that it's all going to turn out better than you could have imagined. And then what does that do? Knowing that how does that shift things for you? How can you look at things differently? Knowing that, and I wish I knew that from the beginning, because for me, it would have made things a lot more fun, a lot less stressful, I would have had a lot less worry. And I would have just been able to enjoy the process a little more, not a little more, a lot more. Because I would know that it would all turn out better than I could have imagined. And the same is true for you. And what does that change for you knowing that.
36:12
And that's it for what I wish I would have known when I started my business. But I do want to end with just one little thing here. And going back to it turning out better than I could have imagined. Why I believe that it turned out this way, why I believe that it did get this good in my business, even with the roller coasters and the ups and downs and all the craziness that has happened over the past 10 years, which is just to be expected. And I now know that. But from the beginning from day, one of me being a business owner,
36:53
I knew how to connect with my audience authentically. I knew how to be consistent.
37:04
I knew that done was better than perfect. And most importantly, I knew what I wanted. These were the things that yes, I did not know a lot. When I started my business like almost nothing. But I did know those four things. I knew how to connect with my audience. I knew how to be authentic, I knew how to be consistent. I knew that Dunn was better than perfect. And I knew what I wanted. And that is why I believe that I was able to make it through the ups and downs, the roller coaster ride, The Good, the Bad, the Ugly, all of the mistakes, and blunders and bad decisions I made, and still get to this point where it turned out better than I could have imagined because of those things. So the reality is, it doesn't really matter what you don't know right now, because you're gonna learn it. And hopefully, I've made your journey to learn it a little less of a struggle by sharing with you this episode today. But no matter what, you're going to learn what you need to learn. But then you can also take what you already know what you already do well, what you really want, and go for it and make it happen. And that's what I really want you to embrace. No, you don't know everything. Yes, you're going to learn a lot. Yes, you're gonna learn a lot the hard way.
38:40
But there are things that you already have right here right now today, that will build a thriving, significant if I'm going back to Oprah's words, business, and you have that already, right now within you. So a good exercise to do would be not to figure out what you don't know because you don't know it. So that's not going to go anywhere. But figure out what you do already know and what you are already good at in your business and just focus more on that. Just do that and see where it takes you. And yes, when all the stuff along the way. All right, friends, that's gonna do it for this episode. Remember, if you want to be a part of signature program in a day, my free live interactive workshop for a small group of you all. I can't wait to connect with you next week, June 14. So save the date, head to Shawn minor.com/day. Reserve your spot and I will see you there live and until next time, take care
So, you’ve gotten on board with this whole email list thing and are excited to start building your list and connecting with your subscribers. Except, nothing’s happening…or at least not as quickly as you’d like. Growing your email list is starting to feel daunting and you’re worried it’s never gonna happen. You can’t help but feel like you’re missing something or doing something wrong. Sound like you? If so, this episode is for you. Today, I’m going to share the 3 biggest reasons why you’re struggling to grow your email list and what you can change today to make it happen.
“You have to do the 'niche work' first before you build your email list.” - Shawn Mynar
“The best freebies are short, they are sweet, they are digestible, the person can go through them in 5-15 minutes and they are helpful.” - Shawn Mynar
“Don’t be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it’s not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that. And if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, keep it. Keep it and focus on building up your audience.” - Shawn Mynar
“Really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie or is it my audience? And which one really actually needs to be where you are putting your energy.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE "Signature Program In A Day" Workshop - shawnmynar.com/day.
Shawn's Courses - shawnmynar.com/coaching
Instagram: instagram.com/unstuckentrepreneur
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (transcripts are auto-generated, expect errors in spelling, punctuation, and grammar)
0:00
So you've gotten on board with this whole email list thing, and are excited to start building your list and connecting with your subscribers. Except nothing's happening, or at least not as quickly as you thought it would grow on your email list is starting to feel daunting. And you're kind of worried it's never gonna happen for you. You can't help but feel like you're missing something or doing something wrong. Does this sound like you? If so, this episode of unstuck entrepreneur is for you, my friend. Today, I'm going to share the three biggest reasons why you're struggling to grow your email list, and what you can change today to make it happen. So stay tuned.
0:43
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So, so happy to have you here. So glad to be back. I don't know if you all noticed. But I did take a week off of the podcast last week, because I had COVID. And it actually worked out that when I recorded the episode for the week prior, basically that day is when my wife found out that she had COVID, which meant I probably had it too. And it actually took another two days for me to get a positive test. But, you know, I still felt fine that day. And then basically the following week, was kind of a disaster in terms of how I felt. But then by Friday, which is when I normally record these episodes, I felt pretty good again, but my lungs didn't. And my voice wasn't quite there. And there was just still a lot of coughing. And my lungs were really struggling to keep up with air. And so it just didn't make sense to record an episode because you guys wouldn't have enjoyed hearing that. So I decided to take the week off and just really regain my energy and get my lungs back to where they are used to being and my voice and everything like that. So here I am. And yeah, feeling totally back to normal. I've been hiking this week and working out and, you know, obviously working and doing all that kind of stuff. So basically just took it easy for about a week, I still did work, I was working from bed a lot, which I like to do, even when I'm feeling great. It's just fun to work from bed sometimes. So I did that. And you know, took it easy with obviously my workouts that wasn't really happening. And just also with the amount of work I was doing, giving myself that space to rest and recover and just kind of be present. So now I'm back. And so grateful to be and so grateful for that experience and just being what it was and not, you know, bad for us. really grateful for that. So anyway, let's talk about your email list. Yes, I know, we talk about email lists so much. But I still, you know, there's still just so much to talk about, there really is, you know, it seems like something that's really basic and really simple in your business. But I think you know, if you've listened to unstuck entrepreneur and the episodes that we have already discussed email lists on here, then you know, there's a lot more to it, and you know how valuable it will be for your business. And that just brings with it a lot more to think about and some nuances that we need to go through. And you know, if you really want to make it this thing that really changes your business and your life, it can be that, but we got to talk about it a little bit more than maybe you think we need to or think we should, but it's super important stuff. Now before we get into it, I have a super duper, crazy, exciting announcement. I want you all to mark your calendars for June 14 2022. That's in just a few weeks, because on June 14, I am hosting a free live workshop called signature program in a day. This is unlike any other workshop I've ever done ever, ever, because it's not a webinar. It's not just this thing where I'm gonna be talking at you and you can kind of be paying attention while doing 1000 Other things and like have 1000 other tabs open all that stuff. That's not what this is. This is an interactive workshop that will involve brainstorming, working feeling sharing, learning, getting coached, all of that so come ready to get down to business and make some big decisions and get to know and share with the other people that are there live these new like minded friends that you're going to be making. It is in
5:00
An interactive coaching opportunity and is for anyone who wants to add a signature program to your business. Now, you can want this to be happening tomorrow, or maybe next year or in the next few years, you want to have a signature program. If that is at all in your future, this is for you. And when you attend live, you're going to have the opportunity to get one-on-one support and guidance from me. Again, it's a coaching opportunity, it is interactive, and we're going to build out your signature program together. So by the end of our time together, by the end of that afternoon, you will have a solidified signature program. And you will have clear next steps on how to get it out into the world and make it part of your business, no matter what stage of business you're in right now.
5:57
And also during this event, I'm going to really walk you through and take you step by step through the process of answering really the biggest questions, the eight biggest questions that come up about signature programs that quite frankly, keep most wellness business owners away from ever taking this step in their business. It keeps them shying away, it keeps him from ever doing this. And I don't want that. I hate seeing that. That is not us. That is not what we're doing here. That is not what I want for you. So I am taking the afternoon to not only answer these questions for you, but to do it with you to see you through them. So that you are there. You're beyond that, and you're ready to go. So imagine yourself and what will happen with your business? When you have answers to these questions like, am I truly ready for my own signature program? What's the best topic for my program? Who is the perfect client for my program? What results will my clients get from my program? What's the price? What am I going to include in my program? How do we build an audience of these clients that want my program? And how do I sell my program without feeling salesy. Just imagine, if you had the clarity, if you had the knowing if you had gone through and found the answers in your business specifically to those questions, it's a big deal. And that would really take you to the next level pretty quickly. So that's what we're gonna do together in this live workshop. Now, here's the deal, spots are super duper limited because of this interactive component. Because of the coaching aspect, I really can't exceed a certain level I want to be, you know, I wanted to be a small group basically, is what I'm saying. And so when it's full, it's full, who this isn't really something that you can procrastinate and just decide you know, at the last minute that you want to be at or not. If you know that this is something that you want to do in your business, then sign up now. And you can go to shawnmynar.com/day, that's shawnmynar.com/day. And sign up for this live interactive workshop signature program in a day.
8:27
As long as you have the ability, as long as you can go to that site and sign up, then that means there's still room, as soon as it's full, that site is coming down. So you know, just keep that in mind super limited spots. And now if you want to get this information if you want to go through this process, but you can't be there live, obviously the best experience is going to be you there live at the event, doing the interactive components. But if you can't be when you still want the info, you can still sign up. But what I want you to do is and you'll be prompted to do this once you sign up is to email my team and let us know that you can't be there live so that we can then save that spot for someone who can. So that's our way of kind of knowing when the amount of people that are going to be there live gets to the place where it's the right amount, and then we'll shut it down. Okay, so you can still sign up you will get a real replay. Everyone will get a replay again, if you really, if you think there's any way that you can carve out the time to be there live that is how you're going to get the absolute most out of this but totally understand if you can't just let us know and we'll keep that spot open and available for someone who can. All right so Shawn minor.com/day I as you can tell I'm absolutely thrilled to do this. This is going to just be such a fun
10:00
event and just so transformative for you, and fun at the same time, like, it's just going to be so cool. So can't wait to do that June 14. All right, let's get back on the topic of email lists.
10:16
I am just so determined, I have this level of determination in me that I don't have for a lot of things to be totally honest. But in this case, I have it. I want to help you make your email list work for you, and have it be something that you really truly love, and appreciate and value in your business, not dread. That is my goal, because it is so important. So today's episode, we're going to focus on the growth of your email list. Now, if you haven't started an email list, if you're still not sure that that's something that you want, if you're kind of dragging your feet on that, we have some episodes back in the past, I want to say episodes 126 through 129, I believe head back and listen to those first. And really commit to this decision and your business really understand what it's going to do for you. And then come back and listen to this episode. And get yourself all set up for growth. This episode is really for the person that is already there already knows the power of the email list and is ready and willing to do that in their business has done some work to get it up and running. And it's not happening in the way that you thought it would. You're struggling to get people onto your email list to sign up for your freebie. And just the growth is a tough situation for you. So we're going to spend some time today really troubleshooting, what may be happening, if you feel like you should be getting more people on your list. And you're just not first are quote from Seth Godin, who is just one of my favorite marketing experts. His books are so good. So if you are someone who is really struggling to connect with the marketing aspect of your business, check out really any of his books, they're all so good. One of my favorites is called this is marketing, by Seth Godin, obviously, really great book, so see if you can find that if you're interested. But he says don't find customers for your products, find products for your customers. And we're going to tweak this just a little bit for what we're talking about today and say, Don't find clients for your freebie. Find a freebie for your clients. Because it's really all gonna come down to the very first thing you have to do is understand who you want on your list and then create something that is valuable to them that will entice them to put their email into that box. So don't find customers for your products find products for your customers. Yes, that absolutely. So true. So true. But we can also extend it even into our free stuff, and how we can really attract the right audience, by way of really thinking in reverse of what do these people that I want to work with? What do they need. And we'll get into that in just a second. Let me just say this right here at the very start so that I don't have to keep repeating it over and over and over again, throughout this conversation, every single thing, everything. Every single thing that I am going to share with you today is covered in detail in immense detail in my course launch list accelerator. And that is available both on its own.
14:10
And also for free as part of the signature program bundle, both of which are available right now on my website at shawnmynar.com/coaching. So this if you if during any of this episode, you think, oh, I need a little more guidance on that I need help with that. I need to be coached through that. I need ideas on that. I need more help here. It is available to you. I have made it very, very available for you for every single thing that we're covering today and that's inside launch list accelerator. So again, you can check that out. shawnmynar.com/coaching. You get it either on its own or in the signature program bundle.
15:00
So first things first, before and I know most of you know this, and this is going to be review for a lot of you, you need an epic freebie, you need a freebie, please do not have just a generic signup form, like, hey, sign up for my newsletter, and I'll email you with great tips every other week. That's not enticing enough, these days, that actually worked. And kind of I must say, that kind of worked back when I was starting my business 10 years ago, because there wasn't a lot of people doing it at this point. But now, 10 years later, everyone has a website, everyone has an email list, everyone has a newsletter, everyone has a signup form. And so it's like, we constantly see it on every single website we go to, or everyone's Lincoln bio that we go to. And it's just, you don't even notice it, you know, like, it's just like, noise at this point. It doesn't mean anything, except for maybe the very, very, very few super fans that you have, that don't want anything from you, they just are more than willing to sign up for whatever you do. That's going to be rare. I mean, it'll happen, but it's going to be rare. And so your, your growth is going to be very, very small. If you really try to focus on this generic situation. Instead, we create an epic freebie. Now what makes it epic, it is epic, because it's addressing a pain point that your dream client is experiencing. And it gets them to the point where they think, Oh, my gosh, I need this, this is so helpful. I've been looking for something like this. And even to the point where they think I would pay money for this, I can't believe they're giving it away for free. That would be ideal, right? But it really is epic, because it's specific. And it's helpful. And it's really dialed in to the one person that you want to work with. And connecting with them in a unique way that they understand that you really get them and you're really doing work for them, and you have something that's going to help them. So as you can see the specificity there is what makes it epic. which obviously means that you need to know who your dream client is and what they're experiencing what they're going through in a very intimate way. It is such important work. And not something I think enough of us are doing to the degree that you need to do in order to get that specificity and intimacy with the person that you want to work with. So that they are just magnetically drawn to your work that they really can't help but put their name and email address in that box. Because they are so interested in what you do and who you help and how you help them because it's them. And because you're addressing something they're going through, you have hit on a pain point that they're experiencing that probably not a lot of other people have talked about with them yet. You know, they're in that search mode. They're in that place where they are looking for help. And then they find you and they see that you have a resource for them. And it's like, Yes, this is so amazing. That's what makes it epic. So you got to do that dream client work first. And what I commonly see is not that it's like a very general freebie, it almost feels like that business owner created a really random freebie because you know, some business coach told them they needed to they heard that's what the next step is, or the first step is, and they didn't really think it through. They didn't do that prior work. First that dream client work, that Magnetic Messaging work first. So they just kind of created this general freebie so they can say they have a freebie, but it's not actually doing anything. It's not attracting really anybody because it's not enticing to anyone. It wasn't created with one particular person or problem in mind. So it doesn't really get the attention of anybody and doesn't grow their list. And also in this situation. The few people that do sign up are going to be pretty random. They're not actually going to be interested
20:00
and your paid offer down the road. Because your free offer wasn't targeted enough, it wasn't specific enough, and it wasn't tied directly to that paid offer that you have. So there is that connection there between what you're offering for free. And what your paid offer is, that then means the people that are getting on your list are the right people for your paid offer. And if you have just a more general, just kind of K checkbox done, I created a freebie thing going on, then you will not have the quality of email list that you want to have to really sell your services down the road. And the one thing that I think really trips people up here is that they think that when I say epic, I mean that it needs to be like super long, super detailed, that you just need to give all your stuff away for free. And that is not true. The best freebies are short, they're sweet, they're digestible, the person can go through them in like five to 15 minutes if it's like a workbook or something, and helpful, but not overwhelmingly helpful not giving everything away. It's just really focusing on one pain point perhaps, or maybe touching in on a few pain points, but not giving the whole plan or protocol away for free or anything like that. Okay, so you can easily create an epic freebie in like one or two work sessions. I mean, like the designing of it may take a little longer if you're not a designer, like how it is for me. But really creating the content of that freebie can be done in one or two sittings. If you're spending more time on it than that, then you may want to revisit it and see if there's a way to simplify it even more. Remember, digestible is really important. Because if someone has to spend a really long time on it, or there's a bunch of pages to read, these are people that don't know you that well. And so the asking for that time commitment is probably not going to happen. We have a very short attention span for people that we don't know. So having a short digestible thing that people can get through the entire thing, that means they're going to connect with you even more, because they actually made it through your freebie, they actually did the work. They walked through the workbook, they read the thing. And now they feel like they actually have a connection with you, versus losing them halfway through and they never make it to the end, and you've lost them. Okay, so short, sweet, digestible, helpful. Now, let's say that you already have an epic freebie you are super confident and excited about the freebie that you have ready to put it out into the world. You're sharing about it, you put it on your website, you talk about on your podcast, whatever it is, and you're still not seeing the number of people that you expected to sign up for it. So now what do we do? There are three big reasons why you are struggling to grow your email list, even with an epic freebie.
23:34
And there are more. There's some one off some nuances, of course. But these are the three biggest reasons. First of all, your freebie isn't epic enough. And or it is not enticing to your audience. So this really could mean two things, either. You need to tweak your freebie and make it more enticing for your audience. Or you need to work on building up an audience of your dream clients. And a lot of times, it's actually the latter, you do have a really great freebie, but your audience isn't full of your dream clients yet full of the people that you created that freebie for yet. And so maybe like, for example, you are using what used to be your personal Instagram, or Facebook as your now business account. And so some of those people aren't your dream clients, they don't care about what you do. They're like your high school friends or your cousins or, you know, something like that. So there are people in your audience and this might actually make up a big chunk of your audience right now.
24:52
That aren't your dream clients or maybe you pivoted, maybe you were talking about one thing and you had an offer about
25:00
One thing and you're really focusing in on that, and you started to grow your audience based on that. And then you realize you had something else you were passionate about, you wanted to start working on something different or working with different people. And so you switch your content and your focus, and that's totally fine. I've done it a million times, it's fine. But that means that your audience now isn't in alignment with that new freebie. And so now it's time to evaluate, is it your freebie? Or is it your audience? And if it's your audience, then the cool thing is that continuing to share about your freebie, like really, really dialing in and making your content very much in alignment to your freebie, and you continue to speak, speak directly to that person, than you are going to naturally attract them.
26:00
If you start getting in your head and thinking, Okay, well, I have this freebie and no one's interested in it. So that means I must need to change up what I'm talking about, or I guess this isn't epic enough or whatever. And then you start getting wishy washy, and you start sharing about things that aren't directly related to that person or wouldn't be for that person or wouldn't be related to that topic, then that wishy washy Enos is going to stall your growth. I know, it seems like the opposite would be true. And you need to just start being more general, that is not the case. If you want to build your audience full of people who want your freebie, then you've got to stick with that. And stick with it and know that it takes time. But know that that is what works. And wishy washy, this doesn't work. And, you know, if you realize you don't have an epic enough freebie, then just create another freebie. And yeah, I know, it's like, that seems so daunting. And that's a lot of work and whatever. Remember, it doesn't have to be a lot. It just needs to be epic, it needs to be very, very specific for that person. And if you don't know who you who that person is, who you want to work with who your dream client is, then I have all kinds of resources available for you. That is something we do in basically every course that I have. So really make sure you figure that out right away. But don't be afraid to scrap your freebie if you realize it's not epic enough and try again. But also, please make sure that it truly is that. And you know, if you really think that your freebie is epic enough already, Keep it keep it in focus on building up your audience. Don't use this freebie situation as just another like more busy work to keep you from doing what you actually need to be doing. Really, really get true to yourself and think about, is it my freebie? Or is it my audience, and which one really actually needs to be where you're putting your energy.
28:15
And then also consider these next couple of things we're going to talk about, because it may not be your audience. And it may not be your freebie it might be your landing page.
28:28
So often, basically, pretty much I'd say 90% of the landing pages that I see are not selling your freebie the way that they should be your landing page. And just for people that don't know the landing page is that page that you send people to who want your freebie where they put in their name and email address. And your landing page is not just like a little pop up box asking for their email address or just this little thing that says, This is what you get sign up here. No, that does not work anymore. And again, it may have worked 10 years ago when I started, this does not work anymore. You have got to create a landing page that is a sales page for your freebie it needs to you need to use your Magnetic Messaging again, something that happens in every single one of my courses. Use your Magnetic Messaging to connect with your dream client and let them know that you get them and that you created something really valuable. That will help them from where they are now with this problem with this pain point to a solution for that problem. It needs to be clear, concise,
30:00
He's non fluffy, not clever, there's plenty of time for cleverness that you can do inside your freebie you can say all the jokes and have all the acronyms and do all the things. But on the page when we're trying to get people to understand if it's for them or not, if it's worth it to put in their email address or not, we keep it clear, concise, and non fluffy. A good test is like a fourth grader should be able to read your landing page, and know what it is know who it's for, what it's going to help with, and how they can get it. Seriously, if you have a fourth grader in your network of people, your friends, your own kids, your nieces and nephews, whoever do the test seriously do it. It's so helpful.
30:54
So clear, concise, non fluffy. And also not talking about the freebie. Like, oh, it's a 15 page workbook, and you get this, this and this, and you'll have this many things to go through. And it's not that it's talking about who this person is, what they're currently experiencing, and what will happen because they download this freebie, what they'll learn what will resolve how they'll feel what they'll experience, really painting the picture of the before, and the after, like paint that picture, remember, does my client understand that I truly, truly get them.
31:37
That is what you want on the landing page. This is not happening my friends, I love you all, I've seen a lot of landing pages because you know, I kind of spy on you guys, I'm not gonna lie, I just like to see what where you're at, and what you're doing and what I can help you with. And I go to the landing pages for freebies that are being offered, and they are not enticing. They the freebie themselves are great. But the landing page is not keeping my attention. And getting me excited to put in my email address, I already put my email address into tons of things, I don't want it to have just another thing that I'm signed up for. And that's not convincing me that I need this thing. Okay, so purely really spend time on your landing page, I cannot stress this enough.
32:35
And then the last thing, if you have all this going on, you really feel good about all these things. And even if you don't, you're still probably doing this, which is that you're not talking about it enough. So just as often as I see landing pages that aren't selling the freebie,
32:57
I'm also not seeing you talk about it enough. Like let me just tell you right now, you're not sharing about your freebie enough, you're not weaving it into your content enough. It's not displayed enough on your website, you're not sharing about it enough on your content channels, you're not using all of these avenues that we have available to grow our email list, you're not using them to their full advantage, like social media, for sure. That is something like the main goal of you spending time on social media is to Yes, of course build a connection with your audience. But doing so so that they're ready to take the next step with you which in this case of social media, the next step is to get on your email list. And they have to know that's even an option. They're not just going to go looking like oh, this person, I love this person's content I love when they post, they're so great. I always learned so much I'm so entertained, or I just liked their energy. Let me go hop around and see if I can find a way to get on their email list. No one's doing that. They have to know that you have something available that is made specifically for them. That will help them with a specific thing. They have to know that a lot of times not once, not twice, not 457 times they need to know about it like at least 10 times over and over again. Now that doesn't mean you have to talk about it like every single day. But it should be something that is regularly a part of your content creation schedule. It is something you can easily weave in to you know the the caption you're writing because you're talking about something specific and you're staying on topic with your content creation which means is very easily can
35:00
I roll into like for more help or download my freebie or whatever. So that can easily become a part of your social media content creation, but also your website. Again, when we are getting people on to our website by, you know, writing a blog post or telling them to check out a podcast episode and then sending them there, you are doing so with the intention of getting them onto your email list because you can't control whether they go onto your website or not what they look at what they engage with, if they even read anything, but you can control whether they get your emails or not. And so to get them to take that next step with you,
35:47
and get them from your website, onto your email list is the goal. And there is all kinds of real estate that you can use on your website, to promote your freebies, in the header and the footer on them homepage, in every blog post on the sidebar of every blog post, they really can be all over. And there's ways to do it, where they look really nice. They look like part of your website, you've created some graphics, they really flow well. And it's just a natural part of that website experience that you're giving people. So are really I just I not seeing enough people use their website to that advantage. Also Pinterest, definitely not enough people using Pinterest. And this is something that, you know, I think I'm gonna do probably a whole episode about because there's just so much that I can talk about here. But if you're not currently using Pinterest for your business, you're going to want to it like why not, it's free, it's easy, it takes like, so little time, and can make a really big difference in your business. Especially if you have a blog or a podcast, or you know, several different freebies, you can really use Pinterest to help grow your email list. And then yeah, if you do have something like a podcast or a YouTube channel, a blog, using those, again as other avenues to build your email list, that is a main goal of those other platforms that you have. And really making that a focal point of what you do there.
37:34
Even your network, maybe colleagues or friends or people who went through your program together or just whatever using the network of people that you have. Here's a really good example, inside holistic business starter, we had, I think it was at least 10 people in that group create a freebie bundle that they all put in their own freebie together and then shared it on their separate channels, and, you know, social media and platforms and things like that. And it was a huge success for them. Using people you already know, and putting your heads together and getting people to promote your stuff, you helping to promote other people's stuff, creating a bundle a little network, gosh, how like just such a good idea and so valuable. And another really good way to build your email list quickly is with a an event, it could be a live event, it could be an in person event, you know, live virtual event. And it doesn't have to be like tied to any sort of paid offer or anything like that. But just doing an event just to do it as a way to build your email list and get some valuable information out there. That is such a great way. And it is a pretty quick injection of subscribers, because anyone who obviously subscribes to become a part of that event also gets on your email list. So consider something like that as well.
39:08
But all in all, please, please, please, please don't be afraid to share about your freebie. Often, it is a free resource that is going to help someone else in a pretty big way with a problem that they're experiencing. And that is a big deal. So you want to make sure that that person knows they have something available that can help and they don't have to pay for it. They can get some free help right now. That's all you're doing. And it takes a lot of reminding for people to get to that point where they remember to go over and grab your freebie. So it needs to be a constant continuous thing that you are doing in your content creation. So those are the three
40:00
biggest things that I want you to look at, really for, I guess, three, if you already have a freebie and four, if you don't really look at and see what you can do, get honest with yourself and see what tweaks you need to make to get into a bigger growth strategy with your email list. Now, before I let you go, I just want to share a few reminders and words of encouragement, I guess I would say. First of all, remember, there is no magic number of subscribers that you need to have before your business is viable, or can be successful. Or you can make a certain amount of money that doesn't exist. If you have one person on your list, then you have an email list, and you have an audience and you have a potential paying client. Don't stress out about the number, don't focus on the number, focus on the quality of the people on your list. That is way more important than the numbers. And that takes it all the way back to the beginning where the very first step to creating your Epic freebie is to understand who you want to attract. And the person that you want to attract is the person you want to work with. And the person that you have a paid offer for. And that is what guides your whole email list strategy in the first place. And when you have that in place, then the quality of the people on your list are going to be so much better. And that is what will really take your business to the next level, then you have an engaged audience of people that want what you have to offer both free and paid. And that is huge. So focus on getting the quality of your email list up versus us feeling like you need a certain number. Okay. Next reminder, don't forget to continue communicating and connecting with those people that have signed up for your list, I don't care if there's five
42:15
doesn't matter. Give them a warm welcome with your welcome sequence that's all going to be automated, once you do it once it's done, and you don't have to worry about it. And you still know that
42:27
they're going to get that experience from you. And they're going to feel really good getting on your email list and getting to know you better. And then continue to connect with them regularly. So that is what Yes, you will have to do once a week or once every other week is to send valuable emails to them until they're ready to take the next step with you and become a paying client. And even then they're still getting your emails because they're part of your community at that point. So just really don't stop here at the point of building your email list. It continues, it's an ever growing thing. And it's something that continues to need your attention. And it's worth it, it is so worth it to put your attention there and put your time and energy there.
43:17
And the last thing to remember, as words of encouragement, remember that this is a process. It is something that takes time, especially when you are focusing on the quality of the people coming onto your list. And that's okay that it takes time.
43:38
The cool thing is with email lists is that it has this snowball effect, the first 100 people on your list, they're going to be the hardest ones to get. It's going to feel like the biggest challenge, I guess. But then, and I don't really know exactly why this is, let's just call it an energetic thing, because I don't know if there's any other more 3d explanation for this. Except maybe just time passing and you getting more comfortable. That'd be like the 3d explanation that I can think of. But anyway, it's going to be that much easier to get to 200 and then even easier to get the next 500 And then even easier to get the next 1000 And the next 5000 The next 10,000 It just gets easier. The first 100 are the hardest and probably take the longest.
44:36
So it's a process but in this process and the coolest thing if we go back to like what you're doing on your website, what you do on Pinterest, what you do on your other platforms, social media, not so much because it has such a short lifespan but everything else has a long lifespan so someone could see your PIN that you posted six months ago and sign up for you
45:00
your freebie, someone could listen to a podcast episode or see a YouTube video that you posted two years ago and sign up for your freebie. So that's another reason why the snowball effect happens. But yes, it takes time. And that is okay. But remember, you only need one person for you to have the opportunity to have a paying client. You only need like 30 people to fill up a signature program. You don't need a big number when you have focused on getting the right people on your list.
45:36
All right, my friends, I'll leave you with that. Remember, if you need help with any of this, shawnmynar.com/coaching, I literally walk you by the hand with every single thing we just talked about. And also don't forget to register for June 14 signature program in a day, put it on your calendar, block it out and plan to spend the afternoon with me. We're going to be live we're going to do it together and you are going to be really truly working on your business and planning out your future. This is not just time, you're just gonna lose. This is such a time well spent, especially for your business, and it's gonna be fun and super transformational. So hope you can be there again, shawnmynar.com/day That's day. shawnmynar.com/day. That will be linked in the show notes and I can't wait to hang out with you. And until next time, take care
You love what you do in your business…who you help, and how you help them, but there’s just one thing you’re still dealing with…putting yourself out there. Sharing about what you do, showing up consistently, building an online presence. You know you need to do these things to have the business you want to have but you’re also feeling a block towards it. It feels scary, hard, or just not appealing at all. If this sounds like you, then you may be battling a fear of visibility. In this episode, I’m going to break down what it means to have a fear of visibility and how you can move through it to show up for your business.
“Just give it a try and see what happens when you move past that fear and do the thing.” - Shawn Mynar
“When something doesn’t feel the way you want it to feel, you have the power to shift that too.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are the CEO of your business, and you’re the CEO of your mind.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (please note, transcripts are auto-generated so you can expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling)
0:00
Do you love what you do in your business, you know, who you help and how you help them. But there's just one thing, you're still dealing with putting yourself out there, sharing about what you do showing up consistently building an online presence. You know, you need to do these things to have the business you want to have, but you're also feeling a block towards it, it feels scary, hard, or just not really that appealing. If this sounds like you, then you may be battling a fear of visibility. In this episode, I'm going to break down what it means to have a fear of visibility, and how you can move through it to really start showing up for your business. Let's dive in. Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So, so grateful to have you checking out this episode, and all the other episodes that are calling to you, as I put them out every single week, just for you, it means so much to have you supporting this show. Now, this episode, we're taking it back to my mindset roots. And I'm just really want to have an episode to give you some encouragement, and advice on a specific fear that I think quite a few of you are dealing with, especially as a new business owner. So most of you know by now that I love talking business strategy. And we've had quite a few episodes over the past few weeks, really talking about that strategy. But I love even more talking about the mindset and energy shifts that are required for your business. Because really the strategy, the stuff that's really fun to talk about that a lot of business coaches do talk about a lot. That doesn't mean anything, if you aren't, mentally and energetically ready, and showing up in that way, as a business owner. So that's what we're gonna work on today. And really talking about a fear, like a specific fear that I haven't talked about yet on the show. And really what if I think about it, I really think that this fear is kind of at the crux of a lot of the other fears that we have as business owners, and that we've talked about here on the show. Like if I really boil it down, if you really think about it, I think this one is kind of it in a lot of ways. So that's what we're going to chat about today, starting with a quote from Theodore Roosevelt, it is hard to fail. But it is worse to never have tried to succeed. If I really think about my journey to where I'm at today, and now being almost 10 years into my business. I think this is really summing up how I approached my business this entire time, it is hard to fail. Yes, of course, no one wants to go there. No one wants to experience that. But it is worse to never have tried to succeed. And like think about that, what would it be like to go through your entire life or even spend the next year or the next six months, stalled out and not doing what you really want to be doing? And not achieving the success that could be right there for you. It could literally be one more door that you have to open. But never experiencing that because you're too afraid to fail, or in this case, what we're going to talk about today, you're too afraid to show up, you're too afraid to be seen. And do you really want to continue down that road? And
4:05
do you want to look back? I don't know why. But this is always something that is so clear in my mind, and really is what drives me forward basically every day. Do you really want to look back a year from now or 10 years from now or 20 years from now or on your deathbed and know you never tried and know that you got so caught up in what could happen and all the negative things that could go down that you never tried to succeed? No one wants that. I certainly don't. And like I said, this is really what has been driving me my entire business now almost 10 years down the road. And so I thought this was a perfect quote to share with you today as we move into talking about the fear of visibility. Like I said, I think this is something that is plaguing a lot of business owners, all business owners, but especially the ones that are just getting started, which I know is a lot of you listening today. It's this fear of visibility, like I mentioned, but we can also call it the fear of being seen the fear of putting yourself out there the fear of showing up. And this really showcases itself a lot, especially today, in building an online presence, which is becoming more and more and more important, pretty much by the day, as a business owner and any business owner, it does not have to just be someone who wants an online business these days, it is all businesses, they need to have an online presence. And so like for instance, even if you are a gym owner, and you have a gym, or you have a practice where you see clients or patients, one on one in your brick and mortar place, you still need an online component of your business, you need a website, you need a social media presence. This is how people find you these days, even if they are local people, they are still going on to Google, they're still going on to social media to find you. So we all let's just do this blanket statement, I'm willing to go there. With this blanket statement, we all need an online presence. For instance, today, I was just looking for a new place to go get an oil change for my specific car, it has to be a specific place for my specific car. So I went on to Google, and I found a place and then I went onto their website to learn more about them. And yet, it wasn't a great website. You know, they're a car shop. So probably not going to be something that they really put a whole lot of money or time into to getting this beautiful, amazing interactive website. But it was enough for me to know what they do to know what they stand for, to know their values and to know they're gonna take care of my car. And we all need that, whether you want to have an online business, or you have a physical business, I got on a tangent there. But I think that's important, because we all just need to wrap our heads around the fact that we have to show up online on a regular consistent basis. Okay, so now that we've got that out of the way, then we can start to understand where this fear of visible ability comes up. Because the online presence, the online space, is becoming even more important, which means and you know, especially if you're someone who has a service based business, then your face needs to be shown now, does that mean that your face has to be plastered all over everything for you to have a service based business? No, but you are the brand, it is your business as a service based business, you are the business. So no, you don't have to go show up with your face every single day all over the place. Because I know that's a big block for a lot of people, but you are the face of your business. And with that, and with the ever growing importance of having an online presence for your business, there is even more of a fear of visibility of being seen.
8:38
And it's just adding another layer of resistance for you to get through in order to have the business that you want to have. Because now not only do we have this deep seated fear of visibility, which I'll go over where that came from. But we now we also have to really put ourselves kind of on this stage in a way to have the presence that we need to have in order to have the business we want to have. So it's really amplified at this point. And we'll continue to go that way as obviously, online things and social media things and website things and all the others these other places that we have to show up to have a business as that continues to grow and expand. So will our need to show up in those places, which then can create even more blocks and resistance if you still are dealing with this fear. So how it is going to show up it really stems from this place of being afraid of not being liked. Being afraid of being rejected. Being afraid of being made fun of a failing in front of people of making a mistake in front of people, a fear of being judged a fear of being talked about behind your back. And in a lot of ways, like I said, this is really at the crux for so many other things that we're dealing with. As a business owner when we talk about the mindset work that we have to do, because it can come across as impostor syndrome, as procrastination as perfectionism, as you know, the person that takes all the business courses and just as constantly learning how to do the strategy of business, but then never doing anything with that, I see that a lot. And that's why I'm so adamant about talking about this mindset and energy work, because you're just going to be wasting a ton of money over and over and over again, as you continue to learn all the strategy, but then never do anything with it. Because of what we're going to talk about today. It could look like stalling, wavering in what you want to do with your business and how you want it to look and where you want it to go, you know, bringing up all these questions. That's really kind of the stall tactic. It can look like a lack of confidence, and clarity. There's so many ways, so many blocks that we have when it comes down to our business. That really, if we peel back the layers of the onion, like I talked about is necessary. As part of this mindset work. As we peel back those layers. It comes down to this fear of visibility, which like I said, encompasses that not being liked the fear of rejection, being made fun of failing, making a mistake, that all falls under this fear of visibility. And I think now we just need to all agree that we probably have this to some degree. I mean, how possibly can you get through all of your adolescent years, all of your teenage years, without developing a fear of visibility at this point,
12:11
I truly don't know if that is even possible. Because as I'm sure you can guess, this fear of visibility starts from a very young age, most likely, it stems from most likely a time when you were made fun of maybe in school or with your friends or with your family members, you're made fun of you were laughed at you were bullied, you were called on and you got the wrong answer, and everyone was looking at you. And I can bet that most of us can think back to a time when we were young where that happened. Maybe you were bullied. And now that has really been stuck in your memory, maybe you got called on and you made a fool of yourself in front of the entire class. Or maybe you did get laughed at in the middle of the cafeteria, when you dropped your food, you know, like all of those possible scenarios would be the start of a fear of visibility. Because when that event happened, you had an emotion that was triggered, that didn't feel good, or probably really sucked, you were embarrassed. You were ashamed. You got hot and sweaty, and you just wanted to crawl into a hole and never see anyone again. Probably a lot of us have been there. And you know, I'll tell you my truth. This is just being totally honest with you guys. My fear of visibility, it still shows up today. And it specifically shows up. I am very aware of this. It shows up when I'm on other people's zoom calls with a group of strangers. And I get this fear of speaking in front of them of like, I might say the wrong thing I might mess up. I might fumble my words. I might have a question that is totally dumb. And so it manifests in me not speaking up not asking a question if I have it, not sharing something that I think would be relevant because I'm afraid it won't be relevant. This still happens to me today. And as a lot of you know, I have led at this point, hundreds of my own zoom calls where I'm the one talking on the Zoom call, basically the entire time. I've done at least now over a dozen webinars with hundreds of people on live. Obviously I show up every day, in my business, online on social media all All over the place, I have this podcast, I've been podcasting for over seven years now, I have a blog, I've had that for 10 years, I have no problem with any of this. But I get on to someone else's call, where I'm not the expert on that topic, I don't really know for sure what I'm talking about, obviously, usually I'm there to learn. And I go back to that place where I'm in school. And I get called on and say the wrong thing, and get laughed at. They happened, it happened to me. And I know, there's probably so many more situations where that was my experience. And it made me very shy, it made me very reserved. And then you know, going through and getting into my high school years, I was able to become less shy and reserved, which was great. But then I got into the trap of just wanting to be liked and wanting to fit in, and not giving myself or allowing myself to find my own kind of path. My own expression of who I really was, I basically just tried to blend in. And I share this because I think a lot of you can relate. I mean, I know for a fact, when I do host zoom meetings, there are definitely people who are afraid to be visible, afraid to show up afraid to share, afraid to ask questions. And that is totally understandable. And of course, I
16:32
don't push them to, if that's not something that's comfortable for them. So just know that in other situations where it's not my call, I am that person. And so I totally can relate and I totally get it. And I want you to know, and I have made sure that I know for myself, that it is natural to have those thoughts, and feelings and to have them still show up as an adult, because you haven't done any work to separate the two or to acknowledge what's going on or to find your power in this situation. And we'll talk about that coming up. And for me, I've done the work to find this empowerment when it comes to my business and showing up for my business. And I'll share how I did that. But have I done that yet for my personal life for when I am on in these situations where I find this fear of visibility coming up? Not yet. Nope. And that's why I still am dealing with it. So I guess also a reminder that it can be it will show up in different places, I guess. And it can be something and will be something that you have to work on in separate situations of your life. It's not something that all of a sudden is just gone. Once you do decide to show up in your business, or once you do decide to show up on other people's zoom calls, or whatever it is. It's something that needs to take place, often and consistently and in different areas of your life. Now, how did I get to the point where I don't feel this way? In my business, I don't have any nervousness when I do start my Zoom calls, or I'm on webinars, nothing like that. I'm very confident. I'm very clear. I'm excited. I love doing webinars, especially live ones, believe it or not, I love it. And how did I get there? Because if you would have told me that this is what I was going to be doing. You know, back in my high school days, I would have thought you were absolutely crazy. There is no way I would be able to do such a thing and to be in front of hundreds of people live and openly sharing and talking and discussing and teaching and all this stuff without these fears. So what did I do? And here's the honest truth. And I know as soon as I say it, you're all going to grow and and be like Oh, of course she's talking about this again. But we've got to really get this point ingrained in all of you so that you can start doing it too. Here's what I did.
19:24
I showed up scared. I had these fears. Initially. All of this same stuff came up as I was hitting publish on my first blog post which I will never forget how nerve racking that was when I did send off my first email newsletter to my list. When I did post on social media for the first time. I had those fears of being visible of being seen of being made fun of of being judged. I had all that, and I still had it after my second, my third, my fourth, my 10th, my 20th post. But then it dissipated, it dissolved. Because the thing that I was afraid of happening, didn't happen. In fact, the opposite happened. Instead of getting made fun of or getting laughed at or being judged, I was getting messages of praise for my work, and of gratitude for how I was helping people. And when that happened, that proved my fear wrong, that was my way of proving my fear wrong, which if you've listened to the show for a while, then you know, that is my number one tip, and tool and tactic to help you get over your fears is to prove it wrong. And so do you have a case in the past that you can reference about when that fear didn't actually happen? Or can you do the thing and realize you're still okay? Realize it didn't come to fruition, or realize that maybe it didn't, it wasn't that bad. And it's something that you can live with, in order to reach your goals. And that's the case for my situation. By putting myself and my work out there. Even when I was scared, I was able to see, I was able to realize that it's not always the case that if I put myself out there, I will be made fun of or judged or laughed at, there's actually another thing that could happen, that will most likely happen more often happen. And it's one that feels really good, knowing you're helping someone else, knowing people are really valuing your work. That feels pretty amazing. And so amazing that it was worth the risk of occasionally, you know, getting judged in order to help that other person in order to be there. And to provide this work. That was actually really reaching the right people. And of course, that's not to say that I've never gotten hate or complaints, or bad reviews or all that stuff. It's just part of having an online presence. So just know, right here right now, you will get the haters, they are literally out there. And they've made it their full time job to spread hate of people that they don't even know. So just, that's helpful. I think once I realized that that was going to happen regardless, and now I can tell you, so you know that and you can be prepared because it's going to happen. And yeah, that happens. And I would be lying. If I tried to say that it doesn't affect me whatsoever. That little voice still comes back in. But it is so much weaker. Now it doesn't have a, an emotional vibration to it. It's just like that voice that then because it's so weak, I can easily make that shift, to decide not to give it that energy, give it that power. And I can move on. And this is all stuff that happened with time that happened by continuing to face my fears, and do it anyway, so that I could prove that voice wrong. And in that process, not only am I proving the voice wrong, proving those stories or beliefs wrong, but I'm also finding other truths that are way more valuable. And way more important. In this case, it
24:04
was Oh, when I put myself out there and share my work. I get praise and I get gratitude for doing the work that I do. And so that became my story that became my truth. And it got easier and easier. And that's why you see happen so often with those of you listening, who are new business owners, and did take the leap to put your work out there, even though it was scary. And this is the case for pretty much all of us. Sure there are people who don't have this fear of visibility, aren't worried or scared about any of this. And they can just easily put themselves out there and not think twice about it. But most of us are in this category that when we start it feels uncomfortable and it feels scary. But those of you who have done it who have faced the fear And did it anyway, what I see in you is the same thing that happened to me, that response dissipates, that fear dissolves, and you are really able to show up in the way that you want to for your business much quicker than you would expect. Because you have just taken that initial scary step to prove your fear wrong. So that's the first thing. And I, as I said, I know you guys are like, Yeah, of course, you say that all the time. But it's just hard, I just want you to give it a try. Just give it a try and see what happens when you move past that fear, and, and do the thing. And then there's one other thing that I just want you to try on, I want you to remember, and especially when you are in those moments, see what happens when you come back to this idea. So you have a situation, and then you have the response to the situation. So there's an event that happened. And then there's this emotion or this feeling and these thoughts that came up in you, because of that event that happened. And a lot of times in our minds in our bodies, we continue to think that they are one in the same this thing happens. And then this is how I feel, this is what I think this is what I experience. But in all actuality, they are two completely separate things. There's the event, and then there's your response to that event. One, you don't have any control over, and one you have complete control over. So you can't change that event that happened, that thing that happened happened, you can't change that, and events will continue to happen, that are going to happen regardless. But you do have the power over the response you have towards that event. And that's the case for everything that happens in your life, there is an event and there is the response. And the response is really your emotion, your feeling, and the thoughts that come up because of that event. But they are two different things. And you can separate them so that those events don't trigger that response in you. And especially when it comes to business and moving forward in your business, when you know that you are the one that has a say in how you respond to an event, then you feel a lot more powerful. As I mentioned, if I would have had haters back, you know it 10 years ago, I would have responded a lot different than how I do now because I have taken control over the response to that event and haters are going to happen. But my response has changed because I'm the one in charge of that response. So bring your power back to you and do what you can to take charge of your responses. And when it comes to your business, you have the power to change that response in all of the events that happen. You get to choose how it feels to you what words you say to yourself when it happens. And guess what, when something doesn't feel the way you want it to feel. You have the power to shift that emotion to.
28:58
So really all this to say you're in charge. Let's get back to remembering who's in charge here. Yes, you are the CEO of your business, but you're also the CEO of your mind. So let's remember that these events don't have to hurt. They don't have to be scary. They don't have to be hard. You have the tools to move through and calm that emotion, calm that feeling calm those thoughts. You get to decide you have the power. And so if you're someone who has been working with this fear of visibility, maybe it's something that you didn't even know was happening until today. Totally fine. Regardless, I see you and yes, the pun is intended there. I see you with your fear of visibility, but I know how it feels I've been there. There are still parts of my my own mindset that I'm working through this fear of visibility, that's normal, that's okay. But I don't want you to not try for success because of this fear, to not go after what you really want, because of this fear. And I don't want you to because now we know that you're in charge of that. These are two separate things, you can put yourself out there. And it cannot be scary, because you are the one in charge of how that feels of how you take that situation on. So what can you do to move past that, to shift it to dissolve it? And like I said, like, I will always say, one of the best ways of all time, is to do it anyway, is to push through and do it because as soon as you do it, he'll realize, in most cases, it's like, and I'm talking like 99.999% of cases. It's not what you thought it was going to be, what you thought was going to happen, didn't happen, and won't happen, and then it dissipates. But one thing I know for sure, for every single one of you listening is that you have too much to share with this world to just continue keeping it to yourself. It is time to show up as the you that you are, shine your light. Share your gifts, share your knowledge, share your experience, so that you can help others in the way that you're meant to. I encourage you just to show up and be yourself and see what happens. I promise. It's not as scary as it sounds. All right. I will leave you with that my friends, and until next time, take care
Transcribed by https://otter.ai
So, you’re excited about your business goals and are ready to make them happen but there’s just one thing getting in the way…this whole marketing and selling thing. You feel like you’re doing what you’re supposed to do but no one’s biting and you're definitely not making the number of sales you were hoping to make. And, honestly, it just feels awkward and unnatural to talk about what you have to offer constantly.
Have you ever been there? If so, then it’s time to reexamine your approach to marketing and selling and make it easier and more natural for you. Today, I’m sharing my best tips and reminders for how to make selling more straightforward and more fun.
“Having a business, any kind of business—requires you to be a marketer and requires you to learn how to sell.” - Shawn Mynar
“Take the time to re-connect with what you do and why you do it. Remember why you are here, remember the importance and remember your purpose.” - Shawn Mynar
“Lead with your heart and commit to this open and honest communication about what you have to offer, why it is needed, who it is for, what they’ll experience, all the good stuff.” - Shawn Mynar
“Just focus on conveying the importance. Focus on conveying the value that is within what you have to offer.” - Shawn Mynar
shawnmynar.com/list - Launch List Accelerator
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (transcript is auto-generated so you can expect errors in punctuation, spelling, and grammar)
0:00
So you're excited about your business goals and are ready to make them happen. But there's just one thing getting in the way, this whole marketing and selling thing. You feel like you're doing what you're supposed to do, but no one's biting, and you're definitely not making the number of sales you're hoping to make. And honestly, it just feels awkward and unnatural to talk about what you have to offer constantly. Have you ever been there? Does this sound like you? If so, then it's time to re-examine your approach to marketing and selling and make it easier and more natural for you. Today, I'm sharing my best tips and reminders for how to make selling simpler, and actually even fun. Let's dive in.
0:43
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So happy to have you here and grateful for your support of this show. Today, we're going to have a candid conversation about selling, I really just want to have some real talk with you and see kind of where it leads us. Yes, I also have some tips and tricks for you some reminders, some things to kind of hopefully reinvigorate you and provide some clarity around what you can do for your marketing and selling strategy. But also, we just got to have some real talk. So that's on tap for today. But first, before we do that, I want to share something that's been going on behind the scenes that I don't think I've had a chance to talk much about yet on the podcast. And that is my brand new course, launch list accelerator.
So up until last week, launch list accelerator was only available bundled up along with signature program lab. And it's kind of this full package experience so that you can build your signature program. But also then build your audience full of people who actually want your program and you're doing all of that simultaneously. So that you know, when it comes time to launch your program, you have people who want in, you have people that are ready to buy. And it really makes for this magical experience this great combination that sets you up for success. But also, while I was creating launch list accelerator, I purposely created it to also work wonders as a standalone course, for the business owner who needs help getting their email list off the ground, or re ignited and really doing what their email list is supposed to do, which is to be a huge driver for your business. And I know for a fact because I talk to a lot of you out there that are listening right now. I know that a lot of you don't have your email list started, or you maybe have gotten it started, but now you've kind of ghosted it, you're not doing anything with it. You're not sending emails, you have a couple emails that you have gathered, but you're not doing anything.
And then there's also just so many questions around the email list. Like how do I get people onto my email list? Why isn't anyone signing up for my email list? Or for my freebie? What do I say in my emails? How do I get people to open my emails? How do I use my emails to get people to buy from me, there's all these unknowns out there. And that is exactly why I put literally everything that you need to do and know to have a successful email list all in one place for you to go through and set up in your business and reference over and over again. As you grow as your business grows as your email list grows. It's just this ongoing thing that will help and support you when it comes to your email list.
So launch list accelerator really is for the business owner who hasn't even started their email list yet and really needs to get going like from scratch. Like how do I even set up my email service provider which one do I use all the way from that point but also then from the business owner who has started their email list and now it's kind of gathering dust like you haven't done much with it you haven't emailed in a while you've ghosted it that's what I call it you've ghosted your list and I will show you how to on Ghost your list in LoL A and then also for the business owner who has an active email list and maybe you are even emailing them but it's not growing you're not getting more people to join and or the people that are on your list aren't taking the next step and working with you. So we cover it all in this program. and it is for all of those people. So whether you're just starting out, or you know, you've ghosted or you have an email list that is active, but it's just kind of stagnant. That is who this is for.
Now, friends, I know, you know this, I know, you know this, but let me just remind you, your email list is your most valuable business asset, it is one of the very few things that you actually own in your business and have complete control over unlike any other audience that you're currently building, whether it's through social media, or even on your podcast, that people that read your blog posts, whatever it is, that all is out of your control, it is not in your ownership, your email list is. So it is your most valuable business asset. And it is where the vast majority of your income will be made. You will make money via your email list. And, you know, we're talking specifically about marketing and selling today, hey, guess what a huge chunk of your marketing and selling will be by way of your email list and those emails that you send out and what you say, in those emails, and not just about sending the emails. But what are you putting in those emails? And are people opening them? Are people reading them? Are people taking action on them? If the answer is no, there are some very simple solutions. And we cover that in ll a as well. And not only is your email list your most valuable business asset, where your money will be made in your business, it is also the very first thing that you need to do in your business.
The very first thing is to get your email list flow set up and working for you on auto pilot, that is the important thing, because once it's on autopilot, you can take that off your plate, no, it's working behind the scenes for you, and then do the other things in your business. Even like build your website, once you've started building your list, you do not need a website to start building your email list. Okay, you can do that, get that set up on autopilot, and then do the other things to get your business off the ground. So that when you're ready to take clients or you have your program to launch, or whatever it is, that is your paid offer, you have someone to sell it to otherwise we're in a little bit of a pickle because we have a business and we have no audience, we have no one that is knowing or interested in our work. And then you know, we get confused. We think that no one wants our stuff, all the things we're going to talk about today when it comes to selling, we have a situation there. But if you start with your email list as the very first thing you do in your business, get it up and running on autopilot, which we'll do together in LA, and then work on the rest of your business. So that you have that all set up and ready to go. The second you want to start taking clients or you want your program to be open. Literally no business owner has ever said I wish I would have waited to build my email list. That is not something that has ever come out of anyone's mouth. Okay, so let's not have that be you. Let's get you started right here right now on building an email list that actually works for you and creates this really lovely ecosystem in your business regardless of social media. Regardless of your website traffic. Regardless of how many people listen to your podcast, you have an email list. Okay, so head over to shawnmynar.com/list. And check it out, learn more, see if it's the right thing for you. There's also a special introductory offer over there that will be up for the next two weeks. I cannot wait to support you and just see how your business grows. As your email list grows. on auto pilot, my friends, let's not forget that part. It does not have to be time consuming either, which is just lovely.
Alright, let's get into this episode and talking a little bit more about selling and marketing. We've actually had a few episodes over the past couple of weeks that have been specifically geared toward marketing and selling. I shared with you my plan for the week in order to get all of my marketing things done each week. And a lot of you really got a lot of value and tips out of that episode. So if you haven't listened to that, be sure you go back two episodes ago. I believe it's episode 145 and check that one out. I think it will help you plan your marketing strategy, especially after today's episode. I want Start, usually I share a quote. And really this is a quote, but it's not from any sort of book or anything like that. It's actually from a another podcast that I listened to recently. And I like, as soon as I heard this, I was like, Oh my gosh, I need to share this on unstuck entrepreneur, because you need to hear this. And it is some real talk. And this podcast, it's called the Jasmine star show, if you don't know Jasmine star, she does social media strategy. And I followed her for a few years, I really liked her work. And I really love her real talk, she is not afraid to just tell it like it is. And so this is why I'm drawn to her podcast episodes, and just what she has to share. And so she recently had an episode, she doesn't have them numbered, I don't believe but it was titled you won't have a successful business. If you won't do this.
It's a short episode, I want to say it's like 15 minutes long, but it is very powerful. So I do recommend you go and listen to that episode once you're done here. But in that episode, she said this, if you want to have a business, you have to make the conscious decision to also become a marketer. This hit me to the core, not only because I resonate with it so much, everything I'm going to share with you today is something that I had to go through to I struggled with as well. I think I've shared with you before here many times that the first few years of my business were a struggle, not making the income that I needed, barely able to cover the bills and going into debt. As soon as I had any medical expenses come up, that was all a difficult thing to deal with. And then trying four times to create an online program that nobody bought four times for different programs, no buyers, $0 in sales. And I had to finally come to the realization that it's because I didn't know how to market and sell myself. As you know, if you've listened to this show, I am very open that I am not a natural marketer, it does not come easy to me. Has it gotten significantly easier over the past 10 years of being in business? Yes, absolutely.
But for a long time, I did not make that conscious decision to also become a marketer, I was choosing to stay in the place of being a personal trainer of being a nutritionist who had their own business. And until I got real with myself and said, Yeah, I am a nutritionist. But I'm also an entrepreneur, I'm also a digital CEO, I'm also someone who markets and sells themselves. And I am going to put that hat on as well. I'm going to get over myself to get over my fear, to stop telling myself that that's not who I am. And I'm going to make the conscious decision to become a marketer. And so when Jasmine said that it just so resonated, because I had to do that myself, it was a very conscious thing. It was flipping that switch and making that decision. And that's why I wanted to do this episode. Because I think a lot of you might be there right now to you are. Prior to that flip being switched for you, you haven't yet made the conscious decision to become a marketer. You have this amazing service or program or course, or membership to offer. And no one's buying it. And so then you think you're a failure, or you're not cut out for this or no one's interested, what you have isn't valuable enough. You have all these things about what you have to offer, when in reality, you're not being a marketer. You're not putting on that hat, and you're not selling what you have to offer. And yeah, you might be creating content and providing a lot of value, which is great.
And that's definitely part of the marketing puzzle. It is important that you give your audience the space and time to get to know you and like you and trust you and you will do that through this content and by doing mean that then they will be ready to buy, but they still have to be marketed to, they have to know what you have to offer, they have to understand what your service is or what your product is, and that it is for them. And you're not doing that. You're just hoping that you know, by suggesting that maybe you have something to sell, that they'll take you up on that. And that's just not how it works. We as consumers want and need to be sold to, yes, we want to be sold to, because then we have the confidence to know that we're making the right decision. And without that knowledge, no one's going to buy, your customers aren't going to buy from you, and you're not going to buy from someone else. We're all consumers, we all have a very similar brain when it comes to spending money. So you have to understand that that is part of being in business. And let me just be real with you right now.
And this may come off as harsh, I don't want it to be please no, it's out of love. Because I want nothing more than for every single one of you listening to have a super successful business, like, let's all become millionaires, okay? I want you to know this. If you don't want to market your business, then keep it a hobby, keep it a hobby, keep it something that you do on the side, because you're passionate about it, and find another way to make money. So if you don't like sharing about what you do, who you can help, why it's important, why they need it, why you're the right person for them, what they'll experience with your help. If you're not comfortable doing that over and over and over again, consistently, on a very regular basis, then keep it a hobby.
17:10
Again, not trying to be harsh, but wanting to save you the struggle if you're not willing to make the conscious decision to become a marketer. Because having a business, any kind of business requires you to be that marketer and requires you to learn how to sell. Now notice I'm saying these words become I'm saying these words, learn how to, because it doesn't mean that you have to be good at it. From day one, you have to know exactly what you're doing from day one, you're never going to struggle, you're never going to make a mistake, you're never going to feel uncomfortable. Again, you're never going to say anything, something embarrassing. No, it is a process. These are all learned skills, they are things that improve and become more natural as you go. But you have to be willing and open and committed to this process, committed to learning and developing these skills. As you go, you can't wait until you've got it all figured out before you start attempting to market and sell because that's never going to happen, you're going to be waiting for something that will never change, because the learning and growing is in the doing. And so today, I want this potentially to be the switch that flips for you. If you are someone that is struggling with marketing and selling yourself and your business, which if you're in a service based business, then you're marketing and selling yourself. If you're struggling, then is it because you haven't flipped that switch to make the conscious decision to become a marketer? And are you ready to do that now?
And if you're not, then is it something that is better kept as a hobby and you find another way to make an income. And let me remind you this is coming from a place of knowing I have been there too. I have been in this place where I had to get real with myself and be like, this isn't working I have to put on a different hat I have to do something different. I want this to work I want to make money doing this. I want to make a lot of money doing this. And that means I have to learn how to market and sell because just putting together a program and you know sharing about it a few times on social media and hoping someone will bite that's not cutting it anymore. It made me exactly $0 So what can I do differently I am ready to learn. I am ready to try. I am ready to grow and I am ready to Just get messy with it, and just get started on doing something different. So if that is something you are ready to do, I want to give you some tips to make it feel a little, maybe simpler,
20:16
I guess I would say maybe a little more clear, a little less complicated, something like that I have some tips for you. Now, does this mean it's not going to ever feel uncomfortable? It's not going to be scary ever. No does this mean it will automatically start feeling natural and easy to you? Nope. But it will give you a new frame of reference, that is my hope, perhaps a new mindset around selling, and hopefully get you recharged and feeling more confident about what you're really doing here, and why it's important. And that really is the overall goal. So a few things for you to remember, as you get started on becoming a marketer. First of all, understand your blocks. If you find marketing and selling to be a real struggle, like you are majorly resistant to it not even majorly, if you're just at all resistant to it, then you have a block. And as you know, if you have been a listener of the show for a while those blocks come from your ego voice, they are beliefs held in your subconscious mind that keep you stuck in a bubble based on what your subconscious programming has decided to be true, which isn't actually true.
And so the first step, always, when you are struggling with something or you do feel the sense of resistance towards something, is to figure out what those blocks are. Because once you understand them, then you can actually work with them, instead of feeling blocked by them. And even just understanding what they are seeing them for what they are and why they're there automatically makes them dissolve a little bit. It makes them a little less potent, I guess. And as you continue working alongside of them, they will slowly dissipate more and more and more. Does that mean they're ever gone? No. Does that mean they won't show up in other forms? Of course not. But knowing they're there and being able to see that is so powerful in helping you get over it and move past that resistance. So a lot of times you know, we all have this muck when it comes to selling because there is this stigma around selling of it being like this used car salesman vibe, where you're being slimy and sleazy and annoying.
And that's not the case like you. I know. I know anyone listening to this show does not put off that vibe, no matter how hard you try, you just don't. So you might though still have that thought that you will be annoying to your audience. You'll look slimy or Spiel salesy, like people will judge you or dislike you if you start marketing and selling yourself. Or this is an important one. Is it because of what will happen once people buy? Like this is so big you guys, and I don't know if enough of you are really exploring this idea, like, Are you afraid that people will buy because then there's this chance that what you have to offer, whether it be you know, your one on one services, or a program or a course or a workshop or a membership or whatever it is, it won't live up to their expectations, or that you won't actually be able to help them or to deliver on the promise that you offered?
24:21
Do you put hunch li feel like you're not good enough or qualified enough to have someone buy from you? Do you feel like you're not worthy of someone actually paying you money to help them. These are all big, big blocks. I think that you can agree. And I think you probably have some exploring to do here and to see if any of that resonates. Of course this is where I always recommend getting out a piece of paper or your journal and just kind of letting yourself write about your resistance your thoughts to your fears around selling and marketing, and just get real with yourself, no one else is ever going to read that. But you have to get honest and real and do a little brain dump a little ego dump of what's really going on as to why you don't want to be a marketer, or you aren't making that decision to become a marketer. This is where we can really get some answers. And, you know, like I said, just knowing that that exists, and that is something that you have working against you means that you can also make the decision to move through it or move alongside it or choose a different thought, we always have that option to choose a different thought and choose a new path, knowing that that thought is still there, but seeing it and allowing it to come through. Like I said, it automatically makes it dissipate.
Because you can understand you can prove to yourself that there is another way of thinking and being. So first thing, understand your blocks. Once you've done that, then we can start reminding ourselves what it really means to sell and market your services. So see it for what it really is, what you're selling is important. It's potentially life changing. It is not something that's like As Seen On TV kind of gimmick thing here, you are selling something really extremely valuable to the person that needs it, which is your dream client or your your niche. This is your opportunity to help someone else. And so when you sell what you have to offer, you are being of service to that person or those people. And quite frankly, not selling is doing a disservice to that person that needs your help, because that means they're still not getting the help they need. Because you are not putting out there, what will help them. So it is a disservice, not to sell. Which means in no way shape or form. Is that sleazy or slimy or annoying when you have something that will be life changing to someone else, and you openly communicate about that? There's nothing sleazy or annoying about that. So here's a really good example, at the beginning of this episode, I told you about a new paid offer that I have available to you. Did you think that I was slimy and sleazy? Did you feel pressured? or annoyed? Did you think oh, I'm never gonna consume anything else this person ever has to share with me for free? Because they took five minutes to share about something paid? Of course not. I really hope you didn't. And if you did, please let me know. But I highly doubt it. And if there is someone that did, it wasn't the right match. Anyway, it wasn't a good fit for us to ever work together.
And so they're gone. And that is fine, too. But for you to take some time to talk about something that you have that is super valuable and helpful to the right people amongst all of this free content that you are also providing. There's nothing wrong with doing it, you are providing such a great service to the people that need your help by sharing what you have to offer. So see it for what it really is. Next up, get excited about your offer. I think this is something that seems so obvious. But I think a lot of this gets lost as you go about your business trying to get some sales, you should be proud of what you have to offer. Be proud of who you can help and how you can help them. That is something that should really shine through for you as you continue to share about it and if it's not, then take the time to reconnect with what you do and why you do it. Remember why you are here. Remember the importance, remember your purpose and get reinvigorated around it. I just think this can really get lost in the shuffle when you are trying to sell something and nobody's taking you up on that offer. or then like I said, those other thoughts come in like, nobody wants this. I'm not good at this, maybe this isn't right for me, you know, we have all those thoughts. And it takes away from the initial excitement and pride of what you do, and why you do it. Whereas if you stay connected to that, and then move from that place and share about it from that place, there's an entirely different vibe to it, a whole different energy around it.
And that is what will attract the right people. So remember, this, people aren't buying, because you're not selling, not because they don't need or want what you have to offer. And not because it's not a good offer, they just aren't learning enough about it to make that decision, because you're not selling it to them. And when you remember that, then you can reinvigorate yourself about your initial offer, and get that excitement back and then move from there. Next up, focus on who you're helping, and why it's important and not just in your head, like we just talked about, so that you can remind yourself, of why you do what you do and get reinvigorated around it. But also in your marketing. This is what I call Magnetic Messaging. It's how you talk about what you do. And it's really, it's something I teach in every single one of my programs, because it really is that important, it really will guide you through all of your marketing, if you really put the time and energy into understanding your messaging, and it makes it 1000 times easier to do all of it. And when you work on your Magnetic Messaging, and you get back to who you help, and why it's important, then you use those words and phrases to talk about your offer. And that is what will give people the information, they need to make the decision to hit that purchase button. And in this Magnetic Messaging, what you're really doing is speaking to the transformation that before and after that will happen for the person that you want to help like where they are now in the struggle with the problems with the symptoms with the things that they can't figure out that they want to get rid of. And then the after their point be when they have figured that out when the symptoms are gone, when they're feeling better, when they're reconnected and also what they'll experience during that transformation, how it will feel, what they'll do what they can expect. And then most importantly, why they need it. So what will happen, what their life will look like, when they're at their point B when they've gotten rid of these problems or symptoms when they're not struggling anymore with this certain thing, how that will improve their life and why it is needed. And once you've really gotten clear on all of this, and in my programs, I give you 29 questions that will really clear all of this up for you. And then you just take that exact language and use that in everything that you do when it comes time to market and sell your services.
And like I said, it makes it a total, no brainer way to talk about what you have to offer. So focus on who you're helping, and why it's important. When you talk about your offer when you are marketing and selling. You don't need to focus on all of the modules and everything and they're going to get and you know, the bonuses like that is all great. And you can definitely and should talk about that. But don't do it before you talk about that transformation, because the transformation is what is going to sell them. So by the time they get to the point where they hear like, how many coaching calls they get or how many hours they get to work with you. They're already sold. They already know that it's for them. They already know they need it. They already know what they will get out of it and the transformation that's going to happen. And that's just icing on the cake. All right. So now we're going to take all of this that we just went over and you're going to commit to openly honestly communicate about what you have to offer. You're going to come from the heart. There's no need for your head to get involved here because that means your ego is going to chime in and then all those stories that you just found out that you have about selling about asking for money about having people go through your services, all that will start chiming in, and we just don't need that here. So instead, lead with your heart and commit to this open, honest conversation or communication about what you have to offer, why it is needed, who it is for, what they'll experience, why they need it. I think I just said that. But I'm saying again, because it's so important, all the good stuff, just focus on conveying the important focus on conveying the value that is within what you have to offer.
35:44
And then the last thing, you are doing it more, doing all of this more and doing it consistently, more commitment that you're going to have to make the conscious decision to do talk about it more and do it consistently. So a few reasons why. First of all, the rule of seven, I think I've said this like a million times here before, it never gets old. Remember this the marketing rule of seven, it takes someone seven times of hearing or seeing or reading about something, before they take action on it, this is a study, it has been shown to be true, on average, seven times of hearing seeing, reading about something before they actually take action. So you talking about your paid offer once or twice, or three times, isn't gonna cut it, it needs to be consistent, it needs to be more frequent than you probably feel comfortable doing at this point, to be honest, because we still have those stories. But now you can go back and see what you're doing for what it really is, which is this service. And you know, the blocks that you have around it, and you can work around that. And now you can do it more, you can stay in integrity, you can openly honestly communicate about what you have to offer from the heart.
And just do it more, I think that's the biggest thing that I see is I hear from clients that they aren't getting the sales they were hoping to get. And when it actually comes down to it, they've barely talked about it, you know, like a couple times, and then no one took action. And so they just assume that it's a bad offer. When really, it just wasn't enough, you have to do it more, you have to do it consistently, because of the rule of seven. But then also, the more you do it, the easier it gets. As I said at the beginning, these are learned skills, very few of us are natural marketers and sellers. Now there are some that are are and that's great. And I am very envious of you. But this is not something that comes naturally to most of us. It is something that takes practice. And it is a learned skill that gets easier as you go and gets more refined as you go. Because not only do you just get more comfortable, but also you learn more about what works and what doesn't, especially for your specific audience. Like okay, when I said said that, I got some response, I got some interest, people replied, and then when I said that, oh, that doesn't really seem to resonate. So maybe I won't continue on down that road, you just learn so much by doing but you really need to do and it again, I really want you to go back to what you are saying marketing is all about the words that you are or are not using. And if the words you're currently using aren't landing, then you gotta switch it up. And the only way to know that they're not landing is because you try.
You're not going to know that until you put it out there. And you get the data from that. But go back to what you are saying if you ever feel stuck, when it comes to getting sales. Remember your words people do not want to hear about the number of sessions they get and how long the last first they need to know that it is for them specifically, and that they will get the help they need and why they need that help. They really, really, really need to connect with that first and then they can find out how many sessions they get and you know the PDFs that are involved and all the other goodies that's fine. But first you have to Use your words, to connect with them on a deeper level, and let them know the service that you provide. And do it from the heart. That is where you will really reach the people that you want to help. So I know that was a lot.
40:17
It's a lot to take in, I do hope that you are in this place where you are ready to make that conscious decision to become a marketer to put that marketing hat on and have this dual purpose for yourself. Yes, you have a business to help other people with this really amazing thing. So you are that person, but you also have a business. And so you are the person that sells things, you are a marketer of yourself, you need to have this dual role to have the business that you want to have. All right, and with that, I will wrap it up. I hope this helped you please let me know. Send me a DM over on Instagram @unstuckentrepreneur. If this resonated with you, it really means a lot to me to hear from you and get to know you and your business a little better. And I'm happy to help with anything that I can head over there at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram at remember If you are ready to get your email list started, which like I said, You were ready like yesterday, you needed to do this yesterday. So if you didn't do it yesterday, let's do it today and we can get started over there at shawnmynar.com/list. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care
Does thinking about the legal side of your business send you into total panic mode? You know getting set up legally is something you have to do, and you need to make sure you do it right, but you also have absolutely no idea how to make that happen. At least not without it costing thousands of dollars to work with a lawyer or taking hundreds of hours for you to figure it out on your own. Listen, I get it. We're helpers, coaches, healers, practitioners, service providers...not attorneys. We just want to help people, not spend all day trying to write contracts while being worried we're going to get sued. All of this is exactly why I asked today's guest, Sam Vander Wielen, to come on the Unstuck Entrepreneur podcast. Sam is here to calm your legal fears and set you up for legal success!
Listen to Sam’s podcast, On Your Terms:
https://www.samvanderwielen.com/podcast/
Watch Sam's free workshop '5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business' here: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/legal-workshop/
Sam's Instagram: https://instagram.com/samvanderwielen
Sam's website: https://samvanderwielen.com
The Ultimate Bundle™: https://samvanderwielen.com/the-ultimate-bundle/
"I’m a big believer that there is space for everybody and for everybody to offer their unique spin on things." - Sam Vander Wielen
"If you are a health coach and you are not an RD or you’re not a Physician of some sort, then there is a ton of room for you to help support people when they’re working alongside a medical professional." - Sam Vander Wielen
"Create your actual programs and services to be within your scope of practice and then go all the way down and reverse engineer to your content." - Sam Vander Wielen
"Even when you have an LLC, you need to know how to act like an LLC. You need to really treat it as a business, have your business money separate from your personal." - Sam Vander Wielen
LISTEN ON YOUR FAVORITE PODCAST APP! While being your own boss is great, sometimes it can feel like there’s just too much to get done for one person, especially with all the marketing you need to do these days—posting on social media regularly, writing emails, creating content. For me, the key to getting it all done is organization and structure with a side of flow.
In fact, the more planned out I get with my action items for the week, the more ease and fun I have in my business. Today, I’m taking you behind the scenes of my weekly schedule to show you how I get it all done.
"I've decided to be the kind of person that shows up and gets it done."
"I find that I'm even more productive when I've already checked something really valuable off the list."
"BURNOUT-PROOF YOUR BUSINESS" MASTERCLASS
More from Shawn: shawnmynar.com
Instagram: @unstuckentrepreneur
TikTok: @unstuckentrepreneur
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in punctuation, grammar, and spelling)
While being your own boss is great, sometimes it can feel like there's just too much to get done for just one person, especially with all the marketing you need to do these days posting on social media regularly writing emails creating content. For me, the key to getting it all done is organization and structure with a side of flow, of course, in fact, the more planned out I get with my action items for the week, the more ease and fun I have in my business. So today, I'm taking you behind the scenes of my weekly schedule to show you how I get it all done. Stay tuned.
Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session. Hey, hey there, friends, welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here, checking out the show. Thank you so much for your support.
Today, we're gonna mix things up a little bit. And I'm just gonna have a real honest conversation with you, taking you behind the scenes of my business and how I plan out my schedule of everything that I need to do as a small business owner as a solopreneur. And how I make sure I get it all done, while still feeling like it's fun, and it flows. And I don't feel overwhelmed. Because I think that's kind of the main vibe I get from a lot of you is like, the more we talk about the things that need to be done in your business to have a successful business, the more you start feeling overwhelmed, the more you start feeling like how am I going to do all of this, there's not enough hours in the day, I'm still at another job or you know, I have a family and I care for my children and part of the day, how am I supposed to do it all. So that is what I want to break down for you today. And I thought really the best way to do that is to show you what I do. And obviously, this is what I have found that works really, really well for me, you may have something similar that you find works really, really well for you. Or it may be something totally different.
But the main goal here is for you to start considering how this can all look for you how you can really let this flow in your business to to where you're doing the things that you need to do as a business owner, but it doesn't feel forced or out of alignment. Or, like you're just not doing it because you're too overwhelmed and you're pushing it away. That is the goal. So we're going to go behind the scenes, and hopefully that will spark some interest and some thought for you in your own business. First, let me set the scene a little bit. As I think most of you know, my business is my full time gig. It's my only thing. I don't have another job. I don't have children, I have four children that actually take up a lot of my time surprisingly, but I don't have anything like that. And I know a lot of you work another job or you are doing something else besides your business right now. So that is one caveat that I wanted to say first and foremost. But what I do want you to see though is that the absolute essentials, the must dues of my day, don't take that much time. Really even the most time consuming of the things we're going to talk about today. only take a few hours at most. And I want to make sure you know that so that you can see how this style of business is still possible. If you do have another job if you do have children that you are taking care of part of the day. If you have something else going on in your life, this all can and will still happen for you. And again, I think most of you know this about me too.
I don't work full time hours in my business not even close I would say I probably work 30 hours There's max per week. And that's during a time of like deep creation, like I'm building a program or something like that, that's taking a lot of my energy and my focus, that will be a 30 hour week, when I'm in more of a, like I am right now everything's built, and I'm just kind of getting it out into the world, then it's even less hours per week by 25, let's say. And that's always been something that has been important to me, I don't want to work 40 hours, 50 hours, 60 hours, I've done that. In the past, I'm not doing that, again, that is now not how I want to remember my life, when I'm 90 years old, that I just worked a bunch, I don't want that I want to live. And I want time to do that. And not just the free time, but also the flexibility in my time, I want to be able to have time off in the middle of the day, if I want to, to do what I want to do or need to do for myself or my life or my family, which in this case is just for children. But I have to say my first children are extremely needy. And if they don't get a hike, if they don't get an adventure, then they are just sitting here staring at me while I'm trying to work. So it's very important that they have their time as well. So I have always valued the free time and the flexibility that my business allows for me. And what I have found because in the past, I have been resistant to having a plan having a structure, kind of I wanted this place of flow. And so I resisted doing what I am now doing. But what I have found is that having this plan in place is actually creating even more free time, for me even more flexibility for me, and allowing me to get into my flow state even better.
So that I wanted to share for those of you who are also resistant to wanting structure, wanting organization wanting a plan. If you're someone like me, who just really likes to go with what I'm feeling like for the day, just know that this could potentially work for you too. And in fact, it feels even better to have this sense of knowing each day, kind of what you're going into. And then allowing the rest of the day to unfold, which you'll find like with the plan that I have, so much of my day is still in flow. And even the parts of my day that are structured, are still in flow, because I have all of this setup. So we'll get into talking about that too. All right, let's get into my weekly plan that allows me to get everything done, while still having all of this time leftover, which you'll see here shortly. You'll notice the main thing that I'm sharing with you in this plan are the marketing tasks that I do each day. There's a few reasons why, first of all, because I'm not a natural marketer. So if I don't have a plan for what I'm going to do to market my business, then I will easily find other things to work on that are more kind of behind the scenes, like I am a very natural creator behind the scenes just like getting dirty, and just creating new things. But putting it all out into the world, that is something that I have to work on. And obviously I've been doing it for long enough that it is a lot more natural for me. But still, my tendency will be to stay behind the scenes, unless I make it so that it is part of my business. And obviously the second reason why the main things I'm sharing with you are marketing tasks, is because these are the most important tasks to my business. Because if I don't market my business, well then I don't have a business. So not only is it something that doesn't come super natural to me, but it also is something that is the most important thing in order for me to keep doing what I'm doing, sharing my message and spreading my knowledge with the world and making money obviously and so I got to do it. So that is why the really the thing that I plan out to do each day in my business and I make it a priority to get done each day is in the marketing. Okay. So let's start with Monday. Mondays. I love Mondays right now. I love this and you're not going to believe it when I tell you what I Do on Mondays, but so much has changed because of this new plan that I have. So on Monday, it is 100% focused on Instagram, and now tick tock, crazy, crazy, right I spend an entire day of my business with all the space in the world to create my social media content. In the past, I have done social media, like I would just do an Instagram post per day.
And that would be part of my schedule for that day was to create an Instagram post. And I always felt rushed, or, like there was something else I should be doing, or wanted to do, instead of creating that post. And that vibe, then went into that post, and it wasn't as good as it could have been. And so it really tarnished my thoughts and relationship with social media, like I just didn't like it, I didn't like doing it, I felt like I had to do it, which just made it feel even heavier and even more resistant. And so making this change to wear my entire day. Nothing else is on my schedule, but to create a week's worth of Instagram content. And now I'm adding in tic tac, which this is still really new. So I'm not exactly sure how this is going to play out. It seems like tick tock is a little harder to create in advance, it seems like it's more of a like in the moment kind of thing. So still working on that. But just in doing this with Instagram, it has changed the game. My relationship with social media is so much better. Because I have so much space. I'm not supposed to be doing anything else that day, I don't have anything else on my schedule. So my only focus my only goal, all of my energy is going into my social media posts for the entire week, which is also great, because when they're done, it feels so good to have a whole week's worth of content done. And so this includes like right now I'm really into recording reels. So I record all the reels, I edit them, and then I write the captions. And I get them all saved in drafts. So then, you know, Tuesday, I just hit post Wednesday, hit post, there's the hit post ready, hit post. And that's it. That's all I have to do for Instagram. And so yes, I give myself the whole day does it ever take the whole day, definitely not. It takes maybe two, three hours to do all of that, because I'm so much more in the flow, because that's the only thing I need to focus on that day.
And I am not being torn and all these other directions. So that I feel like has just, it just made it fun. And honestly, it's made doing social media so much more fun, because I'm being more intentional about it. And I'm giving myself the space like it's not an afterthought anymore. It is a whole day and a Monday, which normally, you know is like the main productive day for a lot of people. And for me to go into the start of a week, knowing that my first day is just recording some reels and having fun with it. And getting all that done for the week feels so rewarding. From the get go like the rest of the week, I am all set up because of what I do on Monday. And so like I said, that takes me two to three hours of that. And then the rest of the day I have to flow and I'll save what I do in the rest of my day is for the end, because every day, basically I have the entire afternoon to flow. Unless you know I don't start work until noon or one which happens several days a week and then I have a shorter space of flow in the afternoon. All right. So now Tuesday, my main goal, my action item, my priority is to write my weekly email to my subscribers. That happens every Tuesday and it goes out on Wednesday. So doing it a day ahead of time. And it's always the first thing I do when I sit down to work on Tuesdays, which sometimes might be at 9am sometimes might be at 1pm depending on if I go hike or not in the morning. So that's it. Tuesday I read a newsletter. It takes maybe 45 minutes at most, and the rest of the day I can flow and then Wednesday is podcast promo day. Another really short, basic easy day in In terms of marketing, because the main goal here is to let you all know that there's a new episode of the podcast out, which I do through Instagram stories and Pinterest. So I actually use Pinterest to promote every episode of the podcast, which I may or may not have shared here before, I'm not sure. But it is really effective at finding new listeners and super easy, really simple, I actually use tailwind to help me schedule them out. So my pins for each podcast episode go out over a five to six week span, I have three pins for each episode that kind of post sporadically on different boards. And so Wednesday is all about getting that ready. So I go into Canva, I create my images that I will use on both Pinterest and Instagram stories because fun fact they work on both, they're almost the same size.
So you can create one image and use them on both. And I'll post to Instagram sharing the new episode. And then I will also go into tailwind and schedule out my pins for that podcast episode. So all of that probably takes about 30 to 45 minutes, I will then spend sometimes another 30 minutes, sometimes another hour going through and kind of analyzing the numbers on Pinterest. I also use Pinterest to promote my blog posts that I have up on my website and freebies and things like that. So I'll see how certain pins are doing. And if I need to redo any or schedule some more to have out, then I'll do that. So I'd say in general, I'm doing like Pinterest maintenance, we'll call it for let's say maybe another hour at most on Wednesdays. So again, we're talking total, I would say 90 minutes at the most where I am promoting the podcast. I also forgot to mention in that, that I'm making sure the podcast episode is up on my website, which again, takes 10 minutes. So doing that, then the rest of the day is for flow. And now we move on to Thursday, where this one, I'd say the entire day is a little more flow like I do reserve Thursdays for writing blog posts, or more social media stuff, especially now, I'm experimenting more regularly with tick tock which by the way, if you are on tick tock, make sure to find me. I'm at unstuck entrepreneur over there as well. Would love to see you over there. But I'm experimenting more with that. And so it's kind of taking a little bit more time to understand like what I'm supposed to be posting how it all works and creating that content for Tiktok. So might be spent doing a little more social media work, especially the past few weeks. That's what I've been doing. So one of the to a blog post or more social media stuff, whatever needs my attention more, I guess I would say, and the rest of the day after that is spent in flow. And then we move on to Friday, which is podcast day. That is the day that I write my notes and record my episode of the podcast for the following week. I used to batch record a podcast episodes and just realize that was a huge drain on my energy that day. And I just felt like the quality wasn't as good or I wasn't maybe as authentic as I would be if I just did it every week and just devoted my Friday mornings to the podcast. And so that's what I've been doing lately, and really loving that. So every Friday morning, I write the notes, I then go right into recording. And then I do have a podcast editor Chris, who then takes it over from there. So I just make sure he has the file. He has whatever notes I want to include in the show notes and he takes it from there to be ready by the following Wednesday. So that is another activity that I would say takes up the most time of the activities I talked about between writing the notes for the episode and then actually recording it and then getting everything ready for the editor. That probably takes I'd say two to three hours also. So Monday's are pretty heavy because I'm focused solely on My weeks worth of social media content. And then Fridays are heavy because of the podcast. The thing about Friday is that once the podcast has been recorded, and is ready to go for the week, then I call it good. I have a half a day, most of the day on Fridays, and I'll go out hiking and just be done for the weekend after the podcast is all set up. Okay, so those are my non negotiables.
For each day, I hope this makes sense. These are the things that I am definitely getting done that day, and definitely getting done first thing that day, so that then the rest of the day is open, it's free to either take some time off, if that's what I need, or to do some work on the behind the scenes of my business. So let's talk about what is involved in those hours of the day. Because, really, let's go back, if I think about this, and I add all of this up, I can say that the marketing aspects of my business take me less than 10 hours a week. And as you can see, I'm doing quite a bit, I am on multiple platforms, I have a podcast, I write my email every week. So I'm doing a lot of things that maybe you wouldn't do right away if you're just starting a business. So this could potentially be even less for you. And that's really what I wanted to show you with this episode is that the things that you think are going to take a ton of time, and maybe they to do take a lot of time right now. They don't have to, and are they taking a lot of time, because you don't have a committed schedule a plan, an organized way to make sure they get done. They are really, really important parts of your business. And they deserve that kind of attention. They deserve that organized routine that you know what you're doing every single week. And when you do that, how much less time will it take you? And how much time are you spending in this place of what should I be doing right now? What am I supposed to do today versus just knowing because you have it planned out, you know, from the beginning of the week, what you need to do each day. So then I have this time for flow, which since that was under 10 hours, let's say I have another 15 at least hours of flow in my week. And what I do in those hours varies a lot depending on what I currently have going on in my business at that time. So things like creating a new program and getting everything built and ready to go for that and getting ready to launch a new program working on sales emails, or sales pages, writing email sequences, designing Facebook ads, these are all kind of behind the scenes stuff like creation stuff that I would do now, once my marketing task is done for that day. And like I said, totally depends on what's currently going on. Like, for example, this week, I designed a sales page for launch list accelerator, which I'll share with you guys.
Next week, I did some Facebook ads stuff and some testing on that. I hosted a coaching call with HBs members, I wrote a few sales emails, all from this flow space, because here's what happens. And maybe this is just me, I don't know. But when I have already done something very productive, and very valuable for my business that day, then it's like, the whole world opens up. It's like I already feel so accomplished. I've already checked off that really important thing. And that just makes me even more productive. It's like I've already gotten into this flow of productivity with the one thing I said I was going to do that day. Well, we might as well keep it going. And what I have found is that my flow zone is that much more productive as well because of this schedule. So now let's talk about how I keep myself on this schedule. Well first of all, I put it into my Asana. If you guys have worked with me at all in any of my programs, then you know I I am obsessed with Asana, which is a task management software, a s a n a.com. If you're interested, I've used Asana for many years. And it really is to the point where I just log on to my computer that day, the first place I go is Asana. It tells me what I'm doing that day, and I do it. And if you're anything like me, then you love checking off the box when something gets done. So I put even the smallest stuff into my Asana, like, as soon as I think of something, it goes in my Asana, and then I get to check the box when it's done. And that feels amazing, of course. But within Asana, you can have a task that just repeats itself. So you can set it up to be weekly, every two weeks, monthly, whatever you want it to be. And so I have all of the things I just went over with you what I do each day, I have all of those set up on a weekly recurring setting. So when I complete my Instagram posts, on a Monday, I click that it's done, because best feeling ever. And then it populates into the next Monday. So then the next Monday, I log in, I know exactly what I'm doing. I mean, obviously, I already know that Mondays are for a Instagram post, but still putting it in a place where I have to click that it's done. And if I don't get it done, then it's just going to be staring at me for the rest of the week, it's still gonna be there on Tuesday and Wednesday and Thursday, looking at me saying you didn't get me done. So that is really helpful in terms of keeping me on track and on task and making sure I do what I say I'm going to do what my plan is for that day. And like I said, I do this for all of the non negotiables for each day, and also for everything else that I want to get done each day, each week each month in my business. And if you are someone who's in signature program lab, then you know that we use that to plan out launches plan out, when you're sending out emails, when you're posting on social media, when you're actually launching, when you're going to build your program and what modules you're working on that week. It is so powerful. So if you don't have Asana or something like it a task management software, in your business, this is going to help keep you organized, and on track.
So I highly recommend it again, asana.com, it's free, and really, really helpful. And really, other than that, it's just knowing, and deciding and continuously evolving into the person that I want to be, which is the person that gets it done, the person that does what they say they're going to do, the person that shows up for their business in the way they need to show up. Because I want my business to succeed. I want my business to grow every single day, I have big plans and goals for my business, and they don't get done, they won't get achieved if I don't show up in this way every day. And if I don't make those tasks a priority, like my one priority each and every day, are these marketing tasks that quite honestly, sometimes I don't want to do, as I mentioned, I am not a natural marketer is something that takes me out of my comfort zone. And that just shows even more why I need to implement this plan, and how effective it has been for me to be able to prioritize this work and get it done and reap the benefits of getting it done in my business. So we just got into a little bit of a pep talk. Because, you know, I feel like so many people ask well, like, how do you make sure you do it? How do you keep yourself on schedule, and it's simply a choice that you have to make every day and so many people are choosing to not. And that means you're also choosing to turn your back on your dreams and goals and plans for the future. And I don't want to do that. I'm not going to do that. That is not part of my plan of being on this planet and I don't think it is for you either. So remember that and commit to that and try giving yourself a little bit of structure, organization and plan that you really truly commit to that you really Take the time to do every single day and you make it a priority. And quickly, I just want to go back because I know a lot of you are like, cool, yeah, but I don't have every day of the week to work on my business. As I mentioned, we're talking under 10 hours a week spent doing this really, really important marketing work for my business.
And that could all be done in like, two blocks of five hours. You know, there is definitely a way to get it done, where it doesn't have to be every single day. But you have to make the time and commitment and make it a non negotiable part of what you do each and every week, no matter what your schedule looks like. And so I encourage you to just try it. See what happens when you create a little more schedule and structure to your marketing tasks. And what I think is going to happen, first of all, what I think you will find is that it really opens up the door to feel even more inflow in alignment, and less forced and more productive, not rushed, like all these things that we think we're going to feel when we do these really hard, uncomfortable tasks, it actually ends up bringing even more ease and joy and fun into it. And also what I know is going to happen is your business is going to grow. And really isn't that what it's all about doing all of this, feeling good about it, finding ease and joy in it, and also reaching more people making more money, and actually working less. Pretty cool, right? All right, my friends, I will wrap it up with that. I hope that getting this peek behind the curtain of how I do things in my business opens the door for you to start thinking about how you do things in your business. And just a reminder, if you're on Tik Tok head over there at unstuck entrepreneur and find me and we can connect if there. If you're on Instagram, be sure to find me over there at unstuck entrepreneur I'm posting on both all the time these days because I finally made the space to do so in a way that feels good for me. And if you want to learn more about creating a truly freedom filled, flexible, burnout proof business, then make sure you head over to shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof and get in on my free one hour training where we'll talk all about how you Yes, even you can add a group program to your business to really make it something that helps more people while creating a more free time and flexibility for you. And of course increasing your income. You can do it all simply by adding a group program to your business. So check it out. shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care
Transcribed by https://otter.ai
You know you want to add a passive income stream to your business, but you’re not sure what it should be. You’ve heard people talk about online courses and group programs, but don’t know which one is best for your business and the people you want to help. And, really, what’s the difference between the two anyway? While there are some similarities between group programs and online businesses, they’re actually quite different and aren’t always the best option for every business. In this episode, we’ll talk about the difference between the two so you know what’s right for your business. Let’s dive in.
“Online courses teach participants ‘how to’, group programs guide participants through transformations.” - Shawn Mynar
“In the online course, it’s 'learn how to do something', whereas, in the group coaching program, it’s a go through this experience, get this transformation, have a coach or a mentor to guide you, be with a group of like-minded people.” - Shawn Mynar
“Most wellness businesses need a program, not a course… because you are providing such an incredibly valuable experience and transformation for your people.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE Masterclass "How To Burnout-Proof Your Business With A Group Program" - shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW (please allow for errors in grammar, spelling, and punctuation):
0:01
You know, you want to add a passive income stream to your business, but you're not sure what it should be. You've heard people talk about online courses and group programs before, but don't know which one is best for your business and the people you want to help. And really, what's the difference between the two anyway? While there are some similarities between group programs and online courses, they're actually quite different and are always the best option for every business. In this episode, we'll talk about the difference between the two. So you know what's right for your business. Let's dive in.
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, as always, so grateful to have you here. So grateful for your support in the show. And just as a quick reminder, if you love this podcast, and you'll get something valuable out of these episodes, would you be so kind and leave a review for the show you can do so on Apple, you can do so on Spotify. It's quick, it's easy, and it really does help the show get into the hands of other people who might need this guidance and support as well. You can think of it kind of as a virtual tip jar. Like if you're a good tipper when you're out getting some dinner, then you can also be a good virtual tipper. And simply leave a review for any podcast really, that you enjoy a really any product even it is such a great way to support the things and people and businesses that you love.
Okay, today we're talking about the difference between online courses and group programs. I got this question it was put into the chatbox of the burnout proof your business masterclass that I have going on right now that you can still be a part of, if you head over to shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof, you can register and watch that free masterclass. But in the chatbox, I received this question and I thought it was such a good one. That I should probably take some time to answer it here on the podcast because I have a feeling that there are more of you that have this question than just this person who asked whose name was cat. And she asked, What's the difference between a group program and an online course really basic question, but a really good one that actually has some nuance to it and deserves an entire podcast episode. Believe it or not. These are two phrases that are thrown around a lot in the online business space, I think. And a lot of times they're used interchangeably, which is totally fine. But in my mind, and when I break it down for you today, I think you will really see that there is a big difference between the two. And so we really should be thinking about what is it exactly that I want to include in my business as another income stream or a passive income stream. Which one is right for me which one is best for what I want to do, and then know which direction you're going in.
So let's get into it. And just so you know, this is all just kind of like how I have always thought of it. There are no hard or fast rules to any of this. So you can take it or leave it, do what you will with it. But I just still want to talk about it. Alright, so first, an online course. It's like a class. It's where you have an instructor that is teaching on a concept. And usually, this will be in the form of like how-to content. So like how to speak Spanish, how to take professional photos with your iPhone, how to start and build an email list, how to hand letter, which is what I am taking right now and getting into. These are the kinds of things you can find on places like Udemy, or what's the other one Skillshare is a big one. These are online courses, teaching you how to do something, you can start them anytime you can go through them at your own pace. And by the end, there is the promise that you will learn how to do it. A group program on the other hand is more of an experience.
There is a coach, a guide, a mentor, whatever they call themselves, and they're taking participants through a transformation. Like during this program, you'll experience To this, you'll do this, you'll go through this. And by the end of this program, you'll feel you'll have, you'll be this. So, more so in terms of like, you know, we've seen, especially if you're in the wellness space, then you see programs like heal your gut, balance your hormones, master your mindset to manifest your wildest dreams, these kinds of topics are programmed because there is a transformation involved. So if it were like, learn how to heal your gut, and then this person is just throwing out tips on healing your gut and not doing anything else, the now would be a course. But I think we all know that when it comes to something like healing your gut or balancing your hormones or anything like that, it is a process.
And there is a transformation that happens. And it takes a little more guidance than just like, watch this thing. And you'll be good, you know, so it's not really something you can how to your way through it in a course format. Right? That is the biggest difference in how you can decipher the two and really what you want to do for your clients in your business. So remember, where online courses teach participants how to group programs guide participants through transformations.
And obviously, then this means that group programs, they're more detailed, they're usually deeper, there's potentially more hands-on activities, going through a group program versus just watching How to content in an online course. So group programs typically also have that coaching component to them, and usually a community component, also for this reason, so that there's this level of support available as they go through the transformation. And also this sense of camaraderie kind of, of going through this process in a group of people that are doing the same thing, you know, like-minded people who have the same problem and want the same solution, and everyone is going through it together. So that's where the community component comes in. That is typically really important for group programs. Now, as for that coaching component that could look like weekly live q&a calls, it could like look like bi-weekly, or monthly q&a coaching calls. But it could also just look like everyone getting together, live on a zoom chat and just talking, just talking things out having more of like, a happy hour type situation or just like a get-together type thing, Coffee Talk, where it's just the group coming together and talking about their experiences. And you are simply the host as the guide, or the coach of that program.
So there are lots of different ways that you can do this, depending on your, obviously your topic for your program, and the needs of your participants to and then online courses are usually going to be a DIY type thing. They may potentially have like a Facebook group, where people can go in and ask questions. But that live coaching component is not going to be there because it's more so just go through the trainings, go through the lessons, learn how to do this, and do this and you'll be there you will know how to do the thing, which was the entire promise of this course. Now, most group programs are also cohort-based, which means there is a group that comes together, they go through their transformation all at one time together. They don't have to be that way, you can definitely have more of an evergreen or open enrollment type program where people just kind of keep filtering into the group as they're ready and the group is kind of always going so this could work well in a case where you always hold one monthly live coaching call. So once a month there is a call for everyone who has ever been through that program not just for one specific group but for anyone and so then someone who has been in going through the transformation that you offer for three months could join that coaching call and ask them questions and get feedback and guidance and support and everything they need, while also someone who just started three days ago could also join in on that live call and get what they need out of it too. So there is an option to make your group coaching program, Evergreen or open enrollment, but most of them are going to be cohort-based. And that means that you're potentially hosting our group every other month, or once a quarter, or once every six months, that kind of thing.
And the cool thing about this style of group coaching program is that you can schedule your groups making sure that you have downtime in between, which is amazing. So for example, if your program runs for eight weeks, and you do one group every quarter, then that means you have an entire month off in between your groups. So you have downtime, you can Yes, prepare for the next group, but also take some time off, which is really nice in-between groups. And most importantly, as you can probably see, by now, online courses and group programs have different price points, which makes a ton of sense because the promise is so much bigger. With a program. It's a, you know, an online course it's a learn how to do something. Whereas in the group coaching program, it's a go through this experience, get this transformation, have a coach or a mentor, to guide you be with a group of like-minded people, that is way, way, different and way, way more valuable to your clients. So typically, online courses are priced below $500, like probably well below $500. Whereas group programs will definitely be above $500. And probably well, well above $500. So all this to say, if you're trying to decide between the two between, do I want to work on a group program for my business? Or do I want to build an online course for my business?
The thing to ask yourself is, Am I an instructor teaching someone how to do something, or am I a coach or a mentor, guiding someone through a process or transformation. That is how you know whether you should have an online course, or a group program. And now I want to talk to all the wellness professionals out there because I really, really think that most wellness businesses need a program, not a course. Because what you're doing with your clients isn't really a hands-off. This is how you do this kind of thing. I mean, if you have a course you could do a course on like how to meal prep healthy meals for your entire family, or how to get started with meditation or something like that, where it is a hands-off how to kind of thing and you can just pre-record all of the content, all the steps they need to go through and just let people go through it. That could definitely be a possibility.
But the vast majority of wellness-related things need to be a program because you are providing such an incredibly valuable experience and transformation for your people. And doing so in a way that they actually get more value than even working with you one on one in a lot of cases, because they're also part of a group and not just any group but people that are going through the exact same thing that are having the exact same struggles that are feeling the exact same way have the same questions or maybe even questions they didn't know they had. And so doing all of this in a group experience is so highly valuable for your clients even more so than working with you one on one because then they don't know they have those questions or maybe they feel kind of alone, and they don't want to bug you every single day with, you know, their complaints or just wanting to vent or anything like that. So they feel a little alone on this journey. Whereas when it is in a group program, they have the whole group to talk to and share their experiences with and just kind of commiserate a little bit and it is beyond it is absolutely invaluable to these people. So that's where wellness businesses and a group programs become the perfect combination for whatever you're doing in your business or with your people.
Now, here's the cool thing. And one reason where online courses and group programs actually are similar. And that is the process of building, whether it be a course, or a program, the whole process of putting it together is actually really, really similar. They do both consist of recorded teachings and trainings and lessons, maybe there's some audio, maybe there's some video lessons, maybe there's a workbook, some PDF guides, and things to help them with their experience. And that process is the same regardless of what you're doing. And what's different about it is, of course, the type of material that's going into that content, and the other components of that course or program. So for a course, those recorded video lessons or audio trainings, that's probably it, you're just recording those in advance, putting them into your online portal, telling people to go get it, putting a low price tag on it, and and making it available. But with a group program, you have to consider those other components that you want to include in your program. So you're gonna have the coaching calls, they'll be done live, so nothing that you'd need to do ahead of time really, except figure out the schedule of those calls, put them on your calendar, and make sure you include that there are coaching calls that are live in your marketing material, because that will become incredibly valuable to the people that are coming into your program. And then the same thing for the community. That's another component that's typically included in group programs, whether that's a Facebook group, or a Slack channel, or whatever, there's tons of ways you can create communities these days.
And again, nothing really that you have to do prior to releasing your program, except take, you know, five minutes to create a Facebook group or a Slack group. And then also be sure to include that in your marketing material. So people know that's included in their investment as well, which again, like I said, like in valuable to your program participants. So as you can see pretty similar the process of creating a course versus creating a program, the amount of time it takes to do one or the other pretty much the same. The difference will be obviously in the type of content that you're putting into that program, or course and the extra components that you decide to include or not include. So that means once you know the process of how to create a program, you also know the process of how to create a course. So you can use this process over and over and over again in your business for multiple programs for a combination of a program and a course for multiple programs. Like there are so many ways that you can continue adding more passive income streams to your business. So you have that many more opportunities to increase your income to help more people and to add more flexibility to your business and your schedule on your time.
So if you would like to learn this process of how to build out a group program, first of all, we do that together step by step I will hold your hand through the entire process in signature program lab, but right now I will also break it down for you for free. Inside the group program masterclass that I have going on right now. It's called burnout proof your business with your own group program. It is free, it is a one-hour training. In that training, you will learn my simplified foolproof process to bring your program to life in as little as eight weeks. You'll also learn why creating your own group program is the best way to burn out proof your business by helping more people at one time on capping your income potential and creating more free time for yourself which are the three ingredients needed to burnout proof your business, you will also learn how to simultaneously grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients while building out your program. So that you have a group of people that can't wait to enroll in your program, once you have it ready. And that works even if you're starting from zero right now. And we'll look at if a group program is the right model for your business and how to make it come to life with the signature program bundles. So that is going on. Right now. Just head to shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof and you can get started really thinking and brainstorming on this program of yours and start getting it built.
There's really no reason not to get started on this and work I'm building up this more passive income stream for your business no matter if you have been in business 10 years, 20 years, or 10 minutes, it doesn't matter. Either way, it is a great way for you to build a business that works for you and helps the people that you want to help. So once again, shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof there are plenty of times available for you to check it out. Or you can watch it on demand whenever you have a free hour that you want to spend working on your dream business, which is actually really really fun. I think of it as me-time. So grab some Meantime, grab your favorite beverage grab your snacks, get comfy and join me shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof. Alright friends, I hope that helped clear up what the difference is between an online course and our group program and which one is right for your business and your clients. Until next time, take care
Let me come right out and say it…group programs aren’t for every business or every business owner. I have wellness pros come to me quite often questioning whether they’re ready to add a group program to their business. The truth is, there are certain key signs to look out for to know if you’re business is right for and ready for a group program. We’ll go over those together in this episode so you feel confident knowing when it’s the right time to create your own group program.
"The way to build that audience is by way of your group program. They are such a great way to attract the right people to your work." - Shawn Mynar
"Having a group program does not mean that you don’t take one on one clients anymore." - Shawn Mynar
"If you need or want more time in your life, please add a group program. It will change everything for you when it comes to time." - Shawn Mynar
"It is so powerful, so fun, and cool to see as the creator bringing these people together that can all become friends and support each other. Honestly, if you need a reason to create a program, this will do it." - Shawn Mynar
FREE Masterclass "How To Burnout-Proof Your Business With A Group Program" - shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT: (expect errors in punctuation, spelling and grammar)
Let me come right out and say it...group programs aren't for every business or every business owner. I have wellness pros come to me quite often questioning whether they're ready to add a group program to their business. And the truth is, there are certain key signs to look out for to know if your business is right for and ready for a group program. We'll go over those together in this episode, so you feel confident knowing when it's the right time to create your own group program. Let's dive in. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here. Thanks so much for joining me as always, today, we're going to dive deeper into the topic of this group program business model that you all know by now, I am obsessed with.
And more importantly, I want to really give you some ideas on how to know if you and your business are even ready for one or if it's even the right idea for you. Because it's not necessarily the best business model for everyone. Before we get into it, though, let me remind you if you have yet to watch the free masterclass that I have out right now, just for you, then this is your friendly reminder to get in on that one-hour free training, I've made it as easy as possible for you to go and check out and to really absorb all of this information that I have for you. This is like a jam-packed training. I don't know how I fit it into an hour. But I'm really impressed with myself that I did. So many action steps that you can take and apply to your business today. And so you can find an hour of your own free time and watch it when it works best for you. You can go in and schedule it, you can watch it on-demand, it is totally up to you, whatever works for your schedule. But if you are at all interested in adding a group program to your business, especially after what we talked about today, then it's something you need to check out.
I will be sharing in this one hour, I'll be sharing why creating your own program is the best way to burnout-proof your business by helping more people at one time by uncapping your income potential and creating more free time for yourself. And that's really, the three key ingredients to this burnout-proof business is to be able to help more people make more money, all while having more free time and flexibility for yourself. Also, we'll be sharing my simplified foolproof process to bring your program to life in as little as eight weeks. The six steps you need to go through in order to start from zero and go out to launch this program into the world in eight weeks, I'll go through every single step.
I'll also share how to simultaneously grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can't wait to enroll in your program once it's ready, even if you're starting from zero right now. So this is really important how to simultaneously grow an engaged audience. So that's already we have so many keywords in this simultaneously engaged audience and Perfect Match clients. I'm sharing the whole process on how to do that in this training. And I'll also tell you a little bit about my newest offering called the signature program bundle, which as of right now, I'm only sharing to those people that join this free training because I have a special introductory offer that won't be out into the world for a very long time. So keeping it kind of hush hush and only sharing about it in this free training. So you can head to shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof to watch on-demand or to save your time slot whatever works for you. And I will have that linked up in the show notes as well so you can access it easily. But again, shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof you gotta get in before it's gone.
All right, let's move on to our quote for the day before we get into talking about the signs you're ready or not ready for a group program. And this quote comes from Amy Poehler and says great people do things before they're ready. We've talked about being ready a lot on unstuck entrepreneur, or really the myth of the Getting ready because being ready in air quotes I'm using is one of those things that is like a mind game that our ego plays with us, that makes it like this excuse to not move out of our comfort zone to not do something that's uncomfortable or new or scary, or something we haven't done before, we can always fall back on the excuse of I don't feel ready. And so I really love what Amy said, and just great people do things before they're ready, because it is in that space of not being ready and doing it anyway, where great things happen. That is really what's underneath that quote.
Alright, so let's get into, first of all, we're actually going to talk about when you are not ready, I really only I tried, I really, really tried to come up with reasons why you wouldn't be ready for a group program. And I only came up with two. And the first one is that you don't want to take your business online. This doesn't mean that you can't have a brick and mortar business that you can't do group programs in person. Absolutely, of course you can. And that is a great way to use your brick and mortar space and still create more freedom and flexibility in your business is to have a group come into your space and do the work together. Great use of that. But I would really say even in that case, you still would need to have an online presence for that group, like an online portal where they can get some extra lessons, extra guidance, some PDFs, some things to work on maybe a workbook or worksheets, something like that, I think it still is super beneficial to have an extra place for them to go besides just coming into your brick and mortar space, and only doing the program, then it's just really nice to have this alternative, some things to do on their own. And I think we're beyond the days of just handing out worksheets, like paper worksheets and workbooks. I think we're just beyond that, as a community as a society.
And so having an online presence along with your in person work is important. And so if you don't want to take your business online, if you want to remain an offline business, then having a group program in the capacity that I'm talking about today is probably not going to work for you. And then if you haven't gotten certified in your field, your area of expertise yet, well, then you need to focus on getting certified first, and then you can be ready to have a group program. So focus on that. And in the process, I would say really see if there are some foundations that you're learning that you could then put into a group program. So keep in the back of your mind. But let's focus on getting certified first. I know I really did try to think of more reasons why you wouldn't be ready for a group program. That's all I got right now. I'll let you know if I think of anything else. How about that. But let's dive into what are some reasons that people think they're not ready, that actually aren't true. And this is what I see most commonly.
The first one is people think that because they haven't taken enough or any one-on-one clients yet, then they're not ready to host a group program. And there is no magic number of clients that you need to have taken before you're ready for a group program. That's just a something you're absolutely making up in your mind, which is fine. And again, it's one of those things kind of keeping us safe and out of the way of doing something scary and something we've never done before. And I think where it really comes from is that there's this idea that you need to have a certain level of experience, and that for some reason, one on one clients are the way to get that experience. But really, I mean, if you think about it, if you're looking for more experience, well then what better way than to get everyone together in a group and experience it all at the same time experience, their stories, their situations, what they need help with what they respond to what they don't respond to doing that in a one on one setting.
First of all, it takes a long time, but there are a lot of nuances that you won't ever experience or know until you get into a group program. So one on one is really aren't a very efficient way time efficient way to get the experience that you're looking for to suddenly feel like, Oh, I'm ready to do more. It really is one of those situations where you just need exposure to situations to new things. And that's how you get your experience and what better way than to get everyone together in a group. And you'll also get your experience of coaching a group at the same time look at that. The second thing that I hear a lot is that people think they need an audience, before you have a group program, like you need to have a certain number of followers or certain number of podcast listeners, something like that. But the reality is that the way to build that audience is by way of your group program, they are such a great way to attract the right people to your work and build that audience like you are going to get more Instagram followers.
When you have a group program, you're going to get more people to listen to your podcast, when you have a group program, you're going to get more people to watch your YouTube channel, when you have a group program, you're going to get more people onto your website, when you have a group program, you're going to get more people on your email list when you have a group program. So group programs are the way to build your audience because you actually have a specific direction, and topic that's going to guide all of your content now. So if you've ever been in that place where you feel like you don't know what to post, or what to share, or what to talk about, it's simply because you don't have like a specific enough topic or direction to guide you. And so having this group program already built will be the thing that really drives your content creation. And also, what's the point of having an audience if you don't have anything to offer them? Like the I don't have an audience? So I can't do XYZ yet is very flawed.
Because what are you going to do with that audience? What are you going to offer that audience? What's the point of having it? Right? All right, the next reason why you would potentially think that you are not ready or you don't have the right business for a group program is because you enjoy taking one on one clients. Let me remind you that having a group program does not mean that you don't take one on one clients anymore, it can if you don't want to take one on one clients. But if you like it, and you just don't want to take as many or you want to be a little more discerning in who you take on as a one on one client, well, then that's when a group program comes in. So you can have that group program going on. And then if someone needs additional help beyond what you do in the program, they can apply to work one on one with you. How cool is that, then you have a lot more freedom and flexibility in your one on one schedule as well, without it affecting your income at all. All right, now let's move on to the clear signs that you are ready for a group program, I have eight of them.
Number one, you need or want more time. I think this is probably pretty obvious, but we'll go through it anyway. Helping 20 people, each at their own time, is gonna take a lot more time than helping 20 people at one time. And if we're really thinking about how the group program works, what's actually happening is you've recorded the vast majority of the lessons and the content and the coaching and the teaching and everything they need ahead of time. So they are getting a ton of resources and teaching and lessons and coaching from you while you're not doing anything and because you already did it. And so then helping those 20 people at one time, could actually look like having one group coaching call per month or every other week for six weeks or eight weeks. So you get a lot of time back when you add in a group coaching program. And so, like I said, if you need time, like maybe you have to be able to pick your kids up from school or be there for your family in some capacity.
Or maybe you do have another job or another commitment that you need to be available for or if you want more time if you value an open calendar and a flexible schedule so that you can kind of do what you want and need to do in each moment. If you need space To take care of yourself, you need some time to work on your own health or your own self care. I mean, that's a real thing. And this was the case for me, because when I created my first group program, not only was I completely burnt out from my one on one clients schedule, but I was also going through treatment for mold illness, and I was feeling pretty terrible, I needed time for myself to like, literally take a nap, or go on a walk and get some fresh air or just like, heal, like I just needed some time to heal my body. And so that was a really helpful thing for me to add to my business at that time, so that I could have that space to heal myself. So if you need or want more time in your life, please my friend, add a group program, it will change everything for you when it comes to time. All right, next, number two, you need or want to make more money.
Again, this is pretty obvious, but let's talk about it. Group programs are super easy to scale. And scale in the business world means that you can make more money, and in this case, help more people to which I know is so important to a lot of you, without it taking any more of your own time, or energy. So nothing really changes in your life in your schedule with what you're doing in your business, even as your bank account grows. And even as the amount of people that you are reaching and helping and supporting grows, that is some cool stuff. So having 10 people in a group will be the same as having 20 people, or 30 people or 100 people. And I would say the biggest difference that it would take from you, as it grows, would be in the level of interaction that you have, if you have like a private Facebook group or slack group, you need to be in there a little more often answering questions. But then once you're up until like 100 people going through your program at one time, and probably away sooner than that even you're going to hire someone to help you in that community. So it still won't take that much time from you. So really, I think that's the biggest factor that would potentially change, when you start adding in more people to your group would be a little more time spent, you know, checking in on everyone, like I'd say, going from 10 minutes a day to 15 minutes a day to maybe 20 to maybe 30 minutes a day at the most.
That is what would change, everything else stays exactly the same. There is no more marketing that you need to do. There's no more behind the scenes, there's no like more paperwork or anything else that you need to do in order to scale. So if you want to make more money, it is highly possible it is going to happen, it's kind of inevitable, because when you start your group program, so you start it, you get 10 people in that first time, well, then as you continue to talk about it, to create content around it, and to really hone in on this one thing that you do in your group program, then that audience builds. And you you know, you collect their emails, you have them listen to your podcast, or read your blog, or go to your YouTube follow you on social media. And then they're ready for the next time you offer this program. And now you have more people to invite in. It just naturally happens as it progresses very much a snowball effect that goes on with your group program. All right, number three, and this one might surprise you guys. And by the way, my dog is snoring in the background. And so you're just going to hear dog snoring for a little while she'll get over it. She's just having a dream. But anyway, just so you know, number three, you are not getting any, or very few one on one clients.
And this is specifically for those of you who are attempting to get clients you talk about it you do these free consultations to see if you're a good fit for your clients. You're offering all that stuff, but you're not getting any or not very many. And believe it or not, then this is a sign that you might be better off with a group program because it could very well be a case where the people that you want to help like your niche your dream client They either don't want to work one on one with someone, or they can't afford to work one on one with someone, like, for example, if you're kind of focusing on stay at home moms, there's a pretty good chance that they don't have their own disposable income, and maybe they are pressed for income. And so they may not feel like they can afford to work with you, one on one, but they still need that help, and they want that help.
So if you were to offer it in a group format, well, then that makes the price point lower for them, so they can work with you and get the help that they need. And this is one of the biggest benefits that I think people don't realize. They're just kind of in their bubble of thinking, like, is this the best thing for me, but also thinking about is this the best thing for your clients, and quite often it is because you can make it more affordable, you can make it more accessible to your clients. And they still get the same help the same transformation out of it. And they get to do it in a group of like minded people, which is so undervalued, like, I am going to talk about this later, too. But I cannot tell you how powerful it is, for your clients to do this work in a group of people that are also doing this work. It is so so beneficial for them, and so valuable. So there are things to consider beyond just like, is this the best thing for me? But also think about? Is this the best thing for your clients? And a lot of times the answer is yes.
So anyway, getting back to this, if you're not getting any are very few, one on one and clients, it could honestly just be because a group program is a better offer for the people that you want to work with right now. So consider that. And then the next one, I think we're on like number four or five, already lost track. Yeah, we're on number four. If you have too many, one on one clients, I think this goes without saying, obviously, if you have too many one on one clients, please save your sanity, save your energy, save your time, and offer a group program to these people instead of putting them on a waitlist or turning them away or taking them and then really hating yourself for taking them on because you don't have the time or energy. Save yourself, offer a group program. Next up number five, if working with one on one clients doesn't excite you. If you don't like or don't want to do one on ones, there's absolutely no rule anywhere in the universe of anything that says you have to if you are an introvert, if you're an empath, if you are highly sensitive, and working with one person at a time is energetically draining or mentally exhausting, or you just don't want to do it or don't enjoy it, then don't do it. It's definitely not worth sacrificing your time, your energy, your joy, your happiness, your peace, whatever it is that it would be interrupting. It's not worth it.
There are other options and our group program is the next place to still help those people and make an impact and do what you love to do without it impacting you in a negative way whatsoever. So if working with clients doesn't excite you, then don't, it's that simple. And I will say I don't know if anyone will relate to this. If you do, please message me and let me know. Because for me, this is so strange. But when I have things on my calendar, like I have to be at this place at this time, or I have to be doing this at this time. It disrupts my entire day. Like I don't get anything done. If I have something at 10am. And then at 3pm My whole day is just shot like I can't get anything done. Just I guess my brain doesn't work that way or my energy doesn't work that way. I don't know what it is. But it really does hinder my ability to make progress and any other aspect of my life essentially, when I have things on my calendar, and for me that was a big reason why I wanted to switch to the group program and just have the one group call which at the time when I first started doing the fat burning female project was like once a month I did or a group call and that was it. That was really, really nice. So again, if any of this just is appealing to you, well then You're ready for our group program. That's really all it takes. But we'll move on to the next one, which is if you have a framework or a system, or steps that you want to take every client through, this is important. I like to think of this as a foundational program.
And I can pretty much guarantee that every person listening to this who has gotten certified in their specialty, has a foundational program within them. And it's probably pretty close to what you learned, when you were studying. It's like, you know, there's certain foundational steps that every client you work with will need to go through. For example, if you're, say, doing like hormone balancing for women, well, everyone's gonna need to do some work on their stress and their sleep, and their blood sugar, they'll probably need a liver detox. So there's these things that you can do with them as a group to get them started to kind of get them foundationally. Ready. And then if they need more after that, then they can apply to work with you one on one, or maybe you have a more advanced program after that. But there is that foundational program that you want to take everyone through. And if you are, or have worked with people one on one, then you know exactly what I'm talking about. Because you get to a point where you're doing the same things. And you're saying the same things with every client, because there's that foundational stuff that everyone needs. So you start there, and what better way to make it so that you don't have to say the same things over and over again. But you can really get people the help they need in a much faster approach than with a group program that is that foundational piece, super, super helpful and really important, a really good way to get that work done with people.
Number seven, if you want to create a community, so you are ready for a group program, if you want to have a community, I mentioned this before, we're going to talk about it again, your groups are going to become a community of like minded people, and they will all become friends, they will all become each other's support system, it goes way beyond your program, especially if you have that private community aspect, like in a Facebook group, or a Slack channel, or whatever it is. It is so powerful, it is so fun and cool to see as the creator bringing these people together that can all become friends and support each other like it is so cool. So honestly, if you need a reason to create a group program, this will do it. This is all you really need. Just this powerful community of people that you will gather together that are like minded, they're going through something similar.
That alone is the reason to create a group program in my mind. And then last sign that you are ready for a group program is if you want the aspect of creating content, and attracting people to your work to be easier, we talked about this before too. But let's go over it. Again. Having a group program helps you build an audience, it helps you create content. And it is the thing that will build up your business 100% of the time. Because you now have this thing you have something super specific to talk about that is unique to you and your work, you've created something that will help your dream clients specifically. And when you have this as kind of like your anchor, or your guiding force, you'll be able to create content around that that specifically relates to that program to what you do in that program, and who you help and how you help them specifically. And it just becomes way, way easier to create that content, whatever it is, be it on social media or on a podcast or on your website, whatever it is. And then the right people will be attracted to that content. And if they're attracted to that content, that means that they are the right fit for your program. And as I He said, It's a snowball effect. It keeps growing and growing and growing, as you stay true to your program to who you help specifically with that program to what you do specifically in that program, and you keep focusing in on that with your content, then it all just grows and builds naturally. And it all is so, so, so much easier.
So if you're struggling with any of that in your business, well, then it's time to look and think about why that is, what do you have as your anchor, and if you need something, then a group program could be the thing that will do that for you. So that does it for my list today. As you can see, I think the real message here is that pretty much everyone in a service-based type business that wants to help more people, without it taking more of your time and energy than a group program is really something for you to consider. As you can see, as you already know, I'm super passionate about it, it changed my life. So, so much. And I've seen it change so many other's lives now to in so many ways, like the amount of people that you can help and attract and work with and change their lives. That is super cool. And of course the amount of money that you can make without it taking any more of your own time, the amount of time that you actually get back the amount of freedom and flexibility that you can have in your business. All because of this one change that is beneficial not just for you, but also for the people that you want to help they want this to they do. It is so valuable for them and you'll be able to help more of them because it becomes more accessible to everyone. I will leave it at that before I get any further on my soapbox, I will get off and I will just give you one last quick reminder about the free masterclass burnout proof your business with your own group program that is going on now head over to shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof. I will link this up in the show notes and just spend an hour with me learning more about how to actually make this business model a reality in your business. You will get steps that you can take and apply into your business today to get started on your own group program. Alright, I will see you there and until next time, take care
Are you not making the money you want to make in your business yet? Have you had failed launches, a lack of interest from your audience in your paid offers, or a hard time finding clients that are willing to pay you? You’re not alone, my friend. It’s a common place to be in as a new business owner or even someone with more business experience that’s branching out, shifting, or pivoting. Today, I have some important reminders for you when the money just isn’t coming in. so stay tuned.
“You are in charge of the amount of money that you make. You are the one that decides how much money you are calling in.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you really truly tapped in and connected and figured out what your inspired, aligned, action steps should be, there’s probably something that your ego voice is getting in the way of you doing.” - Shawn Mynar
"Are you showing up when it comes time to make money from a place of abundance or scarcity? From a place of knowing and expecting? Or from a place of worry and fear?" - Shawn Mynar
“It is really understanding what is keeping you from making the money you want to make because you are the one that determines that by way of your energy.” - Shawn Mynar
FREE Masterclass "How To Burnout-Proof Your Business With A Group Program" - shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT (transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in spelling, grammar, and word choice)
Are you not quite making the money that you want to or thought you'd make in your business? Have you had failed launches, a lack of interest from your audience in your paid offers, or a hard time finding clients that are even willing to pay you. You're not alone, my friend. It's a common place to be in as a new business owner, or even someone with more business experience that's branching out shifting or pivoting what they're offering. Today, I have some important reminders for you when the money just doesn't seem to be coming in. So stay tuned. Hey, hey there, friends.
Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So so glad you are here. Thanks so much for tuning in. And for everything you do to support the show, the downloads, the shares, the comments, the reviews, everything means so so much to me and so, so much to this show. Today, we've got the big topic of money on tap to discuss. But first, I have a really big announcement, something I have been on the edge of my seat waiting to share with you. But I had some delays, things kept taking a little longer than expected, and so had to delay it a few weeks, but it is here it is ready for you.
My next free training is available for you. Right now. It is all about how to burnout proof your business with a group program. It is a pre-recorded one-hour masterclass. I asked all of you if you wanted me to go live, if you wanted me to pre-record it, if you wanted me to break it up into 20-minute chunks. And the vast majority of you just wanted me to pre-record it, do it all at once. But give you the option of when you can watch it based on your schedule, which makes a lot of sense instead of my schedule, which of course is probably not going to line up with yours. So instead, I just pre-recorded the whole thing. And you can now go in you have the option to select a time that will work for you sometime that you know you have an hour available. Or you can watch it on demand. Like you're not doing much of anything, hey, I'll just take out an hour and hang out with Shawn real quick. That is an option for you.
And this masterclass is extra super special because I'm teaching something I've never taught before. I am sharing with you my process of how you build a group program, while simultaneously building an audience that is a perfect fit for that program. So that when you are ready when the program is all built out and ready to go, you naturally have this organically built audience that is ready to buy from you, they want that program. And the best part is all of this is happening kind of behind the scenes automatically. So you're not trying to you know spend all your time doing all of the things. This is happening behind the scenes as an automated process. And I'm sharing all of that with you. Inside this free training. I'm also going to be introducing a brand new program that I have just spent the past few months creating for you. I am super duper excited about this program, I can't wait to put it out in the world and share it with you. And I will be showing you more and telling you more about that new program in this masterclass as well.
And because of that, I just want to be totally transparent with you. Because why not? This specific training is only going to be available for a limited time. Because in this training, I have an introductory offer because of this new program. That is like an insanely huge massive discount that I'm just simply not going to keep offering this is like a one-time thing, because it's a new thing. And so I'm keeping it at about two weeks that it will be open and have that introductory offer. And then once those two weeks are up, I'll be re-recording the lessons and the training because I think it's a really good one. But I will have a different price point in there. So all of this to say if you want to not only get in on all of these free tips and tricks and advice that I'll be sharing in this training, but then also get some potential massive savings. If you determine that this new offer is a good fit for you. Then you're going to want to try to schedule out an hour to be there for that training. You In the next few weeks, and this is as of we're talking, beginning of April 2022. And this will probably go through mid like I'd say the first two to three weeks of April 2022. So schedule out some time, head to shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof when you are ready when you know you have an hour on your calendar, and you can schedule it out and get cozy, put on your comfy sweats, grab your snacks, get some water, some wine, whatever you can do to make this experience a fun one because it will be we get to hang out for an entire hour.
And this masterclass, just so you know is specifically for that business owner or future business owner who really wants to help more people and increase their bank account that wouldn't hurt you either have more free time. And you also are protective of your own time, your own energy, your health and your self care needs. That is who this is really for. Because we are going to learn how to burn out proof our business aka get our time, energy and our own self care and while also increasing our business goals and dreams and plans. That's what happens in this masterclass again, Shawn minor.com/burnout Proof head there, save your spot. And when you do put it in your calendar as me time, don't put it in as Oh, Shawn's masterclass, put it in as me time. So that you can really truly take this out as your time for yourself to learn and grow and expand and step into the next level version of you.
All right, let's move on to this chat about money that we've got here today, I want to gear this conversation specifically to the business owner who's not quite making the money that they want to make in their business right now. And I know that a lot of you. And if you haven't made any money in your business at all right now, then you will really want to listen to this episode, as well. And remember it as you do start putting your paid offers out there. And if you are someone who has a business and you're making all the money right now, then first of all, you're probably not listening to this. But if you are, then you're going to be nodding your head in agreement with me throughout this entire episode. Because you know, what I'm about to share is true. You've been through it, you've you know how it goes. And so you can agree with all this advice I'm about to give, we're going to kick it off with a quote from one of my favorite money mindset books out there, it's called a happy pocket full of money by David Cameron Shikhandi, I highly recommend this book, I love it. I've read it two times already, I'll probably read it a third here in the next few months. I love rereading books, especially ones like this, because you just cannot pick it all up in one read you there are different things that land differently for whatever season of life you're in. And it is one of those books, the quote, I could have picked so many, I could have just read this whole book to you.
But instead one quote, to build external wealth, build internal value, and then exercise it. It's that simple. To build external wealth, build internal value, and then exercise it. It's that simple. And we'll kind of come back to this idea towards the end of the episode today. Because they're really that's really it. That's, that's it really, truly is that simple. But I want to start because I have three things I kind of want to share with you today. And I want to start with some of the more practical, tangible reminders that I have for you that are really important. And I think a lot of people forget when they're in the thick of things, and they're trying to make things happen in their business and they just aren't like the amount of sales aren't what they thought they would be. They're not getting the traction, they thought they would they're not getting the client they thought they would. And it's just it's such an important conversation to have because I feel like there's so much emotion connected to the money we make specifically in business. It's like we are using that as our barometer of if we're successful or not if we have a good idea or not if our business is valid or not, if we're worthy or not, if we're good enough or not. If we're enough of an expert yet Hello, this is Ty ate into that one number and understandably so, that is something that we have been conditioned to feel and think and do in our business and specifically around money. So it is understandable that we would do that.
But then with all of this heightened emotion, for those that aren't making the money they want to make, it then turns into like this spiral of disappointment and frustration, and confusion and just feeling like super defeated, feeling like it's never going to happen. Maybe it's just not meant to be, maybe I'll just go back to my job, or I definitely now can't quit my job. And especially when you feel like you're doing everything, right, and you feel like it should be different, and it's not. It's super defeating. And it's really disappointing. And those are real emotions that probably like the vast, vast, vast majority of business owners go through. And we all kind of go through it at some point, because of the things that I'm about to share. Because of these, just almost like I don't want to say facts, because I'm sure there's people out there that don't have this stuff going on that literally start their business.
And the next day, they're making millions, I mean, all these new Tiktok stars coming out, apparently make all this money. But I guess they're more just like commonalities. They're just things that are the more common trend and option. And so that's what I really want to talk about today. So I have three things for you to remember, if you're not making the money that you want to make. And I'll be saving the best for last, of course, the first one is that it takes time, going back to an episode from a few weeks ago with the characteristics or the things that people know, as a successful entrepreneur. And that is that it requires patience. It just takes time. And so if it's your first few times selling something, which for you, most of you out there is going to be kind of like selling yourself selling your services, your programs, your courses, your memberships, your ebooks, those kinds of things, you're most likely not going to hit big revenue numbers right away. Now, yes.
Are there exceptions to this? Absolutely. But for most of you out there, for most of us as a service based business, it takes time for your audience, the people who already do know you and are familiar with what you do, maybe you have spent some time just building your audience. Those people still need time to understand what you're selling. What are you offering to them? What is this service that you provide? What will I get out of it is it for me, those things need to be answered before someone feels ready to buy. And so it might not happen. The first, second, third, fourth, fifth time, it is not up to you to determine how quickly someone trusts you enough to take the next step and pay for your services. That is completely out of your control. But you can do the work to make it so that they have something to build that trust on. And that is your job to show up and help build that connection and establish that trust so that they can take the next step. But that takes time. And it takes time for you to know what your audience responds to as well.
The offer that you have out right now, let's just say for instance, you have something that you're offering, maybe it's a one on one client package or a membership or a program or a course you've just created that may not actually be what your people want or need. There is a lot of times where service based business owners create a paid offer that they think would be good that they know their clients need, but it's not what their clients want. It's not what their clients find valuable enough to pay for. And it takes time to figure that out. It's almost like you have to put out a bad offer like in by bad I just mean one that nobody wants in order to have that learning process of what they do want. And that takes time. It takes Time to know what your audience responds to what they really truly want, and then build a an offer for that. And like I said, you may have to go through one or two or three, not so great ones first. And it also takes time to grow your audience full of the right people. A lot of times, and by audience, I think you know, this, but let me remind you, I mean, anywhere that you have a business presence, where there are people listening to you learning from you getting your content, so this could be a podcast, it could be a YouTube channel, it could be social media, it could be a blog, it could be on Pinterest, there are a lot of ways, a lot of platforms that you can use to have an audience.
And you know, there's going to be a combination of that, too, if you have more than one platform. So that's what I mean when I say audience, and it takes time to grow that audience full of the right people, because you may just be kind of drawing people in from a more general place, as you have been maybe working to share content and build up this platform. And when you start having a more specific offer, then not everyone is going to be the right fit for you for your offer, because you haven't built an audience specifically around that. And what's cool about that is when you have a specific paid offer, like a group program, where you have, you know, this one topic you're kind of really focusing on, it's very specific than as you put out content related to that specific program, that specific topic, then your audience grows in accordance to that specificity, which then means that your audience is kind of organically morphing into an audience full of the right people for your paid offer. So the eyes that are on your content are actually the right eyes. And then the people who have been maybe following you just because they're like lifelong friends, or they were interested in something you posted a year ago, but now things have changed, those people won't be interested. And that's fine, too. But it takes time to do all of that to kind of curate your audience into being the right one for the work that you do. And it's all part of this beautiful, amazing process, exactly what you are doing here, why you have chosen the business model that you have chosen, there is a process to it, and you are in the process right now.
And I know you can probably see that what I'm talking about right now is also what we're going to be talking about in the free masterclass, it's available for you right now. It's also what happens in the new offer I have for you, which is a bundle between signature program lab, and my new program launch list accelerator, these two combined, are really what I'm talking about here in trying to curate the audience that is the best fit for your program or for your paid offer, while having that paid offer available doing both simultaneously. So if you feel like you're in this place right now, where part of the reason why you're not making the money that you want to make is because you don't have the right audience, you don't have a big enough audience. You haven't curated your audience specifically to what you do. And or you don't have that specific offer to offer them, well, then you're really not gonna make any money because you don't have a paid offer out there. So if either of those and or both of those sounds like you, then be sure to catch that, that free training. But remember, friends, please, please remember, it takes time you are in a phase of learning. And everything you're learning right now is just prepping you to absolutely crush it soon. Number two things to remember, if you're not making the money you want to make is that it's going to fluctuate, just like everything else in business, and life and every single thing because we're all just energy fluctuating all the time. It's not always going to be this straight line upward.
It's not always going to be on this upward trend, this upward trajectory. And it's not like just because you made a certain amount of money one month that you're going to automatically make More than next month, and from here on out, or just because you had a launch of a program, and it made a certain amount that then the next launch is going to make more, it's going to fluctuate. And when it does, that does not mean that you're doomed, that doesn't mean that things are going south, that doesn't mean that it won't skyrocket the next launch or the next month. Just remember that you are in a business, you have decided to take a path where your income fluctuates. And if you are coming off of yours of having a paycheck, that was the same every two weeks or every month, that may feel weird. I have been there, I understand that. But it is part of the process. And the cool thing, the best thing about that, and we're going to talk about that next in just a second is that, yes, it could easily go down one month, or two months or three months or six months. But it could just as easily increase one month, two month, three months, six months. And that's what's really cool, you're not stuck in one pattern.
But you can expect it to fluctuate, and that is totally fine and to be expected. And so next time or if you ever are in that place where maybe you had a decent month or a decent launch, and then the next month or the next launch isn't as good, or you you know, had these goals set a lot higher, and you didn't hit them. It's okay. It's just a fluctuation. And you don't have to make it mean anything more than that. Although it would be a great time to get a little analytical with it. And see if you can figure out why. What did you do differently? Did you change anything that maybe ended up not going as well? Did you show up in the same way. And this is where we're going to talk about the next one, the most important thing to remember, please, please remember this, you are in charge here, you are in charge of the amount of money that you make, you are the one that decides how much money you are calling in. First, we'll go a little woowoo with it first by way of your energy. And this is something you really constantly need to be checking in with yourself around. And especially during a launch or especially when you're really promoting your offers or your one on one sessions or whatever it is.
Are you showing up as the person that makes the kind of money that you want to make? Not from like, an external perspective? Not like, are you wearing fancy clothes and jewelry and makeup? Or whatever? I think most of you know I'm not into any of that. And that has nothing to do with how I show up from an energetic perspective, from a place of abundance. So how are you showing up? energetically? Are you showing up energetically as the person that makes the kind of money you want to make? Be honest with your self? Here really, truly? Are you? Are you doing everything that you are capable of doing to get there? Are you truly honestly taking all of the inspired action that you could take? I can tell you from my own personal experience, I always do this, I always check in with myself during launches, and ask myself this question. And it's pretty much always no, there's always more that I could be doing. There's probably always more that you could be doing. If you really truly tapped in and connected and figured out what your inspired aligned action steps should be.
There's probably something that your ego voice is getting in the way of you doing like, you know, from your heart that you could be showing up in this way. And yet your ego chatter that's kind of doesn't want to show up and or do anything out of the box or do anything that could cause someone to judge you or any of that is saying we don't have the time for that. You can't do that. You've got to go do this. That that's not that doesn't matter your ego He's coming up with the stories about why you're not doing it, why you're not showing up.
So really come back and connect to the inner you, and what you really want to do from an aligned perspective? And are you really showing up as the person that makes the kind of money you want to make and doing everything that you're capable of doing to get there? Are you acting out of abundance, or scarcity? And this isn't just about acting like external actions? This is about your emotions. Are you showing up to your launches? Or when it's time to sell or, you know, your free consultations where you talk about your offer your one on one sessions, whatever it is, are you showing up when it comes time to make money from a place of abundance, or scarcity from a place of knowing, and expecting or from a place of worry? And fear? That is a big difference, knowing and expecting the money to be there? Or being worried and fearful that it won't? Are you in receiving mode? Are you able to graciously and competently receive the money that someone wants to pay you? And are you in asking mode? Are you able to competently graciously ask for money all of these lead into or really provide the energy that you are putting out when it comes to making money in your business. And so many times I see people launch their paid offers from this place of fear, worry, doubt, they lack confidence. And honestly, it's like they're almost kind of like shying away from their paid offer, they definitely do not seem confident about it. They definitely feel there's there's a block there, there's something blocking it to where it doesn't seem like this authentic energy that is being put out. And that is what will attract the paying client, first of all, and also the energy that is money.
So how can you really expect to make any money that way, if you're like barely even talking about how you make money, you know, if you have this business, you have these offers, you have these services, but then you barely talk about them, that does not give out the energy, of confidence of receiving of asking of abundance. It's just not. And so if we are energy if our thoughts, emotions, and actions are all energy, if money is energy, if everything is in a constant state of flow, and being drawn towards that, which is like itself. Fan, are you actually really truly embodying an energy that would attract the money that you want to make that would attract large sums of money. Are you showing up that way? In your business right now. And that is what we really have to get clear with ourselves on and honest and really do a deep dive and just see what's blocking that. See what's keeping you from showing up in that way. And you got to do the extra work there. It's not just like, Okay, well, I'll just, you know, talk about my paid offers more, or I'll launch more. It's not just that it's not that at all, actually, it is really understanding what is keeping you from making the money you want to make because you are the one that determines that by way of your energy, but then let's also now that we just got woo for the day.
Let's also take a step out of that. And I want to talk about how you're in charge here from a practical level to one of the things I love the most about having my own business is that I get to decide how much money I make. And as soon as I really like I it's like I knew that from the beginning, but then I wasn't acting that way at all. And I was obviously struggling financially for several years when I first started my business, and then when I really actually thought about that and really took that in and did something with that, then things changed. Because I mean, how cool is that, that is not something that a lot of people can say, if you're someone who has a job with a salary, you're making that salary, you know, and that's that. So what a cool position to be in to decide how much money you're going to make. So like really, in especially, you know, we're talking service based businesses, specifically, in this case, but you know, you want to make more money, cool, then you can do another launch, you can create a new offer, you can get in front of new people maybe start a new platform, you can work on really building up your audience and putting your energy towards that and building relationships with them. You can run some paid ads, there are endless ways for you to make more money in your business, right? This very minute. How cool is that? It's just a matter of you doing it, not thinking about it, and not planning it for months, not complaining about your lack of money, or what you have to do to make more money, not worrying about it, not overthinking it, just actually getting out there and doing it right now today. And I wouldn't pay, let's make this a challenge. If you haven't talked about your paid offer in a while.
Let's say you do take one on one sessions, and you haven't talked about it a while, and you haven't sent an email, specifically to the people on your email list. Even if that's 10 people, I don't care. But it's 10 options. 10 ways for you to make more money today, send an email and let them know what you do in your one on one sessions, and have them book a free consultation. Or put out a post on social media, talk about it on your stories, go face to camera, on your stories and just share about what you do and your one on one sessions and offer that free consultation. Just put it out there, just do it, you can make money today. And if you don't have a paid offer yet, or at least not one that you're super proud of, then start working on that paid offer, create your program, create a workshop, a paid workshop, the sky is the limit, and you are in charge here. And so often we think about how bad it could go like what if no one buys, what if I don't make any money this month or next month? Or this launch or next launch? But it could also be the opposite? It could be how much can I make? How much can I make today? How can I much can I make next month? How much can I make in the next launch and you have just as much opportunity for it to be a big fat goose egg as there is for it to reach your goals just as much possibility and opportunity there. Remember, you are the one that gets to decide how big your bank account is. And you do so by way of both your energy your energy first. And then with that energy, the actions that you take. So your energy first how you're showing up, and the actions that come out of that energetic alignment with your abundance. So get into alignment with both and move from there.
Now my challenge for you because I think the biggest thing in this situation is like the massive, massive, massive money blocks that are keeping people and myself included. I still do money mindset work all the time, because I just have some generational blocks and trauma, I guess, around that, that I'm slowly uncovering layers of that onion, and releasing which has been a really phenomenal experience in my personal life. But I encourage you to start working on that too. And one of the best ways this is kind of a starter point to even get into or start recognizing I guess what energy you truly are in whether that is abundance or scarcity is to do this journal practice and I want you to do it for 30 days. I want you to write in your journal what life is like with you making a lot of money. I want you to give me all the specifics. It will probably change day by day like what would life look like that day if you were making all the money that you ever possibly wanted to make? I don't care if it's $50,000 A year $100,000 1,000,050 million. I don't care what it is. That's not important. But what is life? Like? What do you do with your time? How do you spend your time? Who are you with? Where are you? What are you wearing? What do you say? What do you spend your money on? And most importantly, how do you feel. So for 30 days do that, because what it shows is that first of all, especially day one, those first few days are going to feel potentially a little bit uncomfortable. And it may also kind of feel like you're writing this like fairy tale story, like, Oh, this is ever even actually going to happen, I don't believe this, this is just, I'm just kind of doing this. And then you know, you're not actually showing up in an abundance mindset and the rest of your life, if that feels awkward, or it feels like it's never going to happen, feels like you're just writing out this fairy tale that isn't going to be your real life, well, then, you know, you know where you've been. And then as you continue, then you can start really continuing to put your your energy into that, and start working to, when you're writing it, you're envisioning it, you're creating this vision in your mind of yourself living that day, as someone who makes a lot of money and the energy start shifting, because your emotions get involved, you're envisioning it, and then you're embodying it. And even though you know, it's something you're writing down, you're still getting into the energetic alignment with that version of you.
So that's what I want you to do. This is kind of just a good starting point. But I also recommend if you really feel like you have money stuff that's blocking you from showing up in the way you need to in your business to make the money you want to make. Definitely read the book that I read, talked about at the beginning, happy pocket full of money. It's one of those books, like I mentioned, you'll probably read like a few pages per day, and then you need to kind of sit with it. And that's what I do at least and that really helps. It's not one of those like quick reads by any means. And I also love the book, the illusion of money by Kyle sees, it's a little more lighthearted. He's like a comedian turned kind of like personal development. And so it's a little lighter there. But both are talking about the energetic expression of money. And that is what we really need to get into here. If this is something that you're struggling with, but I do want you to remember that patience, and that there's fluctuations, it's not going to be a steady rise upward, most likely, and that you are the one in charge here and that is a very, very cool place to be you get to decide how much money you call in how amazing is that? All right, my friends. Hopefully, I'll see you over on the free masterclass going on right now on how to burn out proof your business with a group program. You can grab your spot at shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof. I'll see you there and until next time, take care
Do you have an idea or something you’ve been sitting on in your business, not putting it out there, because you feel blocked? Maybe you feel like you’re not ready, you’re missing a step, or maybe, it’s just out of fear. That was exactly the case for my guest today, Anna Holtzman. Anna is a member of my various programs and was a 1;1 client of mine as well. Just last week, Anna hit a big goal and milestone in her business…all because she moved past her fears, got unstuck, and put her work out into the world. Today, we’re going to break down what Anna did to make it all happen. Let’s dive in.
“You don’t have to do all the things… you can pick a few things and do them really well, continuously show up and it works.” - Shawn Mynar
“When you allow things to flow, that’s when the good ideas come.” - Shawn Mynar
“The knowledge is very important but the empathy and cheerleading just go a thousand million miles.” - Anna Holtzman
“Most business requires us to push ourselves. None of this is super comfortable at all… Once you realize while Im already out of my comfort zone, why not take it one step further.” - Shawn Mynar
Anna Holtzman's Website
Anna Holtzman's Instagram
FULL PODCAST TRANSCRIPT BELOW (transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling)
Shawn Mynar 0:00
Do you have an idea or something you've been sitting on in your business? Not putting it out there yet, because you feel kind of blocked. Like, maybe you feel you're not ready, you're missing a step. Or maybe it's just out of fear. That was exactly the case for my guest today, Anna Holtzman. Anna is a member of my various programs and was a one-on-one client of mine as well. And just last week, Anna hit a big goal and milestone in her business, all because she moved past her fears, got unstuck, and put her work out into the world. Today, we're going to break down what Anna did to make it all happen. Let's dive in.
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So, so happy to have you all here. For a very special episode. It's not often that I bring guests on the show. Because there's, there's a lot that needs to happen, I need to feel a connection with that person, I need to know that person. I need to really think that it's a good fit for the audience. There's a lot that goes into it. And quite honestly, not that many people match that criteria. This person definitely does. This is a former client of mine, Anna Holtzman. She just did something incredible in her business that I really wanted to share with you all here, of course, to celebrate and really show what's possible, but even more so to show the process of what Anna had to go through to get here.
And not just from the strategy perspective, but from the inner work to the fears that she had, and the blocks that were showing up that she had to move through in order to make it happen. And yes, she also has some amazing strategy going on behind the scenes, things that she's doing to market herself, and her business. And now her course, before the doors ever even opened. And it all just works so seamlessly together. These are things we talk about here on the show a lot. We'll continue to talk about here on the show a lot. But I think really being able to see it in action, and hear how someone was really able to take that knowledge, apply it, put it into place, and have it all actually work. It's really powerful to be able to hear these other stories. And what I really want you to take away from what Anna is doing is how simplified it is. She's not on all the platforms. She's not doing all the things. She's doing a few things really well. She has taken the time to set things up to be run automatically behind the scenes. And so there's really not that much to continue to work through and to work on for Anna at this point. But she has made a really good system of what she does still do on a daily and weekly basis. And what is really working for her. And so I really want you to take that away from this episode. How simple it really can be. You can find Anna at Anna holtzman.com and on Instagram at Anna Holtzman. All right, without further ado, let's hear from Anna
Shawn Mynar 0:04
Anna, thank you so much for coming on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast today.
Anna Holtzman 0:09
Thank you so much for having me, Sean, I'm super psyched to be here with you.
Shawn Mynar 0:13
This is a very, very special interview for both of us for so many reasons. But I guess we'll just get it out of the way right now to let people know that you are a client of mine, we did some one on one coaching together, we had a great time. And some really great things came out of all of that. And just your whole journey of where you were from where you are now. And just everything that has happened in between is so cool. And it's such a mix for such a good picture of what really actually needs to happen to create this business that you want. And it doesn't have to be hard or overcomplicated. Let's put it that way. And you created a really awesome simplified system that I want to talk about today. But first, let's introduce you to everyone listening. Tell us a little bit more about who you are and what you do. Yes,
Anna Holtzman 1:07
my name is Anna Holtzman. I am a chronic pain recovery therapist and coach. I'm based in New York City. But I work with people all over through the beautiful internet. And I live here with my partner and our three or orange cats who are a big part of our lives.
Shawn Mynar 1:24
Okay, love it. That's amazing. So paint the picture of where you were at in your business as much as you remember back when we first met.
Anna Holtzman 1:33
Yes. And it's funny that you said as much as you remember, because like a lot of it feels like a blur. So much happened so much more quickly than I ever expected it to. So when I first reached out to you and took your program, I was in the progress of getting my hours toward licensure as a licensed mental health counselor, I'm actually going to be completing my hours this coming Monday. So yeah, thank you. And I'm and I had been working in the niche of chronic pain recovery as a therapist with one on one clients. But it's already working on my plan, that as I was getting ready to complete my license, where I want to go next with it is to really go into the coaching field, because that's a way I get to work with everyone everywhere and not be limited by geographic region. There's such a huge need for chronic pain, recovery, help. And yeah, it's just nice to be able to have Geographic Creative in that way. And I really, really wanted to have an online course. And I was already like, I've been working on it for a long, long time. But I was also kind of stuck at a particular point. And so I wanted to get unstuck and reaching out to you. And one of those pieces. I mean, it was really about like putting myself out there getting myself on camera to record videos for this course. For one thing. Also, I already started putting myself out there on social media through Instagram, but like getting my voice out there getting myself on video a little bit here and there. Like those are really intimidating things for me. And I had some ideas about how to start building an email list. Like I knew about lead magnets and I kind of had one it wasn't that flashy, but I hadn't actually put the pieces together and was just Yeah, I needed some guidance and also some cheerleading.
Shawn Mynar 3:52
Yes, absolutely. It's always a combination of both when you are a coach for sure. So now let's just spill the beans. Get it out of the way. Now tell everyone what has just happened in your business.
Anna Holtzman 4:05
Yeah, so I don't know if I'll be able to get this out smoothly because I'm still so so excited about it and
Shawn Mynar 4:12
should definitely be super Yeah, super proud. All the all the emotions will feel them with you along the way.
Anna Holtzman 4:19
Like riding those waves of adrenaline. So gosh, was it? I think it was just last week?
Shawn Mynar 4:26
I think it was Yeah,
Anna Holtzman 4:27
I think it was last week. It feels like a blur. So last Tuesday, I launched my it was my very very first in my life launch of my very first online course which is called Writing to release chronic pain. And I had planned with your like coaching during one of our coaching sessions I had planned I believe it was it was either a seven day or I think it was actually a 14 day email campaign. I A sales campaign it was going to be seven emails in two weeks that I would send out to my list to promote this course. And I was fully expecting that it would take that entire time, I was really, really hoping to sell 12 spots, because it's a course that involves both self paced workshop, video workshop sessions, but also some live group coaching sessions. And I felt 12 was a number that I could handle for the first go round. And I was really, really hoping to fill it up. So here's like the big drumroll. I can barely contain myself. So I I teased, like the pre launch for really like a couple days before, you know, I don't know, a few days. And then I launched it on Tuesday morning, went into like a couple of clients sessions. And within four hours, it had actually oversold, and I had to shut the cart down. But like I couldn't get it shut down fast enough to stick to my 12 person limit. So it's 15 people in this first go round. The good to have. Yeah,
Shawn Mynar 6:08
yeah, I mean, that is just absolutely. Just incredible for hours. And you're planning on it being two weeks and hoping you could get there. And all those emails that I don't think you had written, right? I hadn't written
Anna Holtzman 6:23
them yet. And I was feeling really bad about it. So I was like, oh, man, like, I really like to get things done ahead of time. I hate doing last minute on anything. But I didn't need them. It turned out.
Shawn Mynar 6:34
Yeah, it was like the universe telling you, Hey, don't worry about it actually need to do, it's gonna sell out in four hours. That yeah, that is just amazing. And it is very much a testament to what you did leading up to the launch of this course and everything that you do on a very consistent basis. And that's what I really want to dive into today. Because like I was saying, before we started recording, for my case, and for your case, and I know you are super special and amazing and absolutely awesome. But there's nothing ultimately that special about us to make this happen that it couldn't happen to anyone else. Right, like,
Anna Holtzman 7:16
yeah, I totally agree. Because like, I wasn't making this happen, you know, four months before that, when I wasn't like doing all the things that brought this all together?
Shawn Mynar 7:26
Absolutely, yeah. So really, what I noticed in you is you really started being intentional with what you were sharing, when you were sharing, you started being consistent, especially with your emails, and you already were consistent somewhat on social media, but that really took everything up a notch. So we're gonna get into that, and I want to talk about it all. But first, I want you to share a little bit about those fears that you had, because every session that we had, we had to start the session by talking about the blocks that you were having, because there was always something that is the case for everybody. You're doing new things, you're doing things you never have before you're doing things you don't necessarily want to do or feel comfortable doing. And it brings up all these emotions, right. So can you talk a little bit about what you had to get through like those sticking points that you had?
Anna Holtzman 8:16
Oh my gosh, yes. And even just like talking about it, like I can feel it in my body right now. And it's like there's even like some of the same fears are present right now. Because we're on a podcast together. And it's being recorded. And like that was the big thing for me. And it's not like, I mean, I think it's important actually, it's not like those fears have totally disappeared. And now I'm like, I have no problem being recorded. Like no, not at all. I still get nervous, I get a little tingly. Like I get a little bit of brain fog. But when I started getting coaching with you, I like it was I wasn't even getting to that stage. I wasn't getting to the now I'm being recorded and I feel nervous stage. It was just like full on freeze up just mental block. And I knew, like I was like, I need to get coaching because I was like I've been journaling about this plan for probably over a year. And yet, it's like I haven't put it into motion. So something is going on here. And when Yeah, just like thinking about recording myself on a video for the course. It just completely just made me want to pass out. And I remember like one of the things that was so so helpful for me to hear from you. And it's just like in hindsight, it's just the freaking simplest thing in the world. You were like well, you don't have to be on video if you don't want to you could do it all audio and I was like, right, like but but the perfectionist part of me says that you have to not only be on video but like have it be a beautiful video and professionally shot and all this And, you know, and then that was like helping me blocked myself because I'm like, Well, I don't know if I want to put money into professional video. I mean, you can hear me like doing the things. Oh, yeah,
Shawn Mynar 10:09
making all the excuses. Yeah, yeah, yeah. So then once I said, Well, you don't even have to do that if you don't want to, if that's what's keeping you stuck, then just don't do it. Just, yeah, put yourself on video, record the audio, make some slides, and just get the thing out there. And I know that it was like a big relief for you and really released something, but yet, you still showed up on video. So I did happen?
Anna Holtzman 10:33
Yeah, yeah, it's funny. Well, I still I was, like, you know, I think I can push myself, I mean, recording myself at all was already pushing me way out of my comfort zone. And I'm like, if I'm gonna be feeling really uncomfortable, and I did, like, I may as well capsure capture some video while I'm at it. But I use one of your other tips, because you kind of like helped me with a menu of different options. So I was like, alright, having just like full on video, like, that's good, just make me want to puke. But you told me about this option of using loom where it's this app or whatever it is, where you can record your screen. So you're recording, like your slideshow. And then there's just a tiny little circle of video of you in the corner. So you know, it's like, Alright, no one's gonna scrutinize my every little eyeblink with my image, just this tiny little circle in the corner. So you think I can handle that for the intro portion. At least that'll give, you know, students or participants some sense of my presence, and I think there's value to that. But then it'll just be for the intro. And then for like, the actual workshop modules, then I'll just go to audio so that I don't have to tax my nervous system that much by being on video for that long.
Shawn Mynar 11:58
Yeah, and that's such a good combination of the two. Because in reality, once people are in that place, where they are fully learning, they are taking action, they are doing the things within your course, no one cares if they're your face is there or not, you know, but like to have that intro, it's like, okay, there's a real person here, that voice that I'm going to hear through the rest of this is that face, you know, putting a face to a to a name a face to a voice kind of situation. That's really all people need to feel that connection and to understand that and then also just, you are you recognize you're already pushing yourself. So what's one more notch. And most of business requires us to push ourselves. Like none of this is like super comfortable, really, at all, especially when you're first getting started and you're trying new things. And so once you realize, well, I'm already out of my comfort zone, like here. And now why not take one more step and do even more because now you were able to, I'm assuming and we can talk more about this. You kind of were able to squash that fear a little bit. So you've been on video, since I've seen you on Instagram lives I've played you're doing other things. So you were able to kind of like, calm that fear a little bit and open yourself up to more opportunities because of it.
Anna Holtzman 13:23
Yeah. And you know, it's interesting, because the instant Yeah, I have been doing a weekly Instagram live with this awesome person who I met through Instagram, you know, we found each other that way. And it's like a similar thing to, you know, when you, you know, quote, unquote, gave me permission to do this in a way that, you know, was a little bit less scary to me. It was like, the relationship. You know, my trust in you was a huge part of what helped me feel safe enough to do it. You know, I was like, I trust Sean. I like Shawn, and she said, It's okay, so like, that gives me some feeling of safety here. And it's similar with this Instagram Live I've been doing I'm like, I'm doing it with someone that I like and that I trust and feel safe with. So that brings in a little bit more safety to an experience that otherwise was feeling like wildly unsafe to my lizard brain.
Shawn Mynar 14:16
Yes, absolutely. Anytime you have another person you trust in that situation with you, kind of holding you in that space with you. It helps so much, especially on things like Instagram lives. It's so fun to do it with somebody you can't even forget that you're on video in front of people live, you know that are watching. So that is a really good point. So before we move on anything else, like thinking back to where you were before we started working together, anything else that you could see now was a block for you that you've been able to kind of move past because I know you were in that place where you had this idea for a course you had actually a lot of ideas. You had a lot of stuff that you wanted to do. But getting to that point where you were putting it out there and taking action was something you weren't doing as well. So was there anything else there? Yeah,
Anna Holtzman 15:11
I mean, it was all just like, there were so many different flavors of fear, I could probably go on for hours and hours about how many different forms my fear took, like, because another form that it took was, oh, I don't know if the course material is good enough, which was like, pretty ridiculous, not because like, I'm so great. And therefore, of course, it's going to be great. But because the course the online course, was actually based on material aid already developed and run through in a live workshop, three times that had gone really, really well. So I knew the material was good. But you know, still those fear voices managed to twist it up and say, Well, sure it worked in the live workshop, but maybe it's no good as an online course.
Shawn Mynar 15:59
Yeah, that kind of like impostor syndrome, kind of fear creeping in. And again, something super normal that probably most people go through, especially when they're putting out new material, or, you know, something in a different capacity, like you were doing, and are still doing one on one sessions, but had never done, or you did it live, but not in this recorded format. So it was still something really new to you, and how was that all gonna go. So you're stepping outside your comfort zone again. And that always comes with some fear. But I'm so glad that you, you really are someone that takes action. And that was really cool to see. Because fear will always be there. It can be something that is very freezing, like it freezes you in your tracks. But it can also be something that in a way is motivating. You know, like if I can just take one little step. And then once you take that one little step, well, I already took this step. So maybe I'll take one more step. And that is what I noticed happening with you. And it was really cool to witness. So super proud of you for that. So let's get into some of the practical strategy type things that you have been doing to prepare for this launch and this course, and to really get to the point where it's sold out in four hours, because I can 100% credit, everything that you have been doing up until now for gosh, probably I don't know, you'll have to tell me the exact timeline, but it was six months, maybe even.
Anna Holtzman 17:35
Yeah, it was I have like some dates are in down here. But yeah, it was about six months.
Shawn Mynar 17:40
Yeah. So six months out, you're already preparing for this to happen. So let's start from the beginning. What I remember noticing about you right away, was that you were very specific, you have a very specific niche. And you only talk about that niche. So you are very good at posting to social media. And every single post refers to chronic pain. And, you know, like the mind body connection for chronic pain, like very specific. And that is something that people have a really hard time doing, first of all getting that specific. And then you know, for fear of like, well, then what if someone needs my help? And they're not experiencing chronic pain? Yeah, you know, they, they don't know that. So then they don't follow me. Because they don't know that that's what's going on, or they're not ready for me or what I do. There's a lot of that that can come up of like, Am I too specific? From the beginning? It felt to me like you were very comfortable and confident in being within your specific territory and staying there.
Anna Holtzman 19:00
Yeah, and you know, and that's because that's not because like, that was just easy for me. That's because that's a piece of the journey that I already went through a few years prior. Because I certainly did experience that phase some years ago of like, oh, I don't want to niche down because I don't want to exclude anybody, like what if they're someone amazing I want to work with and like they have something completely different going on. I definitely spent a while in that place. And it was a, you know, a whole struggle to for me to commit to a niche. But when I did what I learned was like, that's when my one on one client roster just like filled up and I had no problem getting clients. So I was like, Oh, that's nice. And what I also discovered was that I still get a very, very diverse array of clients with a diverse array of things going on that you know, and then chronic pain happens to be like one of them.
Shawn Mynar 19:59
Yeah, absolutely. Literally, and what it does for people that don't know you for that might be scrolling on social media, or doing some Googling, or whatever is that it really puts you in a spotlight of like, oh, this person gets me you have a story yourself about chronic pain and what you did to move through that, that is very enticing to the person that is also there right now or has been there, and you openly share about that, which is amazing. But it's just, when you see someone that is so focused on one topic, it makes it very easy to grow. Yes. And you experienced that, especially in social media, I think, right?
Anna Holtzman 20:46
Definitely. And it's not only, you know, potential clients that have found me that way. Because like, no one's on there searching for a jack of all trades they're searching for, like someone who's speaking to their pain point. So clients, you know, potential clients, or potential people who want to buy my course have found me that way. But I would say maybe even more, so a lot of other practitioners in similar or complementary fields have found me that way, and have wanted to collaborate with me, have me on their podcast, just, you know, get to know each other and then refer to each other. So that's been a really productive thing
Shawn Mynar 21:25
to. Yeah, that is another great aspect that I don't think a lot of people consider when they first think of social media that like, well, I just gotta get followers or people that want to buy this thing from me, eventually, I need to get clients. But what's even more exciting, and can be way more powerful for your business, is to use that as a place to start collaborations with other people can get in front of their audiences, that's when things really take off. And again, you can't do that or you won't get the right eyes and the right interest if you aren't really specific, because then they won't see you as an expert in that one thing that they want to talk about or connect with. And so you really set yourself up really well in that regard. And I noticed that right away. So kudos to you for that. But then you mentioned that you did have a freebie you were kind of doing an email list thing, but it wasn't really going super well. And your freebie wasn't all that great. What was the case with that? Yeah, so
Anna Holtzman 22:29
like, like I said, I knew about I had learned years ago about the whole Lead Magnet System. So I knew, like I should set one up. And but I, it, whatever, I just hadn't put a lot of bandwidth into it yet. So the freebie that I had, it's all wasn't, it wasn't that bad. It I still have it up. And people still do download it. Sometimes it's a list of the six, the six mind body healing resources that have helped me most on my own journey of healing from chronic migraines. And so I had that linked in my bio on my Instagram. And I would mention it now and again, in a post or two. I wasn't that excited to promote it because I didn't think it was such a flashy lead magnet or freebie. But yeah, that's what I had.
Shawn Mynar 23:18
Okay, and then we did some work to figure out what else we could do to make that a little bit more enticing and get these people that were super interested in your work from social media, like you have a very engaged following. You're following was growing, you're getting invited to be on other people's shows and things like that. So how could we really capitalize on that? Because it's not enough to just have people following you on social media? It's great. Sure, but it's not enough. So what did you come up with? And how is it going?
Anna Holtzman 23:51
Yes. So yeah, this is another funny part, because I already had this kind of built out when I met you. So I had, you know, binge Marketing podcast. So I had heard a lot about quizzes, and like, what a high converting freebie they are. And I love taking quizzes. So I had already begun building out a quiz. But I just like, was a little bit blocked on getting it to completion and getting it out there. And I remember us kind of game planning about it and talking about, like, what's the title going to be because no one's going to take this quiz if it doesn't have a grabby title. And I was a little bit shy to say because I'm coming from a background of like working as a therapist, and you're supposed to sound very professional. But I really wanted to go into the more info in formal coaching realm. And I was thinking I kind of want to call this quiz. Why the EFF am I still in pain? Because that's what I was freaking asking myself when, you know, I was further you know, earlier in my journey, but I was like a little shy to say it and when I said it to you, you're like Yeah, that's what it's gonna be. Yeah, I've since changed it to why the bleep am I still in pain because Instagrams not crazy about allusions to curse words?
Shawn Mynar 25:10
Understandable, which is still equally as effective. And really, you know, grabby like you said, and that's what you need when it comes to a quiz. And especially one where it could be, you know, potentially dry or, you know, just not exactly what you want to hear or whatever. But to really understand what what are these people asking like, what what is going on in their head right now you caught it. And you've got it so perfectly, that it became irresistible, this quiz that you had on the backburner? Most of it was already completed, which was so cool. And all you had to do was think of a way to get people in Tyst to take it and and put it out there. And so you got to that point, put it out there. How did it go?
Anna Holtzman 25:59
Yeah, so I and then I was like, way more excited to promote my freebie once it was a fun quiz. Because yeah, I was like, This is really fun. And I can't wait to for people to take it. And in I promoted it on Instagram, that was my main way. And like at that point, I'd been posting regularly every single day in a very niche way for a while. So a bunch of people seem to be really excited to jump on this quiz when I promoted it. So I got like a huge spike. When I initially posted it, I got I can tell you numbers because I was started out with 67 leads when I first met you. And the first month that I posted the quiz, I added 55 new leads. The second month, I added 61 new leads. So there was a big spike in the initial posting of it, because people had been warmed up already from my daily posts.
Shawn Mynar 26:57
Yeah, that is amazing. And they were warmed up. And it was like, so intriguing. They wanted to know the answer to that question. And they knew that you were someone that could have that information for them. And now they get to take a quiz to find out like, how could you not want to take it that is so exciting.
Anna Holtzman 27:18
Yeah, and an interesting like, aspect to the research that, you know, the the data that I got when I posted it was when I posted it on my personal feed. Like I said, These people had been warmed up already by my daily posts, so they jumped on it. I then tried as an experiment, posting the quiz as a paid ad. And very few people bid at it. And I think it's because like they hadn't built up the familiarity and trust with me to think that this quiz might be worth taking.
Shawn Mynar 27:53
Yeah, absolutely. That's part of it is building that relationship and getting to people to the point where they see you as the expert that you are and trust you enough to go that route. And it is more than just taking a quiz, they also have to provide their email address, which at this point is a pretty big exchange of energy. So you know, it's almost like paying for something at this point, because no one wants to just give their email address our way. So it has to be a trust worthy connection to do that in a lot of cases. But also the there's a lot of nuances to running paid ads, and so much that I've learned over the past, like year and a half I think about what works and what doesn't. So it may even just need some tweaks to your ad to so that's definitely
Anna Holtzman 28:39
because I didn't do any research in that area. So for sure.
Shawn Mynar 28:44
Yeah. So but still, you had some great return on the people that you already had that were trusting you already. Now what about or how have you been able to continue getting people to take the quiz? Do you talk about it regularly? Do you post about it regularly? What do you do?
Anna Holtzman 29:05
Yeah, um, I probably like should amp it up. But what I've been doing is I will pretty often I'll mention it at the end of one of my Instagram posts, like I write very verbose captions to my posts and at the very end, I'll say something like, If you want more support with anxiety and chronic pain, Take the quiz and I tell them where to find it in my Lincoln bio. And that brings in like a steady trickle I also at your encouragement, I started to like once a week, turn one of my long Instagram posts into a blog post and I'll put the call to action for the quiz at the end of those. And then, when I when I've gotten like Other jumps or spikes in in new leads has been when I've been on podcasts too.
Shawn Mynar 30:06
Yeah. So from other people's audiences. Yeah. When people take this quiz, first of all, they find out why the bleep they're still in pain, which is great. And then what happens? So you also have some things that happen when someone is on your email list.
Anna Holtzman 30:25
Yes. Well, before I started working with you, nothing happened.
Shawn Mynar 30:30
Yeah, that's, that's a big problem that a lot of people do. That is not great.
Anna Holtzman 30:36
Yeah, there was crickets. Oh, well, I got some good guidance in that area. And yeah, now what happens is they get I believe it's a five email, welcome sequence. And it's paste so that they they get, I think it's five emails in the space of, let's say, two weeks or something like that. So they're getting, you know, a semi frequent email so that they don't forget who the heck I am. And then once that email sequence is done, then they're plopped into my weekly newsletter list. And so they'll get an email from me every Friday, and it's chock full of useful support for chronic pain recovery. And people are reading those, those weekly emails. And it starts to develop a relationship. And I and some of them will write to me and you know, we get into communication. And yeah, it builds from there.
Shawn Mynar 31:40
And that, it's really all it takes. I mean, when I hear that, and I know what you've been doing, it is absolutely no surprise to me whatsoever that you sold out in four hours, no surprise, because people trust you, they have been communicating with you for a while they feel comfortable with the knowledge that you provide them and the help that you can give them and they are very specifically for the work that you do. You are not getting people on your email list that are not in chronic pain. True. So when you have something to offer, they are ready. And I know you mentioned you kind of gave them just like a sneak peek of the sales page. And then it when they clicked on purchase it went to like a thing that says it's not available yet. Yeah, coming soon. And people were already clicking on it ready to buy before it was even open before was even a thing. And that just shows that people want to pay for your work. People are ready and willing for all of us. Yes, Anna, but for all of us people want to pay to get our services to get our help. And it is actually a disservice to not offer them anything.
Anna Holtzman 32:58
Yeah, it's It's wild. Like I went from, you know, before the launch, just worrying like, you know, it feels like you're throwing a birthday party and you're like, is anybody going to come to my party likes me. And then you know, and then when I had to shut the cart down, and there were still people trying to get in, I got a few emails like still after that. And then and also my waitlist, I've got, like over 20 people on my waitlist now. And I felt bad I was like, oh me on next time I do this, I want to make sure I can offer more spaces because like more people wanted to come to the party, and I hate turning people away.
Shawn Mynar 33:37
Yeah, especially but I think it's great that you kept it to what you feel comfortable doing for your first round. It is a beta launch, you're gonna learn a bunch of stuff. And it is important to make sure you feel comfortable doing that. And like you said, you immediately started getting people on your waitlist, you already have basically people primed and ready to buy the next time you launch this thing and it will be at an increased rate because it won't be your beta launch anymore. But people still will be more than happy to pay to work with you because you've done the work to build that know like and trust factor that we talk about so much that there's it's just a no brainer decision for them. The decision is already made before they even know the price, which is so amazing. So I want to know, if you feel like what you did to prep for this, and what you are still doing to continue to build your business. Do you feel like it's a lot? Do you feel like it's hard? Like how do you feel? Yeah,
Anna Holtzman 34:40
I would say yes and no to that. On the yes side like yes, it is a lot like I can't lie It's a lot of it's a lot of emotional energy. And I would say that's maybe actually the biggest expenditure expenditure is the emotional energy like the highs and lows of feeling hopeful and excited and then feeling like, oh my gosh, what am I doing? I feel so exposed. That takes a huge amount of energy. And I can only imagine if it's similar to other things that have been new at one point in my life that that'll kind of like, you know, get more gentle over time. And then, yeah, it's like there, there are more to dues and my week than there were before I had a weekly email newsletter to keep up with. But on the No, it's not a lot of work side. And then you really, like helped me strategize with this, you know, I initially thought like, oh, gosh, I didn't create a weekly email. And it's got to be interesting and good. And like, like coming up with a whole new blog post each week. But then I realized, like, wait a minute, I'm making these daily Instagram posts, each one of them is usually long enough to be its own blog. So what I wind up doing is I just, I, I see which one, you know, seems to get a lot of love. And I turn that one into the weekly newsletter, you know, I have to do a tiny little bit of tweaking to make it into a letter. And then after it's the newsletter, I turn it into the blog post. So it's a lot of recycling. Gosh,
Shawn Mynar 36:18
that is so amazing. I do wonder, because a lot of people struggle with this, and you have never at least in since I've known you had a problem with this posting to social media regularly, you're very good at it. And they're really, really good posts. How do you do that? Or what's your system to make that happen?
Anna Holtzman 36:40
Yeah, well, two aspects. One is that I used to, like, you know, write and post them once a day. And that was exhausting. So I took a tip from the podcasts, and you know what other people are doing, and I batch them now. So the way my I've organized my schedule, is that I have very few or no clients on Tuesdays and Fridays, and those are the days that I do the other parts of my business. So I do have the weeks, I do all my posts and scheduled the amount in advance and I do, I cannot sit down and do a full week's worth of posts in one day, that energetically that doesn't work for me. So I do half of them on Tuesday, half of them on Friday. And I have it scheduled out far enough in advance that I have never like oh my gosh, I need to do like tomorrow's post today. Because that just stresses me out. So that that's how I do that part of it and then coming up with them. I mean, that part that has a lot to do with like the actual work that I'm doing as a practitioner. So my like what I have done for my own healing journey from chronic pain, and what I am also doing and like this course that I've put out there, it's writing to release chronic pain. So I have a daily journaling practice. Now that I don't get migraines anymore, I don't actually do this every single day. But I do it like a lot of the days is that I have a morning, journaling session. And that just invites a lot of ideas to come up that I had no idea we're gonna come out of me when you're free, right? And stuff tends to come out it just like, juices up those muscles. And so I do that I journal in the morning. And I also almost every day, go on a walk. And stuff comes to me when I'm on my walks and listening to podcasts, I'm getting ideas. And I might like the Notes app on my phone is just like an epic novel of things that could be turned into Instagram posts. So that's where I pull from,
Shawn Mynar 38:51
yeah, all of my best content for pretty much anything comes on a hike. When I am not even I'm not near a computer, I'm not even thinking about work. I'm just in the zone. With my dogs, we're in nature, and all of a sudden, like, Oh, that would be a great podcast episode or Instagram posts or whatever. It's so true. When you allow it to flow and you're not like okay, I have to think of 10 topics right now, then that feels really forced and it's you're going to be blocking yourself. But when you allow it to just flow like you say the free writing, just write some stuff down and just see if anything comes up that would help the people that are following you or that you want to help. That's when the really good ideas come is when you just allow them to show up instead of forcing it to happen when it needs to happen in this like specific chunk of time. And then when you do have the time, then you can turn it's very easy to have those chunks where you're doing three or four posts at a time to turn what you already have as an idea into a graphic, you know, it becomes a lot easier to do it that way. I love that that's so great and it's obviously working for you. If you want Um, just as an example of what Anna does on her Instagram, because it is very great. It's just like really, like I always read them. I don't even have chronic pain, but I always read them, just because I'm just super interested in your work. And it that was very intriguing. You can head to her social media, and we'll make sure to link all of that in the show notes. But where can people find you?
Anna Holtzman 40:24
They can find me at on my website, Anna holtzman.com. It's an NA h o l tzmn.com. And also on Instagram. And it's Anna underscore Holtzman
Shawn Mynar 40:36
got it. So easy. And one last question. What do you think is next for you? And your business? What are your plans?
Anna Holtzman 40:44
Yeah, I in the works, but I want to expand, I want to stick with the course that I've just launched in expand it, you know, make it says all to more people. And I'm in the midst of strategizing how that will happen.
Shawn Mynar 41:00
That's so amazing. And will you continue to do one on one? Sessions?
Anna Holtzman 41:05
Yes, definitely. I will continue. Well, my I should say my one on one practice is full right now. And I'm going to continue with those current clients. But I do plan to add on a one on one feature to this writing to release chronic pain program.
Shawn Mynar 41:24
Yeah, that's a really great example of you don't have to choose one or the other, you can have both and do both. And that gives you another income stream that is more passive and isn't reliant on your time, which is so amazing and really necessary if you do want to continue taking one on one clients, and you want to make more money because you only have so much time to take clients. But yeah, that is great. I cannot wait to see what happens in the next launch. When are you planning on doing it again,
Anna Holtzman 41:52
I don't have the date set yet i want it i like or the first group coaching session for this round hasn't happened yet. And I kind of want to like get my feet into what that feels like before I put them on the calendar. Yeah.
Shawn Mynar 42:05
Okay, good. I cannot wait, keep me posted. Keep us all posted. And thank you so much for being here and sharing your journey and being open about what it was like and some of the blocks that you had. And you are just really a testament to what can happen. When you just put yourself out there a little bit. You don't have to do all the things you don't have to be on YouTube and Tiktok and podcasting and all the things you can pick a few things and do them really well and continuously show up. And it works. So you are proof.
Anna Holtzman 42:40
Thank you. Thank you so much for having me on Sean and thank you so much for your coaching. I feel like what's been honestly most potent for me is the same thing for my clients. It's like the knowledge is very important, but it's like the empathy and the cheerleading just go 1000 million miles.
Shawn Mynar 42:55
Thank you so much and we will keep everyone posted on what goes on with your next launch. Take care
Every business, big, small, online, in-person, product- or service-based needs a marketing plan. I know that may sound stuffy and boring or even overwhelming, but I’m here to tell you…it doesn’t have to be. We have so many opportunities to market our businesses these days in a way that can feel fun and authentic while staying simple. The thing is, so many people that start businesses are not good marketers and are missing out on some amazing opportunities to grow their business. Let’s break that cycle in today’s episode.
"Your marketing plan cannot be to post on social media and hope someone will notice. That is not a marketing plan." - Shawn Mynar
"Everything that you’re doing is marketing… when you show up for your business, you are marketing." - Shawn Mynar
"You show up with the intention of connection and getting people to know you and having people find you while also inviting people to engage with you further." - Shawn Mynar
"If you want to make more money, a lot of times you’ve got to spend the money to make more money in your marketing strategy." - Shawn Mynar
COMPLETE EPISODE TRANSCRIPT (transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling)
0:01
Every business big small online in person, product or service-based needs a marketing plan. I know that may sound stuffy and boring, or even perhaps overwhelming to you. But I'm here to tell ya, it doesn't have to be that way. We have so many opportunities these days to market our businesses in a way that can feel fun and authentic, while still staying simple and free. The thing is, so many people that start businesses just aren't good marketers, and they're missing out on some amazing opportunities to grow their businesses. Let's break that cycle in today's episode.
Hey, hey there, friends, welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So, so happy to have you here and grateful for each and every episode that you choose to tune into. It means the world to me. And it means so much I've been getting a lot of this these days, where people have found this podcast because someone else recommended it to them. And that just I cannot even tell you how much that means to me. And to this show. If you know someone who is an entrepreneur or wants to be an entrepreneur, and doesn't really know how to do that in a way that feels good for them, have them check out the show, send them here, and they can browse through some of the episodes and see which ones call to them and get started on their journey. It really truly means the world. All right.
Today, I have a listener q&a episode for you something I think a lot of you probably have this question in the back of your mind, you may not even know you have this question. So we're gonna get into that in just a sec. Before we do, can I put a little bug in your ear about something I have coming up? It starts March 30. And it is going to be a free on-demand workshop, I asked all of you over on my Instagram Stories, how you want me to teach you like what would be the most beneficial best way for you and your schedule. And the vast majority wanted an on-demand 60-minute workshop where you guys could choose the time that worked best for you, instead of me forcing you to go on my schedule with a live workshop. So I love doing live workshops. But that's not what you love. So we're switching it up. And I'm going to do and on demand workshop, you can watch it when you want, and you have 10 days to watch it. So it will be open and available for you for 10 days only. And then it's going down, going away, deleted. So that is coming up March 30. If you're listening to this around when it airs, that means next week, and I'm talking 2022. So if you're listening to this in 2023 and beyond, you missed it, but don't worry, I'm sure I have others coming up soon that you can check out. So March 30 2022, you can start checking out the on-demand workshop, and it's going to be all about how to make a full-time income in part-time hours with your own group program.
Y'all know, I am so obsessed with the group program business model. It is the only way I've done business in the past now almost six years. I love it, I now teach it I'd show you how to create that business model in your business as well. So whether you are already taking one on one clients, and you just don't want to do that anymore, you don't want to have as many one on one clients as you have. You want to find another way to make income and really boost your income uncap that income potential without having to continue to work more hours with more clients. That is one scenario that it works really well for. And the other one is just the person who knows they don't want to take one on one clients. They want to work with people in a group, they want to pre-record some content and some lessons and have that available to people. But also see the value in creating a community of like minded people who are going through this journey together. So have a problem that is similar and desire the same solution, like the power of creating a community around that of people doing that all together is just beyond just on a totally different level. And it is so valuable to them. And so if you know that you're either don't want to take one on one clients anymore or not as many and or you're just not interested in the one on one business model at all. Then your next step is a group program. And I'm going to show you how to do that. The steps you need to take how you know what's right for you. March 30, I don't have a waitlist. I don't have anything like that set up right now. I'm just letting you know. So you can be prepared when I tell you in the next episode, or I send out an email to let you know, that's what I'm talking about. So it's coming up soon.
All right, let's get into the listener question for today, which is from Jenna. And she asked over on my Instagram Stories, just started my health coaching business, trying to come up with a marketing plan to get clients any advice. And I did a little box on my Instagram stories. So she had to only use a certain amount of characters. So this is why this question is so awesomely succinct. We now know exactly what Jenna wants, just started her business needs a marketing plan to get clients. And like I said, I think a lot of you are in that boat. Even if you haven't started your business yet, you're understanding that in order to get clients and make money and be able to, you know, either quit your job or your the other way you're making an income right now you need to get clients. And in order to get clients, you need to market yourself. I'm going to kick it off with a quote that says the best marketing strategy ever care. And that's from Gary Vaynerchuk, which I don't agree with everything Gary Vee has to say, but I did really love this the best marketing strategy ever care, and I am so on board with that. Everything I teach goes back to the value and the care that you really show up for your dream clients for those people that you really want to work with.
Alright, so back to Jenna's question. First of all, I am so happy to hear that you are actually thinking about this Jana, as someone who has just started their health coaching business, because I have to say, not enough people in your position do, there are so many service based business owners that they just get really good at their practice. And like, they take the certifications to become even better at their practice or even more of an expert. They listen to the podcast about their expertise, they follow the people that are also in their industry or expertise. And they get really good at that. But then when it comes time to actually have a business and accept clients and open their virtual business doors will say they then realize they haven't spent enough time or any time learning how to have a business, learning how to actually get people through those virtual doors. And that is your marketing strategy that is so often something that is completely missed. And I know it's completely missed in a lot of the programs that we go through the certifications, and the schooling that we get to be in I can only speak for, you know, wellness professionals, health professionals, from my own experience, but to get certified as a wellness Pro, and to go through that training, we then don't get the business training. And it may or may not be the same in other industries, you'll know that for sure if you are in a different industry, but I know we don't get that training there, which means we have to do it on our own, we have to do it elsewhere. And this is a real sticking point when it comes to wellness pros, then starting their business because they don't know how. And we are not good at business. We are good at helping people we are natural helpers, not natural entrepreneurs.
And this is the whole reason why I got into this work in the first place. Because I saw so many of my own friends and colleagues people that I had gone into schooling with or were in the same program or even different programs that I had met along the way through the wellness industry. So many of them were struggling, they couldn't get their business going. They couldn't make it happen. They were sabotaging their business. They weren't starting at all. They were really stuck. Hence unstuck entrepreneur. And I saw this for years. For years and years. I saw this and I would give the advice things that I was doing in my business and learning just because I have always been super interested in business even before I had my own business, I knew I wanted to learn more about entrepreneurship. And I've always really taken an interest in it. So when I was applying it to my business and continuing to learn and grow and really do what I needed to do to make my business work, well, then I would just pass on that information to my friends. For years, I did that and then realized, Hey, I think I want to share this with even more people. And here I am. So all this to say, Jenna, so glad you're thinking about this. It's amazing, and everyone else who is either about to start their business, or has started their business, and perhaps even had a business for a while and not seeing growth, not seeing the numbers that you're looking to see to where you can make the income that you want to make. This is for you. First of all, you need a marketing plan. If you are going to be in business, you need a marketing plan, and your marketing plan.
Please note this, please listen, stop what you're doing. And listen, your marketing plan cannot be to post on social media and hope someone will notice that is not a marketing plan. That is what a lot of people think they can do. That's what a lot of people are trying to do. That is a recipe for disaster, because you are putting your entire business your entire livelihood into the hands of something that you have absolutely zero control over or say in. And there are tons of social media gurus and coaches and influencers and all these people who will continue to tell you that that's all you need to do is just get a certain number of followers just post every single day, just do all of this stuff over on social media, and you will make millions of dollars. That is an exception, not a rule. And even if it works for a small number of people for a small period of time, it is not a long term sustainable marketing plan. And that's what we need. That's what you want. And that's what you need. And I'm not ruling out social media, we're going to talk about social media today. Because it should be a piece of your marketing plan, if you want it to be. But it can't be the only thing, you can't just be like, Hey, I'm just going to post every day and eventually someone will find me, eventually someone will want to work with me, and everything will be great. That is not a marketing plan. So let's talk about what a marketing plan actually does mean, what it actually is, I like to think of it as a flow, of course, because I think of everything as a flow. But it makes so much sense in my brain. And maybe it will for you to think about it as this thing that flows for both you. And for those people that you hope to work with one day, so your future paying clients. Now, the flow from your perspective is that you are doing what you need to do. And we'll talk about this, but you're doing what you need to do to get people to notice and pay attention to your work. And then once they notice and pay attention to your work, you are inviting them to engage in more of your work at a deeper level, so that you can provide even more value to them. And really build a connection with them or this know like and trust factor that we talk about so much.
I think I've talked about it quite a bit here at this point, but also so much in holistic business starter. So know like and trust, that is the goal. And then once they accept that invitation, then you are authentically serving them well. Or aka warming them up kind of in the business world is how they talk about it until they feel comfortable, motivated and ready to buy from you to become paying clients. So they go from this, again, business talk cold lead into this place where you can warm them up until they are ready to purchase. And we'll talk about how to do all that in just a second. But first, let's talk about the flow from their perspective from your dream clients perspective, which is really the same but a little bit different. Because from their perspective, they notice you. They're interested in what you have to say. They start engaging in more of your work. They get to know you like you and trust you and then they realize that they need what you have to offer and sign up to work with you. So that's what's here. happening on their end, which, like I said, it's the same thing. It's just perceived a little differently from each perspective. So how does all of this happen? Let's break it down step by step. First of all, let me remind you of this because it will help as we continue on. Everything is marketing. Everything that you're doing is in marketing, the social media posts, the podcast episodes, the YouTube videos, the blog posts, any events you do, the emails that you send, when you show up for your business, you are marketing, your marketing yourself, your marketing, your services, your marketing, what you stand for. So everything is marketing.
And that is such a cool thing. That means that we have endless ways to market ourselves in our businesses at our fingertips these days, most of which are free, or extremely low cost. And that is not something that anybody could have said like 20 years ago. So we have a really amazing opportunity at our fingertips today to market ourselves as long as you're using it appropriately. And that's really the big hang up is people either aren't using them at all, or aren't using them to the best of their abilities and losing missing out on this opportunity that we have right now. Let's talk about these free marketing tools. And we'll kind of use the word organic in this sense to talk about these free marketing tools. Within these organic marketing strategies, you have social media, which is free, you have podcasting, which is a pretty low cost of entry, you're paying to potentially host your podcast somewhere you're paying for a mic, and that kind of thing. Low Cost YouTube videos, which can be free unless you need to get equipment or you hire an editor or something like that. But really low cost entry to blogging, which is a low cost, because you might have to host a website and pay for website type stuff. Pinterest is free, Google is free. And these are all things that we can and should be using to market our businesses.
Yes, you can pay for some of these, we're going to talk about paid marketing a little bit at the end. But let's stick to the free version of how you can market yourself and your business on these platforms. My recommendation for an online service based business, I want to stick with that just because that's what I know. That's what I teach. That's who I work with. Those are my clients. But I would assume that even a product based business or a brick and mortar business would have the same recommendations, I just want to make sure that I speak specifically with what I know, my recommendation is to have one non social media platform. And one social media platform that you focus on, you can have multiple, that is fine. But what I have found in terms of an energy and time standpoint, is that it just works best you will get the best results when you put that time and energy into one of each. And if you happen to have some leftover time and energy, which who does these days. But if you do, then you can move on to multiples. So one of each. And this could be like you have a podcast that you focus on. And you have Instagram that you focus on you have YouTube and Tik Tok, you have a blog, and you have Facebook, and there are so many different combinations. One is not better than the other, you have to go with what feels best for you. In both instances, what works best in terms of like a non social media platform for you and your personality, and how your energy works. And what works best for you in terms of a social media platform. What do you feel most comfortable sharing on? Where do your people hang out the most based on the type of people that you want to work with. Now, if you are totally 100% against social media, that is fine. I am not going to force you to do social media, no one is going to force you to do social media. Don't feel bad about that. If you really, truly want nothing to do with it.
I just want to encourage you to explore all your options before you totally write off all of it because there's so many social media platforms these days. I don't even think I know them all. And there might be one that really does resonate with you. Maybe you're more of a LinkedIn type person that has more Have a professional vibe or clubhouse? If that's still a thing, I'm not totally sure, then these are some other options for you. So just make sure that you really explore it. Because the thing is, like, go back, going back to the free thing. It is a free marketing tool. And I just really think that we might as well use it. As I said at the beginning, should it be your only thing? Should you count on it? Should you be putting all your eggs in that basket, please don't. But use the free marketing tools that you have at your disposal these days. Yes, algorithms are funky, they change all the time, which is just another reason not to put your eggs in this basket. People don't see your stuff people don't engage, it doesn't feel worth it. But it's free. And if you even have one person following your stuff, that means that one person is going to see your post. And that one person, it might just be exactly what they needed to see and hear to change their day. So you really still do have this great way to reach people and make an impact and get to know people and invite them further into your work. And that is the goal of social media is to use this free marketing tool to get people to engage further with your work. If you don't have a business social media account yet, and you're not 110% against it, then start one, start fresh or change over your personal account. That's up to you.
And if you don't have this non social media platform yet, then now might be a good time to start thinking of what platform feels good to you. Why would you like to spend some of your time and energy in this marketing strategy that you are creating for yourself. So this is not a I'm just gonna give all this stuff away and do nothing for my business. And now my time isn't being spent on my business, it's just creating a podcast that doesn't do anything or go anywhere. Nobody listens to this is an intentional part of your marketing strategy. So which one of these feels good for you. And in terms of that marketing strategy, or plan, this is the section where people notice and pay attention to your work. So through social media, perhaps they find your podcast, your YouTube channel, your blog, and they are still this, quote unquote, cold person. But they've now noticed you they now know who you are, they know you exist, you know, you're out there in the world. And perhaps they do start following you on social media, they do subscribe to your podcast or come back and watch more videos later, there is the start of this connection. So the goal at this point is to continue that connection somewhere else. Because at this point, you don't have a whole lot of say, in how this communication goes how you create this relationship and communicate with this person. And this is where the email list comes in.
So you are using these platforms to get people to take the next step with you, which is to get them on your email list. And this is the next layer of your marketing plan your marketing flow. It is to create this warm, inviting active email list community. And honestly, this is this is the moneymaker. This is where people go from cold like I don't really know this person, but I'm kind of interested in what they're talking about. I think I'll give them a chance to becoming paying clients like When are your doors opening? When are you accepting new clients? Can I work with you, this is where it happens on your email list. So the next piece of your marketing plan is to create your email list flow. This means having an epic freebie as I call them, which means they are valuable and irresistible and unique. You create that freebie which invites people into onto your email list in order to receive that freebie, so it's an exchange of energy there and then you create a warm welcome sequence for them so they are getting more value more helpful tips learning more about you and the work that you do. You are learning more about them in a welcome sequence that they get once they are on your email list. And then you commit to emailing those people regularly with more valuable info. More ways to work with you or to get to know you and just really establishing this relationship. This is where the know like and trust factor comes in. This is where building that community comes in having people feel like they're your friend, or they are someone that knows you, even if you've never met, we do all of this on the email list. And from there, you have an audience to sell to, regardless of what's happening on social media or with the algorithm. If Facebook shut down for the day, if you suddenly can't log in, you get blocked, whatever it is, doesn't matter, because you now have an audience to sell to that is ready to buy. And you make sales. And that means your marketing plan worked. And you have a successful business. So Jenna, and everyone who's just starting out their business and wants to have a good marketing plan, this really can be it. This can be where you start, this might be all you need for the long term, this is a really good way to get started by building out your flow. So you start by thinking of those platforms that you want to be on your show up on those platforms.
And you show up with the intention of, of course, creating a connection and getting people to know you and having people find you and giving value and all that stuff on those platforms, while also inviting people to engage with you further over on your email list. So in other words, promoting your freebie, you're going to be promoting your freebie a lot over on your platforms. That is the whole goal is to use that space to get people to know you to the point where they want to engage further and they want that freebie. And then from there, you will use your email list to connect with them regularly create this amazing experience and they will be ready to buy. So Jenna, let's create your to do list. Decide on both platforms, your social media platform and your non social media platform. Create a schedule that you can commit to showing up on those platforms. Decide on and create your epic freebie. Promote that epic freebie over on your platforms, right and schedule out your welcome sequence. So that will all be an automated process in your email service provider. That will go out based on when someone comes on to the list, get that written and scheduled. And then set up a schedule that you can commit to emailing your list regularly. And that will be a good start to your marketing plan. Now let's talk about paid marketing for just a bit. I feel like for most online businesses today, when they think of paid marketing, they think of Facebook ads, Google ads, YouTube ads, Pinterest ads, Tik Tok, etc. These all these places have ads.
And you can pay to promote your business on these platforms, which is awesome. These are great tools, they work really well. And you can and should consider adding these things to your marketing plan as well. I feel like there are people these days kind of bragging almost about how they make all this money without using ADS without spending any advertising dollars. And so I feel like it almost gives the idea of spending money on ads a bad rap and like something you shouldn't have to do. And if you have to do it, that means your business isn't good enough or something like that. And it's not it is not that way at all. I mean, can you imagine if we told businesses 20 years ago, that we weren't planning on spending any money on advertising, they would be like, okay, so you're not going to have a business then like there's no way you're going to get any business, maybe word of mouth for a little bit. But that's only going to last so long. So what the heck are you going to do? So they just wouldn't even get it. It wasn't even a thing to not plan on spending advertising and marketing dollars in your business 20 years ago.
And now we have so many great free marketing resources that we can create a marketing plan that is entirely free or really low cost. But that doesn't mean that we shouldn't also expect to pay or want to pay in order to enhance or Quicken that results. So if you If you want to make more money, a lot of times you got to spend the money to make more money in your marketing strategy. And that is okay, that is a good thing. That just means you're in business. The only advice that I will give you because not an Facebook ads expert, I've been using them for a couple years now I think I'm getting pretty darn good, but not to the point where I want to give you any advice comfortably. But what I can say is to spend the time first, really dialing in that marketing flow that is free, what we just talked about, get that all dialed in and making sure that everything is working like your freebie is really good. People want that freebie it is converting well, and your welcome sequence is really great and people are getting warmed up, you are seeing some paying clients come through from this organic strategy. And then you know, it's worth it to spend the money to enhance that experience. So basically getting more people through that process. But if it's a broken process, you're going to spend money on something that doesn't work, and you won't see that conversion happening. It won't be worth it. So that's the one piece of advice I will give you. Yes, I think that paying for advertising and marketing, putting that into your plan is a great idea. But you don't need to start with it right
away. And I really don't think it's the best strategy to start with it right away. Because you probably have some kinks that you need to get figured out that you don't even know about until you get people through it organically first, and see what you need to iron out still. And then once it's perfected, then go on to spend the money to get more people through that process. So Jenna, I hope that answers your question. And I hope all of you can see how Yes, you need a plan. But know that plan doesn't have to be overwhelming or confusing. It can be simple. It works. It doesn't have to have all these moving parts, you can really focus on a couple of things, do those really well and really see some amazing results coming into your business. And just I mean, I wasn't planning on talking about this, but I guess I will, because it's so top of mind right now. But in a few weeks, I will be launching a new program that essentially does all of this. It is an action oriented program, where we are doing this, everything we just talked about together.
And so I have nugget nothing to share with you about the name or when it's available, or how to learn more or anything like that right now. But I am working on it. It's been like top of mind all month, essentially. And so I just thought I would share because it just isn't a really timely question to get in this moment where I'm just thinking about it so much and realizing how important it is. And really, really wanting to help you get there too. I really want all of you to have this system in place in your business because it is super easy. And it works. And so much of it is off your hands. It's automated, it's kind of done for you behind the scenes. And so most of you don't even have to worry about and I just it works. And I'm super excited to share everything that I know about this entire process and really help you actually implement it into your business. So be on the lookout for that. I don't know when it's coming out. But it'll be out eventually. How about that? All right, my friends with that, I will tell you to be on the lookout definitely for March 30. And that free on demand workshop I will be doing for all of you specifically around creating a full time income in part time hours, because you have created your own group program. So stay tuned for that. I'll give you more details next week. And until then, take care
Between my clients, colleagues, and friends, I have had the pleasure of getting to know a lot of business owners really, really well. And, it’s always interesting to see that the business owners that are making things happen and creating the success they want in their business all have some things in common. It’s undeniable that there are certain characteristics of a successful business owner that go beyond personality or just “who they are.” but more so as a role they step into that takes them to the next level. Let’s chat about what it really takes to be a successful business owner in today’s episode.
“You are in control of what is being stored in your subconscious mind and this is very powerful to know about yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you really get in touch with your intuition, you’re always going to be intentional and purposeful.” - Shawn Mynar
“Failures are just learning experiences. They are just giving you these spaces for growth.” - Shawn Mynar
“Entrepreneurship is a big, huge game of risk… Successful business owners know that with that risk comes some of the biggest rewards you could ever experience.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPTION BELOW: (transcription is auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling)
Between my clients, colleagues and friends, I've had the pleasure of getting to know a lot of business owners really, really well. And it's always interesting to see that the business owners that are making things happen, and creating the success they want in their business, all have some things in common. It's undeniable that there are certain characteristics of a successful business owner that go beyond just personality or who they are. But more so as a role they step into, that takes them to the next level. So let's chat about what it really takes to be a successful business owner in today's episode.
Hey, hey there, friends, welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So grateful, and happy to have you here, checking out this episode, which is all about what it really takes to be a successful business owner, I have created a list of nine, we'll call them characteristics, for lack of a better word, nine characteristics that pretty much every business owner that I know, that has created the success they want has. And that's not to say that this is 100%, every single successful business owner has all nine of these, this is just in my own experience, what I know to be true about myself, what I know to be true about the clients I have that are crushing it. And my colleagues and friends that I also have that are entrepreneurs, those that are doing the thing, what sets them apart, or what characteristics do they have, that not everyone has, that kind of really makes it so that they are in or really have created the right environment for them, and their business to thrive. And really, as you'll see, when we go through the list, it's kind of this way of being.
And that's really what I wanted to make sure to share with you all before we get into this list is that these traits, these characteristics, they're not ingrained personality traits that you either have or don't have. So it's not like, Oh, you have brown eyes. So you'll never have a successful business or you're introverted, or you're talkative, or whatever. These like personality traits or characteristics about yourself that aren't changeable. They were the way you were when you were born. And they still are the same way. Although of course, even things like that can change, Hey, I've even seen people's eye color change over the course of their lifetime. So nothing is static. But all this to say that these business owners that are achieving the success, really creating the business that they want, it's part of an identity or a mindset, or an internal representation that they have created for themselves. So really what I'm saying it's just a really long way of saying that this is changeable, it's changeable.
And let's have that discussion really quick, because it's something I just talked about on a coaching call in holistic business starter with all the members there. And I think it's a really important one, to continue to remind all of you the whole talk of an identity. Or we can also call it an internal representation, which is what I do a lot, because I think it gives a better idea of what I'm talking about. So those two things are interchangeable. But what happens is your subconscious mind, which is 95% of our mind has a representation of you that it has identified that it has created for you, based on your beliefs, your stories, things that you have seen things that you have felt, and it creates what it thinks is this internal representation or this identity of you. And then we have our conscious mind, that is the gatekeeper to your subconscious mind. So the conscious mind, which is only 5%, although it's a very powerful 5% Because it is the one that determines Yes, this goes towards my internal representation. So I'm going to take this in, or no, this doesn't go along with my internal representation. So I'm not going to let this in. And then so all of the information that you receive throughout the day, which is millions and millions and millions of bits of information, the only ones that you take in the only ones that really get absorbed by you or even noticed by you, is what your conscious mind has determined can get into your ex experience based on the identity that your subconscious mind has created. I hope I have not lost you.
But the whole point of this conversation is to say that the identity that you have created for yourself or your subconscious mind has created for you, is based on your beliefs and your stories, things that you potentially have never even experienced. But you heard from your parents, your grandparents, your siblings, your cousins, your uncles, and aunts, obviously, family, but also your friends, your teachers, people that you grew up and kind of got this sense of what life is, and also the experiences that you've had and how that has shaped and formed your identity, most of which happens early on in life. So we're talking adolescent years, even baby years, and teenage years, where we're really still forming our identity. That is where all of this comes from. And so now here you are 2030 4050 years later, creating a business and deciding whether you will be successful or not based on that old identity. And that is changeable. Because we can change our beliefs, we can change our stories, we can change what we have determined to be true or false about ourselves, you are in control of what is being stored in your subconscious mind. And that is very powerful to know about yourself, you are not stuck with all of the traits and characteristics you have held on to your entire life, you are not stuck with all of those, you have the ability to change what you want to change, shift what you want to shift and show up in a different way.
And alter your identity or your internal representation to be true with what you desire. And that is the work that we do together in holistic business starter. There's also a lot of information here on the podcast that you can refer back to. That's not what I want to get into it to today, because it's not the point of this episode. But the whole reason I'm saying this is so that you know that the list I'm going to share with you today, based on what I have seen come through from successful business owners is really just a list of ways they have shifted their identity to be that of a successful business owner, which means that they now have the traits that we're going to talk about today, because they got themselves out of a space where they were fighting against them, and allowed themselves to let go of what was holding them back. So they can grow into the space where they could take on this identity. Let me repeat that successful business owners have shifted their identity to be that of a successful business owner, which means that they now have the traits that will help build that success. Because they got themselves out of the space where they were fighting against those traits. They allowed themselves to let go of what was holding them back. And now they can grow into this space where they can be a successful business owner. It is changeable, my friends. And that means that this conversation may be very, very clear this conversation is not meant to be a conversation of are you or are you not cut out for this gig for this role of successful business owner. That is not what I'm saying at all, this is a conversation way for you to see where you may still have some areas of opportunity, some things that you need to work on beliefs that are no longer serving you and identity that you would like to shift. And you may not even know that any of this is there right now.
And so you have these blinders on and you're trying to work towards your business, you're trying to do what you're supposed to do. But you have this subconscious programming going on that's working against you, when really you have the ability to change that we all have the ability to change that and then you can get into alignment with the success that you want. Okay, now that we got that out of the way, let's move on to this list. I hope I didn't lose you in that talk of subconscious mind conscious mind is really important to know about yourself and it is really super cool to know and to think about. So let's get into this. These are in no particular order. Just as I thought of them I wrote them down. So no particular order of importance number one is successful business owners take inspired Weird action.
Now, this seems probably like the most obvious one like, of course, if you are a successful business owner, you work at your business, you take action, you do the things that you need to do, and you go for it. However, it is one of the biggest blocks that I see, it's really truly one of the biggest differences I see between those that are having success. And those that aren't. Because those that are struggling to find the success and to build the business, are potentially taking action. But that action is busy work, it might be intermittent, it's not important, it's definitely not inspired, it is a way for that person to potentially feel like they're taking a step forward. But if they were to really, truly, truly sit with it, and really get in touch with what needs to be done, and what would be the best way to move their business forward and build that success. It's not what they're actually working on. It's the safe thing that they are working on that they are spending their time on, which in my world, I classify that as busy work. So in order for your action to be that of a successful business owner, it needs to be consistent. It needs to be intentional, it needs to be purposeful action towards your business growth. And that's why I call it inspired action, in my opinion, inspired really kind of clumps all of that together into one because you're always if you really sit with it, and you really get in touch with your intuition, you're always going to be intentional and purposeful.
And because it's always there, that means it can be consistent. And that's what's required, you have to be consistent. And we'll get into more talk about consistency in a little bit. But it cannot be intermittent. It can't be like one thing here and one thing there. And then I'm just going to disappear for a month because I got scared. And then I'll come back and try again. But then I got scared again. It's consistent, intentional and purposeful. So it has a purpose behind it. Like you can actually see how, when I do this, my business will grow in this way. That's what we're looking for. All right, number two, they are committed to their business. So successful business owners have a level of commitment that not anyone has. And this is really obviously as all of them are. But I'm gonna just say every time I think, really super important because you have to want it. You have to want your business in such a deep, profound way, not just the idea of having your own business, but the true desire to make it work no matter what. So yes, you want the schedule, you want the lifestyle, you want the income, you want the freedom, you want the impact, and to help and to connect with these people. So much so that you remain committed to the vision, even when it doesn't happen immediately. And that is the commitment. That is where the consistency comes back in.
Because I can tell you that very, very, very rarely does the success that someone wants happen immediately or happened in the first month or happen in the first year. It takes that commitment to see it through, remain committed to the vision, even when it doesn't happen immediately. You still want it. And what I see is that most people just don't want it that badly. They want it if it happens easily and quickly and there's no stress and there's no waiting. And they don't have to be consistent even when no one is reading their stuff or liking their posts or all that stuff that we take to mean things when they don't really mean anything that committed business owners see it through even when it's hard, even when it's not so great even when it's taking a while Even when something flops, or there's a failure or something didn't go as planned, they're committed to their business, because they're committed to every single thing that that business is going to bring into their lives. And they know that it will happen, even if it doesn't happen immediately. And that is where that commitment comes in. Number three, they take failure as feedback.
Successful business owners are willing and able to fail and fail, often, they are willing to fail, and then take what they learn from that failure, get back up and try again, and then fail, and then learn and get back up and try again, and just rinse and repeat that over and over and over again. And they know that that cycle isn't going to stop, no matter where you're at, no matter how much quote unquote, success you've achieved, it's still going to require failures, you're still going to come up against these failures all the time, that is just part of having a business and then to No, and you have, you are in complete control of how you view failure to know that those failures are just learning experiences, they are just giving you this space for growth, and they are actually really, really profound situations for you to be in as a business owner. Because you can take that feedback, you can learn and grow and adjust and make something even better out of that what once was a failure, and a business owners that have success and make it happen.
They know that and so they're not afraid of it, they're not afraid of failing because it just gives room for growth and expansion better than you could have had without that failure. Number four, successful business owners have a deep desire to help others. And I know a lot of you listening right now have this already. This is why you're here doing what you're doing and building the business that you're building, you have a deep desire to help others, every single business that I can think of, and I would challenge you to do this to just think of any random business. The whole goal is to help someone with something. So it could be to help them decorate or to help them clean, to help them dress stylishly, to teach them something to inspire them to do something to be of service to them. A lot of you listening want to help people get well whether that be physically, mentally, emotionally, spiritually, with their money with their time with their family. Just everything, there's this goal to help someone else.
And this really then comes back to that level of commitment that successful business owners have because one of the biggest reasons for this level of commitment is because they have such a deep, profound desire and knowing that they are here to help others to be of service to someone else. And that is why so many people get into business, and maintaining that desire. And having that commitment in order to do that for someone else leads to success. Number five, they are willing to take risks, oh my goodness. Entrepreneurship is a big huge game of Risk, constant risk, every single thing is a risk. And successful business owners know that with that risk comes some of the biggest rewards you could ever experience. And it's worth it to go up against those risks. And so that business owner can see the reward, and sets their sights on VAT reward instead of focusing on the risk or the potential loss or what could go wrong. So for me personally, I have a high level of risk tolerance. I just don't really see that much as being an actual risk. And I think you know, I'm also a natural optimist, and I think the reason that I have a high level of risk is because I can really hone in on and really visualize and really get excited about what could Go right, much easier than I am thinking about what could go wrong. Like, yeah, I know it's in the back of my mind. Yeah, I know there's that possibility. But I really put my energy just very naturally towards what could go, right? What could go well out of this risk? And how much greater would my life would my business with my finances, would everything be going towards that end. So this is, again, something that can be learned, I was not always this way by any means. And I'm still not this way. Like, I am not adventurous, I am scared of most things. Because there's a risk involved in in that case, I think more about what could go wrong.
But when it comes to business, and success, and finances and things like that, I can very much see what could go right in a very clear picture. Because I've been able to train my subconscious programming to feel that way about those things. And you can do that too. And I think the business owners that are really going for it and really making something out of their business, they are willing to take those risks because they see those rewards. So clearly. And I just want you to know that being in business means that you are going to have to take some risks. And so if you are super, super, super worried about taking any risk, like if you just want to play it safe 100% of the time, then you have some subconscious reprogramming to do that's all that means it doesn't mean you shouldn't have a business, it doesn't mean you're never going to be able to grow, it means you have some inner work to do. All right, moving along. Number six, they're tenacious I wanted specifically to use this word instead of using the word determined, which is kind of the same thing. But tenacious takes it to the next level is also a super cool word.
But tenacious in the dictionary means that they are not ratably relinquishing a position, principle or course of action, which kind of goes along to having that level of commitment. And being consistent, even when things aren't building or out, aren't growing, aren't changing as quickly as they want or hope. That means they are tenacious, they are determined to make this thing work. Again, that's something that I grew into being I wasn't always this way, but I am now like, Heck, I am doing what, whatever it takes, whatever I need to do, to keep my business humming along, to grow it to what I want it to be, it's happening, there is no giving up there is no throwing in the towel, there is no saying it just isn't possible. Tenacious being tenacious, having tenacity is something that successful business owners have, because they have that level of determination to know that they are going to make this thing work, they are going to reach that level of success. Number seven, successful business owners love learning and growing, which you absolutely need. Because having a business means that you learn and grow every single day. And this kind of goes back to those failures. And what those failures actually are, are just great, amazing learning experiences that you will grow from.
So you have to be able to do a both and not just with failures, but just with every moment or every day, every month, every year, knowing that you are growing and expanding as a human, and really enjoying that process. Because that means that you can learn and grow as a business owner, as a service provider as someone who is helping another human. And I think the opposite of this would be either, quote unquote, knowing at all which, as a business owner, you just have to remain humble and know that you don't know it all. Things literally could change overnight, and you're learning and shifting and growing again. So remaining humble remaining open to receiving new information and to kind of always feel like you're a beginner like you're just figuring things out as you go, which I think is so fun. And it really helps to feel like you don't have to be an expert. You don't have to know everything because it's all just going to change anyway with how fast you know, tech changes and situations change, just remaining open to that, but then also complacency. There is no room for complacency as a business owner, because then that means that you're stalled out. That means that you're not learning and growing and expanding and evolving, as the rest of the world does. And that's when things can really head south really quick. So again, remaining open and eager and willing and excited to learn and grow and do that at any given moment and make it a continuous process. And really enjoying that process is so important to be a successful business owner.
Okay, number eight, we're almost there. They invest in themselves and their business, ooh, this is such a big one, such a big one. Because what I see so often are people who are trying to build a business, specifically in the online business space. But I don't think that it is only in that space, but from what I see, and that's where I work most. They rely on a bunch of free information, and then expect to take what they just learned in that free information and turn it into a successful business. And I have yet to see or know of anyone who has been able to build a successful business that they love, based strictly off of free info. I mean, even from an energetic perspective, that just does not make sense. And so successful business owners, they know the difference between spending and investing, and they have a healthy relationship with money, too. They acknowledge the flow of money and the exchange of money and don't hold too tightly to their money out of fear. And that is what I see a lot of new business owners doing. And then it creates an environment where financial success literally can't flourish in this space of holding on to the flow of money, not understanding the energetics of money, the exchange of money. And successful business owners have figured that out, and they are willing to invest in their business, in their success, and in themselves. All right, the last one, number nine, successful business owners have integrity, perhaps the most important one, right here, integrity, meaning they do what they say they're going to do, both in the case of talking to another human, but also with themselves. So if you say you're going to be there, you're going to be there, if you say you're going to do something, you're going to do something.
And the same thing as a goal that you set for yourself. Even if no one else knows about that goal, you haven't told anyone else, it's just you that you've created that plan that idea, you still have integrity with yourself. And that really comes into play as a solopreneur. When you're trying to build a business by yourself, you have to have integrity with yourself. Alright, so that will wrap up my list of what it really takes to be a successful business owner. And now it's time to get real honest with yourself. And if you're a business owner, who is currently not seeing the success that you want, I would recommend you go through this list and give yourself a rating in each of these characteristics. Like on a scale of one to 10. How much is this characteristic showing up for you right now, specifically as it relates to your business. And as I mentioned, at the beginning, I am sharing this list with you not to call you out in any way not to say hey, you shouldn't be a business owner. But instead with the hopes that you will see some of the opportunities to do some more growth, some more inner work and to really shift some of the beliefs and the stories that you have that your subconscious has taken to be true. And then if you heard this list, and you're nodding your head in agreement, like yes, I have that that's so great. But you're still not seeing the success that you're looking for with your business. Then your question becomes, am I putting this into practice? Because you can be tenacious, you can be great with money, you can love learning, you can love helping people, but are you actually putting it into practice in your business right now, and that is something for you to get honest with yourself about. And if this is you and you're ready to step into your role as successful business owner, then head over to shawnmynar.com/selfstudy and you can get started on the holistic business starter self-study option. Right now I have it open for another week. So you have a few more days to go Get started on your business journey, starting with inner work, and then heading to the outer strategies and we do it all together in one class. And be sure to head over to Instagram send me a direct message and let me know what you thought of this show or any of your favorite episodes. I love hearing from you all. You can find me over at unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram, and until next time, take care
If you’re at all into manifestation and the Laws of the Universe, then you’ve probably tried to manifest your business success…and maybe that manifestation still hasn’t shown up in the way you want. You feel like you’re clear on what you want, you’re aligning your energy, taking inspired action, but it’s still not happening. Why? What are you doing wrong and what more is there that you may be missing? As you can see, this episode is for the business owners who have even a little “woo” in them or are, at least, “woo-woo” curious.
The 3 Step Process To Manifest The Business Of Your Dreams - Episode 103
"You have an identity around your business and it’s an identity that’s keeping you small… You can’t attract a bigger business until you step into the version of you that has a bigger business." - Shawn Mynar
"The journey to getting to your manifestations is full of golden nuggets along the way. You have to collect those golden nuggets, appreciate them, utilize them and put them into practice before your new manifestations can come into your reality." - Shawn Mynar
"As a business owner there is so much to learn, it is like going to school every single day and that’s the beauty of building a business, that’s what keeps it fun and exciting." - Shawn Mynar
"You are in complete control of your readiness." - Shawn Mynar
COMPLETE EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW (transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in punctuation, grammar, and spelling)
0:00
If you're at all into manifestation and the laws of the universe, then I'm going to go ahead and guess you've probably tried to manifest things in your business, more revenue, more clients, more followers, more ease and joy. And maybe just maybe those manifestations still haven't shown up in the way that you were hoping they would you feel like you're clear on what you want. You're aligning your energy, you're taking inspired action, but it's still not happening. Which leads you to wonder, why, what are you doing wrong? And what more is there that you're missing? As you can see, this episode of unstuck entrepreneur is for the business owner, who has a little bit of woo in them, or are at least woo curious. So let's do this. Hey, hey there, friends, welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur. So, so grateful to have you all here checking out the show, and especially this one, because this one is for all of my whoo business friends out there, which I know, there are a lot of you and there are also a lot of you that are at least curious, you are kind of maybe understanding and realizing that you can't like force your business to happen, you have to apply some of the flow type feminine principles to your business, for it to actually bloom into what you want it to be. And a lot of that involves a more, you know, I
call it woowoo, quote, unquote, with my hands in, in the air, but really, it's the more spiritual, more energetic, and like I said, feminine approach to business. And I love talking about that kind of thing. I think it is super important. It's something that really changed my business. And not just in the physical sense of more money, more clients, better ideas, ideas, that actual Lee worked, better marketing strategies, I really do credit, my more woowoo side of my my thought process to all of that, but more so in the way that I showed up for my business, and I felt in my business. And I think that that was really projected out into the work that I did. And I think that perhaps since you guys are here, listening, maybe you can feel that as well. And that's what keeps you coming back and listening to the show and sharing it with your friends and all that good stuff. So this episode specifically is on the more woowoo end of the spectrum, if you will. And it is also an episode that came about because of my recent personal life, which I shared a lot about in the last episode. So go check that out. If you haven't listened already, it will give you a good background of what we're going to talk about today, which is manifestation. And if you've listened to this podcast for a while, then you already know I'm a big fan of manifestation.
It's a practice I do and have done in my entire life for probably like seven, eight years now is when I really started getting into the law of attraction and Abraham Hicks and manifestation and the principles of energetics and the laws of the universe. And all that good stuff, which, as a lot of you know, I actually started this journey as a way to help heal my body because the you know, practical, tangible things that I was doing to heal myself physically weren't working. And so I then realized I needed to also work on my mental, emotional and spiritual health as well. And that's when things really all came together for me. And I'm so so grateful for that. And then when I saw the benefits, there is really when I really got hooked and started using it in all aspects of my life. And I credit this work to finding the love of my life and finding my past dream homes. And like I said, manifesting the business that I really wanted in terms of the success, but also in terms of the lifestyle and how I wanted my business to look and feel and provide for me which is the most important thing for me is freedom and time and space. And that was what I was able to accomplish simply by looking at it through the lens of energetics and emotions and mindset and a lot of the stuff we talk about here. So I won't go into the whole my whole approach to manifestation. I've done that several times here. On the show, and I will link in the show notes those other episodes. I know specifically, not too long ago, I did an episode with my three steps to manifestation, it's probably in the 100 to 120 range,
don't I'm sorry, I can't memorize all of the numbers on my podcast episodes. But somewhere back there is my three step approach. And that would be a great place to start. If you are new to manifestation, you're not really sure what I'm talking about, but you're interested and at least curious head back there. But when I say manifestation, there is still I think, a little bit of this preconceived idea about it, especially for those that aren't into it, they may have seen or heard of like the secret and watched the movie and thought it was just like fluff and not possible and immediately shut it down. Whereas when I think and talk about manifestation, what I am talking about and referencing is more so a mental and emotional shift, that then brings about a different level of energy, a different level of vibration, that leads you to be open and ready to accept things into your life that otherwise would have been shut out because of that vibration, or that energy that you were putting out at that time. So that's a really kind of watered down way of teeing up what we're going to talk about today. But for me, and maybe for you to manifestation, and the practice of it is really all about understanding what I desire out of my life journey, in each moment, knowing that that could all change, moment to moment and being okay with that.
But then, when you get in tune with those desires, then also what is it going to bring into my life, how will I feel and having it, what sort of alignment will come from that, and then lining up your thoughts and emotions in the having of it. And so that's really, again, teeing up in a very watered down basic version, what we're going to talk about today, like I said, go back and listen to the other episodes about manifestation, if you want to dive in deeper, but let's get into the topic of today, which is what to do when your manifestations aren't happening. This came about because kind of going along with the last episode, which I shared, how our living situation has changed. As you know, if you listen to that, I found myself in a living situation that I was not great, I did not want it was not part of my life experience that I wanted to have. And I very much as I would do, went into the manifestation practice of basically trying to get out of it, trying to change it, trying to shift it. And to make something happen. I wanted to manifest our own space in the town that we loved. One in wanted to live in, I spent probably seven or eight months, trying quote, unquote, to manifest a home, I spent so much time visualizing and journaling about this new home and about our life in this new home and about how it would make me feel I could so clearly see this new home. But then also spent time and really, this took a lot of energy to feel grateful for that present moment, because we did have a very awesome, lovely, safe space to live while we were kind of put out from our living situation. And feeling very grateful for that, while also being excited for our new home, doing things to feel grounded and settled, even though I really didn't feel that way at all. So that was a challenge but really doing the work to see if I could get into that place where I was okay with the present. And so that's what I've been up to basically for the past seven or eight months.
And it wasn't happening. There were so many emotions in those seven or eight months because it wasn't happening and because I felt so out of sorts. There were tears. There were ups and downs. It was a roller coaster ride. We had a lot of hope. And then followed by a lot of disappointment, which if you've been in the market for a home, whether it be the real estate market or the rental market, then maybe you understand that rollercoaster ride in the past few years, since it's been such a crazy hot market. But now here we are nine months later, and we are in our new home, which yes, is a rental, but it is perfect for us. And when I first saw the Craigslist ad, this was actually several months ago, now, I didn't like it, I didn't even want to waste our time bothering to look at it. If you have been following me on social media, my personal account, then you know that where we were living was like almost two hour drive to get back up to Boulder. And so every time we saw a house that we potentially liked, we had to drive two hours to go look at it, and then two hours home. So it was a full day event, which took out a lot of time of our lives and our businesses and things like that. So I personally wasn't into it. I didn't really want to go look at it. We asked the girl who was currently living there, if she would do a video tour for us, so that we wouldn't have to make that drive. And she ghosted us, she just basically stopped communicating with us. So we thought it was done wasn't meant to be no big deal. And then a month after almost exactly, and like you know, from the last episode, it was right before we were supposed to leave to Costa Rica.
It shows back up on Craigslist, still not super excited about it. But now, for whatever reason, I have this curiosity, probably because it's back up. And we thought that it was done. It was over. It wasn't ours. And we scheduled a showing, I think simply because of that curiosity. During that showing, we spent 10 minutes in the actual home 10 minutes checking it out and decide to apply on the spot. Because in reality, it was a great place. And they had terrible photos on Craigslist, that didn't show the awesomeness of this place. So we put in an application, we were not the only people to look at it, to have a showing, we were not the only people interested. But the landlord chose us, for whatever reason, our energies aligned, and he chose us. And now here we are, in our perfect home. It is perfect for us at this time in our lives. We didn't expect we didn't think that it would be but we both absolutely love it. Like when we thought about this home, we just were like, Okay, this is just going to be a stepping stone for a year or two to get us back where we want to be. And then we can do the real estate thing a little easier. But now here we are. And we love it. And we're comfortable and grounded and settled. And it is exactly what I was envisioning. From our future dream home, their location, the atmosphere, the neighborhood, the park, across the street, even everything just aligned. This experience is exactly why I wanted to do this episode, which is focusing on why manifestations don't happen. And yeah, my story isn't about business. But I do want to make this episode specifically about business. Because as we all know, the same rules apply. So when I was going through this past nine months, there were days and even weeks, where I was stuck in this place of why isn't it happening? What am I doing wrong? Why isn't anything working out for me? Why am I stuck in this place where I'm miserable, you know, going down the negative spiral. So first, let me tell you, that's normal, that's to be expected.
That's part of the process, in fact, because from that place where you are in this negative zone, and all these ego thoughts are coming up, then you have a starting point, you have a place to grow from to step out of. So yeah, it's normal to go through that spiral. And what we can do and take from that is to recognize it, and then step out of it or grow from it. So it was in those moments, which like I said, Sometimes were weeks long, where I then would go to my journal, I would do my visualizations, I would do what I knew to do, to shift my perspective, shift my energy, just a little bit from that place. And that is part of the law of attraction, the manifestation process. So really what I wanted to know In that negative spiral is, why isn't what I want manifesting? That was my ultimate question. Why isn't it happening? And as someone who is trying to start and grow a business, you may be wondering the same thing. You may be wondering, why isn't this happening? I feel like I'm doing everything right. I feel like I'm putting myself out there. What am I doing wrong. And I imagine that you want a business that will, for instance, pay the bills, maybe allow you to quit your other job, maybe allow you to create your own schedule, allow you to spend more time with your family, allow you to travel whenever you want, allow you to have the time and money for your own self care. These are just some things I hear from you that you are hoping your business does for you. But it's not happening.
So why is that? First of all, if you haven't gone through the process of applying energetics and manifestation to your business, start there. And again, like I said, I have several episodes that will help you do that and apply that. So this episode is really for those that are doing that and have tried that and it's still not working. And even if you haven't gone there yet, listen to that episode after you listen to this, because it will all come together and make a ton of sense for you. Now, there are lots of possible reasons. But today, I want to actually only focus on one big reason that your business manifestations are not happening. And with that, but one big reason comes three different kinds of facets, or branches. And those three branches are mentally, physically and emotionally. So just know that the big reason why your manifestations aren't happening is because you're not ready for it. It's that simple, you're not ready for that manifestation to become your reality. Now let's break it down into those three different aspects of that, first of all, emotionally. And we can also call this energetically because our feelings our emotions, elicit our energetics, our vibration. You're still energetically operating from a place of let's just say struggling business owner, quote unquote, or a business owner with no followers and no engagement. So why bother? Or some day I'll be a business owner, or new business owner just starting out, or a side hustle business owner, while I work a nine to five, you have an identity around your business. And it's an identity that's keeping you small, it's keeping your energy in a place of where you're at instead of where you want to be.
So you can't attract a bigger business until you step into the version of you that has a bigger business. And that is why one of my favorite things to ask all my clients is the question. What would you do if tomorrow you woke up to 100,000 Instagram followers, and you find out then that half of those Instagram followers, sign up for your email list. So you have now have 50,000 more people on your email list. And if you have seen the ability of reels or tick tacks or whatever, you're into becoming viral, this is not a far out thing that could never happen. virality is possible for even the smallest of small businesses right now with the smallest of small followings. So this could actually really happen. And what would you do? What would you do if you woke up? And you went from having 250 Instagram followers to 100,250 and you went from 100 people on your email list to 50,100 people on your email list? Would you show up exactly the same as you are now? This is something to get really, really honest with yourself about would you show up exactly the same as you are now on your email list to your email subscribers on your social media accounts? Or would you put more effort, energy, love attention, whatever it is into your social media presence and your email list? How Would you show up? Would it be exactly the same? Or would it be different? And that is how you know how you are showing up energetically in your business? Are you showing up as the version of you now that has this small business that has no engagement that's just starting out that struggling to figure it out? That's kind of part timing this while full timing their other job? Are you showing up as that? Or are you showing up as a thriving business owner with a bigger business with the business that you want. So consider that because you have to energetically get there, before you can attract it and call it in.
So that's the emotional energetic side. As you can see, I'm very passionate about it. So important. And then the next piece is the mental or mindset aspect of not being ready. Big one here, something we talk about in pretty much every episode of unstuck entrepreneur, which is that you have more personal growth to do first, you are subconsciously pushing your desires away, because you're actually afraid of it, or you don't think you're actually capable of handling it, or because you don't believe it's actually possible for you, or you don't think you deserve it, or you don't actually want that level of success. Because it would mean you would be vulnerable, or you would be judged, or you would have haters, or you feel like there would be too much pressure, you have a story, you have a story that accompanies that bigger business, that even though you want from this logical perspective, from your conscious mind, you want to make more money, you want more clients, you want to have your courses and your coaching programs sell out. But then subconsciously, you're telling yourself a different story. You are pushing that desire away, because of something that you're potentially scared of something stopping you.
And so you're not mentally ready for it, your subconscious mind is not ready for it. And so a question to ask yourself, and I would head to your journal, for sure. Write this down and see what comes up just do like a stream of consciousness writing and see what comes out? What is it about your future business that you're afraid of? What is it about your future business that you're afraid of? Just see what comes up. It is you can see everything I talked about it has this underlying presence of fear. So that should bring up what is actually going on that's blocking your success from this mindset, this mental this subconscious programming perspective. And as you know, it's something I'm also super passionate about. It's the starting point to everything we do in holistic business starter, I've given now 130 Something episodes worth of ways to kind of work through this and yourselves. But the best thing that you can do is to build awareness around it, like see your fears, actually showing up for you and see if there is any cases, any proof of how you are kind of even sabotaging your growth because of this presence of fear. And really, you've just got to build that awareness, you've got to really see it in action. That's your very first step. All right, and then the last piece of this, you're not ready for it puzzle is that it's I'm calling it kind of the physical piece, which is really just that there's more for you to learn first. And this was the case for me and my living situation. Going back to that story. I learned a lot in the nine months that we were living in this other situation. I needed to learn it. For me, I think it led to such an amazing level of appreciation for this place that I call home and I have called home for over 10 years. And I'm excited to call home for the next 50 years.
I needed to learn that because if you live somewhere that you love, you know, you just kind of get used to it. You start doing all the same things. You have your routines, you have your places you go the place that you love. And while you appreciate it, it's not top of mind because it just becomes second nature. It's just like yeah, this is your home. Well here this is your cue. This is your reminder to appreciate where you live because there are also tons of people who Don't love where they're live and don't have anything exciting around in their neighborhood or anything like that. And it really is a gift to be able to love where you live. And I needed to know that because I had forgotten. And I was starting to take things for granted. And I don't want to ever do that, again, because it's a really important part of my existence here, that I am surrounded by places and things that I love, then this is where I call home. So I needed to learn that. And it took that time and there were a lot of other things that I needed to learn about. And I needed that time to do so. And this may be the case for you. I mean, especially in business, you have so much learning to do along the way to your bigger business. Now let's go back to that place where you have those 100,000 more followers say they did show up overnight, and you have 50,000 more people on your email list, would you know logically what to do to give them a great experience to keep them engaged to build that know, like and trust factor that we talked about here on unstuck entrepreneur, and then ultimately turn them into paying clients? What do you have that system in place, to where also, having that many more people doesn't change your life at all, like it is not any more overwhelming, it is not any more work on your part, because you have the systems in place to make it happen, whether there's 100 people or 100,000 people, there is a lot of things to do in your business that will get you to that point, and you have to learn them.
So your manifestations, the process to getting to your manifestations, the journey, we'll call it, that journey is full of golden nuggets along the way. And you have to collect those golden nuggets, appreciate them, utilize them and put them into practice before your new manifestations can come into your reality. And as a business owner, oh my gosh, there is so much to learn around every corner, it is like going to school every single day. And that's the beauty of building a business. That's what keeps it fun and exciting, and keeps you invigorated and feeling fulfilled in your business is because you are learning so much along the way. But you have to accept the phases of learning, you have to accept that maybe you're not ready for that manifestation because you haven't learned everything along the way. Maybe you haven't gone through the whole journey where you've picked up all those golden nuggets and utilized them. Or maybe you have ignored the golden nuggets, and you need to turn back around and go pick them up and put them into practice in your business. So another great journaling exercise that I would really highly suggest that you do is to ask yourself, what more do I have to learn from this experience, let's just make sure you picked up all your golden nuggets. And then as you continue the process that you are open to them that you can see them for what they are. So when you have something that you come up against, and you don't know what to do, you don't know how to do it, that you take that time to learn so that it preps you for the business you want to have. So what more do I have to learn from this experience? And your manifestations will come to your reality? When the answer to that question is minimal, then you know that you are ready to receive that you've
learned that you are able to handle it from a very like logical practical level, like I said that you're able to handle a business of 100,000 people just as easily as you would 100 people, that's when you know you're ready to allow in the growth that you're looking for. So those are just three things to consider three starting points, as I said, I mean with the topics of energetics and manifestation and law of attraction and all the other universal laws. There's tons of nuance, there's tons of things that could be going on. But I wanted to really focus on this big picture idea, which is just that you're not ready. And the great thing about that is that you are in complete control of your readiness. You can work on your emotional or energetic readiness. You can work on your mental readiness or your mindset, and you can work on your physical readiness actually being practically ready for that business growth to happen. You You can do all of that at your own pace on your own time as quickly or as slowly as you want, and then know your manifestations will line up, you will have that as your reality, whatever you're dreaming about now will become your reality when you are ready for it.
So what can you do to get there? So I hope this changes your perspective a little bit. I know because I was in that place where I had those days and weeks of just in that spiral of what am I doing wrong? Why isn't this happening? Why do I have to stay in this place that I don't want to be in. And it's normal and natural to go there for your mind to go there. Absolutely. And then coming back to this place of, there's something else to learn, I have more growth to do, I have more things to work on, and move from there. And I can tell you from the previous manifestations that I have had, that it required this. And this is really where once again, we have this proof that the work that you do on yourself, this inner work, where you're working mentally, emotionally energetic ly on yourself as part of your business growth strategy, is first of all needed necessary a must do. But also it doesn't stop, it doesn't end, it's not like I'm gonna go through this for weeks of XYZ and then everything will be lined up and I can just have whatever I want. It is an ongoing process, there will always be an ego voice for you to overcome mentally, there will also be emotional blocks to what you actually want, there will always be things for you to learn. It is a never-ending process. And this is where when you can understand that when you can realize that and put in this practice into your everyday life. That is when you will notice things flow easier, things flow more quickly, and with less pressure or less resistance from you. And if this conversation made you realize that, hey, that's probably something that I need to start doing in not just my business, but in my life.
Well then, perhaps you'd like to consider the holistic business starter program, we have the self-study available for you. And now which means right now today, you can get started on this aspect of your business. For those that don't know the holistic business starter is the perfect combination of this inner work, the mindset work that energy work that you need to do to get in alignment with your business. And then also adding the practical strategy piece to this new alignment so that you can build the business from you know the outside, having this new inner alignment and you can do it you can start today, the holistic business starter self-study is open and available for you to start now start when you're ready, and do it at your own pace. It is all pre-recorded videos that you can watch in your own time and take action on and really build up this practice in your life
and your business so that you feel better about your business so you know what's actually stopping you and blocking you from continuing forward and building the business of your dreams. It is exactly what we talked about today in a course format. So go ahead over to shawnmynar.com/selfstudy and start working on your business from the inside out. It is absolutely necessary important must do work to build a business that you love. All right, my friends that will do it for this episode. If you enjoyed this episode if you learn something if you have new journal prompts to try, please let me know head over to unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram and send me a direct message. I absolutely love getting your messages. It means so much to me to connect with you in that way. So head over there. And be sure also to let your friends know if you have someone who also is building a business and need some support and guidance along the way. Let them know we're over here hanging out on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. All right friends until next time, take care
I think you know by now that being a business owner isn’t all glitz and glam, even if there are people on social media making it appear that way. Business ownership is full of highs and lows, great and not-so-great, celebrations and challenges, successes and struggles. and it’s important to openly talk about it all and normalize the honest truth about being a business owner. That’s exactly what we’re doing in this episode, so let’s dive in.
"Business can be, and is hard, but it doesn’t have to be hard because you have a choice on how hard you make it and it is 100% dependent on your own mind." - Shawn Mynar
"You can’t stay safe in your comfort zone, you can’t not take risks and have a business. It’s one of those things where we have to reach beyond where our minds want to go and that’s hard." - Shawn Mynar
"It is normal for your business to take a while to get it to the level that you want it to be at. It’s not gonna happen overnight, have patience." - Shawn Mynar
"If you are a perfectionist and you want to let go of perfectionism, become an entrepreneur. You will have to let it go to make anything happen." - Shawn Mynar
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (please note, transcript was auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling)
In order to have a business, you need to have people pay you for your work, which also happens to be the exact piece of the business puzzle that trips so many entrepreneurs up. The whole idea of selling your products or services feels awkward and uncomfortable, so much so that you often avoid it all together. The key to feeling comfortable and competent with your marketing is knowing what to say and how to say it in a way that people get excited to pay you without you feeling salesy or sleazy. And that's exactly what we're going to do in today's episode. Let's dive in.
Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So, so grateful to have you all here. If this is your first episode, welcome. Happy to have you feel free to look around after you're done with this episode, and see what other episodes call to you. If this is your 130/4 episode. Love you so, so much. And thank you for your support. All right, before we get into today's very hot topic, I have a quick little reminder for you and that is of your invitation, You are cordially invited to a free live business building workshop hosted by yours truly. And it is happening very soon as in a couple days from now, if you're listening to this, when it airs, we're gonna meet live together to talk all things money, making money in your business, which is a requirement of having a business. And we'll talk about that a little more today too. But on February 14 2022, at a 11am Mountain Standard Time, I am hosting a free live zoom workshop, talking all about what you need to be doing to actually make money in your wellness business.
So yes, this is specifically catered to the nutritionist, personal trainers, therapists, physical therapists, energy workers, yoga instructors, gosh, I could go on and on but you know who you are. And I have seven tips to share with you. That will help you make more money in your business without working more hours or adding more stress. So just to give you an idea of what we're going to do together in that hour, you're going to determine what you actually need to do in your business so you can start making the income and impact you want to make. We'll learn how to effortlessly attract your dream client to your work and turn them into paying clients. That's important. We'll brainstorm multiple streams of income for your business. So your income isn't dependent and how many hours you work ever again and find out how to turn your income from limited to limit lists with all the passive income opportunities that you have at your fingertips as a wellness business, and decide on the action steps that you need to take right now to start and grow your business with ease. They will be time for q&a and conversation and chatting. So plenty of time for that bring your questions or anything you want to discuss. And we'll just have a great time. It's happening super soon in a couple of days February 14, be sure to get it on your calendar and also sign up so if you don't sign up, you won't get the link to join live. You won't get the replay you need to sign up to get both Shawn minor.com/wellness workshop that is linked in the show notes. You can go there right now through your podcast app and get to the place where you can put your name on the list to get the information. I'm super excited. I cannot wait to hang out with you all live. It's just a totally different vibe that we cannot create in any other capacity besides doing it live. So let's do it. shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop.
Okay, we are rounding out our flow and grow framework talk today. We've spent the past three episodes going through each pillar. And now we're going to talk about the second to last pillar, the fourth pillar, which is invite. And just a quick reminder, in case you haven't listened to all of them, you should definitely go back. And they will all make much more sense if you listen to this series as a whole. So it started with Episode 132, which was defining your dream client. And then Episode 133, which was the second pillar of the flow and grow framework, which is attract your dream client to your work. And then in the last episode, we talked about building rapport with your dream client build is the third pillar. And now we're going to talk about the fourth pillar, which is invite, invite your dream client to work with you. So today, it's all about sales baby, putting out paid offers, and having people buy them. This is what it takes to have a business because I think I've said this before, here, if not, maybe you're hearing this for the first time. But if you're not making money in your business, you don't have a business, you have a hobby, I think we all want the work that we're doing for our business, to not be a hobby to actually being a business. And in order to do that, you have to make sales, you have to make money. So that is the whole goal of the invite. Pillar, we'll start it out with a quote, I do not know who said this. So I apologize if you know, or if you said it, which I don't think you did, but just in case. But this is the quote, the best marketing doesn't feel like marketing. Simple, easy, right? And so true. And that's really the point that we all want to get to in our business, because the biggest hang up that we have about selling and marketing and talking about our paid offers and accepting money and all that stuff is because is that we don't want to feel like the used car salesman, we don't want that sleazy feeling. We don't want to be annoying. We don't want people to judge us for talking about our paid offers, we have hauled this talk in our heads around selling around marketing around talking about what we have to offer. And first of all, that's what needs to go first, that's what we really need to do as the first step, before you start trying to sell anything is to shift your mindset around selling to understand what you really truly think about it, and why and what you can do to reverse out of that. And, of course, we do all that in a holistic business starter, before we even get into the invite pillar. But once that's done, then we can focus on really two pieces of the marketing and selling puzzle.
First is to figure out what you want your paid offer to be. So we have to create a paid offer. Now, if we're talking specifically service based businesses, and even more specific wellness businesses, this could be taking a one on one clients, it could be having a group program, which you would all know I'm a huge fan of signature programs all the way. It could be having a workshop like a paid workshop, it could be having a membership, you have options, we all have options. And really at some point, you will probably have more than one of those in your business as a paid offer. But we have to start with just one. What do you want your paid offer to be. And you may already know this, you may already have all of this setup, which is great. But if you don't, then that's something you need to consider. And it's not just about you know what everyone else is doing, or what you think your clients will buy or will pay for, you really need to have more to the story with this decision. It needs to be something that you want to do that you're excited about that you feel like it's a good fit for you and your personality and your life. Some people absolutely love taking one on one clients, they really want to do that. For others, they're an introvert or they don't have the time to be able to do that to where they could actually make a decent living doing that. And you need to think of a different way and that's where something like a signature program comes into play. We won't talk about that more here. Definitely something that will decide together inside holistic business starter, but this is the big piece to the invite pillar. The first piece really is what are you selling? What do you want your paid offer to be? And then the second part of the invite pillar is understanding how to sell that paid offer. Which first of all means we need to get over our fear of selling we need to get over those false stories like I just said it And that takes care of about 90% of the problem that we have with selling and marketing. But then after that, we need to add in the strategy that comes along with marketing and sales. And as you may know about me, I am not remotely interested in any sort of pushy, annoying salesy marketing methods, that is not what I do. That is not what I ever have done in my business.
And that's not what I teach. But what I am interested in is you effectively communicating with your potential clients, so they truly understand what you're offering and can make the best decision for themselves. That, to me is what marketing and selling means, let me repeat that you are effectively communicating with your potential clients, so they understand what you're offering and can make the best decision for themselves. It is not up to you to make their decision, it is up to you to provide the relevant information. And this is what most people get wrong. And please know I say this with all the love, I am not saying this to call you out at all. I'm saying this because it's going to help you so so much like life changing stuff, your business changing stuff, you, my friend, are not effectively communicating about your offer at all, like I love you, but you're not like Not one bit. Very, very, very rarely do I see someone who was effectively communicating about their offer as a new or intermediate business owner. Now Yeah, the advanced people, that one's crushing it, they've got it figured out. And that is why they're crushing it. But the the new business owner or the business owner has been kind of hanging on for a couple years, the communication is off. And I have good news for you, it is super easy to change this, it is going to feel a little uncomfortable at first. But once you get the hang of it, it is so easy.
And it will start coming more naturally, it's not going to come naturally at first. Alright, so let's get into it. And we'll go back to the whole point of this podcast episode, which was the number one thing that you need to be doing to get more paying clients? And the answer is you need to have Magnetic Messaging. We've talked about this before in a couple of different episodes, we're going to talk about it again, we'll keep talking about it is that important? First, for those that aren't familiar what is messaging. In the business world, at least, it is the words that you use to share about your business, your work, and your paid offers. It is how you communicate with your audience about those paid offers. And it's your marketing it is 100% marketing material. And as a business owner, you are always marketing, every piece of content that you create is a piece of marketing material. And that means that you should be using your Magnetic Messaging all the time, every day, every piece of content you put out should have that messaging in mind. And it's not something that you can ignore. If you ignore this and you create content just on the fly just as you feel like it as the wind blows, then you are missing a big huge opportunity. So that's messaging. And then of course, we're going to take it one step further and talk about it being magnetic. Let's make it magnetic which means it is attracting the right people to your work without it feeling salesy or annoying or pushy or anything like that. And that is when it becomes magnetic. Okay, so let's do a little messaging work so you can really see what this is and what the difference is based on what you're doing or what you think you might do. The first step to your message is to understand and speak to where your dream client is at in their problem state. And we want to get to the point of speaking so directly to this problem or problems that they have, that they can easily say and will actually say to themselves. Oh my gosh, that's me. How did they know? They get me? Whoa, I can't believe this.
And also, this problem really sucks, I do not want to be here anymore, I need a solution. So this is the first big chunk of your messaging is meeting your dream clients, where they're at. And just as a side note, as you can see, we're still talking about that dream client. So if you still haven't defined your dream client, go back to Episode 132, and start there. But you can see how it is so key to everything else that you're doing here in your business. So back to the messaging talk, first big chunk, meet them where they're at, in their problem state so vividly, so real so authentically, that they realize that you get them. And they realize they have to do something about this problem. Now, the second piece of your message is to speak to where they want to be, where they want to get what it is, like when their problem is resolved, to the point that they say, Oh, my gosh, I really want to be there, that is exactly what I want, I want to feel that way I want my life to be that way. This is what I need to do. That is where we want to get in the second piece of our message is really speak to the future that they're looking for with their problem solved. And what that looks like and what that feels like for them. And then the third piece of your message is to fill the gap, you know, in the point A and point B, you've just really made clear. And now you've created this very obvious gap for this person, I am here in this problem state I want to be here with this resolved, I have this gap of how to get from point A to point B, and it becomes very easy for you then to showcase how your services, your product, your program fills that gap. How what you do and how you can help them will take them on a journey from where they are now at that point A in that unwanted state to where they want to be in that desired state. That is, you know, in a nutshell, your messaging.
Now, are you doing that? Are you doing that on your sales pages? Are you doing that in your emails, your sales emails or your welcome sequence? Are you doing that in your freebies? Are you doing that in your social media posts, that is your focus those three things. Now what I see from the outside looking in as a business coach who really wants to help everyone, what I see is you have a paid offer. And so you talk about what's included, what to expect, what you're going to do, how it works. And all of that is great, like you can and should absolutely include that. But we don't have to talk about that stuff until you've basically already sold someone through your messaging, you are not doing the point A to point B and the bridge. That is what you really should be spending like 90% of your sales page doing if you have a paid offer 90% of what you talk about in your social media posts, when you're talking about your paid offer, or your podcast or your blog or, or your emails, whatever you're doing, talking about the a the B and the bridge, and then being like yeah, and here's what you'll get as like the final thing once they've already been totally sold, because you've connected with them in such a meaningful way through that messaging where they really truly get that you get them where they really truly understand that you know the problem that you know the solution and you know how to get there. And that is not done through you creating a list of what's included in your program, or what they get as part of your one on one package that is done in your messaging. So your messaging is the thing that will get more people to pay you for your work. I give you a 100% guarantee on that. And I hope you can see that it really is simple. It's simple. The A the be the bridge, just focus on that and see what changes for you. And if you want some examples, I would love for you to head over to my website. You can check out either the sales page for holistic business starter or the sales page for signature program lab. And you will see how, I guess use this as a little exercise for you see if you can pick out the point A, see if you can see when I changed the conversation to the point B, and then see if you see where I can change that change the conversation again to the bridge and how that program can help bridge the gap for them of where they are and where they want to be. So both of them are available on my website, Shawn minor.com, just head to the courses and coaching section. And both of them are listed right there. I think as of right now, the waitlist for holistic business starter is up there, but I still have the point A to point B, and then bridge as part of the waitlist. So that would be a really good exercise for you to do. So you can get some examples and some idea of what I'm talking about.
Again, this is something we work through together inside holistic business starter. And that's also a great opportunity for you to practice and then get some feedback from myself and from your peers from the people in the group as well, to see if it's working, if it flows if it feels good, and get some points, if you ever feel stuck in any of this. But in this episode, I want to give you some place to get started, I want to give you some ideas. And really, what needs to happen is you're just answering a bunch of questions. So in both holistic business starter and signature program lab, my two programs, I have the Magnetic Messaging workbook that I created, and it's 29 questions. And for me personally, every single time I have a new paid offer, I spend a couple hours at least going through that Magnetic Messaging workbook, and answering all those questions for the specific person that I think would be a great fit for that for that paid offer, which of course is going to be my dream client, and really honing in on that and spending a lot of quality time in that Magnetic Messaging workbook, because then that is what guides my sales page, my sales emails, my freebie, my welcome sequence, my social media posts, everything that is going to be geared towards that paid offer.
That is where I get my marketing material is inside that Magnetic Messaging workbook, you will have access to that if you are in any of my programs. But let me give you a few questions for you to answer to really get you started. And my recommendation would be for you to write these questions down and then spend some good quality time getting as specific as possible with your answers. And then using those answers to guide what you say and how you say it for any of your paid offers. Or I guess the paid offer that you're answering the questions around. So first question, what do they want? What does your dream client want? Why do they want it. And so these are, it's can be like the exact thing that they want, that your program would help. But it could also be other things because as we all know, there's a spillover effect, like say you're a life coach, and you specialize in relationships and your client wants in better communication in their relationship. But they also want to get promoted at their job. And so really the spillover effect well, once you have better communication and air, more sound in your relationship, you will have the energy to focus more on your work. And that promotion could be around the corner. And these are all things that you can and should talk about in your marketing material. Because that's really when you can build that connection point. And it's not saying that everyone will feel that way.
But if you have this more broad approach, and again, something that you can see in what I do in my sales pages, if you are this person, or maybe you are this person. So you're not saying that all people also want a promotion, but you're giving yourself and that person that does want a promotion, the ability to connect in a deeper way. And then you can do that with other things too. So basically, what I'm trying to say here is when answering what do they want, don't limit it to just what that one thing that you think they want out of your program, really just get into this person's head in any capacity and see what else is there because it's just going to make it that much easier to start creating this content. So what do they want? Why do they want it? What's keeping them from getting it? This is a big, huge question to answer because if they knew how to get it or if there wasn't something blocking them they'd already be there. So what's keeping them? And then how is your program or your services going to get over that hurdle for them? How do they feel because they don't have what they want? What are the emotions that are going through because they cannot get to that point be speaking to emotions, in your copy for your sales page, for even in your social media posts, in anything is like, beyond huge speaking to emotions, getting into the feeling that they're feeling, because that's when the connection can really happen. Because then they know that you understand how they feel. And a lot of times, it's not something that we openly share or talk about in today's society, which is a total bummer. But regardless, that is when we have this like connection piece that cannot be changed, that cannot be destroyed, because you understand how they feel.
And then next, what does their life look like because they don't have it. So getting into more of like the visual ideas of visual things that they can see and feel and taste and touch of what is or is not happening in their life, because they cannot get to their point B. And then what are the consequences of continuing to not have it what will continue to happen or what new things will come up, if they continue down the road of not having that thing. Now we can move on to how they will feel once they do have it. Once they have reached that goal, what amazing emotions will come out of it again, really connecting to the feelings? And what will their life look like when they have it? How will that change that visual? What they can see, taste, smell, touch all the senses? What will that look like and feel like and be like? And what will be resolved. So those are just a few questions for you to get started. But I think think even if you can commit to spending, say an hour really diving into those questions, you will see the power that is within those answers. And like I said, if you want more help with this, if you need more this is, you know, just kind of giving you a starter if you need more. This is what we do. My friends, we take it to the next level, we understand what is keeping you from the business that you want the business that you're excited about the business of your dreams, and we make it happen together. Alright, so let me go back and read through just quickly those questions in case you didn't get them all. What do they want? Why do they want it? What's keeping them from getting it? How do they feel? Because they don't have it? What does their life look like? Because they don't have it? What are the consequences of continuing to not have it? How is it impacting them in all areas of life? How will they feel once they do have it? What will their life look like when they have it? What will be resolved.
All right, we'll leave it at that again. Commit to this if you are someone who is already a member of either one of my programs, and already has the Magnetic Messaging workbook at their fingertips, this is your reminder to go back and do it. If it's your first time doing it, do it if you've done it before, redo it and make sure you're still on point. And then keep it out keep it handy and reference it every time you are going to talk about your paid offers. It will help so much you guys so so much. Alright, that will do it for today's episode. Again, yours is your final reminder, your last chance to join me live for 60 minutes of business coaching, talking all about ways that you can make money in your wellness business happening February 14 at 11am. Mountain Standard Time. shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop I will link to it in the show notes. Now is the time to register and get in on the good be there live if you can so we can really vibe off each other. You can get your questions answered. And if you can't be there live, just make sure to register. And I'll be sure to send you the replay. All right. I'll see you live hopefully soon. And if not, I will talk to you next episode. Until next time, take care.
If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings and now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this old business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here. A passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm. Good news, you don't need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan, prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's shawnmynar.com/wbb
ARE YOU READY TO TURN YOUR PASSION FOR WELLNESS INTO A PROFITABLE BUSINESS? I know business-building can feel overwhelming. I know the to-do list can get so long that it stops you from ever getting started. I know it can seem like getting clients and building an audience is almost impossible these days. But, it doesn't have to be that way. In this episode, I’ll share the 7 simple action items you can take right now to start and grow a profitable wellness business without working more hours or adding more stress. “I just started putting myself out there. I made mistakes, tons and tons, I still do and I learn from them. I invested in myself, I asked for help and I decided that my dream would absolutely be my reality.” - Shawn Mynar
"I want you to decide to show up, decide to take action, decide to go after your purpose, passion and dreams, decide to invest to what’s actually important to you, decide that your capable and decide to make it happen." - Shawn Mynar
“How you show up in your business determines who and what you will attract and how it will feel to you.” - Shawn Mynar
"The number 1 thing keeping you from making more money is your mind." - Shawn Mynar
+++
Holistic Business Starter Sign Up Page
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
In order to have a business, you need to have people pay you for your work. Which also happens to be the exact piece of the business puzzle that trips so many entrepreneurs up. The whole idea of selling your products or services feels awkward and uncomfortable, so much so, that you avoid it altogether. The key to feeling comfortable and confident with your marketing is knowing what to say and how to say it in a way that gets people excited to pay you. And that’s exactly what we’re going to do in today’s episode.
“What I am interested in is you effectively communicating with your potential clients so they truly understand what you’re offering and can make the best decision for themselves. That to me is what marketing and selling means” - Shawn Mynar
“As a business owner, you are always marketing. Every piece of content you create is a piece of marketing material and that means that you should be using your magnetic messaging all the time.” - Shawn Mynar
“Your messaging is ‘the’ thing that will get more people to pay you for your work, I give you a hundred percent guarantee on that and I hope you can see that it really is simple.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (please note, transcript is auto-generated so expect errors in grammar, punctuation, and spelling)
In order to have a business, you need to have people pay you for your work, which also happens to be the exact piece of the business puzzle that trips so many entrepreneurs up. The whole idea of selling your products or services feels awkward and uncomfortable, so much so that you often avoid it all together. The key to feeling comfortable and competent with your marketing is knowing what to say and how to say it in a way that people get excited to pay you without you feeling salesy or sleazy. And that's exactly what we're going to do in today's episode. Let's dive in. Hey there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So, so grateful to have you all here. If this is your first episode, welcome. Happy to have you feel free to look around after you're done with this episode, and see what other episodes call to you. If this is your 130/4 episode. Love you so, so much. And thank you for your support. All right, before we get into today's very hot topic, I have a quick little reminder for you and that is of your invitation, You are cordially invited to a free live business building workshop hosted by yours truly. And it is happening very soon as in a couple days from now, if you're listening to this, when it airs, we're gonna meet live together to talk all things money, making money in your business, which is a requirement of having a business. And we'll talk about that a little more today too. But on February 14 2022, at a 11am Mountain Standard Time, I am hosting a free live zoom workshop, talking all about what you need to be doing to actually make money in your wellness business. S
o yes, this is specifically catered to the nutritionist, personal trainers, therapists, physical therapists, energy workers, yoga instructors, gosh, I could go on and on but you know who you are. And I have seven tips to share with you. That will help you make more money in your business without working more hours or adding more stress. So just to give you an idea of what we're going to do together in that hour, you're going to determine what you actually need to do in your business so you can start making the income and impact you want to make. We'll learn how to effortlessly attract your dream client to your work and turn them into paying clients. That's important. We'll brainstorm multiple streams of income for your business. So your income isn't dependent and how many hours you work ever again and find out how to turn your income from limited to limit lists with all the passive income opportunities that you have at your fingertips as a wellness business, and decide on the action steps that you need to take right now to start and grow your business with ease. They will be time for q&a and conversation and chatting. So plenty of time for that bring your questions or anything you want to discuss. And we'll just have a great time. It's happening super soon in a couple of days February 14, be sure to get it on your calendar and also sign up so if you don't sign up, you won't get the link to join live. You won't get the replay you need to sign up to get both shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop that is linked in the show notes. You can go there right now through your podcast app and get to the place where you can put your name on the list to get the information. I'm super excited. I cannot wait to hang out with you all live. It's just a totally different vibe that we cannot create in any other capacity besides doing it live. So let's do it. Shawn minor.com/wellness workshop.
Okay, we are rounding out our flow and grow framework talk today. We've spent the past three episodes going through each pillar. And now we're going to talk about the second to last pillar, the fourth pillar, which is invite. And just a quick reminder, in case you haven't listened to all of them, you should definitely go back. And they will all make much more sense if you listen to this series as a whole. So it started with Episode 132, which was defining your dream client. And then Episode 133, which was the second pillar of the flow and grow framework, which is attract your dream client to your work. And then in the last episode, we talked about building rapport with your dream client build is the third pillar. And now we're going to talk about the fourth pillar, which is invite, invite your dream client to work with you. So today, it's all about sales baby, putting out paid offers, and having people buy them. This is what it takes to have a business because I think I've said this before, here, if not, maybe you're hearing this for the first time. But if you're not making money in your business, you don't have a business, you have a hobby, I think we all want the work that we're doing for our business, to not be a hobby to actually being a business. And in order to do that, you have to make sales, you have to make money. So that is the whole goal of the invite. Pillar, we'll start it out with a quote, I do not know who said this. So I apologize if you know, or if you said it, which I don't think you did, but just in case. But this is the quote, the best marketing doesn't feel like marketing. Simple, easy, right? And so true.
And that's really the point that we all want to get to in our business, because the biggest hang up that we have about selling and marketing and talking about our paid offers and accepting money and all that stuff is because is that we don't want to feel like the used car salesman, we don't want that sleazy feeling. We don't want to be annoying. We don't want people to judge us for talking about our paid offers, we have hauled this talk in our heads around selling around marketing around talking about what we have to offer. And first of all, that's what needs to go first, that's what we really need to do as the first step, before you start trying to sell anything is to shift your mindset around selling to understand what you really truly think about it, and why and what you can do to reverse out of that. And, of course, we do all that in a holistic business starter, before we even get into the invite pillar. But once that's done, then we can focus on really two pieces of the marketing and selling puzzle. First is to figure out what you want your paid offer to be. So we have to create a paid offer.
Now, if we're talking specifically service based businesses, and even more specific wellness businesses, this could be taking a one on one clients, it could be having a group program, which you would all know I'm a huge fan of signature programs all the way. It could be having a workshop like a paid workshop, it could be having a membership, you have options, we all have options. And really at some point, you will probably have more than one of those in your business as a paid offer. But we have to start with just one. What do you want your paid offer to be. And you may already know this, you may already have all of this setup, which is great. But if you don't, then that's something you need to consider. And it's not just about you know what everyone else is doing, or what you think your clients will buy or will pay for, you really need to have more to the story with this decision. It needs to be something that you want to do that you're excited about that you feel like it's a good fit for you and your personality and your life. Some people absolutely love taking one on one clients, they really want to do that. For others, they're an introvert or they don't have the time to be able to do that to where they could actually make a decent living doing that. And you need to think of a different way and that's where something like a signature program comes into play. We won't talk about that more here. Definitely something that will decide together inside holistic business starter, but this is the big piece to the invite pillar.
The first piece really is what are you selling? What do you want your paid offer to be? And then the second part of the invite pillar is understanding how to sell that paid offer. Which first of all means we need to get over our fear of selling we need to get over those false stories like I just said it And that takes care of about 90% of the problem that we have with selling and marketing. But then after that, we need to add in the strategy that comes along with marketing and sales. And as you may know about me, I am not remotely interested in any sort of pushy, annoying salesy marketing methods, that is not what I do. That is not what I ever have done in my business. And that's not what I teach. But what I am interested in is you effectively communicating with your potential clients, so they truly understand what you're offering and can make the best decision for themselves. That, to me is what marketing and selling means, let me repeat that you are effectively communicating with your potential clients, so they understand what you're offering and can make the best decision for themselves. It is not up to you to make their decision, it is up to you to provide the relevant information. And this is what most people get wrong. And please know I say this with all the love, I am not saying this to call you out at all. I'm saying this because it's going to help you so so much like life changing stuff, your business changing stuff, you, my friend, are not effectively communicating about your offer at all, like I love you, but you're not like Not one bit. Very, very, very rarely do I see someone who was effectively communicating about their offer as a new or intermediate business owner.
Now Yeah, the advanced people, that one's crushing it, they've got it figured out. And that is why they're crushing it. But the the new business owner or the business owner has been kind of hanging on for a couple years, the communication is off. And I have good news for you, it is super easy to change this, it is going to feel a little uncomfortable at first. But once you get the hang of it, it is so easy. And it will start coming more naturally, it's not going to come naturally at first. Alright, so let's get into it. And we'll go back to the whole point of this podcast episode, which was the number one thing that you need to be doing to get more paying clients? And the answer is you need to have Magnetic Messaging. We've talked about this before in a couple of different episodes, we're going to talk about it again, we'll keep talking about it is that important? First, for those that aren't familiar what is messaging. In the business world, at least, it is the words that you use to share about your business, your work, and your paid offers. It is how you communicate with your audience about those paid offers. And it's your marketing it is 100% marketing material. And as a business owner, you are always marketing, every piece of content that you create is a piece of marketing material. And that means that you should be using your Magnetic Messaging all the time, every day, every piece of content you put out should have that messaging in mind. And it's not something that you can ignore. If you ignore this and you create content just on the fly just as you feel like it as the wind blows, then you are missing a big huge opportunity. So that's messaging. And then of course, we're going to take it one step further and talk about it being magnetic. Let's make it magnetic which means it is attracting the right people to your work without it feeling salesy or annoying or pushy or anything like that. And that is when it becomes magnetic. Okay, so let's do a little messaging work so you can really see what this is and what the difference is based on what you're doing or what you think you might do.
The first step to your message is to understand and speak to where your dream client is at in their problem state. And we want to get to the point of speaking so directly to this problem or problems that they have, that they can easily say and will actually say to themselves. Oh my gosh, that's me. How did they know? They get me? Whoa, I can't believe this. And also, this problem really sucks, I do not want to be here anymore, I need a solution. So this is the first big chunk of your messaging is meeting your dream clients, where they're at. And just as a side note, as you can see, we're still talking about that dream client. So if you still haven't defined your dream client, go back to Episode 132, and start there. But you can see how it is so key to everything else that you're doing here in your business. So back to the messaging talk, first big chunk, meet them where they're at, in their problem state so vividly, so real so authentically, that they realize that you get them. And they realize they have to do something about this problem. Now, the second piece of your message is to speak to where they want to be, where they want to get what it is, like when their problem is resolved, to the point that they say, Oh, my gosh, I really want to be there, that is exactly what I want, I want to feel that way I want my life to be that way. This is what I need to do. That is where we want to get in the second piece of our message is really speak to the future that they're looking for with their problem solved. And what that looks like and what that feels like for them. And then the third piece of your message is to fill the gap, you know, in the point A and point B, you've just really made clear. And now you've created this very obvious gap for this person, I am here in this problem state I want to be here with this resolved, I have this gap of how to get from point A to point B, and it becomes very easy for you then to showcase how your services, your product, your program fills that gap. How what you do and how you can help them will take them on a journey from where they are now at that point A in that unwanted state to where they want to be in that desired state. That is, you know, in a nutshell, your messaging. Now, are you doing that? Are you doing that on your sales pages? Are you doing that in your emails, your sales emails or your welcome sequence? Are you doing that in your freebies? Are you doing that in your social media posts, that is your focus those three things. Now what I see from the outside looking in as a business coach who really wants to help everyone, what I see is you have a paid offer.
And so you talk about what's included, what to expect, what you're going to do, how it works. And all of that is great, like you can and should absolutely include that. But we don't have to talk about that stuff until you've basically already sold someone through your messaging, you are not doing the point A to point B and the bridge. That is what you really should be spending like 90% of your sales page doing if you have a paid offer 90% of what you talk about in your social media posts, when you're talking about your paid offer, or your podcast or your blog or, or your emails, whatever you're doing, talking about the a the B and the bridge, and then being like yeah, and here's what you'll get as like the final thing once they've already been totally sold, because you've connected with them in such a meaningful way through that messaging where they really truly get that you get them where they really truly understand that you know the problem that you know the solution and you know how to get there. And that is not done through you creating a list of what's included in your program, or what they get as part of your one on one package that is done in your messaging. So your messaging is the thing that will get more people to pay you for your work. I give you a 100% guarantee on that. And I hope you can see that it really is simple. It's simple. The A the be the bridge, just focus on that and see what changes for you. And if you want some examples, I would love for you to head over to my website.
You can check out either the sales page for holistic business starter or the sales page for signature program lab. And you will see how, I guess use this as a little exercise for you see if you can pick out the point A, see if you can see when I changed the conversation to the point B, and then see if you see where I can change that change the conversation again to the bridge and how that program can help bridge the gap for them of where they are and where they want to be. So both of them are available on my website, Shawn minor.com, just head to the courses and coaching section. And both of them are listed right there. I think as of right now, the waitlist for holistic business starter is up there, but I still have the point A to point B, and then bridge as part of the waitlist. So that would be a really good exercise for you to do. So you can get some examples and some idea of what I'm talking about. Again, this is something we work through together inside holistic business starter. And that's also a great opportunity for you to practice and then get some feedback from myself and from your peers from the people in the group as well, to see if it's working, if it flows if it feels good, and get some points, if you ever feel stuck in any of this. But in this episode, I want to give you some place to get started, I want to give you some ideas. And really, what needs to happen is you're just answering a bunch of questions.
So in both holistic business starter and signature program lab, my two programs, I have the Magnetic Messaging workbook that I created, and it's 29 questions. And for me personally, every single time I have a new paid offer, I spend a couple hours at least going through that Magnetic Messaging workbook, and answering all those questions for the specific person that I think would be a great fit for that for that paid offer, which of course is going to be my dream client, and really honing in on that and spending a lot of quality time in that Magnetic Messaging workbook, because then that is what guides my sales page, my sales emails, my freebie, my welcome sequence, my social media posts, everything that is going to be geared towards that paid offer. That is where I get my marketing material is inside that Magnetic Messaging workbook, you will have access to that if you are in any of my programs. But let me give you a few questions for you to answer to really get you started. And my recommendation would be for you to write these questions down and then spend some good quality time getting as specific as possible with your answers. And then using those answers to guide what you say and how you say it for any of your paid offers. Or I guess the paid offer that you're answering the questions around. So first question, what do they want? What does your dream client want? Why do they want it. And so these are, it's can be like the exact thing that they want, that your program would help. But it could also be other things because as we all know, there's a spillover effect, like say you're a life coach, and you specialize in relationships and your client wants in better communication in their relationship.
But they also want to get promoted at their job. And so really the spillover effect well, once you have better communication and air, more sound in your relationship, you will have the energy to focus more on your work. And that promotion could be around the corner. And these are all things that you can and should talk about in your marketing material. Because that's really when you can build that connection point. And it's not saying that everyone will feel that way. But if you have this more broad approach, and again, something that you can see in what I do in my sales pages, if you are this person, or maybe you are this person. So you're not saying that all people also want a promotion, but you're giving yourself and that person that does want a promotion, the ability to connect in a deeper way. And then you can do that with other things too. So basically, what I'm trying to say here is when answering what do they want, don't limit it to just what that one thing that you think they want out of your program, really just get into this person's head in any capacity and see what else is there because it's just going to make it that much easier to start creating this content. So what do they want? Why do they want it? What's keeping them from getting it? This is a big, huge question to answer because if they knew how to get it or if there wasn't something blocking them they'd already be there. So what's keeping them? And then how is your program or your services going to get over that hurdle for them? How do they feel because they don't have what they want? What are the emotions that are going through because they cannot get to that point be speaking to emotions, in your copy for your sales page, for even in your social media posts, in anything is like, beyond huge speaking to emotions, getting into the feeling that they're feeling, because that's when the connection can really happen. Because then they know that you understand how they feel.
And a lot of times, it's not something that we openly share or talk about in today's society, which is a total bummer. But regardless, that is when we have this like connection piece that cannot be changed, that cannot be destroyed, because you understand how they feel. And then next, what does their life look like because they don't have it. So getting into more of like the visual ideas of visual things that they can see and feel and taste and touch of what is or is not happening in their life, because they cannot get to their point B. And then what are the consequences of continuing to not have it what will continue to happen or what new things will come up, if they continue down the road of not having that thing. Now we can move on to how they will feel once they do have it. Once they have reached that goal, what amazing emotions will come out of it again, really connecting to the feelings? And what will their life look like when they have it? How will that change that visual? What they can see, taste, smell, touch all the senses? What will that look like and feel like and be like? And what will be resolved. So those are just a few questions for you to get started. But I think think even if you can commit to spending, say an hour really diving into those questions, you will see the power that is within those answers. And like I said, if you want more help with this, if you need more this is, you know, just kind of giving you a starter if you need more. This is what we do. My friends, we take it to the next level, we understand what is keeping you from the business that you want the business that you're excited about the business of your dreams, and we make it happen together.
Alright, so let me go back and read through just quickly those questions in case you didn't get them all. What do they want? Why do they want it? What's keeping them from getting it? How do they feel? Because they don't have it? What does their life look like? Because they don't have it? What are the consequences of continuing to not have it? How is it impacting them in all areas of life? How will they feel once they do have it? What will their life look like when they have it? What will be resolved. All right, we'll leave it at that again. Commit to this if you are someone who is already a member of either one of my programs, and already has the Magnetic Messaging workbook at their fingertips, this is your reminder to go back and do it. If it's your first time doing it, do it if you've done it before, redo it and make sure you're still on point. And then keep it out keep it handy and reference it every time you are going to talk about your paid offers. It will help so much you guys so so much. Alright, that will do it for today's episode. Again, yours is your final reminder, your last chance to join me live for 60 minutes of business coaching, talking all about ways that you can make money in your wellness business happening February 14 at 11am. Mountain Standard Time. shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop. I will link to it in the show notes.
Now is the time to register and get in on the good be there live if you can so we can really vibe off each other. You can get your questions answered. And if you can't be there live, just make sure to register. And I'll be sure to send you the replay. All right. I'll see you live hopefully soon. And if not, I will talk to you next episode. Until next time, take care. If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings and now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this old business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here. A passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm. Good news, you don't need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan, prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's shawnmynar.com/wbb
It’s no secret that having a solid email list is the key to building a successful business, and one that stands the test of time. But, the idea of building your email list can still feel overwhelming and confusing for a lot of new business owners. Today, I’m going to break down exactly what I did to add 20,000 new email subscribers on my list in one year…no paid ads required.
“So the key to your business success is in the email list and the primary goal of your business should be to get people on your email list so you can connect to them in a meaningful way there.” - Shawn Mynar
“It takes seven times for someone to take action on something that they’re interested in. They need to hear way more than you think they do.” - Shawn Mynar
“You cannot be afraid to talk about your freebie a lot. It is okay, it is part of being in business, it will change your business so much and it is not annoying.” - Shawn Mynar
“Know that you are providing a service, something so valuable for someone that needs it and they’re not going to know just because you post about it once every few months. It needs to be very regular, very consistent, very often.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: (please note, transcripts are auto-generated and will contain errors in spelling, grammar, and punctuation)
It's no secret that having a solid email list is the key to building a successful business, and one that stands the test of time. But the idea of getting people on your list can still feel overwhelming and confusing for a lot of new business owners. Today, I'm going to break down exactly what I did to add 20,000 new email subscribers to my list in just one year, no paid ads required. So let's dive in. Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. Thank you so so much for being here. As I'm sure you know, by now, I am so grateful for each and every one of you. And for everything you do to support this show. We've got a juicy episode ahead of us today. But first, I have an invitation for you. I am hosting a free live business building workshop. And you are invited. It is happening February 14 2022 at 11am Mountain Standard Time, and it will be hosted on Zoom, it will be live, we'll all kind of hang out, I'm going to share seven ways to actually make money in your wellness business. So yes, this is for wellness practitioners, you know, nutritionists, health coaches, personal trainers, therapists, energy workers, physical therapists, I could continue continue going on and on, you know who you are. But even if you are not that person, this actually still would apply to you if you are a service based business owner. So feel free to come even if you are not in the wellness space, you will get a ton out of it. We're going to talk about things like how to turn lurkers into paying clients, multiple income streams that won't involve more work or more hours from you how to create passive income opportunities, and actual action steps that you need to be taking. And you can take in your business right now today to start making more money. So this really is geared for the wellness business owner who is just starting out, or who has been in business for a few years and is not making the money they want to make, or you haven't started your business yet, but when you do, you want to be making some money when you do that it is for you. So you can save your seat over at shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop. If you want to get the recording, you know, you cannot be there live February 14 at 11am. Mountain Standard Time, that doesn't work for you get your name on the list, and you will still get the recording. If you don't sign up, then I don't know that you're interested and I cannot send you the recording. So you have to do that if you want to get this information at all. There will also be plenty of time for q&a about anything in your business. I'm happy to help. So you can bring your questions and we can just have a general business discussion. That's always fun, too. But really, anytime we can connect live face to face, I mean, you'll see my face I will not be able to see yours. But that's okay, I can imagine you out there I can use my imagination. And we can really connect in a new way besides just this podcast or social media. But we have this live connection point. So shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop it is coming up so soon and I hope to see you there now.
Today we are moving on to talk about the build pillar of the flow and grow framework. If you've been listening to the past few episodes, then you know I'm doing a little podcast series we'll call it it's going to be about four episodes worth where I talk about every pillar of the flow and growth framework, which is my signature framework that we work through inside of holistic business starter which is my business program for wellness business owners. We've already gone through two pillars we Started with the Define pillar, define your dream client. And then we went through the Attract pillar, which is attract your dream client to your work. Those were episodes 132 and 133. If you want to go back and listen in haven't yet, now we're moving on to the build pillar, which is building rapport with your dream client. This pillar is all about communication and connection and creating a relationship with your dream clients so that they feel comfortable taking the next step with you. Really, you want to get them to the point where they're like, Yes, take my money, I want your help, I need your help, please, how can I work with you, that's what we can do. That's how far we can get in the build pillar. So that really selling is easy. It's super easy. All you have to do is announce you have something going on announced that you're taking clients or you have a new program coming out, and people are ready, they have been ready. And that's where it really gets fun. And the whole goal of the build a pillar, we're going to start with a quote, which says this is from Paul Meyer, which says communication, the human connection is the key to personal and business success. I edit it a little bit, I think it said the key to personal and career success. I edited it to say business success. So let me read that again. Communication, the human connection is the key to personal and business success, which is the whole point of the build pillar, build rapport with your dream client. Now, we actually already spent a ton of time on the build pillar recently. And you guys didn't even know that at the time. But that's what we were doing. If you remember back to episodes, 126 and 130. So not that long ago, we did a whole aligned audience attraction series, we spent four episodes, talking about attracting your audience. And in that series, we talked a lot about email lists and freebies and newsletters, and creating a new mindset and energy around those things. So that you understand the importance and the purpose of them.
And so that you actually want to do them because you know how beneficial they are for you, and your clients and your business. We did all that. And if you didn't listen to those episodes, definitely go back, you will get so much value out of those four episodes, it will completely change your business if you let it. And all of that stuff is a big chunk of the build pillar inside holistic business starter. It's all about creating a super valuable, unique freebie. It's all about writing a warm, inviting welcome sequence for the people that come into your world through your email list. And then it's also about committing to a regular newsletter schedule, and doing it. So those are the three things that we really make sure that you're doing in the build pillar pillar of holistic business starter. And just as a quick reminder, I want to go over why this is so so so so important for your business. We've talked about it a lot, I'm gonna say it again, there's this thing called the know like and trust factor Kvlt for short, and your clients need it before they decide to go from an audience member to a paying client. It is extremely rare that someone happens upon your Instagram feed. And then within a week is ready to pull the trigger and buy from you and become a client or be part of your course or your membership or your group program. Super rare. They need to be warmed up. They need time to get to know you. They need time to like you and you your personality, what you do what you offer, how you teach how you share everything about you. And then they need to trust you to trust you with their problem that you are the person that can help them get to their solution. Everybody needs it, we need that you need that yourself when you are making a buying decision to you have to get to that point. And it's really not up to you when that happens or how that happens or how long it takes for someone that is in your audience to become a paying client. What you do have control over is how you do that how you show up for them and what you use to build that know like and trust with them. And the best way to do this is through regular communication. And the best way to know that they are receiving your communication and that you are popping up in their world is with you Email.
It's not social media, because you don't know what the algorithm is going to do. You don't know how many people the algorithm is going to show your posts to. It's not social media. Yes, that is a great cherry on top. Yes, definitely use it to enhance what you're already doing in your business. But we really need to get to the point you guys know, I feel this way about social media. But just in case, you haven't heard me say it in a while or ever, we need to get to a point where we don't have to use social media to build your business. And then when you do, and you use it anyway, because it's their to free marketing tool, you might as well, that is when we're really in a great position. Because if social media ever goes away, or if you just ever don't feel like it, you don't have to rely on this thing that you have no control over to build your business. And that is what an email list does for you. 100%. So the key to your business success is in the email list. And the primary goal of your business should be to get people on that email list so that you can connect with them in a meaningful way there. This is not so that you can be annoying and email them every day, or only email them when you have something for sale and be salesy about it and weird. Of course not. That's not the kind of people we are, that's not the thing we're going to do, we're going to use this as a really great tool to establish a connection, to really have authentic communication, and to connect with people in a meaningful way. That's what we really want to do. And since we've talked about all these topics, already, and quite recently, I wanted to mix things up a little bit for this specific discussion, and share a little story of how I built my email list. And how I grew from around 500 to over 21,000 In just one year.
And no, it was not Facebook ads. Although I have nothing against Facebook ads, I use them. I think they're great. I highly recommend them when you are ready. And that's a whole nother discussion. But I didn't use them in that year for this growth. I did it all organically. And so I want to share with you what I did. Are you ready for this big reveal this big story of what I did this crazy wild thing that I did to grow my email list so rapidly? Oh, the suspense. I had an epic freebie. And I talked about that freebie. A lot. That is my story. That is it. Yep, that's all it took. Actually, it's kind of a lie because I actually had three epic freebies. So I had three epic freebies and I talked about those epic freebies a lot. That's the actual story. That's it. There is no magic, no secret sauce, and nothing special. Except having those epic freebies and making sure everyone knew about them. So let's break this down a little bit. I want to share with you what these freebies were. Because I really believe that the freebies were the biggest reason, obviously, why I was able to build my list so rapidly. And by the way, just so we have some context here. This was back from mid 2017 to mid 2018. I was at the time a nutritionist teaching the keto diet to women. So my freebies were I have three epic freebies, they were number one a quiz showing people if they had a fat burning metabolism or a sugar burning metabolism. So it was a quiz. The second thing was a Keto dessert recipe book with 10 dessert recipes that were zero or low sugar. And then the third thing was a PDF of my favorite supplements to take while you were on a keto diet, and how to take them. Those were my three freebies. And those freebies accounted for over 90% of my audience growth in those 12 months. Why? Because they were highly, highly valuable freebies for my specific audience. So once again, we're going back to that first conversation we had back in episode 132. about defining your dream client and how that is the core focus. That is the first thing to do before you can do anything else in your business because it all revolves around that piece. So I knew my dream client. And I created a specific freebies that were extremely valuable. Like, they could not say no to wanting those freebies, they absolutely wanted them.
And it was like a no brainer, yes, I will give you my email address so that I can get my hands on these recipes. or Yes, I will give you my email address. So I can figure out if I'm burning sugar, or if I'm burning fat. And if you were not someone who was interested in the keto diet or doing the keto diet, then you would not be interested remotely in these freebies. And that was a really big test for me to make sure that I was only creating things that would be irresistible to the people that I was working with, and the program that I was running to where they would want to be a paying client. And not being a value not being of interest to the people that I wasn't working with at the time. And that's how you know that you have a really good freebie because it is irresistible to the right people. And this is the conversation that I want to have with you today. Because there is a good chance that if you have a freebie already that and I'm not saying this is 100%, because I haven't seen your freebie, so I can't say but what I do see a lot of people have freebies, that really aren't exciting or valuable or irresistible enough to build their audience to build their email list. And we are at the point in the world of online business, or really business in general, where everyone knows what a freebie is, everyone knows that when they type their name and email address into this box to get this thing, they are also going to start getting emails from you. And so it has become an even more protected thing. And like you're not fooling anyone.
So what we really need to do is make it so that that does not matter. Make it so that they are more than willing to put in their email address and more than willing to get emails from you on a regular basis because you're created something so valuable that really, they would have paid for that big people could have easily paid me for this recipe book. But no, I gave it away for free in exchange for their email address. So this is the first big, big piece, I want you to challenge yourself. Really go back and look, if you already have a freebie. Is it irresistible enough? And what can you do to make it more? So? Can you turn it maybe into a different approach? Like there's tons of you know, workbooks and worksheets and PDF guides and those kinds of things? Is it something where you can take the information and turn it into a more fun and engaging thing like a quiz, or like a journal or something like that just get a little more unique with it, we really have to try to stand out from the crowd. And you can do that with a freebie. 100%. But it takes a little bit more thought. And it's worth it. It is so worth it to put that thought and energy and time into creating a really amazing freebie. Can you imagine what would happen in your business? If you created a freebie that got you 20,000 new eyes on your work that you could then email every week and connect with in this different way? What would that do for you and your business? And isn't it worth it? To do something that would get you there? I think we all would say yes.
So that's the first conversation we need to have. And the first thing that I did, yes, I created three, I didn't create three right away they kind of just happened as I was getting more and more clients and getting into the work and realizing what people actually needed and wanted and creating them when I had time. So it's not like you have to have three, your resistible epic freebies right away. Let's start with one and then you can move on from there. And then the second piece to the puzzle is that I talked about these freebies. A lot. I talked about them way more than I talked about any of my paid offer. I shared about them everywhere. I talked about them on my podcast with links. In every episode I talked about them in every episode, I talked about why people needed them in every episode. Basically, I was selling my freebie in every episode. And in fact, I actually recorded a whole podcast episode about the supplements so I talked about each supplement. Why you should take it why it would work how How to take it and then linked to the freebie to get it with the links to get the supplements. And so that works really well as a standalone podcast episode. So that's something you could consider doing too. I also highlighted all three of these freebies, all over my website, of course, on the homepage, showcasing the freebies, them having their own separate little bar on the homepage, I linked them up in the show notes of every podcast episode, they were on the sidebar of every blog post.
So for me, on the blogs, I have a whole sidebar to the right, where it has little places you can click into those all were freebies, and you know, talking about them and referencing them in my actual blog posts to super important to put it as part of the conversation that's happening in the blog post. So people can click on that and get it there. And my quiz I actually had it was a bar at the top of my website on every single page. And that was something that I set up through the host of the quiz, which was interact, and put that as a bar that just no matter what page people were on, it would show up and they could click and start taking the quiz and get the results. And by the way, just a side note, people love quizzes, especially if you create a quiz, where people just really want to know that thing about themselves. And this is again, something to really start brainstorming and take the time to really think about in your business, what would just be something irresistible that people would have to know about themselves. Obviously, people want to know if they're burning burning sugar or burning fat, that was a no brainer. And so I made that quiz. And it was like, um, just immediately took off. And it was everywhere. I talked about it everywhere. I talked about it on social media, linked it in my stories, linked it in my bio, you know, just made sure that everyone knew that that was something available for them to take. So now I'm using my tool, which for me was a podcast, and we talked about tools in the last episode, Episode 133. So go back and listen, if you haven't, I talk, I use my tool to talk about my freebie. Often, I use my website to showcase my freebie everywhere. And then I also made it a point to get people to my website, I created reasons for people to go to my website, I wrote blog posts specifically for my dream client, and then share those blog posts on Pinterest. I share recipes on my website, I would send them to my website to listen to the latest podcast episodes. Because once someone is on your website, there's a better chance of them staying and kind of looking around and clicking here and clicking there. And oh, here's this freebie, I want this much better chance. But you have to have that freebie, very obvious to the eye to the person that is on your website, reading a blog post for them to take the next step after they're done reading.
So you put the freebies on your website, and then it's very easy to guide people to your website, and then they can take it from there. And of course, I'm using social media to my advantage and talking about my freebies, on social media. Not every post. Of course not that would be annoying. But I always give the advice of a few times a week on your stories, you can talk about your freebies and put a link to sign up to get it and maybe once every, let's say, seven to 10 posts on your feed. You can be talking specifically about your freebie or mention your freebie and, you know say Lincoln bio to get it. It is a regular thing. And this is what I do not see people doing I know you have a really great freebie, although let's put it through the test and make sure it's unique and epic and irresistible to your dream client specifically. But I know you have a good freebie, but you're not talking about it. And people do not know it is there on their own. It is very rare that someone is just going to happen upon it and decide to put their name and email address in you have to talk about it. You have to put you yourself and your work out there in all these unique ways with the goal of getting people on your email list because once they're there, it's a whole different story. And yes, they can unsubscribe, no, not everyone is going to open your emails but you have a way better chance of connecting with them authentically to get the word out about you and your business and how you operate and what you teach and what you're passionate about and all these tips and tricks that you're giving away for free is for them to help them just to help them get started, they will get all of that through your emails.
And as you can see, I am incredibly passionate about this. Can I just tell you, I did not know that I was this passionate about freebies, and email lists and frequent regular newsletters until, like, I became a business coach. I'm like, wow, I really get amped up when I talk about this stuff, because I know how important it is because it happened to me. And I know how transformational it can be for a business because it happened to me. And so this is how I gained 20,000 email subscribers in one year for free. I didn't have any ads, any Facebook ads, Instagram ads, I didn't use anything but my own mouth, my own words, my own actions, and really just getting out of my own way and not being afraid to share about a freebie. It's free. It's free. You're not asking someone to pay you a million dollars for this thing. It is free. And it is helpful, and you created it to help this person out. And they want that help. But they don't know that it's there. And even if you've told them once, even if they've read it twice, even if they've heard it three times, it takes seven times for someone to take action on something that they're interested in, they need to hear it more, they need to hear it way more than you think they do. And when you do that, it's quite simple. But you cannot be afraid to talk about your freebie a lot. A lot. It is okay. It is part of being in business, it will change your business so much. And it is not annoying. It is a free resource that you created for someone that needs it. It is not annoying to talk about that. Okay, I'm gonna get off my tangent. I'm a little heated right now, I'm so passionate about this. But I do just want to break this down. I think we all got it. But we'll put it into some tips for you to follow in your business so that it's succinct. And you know where we're going with this episode. First of all, don't create a freebie just so you have a freebie I repeat, do not create a freebie just so you have a freebie that is honestly a huge waste of your time and energy. What you need to do is take the time to brainstorm a freebie that would be irresistible to your dream client. Think of something unique to you and your approach, how you would solve their problem, how you would help them think of something unique and you all have it you do, you may not think you do, you have a unique approach.
And there is a way to put it into a freebie that would be unique and stand out and irresistible to your dream client. So take the time to really think about this and find a way to deliver it that's fun and flows and feels good for you and your dream client take the time to make it robust and well designed. And keep in mind that this is often someone's first impression of you and your work. So make it a really, really good first impression. This does not mean that you need to hire a designer, this does not mean that you need to spend months trying to create this thing. It doesn't it could all be done in less than a week. But it is intentional time spent on your freebie it is not just putting something together. So you can say you have a freebie and talk about it once or twice. That is not what we're doing here. The second tip I have for you don't be afraid to share about your freebies, a lot. All of your other content should be pointing back to your freebie that really is the biggest goal for what you're doing here in your business. Even more so than getting people to buy your products and services. It is more so to get people on your email list because most purchases happen through your email list. So you have a way better chance of capturing that of establishing that connection, building the know like trust and getting to them to the point where they're ready to purchase by email than from any other source. So the point of, you know, being on social media, the point of having a podcast, having a YouTube channel, all the things and having these tools is to get people on your email list because that is where the transaction happens. So think about it that way.
And just Share, share, share about it. And keep in mind like I said, this is a free offer. So if you're shy about talking about a free thing, how are you ever going to talk about your paid offer? It's like you're putting that same mindset on this two different things. but it really is showing you how you feel about selling and showing up and inviting people into your world. So if you're shy about talking about your freebie, then we have some work to do on your overall sales and marketing mindset. And that's like a big chunk of what we do in holistic business starter, along with creating your freebie and getting your email list going and all that good stuff. But we really have to get clear and get over it. And just know that you are providing a service providing something so valuable for someone that needs it. And they're not going to know just because you post about it once every few months, it needs to be very regular, very consistent very often. Last thing, include ads, quote, unquote, ads about your freebie all over your website, and then get people to go to your website. You can do this through blog posts, podcast show notes, waitlists paid offers, whatever it is. And even if you don't have a website, yes, it's just a hack, you can absolutely do the rest of this, you do not need a website to have a freebie you can create an entire freebie flow without a website, and no one would know the difference, you can do this all in your email service provider, create like a landing page for your freebie that's really beautiful, and looks really well designed. And then get people on your list and start sending them emails. And you can do it all without having a website. So you don't need that as a barrier to entry before you can start setting up and building your email list. And so if you do have a website, then just know it should include your freebies all over the place, you should link to them, there should be like I said, the ads that have an image and get people interested in them. And doing this really all of this builds a long term strategy for your email list growth too, because people will read that blog post two years from now people will listen to that podcast episode a year from now, and be interested in join your list at that point. So we're really trying to create the system that works for you all the time. And not just when you decide to talk about it on social media. And then maybe you get three people and then you don't talk about it for three weeks. And you don't get anybody on your list.
And then you talk about it again, you get three more people. That is that's too slow, we want to reach more people in a more meaningful way, which means we need to be more intentional with it. And this is how you do it. All right, we'll leave the conversation at that for now. As you can see, I could absolutely talk about this all day long. I think it is so important and so fascinating. And so fun. When it starts happening in your business, it's just the coolest experience. And this is how we build rapport with your dream client, which is the third out of five pillars in the flow and grow framework that we work through inside of holistic business starter, it is a step that you cannot ignore my friends, because without it, you are not going to make any sales. Or maybe you'll make a few sales because of social media, but you will not make the impact and the income that you really, truly can make if you don't have this going in your business. And if you don't make any sales in your business, you don't have a business. So we have to start here, we have to do this intentionally. And when you do, you will see such a big difference in your business growth and in your bottom line. All right, I will leave it at that. Once again. Don't forget to sign up for the free live workshop I'm hosting February 14 2022 at 11am. Mountain Standard Time, whether you're going to be there live, which if at all possible, be there live, it is super fun.
We can chat, we can talk it out, we can do q&a, really make sure you're getting all your questions answered. And you will feel so like excited to have a business to work on your business. We all kind of feed off each other's energy. And we're all just excited at that point. So if you can be there live, please do. If not, you can absolutely get the recording and you will still feed off that energy. So no worries. But either way, you have to sign up at Shawn minor.com/wellness workshop, and I will see you live February 14. All right, until next time, take care. If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings and now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here. A passionate nutritionist turned business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don't need a perfect website, a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan, prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business? Because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's shawnmynar.com/wbb
If you want to reach more people, and share your message in a new way, then adding a podcast to your business is something you should definitely consider. I’m a huge fan of podcasting and truly believe it is the best way to build your audience authentically and get more people involved in the work you do quickly. After 7 years of podcasting, hundreds of episodes recorded, and millions of podcast downloads, I’ve got some tips and tricks to help you start your own podcast and make sure it’s a success from the start.
“Podcasting doesn’t have to be perfect and people actually love imperfect podcast.” - Shawn Mynar
“Be yourself, be authentic, share what you want to share and don’t feel like you can’t mess up or you can’t say the wrong thing, all of that is what people love. It’s what makes you real, relatable, and it makes the right people find you.” - Shawn Mynar
“The biggest way to grow your podcast audience is by word of mouth, by referral.” - Shawn Mynar
“Really the biggest hurdle is to get over your fears and record.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
How To Actually Make Money In Your Wellness Business FREE, LIVE Workshop
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: please note, transcript is auto-generated and contains errors in punctuation, grammar, and spelling
If you want to reach more people and share your message in a new way, than adding a podcast to your business is something you should definitely consider. I am obviously a huge fan of podcasting and truly believe it is the best way to build your audience authentically, and get more people involved in the work you do quickly. After seven years of podcasting, hundreds of episodes recorded and millions of podcast downloads, I've got a few tips and tricks for you to help you start your own podcast and make sure it's a success from the start. So let's dive in. Hey, there, I'm Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So grateful to have you here. Thank you so much for checking out this episode, which is going to be all about podcasting. Look at that. What a coincidence. If you listen to the last episode of the show, which would be Episode 132, then you know that I'm going to spend the next few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, breaking down the framework that we go through inside holistic business starter, which for those that don't know is the former unstuck entrepreneur program, which is my business building program for Wellness Business Owners. It has its own framework, and I call it the flow and grow framework. And we're going to spend about four episodes, talking about each pillar of that framework in kind of a celebration of the rename the rebrand, and enrollment of the next group, which is happening very, very soon. Speaking of registration for the free live workshop that I am going to host is officially open for you to save your seat. Once again, it's free, and it's live. So one hour, let's say 75 minutes just in case where we can all get together and have a conversation and get some coaching and get some advice and some tips and tricks. Get your questions answered. That is happening on February 14 at 11am. Mountain Standard Time. If you don't know what time that is, in your neck of the woods, head to Google put in 11am Mountain Standard Time and your timezone and it will calculate that for you. And we are going to be talking all about making money. Yes, actually making the money that you want to make that you deserve to make in your wellness business. So this is specifically for wellness business owners, whether that is something that is in your future. Maybe you just started your business or you're a few years in and not making the money you want to make. This is for you. This includes nutritionists, personal trainers, health coaches, life coaches, energy workers, therapists, yoga instructors, physical therapists, naturopath, you get the idea, anyone in that general wellness realm, this is specifically for you. Let me just tell you quickly some things that we're going to do together. So first of all, we're going to determine what you actually need to be doing in your business so that you start making the income you deserve, while also making the impact that you hope to make on others. We'll learn how to effortlessly attract your dream client to your work and turn them into paying clients, not just lurkers, we're not looking for lurkers here. We're looking for people to pay you for your work. We'll also brainstorm multiple streams of income for your business. So your income doesn't depend on how many hours you work. And we'll find out how to turn your income from limited to limit lists with all of these passive income opportunities that you have at your fingertips as a wellness business. And then lastly, we'll decide on the action steps that you need to take so you can start and grow your business with ease. There'll be plenty of time for q&a. I'll Make sure to get to all of your questions, even if that means we're staying for like, a couple hours. Hey, that's fine. I'm here for it. I am here for it all. So be sure to save your seat at shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop, you can officially do that today for the February 14 party, even if you can't be there live and you want to catch the replay, you have to register a loss. I don't know that you want that replay. And you won't get it. So be sure to register shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop, that link will be available to you in the show notes of this episode, as well. So you can just use your phone right now click on that link and get signed up.
All right, let's move on to talking about podcasting. Honestly, I really cannot believe that this is the first episode I've ever done on podcasting. Because as I'm sure you all can probably guess, I am a huge, huge fan. Like I just think that podcasting is the best thing ever, for small business owners solopreneurs service based businesses, because you just can reach people in such an authentic and real way and establish that connection. that know like and trust that we talked about the past few episodes, I think we've talked about it, you can establish that so quickly in the format of a podcast, because you are just hanging out in people's earbuds as they're taking a walk or working out or making dinner, or you know, you're in the car with them as they're on their way to work like that is some powerful stuff. And you have the ability to do that with a very low budget, like it does not take much money, or even much time to start a podcast. So that's what we're going to talk about today. I hope to answer a lot of the questions that you have about starting a podcast. But if you have more after this episode airs, be sure to send them to me I get all of my questions over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur over there. That's where I collect them. And then I can do another podcast episode in the future answering those specific ones. But I will tell you that over the past few years, probably five years at this point. I have gotten so so many questions about podcasting, even before I was ever a business coach or ever even had let on that I liked talking about business like back in the day when I was like, full on nutritionist like don't talk to me about anything else, but health related stuff. I was getting questions all the time from people who wanted to start a podcast and asking how to do that. So I should have known back then that I was going to someday be recording a podcast about podcasting.
As a business coach, I feel like that was my first sign that it would happen someday. And for those of you that don't know my podcasting history, I and I feel like I've shared this recently on the show. So if I have just, you know, skip ahead, but I started my very first podcast seven years ago, almost exactly seven years ago, with my friend mag, we called it the nurse podcast, it was amazing. That was back in February of 2015. And then in June of 2017. So a little over two years later, I launched my first solo podcast, which was called the Keto for women show a lot of you know of it, it's still out there in the ethers of the web somewhere, if you want to listen to it, but I haven't recorded a new episode in like, over two years. But anyway, I launched that podcast and so for a few months there, I was doing both shows, I was doing the nourish podcast with mag and then putting out my own solo podcast episodes on the Keto for women show. So two episodes per week for at least a few months. I don't remember the overlap. But it was a while because I remember kind of feeling like I was always podcasting. And then in September of 2019, I launched this podcast I was originally called unstuck recently had a little name change to become unstuck entrepreneur. And again for about two months, I was recording a podcast for unstuck. And then I was recording a podcast episode for keto for women show. So even more overlap there, which all this to say first of all, as you can see, I love podcasts. Second of all, I've done a lot of podcasting over the years. I think it adds up to be over 400 podcast episodes that I have done in my lifetime, which is crazy. And that has now at this point they've racked up over five million podcast downloads, I've lost count, after I got to 5 million I just said, I'm just gonna say over 5 million. I don't want to continue to have to calculate all of this.
But it's a lot and continues to grow, obviously. And I'm just super, super proud of that, first of all, all of the episodes, all the research, all the work that's involved, and the people that I have been able to connect with, because of these little podcast, what I also want, that I hope you can see that I want you to know is that it doesn't have to be perfect. And people actually really love imperfect podcasts, because it's just like we're talking, it is you and I having a conversation, it just happens to be that I'm on a tangent right now. So I'm talking a lot, and you're just listening. But it could be like we were having coffee, or out on a walk together. And I'm just on a rampage, talking about something really important to me. And you're there listening, and maybe taking notes and seeing how that relates to you and your life and learning something along the way. And that's really the important point about how to approach your podcast, that will really make it stand out to the right people is just really finding that place that you can just be yourself and be authentic, and share what you want to share and don't feel like you can't mess up or you can't say the wrong thing. Or you can't go off on tangents and not follow your script. All of that is what people love. It's what makes you real. It's what makes you relatable. And it makes the right people find you and connect with you and be magnetized to your podcast. And so all of that is really what I wanted to say is like, I got 5 million podcast downloads over seven years. And I've also been doing this for seven years, and I still mess up all the time, I'm not even remotely a perfect podcaster I never will be I don't want to be, I think that you guys can tell that I just kind of go off and start talking about things. I mess up all the time. That's why I have an editor. And that's why one of the great things about podcasting is it is fully editable. So if you really mess up just resave that sentence, and then edit it out, it's completely fine. Or if you say um, or like too many times, edit it out, and it will flow just like normal. It really is so easy. It is not like doing some sort of live talk or live video or anything like that, where if you mess up, you just mess up, which is also fine. But one of the great things about podcasting is it is free to just be yourself, do whatever mess up, edit it out, if it would make you feel more comfortable or don't because no one really usually cares. And just go with it. And don't feel like you have to be perfect. Or you have to even be this like Master podcaster before you can start getting downloads and reaching a large audience, because you don't have to. And I am proof of that.
All right, so that was one of the many tangents that I will probably go on in this episode, because as you can see, I'm just really super passionate about using this as a tool in your business. And I chose to talk about it today on this episode, because we've now moved on to the second pillar of the flow and grow framework, which is the Attract pillar. As a reminder, we have five pillars to the flow and growth framework, define, attract, build, invite, and transform. We went through define last week when we talked about defining your dream client, AKA your niche or niche or ideal customer. And then now we move on to the Attract pillar, which is to attract your dream client to your work. client attraction is 100%, not 85%, not 95% 100%, about putting yourself and your work out there. Because if you don't, then no one knows you exist. No one knows what you do. No one knows that you have a business, no one knows that you can help them. And clearly that's going to be really hard, if not impossible to grow your business if you don't put yourself out there. And so this is the point of the holistic business starter, where we focus on you getting out of your own way, putting yourself and your work out there in a way that feels good to you. And those words are the most important. That feels good to you. Because if you start thinking, Okay, well now chances I have to have a podcast or I have to have a YouTube channel. I have to have a blog, which I don't say you have to do any of that, FYI. But if you start thinking in that way, then you do something that doesn't actually feel good to you that you don't actually really love doing. And guess what, that blog is not gonna go anywhere, you are not going to commit to doing it as often as you should, because you don't like it. And the whole reason we're in business, one of the many reasons is to do things, we love to help the people, we want to help to have more free time and flexibility in our lives and actually enjoy what we're doing the majority of the hours of the day, which is our work. And so if you hate writing, then you shouldn't be a blogger, and you shouldn't have blog posts. If you don't like being on camera, then YouTube is probably not a great idea. And so we have all these tools that we can potentially use, and you have to find the one that feels good to you. Now, in holistic business starter, everyone chooses a tool that they use as their point of attraction. And then you do the work together with all of the resources that I have available, and the group support and everything like that to implement meant that tool in your business.
So some of them I already mentioned, your tool can be a blog, a YouTube channel, could be a podcast, obviously can be conferences, summits, workshops, there are lots of different options, but they all have one thing in common, which is that it is you putting your work out into the world. The one caveat that I have for this is that it cannot be social media, social media is not a reliable tool for business growth. Now, can I grow your business? Absolutely. Can it be something that you use, in addition to your tool, 100% definitely do that. But it is something that is kind of the cherry on top to the other tools you're already using. And that is what we do inside holistic business starter, is really focused on building up that tool that is a reliable business growth mechanism that you have way more control over, for example, there is no algorithm that is going to decide whether you see this episode that I just put out or not, you get to go into your app, you get to see all the episodes available, you get to download the ones that look good to you. There is no blocker, no algorithm, no computer who decides who sees what and who doesn't. And, you know, I think we all know about the algorithm and what it does. There's nothing wrong with that. But that's the business model of Instagram. That is not the case for you know, Apple podcasts, for example. So that is why we need something that is more reliable, and then using social media as the cherry on top. So we need a tool. And to be honest, most people in holistic business starter which used to be unstuck entrepreneur, choose a podcast, there have been so many amazing podcasts that have been launched in the past year and a half, just incredible podcasts that these business owners have put out just doing incredible work. So proud of all of them. And so I thought today on this podcast, we could talk about this tool, and I'll give you some tips to get started with your own. First our quote for the day, be loud about the things that are important to you, by Karen Walrond be loud about the things that are important to you.
I would bet that what you do in your business, who you help and how you help them is important to you. You have a passion around it, you have a purpose to share it. And so that is something that you need to be not only loud, but proud to share. And that is what a podcast can do for you. All right, why I love podcasts. Let's start here. I think you guys probably already know a lot of these, but let's just go over them. First of all, it is easy and super affordable to get started. Which sounds crazy because a lot of people have this blog without even doing any research or without even knowing they just think that it is hard to start a podcast like you need all this equipment. You need all these software, you need to you know pay a bunch of money to have it hosted. There's a lot of talk without even doing any research to find out that that's actually not the case. It is super affordable. Yes, you do need a mic. That is one thing that you cannot scrimp on at this point is your sound quality because there are obviously a ton of podcasts out there like so. So so many podcasts out there, which doesn't matter in terms of it being saturated or anything like that not not a problem doesn't matter. But that does mean people are used to listening to podcasts, they have definitely listened to one that is highly produced, which you do not have to do. But they're used to good quality audio. And then if your podcast comes up, and you're like using your old earbud microphone, then that's going to be obvious and they will move on. So good quality audio is important. And fun fact, seven years ago, when Meg and I started our podcast, we used our Apple earbuds mic, as our microphone didn't matter. It did not matter at that point, because podcasts were rare. There wasn't that many out there. And so no one knew that there should be anything different. I mean, we eventually upgraded probably a year in to actual microphones, but didn't matter at that point. Now, it does. So yes, you need to get a good microphone. Notice I did not say an expensive microphone, you can get a great microphone for like maybe 50 bucks ish. That was the one that I started with that I used up until maybe two years ago, such a good microphone, it was an Audio Technica. So you can search for that and see what you come up with.
But other than that, you can use the software that is built in to your computer. Most likely, if you have an Apple computer, then you have GarageBand, which is what I use to record, if you're doing something where there's two of you, like you have a co host or you interview guests, then you can use Zoom and record the audio of zoom. There's also audacity, which I believe is free as well, you just download that to your computer, and all of these record. And then you know, like in GarageBand. That's also where you can edit. So one and done. Then you download it to your computer, and then login to your host your podcast host which some of them I know they do have some free ones, there are some that are the rest of really are minimal monthly payments, not a big deal at all. and upload it there. That is where you would set everything up, you write your caption, all that stuff, and schedule it to release. And that's it, then you have a podcast. So it is easy and super affordable to get started. As you can see, the next thing why I love podcasts, they are a great way to get people to know like and trust you quickly. Like I've mentioned already a few times in this episode, probably the best reason why I love podcasts is because of this. What better way for someone to get to know you and the work you do and what you're passionate about and how you can help them than to just talk to them, just talk to them. While they're like I said on a walk or cooking dinner or whatever, just have a conversation and share what you know, and be open to helping them give some valuable content. And do so in a way that is authentic to you show off your personality, and really just be You, my gosh, is there a better way to build know like and trust, it is not the same in a blog post, for example, because it's just takes longer. It's not that you can't do it. But it takes longer for someone to really get to know you and your personality, because there has to be based on reading, you know, based just on words and what they read. And if they skim or not, if they really understand your personality and your humor by way of words, versus hearing someone talk and their actual inflection and when they laugh at themselves. And when they get serious. All of that adds to the quickness that someone can get to know like and trust you. So this really, like I mentioned my favorite way. So I've been doing it for so long, I will continue to do it. I love connecting with you guys in this way. And what it does, too is people get to know you here. I've heard this so many times, they feel like we're friends, they feel like every week I just pop in and chat with them for a little bit. And I hear that so often. And then they come over and we actually have a conversation in the DMS of social media and really get to know each other back and forth that way.
So you really are building these lasting connections strictly because of your podcast. The third reason is that it is easy to share about your paid offers in an authentic way. So this is again, one of the few places where you can just talk openly about what you have coming up. As you know, I've been talking about the next round of holistic business starter happening soon and just openly sharing about that in a very non salesy non weird way just talking about it and you can do that in a podcast. In a way that just feels natural and comfortable for you. And that is what your listeners pick up on to. And then they're able to get the information about something they might be interested in coming up that you have as a paid offer, and take the next step with you, which is very, very cool. And then the last reason, although I'm sure I didn't capture them all, but the last reason why I love podcasts is that you can record from anywhere, wearing anything, you could be in your pajamas, you could not have showered for a week, you could be on the other side of the world, you could be cuddled up on your bed, I have taken my microphone all over the world and recorded episodes all over the world. And it is so fun to do that. And that is also something that you can do with a blog, which is great. But you can't do that with a YouTube channel. I mean, you can definitely be traveling, you can be doing all that stuff. But you probably have to shower potentially, at least a few days before you record. So going a week without showering, you'd probably have to brush your hair, maybe you'd have to put on some makeup. And you don't have to do that with a podcast and also with a blog, which is really nice. So now let's talk about how to get started. I know that a lot of you listening because your holistic business starter members already have a podcast. So this may or may not apply to you.
But if you don't have a podcast, and it's something that you want to do, here are some ideas, ways to get started. First of all, you have to come up with an overall idea for your podcast, with your dream client in mind. So that is why last week we talked about defining your dream client, it is the central force of everything else you do in your business. So you really cannot do anything, you can't put anything in place until you know that. So if you didn't listen to that episode, head back there. And be sure to do that first and then move on to thinking about your podcast, you want to come up with with an overall idea or theme, you know, something that is very specific to your dream client and what they would need help with what they would like to see in a podcast. And once you have that figured out, then you can brainstorm your podcast topic ideas. And I would highly, highly recommend that you get a list of possible topics for your podcast episodes, like 25, I'd say at least, that gives you about half a year's worth of podcast episodes that you can pull from if you ever get short on ideas. Now what happens here, it's not that you actually will ever use those ideas. But it lets you know that you have a valid idea and gives you the security to know you'll have something to talk about for at least six months. One of the biggest barriers to icy so many people have is they're afraid they won't have anything to talk about after three episodes. So really get a good list going to give you the comfort and security to know that you have a lot to talk about. Like I said, you probably won't even use that list, I have the longest list going on both my phone and on my computer every time. Most of my ideas come when I'm out like walking in the dogs or on a hike.
So I have this on my phone and I just write down some ideas every time I have one. And so I have this bank, I can always go back to but quite often I don't even need that because I know already what I want the next episode to be and then it kind of build off of that. So it's really interesting how it works. But it's a really good mindset to get into to have that security that you know, you have six months worth of podcast episodes. So like I said 25 ish possible topics for your podcast. And then after that, you just have to build your podcast setup. So like I said, you're going to have the high quality audio in mind. So you're going to have a microphone, you're going to have a quiet space, you might need some soundproofing. If you're in a big room that's kind of empty, some people go into their closets, which is really awesome. That gives you some of the best audio possible because you're obviously surrounded by clothes, and all of that absorbs any echo or reverberation. So that might be something to consider but just make sure you have a quiet space and test your audio so record something and listen to it back and see if you notice any tenderness or any echo. What can you do to soften that and really make sure you're coming through clear. From there you have to get your tech setup. Again already mentioned you can use things like GarageBand audacity zoom. I'm sure there's plenty of others out there if you want to Google more options, but figure out the whole tech side of it, how are you going to record? How are you going to add it? And then what are you going to use as your host, or who are you going to use as your host, again, something that you can Google, I personally use Libsyn. I have since day one, it's great.
You can also if you have Kajabi, Kajabi, hosts podcasts. Now, you can use like pod bean, I think is another one, there's a bunch of them. So it's something you can look into and decide on the best one for yourself. And if you're in holistic business starter, happy to help you out and the rest of the podcasters in there can share their experience too, with what they have loved to use in their podcast. So you have all that set up, everything's set up, where you're going to record the mic, you're going to use to record you know that you sound good, you have your tech setup all ready to go, then you record a lot of people, especially when they're starting out, write some detailed notes for each episode, before you record, I recommend doing that, that's what I do, I have my kind of outline, and then just let it flow from there. So I can get into some just kind of authentic talk. But I have outline, so I don't go too far off kilter, I make sure I can include everything, I don't have too many tangents. And that's really helpful too when you sit down to record. So you're going to you know, write your notes, record your episode. And if you're just starting out, I would recommend recording your first three episodes all at once. And then you submit those to the podcast platforms, the major podcast platforms, so you'll upload them to your host your podcast hosting site, you will get an RSS feed, you will submit that RSS feed to Apple, Spotify, Google Stitcher, I think those are probably the main four. And then kind of all the other apps, the podcast apps that you might use to listen to, they all get the information pulled information from these like Apple, Google ones, the bigger ones. So you don't have to worry about getting into every single podcast app, I don't even think that's possible, just make sure to get into the big ones. So you just submit your link to your shows. And then it can take anywhere from a couple days to a couple of weeks to get that approved, and they'll start showing up. And that's it. From there. Last step you tell everyone, tell everyone if you have a following already you are emailing them, you are talking about on social media, you are telling your friends, you are telling your family members, you are telling everyone, because even if your friends are not interested, they are not your dream client, they might know someone who is and they can recommend your podcast.
And that really is probably the biggest way to grow your podcast audience is by word of mouth by referral. So be sure to tell everyone even if it doesn't impact them directly. Super duper important. And you will continue to tell everyone about every episode, you will write emails about it you will post and share on social media about it. You need to tell everyone all the time, so that hopefully it doesn't sound too overwhelming and complicated. I promise. It really is simple. It is not a hard process at all. Really the biggest hurdle is to get over yourself and record. It is hard, you're gonna say dumb things. You're not gonna like the sound of your voice, you're gonna mess up and forget words, you're gonna fumble your words, you're gonna say the wrong word. All of that is fine. We have so much built up in terms of our stories and our fears and our worries when it comes to podcasting. And when it comes to putting ourselves out in this new way that feels like a really big way. And that is what you have to get over. And that is the very first step obviously, really, the biggest step that we do together in holistic business starter is getting over the butt. Like if you are saying yes, I want a podcast but right now we need to get over that. And you need to understand that story understand where it's coming from and reverse out of it because that but is just a false story. If you say I want to start a podcast, but I'm not ready. I want to start a podcast but I need another certification. First. I want to start a podcast but my audience isn't big enough. I want to start a podcast but I don't know what to say. That is the problem here. That is the hurdle, the biggest by far hurdle of starting a podcast. So of course if you have a goal of starting a podcast and using that as your tool which a reminder, everyone needs to have have a tool and you want more support, more guidance, more strategy on how to grow it. If you want these action steps really written out for you. So you make sure you don't forget anything and you do it right, then I would be thrilled to help you start and grow your podcast inside holistic business starter, and you'll have tons of support and encouragement and guidance from the other members too, that have all started their podcast. It also is a built in listenership.
Everyone that starts a podcast in holistic business starter, also listens to the other members podcasts. So you immediately have this group that is going to build your listenership and they are going to share about your podcast with their audience. And so it's kind of this built in growth machine, when you are part of a supportive business group of like minded people, you have this built in community that was going to help you grow your business too, and you do the same for them. And with that, just as a reminder, the doors to holistic business starter are opening mid February, put it in your calendar. Now, be sure to attend that free live event, you're going to get so much out of it, you're going to have a real opportunity to see where you can grow and start making more money in your business or start making money at all in your business. Where can you get started? Where are the opportunities? And what can you do now to start making money in your wellness business without adding more hours or more stress. And if you can't make it live, get your name down so that you catch the replay shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop, I am super excited. I cannot wait to see you there. And we'll have some fun. Let's do it. shawnmynar.com/wellnessworkshop. And until next time, take care.
If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here a passionate nutritionist turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business, you've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don't need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you, what feels good to you, what's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited and your business because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's shawnmynar.com/wbb
You’ve probably heard about the importance of choosing a niche or ideal customer for your business, especially if you have a service-based business like being a coach, practitioner, instructor, or creator. But then, when it comes time to narrow down your focus, you start feeling like you’re putting yourself in too small of a box…or you can’t decide (and don’t really want to decide) on one specific niche you serve. So, do you really have to niche or can you stay broad and help everyone? Let’s find out in today’s episode.
“If you are just starting out, really focusing on the ‘define’ section first is absolutely critical. That is the first step.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you put yourself out into the world as someone who can help everyone, you are not going to attract anyone.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you have chosen a niche and it is specific enough, then you have to stay specific with what you share, with who you’re talking to, and how you’re talking to them.” - Shawn Mynar
“The only way that it gets easier, a lot easier, is for you to have a dream client. For you to really narrow your focus, really niche down, think about that one person that you want to help and create a content specifically for that one person.” - Shawn Mynar
FULL TRANSCRIPT BELOW: please note, transcript is auto-generated and will contain errors in punctuation, grammar, and spelling
You've probably heard about the importance of choosing a niche or ideal customer for your business, especially if you have a service based business like being a coach, a practitioner, instructor creator, that kind of thing. But then when it comes time to narrow down your focus, you start feeling like you're putting yourself in too small of a box, or you can't decide and don't really want to decide on one specific area you serve. So do you really have to niche down or can you stay broad and help everyone? Let's find out in today's episode. Hey there, I'm Sean miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I'm a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I'm obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That's right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let's get into today's session.
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to unstuck entrepreneur, so grateful to have you all here. So happy you're tuning in and subscribing and sharing all the things you do to support the show. It truly means so so much. Before we get into this whole discussion about niching or not niching. And if you are one of the fancy people and you say niche, then that's the same thing, I'm talking about the same thing. I'm just not that fancy. So niche is easier for me to say, and it comes more naturally. So that is what I will be talking about here. But just know I mean the same thing. Before we get into this very, very important discussion we are going to have today, I have a few quick announcements. First of all, my flagship signature program, unstuck entrepreneur has a new name, and new branding. Very exciting, very cool. I'm pumped for this, I've been working on this behind the scenes for a few months now. It's actually not as easy to rebrand something as you would think. But it has happened and I'm super excited about it. So unstuck entrepreneur is becoming the holistic business starter or HBS. For sure, of course, because as most of you know, I call unstuck entrepreneur, you II, we all call it that it's way easier, so it will now just be HBS. I decided to do this for a few reasons. So obviously the podcast is called unstuck entrepreneur, my business Instagram handle is called unstuck entrepreneur. And now that I have more than one program, and I have others in the works for 2022, I really thought it was best that I keep all of my courses and programs different because, you know, I have signature program lab now another one coming up, you know, in a few months. And I want them to all have their own unique name and be known for their own unique thing. And so turning on stock entrepreneur into something that really captures exactly what it is and exactly what we do was super important to me. So yeah, once you decide that you want to make sure to capture everything that's involved in a program, it takes some time to really think about what the right name is that would do that. And for this program, in particular, it is for wellness business owners, especially those just starting out or those who are ready to take a next big step in their business. So most people in unstuck entrepreneur, the former unstuck entrepreneur, now holistic business starter are zero to two years into business. And that's where I really wanted to keep it that's kind of where my heart is with this program in particular.
And it also is about building a business holistically, looking at all aspects of starting and growing a business and approaching it from all angles not just although this is important. It's a huge piece of it, you know the strategies of marketing and selling and growing and creating offers and building an email list and starting a podcast, all that tangible stuff, but also more importantly, the intangible stuff of creating the space, the mindset, the energy and really stepping into you or role as a business owner, that is a very holistic process to starting and growing a business. And that's what I really wanted to capture that. And then, of course, also kind of cool is that if you are in the wellness space, you tend to really understand and desire holistic living in general, holistic health, and a holistic business. So being able to really think of a name that capture all of that, and that's why holistic business starter came to me and I'm super excited about it, I think it really captures it. So that is the new name, the new branding, what I will be calling my signature program here from now on. And the next group, while really the first group of holistic business starter, but the next group because everyone's going to be all in the same group. And as I think a lot of you know, those that have been in unstuck entrepreneur for the past year and a half now are still in it will remain in it, it is a very active group for years and years to come. And they're still there, they will be in holistic business starter, it's just changing the name and changing the colors a little bit and that kind of thing. Don't no big deal, they will all be coming in together. And the next group will be starting in February. So coming up super soon, as I mentioned in the past, I was going to do it in January. But then you know, a couple of weeks, I have my honeymoon and wanted to be able to enjoy that and be away from screens for that time that week. So when I come back, we are starting the next group of this program. And I really would love to see you all there. So mark your calendars for the second week of February, I will be kicking off the celebration and the enrollment that week with a live workshop on Monday, February 14 In the afternoon, mark your calendars for that. See if you can block some time out, I don't know the exact time I would say, let's say 11am Mountain Time was somewhere around there. We will meet live, do a workshop talk business, do some q&a, and really kick things off. And then you can decide if being a part of the holistic business starter is something that you want to do from there. But at least join me live for free event, superfine you'll definitely want to be there. So I'll be of course sharing more information as it gets closer, but just wanted you to know. So you could mark that on your calendars and get ready for February 14.
And to kind of kick things off and celebrate this a little bit, I'm going to be spending the next few episodes here on the show, going over every step of my framework that we go through in holistic business starter to start and grow a holistic business. And we'll talk about, you know all the little nooks and crannies of that why it's so important how you can get started. I call it the flow and grow framework, there are five pillars to the flow and grow framework. Each one of these has its own lessons and worksheets and things that you have to do like actual tangible action steps you have to take in your business as part of the program. So the five pillars are define, attract, build, invite, and transform each one of those has, of course, tons underneath it. And we'll talk about that over the coming weeks here on the show. But today I wanted to start with the Define pillar. And if you have not seen the flow and growth framework, it actually is you know, it has a graphic to it. The Define pillar is in the very center. So it's kind of a circular looking graphic, the Define pillar in the center. And then from there, the other four pillars surround that center piece. And it is designed that way for a reason because the very first thing that you have to do in your business is to define your what we call a dream client and I'll explain why we call it that define your dream client also known as nailing down your niche also known as like discovering your ideal customer, ideal client, whatever you want to call it, whatever you've heard other business coaches call it doesn't matter. It's all the same thing.
And that is the very very first thing you do because it decides and defines everything else in your business. You have to know who you're talking to before you create a freebie before you start your email list before you start a podcast or a YouTube channel before you start writing blog posts before you start posting on social media. And obviously of course, a lot of you have already started doing some of these things and it's no big deal, you can always kind of transition out of what you're talking about and start creating actual content for your actual dream client at any time. But if you are just starting out, really focusing on the Define section first is absolutely critical. So that is what we are going to talk about today. That is the first step inside holistic business starter as well. And if you already have a niche, you may feel like I don't have to listen to this episode, I'm just going to turn it off, I don't really need this, I would encourage you to continue listening. Because what I have found time and time and time, again, is that even when people think they have gotten a specific niche, they are not nearly specific enough, it is that important to get even more nailed down, even more narrowed down than you think. And this is what I see all the time, with people coming into formula u e, now holistic business starter that we really need to focus on. And we really need to get a hold of right away. And we'll talk about that all today. Now, first, why do I call it a dream client instead of a niche or niche or ideal customer ideal client? Because I feel like all of those ways of putting it are really focused. And what I've seen other business coaches talk about really focused on that the person, the client, that you are going to help that you feel like you can help you're going to get specific and how you help them.
But what I don't think is talked about nearly enough. And this is a huge focus on what we do is talking about or deciding or figuring out who you want to work with, who you really truly want to work with. We talked about this a little bit in the last episode when I shared about how I pivoted because I realized that the niche that I had gotten myself into was not my dream client was not what I wanted to be talking about all day long was not who I wanted to be talking with all day long, was not the industry I wanted to be in. So I went towards having a niche or niche, I did not go towards having a dream client. And that last episode really showcases the difference in the two and why I very much hone in on the dream client aspect. And who would be a good fit for you that you want to work with, and the things that you want to talk about. So really think about that, if you didn't listen to that episode yet, I encourage you to do so it really takes this whole concept and breaks it down in a way that you can see how it was happening in my own experience in my life, like real life example of this. So one of the things I think the biggest kind of push back, I would say that comes from this conversation about niching down is many people think that the more specific you get, the fewer clients you will have, the less work you will have, the less money you'll be able to make. You won't have a big as big of an audience, you won't have as many people interested in what you do. And so therefore your business will suffer. And if you just stay broader, you'll get more clients, you'll have more opportunities, and more people will follow you and get on your email list and listen to you. And that is not could not be any further from the truth that is absolutely false, and is the exact opposite of what will happen. And I understand that thought process. It does make kind of logical sense almost that
Yeah, I mean, the less people you're talking to, the more people you're kind of excluding, from who you can help and what you talk about and the content that you share, then yeah, from a very logical, almost like mathematic perspective, you would think that there would be less opportunity for you fewer clients for you to turn into paying clients. And so we have this resistance towards really narrowing our focus. And it's just very much based out of fear it very much is a mindset block. It is something that you really honestly need to work on from this inner perspective from really understanding the root of that which is like fear of failure, fear of insecurity or instability, even like fear of judgment that you're only focusing on this person. It really does have a route of being a mindset block, a story that you have created around you and business and your clients and all of that Yep, so that is one of the things that we really have to work on first and foremost, before you dive in to really thinking about who you want to serve in a very, very specific way. And then once you can really figure out where that's coming from and rooted in and what you can do to move beyond that, and start thinking about what's actually going on here, I think it makes a lot of sense that you all know this, because you are the same way, we are all human. And we all want to work with a specialist when we have a problem. And all of you as service based business owners are in the business of solving problems, or of supporting people who have problems. And so that person that is currently looking to get support in one of their problems is looking for someone who understands them. So so well, who really, truly gets them. And you are the same way, we all are the same way.
If we have a skin rash, we are not going to go to a podiatrist, we are going to go to a dermatologist because they specialize in skin health, right. And it's the same way for your clients who are looking for help right now that want to work with you. So if you put yourself out into the world, as someone that can help everyone, you are not going to attract anyone, you cannot help everyone and you don't want to market yourself as someone that can help everyone. Because that's super confusing to your dream clients to the people you actually do want to work with to everyone really, and they will move on, they will find that person that is just talking about that problem that they have. And yeah, it may seem like you're really narrowing down your audience and the amount of people that would be attracted to you. But then those people, even if it's, say 10,000 people versus 100,000 people, those 10,000 people, the percentage of those that will become paying clients is so much higher. And this is why the amount of followers and audience members and people on your email list the numbers do not matter. It's how they got there, and how engaged they are. And the connection that you are making with them that matters because 100 engaged followers, subscribers, blah, blah, blah, is way more valuable than 1000 unengaged just kind of came up upon you. You started talking about all this random stuff. And they kind of stopped listening. But yeah, they haven't pushed on to follow or haven't pushed on subscribe yet. So they're there, but they're not engaged, they're not interacting, they're not interested, because you're talking about all this stuff. And they don't think that you truly understand them. So you have to get away from feeling like there's a numbers game in it, and really understand that it's a connection game.
And when you do that, everything changes for you and your business. And the best. Really, the only way to do that is to understand on a deep, deep level who you are talking to specifically, and then get one more notch more specific, like think you're getting specific, and then do it even more. So let me give you an example. Let's just say that you're a 48 year old female, and you're starting to notice some weird, random hormonal changes happening and you're freaking out. You're also not sleeping, you're having hot flashes, things are going on, you know what's coming up, and you're starting to freak out. So then who are you going to trust to pay to learn more about what's going on with your body? And what you can do to minimize the transition that is about to happen? Who would you pay? Would you pay the person who talks about hormones occasionally, but then puts up a post about gut health, and then has a post about hydration and then writes a blog post about acne, and then has a podcast episode about joint pain, and then they're all over the place? Right? Like, they're all over the place. And so yeah, I mean, they could potentially have information for you about menopause. I mean, they do talk about hormones sometimes. But then one more, you go down one more blog post one more Google result. And you see someone who talks specifically about helping menopausal women ease their transition into menopause with food and lifestyle changes that are very doable, very simple and very effective so you can improve your hormone balance during that time and reduce your meta Faisal symptoms, who are you going to trust, we are all this person in whatever area we need help with right now, we want to learn from we want to hear from we want to connect with, and we want to pay the person that truly understands us from every single aspect, we want to know that they know what to do. And that is the person that we will pay.
So you can see very clearly that you would do this, that your clients are doing this. And so it really helps for you to stay super, super specific. And I mean, of course, the reason why I'm having this conversation here on the podcast, the reason why this is a big part of my program is because I see so many people not choosing a dream client trying to stay a generalist, or even more so thinking that they have chosen a niche, or a dream client. And it's not nearly specific enough, not nearly specific enough. And one thing I also see that I really want you to kind of get real with yourself on is, I see so many people saying they specialize in something that's actually pretty specific. But then talking about other things. Like I really specialize in this thing, this is my go to this is my deal. That's what I write in my Instagram bio on the first page of my website. But then you start talking about like, say you specialize in hormones, again, we'll just stick with this theme for this episode, you specialize and let's say this time, it's fertility. But then you start talking about gut health and skin issues. And, you know, it's it's really tough because and I get this i so get this, and this was me, I am speaking from experience here, especially if you are an NTP, a health coach, a wellness coach, someone who has had training in all of these areas, you can help someone with their gut health, and even more so you know that gut health is going to be part of the protocol that gets someone able to carry a baby, if they're having issues with their fertility, most likely, you have to look at their gut health, you know this as a practitioner. But it is super confusing for your clients, it is very confusing for that person who's like, I just am really struggling, I really want to have a baby and it's not happening for you to then you've, you know, she stumbles upon your page and is really excited, and oh my gosh, maybe this person can help me.
And then all of a sudden, you start talking about probiotics and gut health and how important it is to have a non leaky gut. And that is, they do not make the connection, they are not in your head, they are not a practitioner, they don't know that that is a really important step to your fertility. I mean, I guess unless you make a whole like blog post or podcast episode or YouTube video about the importance of gut health and fertility, then it is it within your realm within your niche. And that's different. But to just start talking about leaky gut, or probiotics, or having a parasite when you specialize Or so you say specialize in fertility, that is super confusing to your dream client. And they will move on, they will move on to find someone who specifically talks only about fertility, because it's a very big problem that they really need help with from someone that really truly gets them. And it's not just someone who is dealing with fertility it is any problem that your dream client has, they all feel the exact same way. So let this be your friendly reminder that if you have chosen a niche, and it is specific enough, then you have to stay specific with what you share with who you're talking to, and how you're talking to them. And then you really actually have a niche or a dream client, you can't just choose it, and then ignore it in your business. So let this be your reminder and really go back to focusing on what you really want to be focusing on.
And so I think with everything I've already shared, it will probably be super clear. As to my three main reasons for the importance of doing this for defining your dream client. First of all, most important it makes it easier for your dream clients to find you and you too Find your dream clients, people know exactly who you help and how you help them. And they know if you are a good fit for them, or not simply by way of your content, and what you share. And that is, like you need that you absolutely need it is a non negotiable. I'm sure you're all aware that there are a lot of people out there who are coaches and practitioners and doing maybe something similar to what you want to do. Regardless, no matter what, there is noise out there, and you have to do the right things to cut through the noise and you cannot cut through the noise until you are specific enough. And then that one person that you want to help will zero in on you will notice you. And there will be people who realize that you are not doing anything that they're interested in, you're not for them. And that is okay, too. It's okay to not be for them, it's okay to not be for everyone, you're just not going to. And if you try, you're not going to attract anyone, the more specific you get, the more attraction you will have in your business. And obviously, that's a really important piece to starting and growing a business is to get eyes on your work. And the only eyes that are going to stay on your work are by way of you being super specific and focusing on that one person. Knowing that one person, if you have already had a client, maybe it's an old client or someone that you loved working with, but you're creating content for them. And by way of that, actually creating content for 1000s, if not millions of people, but you're really honing in on that one person just really focused on creating clarity for your dream client.
The second thing, something we've already talked about a bunch here on this episode is it makes it easier for you to create content. This is huge. You guys, if you have ever, if you've gotten into the role of content creator, which we all will become in our businesses. If you've gotten to that role yet, then you know that it can be quite challenging to figure out what you want to share what platform you want to be on what topics you want to share about or discuss or write about. It can be a challenge, and the only way that it gets easier, and I mean a lot easier is for you to have a dream client for you to really narrow your focus really niche down. Really think about that one person that you want to help and create content specifically for that one person. And, gosh, when you really think about this, and really understand this, it actually feels so freeing and so good, and so clear, because you know that you are only talking to that one person. So you don't have to talk about leaky gut or digestive health or probiotics or hydration or whatever you'll do that once they become your clients. You'll do that with them. But you are just talking about fertility, or you are just talking about menopause, or whatever your specialty is, that is what you're talking about. And you're just giving little nuggets of wisdom to that one person and that becomes your content. And it's actually really easy to figure that out once you have honed in on who you're talking to. And then the third reason is that it makes it easier for you to market. And here's something I don't know if you've ever heard, the reason that you are niching down that you are getting more specific that you are choosing a dream client is for your marketing and your selling. It is 100% a marketing strategy.
Because when you know who specifically you want to work with and you want to help and you want to become a paying client and you speak directly to them, then it becomes way easier to say for instance, write up a sales page or write your sales emails or talk about your new program on Instagram. That all becomes infinitely easier when you know who specifically you are desiring as a paying client and then talking directly to them. And obviously, I think one of the biggest hurdles for new practitioners new coaches, is the idea of marketing and selling themselves. And it can feel very hard, they can feel like no one's listening, it can feel like it's not effective, it can feel like you're doing something wrong. And if you have ever felt any of that, or if you're worried about any of that, then just the first thing that I would look at, and the first advice I would probably have for you is you're not being specific enough in your messaging. And I've done podcast episodes about messaging, I have another one coming up in a few weeks. Messaging is your marketing material. It's like how you talk about your services, that you have your paid services. And the messaging needs to be directly focused on your dream client. And if it isn't, then you will struggle with marketing and selling. So my first thing that I would look at if you're struggling with selling your stuff is your messaging, and, more importantly, how specific you're getting towards your niche in your messaging. First, and really probably the only place that we would need to look, because I would definitely have some advice for you. If I were to look at that in your case. So those are the three biggest main reasons I have for why I believe it is extremely important for you to create a dream client or for you to niche down or for you to figure out your ideal customer, whatever the heck you want to call, it doesn't matter.
But it is important. And if you are having resistance towards it, like I said, the very first place to go is to do a little bit of digging a little understanding a little inner work on why, like what are you actually afraid will happen? If you do? And what are some ways that you can kind of calm yourself? Calm your ego, I guess that voice that likes to speak from our fears? What can you do to calm that a little bit? Can you do need to just do some journaling? And really talk it out with yourself? What can you do, and I think it also is a really good thing just to start thinking about what how can I get more specific, I can guarantee you at least 70% of you listening right now need to get more specific, even if you think you already are, I promise you, I could find a way to get more specific with you, then it would help your business. So so much. A few things I just want to end with. And you know if this is something that you're struggling with, if you're just now realizing maybe you do need to get more specific, or maybe you do just need to start thinking about your niche at all. As I mentioned, this is a big piece of what we do in holistic business starter, and you will have the group and myself to kind of get some feedback on your, what we call a dream client statement. And the dream client statement. Picture like you know how you have your Instagram bio, and you have a certain number of characters, I think it's like 150, or something that you can use. So you have to be really clear in your Instagram bio, who you help and how you help them in a very like succinct way. That is your dream client statement. And that is what we build together in holistic business starter. And you'll have the support of the group to know if that's if you're doing it. Well, if there's any suggestions if it's understandable, if it makes sense. And having that support and community is really helpful for this kind of thing in particular. But I do want to leave this conversation with a few notes. First of all, choosing a dream client does not mean that you can't and won't work with anyone else. It doesn't mean that if you know you're really focused on menopause, and then you have a 30 year old male come to you who needs help with acne, that you can't help that person that you have to turn that person away. That is not the case.
Or let's say you're a life coach who focuses on helping new moms with the mindset work required to become a mom. But then you have a menopausal woman come to you who needs help with the mindset work that comes with making that transition and their lives. You don't have to turn them away. So know that it's not that you can't and won't work with anyone else ever adjust. Again. This is a marketing strategy that will help you create content and will help you attract the right clients to your work and will help your clients also they'll find you. That is what this is. And if someone happens upon your work, or you get a referral from a friend, and it's someone that's not in your niche, that doesn't mean you have to turn them away. So know that. And then another thing, you can change your niche, you don't have to be stuck in it for the rest of your life, if you decide it's not the right thing, or you're ready to move on. That is okay, as we talked about in the last episode, and my pivots over the past 10 years, it is okay to pivot in your business, it is okay to choose a different niche. At some point, it is okay to let a niche go and decide on something else. That is all okay, so it's not like you have to make this decision today, that is going to affect the rest of your life. Right now, you're just focusing on what you want to do right now and the paid offer that you want to have right now. And creating content around that paid offer and attracting people to that paid offer. And the way you do that is by creating a dream client for that paid offer. So we're really focusing in on the what you want to do right now how you want to make money right now, what your business is, right now, if that changes in a year, or two, or five or 10 years, that is, okay. So I don't want you to think that this is like the end all be all of all decisions that you will ever make in your business. It's not but it is a decision that you need to work on right now. And to really focus on and create the specificity that you need to really guide the rest of your business. As I said, this is a pivotal part of having your business, whether you are just starting, or you have already started. And to really make this a priority, and then build the business that you want around this one thing. So we've got to focus on it at the beginning and continue to revisit it and make sure it's still something you want to do. And if you are already in business, but you haven't been as specific as you should, with your dream client, there's still time, you can absolutely work on that right now.
And then start creating your content and your marketing strategy around that dream client. Okay, that will do it for today's episode. Thank you so, so much for tuning in. If you know your niche, your dream client, your ideal customer, whatever it is that you call it for yourself, head over to Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur and send me a DM letting me know what your niche is, I want to hear it from you. All right, my friends. And be sure to mark your calendar February 14, the free live workshop event you can get all your big questions answered. And just we're gonna have a great time. So Mark that down in your calendar. And I will provide more information as we get closer. I can't wait to see you all there. And until next time, take care. If you're like most of my clients, you followed your passion for health, got your certifications did the trainings. And now you're excited to have your very own thriving impactful wellness business. But how do you actually do that? It's a common position to be in, especially in the wellness space because no one teaches you this whole business thing along the way. This trend is exactly why I'm here a passionate nutritionists turn business coach for wellness professionals. Because I'm done seeing wellness practitioners continue to play small in their business, simply because they don't know the right steps to take. If you're like most wellness pros out there with a dream to start their own impactful freedom build business. You've probably spent hours trying to build your website, figure out what the heck to post on social media and taking all the courses to try to get competent in what you're doing. Or maybe just the thought of all that sends you into a puddle of stress and overwhelm good news, you don't need a perfect website a killer Instagram strategy, or to be an expert to have an impactful and successful business. What you do need is a plan. The wellness business blueprint is the Jumpstart you need to plan prepare and execute on your passion for helping others without that sinking feeling of overwhelm. Because this isn't like the other stuffy, boring business plans out there. The wellness business blueprint is centered around you. What feels good to you. What's right for your business, your dreams and your lifestyle. What keeps you in alignment and your energy flowing? What allows you to stay sane and stress free and excited in your business, because building your dream wellness business starts with a plan that works for you. This free 15 Page printable workbook will take you through my signature flow and grow business framework so you can create your own business vision while gaining clarity structure and a solid plan to move forward. Download it today and get started on your business blueprint head to shawnmynar.com/wbb that stands for wellness business blueprint and get started building your dream wellness business today. Again, that's shawnmynar.com/wbb
In 2019, I walked away from a million-dollar nutrition business. My audience thought I was crazy, my clients didn’t understand, and there was even a part of my own brain that was trying to talk myself out of it. But, the bigger, intuitive heart-centered side of me knew it was the best and only option for me, my life, and my business. Today, I’m going to get real and share a personal story of why and how I walked away from my super successful nutrition practice and ALL of the incredible lessons that came out of that experience.
“This is what I encourage my clients now when they are thinking about their business, niche, or dream client: Think about what you love to talk about all day everyday.” - Shawn Mynar
“No amount of money, exposure, followers, podcast listeners could make up for how out of alignment I was with my (previous) business, it was not worth it to continue down the road that I was not passionate about. That’s when I knew that it’s time to pivot.” - Shawn Mynar
“You don’t have to stick with something if it doesn’t feel right.” - Shawn Mynar
"The whole point of you having a business is to help people that you want to help, do what you live, fulfill all your passion and purpose and if your business isn’t doing that, then maybe it’s time to pivot." - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM STARTER KIT
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Whether you’re a goal-setting kind of person or not, having a vision and plan for your business this year is important. After all, if you don’t know where you’re going, how will you know how to get there? How will you know you’re on the right path, that you’re making progress, and most importantly, that your headed towards that dream business? Today, I’m going to walk you through my process for creating your vision, setting your intentions, and establishing your goals for the new year so that they feel exciting and doable…which means there’s a way better chance they’ll actually happen!
"The goals you have are going to require a new version of you." - Shawn Mynar
"You can think of your goals as flags or guide post or signs that you are moving in the right direction. They are ways to show that you are living by your intentions." - Shawn Mynar
"The more specific that you can get, the more information you are going to have as you hit or don’t hit these goals." - Shawn Mynar
"You have to line up with your intentions and get back into alignment with those intentions and the goals will come as a result." - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM STARTER KIT
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
So, you’ve gotten on board with having an email list in your business, but now you’re wondering how to actually get people to sign up for it because everything you’ve tried so far hasn’t worked. This episode is for you, my friend. We’re talking freebies, welcome sequences, and email newsletters…all with a side of alignment and flow. Get ready to feel excited about your email list instead of overwhelmed or just totally over it.
"The energy and the vibe that you bring in to everything you create is what will be the guiding force in how popular and how helpful it is with your dream clients." - Shawn Mynar
"Think in terms of your dream client and what they need to feel seen and supported and heard, and how someone gets them, and that is going to create a connection unlike any other that will be so valuable in the future of your business." - Shawn Mynar
"Provide a really great experience for the people on your email list that makes it easier and clearer when they’re ready to take the next step." - Shawn Mynar
"Consistency is such an important part of the trust factor that we're trying to instill in our dream clients so that they do feel comfortable taking the next step with us." - Shawn Mynar
+++
WELLNESS BUSINESS BLUEPRINT
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
If you’ve ever heard any business advice at all, it probably included the importance of having an email list. But, is it actually true? Do you really need one? Is there any other way to build a thriving business, or are all these business experts and coaches right?
As someone who resisted the idea of an email list at the start of my business too, I completely understand the questions and hesitation. So, let’s find out if you really need an email list and if so, how you can use it in a way that feels go to you and attract an aligned audience in the process.
"The ability to make meaningful, strong connections with other human beings, that is what you’re doing with your email list." - Shawn Mynar
“The email list is still by far in a way, the best way to build that meaningful, strong connection between you and your clients.” - Shawn Mynar
"Getting your email list started and growing is a top priority and really something that should be done day 1 of your business or even potentially before you get going in your business and start nurturing your relationship." - Shawn Mynar
"You will know exactly what to say as soon as you get over your ego voice about your email list and really step into your own power in connecting with another human, you’ll know what to say." - Shawn Mynar
+++
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
So, you’re ready to take content creation seriously in your business and get new eyes on your work. But then, you sit down to create and…nothing. You feel blocked, not knowing what to say in your content that will actually move the needle in your business. It feels like there should be some sort of organization and strategy involved, but if so, you don’t have it.
Has this scenario ever happened to you? Chances are…if you’ve ever tried to create meaningful content for your business…it’s crept in at some point.
In this second episode of the Aligned Audience Attraction series, I’m giving you some tips and tools to create the only content strategy you’ll ever need.
"Let’s take this way back to what actually is true: You want to help someone else, that there is another way, that there is hope and it’s simply a matter of showing up and sharing what they need to hear today." - Shawn Mynar
"Make sure your purpose really lines up with what’s going on in your business, always consider that in terms of content." - Shawn Mynar
"One of the best ways that you have some control over is through creating content that is highly searchable." - Shawn Mynar
“The strategy is to think in terms of your dream client and what they will be putting into that search bar. What are they searching for?” - Shawn Mynar
+++
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
“How do I grow my audience?” It’s one of the questions I get asked the most from new coaches and practitioners, and for good reason. I mean, before you can sell your services and make money doing what you love, you need people to sell those services to.
So, building an audience of engaged dream clients is a top priority when first starting your business and will remain a huge part of your strategy for the life of your business.
Today’s episode is the first in a series I’m titling, Aligned Audience Attraction. Let’s get into it.
"When you have an aligned audience, you know that it’s full of the best people for you and your business." - Shawn Mynar
"A sign that you are not actively working on building your audience or what you’re doing to build your audience isn’t working would be if you find yourself only having warm audience members." - Shawn Mynar
"What you put out into the world is who you will attract back to your work." - Shawn Mynar
"Your energy is what’s going to set you apart with everyone else in your industry." - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Have you ever had big plans for a productive workday only to come out of it with absolutely nothing accomplished? Yeah, me too. Until I learned a few simple tricks to make myself more productive when spending time working on my business.
These productivity hacks are also what allows me to work smarter not harder, which means I spend less time working without sacrificing anything in my business.
In this episode, I’m sharing my 7 best productivity tips so you can be productive during the hours you are working on your business, and also decrease the hours you’ll need to work.
"That one block of uninterrupted time without distractions will be the only thing that you need to really truly build your business." - Shawn Mynar
“Planning and brainstorming sessions are needed, it is the first and most important step to getting things out into the world but they are not the same thing as productive work sessions.” - Shawn Mynar
“It is so important for you to do something completely different to get your mind off of your business.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you can have 3 or 4 hours of really focused time, then think about all those time that you have available to do something else.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Could your upper limit problem be what's really holding you back in your business?
Why does this happen? Why do we do this to ourselves? Why do we keep ourselves from feeling this amazing joy and success? Tune in to this episode to know if you have an upper limit problem.
In this episode, I share the five main ways an upper limit problem shows up in your business and some tools to unravel that mindset block so you can allow in the experiences to bring in ultimate success, happiness, love, and whatever it is that you want in your life.
“It is a necessity to feel as good as possible and to recognize, accept and be comfortable in that good.” - Shawn Mynar
“You’re in charge of the goodness that you allow in. You deserve it, you are capable of it, it’s gonna happen when you believe that you are worthy of it.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you are someone who worries, next time when you’re in that place, figure out the upper limit problem and see if it is in action where it is keeping you from really feeling the wonderfulness that is right there.” - Shawn Mynar
“The ego voice doesn’t recognize the good feeling and bad feeling, all it knows is new, scary, uncomfortable, don’t go there… And so your ego is going to stop you from getting into that space where it is unknown.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
"What's Your Solopreneur Personality Type" QUIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Let me take you on a trip down memory lane. It was September 2016. I had just made the decision to build my own online coaching program. I was ready to take what I knew—both as a nutritionist and as someone who had personal experience using food to heal—and turn it into an online educational hub and community for my nutrition clients.
I was excited...I would finally have my own online program!
I could see my future so clearly (Yes, I was already into visualization back then.)...tons of people coming into my online program and getting the help they needed (even though, at the time, my audience was minimal), my calendar freed up, and my $20K in debt paid off.
I was also...frozen.
Not out of fear (OK, maybe a little.) but because I literally had no idea how to build that online coaching program and make it a reality.
🤔 What do I include in my program and how do I create all the content?
🤔 How do I make sure it's actually doable and helpful?
🤔 How do I organize it so it makes sense for my clients?
🤔 Where do I host it so it's user-friendly and professional?
🤯 HOW DO I GET PEOPLE TO JOIN?
These were just a few of the questions keeping me up at night.
The Thing That Changed My Business Forever In the months that followed, I slowly learned the answers to those questions and went on to build my first online coaching program and launch that signature program out into the world.
That little program ended up being a massive hit and the thing that changed both my business and life forever. (Shout out to the Fat Burning Female Project!)
I know I'm not the only one that has ever been in the position of wanting their own online program but stuck in the, "How do I do it?" phase, soooooo I created a framework for you to use as a guide during the program creation process. It's the EXACT process I've used to build 6 programs in the past 5 years.
6 Steps To Build Your Own Online Coaching Program Let's break down each of the 6 steps to building your own signature program:
STEP 1: 💭 DREAM IT! The DREAM IT! step could also be called the DECISION step because you have a lot of decisions to make right away:
1) Who does your coaching program help? (AKA your dream client)
2) How does your program help them? (the ONE topic of your program)
3) What are the price point and income goals for this program?
Take all of the ideas you've ever had for an online program and get them out of your head and onto paper (or a Google doc). Doing so allows the best program topic to come through and the contents for that coaching program to take shape. Through this brain dump, you'll also be able to extract the details of your dream client which will become very important as you move on in the program-creation process.
Believe it or not, this is also the perfect time to start thinking about the price! This way, you can be sure to create a program that exceeds the criteria for that price point so your dream clients feel like they're getting a STEAL by investing in your program.
The final piece to the DREAM IT! puzzle is to get proof of concept for your program before you put any more time, effort, energy, blood, sweat, and tears into it.
Do your dream clients actually want and need that program?
The best way to find out? Directly from your audience! Take a poll on your social media, ask former clients, do some market research to see what else is out there.
STEP 2: 🗺 MAP IT! It's time to take that brainstorm and make sense of it! This is where your ideas take shape and your program gets structured. In the MAP IT! step, you'll organize your coaching program into actionable steps (modules, steps, pillars, etc.) and decide exactly what content you'll include, how you'll deliver that content (video, audio, written lessons?), and what other components will be offered (live calls, a private community, 1:1 coaching?).
This is also where your program becomes truly signature—something unique to you and your work. How? With your very own framework! You'll take those actionable steps you just discovered and organize them into a visual "map" for your clients. Here's an example of a framework I created for my signature business coaching program, Unstuck Entrepreneur.
I used a Canva template to come up with the design and then added my own pillars, colors, and fonts to make it unique to my program!
No one will have your unique visual framework which means your program will stand out from the crowd in your industry, no matter how saturated it is!
STEP 3: 🎨 DESIGN IT! After all of those decisions and organization, it's time to have some fun! The third step in the program-creation process is to brand your program and bring it to life visually. The branding for your coaching program will include its name, logo, and tagline plus the colors and fonts that best represent the vibe of your program.
Branding takes real, intentional thought. It's not just about picking a clever name and some of your favorite colors. Branding IS marketing!
When it comes to a name for your online program, the goal is to have your audience know exactly what the program is about and who it's for...just by reading the name. Yep, the name of your coaching program is that important, and coming up with that name is a very intentional process.
What name, tagline, colors, and fonts clearly convey the message you're trying to send to your dream clients, letting them know this program was made specifically for them?
STEP 4: 🛠 BUILD IT! Things are about to get REAL! This module is where the rubber meets the road and your signature coaching program becomes a reality. Now that you have your plan and design, it's time to create ALLL the content that will go into your program.
Pro tip: Do NOT let this step overwhelm you. Chunk up your tasks, plan them out in your calendar, and stay organized as you go.
Video lessons? Shoot them.
Audio lessons? Record them.
Written lessons? Write them.
Guides, worksheets, templates? Design them.
Once everything is created, upload it all into your online course platform of choice. (BIG KAJABI FAN HERE!🙋♀️)
Then, take a step back and give yourself a high five...you, my friend, officially have your very own signature coaching program!
STEP 5: 💰 OFFER IT! While having your own online program is definitely something to celebrate, it's not enough to make it a smashing success. You still need to market and sell this masterpiece you just created!
The OFFER IT! step is all about the marketing of your program. Knowing buyer behavior (We humans are so predictable when it comes to buying stuff. I love this book about it.), how can you create an offer for your program that makes investing in your program a no-brainer for your dream clients?
With the right ingredients included in your offer, your clients will be lining up, waiting to get into your program before you've even told them the price!
The most important ingredient to any offer is messaging. How are you communicating about your program to your dream clients?
STEP 6: 🚀 LAUNCH IT! This is IT! The final step in the program-creation process is to get your coaching program out into the world and into the hands of the people that need your help.
It probably comes as no surprise that launching a paid program needs a specific strategy. It won't be enough to just write an email and post a few social media posts to get people to pay you for your program. (Again, buyer behavior is REAL.)
The keys to a successful online program launch are preparation, excitement, awareness, communication, and consistency.
Where will you show up to communicate with your dream clients? How often? What will you say? What free event can you use to build excitement and awareness around your launch?
You officially have your own coaching program! There you have it...the 6 foolproof steps to building your signature coaching program!
While it seems like a lot right now, with a little planning and organization, you can absolutely go from brainstorm to beta-launch in 8-12 weeks. (I have ALL the time-saving, organizing, planning, and launching tools in one place for you inside Signature Program Lab!)
If you're ready to take this dream business of yours and make it a reality, then you MUST check out my FREE Masterclass "Burnout-Proof Your Business With Your Own Group Program."
In it, I'm sharing the exact steps to take to build your program AND build an engaged, "perfect fit" audience that's primed and ready to buy as soon as your program is ready!
Where are all my fellow solopreneurs at?! As someone who's now coming up on 9 years in business as a solopreneur, I thought it would be a good time to talk about the good, bad, and ugly of business as a solopreneur.
Maybe that's being a little dramatic. Honestly, my take on being in business by yourself is a little different than some of the other business coaches out there. Let's chat about it.
“Keep taking the action steps for you to reach your goals but don’t focus necessarily on speed, focus on the direction.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have to get rid of the things that just don’t matter and you have to be the one to determine what that is.” - Shawn Mynar
“Be proud of yourself for having a business and especially proud of yourself if you’re doing it all or plan to do it all yourself right now. Don’t feel pressure if you don’t have a team or want a team.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Take the solopreneur quiz!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Money...it's a big topic. And, of course, one we don't shy away from here on the podcast! I believe money blocks are the biggest reason why business owners don't reach the success they desire, and it's something that needs constant attention as your business grows.
In today's episode, I'm breaking down the most common money blocks and how they will keep your business from growing until you release them. Don't worry, I'll also give you the one foolproof tool to start thinking and acting differently around money.
“You have the ability to tame your own mind, to shift your mindset, that is within your power. That is what will be the deciding factor of how things will go for you from here on out as it relates to money, wealth, everything.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have to invest in your business to grow your business.” - Shawn Mynar
“Money is energy, just like everything else in this world and it is always in the state of flow and if you are having problems releasing money and receiving money, then you are clogging that flow for yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
"Being scared to invest in your business or release the energy required for your business to grow will hold you back from the business that you desire." - Shawn Mynar
+++
7-DAY MONEY MINDSET COACHING
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
In the past 5 years, I've built 6 signature programs! Every time, I followed the same 6 steps to make sure it was an organized, fun, successful process. Now I'm sharing those steps with you!
“You already have a signature program inside of you that will help so many people.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you are one step ahead of the people that you are looking to help, then you have a signature program within you.” - Shawn Mynar
“Launching your program is not hard, it is not complicated but it does require a strategy, planning and preparing, and when you do this, it makes it fun, simple and successful.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
SIGNATURE PROGRAM LAB ENROLLMENT
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Whenever I ask current and future entrepreneurs why they want their own business, and their motivating factor behind it, most of the time, the answer is the same — it’s freedom.
The freedom to not work for somebody else, the freedom to not have a set schedule, the freedom to have the income growth you desire, and most importantly, personal freedom.
In this episode, I want to share more about my firsthand experience to getting to a place where I have that freedom, the reality for me in getting that freedom as well as the tools and advice I have for you on how to achieve the freedom that you are looking for on why you started your own business or why you want to have your own business.
“I got clear on what I wanted and how it would look and feel.” - Shawn Mynar
“Once I got really clear and dedicated and committed to making my business a reality and figuring out what I wanted it to look and feel like, that completely shifted my vibration towards my business.” - Shawn Mynar
“Before you start worrying about the practical things that you can implement in your business, really get to this point where you see what you want, why you want it and what it looks like. You don’t need to worry about the ‘how’ right now, focus on ‘why’, ‘what’ and the feeling that it brings.” - Shawn Mynar
“When it comes to freedom, the best way to find that freedom is not have your income be tied to your time.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM MASTERCLASS
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
There’s enough going on in our lives that already cause a lot of stress, let’s not have our businesses be another one. Your business should be the place that excites you, bring you joy, keeps things fun and interesting, and most importantly, provides a life of freedom, flexibility, and financial success.
In this episode, I sharing my personal history with stress and how that led me to create a business that is stress-free. These relatable stories will help you understand what you’re trying to do in your business and how you can approach it in a way that works for you, your health, and your life.
“I don’t let stress get to the point where it causes physical, mental, emotional stress on me or my body.” - Shawn Mynar
“My goal for my life is to have fun and my business is a big part of that. I want to show up in my business and be excited and to just stay in the place of flow.” - Shawn Mynar
“We can’t do much of anything if we’re not healthy, so keeping that at the forefront, this week and beyond is going to be important and will continue to be the most important.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have to start creating space for yourself because that space is what’s going to allow for you to get stuff done. You can’t get anything when you’re frazzled and your mind’s all over the place.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM WAITLIST
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Let’s talk about the fear of failure. It’s the biggest fear out there for entrepreneurs. In fact, I think it's the most common reason that most businesses never even get off the ground.
In this episode, I talk about getting over the fear of failure and the inner work required to see it for what it really is. I also share my 4 best tips you can do today to move through your fear and focus on your success.
“Failure is part of the process, it’s part of having a business… just think of it as an initiation into the world of working for yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
“Having something not work out, not go as planned does not mean you or your business or your ideas are a failure… all it means is that something didn’t work and that happens all the time in all areas of life to every single person.” - Shawn Mynar
“Plan on things not going as planned.” - Shawn Mynar
“Mistakes and failures can be seen as ‘bumpers’ because they’re guiding you in the right direction.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM WAITLIST
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Here’s a hard truth: I see a lot of new entrepreneurs with very little motivation and discipline. And, it may seem like those two things are not required when building a business from a place of alignment and flow. That thought is the exact opposite of the truth behind manifestation and alignment and could be what's keeping you stuck!
In this episode, I talk about how we develop our self-discipline and motivation, both practically and spiritually. You will learn how motivation and discipline are not only important in your business, but in your overall well-being in life.
“Motivation and discipline are built into your life experience. They are a natural part of the process of following your inner guidance and manifesting.” - Shawn Mynar
‘If you want something but you are finding yourself without motivation or discipline, you’re finding yourself not taking regular action inspired towards it.” - Shawn Mynar
“What’s not in alignment is you having a dream, having a desire, knowing your purpose, knowing your passion and NOT doing what it takes to get there.” - Shawn Mynar
“When you’re in alignment, your motivation will stay naturally high, your self-discipline will be a constant because you know it’s what you’re meant to be doing.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM WAITLIST
HEART-CENTERED ENTREPRENEUR
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
This week, I invited my friend and colleague, Christine MacCarroll, onto the show to discuss how she built a thriving nutrition practice without spending time worrying about social media. Christine is a functional nutritionist specializing in women's health.
In this episode, Christine and I talked about the journey she went through building her practice, her overall thoughts about social media for her business, her decision to do a podcast, and connecting with people through her podcast. She shared her insights on how she built her practice, showed up, and did the work without having an active presence on social media.
"You can have a business that grows and flourishes without having to show up in every single place, all the time, everywhere." - Shawn Mynar
“The more I keep showing up and helping people, it does start to create its own energy and requires less energy of me.” - Christine MacCarroll
“Tell everybody what you do and that you can help.” - Christine MacCarroll
“Just go out there not worrying about everything being perfect.” - Christine MacCarroll
+++
Christine's Website CLICK HERE
The Bitch Fix podcast
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Let's have a serious conversation. Let's talk about the fear, doubt, and the impostor syndrome, something most new entrepreneurs feel in their business.
In this episode, I shared excerpts from the book Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae. This will help shift your perspective and look at the other side of what you're feeling.
When you can build self-esteem instead of looking to the outside environment when you can applaud yourself, when you can choose yourself, you can overcome your fear.
What you’re feeling inside of you, doesn’t have to be negative. The fear, the worry, the doubt, doesn’t have to mean don’t, it doesn’t have to mean stop. Listen to this episode to learn more.
"There is not anyone on this planet that is immune to this ego voices, that is immune to fear and worry and that is afraid to step out of their comfort zone." - Shawn Mynar
"We have to start looking at how can we use our emotion and thoughts that actually propel us forward." - Shawn Mynar
"Self-love is important, is paramount, is critical to having the successful business that you want." - Shawn Mynar
"It is your choice what you believe inside your head." - Shawn Mynar
+++
Choose Wonder Over Worry by Amber Rae - https://amzn.to/2VEtKcL
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
"How do I handle it when my family doesn't believe in my business idea or its success?"
Not getting the support and encouragement you were hoping for as you tell others about your business idea? You're not alone. But what are you supposed to do to get people to believe in your vision? Have a tough conversation? Call them out? Get mad at them?
In this episode, I'm breaking down the truth behind this listener question and giving some real talk on the quickest way to get people to believe in your business and its success.
“Other people will believe in you and your business and your success as soon as you believe in you.” - Shawn Mynar
“Don't give people any room to not believe in you.” - Shawn Mynar
“The moment that you have an idea, it is possible… You can and you will.” - Shawn Mynar
"What do you do when someone doesn’t believe in your business? YOU believe in your business." - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
In this episode, we’re going to do things a little differently, as some of you may know, I hosted a free live workshop about how to make money and build the impact in your wellness business.
So if you are not able to join the live workshop, not able to check the replay or if you just want to listen to it again, it’s now available for you through this week’s episode.
“You can decide for yourself that this is your moment where you’re going to take a dream that you have to impact other’s lives, to make a difference in this world.” - Shawn Mynar
“If you don’t have the mindset of a successful entrepreneur, if you’re looking for an external result without doing the inner work required to get there, it’s not going to happen.” - Shawn Mynar
"The number 1 thing keeping you from making more money is in your mind." - Shawn Mynar
"Investing in yourself is the best way to start making more money." - Shawn Mynar
+++
MONEY WORKSHOP
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It's another special bonus episode to wrap up the list of business must-haves to create flow in your business while it grows. The second half of the list is ALL about the practical business strategies that will allow you to attract your dream client, build a relationship with them, and transition them into paying customers—all from a place of ease and alignment.
Enrollment for the Fall 2021 class of Unstuck Entrepreneur is going on NOW! Join this unique business mentorship opportunity at: shawnmynar.com/unstuckbiz
Episodes Mentioned:
What To Do When No One Is Buying What You're Selling - Ep 109
In this episode, I had Dr. Lyz Deboer, a Licensed Psychologist, Life & Love Coach, and UE member on the show to talk about the steps she's taking to make her dream business a reality. We chat about what it's like having both an in-person clinic AND an online business simultaneously, what she's doing to build her audience so she can provide care to people all over the world, and how she plans to achieve those big dreams.
“People want and need the connection beyond just the words. It’s the energy, the personality, your heart, your soul, who you are, people want to know that.” - Shawn Mynar
“Allow yourself to hold different ideas in the same sphere of your existence and recognize that the time will come that it will unfold and timing is so important in life.” - Dr. Lyz
“One step at a time. You can’t look at the mountain, you have to look at the steps along the path to get to the top of it.” - Dr. Lyz
“Invest in yourself, invest time energy, and love into yourself and your dreams. If you have this dream to develop your business and in order to make it into reality, the actions must follow.” - Dr. Lyz
+++
MONEY WORKSHOP
UNSTUCK BIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It's a special bonus episode! Do not go any further on your business-building journey until you listen to this episode.
You don't have to choose between having a business that's financially successful or one that feels easy, fun, and exciting. You can, should, and will have a business that flows AND grows.
In order to do that, you need to have these 10 things in place in your business ASAP. Let's do this!
"Knowing what your purpose is and using your business as a conduit to make that happen is very powerful stuff, my friend."
REGISTER HERE FOR THE FREE WORKSHOP!
GET ON THE UE WAITLIST!
Episodes referenced:
Episodes 83 & 84 - Busting Through Money Blocks
Episode 59 - Why Intentions Are More Powerful Than Goals
Episode 42 - The Truth About Attracting Abundance
The work you do is invaluable...you should be paid appropriately for that. Knowing how to price your offerings as a service-based business is one of the most important things to learn right away.
There's so much more to it than just deciding on a number based on what everyone else is doing or what you think your clients can "afford." In today's episode, I'm breaking down the 3 culprits to not charging appropriately and the tools you need to get clear and confident in your prices.
"I believe that everyone has a dream inside of them that they deserve to live out. I believe that the work YOU do as a wellness practitioner is so valuable to this world and you should be compensated appropriately for that." - Shawn Mynar
"Knowing your worth and your value is an inside job. You’ve got to start doing the inner work required for a successful business." - Shawn Mynar
"You have to change your money story. You have the very real ability to change your mind, to reprogram that subconscious mind and store different programming that then is what plays out in your life." - Shawn Mynar
"You cannot just go to the strategy, the practical tips of building a business and expect to create success. You have to do the mindset work and energy work while also figuring out the practical strategy." - Shawn Mynar
+++
MONEY WORKSHOP
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I've said it many times and this episode is no exception, many of you are getting in the way of your dream business, often without you even realizing it. You make it harder and more complicated than it needs to be and block the potential flow of ideas and inspiration.
In this episode, we’re going to chat about the big elephant in the room that’s keeping you from starting, building, and growing the business of your dreams—resistance—and how you can go from a place of resisting to allowing so that your business can flow to you.
"You wanted what you wanted for a reason and it came to be for a purpose and it is meant to be in your experience." - Shawn Mynar
"Resistance, in all forms, comes from one place and that is in your thoughts." - Shawn Mynar
"In order to be ready to receive, you have to release resistance." - Shawn Mynar
"The difference between resisting and allowing is expectation. What are you expecting to happen?" - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCKBIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
So, you put out your paid offer and...crickets. No one wants what you're selling. Clearly, this means you're a failure and should just quit even trying to build a business, right? WRONG! Welcome to the world of entrepreneurship, you've made it into the inevitable initiation stage! Now what?
In this episode, I'm answering a listener's question about how to turn lurkers into loyal clients. I'll introduce the 4 C’s of selling and give you tools to implement them into your new business.
"It takes some planning and preparing and real dedicated energy to create a good communication system for your paid offer." - Shawn Mynar
“People buy from people that they know, like, and trust.” - Shawn Mynar
"Good messaging gets your audience’s attention and guides them to understand that they need what you are selling." - Shawn Mynar
"Getting help pays off, literally. You can spend months trying to figure it out on your own or you can get some help and figure it out NOW and start making sales much sooner." - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCKBIZ
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
You've heard it before, but let me remind you once again, mistakes are unavoidable in business. Any successful entrepreneur will tell you that without the mistakes they made on their journey, they wouldn’t be where they are today.
In this episode, I'm sharing the 5 most significant mistakes I made early on in my business and why I'm now so, so glad I made them because they catapulted my business to be the successful one it is now.
“Mistakes are part of the story. They are part of the bigger picture to get you where you need to go.” - Shawn Mynar
“The only mistake you can possibly make in your business is not moving forward, not fulfilling your mission, not being of service to others simply because you are afraid of making a mistake.” - Shawn Mynar
“Mistakes happen all the time. Mistakes taking place because you took action is an incredible win 100% of the time, because you did something.” - Shawn Mynar
+++
UNSTUCKBIZ
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We're having some real talk today. Let's get clear on how you're spending your time when you working on your business. Are you in motion or are you taking action? How will you know? In the results you are/aren't getting in your biz.
In this episode, I'm breaking down the difference between motion and action and how to flip the switch from one to the other so you don't stay stuck in a business that doesn't get results.
"The difference between the motion and the action is in the result." - Shawn Mynar
"Taking action produces a direct result." - Shawn Mynar
"The motion work leads to action. So when you are in motion, it’s with the knowing that it’s to get to that action step." - Shawn Mynar
"Staying stuck in motion is a fear-based ego response. Taking action is when your mission, your passion, your purpose overrides that fear talk." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:55 - Quote of the episode
2:56 - One of the biggest hiccups I see for new entrepreneurs
5:20 - Some examples to show for your business
6:36 - Putting the examples in place of action
10:47 Why this happens to new entrepreneurs
14:34 - If you aren’t taking money for your services, you don’t have a business, you have a hobby
20:50 - How are you spending your time?
21:41 - Life update
+++
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
This episode's listener question: "I have so many ideas and things I want to do in my business. How do I know what to prioritize on my to-do list?" It's a common question and one that often leads to analysis paralysis where you feel frozen on your path to business badassery.
We're going in several different directions to answer this question and, of course, will discuss both the inner work and outer strategy required to prioritize your ideas and action items so you create an impactful, successful business that feels good to you.
"Reach back into your heart space, your heart knows the answer to all the questions you have." - Shawn Mynar
"Your flow will stay with you as you remain committed to doing what lights you up." - Shawn Mynar
"You’ve got to get out of your head and into your heart." - Shawn Mynar
"What lights you up? Your feelings will always steer you in the right direction." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
2:09 - Quote of the episode
3:48 - Listener’s question
6:00 - Stemming in a place of fear
9:11 - You’ve got to get out of your head
11:22 - What lights you up?
15:11 - What will support you and your business the quicker?
20:50 - What will make the biggest impact and income?
24:31 - My last bit of personal advice
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I think most of us would agree that making more impact and income while working fewer hours is the ultimate business goal. That phrase "making money while you sleep" is actually a real possibility as is "making money while playing with your kids/on vacation/with another client/living your life." Sound pretty good, right?
In this episode, I'm sharing the 4 swaps you need to make in your business so you actually can make more money in less time. We're talking passive income, the 1-to-many business model, and so much more.
"You can always create more income by having your own business, by having these other possibilities, and even though time is finite, you can create more time in a sense of you being able to do what you want with that time." - Shawn Mynar
"Go from a lack mindset to an abundance mindset." - Shawn Mynar
"You have a bigger why, you have a bigger purpose. Put the attention on who you are helping, how you want to help them, and what do you need to get there in a bigger way. Focus on that instead of it being all about the money." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
4:19 - Having the opportunity to work fewer hours and make more money
8:07 - Quote for this episode
10:04 - My story on how I completely transformed my business
17:39 - Go from lack to abundance
19:34 - The ego chatter and the lack mindset
23:31 - Lack vs abundance
26:16 - Stop thinking so much about money
26:59 - Money is a form of energy
27:56 - From forcing to flowing
38:41 - From active income to passive income
53:42 - Go from one to one work to one to many
59:37 - Figure out what that journey is going to be
+++
SIGNATURE PROGRAM LAB
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
In the game of entrepreneurship, it's important to hear from others on what they've learned along the way. Not just from those that have "made it" or had "overnight success," but in every stage of the game.
I love hearing from people who are a year into their business on what they learned, what they found surprising, and what they would do differently.
In this episode, we're doing just that! I'm talking to my friend, client, and UE member, Dr. Maggie Landes MD on what she's learned in her first year of business as an anti-diet advocate. Dr. Maggie's wisdom and advice from her first year are spot on and will resonate with all entrepreneurs in all stages of their journey.
"You have to find someone who's just a little more advanced, a little further along than you are, to show you the next right step." - Dr. Maggie Landes MD
"You have to just keep, keep, keep, on showing up.” - Dr. Maggie Landes MD
"We’re humans—we have souls and we have hearts—and when you open up the ability to use that in entrepreneurship, that is going to go a really long way and that will stand out." - Dr. Maggie Landes MD
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
4:13 - Introducing my guest - Dr. Maggie Landice
5:43 - Dr. Maggie’s backstory
9:23 - Her mantra during recovery
12:36 - How we met
19:42 - the two things about being ‘you’ in your business
31:07 - Be very judicious with your yes or no’s
34:08 - Pat Flynn’s ’Superfans’
40:51 - Things Dr. Maggie learned
42:04 - The mistakes that she encountered
50:11 - What does her future business look like
55:35 - Her final advice
1:01:48 - Key takeaways from this conversation
+++
Dr. Maggie’s website
Social media:
Clubhouse
Podcast: “The Eatfluencer Podcast” with Maggie Landes MD
UNSTUCK BIZ WAITLIST
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
You are always manifesting. Manifestation isn’t just something out there that's only available to some. We are all manifesting all the time.
As an entrepreneur, if you want a successful, impactful business that is profitable, helps a lot of people, and provides a freedom-filled lifestyle for you…then you can manifest it!
In this episode, I’m sharing three simple steps you can take today to start utilizing the power of manifestation in your business.
"Your manifestation comes into your reality when you start with the ‘be’ not the ‘do’ and not the ‘have’." - Shawn Mynar
"Your ego is working around the clock to manifest the things you don’t want." - Shawn Mynar
"Are you showing up as the entrepreneur that you want to be?" - Shawn Mynar
"Give yourself some space and let your manifestations unfold." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
2:47 - Manifestation about business and how we can apply it
4:22 - Quotes for this episode
8:54 - Are you showing up as a successful entrepreneur?
12:43 - You are always manifesting
17:48 - Get a feel for what you want
21:22 - Doing the ‘I am’, ‘I have’, ‘I feel’ prompt
22:14 - Embody what you want
31:10 - Some pre-work that you have to do before manifesting
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ WAITLIST
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I survey my audience a lot. The most common reply I get back to most of the "Why not?" questions I pose is, "I'm not ready." Not ready to start, not ready to change, not ready to grow, not ready to pivot.
As a current or future business owner, the idea of "readiness" is a mental and emotional block that will keep you stuck for a looooong time. In this listener Q&A episode, I'm giving you a few different tools to use to release that block and find out if you're ACTUALLY ready.
"You start before you’re ready." - Shawn Mynar
"I was no longer willing to spend my precious time in a situation that I didn’t love, doing something that didn't light me up." - Shawn Mynar
"My desire to live my life in the way I wanted to live… was just one notch higher than my fears, my doubts, my beliefs and the scary stuff, and so I started my business." - Shawn Mynar
"You have the power within you to make that decision for yourself." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
2:51 - Answering listeners question and how you can send yours
4:47 - My own story on how I started my business
14:04 How to know when you’re ready to start your business
18:18 The biggest reason why I wanted to have this conversation with you
20:26 Addressing the question of the listener
23:49 Two different ways to know if you’re truly ready or not
24:23 Questions to ask your ego
33:09 Asking your inner voice
35:48 Simply request a sign
39:43 What you should know about businesses
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Can you lead your business with your heart, find feminity and flow with your work, and still be successful and profitable as an entrepreneur? Absolutely! In fact, I'll best you find even more abundance and impact while staying true to yourself and in alignment with your business.
This is what it means to be a heart-centered entrepreneur.
In this episode of Unstuck, I'm sharing with you my top 11 traits of a heart-centered entrepreneur so you can stay connected with the type of energy you want to bring into your business. Use this list as a reminder of how you wish to show up as an entrepreneur and the kind of business you want to build.
DOWNLOAD YOUR HEART-CENTERED ENTREPRENEUR POSTER!
"What would be happening in your business for you to feel successful?" - Shawn Mynar
"A heart-centered entrepreneur is leading your business with your heart instead of your head knowing that success, money and impact will follow." - Shawn Mynar
"As a heart-centered entrepreneur we lead with our heart and follow your own path and that path doesn’t look like anybody else’s." - Shawn Mynar
"We have to make our own alignment our top priority and when you and your business are in alignment, you are unstoppable." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
2:14 - Characteristics of a heart centered entrepreneur & defining what a heart centered entrepreneur is
7:47 - Some heart centered entrepreneur also have some limiting beliefs
10:32 - What it doesn’t mean to be a heart-centered entrepreneur
16:06 - How to know if you are not heart centered entrepreneur
17:00 - A heart centered entrepreneur leads their own heart & follows their own path
19:26 - A heart centered entrepreneur seeks to help, support, guide and be of service to others
22:12 - A heart centered entrepreneur knows that what she does makes an impact in the lives of others
23:32 - A heart centered entrepreneur makes their own alignment a top priority
26:58 - The heart centered entrepreneur trusts in the process
29:30 - The heart centered entrepreneur uses their inner guidance to make their decisions
30:41 - The heart centered entrepreneur shows up authentically, passionately and energetically for her business.
33:25 - The heart centered entrepreneur chooses flow over force
35:28 - The heart centered entrepreneur cares about their customers
37:18 - The heart centered entrepreneur is guided by their own unique definition of success
40:03 - The heart centered entrepreneur doesn’t let anything get in the way in their mission
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Recently, I sold a bunch of furniture. Not that exciting on the surface except that, in the process, it uncovered some major attachment issues. You see, I made that furniture mean something.
We, as humans, do this all the time. We attach meaning to external things and then use that to dictate our actions and reactions. And that causes some BIG emotions and...stuckness.
This episode holds a lesson in detachment—being able to let go, trust, and allow life to unfold without attaching unnecessary meaning and emotion to it. I also have a big announcement of the future of this show as I listen to my inner wisdom on the next step to take.
“Detachment is releasing the meaning you’re giving to an outcome, a goal, a dream, an object, a person or a place and instead, stepping back, releasing your grip on things and letting things unfold.” - Shawn Mynar
“Life is and always will be evolving, moving, shifting, changing and when we don’t realize that, we cause attachment issues.” - Shawn Mynar
"If you are in a place where you found an emotion attached in a situation, ask yourself, ‘what am I making this mean?’" - Shawn Mynar
"Keep coming back to the moment. The only moment that you have, that you know, that is here, right now is this moment." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
4:17 - My lesson learned about detachment
5:25 - Quotes about detachment
7:37 - My personal story that happened over the past month
12:53 - Detachment in my words
17:18 - Why we are attached to things
26:30 - How to start practicing detachment in all areas in your life
26:48 - Awareness
28:06 - Ask yourself some questions
30:02 - Stay present
30:52 - Trust
32:02 - Talking about the future of this show
40:52 - My personal update
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Ever feel like there's a brick wall between you and the level of success you desire? Like, there's something standing in your way no matter what you do? If so, this Unstuck episode is for you.
But, this isn't any old success talk. We're taking a different approach to your success block and discussing something that isn't often talked about—a subconscious fear of success.
Sure, fear of failure is common and real and often a massive success block, but what about the other side of the token...the fear that everything WILL work out and you WILL be massively successful?
Let's chat about it!
"Your next level self is currently outside of your comfort zone, you've never been that person and your mind, as it is today, doesn't want to go there and you are in charge to doing that work to take you there." - Shawn Mynar
"Your thoughts create your reality. Your thoughts can either hold you back or your thoughts can move you forward." - Shawn Mynar
"You get to decide what success means to you." - Shawn Mynar
"You are in charge of the identity that you create for yourself." - Shawn Mynar
Timestamps:
9:40 What is the fear of success
10:32 - Special announcements
12:46 - There are no limits to what you can accomplish
14:20 - You get to decide your definition of success
17:00 - Visualization exercise
19:45 - Your answers to the questions in the exercise
22:03 - Why visualization is important
22:45 - Reason why you might be pushing the thing you’re excited away
25:45 - Your identity when it comes to success
30:11 - Doing the inner work for yourself
33:36 - Some examples to help you get started
in working for yourself
40:36 - You may be afraid of how others may see your success
42:02 - Break from your identity
43:39 - You need to do some limiting belief work
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The feeling of belongingness and being accepted is one of the most important aspect of human being to most people. Dating back to ancient times, we are more likely to survive and thrive in groups. However, there are times that what other think of us takes on a lot of importance more than what we think of ourselves.
In this episode, I shared tips and practices on how you can be more conscious so you can stop caring what others think. Although wanting to be positively thought of is not a bad thing, these practices will help you get worrying of what other people think out of the centerstage.
"Those who matter to you won't mind you being yourself, in fact they will love that you are being your own unique self." - Shawn Mynar
"We have to prove our subconscious programming wrong time and time and time again so we can create a new program." - Shawn Mynar
"Keep your intention front and center. As long as you know your intention, and sure your intention is good, then everything else can take the backseat." - Shawn Mynar
"The way to reprogram your subconscious mind is to prove it wrong and to start acting the opposite way." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
5:31 My experience caring about what other people think
9:03 Free guided meditation for to connect with your intuition
12:50 It’s in our DNA to care what others think
14:23 Building awareness and understanding the behavior
16:40 Some few scenarios behind why you care about what other people think
19:00 Ask yourself
21:29 How you can properly managing it
22:47 Understand how little people are actually thinking about you
24:27 Prove yourself wrong
27:26 Develop a best and worst case scenario
28:35 When other people criticize you, it’s about them
30:02 Find your people
31:08 Minimize time with people who criticize you or talk to them
33:58 Learn or remember how to care the most about what you think of yourself
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We all have days when we are low energy, negative, and/or upset. In this episode, I shared a list of do's and don't to go through if you are experiencing chronic low vibe-ness to help you accept and understand that the only way to truly and authentically find a high vibe life and a high vibe place is to work through all your emotions, including the negative ones.
"All emotions are good, all emotions are necessary and all emotions are going to happen." - Shawn Mynar
"Your primary goal each and every day should be to do something that can help you work through the negative emotions." - Shawn Mynar
"It is up to us to own our emotions and own our thoughts… and that’s when we become powerful." - Shawn Mynar
"Just write it out. Write out those negative thoughts that are creeping in. Let yourself name what you’re feeling and why." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
4:47 Announcements
11:12 A feedback from one of our listeners
16:37 Your main takeaway
20:11 What we do with our negative emotion
22:11 Some people who is in ‘protection mode’
26:10 Another scenario why you feel the low vibe emotion
28:58 What I recommend that you do during low vibe moments
31:21 What chronic is
32:22 You have to do something
33:21 Be grateful of the things that make it a little better
34:30 Do examine your thoughts
36:01 Do respect the process
36:57 Do name it
37:58 Do let it be your compass
39:13 Don’t get mad at yourself for having a low vibe emotion
40:09 Don’t wallow
41:28 You are you
42:37 Don’t blame
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
The Unstuck Biz
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Getting into alignment — we talk about it a lot here on Unstuck. You know it’s an important piece to your mindset practice and a necessary component to attracting what you want into your life through the law of attraction. If you're going to manifest, you must be in alignment! But, it’s still not happening. Most of us are still spending the majority of our time out of alignment which, of course, interrupts our flow.
In this episode, we’re going deep on the concept of alignment so you can take a hard look at whether or not you’re truly aligned with what you want. We’ll go over some of the best definitions of alignment, the checklist to go through to gauge whether you’re in or out of alignment, and my very best tips to get into alignment (especially when things aren't going as planned).
"Getting into, being in, and staying in alignment is a forever practice." - Shawn Mynar
"We start with belief to get what we want." - Shawn Mynar
"You can only connect and communicate your desires to the universe to bring that into your existence when you are in alignment." - Shawn Mynar
"Alignment is getting out of your own way." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
4:46 - Free check your vibe quiz, High vibe wallpapers
7:36 Alignment and why it’s important
10:47 What I do in the morning that gets me into alignment
13:33 What does alignment mean?
21:51 Signs to know if you are in alignment
25:02 Your manifestations aren’t happening
26:48 You are being fueled by negative emotion
29:02 Letting your situation dictate your mood
30:01 Being led by doing instead of feeling
32:22 You make decisions based on your ego chatter
33:34 Focusing on what you don’t want instead of what you expect to come
35:15 Ways to get into alignment
36:21 Meditation
37:41 Visualization
38:44 Identify the feeling
39:23 Raising your overall vibration
41:02 Choose your words wisely
42:18 Let go
44:34 The pivot
46:25 Take care of your physical self
+++
EPISODES MENTIONED:
Episode 5 - Why do you do what you do?
Episode 26 - Stop waiting, start doing
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ
UNSTUCK BIZ
WELLNESS BUSINESS BLUEPRINT
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
So, you know what you want to come into your life, but are you taking any action steps to get there? Or are you stuck in a pattern of excuses, indecision, or autopilot-mode? Maybe you’re taking action but forcing it to come together by effort-ing instead of taking inspired action?
When you’re working on creating a positive mindset, a high-vibe life, and using your intuition and the law of attraction to get the life you want, it can be confusing to know what steps to take to get you there. You don’t want to force it, you want to listen to your intuition and get signs from the Universe, but then that can easily turn into waiting instead of doing, inaction instead of inspired action.
In this episode, I’m here to give you some tough love on the waiting, effort-ing, and inaction you’ve been doing. We’ll break down what’s really going on when you stall, make excuses, or continue to force action steps. We’ll look at what may be going on if you’re not getting signs on the next steps for you to take, and I’ll tell you the one thing you need to do to make sure you’re still moving the needle towards the life you want.
"Stop allowing excuses to dictate your actions and inactions." - Shawn Mynar
"If you don’t have trust or confidence which will be the case if you continue to wait instead or do… you’re stuck." - Shawn Mynar
"If you find that you are waiting instead of doing, it means that you have more work to do in your awareness and your alignment." - Shawn Mynar
"Action is easy when you have really done the first two pillars: awareness and alignment." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
8:36 “Nothing changes if nothing changes.”
10:20 Standing still
11:20 Stop waiting, start doing
12:53 What is ‘effort-ing’
16:01 Waiting is part of the process
21:46 Once you know what you want…
23:30 You have more work to do
27:01 Making time for your mindset practice
31:34 Stop allowing excuses to dictate your actions
34:08 What is fueling your actions?
38:48 My one tip for you…
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ
WELLNESS BUSINESS BLUEPRINT
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Burnout is real, there's no denying that. It's that state of prolonged stress with no end in sight which then leads to mental, physical, and emotional exhaustion unlike anything else. And it can come about for so many different reasons and in all areas of life. No one is immune.
In this episode, I'm taking a different approach to burnout—one that has a more spiritual or "woo-woo" take on this common state. If you've ever felt burned out but couldn't figure out why or how to get out of it, this episode is for you!
“Burnout can affect anyone… it can be anyone, in any area of life, at any success level.” - Shawn Mynar
“It is really draining and exhausting to be spending your time on something that isn’t along your path.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have a reason for having this life experience right now, this moment.” - Shawn Mynar
“Start taking real, purposeful actions.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:51 Spring class of Unstuck Entrepreneur
5:51 Upcoming “best of” episodes
10:06 Talking about burnout and what it is
17:14 Symptoms of burnout
26:52 two different occasions I experienced burnout
34:12 Why I felt I was out of alignment…
37:47 You are a soul in a human form
50:24 How to avoid burnout and what to do to recover
+++
UNSTUCK BIZ
WELLNESS BUSINESS BLUEPRINT
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
If we really think about it, our own opinion of ourselves is often our worst offender. And there's a massive downstream effect in both our business and our lives because of it. Low self-worth is one of the biggest factors behind why entrepreneurs don't put themselves out there, charge appropriately for their services, and believe in their capabilities.
In this episode, I'll give you my best simple tips and tools to use to start building your self-worth, self-confidence, and self-esteem so you can really embrace your authentic self, live life on your terms, and serve the people around you well.
"Increasing your self-worth, your self-esteem, your self-respect is an absolute must as an entrepreneur. It is the foundation of your business because it is how you show up for your business and for your clients/customers." - Shawn Mynar
"Have the ability to separate your negative self-talk and lead with your heart instead of the voice in your head." - Shawn Mynar
"Get back to that place where your intuition is the one that you hear because that is the one that knows who you are, your worth, your value, and what you’re capable of." - Shawn Mynar
"Get in touch with your inner voice and ask exactly what your ego is talking you out of and you will get the truth." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:32 Spring 2021 Unstuck Entrepreneur reminder
4:28 Talking about self-esteem
7:50 Self-esteem, self-confident, self-worth and self-respect
10:16 My own story of self-worth
14:54 Awareness
16:40 Understand where negative self-talk is coming from
18:40 Get back to your inner being
23:32 Take baby steps
24:02 Stop comparing
27:54 Movement
29:51 Make a list of your awesomeness
32:52 Do something that you’re proud of
+++
Episode 68
UNSTUCK WAITLIST
UNSTUCK ENROLLMENT
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The all-too-common imposter syndrome...where you feel like a fraud, like you're not good enough, that everyone else is already doing it so why bother, like you don't deserve or aren't worthy of success, recognition, or attention. Most of us have experienced imposter syndrome at some point in our lives—whether in business, at work, at school, or with friends. And yes, it is real and debilitating.
In this episode, we talk about imposter syndrome and how it is most likely preventing you from the growth and success you're longing for. I've got a little tough love for ya along with the ONE mindset shift that you need to do to overcome imposter syndrome.
“If we can step away from those things that are a point of tension in our lives and then we can see what really comes out of it… and we can attract what we want." - Shawn Mynar
“You’ve gotta quit making it about you, it’s about the people that you seek to help.” - Shawn Mynar
“Be the person who takes the focus off of themselves and puts it on the other person. The person that they seek to help.” - Shawn Mynar
“‘What’s more important?’ — that’s the only thing you need to ask yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:51 - Personal announcements
10:22 - Update for the spring 2021 class of Unstuck Entrepreneur
13:47 - Talking about imposter syndrome
15:45 - Imposter syndrome by definition
19:53 - Why does imposter syndrome exist?
23:50 - Examples of the imposter syndrome
32:13 - How can we overcome this thoughts?
+++
UNSTUCK WAITLIST
UNSTUCK ENROLLMENT
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
A few years ago, I had a pretty dramatic growth spurt in my business, seemingly overnight and out-of-nowhere. Some might call it a quantum leap.
In this episode, I share with you what really happened to experience such a profound change in such a short amount of time...and it's not what most people will tell you about quantum leaps.
SIGN UP FOR THE CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE! unstuck.shawnmynar.com/attraction
“What it is quite often (quantum leap) is actually the culmination of really important small steps that all come together at just the right time for you.” - Shawn Mynar
“I got really clear on my vision and my desire.” - Shawn Mynar
“Celebrate on all the small steps that you are taking instead of getting so wrapped up in the big steps that you feel like you need to take.” - Shawn Mynar
“The magic happens all in the small steps that you are making and taking every single day.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:46 Client attraction challenge reminder
5:50 The definition of quantum leap
9:14 Just a little disclaimer
10:45 The quantum leap in my business
17:19 Going all in on one area
20:44 Gaining confidence
23:39 Celebrate all the steps
29:00 Figuring exactly who I wanted to work with
29:59 Creating one package for everyone
33:09 Putting up my price range
+++
Episode 88
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I got in front of a mic, hit record, and this is what came of it. :) In this special bonus episode, I'm talking candidly about my own experience this week with tragedy, complex emotions, and grief. Join me for a real, unscripted, unedited conversation about why feeling your feelings is the most important thing you can do for yourself and your "vibe."
If you have your own business, your growth and success come down to one thing—getting paying customers. Without attracting people to your business, you really just have an expensive and time-consuming hobby. #realtalk
Over the years, I've discovered 5 common mistakes entrepreneurs make when trying to attract clients and, in today's episode, I'm taking you through each one so you can spot them in your own client attraction system.
I admit, these are things that I was once guilty of myself. But, realizing these mistakes and making the necessary shifts helped me transform my marketing strategies to feel aligned AND profitable.
SIGN UP FOR THE CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE! unstuck.shawnmynar.com/attraction
“When we’re looking at the problem that we’re having in our business… we’ve got to look from the inside out to figure out the solution.” - Shawn Mynar
"Think about what energetic qualities you’re bringing into your work.” - Shawn Mynar
"The quickest change you can make right now is just to start looking at what language your dream client uses." - Shawn Mynar
"You’re going to need more experiences where people understand what you do before they take action, it’s a continuous process." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:51 - Free 5-day Client attraction challenge
8:26 - Talking about the things I was doing why I'm not attracting clients
11:43 - You’re not exuding the energetic qualities to attract clients
15:24 - You are getting in your own way
19:47 - You’re trying to appeal to and help everyone
23:04 - You’re not using the right language to attract your dream clients
26:33 - People need to know what you do and that you’re open for business
+++
CLIENT ATTRACTION CHALLENGE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Social media is a big deal—especially for entrepreneurs—but also just in everyday life, which is why I'm dedicating an entire episode to it!
Social media can be a powerful tool for small businesses to build a brand, connect with their audience, and boost awareness and leads. However, it also can have a negative impact on small businesses when not used intentionally.
In this episode, I share some of the things I re-learned when I took a step away from social media and how my approach to social media is changing both for my business and life so I can make the most of my time and energy.
“Time is something we have to consider and so is our energy as a return of investment.” - Shawn Mynar
“The more external noise we have, the harder it is for us hear our own inner voice, for us to tap into our own intuition.” - Shawn Mynar
“As entrepreneurs and business owners, we are in the business of creation and social media could potentially make it way harder for you to tap into your own creative spark when you are looking at everybody else’s work.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
0:00 Being intentional about Social media
8:29 My relationship with Social media in the past year
12:15 - Social media as a huge distraction
17:40 - Social media as a time suck
22:16 - How much noise social media creates in your life
25:53 - Social media as a creative block
29:30 - The story that come up when we view other people’s lives regularly
40:09 - What I plan to do moving forward with social media
45:26 - Using social media in your business
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
EMOTIONAL FREQUENCY SCALE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
At some point in life, the universe will hand you a challenge so physically, mentally, emotionally, and even financially draining that you will feel like there's no way out. This is what I like to call a rock bottom moment.
Here's the thing about rock bottom moments: they're hard and awful at the time, but also an amazing opportunity for learning and growth.
Many of you know I went through my own rock bottom moment just a few years ago. Since then, SO much has changed for me—business success, meeting my life partner, overcoming health issues—much of which I attribute to the things I learned from that rock bottom moment.
In this episode, I'm going to share with you everything I learned from this experience in the case at some point you need to navigate your own rock bottom moment.
“I made it a point to really do what I needed to do to focus on what’s good.” - Shawn Mynar
“Nothing matters more to me than being able to have my life back. If that happy, healthy life also includes me paying off debt for the rest of my life, fine, I do not care and I just want to feel good.” - Shawn Mynar
“I deserve to live my life fully and completely and from this place of love and acceptance no matter what size my pants are, no matter how I look physically, I still get to live the best life ever.” - Shawn Mynar
“I got in touch with who I was beyond my physical body and I celebrated my inner voice and I nurtured my inner being.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
5:10 - What life was like for me before my rock bottom moment
20:04 - Body neutrality/body acceptance
23:58 - "I got in touch with who I was beyond my physical body"
31:03 - Acceptance of “the crap”
34:34 - Money detachment
41:01 - "Let go to let in"
48:24 - "I have a choice in every moment of every day"
50:56 - High vibrations heal
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
EMOTIONAL FREQUENCY SCALE
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I recently got a direct message on Instagram from a listener who was describing a ‘curveball’ that happened in her life and how she felt it had derailed everything she was manifesting, and I thought this was a great discussion to have on the show.
All of us will go through some pretty major curveballs in life and having the tools to move through them can help you grow from the situation instead of using it to stay stuck.
In this episode, I share 4 things for you to consider the next time life throws you a curveball and my own personal curveballs that turned into the best moments in my life.
“This moment that you’re going through or any moment that you go through is as it should be because the universe is as it should be.” - Shawn Mynar
"What if this curveball is the best thing that ever happened to you?" - Shawn Mynar
“Let go of the need to plan and predict the future.” - Shawn Mynar
"Find the place of detachment knowing that the present is all we really have and knowing that it’s all working out just as it should be." - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
1:15 - Updates about previous episodes (Money mindset), Money Mindset Coaching replay and Unstuck Entrepreneur on Instagram
8:52 - Let's talk about life 'curveballs'
12:43 - The concept of a ‘curveball’
15:49 - Some common examples and what to do with it
19:26 - Tip 1: Starting with self-care
24:18 - Tip 2: Get curious
28:01 - Tip 3: ‘Spiral up’
41:01 - Tip 4: A reminder to let go
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
MONEY MINDSET COACHING REPLAY
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR INSTAGRAM
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
My guest this week, Laura Weldy, is a Certified Leadership Coach and a lifelong feminist who helps women become confident leaders in the workplace.
Laura and I have so much in common! Laura was a listener of the Keto for Women Show and attributes her focus on getting physically healthy with her ability to work on her mindset. Then, we both ended up in the same program for NLP and mindset coaching.
Now, Laura helps women maximize their growth and potential to become a leader. She advocates for women to find their voice through her Personal Power Code System to bring out confidence and leadership in the corporate arena.
“New information leads to new action leads to new results.” - Laura Weldy
“Women have so much to offer and they need the support to understand how they can manifest their dream career and how they can impact others… and it’s about developing their personal power.” - Laura Weldy
“Confident communication is the outer work component and the inner work is believing in yourself and that’s the core of confidence.” - Laura Weldy
“Create your vision for how you could impact the people around you, how you could lift up others, how you could utilize your power in a way that is ethical and helps other people and you’re going to be motivated to do what you gotta do to get there.” - Laura Weldy
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
00:47 - Guest introduction & How Laura and I knew each other
09:02 - How Laura got in the women’s career success
11:18 - Laura starting her NLP and coaching journey
15:07 - Understanding confidence and the outer and inner work needed
22:10 - Reframing your mind to be more confident
24:31 - Other factors that women encounter that make them feel stuck in their workplace
30:33 - The importance of personality and how it affects in your workplace
32:17 - Personal Power Code questions
Website: http://lauraweldy.com/
Instagram: @lauraweldy
Free Confident Communication Guide
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Let me guess, you hear the word "hypnosis" and you get a bit skeptical. "Isn't that what they do to people on stage and then have them make a total fool of themselves?" The short answer, nope, not at all!
There are so many myths and misconceptions that surround hypnotherapy and, in this episode, I'm going to debunk them all so you can really understand the power and purpose of this effective mindset tool.
“Hypnosis = meditation with a goal.” - Shawn Mynar
“Hypnosis is rehearsing the life that you want and taking on the identity you want and doing it all in a relaxed state… your subconscious mind gets exercised when you do this.” - Shawn Mynar
“Take the time to get into a deeply relaxed state and insert the affirmations that you want to start believing about yourself.” - Shawn Mynar
“No matter what habits or actions we want to change, you have to work on the mind first.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
01:02 - My personal journey about learning hypnosis
04:35 - Empower Intensive coaching update
07:18 - History of hypnosis
09:49 - Debunking myths about hypnosis
11:08 - Definition of hypnosis
12:25 - What hypnosis is not
19:23 - What hypnosis does
22:10 - One important thing to know about hypnosis and how it works
26:03 - How hypnosis responds to your body from a biochemical standpoint
27:30 - Doing a Lemon test
+++
EMPOWER INTENSIVE
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It's part two of our conversation about money blocks! You already know the first three that we tackled last week, let's get to the last five that will help you free yourself of stress and worry around money and access the universal flow abundance that is available to all of us.
“You can and should spend money on yourself. It’s not a treat, it’s part of your life experience, it’s part of being human and it’s part of being who you are.” - Shawn Mynar
“Money amplifies the wonderful person that you already are and you don’t have to work hard to make money.” - Shawn Mynar
“No amount of money in the bank can change your limiting beliefs. You have to do that work before you start calling in the abundance you desire.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
02:32 - Empower Intensive updates
05:30 - “I shouldn’t spend money on myself”
11:39 - “making more money will make me a bad person”
16:31 - “I’m bad with money.”
19:08 - “I don’t need money, I just want to…”
23:17 - “If I had more money, things would be..."
+++
EMPOWER INTENSIVE
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Money blocks...if you're human, you probably have them. It's just the way our society operates these days. But just because you've been carrying around this money baggage for most of your life doesn't mean it should still keep you from the financial abundance you deserve any longer!
In this episode, the first part of two, I share the most common limiting beliefs around money that are keeping you from harnessing all the abundance and money that you desire. Let your journey to your financial freedom start here.
“You don’t have to shy away from wanting more money, from doing the work so you can make more money. It’s available to you and it’s okay to want that.” - Shawn Mynar
“Money doesn’t grow on trees… but it is all around you. Money is everywhere, we live in an abundant world, you can reach out and grab abundance.” - Shawn Mynar
“You are worthy, you are deserving, you are enough just as you are right this moment to make as much money as you want.” - - Shawn Mynar
“You have the ability to take the abundance you experience and use it to create more abundance in other areas of the world for the people that need it most.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
03:09 - Waitlist on the Empower Intensive
04:54 - Common money blocks that you might be having
06:26 - A brief background of my financial journey and working on money mindset
6:23 - Quote from Harv Eker
21:37 - What are money blocks?
24:58 - How money blocks show up in your life
38:20 - Money doesn’t grow on trees
45:47 - It’s not possible for me to make a lot of money
What's Your Excuse? - EP76
+++
EMPOWER INTENSIVE
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
As we've talked about before, manifestation is a big part of my life and mindset practice. Today, I want to talk to those of you who are trying to manifest something and it's just.not.happening. In this episode, I share with you seven possible reasons to explain why your manifestations aren't coming into your reality and what you can do to speed up the process.
“Patience is key and loving and appreciating life regardless is key. Just be so fulfilled and happy with what is right in front of you at the present moment so that the manifestation would be a great addition when it comes.” - Shawn Mynar
“Every single manifestation will require that you step into a new version of yourself, the next level version of you.” - Shawn Mynar
“Right here, right now is when things happen but you have to be willing to open your senses to the present instead of being stuck in the past or the future.” - Shawn Mynar
“Practice patience, acceptance, find peace in the present moment knowing it’s on its way, and have faith.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
Timestamps:
00:01 - New Podcast music and Empower Intensive Group Coaching Program
06:42 - Manifestations and life updates
15:03 - Introducing why manifestations don’t work
16:19 - “Not the right time”
18:37 - “You’re not ready for it.”
20:45 - “You’re not seeing the signs”
24:36 - “It’s not for the greater good of humanity”
26:47 - “Something better is on its way”
29:30 - “You’re focused on the negative”
32:54 - “You don’t believe it’s possible”
How I Manifested My Fiancé - Ep 79
How I Manifested A Successful Business - Ep 61
How I Manifested My Dream Home - Ep38
+++
EMPOWER INTENSIVE
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We often, perhaps without even realizing it, lean on willpower when it comes time to make a change in our lives, whether it be with our health, wellbeing, financial situation, self-care practices, or any other area of life. If you're serious about the changes you want to make in your life, willpower alone isn't going to get you there, my friend.
In this episode, I talk about why willpower doesn’t work and what steps you can take to reach your goals and desires without them backfiring as soon as life gets in the way.
“Trying to use your willpower is like painting over a hole without patching it up before you paint over up. You’re just trying to cover up a situation that hasn’t changed...that still needs work.” - Shawn Mynar
“You have to change your intrinsic core subconscious programming with awareness… You have to get a little bit curious with yourself in why you do what you do.” - Shawn Mynar
“It’s a heck of a lot easier to reprogram your mind if you know what your current ‘program’ is!” - Shawn Mynar
“Consciously make the decision to change and shift your subconscious mind.” - Shawn Mynar
NEW: Refer to the timestamps below to skip to the section you're interested in!
Timestamps:
00:01 - Unstuck Biz updates
04:34 - Personal and Life Updates + Addressing the Primally Pure situation
23:08 - Introducing willpower and what is it about
24:28 - The definition of willpower
24:85 Why willpower is not working for you
31:09 Samples on how your subconscious mind would be in harmony with your willpower
40:36 - What you can do work around willpower
VISUALIZATION EPISODE - Ep. 51
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
If you've been listening to my podcast and following me on my personal journey, you know I love all things nature, hiking, and connecting with the environment. These moments when I'm outside bring me moments of clarity, inner peace, and a deeper connection with my intuition. Today, we're going to find out why that's the case for all of us...even if you're a city-dweller!
In this episode, I am joined by Natasha Deganello Giraudie, a nature practice teacher. She helps nature lovers (like me!) to find a deeper and more freeing connection with the Earth to stay grounded and understand how nature can influence our mind, body, and spirit.
"The benefit of deep intentional nature connection doesn’t have to happen at a spectacular location. It can happen with what's right outside your door." - Natasha Deganello Giraudie
"When you don’t take the decisions that are right for you sometimes life intervenes and makes them for you." - Natasha Deganello Giraudie
"Our senses are our primary connection to the present moment. Through our senses we fully experience our life. When we go outside, nature starts to wake up our senses." - Natasha Deganello Giraudie
Website: www.naturepractice.earth
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Manifestation is something I love to talk about here on the podcast. In this episode, I'm spilling the details on how I manifested my romantic partner who recently became my fiance!
Yep, I've got some big news to share! And how I used my mindset and manifestation practice to call in "the one", the download I got from the universe, and the things that helped my manifestation turn into reality.
“I let go of so much, took a big deep breath, and let it all go and I think that is so powerful and important. If you can do that, you can start finding cracks in the stories you’ve been telling yourself and just start letting go.” - Shawn Mynar
GOTTMAN INSTITUTE ARTICLE
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Ever heard or experience fear of success? It has not been talked about much but a lot of people experience this on a day-to-day basis. A counter-intuitive concept that hinders us from actually achieving our goals, it is sneaky, it is scary, but you definitely can work your way around it.
In this episode, I shared helpful tips that will help you understand and distinguish if you are blocking your own success, realize if you are doing it unconsciously and develop ways so you can overcome and achieve the success that you set out for yourself.
"Your next level self is currently outside of your comfort zone, you've never been that person and your mind, as it is today, doesn't want to go there and you are in charge to doing that work to take you there." - Shawn Mynar
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
LIVE WORKSHOP: MONEY WORKSHOP
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
What you put your mind into determines your success. What you think about consistently has a direct effect on how you can achieve your goals. Mindset is important to influence your success. If you are ready to command your business to grow and become successful, mindset mastery and helpful tools to achieve that are the key.
In this episode, I shared a list of the things that I did back then and still do to this day to keep my business stress-free so keep myself in alignment in my business and make it fun, while achieving my goals and success.
"You can't tackle your vibration without trying to work on your mindset first and also." - Shawn Mynar
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
LIVE WORKSHOP: MONEY WORKSHOP
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Excuses. Excuses. Excuses. As much as we all hate to admit it, all of us are guilty of making countless excuses. This, however, is something that you can control so you can free yourself mentally, physically, financially and in all aspects of your life.
In this episode, I explained a valuable self-awareness technique that will help you take control of the situation whenever you find yourself being stuck in the 'excuse' blackhole and start taking charge of the things that you have control over. If you are someone who is ready to break this habit, this episode is for you!
"If you have an excuse for something, it means you are letting the external environment control what is going on with you instead of you controlling what is going on with you." - Shawn Mynar
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR
LIVE WORKSHOP: MONEY WORKSHOP
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Crystals have existed on earth for millions of years. Now, it is a very useful tool to help people work with their energy, vibrations, healing and self-improvement.
In this episode, I am joined with Magdalena McClellan, the creator of My Metaphysical Maven. Listen as she gave helpful knowledge on how you can use crystals for your spiritual fulfillment and Higher Self alignment.
"I don't think people change, they just become more of who they are." -Magdalena McClellan
Website: mymetaphysicalmaven.com
IG: @mymetaphysicalmaven
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The feeling of belongingness and being accepted is one of the most important aspect of human being to most people. Dating back to ancient times, we are more likely to survive and thrive in groups. However, there are times that what other think of us takes on a lot of importance more than what we think of ourselves.
In this episode, I shared tips and practices on how you can be more conscious so you can stop caring what others think. Although wanting to be positively thought of is not a bad thing, these practices will help you get worrying of what other people think out of the centerstage.
"Those who matter to you won't mind you being yourself, in fact they will love that you are being your own unique self." - Shawn Mynar
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The holiday season, especially this year, won't be like the usual ones. The year 2020 has been very challenging to us in every aspect of our lives, physically, emotionally, mentally and we are all just ready to face the new year ahead. But how about celebrating this holiday season by choosing to be mindful and staying present despite everything that has been going on?
In this episode, I shared a recent personal experience that made me re-evaluate how we celebrate holidays and I thought this would be a very relevant topic to talk about now that these special days are upon us.
"Stay mindful, stay present with yourself, you deserve to feel good this holiday season physically, mentally, emotionally, energetically. You deserve to feel good, so make that a priority." - Shawn Mynar
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Let's talk about breathwork! Breathwork therapy or practice is often performed to improve physical, mental, emotional and even spiritual well-being. This practice has been around for centuries and it has proven to decrease stress and improve the immune system.
In this episode, I am joined with Mollie Lowery, a certified holistic nutrition consultant, breathwork healer, and a certified brain rewiring coach. Mollie shared her experiences and provide useful knowledge about breathwork and its numerous benefits that would surely make you think that its worth the try.
"Breathwork is something that humans has been doing since we've existed. We always intuitively known that there are healing properties to the breath." - Molly Lowery
Website: mollielowery.com
IG: @mollielowery
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
What is your personal definition of success? When you think about 'successful' people, what comes in your mind? Is it wealth? Fame? Genuine happiness? Contentment? Success has a broad definition. Not one sentence can precisely determine what it is to one person and that is the beauty of it.
In this episode, I shared useful tips to identify and create your own definition of success in any areas of your life, whether you are an entrepreneur or not. If you are someone who want to succeed in your personal life, may it be career, relationships or health or business, this episode is for you!
"Success starts with your belief, it starts within you, believing you can do it, believing you deserve it, and believing you will get it." - Shawn Mynar
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK BIZ
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We all have days when we feel we are having a low energy, negative and oppressive emotions. So if you find yourself constantly feeling these emotions, you are experiencing low vibrations. Having these feeling or emotion can be connected to a huge spectrum of reasons or situations, but one thing is for sure, it is an essential part of the process to raise your vibration.
In this episode, I shared a list of do's and don't to go thorough if you are experiencing chronic low vibe-ness to help you accept and understand that the only way to truly and authentically find a high vibe life and a high vibe place is to work through all your emotions, including the negative ones.
"Negative low vibe emotions are actually good... it's all part of the process. All emotions are good, all emotions are neccesary and all emotions are going to happen." -Shawn Mynar
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
The Unstuck Biz
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Body image is a reflection of a person's emotional attitude and perception of their own physical body. However, body image is more than just the outside appearance, it also has something to do with the inner beliefs of a person about his or her own body and this often times result to body shame.
In this episode, I am joined by a very special guest, Stephanie Dodier, a clinical nutritionist and an intuitive eating expert. Stephanie shared very valuable insights about understanding body shame and dieting behavior so you can heal, overcome and harness your inner potential.
"Intuitive eating reconnects you to your innate power and sisters, we all are powerful being! But we suppress our power by giving it away to diet culture." - Stephanie Dodier
Website: stephaniedodier.com
Podcast: Going Beyond The Food: Diet Culture, Intuitive Eating, Body Acceptance, Mindset and Anti-Diet Podcast
IG: @stephdodier
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We all are guilty of often comparing ourselves to others. While the tendency to compare is very human and normal, it can bring about many negative emotions and most of the time, it can do more harm than good.
In this episode, I share 8 tips on how you can change your perspective about self comparison so you can pull yourself out of it. By being mindful and more aware about this steps, you will be able to take control of your life and energy and turn it into high vibe experience to push yourself forward.
"If you turn your comparison to admiration, would it actually inspire you to live better?" -Shawn Mynar
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
When you think about the laws of the universe, your mind may go straight to the Law of Attraction. It is something that we've talked about here in Unstuck a couple of time, and it's something that a lot of people are already familiar with. However, there is a whole network of interconnected universal laws that can affect and influence every aspect of your life.
In this episode, I share you the twelve universal laws and explain how they have an impact with your life in every moment, every day. With this, you can develop your sense of these laws to better understand and take control of your well-being, happiness and to live your life with passion and purpose.
"We are all one. Everything that we do, thought, action and event is in some way connected to everything else and everyone else." - Shawn Mynar
SHOW LINKS:
Shawnmynar.com/episode3
Download my Free Emotional Frequency Scale
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR - Join the waitlist!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
My Guest for this episode is Cassie Aurora, she is an Astrologer, Reiki Master, Yoga Teacher, and Holistic Trauma coach who helps empower women to overcome their past trauma, heal fully on a whole body, mind and soul level to live life abundantly, without holding back. In this episode, Cassie opened up her own life story and became vulnerable with us to educate about healing and empowerment. She also shared valuable knowledge that would help us to live our lives to the fullest and live out our potential. Website: cassieaurora.com
Podcast: Modern Goddess with Cassie Aurora
IG: @iamcassieaurora
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
What exactly does playing small mean? a lot of us are doing it in our personal lives, a lot of entrepreneurs are also doing it not only in the wellness space but on other spaces as well. There could be plenty of reasons why you are 'playing small' which I uncover to help you motivate your passion into action.
In this episode, I shared with you what playing small looks like, what it actually is and how you can step out of it. I shared advice on how you can take your first step to get yourself unstuck and start living your passion and purpose without hesitations and fear.
SHOW LINKS:
http://shawnmynar.com/unstuckbiz
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR - Join the waitlist!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Intuition, inner voice, inner guidance, intuitive sense, or however we want to call it, this feeling that we all have within us, is a direction to our higher power that leads us to our right path. So start seeking your inner voice and be in tune with your true, authentic, happy and all-knowing self.
In this episode, I laid down questions to ask your intuition. So you can unleash and discover your real path in life, wherever it may take you. Listen now to this episode and begin asking these questions to bring out your inner true self.
SHOW LINKS:
Episode 7 — Let your intuition be your guide
Episode 35 — Listener Q&A: How do you know for sure that you're following your intuition?
Blog Post — The 4 Best Journal Practices + Why You Need Them
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK ENTREPRENEUR - Join the waitlist!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
My guest today, Dr. Rachel, is a licensed Clinical Psychologist who helps people to connect more deeply to their own true self. With years of practice and experience, she created The Numinous Path which is an approach that combines psychology, spirituality, somatic awareness, sensuality, relational attunement, and myth.
Dr. Rachel shared some of the underlying issues that are unconsciously keeping you stuck and offered helpful advice to discover and unlearn all these blocks that is keeping you from unleashing your own inner voice.
Website: heydrrachel.com
The Numinous Path Website
IG: @heydrrachel
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Failure, to a lot of people, can mean a negative experience or a lack of success about a specific aspect of one's life. It can also be a powerful thought that can hinder us from wanting to do more. It can prevent us from unleashing the best possibilities that the universe has in store. So, let's change the way we see failure.
In this episode, I share with you 7 different truths about failure. These things are not something that you do not know but things that you need to be reminded of a lot that will help you understand that failure is NOT a negative thing.
SHOW LINKS:
http://shawnmynar.com/entrepreneur
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The fear of the unknown can be terrifying to a lot of us and the fear of jumping into something you know nothing about may stop you from pursuing the best version of yourself, reaching your goals and living your dream life. However, what if achieving your real purpose in life is actually on the other side of the fear that you are feeling?
In this week's episode, I opened up and shared a very personal and vulnerable story with the hope to inspire present entrepreneurs and people who are wanting to become one in the future. I shared 9 things that I did which helped me transform my business into what it is today. I laid down lessons, life advice,
and tips which could also be of value to you!
SHOW LINKS:
shawnmynar.com/moneyworkshop - Register for this free workshop! September 11, 2020 at 11am LIVE workshop on how to actually make money in your wellness biz.
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
"Every action is a vote of who you wish to become." A quote from a book I've recently read by James Clear called Atomic Habits. Ever wonder what makes yourself unique? What makes you stand out? and what makes you -- YOU? And a very important question for you to answer and to realize yourself is "Who do you want to be?"
In today's episode, I share about a topic that encourages a better understanding of our own selves, which is our own identity. I delved deeper about the personal assumptions that dictate our belief system and how we can prime our mind to transform a new and better identity to flourish into the person we want to be.
SHOW LINKS:
shawnmynar.com/entrepreneurwaitlist - VIP list for wellness entrepreneurs who want to get unstuck
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The idea of goal setting has been a very helpful way to a lot of people in to achieve an objective in life. Whether that's a financial goal, a fitness goal, or a career goal and more. However, let me tell you that this concept has a tendency to sometimes go against us. I'm sure you are wondering how..
In this episode, I'm sharing with you the concept of intention setting and how this mind training could be helpful for you in priming your brain to take action that will make you more successful, more creative and more fulfilled in your life.
SHOW LINKS:
Unstuck Entrepreneur Facebook Group - facebook.com/groups/unstuckwellness
Episode 7 — Let your intuition be your guide
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
That feeling of overwhelm—we've all experienced it—where the to-do list seems unmanageable, and it doesn't seem like there's enough time in the day to get it all done.
When we have that level of stress, it's hard to know what to do to get yourself out of it AND still get it all done. Overwhelm consumes our thoughts and actions making things even worse.
Today, I'm sharing 8 simple tips to get you through the inevitable overwhelming moments you'll have as you make your way through this lifetime.
SHOW LINKS:
Unstuck Entrepreneur Facebook Group - facebook.com/groups/unstuckwellness
Episode 53 — The Problem With Perfectionism
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We're mixing things up a little bit on this episode of Unstuck and doing a rapid-fire Listener Q&A episode!
In this episode, I answer listener questions about having the confidence to say no to treats at a party, finding your life path when you feel lost, how to manage the stress that comes from job searching and unemployment, and my thoughts on the Health At Every Size movement.
So much juicy, real conversation in this episode, it's a must-listen!
SHOW LINKS:
Episode 9 — Define Your Values
5-Day Autopilot Challenge - shawnmynar.com/autopilot-challenge
Emotional Frequency Scale - shawnmynar.com/scale
Episode 3 — How To Raise Your Vibration
Empower Intensive Body Image Coaching Call
Health At Every Size by Dr. Linda Bacon
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
The Reticular Activating System, or your brain's filtration system, sets out to filter into your conscious mind only that which corresponds with your focus. In other words, you attract into your experience what you focus on...which is just what the law of attractions states.
In today's episode, we're going to dig deeper into the role of the RAS, how we determine what it filters based on our beliefs, and the tools we can use to reprogram it to attract into our existence the life we want.
Episode 9 — You CAN change your limiting beliefs
Empower Intensive Coaching - Belief Redesign
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Join the Unstuck Wellness Entrepreneur private Facebook Group!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I've gotten so many requests to share a list of my favorite mindset and spirituality books for those of you looking to start or expand your own practice, so here it is, in podcast form!
In this episode, I'm sharing some of my absolute favorite books I've read on my own spiritual and mindset journey that I think you will love too, whether you prefer a more practical approach or love the "woo" as I do. ;)
Book Links:
You are a badass - Jen Sincero
You Are A Badass At Making Money - Jen Sincero
The Illusion of Money - Kyle Cease
Thank And Grow Rich - Pam Grout
E-Squared - Pam Grout
Ask And It Is Given - Esther and Abraham Hicks
The Universe Has Your Back - Gabrielle Bernstein
The Power Of Now - Eckhart Tolle
Spirit Means Business - Alan Cohen
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Download the Emotional Frequency Scale
Get on the waitlist for the Unstuck Collective!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Getting into alignment — we talk about it a lot on the Unstuck Podcast. We know it’s an important piece of any mindset practice and a necessary component to attracting what we want in our lives. If we’re going to manifest to get what we most deeply want, we must be in alignment! But perhaps, despite your best efforts, your desires are still not coming to fruition. Most of us are still spending the majority of our time out of alignment which, of course, interrupts our flow.
So... are you in alignment or out of alignment?
What Is Alignment, Anyway? Alignment is incredibly important. Regardless of your level of awareness, if you are not in alignment, your desires cannot be manifested. But staying in alignment is a practice. It involves building habits and working toward the goal.
So what is alignment? Take a look at these definitions, and choose the one that resonates with you right now. Then take that definition and try to really absorb it.
My 5 Definitions Of Alignment: Being an energetic match to whatever it is you want. This is what raising your vibration is all about! This is what we mean by "like attracts like." We're looking to attract the vibrational energy of what we want through our emotions. By raising our vibration, we create a connection from the energy we're putting out to what we want to receive.
When your thoughts, feelings, words, and actions are all aligned to one common goal. This definition begins with your beliefs and trickles down through every other part of your human expression. For example, if you have the goal of finding your perfect job, you can start by making sure you do not have any beliefs that contradict your goal. Then you can begin to work on believing that you are worthy, capable, and equipped for your dream job.
Getting out of your own way. Let go of the need to figure out the "how." Stop trying to "effort things" into being. Work on the confidence or allowing what you want to come to you as you stay in alignment. Relax in the certainty of what is coming.
Entering a flow state where everything you want seems to happen naturally for you. This is what naturally happens when you are aligned! Things flow through you without effort or force because you have relaxed into the flow.
Your communication system with the universe. We connect with universal forces by way of emotion. By getting into alignment, we can let the universe know our desires.
How Do You Know If You're Out Of Alignment? Keep in mind that you can be in alignment in some areas of life, and out of alignment in other areas. This is normal! One way to know if you're in alignment is to check for signs of being out of alignment.
Signs you're out of alignment: 1. Your manifestations are not happening. You know what you want, but you aren't seeing any signs of those desires coming to you. You aren't seeing any signs from the universe that you are headed in the right direction.
-
You are being fueled by negative emotion. Sometimes we don't even realize negativity is happening. Stress, auto-pilot mode, being disconnected instead of engaged... These are all low-vibe places, and they really deter alignment.
-
You let your situation dictate your mood. If frustrating events in your life impact your internal confidence and your emotions, you are not in alignment.
-
You are led by doing instead of feeling. If you are in auto-pilot mode and just going through the motions without feeling, you are disengaged.
-
You are not working toward a purpose, dream, or goal. We should constantly be in a state of expansion. If you are not constantly looking toward the horizon, then you are just ho-humming life, and you cannot be in alignment.
-
You are making decisions based on your ego chatter rather than your intuition. If you are not connected to your internal navigation system, then you will begin to look to outside sources to tell you what you should do. This will always lead you away from alignment.
-
You focus on what you do not want rather than focusing on what you expect to come to you. This negative headspace is not conducive to the high-vibe mindset needed for alignment.
Still not sure? Take this 5-minute quiz to find out if you're in alignment!
Steps To Get Back Into Alignment Remember... you have to start with your AWARENESS. You will always be fueled by your stories and beliefs, and they have the power to keep you out of alignment if they do not match up with your desires.
Here are eight things you can do: 1. Meditate. Bring stillness to your mind as often as you can, even if it's only 30 seconds! Meditation gives your mind the opportunity to be uncrowded. And that stillness allows us to be more focused on alignment.
-
Visualize. Practice being so clear in what you want that you can feel it as you visualize it. Feel the comfort, excitement, peace, and freedom that your desire will bring!
-
Feel it first. Identify the feeling that you are expecting from your Big Ask (that "thing" you really want to happen for you), and find other ways to feel it right now.
-
Raise your overall vibration. While you will not be in a constant state of high vibration, the higher the percentage of good in your life, the better! Focusing on love, joy, comfort, peace, kindness, confidence, etc, will allow you to feel good overall. Work to do this as often as you can to hone your alignment.
-
Choose your words wisely. We tend to speak to the negative. Complaining is the biggest way to know that you are out of alignment. Gossiping, comparing yourself to others, negative self-talk, and apathy are the enemies of alignment!
-
Let go. Find a sense of detachment from the need for something to happen. When we get to a place of peace, regardless of the outcome, we will understand that what we're doing here is all part of the journey to get to what we want. Enjoy that journey!
-
Practice the pivot. When you have a bad feeling or thought, pivot to find something that feels really good and focus on that. Thinking about something that feels really good will get you out of the negative spiral and back into alignment.
-
Take care of your physical self. Your vibration is impacted by your physical body! Enjoy healthy movement and eat in a way that feels good to you mentally, physically, and emotionally. Spend tons of time on self-care. The satisfaction that can come from that will raise your vibration and push you toward alignment.
Your Alignment Homework Alright, time for a little homework:
Step 1: Sit down with your journal and make a "Happy List." Write down at least 50 things that make you happy - little and big. Things that you make you feel really good. Then you can come back to this list when you need some help getting into alignment.
Step 2: For a whole week, spend some time before bed asking yourself "how much time did I spend in alignment today?" Be honest! How much time did you feel noticeably good? How much time were you out of auto-pilot? And now that you're aware of this, put some of these tips into practice and see if this amount changes.
Remember that this is forever stuff! These tips are part of my everyday practice. Keep going and enjoy the journey. This work is both meaningful and fun!
READY FOR MORE? Listen to this Unstuck Podcast episode, Are You Out Of Alignment.
Take the Vibe Quiz to find out where you're vibe-in'!
Get your energy back into alignment when it comes to money with 7 days of money mindset coaching!
Most of us, whether we realize it or not, don't have the best relationship with money. It causes us stress, fear, unease, and frustration. It causes us to stay stuck, not pursuing our dreams, and living a full life. Why? Because of our money mindset! Which, just like anything else, can be changed.
In this episode, I'm sharing with you my absolute best and simplest tip to quickly start reframing your mindset around money so you can be in alignment with attracting money versus repelling it (what most of us subconsciously are doing).
The Truth About Attracting Abundance — Ep. 42
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Final call to be a part of the Unstuck Project in 2020! Doors are open this week only (7/20-7/24). If you're ready and committed to healing physically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually to be truly healthy and happy, THIS is the time! Head here to get started now.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Trying to be perfect isn't a harmless personality trait, it's a mindset that can wreak havoc on your health — physically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually, and will forever keep you stuck.
In this episode, we're going to take a look at some of the downsides of perfectionism, why some people feel a need to be perfect, and how we can work to be OK with the imperfections of life.
ANNOUNCEMENTS
Are you ready to get off the diet rollercoaster once and for all? I can help you get there in my new FREE 5-Day Food Freedom Challenge. Sign up today! shawnmynar.com/foodfreedom
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
My guest today, Kari Owens, came to her rock bottom moment after a series of health crises AND a pattern of toxic relationships. That rock bottom moment spiraled her into deep inner work that including listening to and trusting her intuition, uncovering limiting beliefs, and replacing deep insecurities with self-acceptance.
As an intuitive coach and mindset practitioner, Kari now teaches other women how to find healthy relationships with themselves and develop their own inner empowerment.
Website: Kariowens.com
IG: @karisfullsoul
Let’s go to the show!
+++
5-DAY FOOD FREEDOM CHALLENGE - Get started now!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
So many high-performing people have credited visualization as the superpower behind their success, and I've had that experience in my own life too. Why is that? And how does it work?
In this episode, we're going to look at the power of visualization and the two reasons why it really works to take dreams and turn them into reality: 1) because it is an effective tool for brain rewiring and 2) because of the law of attraction. We'll then go over some foolproof ways to include visualization into your own mindset practice.
Links: Visualization Study
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
By popular demand, I am talking all about the basics of crystals in today's episode. I'll share more about the power of crystals, what they help with physically, mentally and emotionally, how to start your crystal collection, what to look for when buying crystals, what it means to set your intention for a crystal, how to use them in your everyday life, plus my picks for top 5 starter crystals.
If you're at all interested in energy and the power of raising your vibration, this episode is for you!
Let’s go to the show!
Resources mentioned:
mymetaphysicalmaven.com
@mymetaphysicalmaven
Books:
Crystals For Beginners and Crystals For Healing by Karen Frazier
+++
Need to get out of autopilot-mode? Join my FREE 7-day challenge! shawnmynar.com/autopilot-challenge
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
What are the two things that will make any woman unstoppable? Confidence and self-trust! And that's exactly what we're going to discuss with today's guest, Amy Pamensky.
After finding herself chronically ill, in the wrong marriage, and deeply unhappy, Amy took it upon herself to understand the role she played in her own happiness — starting with her mindset. Hear from Amy on the work she's done to create a life she now loves and her deeper purpose in this work.
Amy's IG: @amynatalieco
Amy's website
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
As I intentionally mute my work for the week to amplify the voices and work of black women, I'm taking the opportunity to share this work on the podcast as well.
We'll talk about the non-negotiable work that all white women can commit to now and for the long haul to create lasting change towards understanding white privilege and working towards anti-racism.
Resources, people, and work mentioned (not meant to be an exhaustive list, just a starting point):
Rachel Ricketts - Addressing Whiteness Articles
Spiritual Activism 101 and 102 Online Courses
The Great Unlearn Monthly Membership
Rachel Cargle's Public Address on YouTube
Books:
White Fragility by Robin Diangelo
Me and White Supremacy by Layla Saad
So You Want To Talk About Race? by Ijeoma Oluo
Raising White Kids by Jennifer Harvey
I’m Still Here by Austin Channing
Donation opportunities:
Black Lives Matter - national or local chapter
The Loveland Foundation
Color Of Change
Until Freedom
Know Your Rights Camp
Educators:
Rachel Ricketts - @iamrachelricketts
Rachel Cargle - @rachel.cargle
Layla Saad - @laylafsaad
The Conscious Kid - @theconsciouskid
Tamika D Mallory - @tamikadmallory
Alishia McCullough - @blackandembodied
Check your privilege - @ckyourprivilege
Cleo Wade - @cleowade
Austin Channing - @austinchanning
Sonya Taylor - @sonyareneetaylor
Today's guest, Victoria Jane, is walking us through our own Human Design charts! We're going in-depth on each of the 5 HD types — Manifestor, Generator, Manifesting Generator, Projector, and Reflector — to find out what role each of them plays in the world and the energy they put out. We'll also look at what happens to each HD type when they're not fulfilling and living out their role. I'm sharing my own personal HD chart and thoughts on what I learned about myself through the experience.
If you don't already have an HD chart, head to https://www.mybodygraph.com/ to get your free chart before tuning in to this episode!
MORE FROM VICTORIA:
Victoria's IG: @victoriajane.hd
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Up until now, we've done quite a bit of work understanding how we connect and communicate with our Higher Power through our beliefs, thoughts, emotions, and actions. Now it's time to get in tune with all of the communication that the Universe is directing back to us!
In this episode, I'm going through 14 different channels the Universe uses to connect and communicate with you, everything from your own intuitive sense to the music you hear! After today's episode, you'll never view synchronicities and coincidences the same! You won't go through another day without receiving a download from the Universe.
EPISODES MENTIONED:
Episode 4 — How to manifest
Episode 18 — Act as if
Episode 39 — You create your own reality
Episode 7 — Let your intuition be your guide
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We all know them, we all have them, no one is immune to them, and they're not at all a bad thing — funks. Understandably, I've noticed more people being "in a funk" lately (myself included), so I thought it would be the appropriate time to break down what to do when you're in a funk, how to get yourself out, AND how to use the experience to raise your vibration for the long haul.
In this episode, I'm walking you through my 7 steps to get out of a funk, starting with the most important step — fully acknowledging you're in a funk and allowing yourself to be there. From there, we can figure out what we need, what feels good, and take action to move into a better feeling place when we're ready.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Today's guest is an extra special one — my former podcast co-host and dear friend, Meg Doll. Meg is a holistic nutritionist, certified spiritual coach, and self-love advocate who's on a mission to help women see that unconditional love and acceptance for themselves is an essential tool to being healthy and happy.
In this episode, we chat about Meg's personal journey through eating disorder recovery and how it set up her path for mental and emotional healing from a very young age. We also look at what self-forgiveness means and how we build awareness around what we need to forgive. We get an in-depth look at Meg's 5-pillar framework for building self-love (and why it's not bubble baths and manicures). Such a fun and empowering conversation!
Meg's Instagram
Meg's website
Unbreakable You podcast
Shawn on Unbreakable You
The Loving Diet by Jessica Flanagan
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Time is running out! If you'd like to be a part of the May class of the Unstuck Project, save your seat now. Can't wait to get started! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
This week, I'm sharing my own daily mindset routine and how I incorporate it into my real, everyday life. In doing so, I will give you ideas on how to create your own personal routine that feels good to you and your situation. I'll also explain what I've been doing during my time "staying at home," a crazy Reiki energy story, and topics I'd like to discuss on the show in the future.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
The Unstuck Project, my signature food and body mindset course, is now enrolling for the May class! If you'd like to get unstuck when it comes to your body, diet, weight, health, symptoms, etc., now is the time to get started. I'd love to have you in class! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Are you operating from a mindset of abundance or lack? Right now, there's a lot of financial fears, worries, and stress in the world — and rightfully so. Which makes it the perfect time to uncover the truth about attracting abundance.
In this episode, we're breaking down the difference between an abundance vs. scarcity mindset so you can determine where you're currently operating. We'll then look at what it really means to live with an abundance mindset and how you can cultivate it no matter what your bank account says.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I’d love to have you join in me in my flagship 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project, coming May 2020! Get on the VIP list to be the first to know when enrollment opens and early registration deals! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Is what you want still not manifesting itself in your life? Does it feel like something is getting in the way, or maybe you're doing something wrong?
In this episode, we're talking about the ONE thing that's keeping what you want out of reach — the ONE reason why you're manifestations still aren't happening. It's something we ALL do, many times without even realizing it. I'm sharing my own stories and the specific tool I used to get around it.
If you enjoyed this episode and it inspired you in some way, I'd love to hear from you. Take a screenshot of you listening, post it to your Instagram Stories, and tag me @shawnmynar.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I’d love to have you join in me in my next 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project coming May 2020! Get on the VIP list to be the first to know when enrollment opens and early registration deals! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Are you drowning in a sea of expectations right now? How you "should" be handling things, what you "should" be doing, how you "should" be making the most of this extra at-home time, how productive you "should" be, how good at homeschooling or work-from-home-ing you "should" be.
I sure was — until I turned to self-compassion.
In this episode, I'm sharing the stories that have been playing in my head during this stay-at-home order (and accompanying negative emotion) and how I'm working through them using self-compassion. We'll go over the definition of self-compassion, what it looks like in everyday life, and the 4 best tools for you to start your own self-compassion practice.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
If you're at all into the mindset, law of attraction, manifestation, or spiritual world, you've probably heard someone say, "You create your own reality." In this episode, I'm breaking down what that statement really means and how you can apply it to your life both now AND in the future.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I’ve got a personal manifestation story for you! In this episode, I’m sharing how I manifested my dream home over the course of 5 years. We’ll first go over the 3 basic steps to manifesting what you want, then we’ll take a look at how I applied those 3 steps to find my perfect place.
Hearing stories of how others turned their desires into reality is A) fun and B) helps with your own manifestations by extinguishing resistance and boosting trust so that you too can manifest anything into your life.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Find the connection + community + commitment + coaching you're longing for in your mindset journey with the NEW Unstuck Collective membership! Learn more and become a founding member at shawnmynar.com/collective.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
I'm a big fan of acupuncture. It's helped me with stress, sleep issues, gut issues, detoxification, hormone balance, hip pain, and the list goes on. But, I never totally understood why it worked so well...until now.
In this episode, I interview my personal acupuncturist of many years, Dr. Caitlin Gordon D.Ac. We dive deep into how mental, emotional, and energetic health impacts the health of our physical body, what most doctors are getting wrong when diagnosing depression and prescribing anti-depressants, and what’s actually going on in your acupuncture appointment that makes you feel SO good when you leave. Have you ever been diagnosed with depression? Prescribed antidepressants? Listen to this episode.
More from Dr. Caite:
WEBSITE: Amalunawellness.com
Instagram: @dr.caite
This episode is dedicated to YOUR mindset questions about the current state of affairs in the world today and how the situation has impacted your mental, emotional, and energetic health. Each question comes with a very clear lesson you can work on to better yourself and your life well beyond our current reality!
Questions answered include:
“How do we create a new normal at home even if it won’t be forever?”
“Dealing with anxiety when you have to work from home and care for kids”
“Dealing with the unknown: kids school not resuming, summer plans messed up, job loss”
“How do I not stress about my partner who’s not taking the virus situation seriously?”
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Find the connection + community + commitment + coaching you're longing for in your mindset journey with the NEW Unstuck Collective membership! Learn more and become a founding member at shawnmynar.com/collective.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
You have a problem, you want a solution. And you want to make sure you’re using your intuition to make that decision so you know it's the right one. A solution pops into our head that seems like a good one. But, is it truly coming from your intuition, or is it just the ego dressed up as “knowing”?
Q: “I just found out I’ve been using my excess weight as a security blanket. Now, I think my intuition is telling me what to do about it, but how do I know for sure?”
In this episode, we’re looking at how to know, without a doubt, that you’re following your intuition and not your ego or fear-based voice. Plus, we’ll look deeper at this listener’s situation of realizing her weight has been her security blanket her whole life and now being afraid to lose it.
*Not interested in the Unstuck Collective? Head to the 16:00 minute mark to dive into the listener question.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Find the connection + community + commitment + coaching you're longing for in your mindset journey with the NEW Unstuck Collective membership! Learn more and become a founding member at shawnmynar.com/collective.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
This is a special episode dedicated to all of those who are feeling a little "off" due to the stress, chaos, weirdness, and uncertainty going on in the world right now. We're going over my best tips to find the light in these times, whether it's now with the coronavirus pandemic or during other times of stress and uncertainty. Learn how to manage these moments with more grace and gratitude instead of fear and panic. Plus, we're going to answer the question that's on a lot of our minds whenever things like this are going on: Why do bad, tragic things have to happen?
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
You’ve heard people say it and talk about it, but you never really took the time to understand, embrace, and truly LIVE it.
“You are not your body.”
This short, pep talk episode will layout the real message behind this statement so you can start searching for your inner you, beyond your physical body. Remember, your physical body is just a vehicle that's allowing you (the real you) the opportunity to experience everything life has to offer!
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Find the connection + community + commitment + coaching you're longing for in your mindset journey with the NEW Unstuck Collective membership! Learn more and become a founding member at shawnmynar.com/collective.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Do you ever feel like you’re in a great mood with all of the positive emotions and high vibes...until you get around your family?! You love them, and their great, but for some reason, your mood changes shift whenever they’re around? You are SO not alone! Family is often the source of both our positive and negative emotions, sometimes within the same few minutes.
Listener question: When my husband and daughter come home, my vibration lowers. I get grumpy, irritable, and short with them. Why do I do this?
Maintaining a high-vibe as a parent, sibling, or child is possible, and it’s all in the stories you carry and what you’re telling yourself about your family, often subconsciously. In this episode, we’re going over what those stories might be and how you can reframe them to provide the positive emotions and high-vibe energy you want when spending quality time with your family. We’ll look at some of the specifics that happen as a parent when you feel like you have to be and do everything.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Noticing yourself getting into autopilot-mode a little too often? Take my FREE 7-day autopilot challenge and get back to the presence, peace, and purpose you deserve. shawnmynar.com/autopilot-challenge
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It’s common knowledge that stress is at least partly to blame for most of our physical symptoms, especially as women. When we think of stress, we don’t often realize that one of the biggest contributors to our stress lies in what’s going on in our headspace. Our beliefs, thoughts, and emotions drive stress in our bodies, keeping us stuck physically, mentally, and emotionally.
In order for you to get unstuck in any aspect of your life, you’ve got to make stress relief a priority. And, one of the most beneficial tools to relieve stress is to begin a regular mindset practice. All of the tools you need are right here, on Unstuck!
EPISODES REFERENCED:
Episode 6: Are trapped emotions keeping you stuck?
Episode 14: Debunking self-love
Let's go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Do you feel like you're doing everything you can think of to get well — perhaps even dabbling in some mindset work — and you're still not feeling better? Well, I have a feeling you're still NOT doing what you need to do to find true health. You aren't using the full capacity of the mind to heal the body.
I know, I've been there too, spending most of the day racking my brain to figure out what else to try to feel like myself again. My healing consumed me. Until I realized I was getting in my own way! My body knew how to heal; I just needed to get it into a place where it could use its innate wisdom to do so.
"Can you use your mindset to alleviate illness?"
In today's listener Q&A episode, I'm breaking down the seven key mindset strategies you need to pay attention to if healing your body, and keeping it healthy, is a goal. It's time to get the power of your mind involved in your healing journey, and I promise you won't regret it!
EPISODES MENTIONED:
Episode 11 - Define your values
Let's go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Are you someone who waits until you “have” a certain thing so that you can finally “do” something important, which will then allow you to “be” who you want to be? For instance, “Once I lose weight, then I will buy new clothes, and feel confident.”
Or, do you have the mindset that the more you “do,” the more you’ll “have,” and the happier you’ll “be”? For example, “The more I work, the more money I’ll make, the more successful I’ll be.”
Both of these, although quite popular approaches, are just setting us up for continued stuckness! In order to create external change, we need to start with our inner selves. Which happens by first BEING who we want to be.
If you’ve been in the self-improvement/personal growth world, you may have heard of the Be-Do-Have model as an approach to life that actually gets you what you want. But, most of us are stuck doing the opposite keeping what we want out of reach.
EPISODES REFERENCED:
Episode 5 - Why do you do what you do?
Episode 9 - You can change your limiting beliefs?
Episode 11 - Define your values.
Episode 27 - Are you out of alignment?
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
In this episode, I interview my friend and colleague Christina Rice of christinaricewellness.com on how she made her way from sickness to health by tapping into and using her mindset, vibrational energy, and chakra system to find wellness and balance.
We get into her history with early age depression, being thin-shamed while facing extreme illness, finding body acceptance, learning her worth beyond her physical form, learning to trust her intuition, and how she found energy medicine along the way.
As a certified Reiki practitioner, Christina teaches us about the power of Reiki and looking into your chakras to determine your health status and what needs healing mentally and emotionally. It is an interview full of amazing stories and insight!
Learn more from Christina at:
Website: christinaricewellness.com
Podcast: Wellness Realness
IG: christinaricewellness
Getting into alignment — we talk about it a lot. We know it’s an important piece to our mindset practice and a necessary component to attracting what we want into our life through the law of attraction. If we're going to manifest, we must be in alignment! But, it’s still not happening. Most of us are still spending the majority of our time out of alignment which, of course, interrupts our flow.
In this episode, we’re going deep on the concept of alignment so you can take a hard look at whether or not you’re truly aligned with what you want. We’ll go over some of the best definitions of alignment, the checklist to go through to gauge whether you’re in or out of alignment, and my very best tips to get into alignment (especially when things are going as planned).
EPISODES MENTIONED:
Episode 5 - Why do you do what you do?
Episode 26 - Stop waiting, start doing
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
What's your vibrational energy output? Find out with my FREE Check Yo' Vibe quiz! TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
According to the law of attraction, we get what we focus on because vibrational energy attracts like frequencies. By moving ourselves into a similar vibration to that which we want, we can draw our deepest desires into our existence. So then, it would seem that if we want to change our bodies, all we have to do is act as if we already have that leaner body.
But, this approach is flawed and will actually work against you, keeping you stuck! And yet, this is what most women do when they attempt to use the law of attraction to lose weight.
In this episode, we’ll go over what should really be your point of attraction when communicating with the Universe. We’ll look at the one thing that will always keep you out of alignment, disconnected with your intuition, and unable to decipher signs from the Universe so you can get to a place of full intuition and attraction of your healthiest, happiest body.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
My 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project, is currently open for enrollment for the February class! If you’re ready to stop waiting and start doing so you can make this mindset work a lifestyle for yourself; I’m ready to show you exactly what to do. Together, we’ll go through the 4 Unstuck pillars and work through 16 different tools to unlock your limiting beliefs, reprogram your mind, get into alignment with what you really want, and start taking inspired action to make it a reality. Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuck to claim your seat in class NOW!
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
So, you now know what you want to come into your life, but are you taking any action steps to get there? Or are you stuck in a pattern of excuses, indecision, or autopilot-mode? Maybe you’re taking action but forcing it to come together by effort-ing instead of taking inspired action?
When you’re working on creating a positive mindset, a high-vibe life, and using your intuition and the law of attraction to get the life you want, it can be confusing to know what steps to take to get you there. You don’t want to force it, you want to listen to your intuition and get signs from the Universe, but then that can easily turn into waiting instead of doing, inaction instead of inspired action.
In this episode, I’m here to give you some tough love on the waiting, effort-ing, and inaction you’ve been doing. We’ll break down what’s really going on when you stall, make excuses, or continue to force action steps. We’ll look at what may be going on if you’re not getting signs on the next steps for you to take, and I’ll tell you the one thing you need to do to make sure you’re still moving the needle towards the life you want.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
My 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project is currently open for enrollment for the February class! If you’re ready to stop waiting and start doing so you can make this mindset work a lifestyle for yourself, I’m ready to show you exactly what to do. Together, we’ll go through the 4 Unstuck pillars and work through 16 different tools to unlock your limiting beliefs, reprogram your mind, get into alignment with what you really want, and start taking inspired action to make it a reality. Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuck to claim your seat in class NOW!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the movement!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
We all have one — that mean girl, inner critic, Ego voice in our heads that tells us we’re not enough, we’re not worthy, we need to look and act a certain way. It’s the voice that comes through based on your stories and limiting beliefs and will continue to keep you stuck until you learn what to do when it comes up.
Doing the work to get Unstuck calms down your mean girl voice so your intuition or inner guidance can come through loud and clear. That voice that always knows the right path for you. But, that doesn’t mean you’ll never have mean girl moments again. Instead, we just need to know what to do to put it back in its place!
In this episode, we’ll go over my 5-step process for dealing with your mean girl when she does show up (because she will) so you can get back to peace, presence, and joy. It’s all about acknowledgment, understanding, and, of course, love, for that piece of you.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
February’s Empower Intensive LIVE coaching call is FREE to all! Join me on February 13, 2020, at 5 PM MST to transform your relationship with food and your body. Head here to reserve your seat. shawnmynar.com/empower
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
Now that we’ve started the process of getting ourselves Unstuck, and we’re feeling all the positive energy and reaping the benefits of our high-vibes, what do we do about the other people in our lives that aren’t quite there yet?
It’s a big topic and one that deserves exploring for a few reasons. First, and most importantly, we need to protect our energy, no matter what. With just a few simple shifts, you can stay positive even in the face of negativity.
Secondly, we need to understand that we can’t and shouldn’t try to change them. But, we can help them raise their vibration, without them even knowing, with our high-vibes and positive energy. We can help them work their way up the Emotional Frequency Scale!
Whether it’s your partner, a friend, a family member, or a co-worker, we all know someone who’s just radiating low-vibes. How do we stay positive when we’re around them? What can we do to help them? We’ll tackle it all in this episode!
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
February’s Empower Intensive LIVE coaching call is FREE to all! Join me on February 13, 2020, at 5 PM MST to transform your relationship with food and your body. Head here to reserve your seat. shawnmynar.com/empower
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
As a nutritionist, one of the most common low-vibe mindset traps I see women spiral into is around food and diet. While it often comes with the honest intention of wanting to be healthy, it can quickly turn into an unhealthy relationship with food and lead to feelings of control, restriction, deprivation, and fear — all low-vibe and unhealthy emotions!
In this episode, we’re diving deep into when healthy eating becomes unhealthy, how it evolves from a positive thing to a negative thing, and what physically goes on in your body when you’ve developed this unhealthy mindset around food.
And, of course, it ALL starts and ends with your MIND!
Join me to learn the telltale signs of when your food and diet mindset is actually doing more harm than good and learn the must-do steps to maintain a balanced focus on health while also finding food freedom.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
February’s Empower Intensive LIVE coaching call is FREE to all! Join me on February 13, 2020, at 5 PM MST to transform your relationship with food and your body. Head here to reserve your seat. shawnmynar.com/empower
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
Have you ever witnessed someone’s life from a distance and wanted to know what led them down that path? That’s how I feel about my friend and colleague, Leanne Vogel. From selling their home to travel the continent in an RV, then trading in the RV-life to move into a sailboat and explore ocean-life, Leanne has let her intuition guide her life choices instead of letting fear get in the way.
But, it hasn’t always been this way. It took a scary, rock bottom moment for her to realize she was on the wrong path, and her body was screaming at her for change.
In this episode, Leanne opens up about the pivotal moment that changed everything, when her body forced her to listen and choose a different path. We also discuss Leanne’s approach to fear that allowed her to become unstuck and how she now allows her intuition to guide her.
We’ll take a trip back to Leanne’s childhood, where she learned about spirituality at a young age and is now coming back home to that place in both her life and business.
Learn more from Leanne at: leannevogel.com and the Love Rebel podcast
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It may seem like if you do feel mad, sad, frustrated, disappointed, or scared, that you’re doing something wrong or are weak, that you’ll never be able to live your dreams, that the Universe will cut you off, or that you’re a terrible person for not being grateful for what you DO have.
And, you may think that all you have to do is ignore that uncomfortable emotion, think differently and pretend everything is OK. You attempt to squash it and pretend to be happy and hopeful so you can get back to your high-vibe living.
It doesn’t work that way! It’s only when we can fully acknowledge and express our current emotions — no matter how bad they feel — that we can feel better, get healthier, increase our vibration, and live the life we want.
In this episode, I’m giving you my ultimate pep talk on why it’s OK to not be OK and how to get those emotions unstuck so you can move beyond them.
Episodes referenced:
Unstuck episode 3 — How to raise your vibration + why you need to
Unstuck episode 6 — Are trapped emotions keeping you stuck?
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
Need help with self-sabotage and your limiting beliefs? My 90-minute video coachings on these subjects are exactly what you need to get off the hamster wheel once and for all and live life on your terms! It’s available for you now at shawnmynar.com/coaching-library.
Ready to move your way up the Emotional Frequency Scale? Grab my beautiful PDF download to keep along with you as a reminder of where you’re headed! Download now at shawnmynar.com/scale.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram.
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Get Unstuck in just 8 weeks!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop.
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
We’re digging into diet mindset, food stories, and self-sabotaging behaviors on this listener Q&A episode of Unstuck! This episode is for the lady who has ever been on a diet (That's most of us, let’s be honest.), restricted and labeled foods, and then found themselves magnetized to that food.
Q: “Why can’t I stop eating bread even though I know it makes me feel terrible?”
In this episode, I’m breaking down the REAL questions behind our behaviors around food, especially when it comes to self-sabotage and the diet mentality so many women struggle with:
- Why do I sabotage myself and engage in self-destructive behaviors?
- Why do I use food as a coping mechanism?
- Why is bread [insert your food] more than just bread to me?
We’ll take an in-depth look into what’s really going on in the mind around these “forbidden” foods, and I’ll give you my best advice on how to get over it and find food freedom.
Episodes referenced:
Unstuck episode 5 — Why do you do what you do?
Unstuck episode 9 — You CAN change your limiting beliefs
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Join me in the 7-day Get Off Autopilot Challenge for FREE! I created a mini-course just for YOU to help you recognize when you’re stuck on autopilot. You’ll get some of the very best tools to dig out of that ho-hum life and get back to living a life of presence, peace, purpose, and positivity! Start your 7-day challenge today at shawnmynar.com/autopilot-challenge!
Need help with self-sabotage and your limiting beliefs? My 90-minute video coachings on these subjects are exactly what you need to get off the hamster wheel once and for all and live life on your terms! It’s available for you now at shawnmynar.com/coaching-library.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Get Unstuck in just 8 weeks!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
We get exactly what we expect. If you expect to stay unhealthy, at an uncomfortable weight, sick, broke, single, stressed, that’s what you will continue to get. We do this to ourselves simply by putting our energy towards NOT having what we want, not knowing how we’ll get it, going against our intuition to try and effort our way to it. We lack the confidence and knowingness that it’s going to happen. And without that, we lack the ability to be in the high-vibe place we need to be to get the high-vibe, positive things we want!
That’s where “acting as if” comes in. "Acting as if" is about being so confident that what you want is on its way that you start acting like it. It’s about creating space in your life for what you want and signaling to the Universe that you’re ready for it.
In this episode, we’ll look at what it means to “act as if” that most people get wrong, why you absolutely must start practicing this in your life, and my 6-step fool-proof method to get you started.
IMPORTANT LINKS:
Need help with redesigning your limiting beliefs? My 90-minute video coaching on the subject is exactly what you need to get rid of those false stories that have been holding you back for so long! It’s available for you now at shawnmynar.com/empower.
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
Join me in the 7-day Get Off Autopilot Challenge for FREE! I created a mini-course just for YOU to help you recognize when you’re stuck on autopilot. You’ll get some of the very best tools to dig out of that ho-hum life and get back to living a life of presence, peace, purpose, and positivity! Start your 7-day challenge today at shawnmynar.com/autopilot-challenge!
Let's go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It’s all about love and relationships on today’s listener Q&A episode of Unstuck! This advice is NOT just for those currently in a relationship. Whether you’re in a partnership that may not be right for you, have a fantastic relationship with your dream partner, or single and looking for love, I’ve got a tool for you to use to make sure you get in and stay in the best relationship for YOU.
Q: “Can I ‘unstick’ my ho-hum relationship, or should I get out?”
In this episode, I’m sharing my background with relationships and the tool I used to manifest my dream partner after giving up on love. Then, we’ll dive into how you can use this tool to either call in the love you want if you’re single OR use it as a way to evaluate your current partnership if you’re in one. From there, you’ll have a solid understanding of where your relationship is excelling vs. lacking and what you can do to bring it back into alignment. Plus, you can use this tool as a framework to guide your decision on if it’s the right relationship for you.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Do you have a dream? Like, a kinda scary, may-not-even-be-possible dream life that you excitedly visualize yourself living? I bet many of you are shaking their head “no” right now.
Most of us give up on our dreams as soon as we become adults, parents, spouses, bill-payers, 9-5ers, basically when “real life” takes over. We settle for “good enough” instead of continuing to reach for what we really want. We forget about what “could be” and stay stuck focusing on our current reality, which only brings more of the same. It’s a never-ending cycle of you living a life never having realized your dreams!
That ends right here, right now. Today, we’re officially becoming dreamers! I require every one of you to become a dreamer by the end of this episode. I don’t care if you’re 20-years-old or 90-years-old, I want you to have a dream and be actively pursuing it in every step you take!
In this episode, we’re going to go over what it means to be a dreamer, why so many of us aren’t actively dreaming about your future life right now, what will happen in YOU when you become one, and how to realize your dream once you’ve figured out what you want.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Join me in the 7-day Get Off Autopilot Challenge for FREE! I created a mini-course just for YOU to help you recognize when you’re stuck on autopilot. You’ll get some of the very best tools to dig out of that ho-hum life and get back to living a life of presence, peace, purpose, and positivity! Start your 7-day challenge today at shawnmynar.com/autopilot-challenge!
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
In this episode, we'll look at what to do when you value something that you don't WANT to value. Specifically, when you value your "looks" — as in being thin and having clear skin — and that's what feeds your positive emotions, but you're ready to let that mindset go? We'll deep dive into one listener's experience and dissect what's really going on with her list of values and how to take the emphasis off of outer appearance and find deeper meaning and guidance with a new set of values.
Welcome to the new Tuesday edition of the Unstuck podcast! These unscripted, flowy episodes of the podcast will be full of all the good "stuff" — listener Q&A, live coaching, guest appearances, quick motivational nuggets, and more. Be sure to subscribe to the show so you don't miss these extra doses of goodness.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT:
Need help redesigning your limiting beliefs so you can put that Ego voice in its place?! I've got you covered. Join in on my 90-minute video coaching session all about belief redesign so you can uncover the false "stories" that are really holding you back and redesign them to be what's really true for you. Head to shawnmynar.com/empower to save your seat!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Self-love is non-negotiable to living well and being the person you want to be. It influences everything in your life; your health status, how you take care of yourself, what kind of person you are, your relationships, your career, how you cope with the problems in your life, what kind of parent, spouse, and friend you are. Kind of a big deal, right?
In this episode, we’re diving into this big idea of self-love and doing a little debunking on the topic so we can start taking it seriously and working on it both in ourselves and as a society. We’re looking at what it REALLY is, what it is NOT, and the 13 steps to cultivating more of it.
Whether your new to the idea of self-love or already a self-love junkie, this episode will take your practice to the next level!
Let’s go to the show!
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
What kind of mindset podcast would this be if we didn’t talk about resolutions at the start of not only a new year but a new decade?! It is the perfect opportunity to showcase how things aren’t lining up between your conscious mind and your subconscious beliefs!
In this episode, we’re taking a look at the three main reasons why resolutions don’t stick for the vast majority of the population:
- They’re unrealistic.
- They’re not something you actually want. The Ego is deciding on the goal, not the intuition.
- They’re an attempt at changing you from the outside-in, which does.not.work.ever.
Then, we’ll dive into what I recommend doing instead of making a resolution this year. We'll get to the bottom of what you're really looking for in a resolution and why it hasn’t stuck in the past. Without this deep dive, you will stay stuck on this hamster wheel of trying to get what you want, going about it in the wrong way, and never getting there. You’ll continue to set goals you can’t reach, make resolutions that don’t stick, and never get any closer to your dreams. NOT OK in my book!
Instead of making a resolution again this year, I would love to see you commit to learning more about yourself and your headspace. Make THIS the year you become a different person from the inside-out.
We’ll get started on this work together in this episode!
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I’d love to have you join in me in my new 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project! Enrollment is going on NOW at shawnmynar.com/unstuck.
It’s time for another Empower Intensive LIVE coaching call! This 90-minute interactive video coaching session will take a deep-dive into Redesigning Your Limiting Beliefs (so you can be the person you want to be). Head to shawnmynar.com/empower to reserve your spot!
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram!
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Be part of the Unstuck Movement!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Isn’t everything just easier to understand when it’s put into a framework?! I agree. That’s why I created my 4-pillar framework to change your mindset, clean up your headspace, and get unstuck. And now I’m breaking down each pillar with you so you can understand where you’re excelling and where you’re lacking on your own mindset journey:
AWARENESS
ALIGNMENT
ACTION
ACCEPTANCE
In today’s episode, we'll get into all 4 pieces to the mindset puzzle — awareness, alignment, action, and acceptance — and explore each one in-depth; what it means, how it’s showing up (or not) in your life, the feeling that comes when you embrace that piece of the puzzle, and how to get more of it. By the end, you’ll have a clear picture of where you need to spend more energy on the path to getting unstuck.
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I’d love to have you join me in my new 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project coming January 2020! Get on the VIP list to be the first to know when enrollment opens and early registration deals! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
When was the last time you thought about your values? Have you ever? If it’s been a while, it’s time to sit down and give it some serious thought.
Most of us don’t know our values. We don’t understand what’s actually important to us. Instead, we focus on what our family, friends, spouse, society, culture, and media values and take that to be our truth too, which, of course, causes a major disconnect and "stuckness." And it keeps us from living a high-vibe life!
Knowing your values and letting your intuition guide you to make decisions based on them means you will never feel stuck again.
In this episode, we’re going through all of the steps necessary to define your values, create meaningful value statements, and then acknowledge whether you’re currently living your values or not. And, of course, what to do if your life and values aren't currently lining up. It’s time to get real with yourself!
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library — download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
I’d love to have you join in me in my new 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project coming January 2020! Get on the VIP list to be the first to know when enrollment opens and early registration deals! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the VIP list
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
It’s the holiday episode of Unstuck! While it’s the most wonderful time of the year, it also can be the most stressful, chaotic time of year too. And, it’s often in this season that we let the stress take over, completely forgetting about our self-care and stress management tools, attempting to make it to January when we can start taking care of ourselves again.
In this episode, you’ll learn about my must-do strategies to make it through ANY stressful, busy, or negative season of life — including the holiday season — with peace, presence, purpose, and positivity. You’ll be prepared to tackle this time of year, or any other time life throws you a curveball, without coming out of it a complete stress ball!
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
I’d love to have you join in me in my new 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project coming January 2020! Get on the VIP list to be the first to know when enrollment opens and early registration deals! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
EMPOWER INTENSIVE - Learn about my monthly coaching calls
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Once you’ve done the work to dig to find the limiting beliefs that have been keeping you stuck where you don’t want to be, now what?! What do we do with these false stories we’ve been telling ourselves for so long? How do we get rid of them so we can finally get what we want?
Let me introduce you to belief redesign — the process of taking those limiting beliefs that you’re ready to release and reconfiguring them to be the positive, affirmative thoughts you need to move forward and get unstuck in every part of your life.
In this episode, I’m giving you my 6 best tips to help you get crystal clear on your limiting beliefs, why you have them, and exactly what to do to make sure they don’t continue to be the ones in control of your life (whether you realize it or not!).
IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENTS:
I want to hear your mindset success story + share it on an upcoming episode! Head to shawnmynar.com/unstuckpodcast to leave an inspiring voice message for the show.
Want to make your electronic devices beautiful AND high-vibe?! Grab your FREE digital wallpapers from my exclusive positive mindset wallpaper library. Download as many as you want over at shawnmynar.com/wallpapers.
Need help with self-sabotage? Guess what? Self-sabotage is rooted in limiting beliefs. My 90-minute video coaching on the subject is exactly what you need to get off the hamster wheel once and for all! It’s available for you now at shawnmynar.com/empower.
I’d love to have you join in me in my new 8-week online “mindset for women” course, The Unstuck Project coming January 2020! Get on the VIP list to be the first to know when enrollment opens and early registration deals! shawnmynar.com/unstuck
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Are you 100%, fully, crazy, undeniably happy right now? Not just “good enough” happy, but joyfully happy? There is no better way to raise your vibration, get into alignment, tap into your intuition, and start getting what you want out of life than to be happy now. To do so, we need to live in the present moment, not ruminating about the past or stressing about the future.
In this episode, we’ll discover how to stay in the present moment and be happy in it, no matter if the present is wonderful or terrible. We’ll learn how to see things differently and reach for a higher vibe emotion in that moment instead of sitting around waiting for more positive vibes to come in the future.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
GET THE EMOTIONAL FREQUENCY SCALE DOWNLOAD
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
You know that voice in your head that you can’t seem to quiet down? That constant chatter that’s worrying, stressing, controlling, and...keeping you stuck? That’s your ego, and it’s currently running your show. But, behind that voice, there’s a calmer, gentler, knowing voice that will always guide you to what’s best for you — your intuition.
In this episode, we’re deciphering the difference between the ego and intuition, so you can understand what that constant, stressed-out chatter is really trying to do, and how to calm it so your intuition can shine through.
Once you acknowledge your ego for what it is and connect deeper with your intuition, you can then take action from a place of confidence, trust, and freedom. Sounds pretty great, right?!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
When we feel stuck in any area of our life, what we’re really witnessing is stuck energy. And, many times, the root cause of our stuck energy is actually stuck emotion — emotions that get ignored and stuffed instead of felt and processed.
Why do we do that to ourselves?! We’ve gotten really good at ignoring and stuffing our tough emotions instead of feeling through them. This stuck emotion then manifests itself in both our physical body and energy body, causing a lack of flow in both. It’s not until we can find and release those trapped emotions that we can then get unstuck.
That’s exactly what we’ll do in this episode! First, we’ll go over why we choose not to feel these negative emotions which is often an unconscious decision. Then, we’ll go over the three things you need to do to “unstick” your emotions and energy so you can get into a higher vibration, find a place of flow, connect to your intuition, and enjoy the journey!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Beliefs drive thoughts. Thoughts drive emotions. Emotions drive actions.
Have you ever given any real thought into why you think what you think, act the way you act, feel the way you feel? Even more, realizing and see how they’re ALL connected?!
Once you spend even a little bit of time digging deeper into why you do what you do, it will open up the door for you to learn so much more about yourself. And, when that happens, you will have move into a place of confidence to take back your power and determine how you want your life to play out from here on.
In this episode of Unstuck, we start by breaking down the mind and how it works. We’ll take a look at the difference between the conscious, or 10% of your mind, versus the subconscious, or the 90%. We’ll see how these two parts of your mind are formed and why they’re really what’s running the show.
From there, we move on to break down the mental flow that happens from beliefs to thoughts, thoughts to emotions, emotions to actions. I share my own example of how this flow has taken shape in my own life with stored money beliefs.
So, why do you do what you do??
Let’s go to the show and find out!
+++
TAKE THE VIBE QUIZ!
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the waitlist
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support.
Do you believe in manifestation? I bet you will by the end of this episode! You truly can be, do and have whatever you want in life when you properly apply the Law of Attraction. While it’s a simple concept, it’s not always easy. There are important steps to follow to be successful in manifesting what you want into your life.
In this episode, we’re answering all of the questions surrounding the Law of Attraction:
What is it exactly?
How does it work?
Why and how do we do it?
Plus, you’ll hear my personal story and how I manifested everything in my life from health to a partner to a car. And, I’ll give you my best tips on how to make sure the law of attraction works for you too, including my favorite books on the subject.
My fave law of attraction books:
Ask And It Is Given by Abraham Hicks
You Are A Badass by Jen Sincero
You Are A Badass At Making Money by Jen Sincero
The Universe Has Your Back by Gabrielle Bernstein
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram!
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the interest list!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and tell me why!
I appreciate your support!
You may have heard of vibrational energy before, and you’ve undoubtedly seen it in action, in both your own life and others. Maybe you or someone you know seems always to get “lucky,” whereas others, perhaps you, can’t seem to get out of their streak of “bad luck.” Today, I’ll explain to you why it has nothing to do with luck and everything to do with where your energy is vibrating!
In this episode, we’re talking all things vibrational energy and how our thoughts and emotions determine whether we are high-vibe, “lucky” people or low-vibe, “unlucky” people! I get into the basics of quantum mechanics and the law of attraction to clarify how everything works together to create what happens in your life.
We’ll also break down the Emotional Vibration Scale, so you can get a clear understanding of where you’re currently sitting based on your emotions and how you can work your way up the scale to a higher vibration.
Download my Emotional Frequency Scale to have handy in your life when you need a reminder!
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram!
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the interest list!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and let me know!
I appreciate your support!
Feeling stuck? Chances are, the answer is yes, at least in some areas of your life. Maybe things are great in your relationship, but you have “bad luck” when it comes to money. Perhaps your health is excellent, but you’re “unlucky” in love. Or, money flows easily to you, but your health and body are a neverending battle.
Being stuck is all about energy. Your energy may be blocked or miscommunicating, and it’s creating an environment where energy cannot flow as it should.
In this episode, we’re going over the signs and symptoms of being stuck. It could show up as a physical symptom or health imbalance, in your mental and emotional space, or even determining your life circumstances.
If these signs and symptoms resonate with you, don’t freak out. Instead, get excited! Everything's about to change as you continue to learn how to get unstuck.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram!
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the interest list!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and let me know!
I appreciate your support!
Welcome to The Unstuck Podcast, a “mindset for women” show! This podcast is here because of YOU. Because I see you out there, doing all the “right” things and still feel STUCK not feeling how you want to feel, doing what you want to do, being who you want to be. After many years of being stuck myself, I finally found the secret sauce to getting (and staying) UNSTUCK.
I’m now sharing that formula every Friday on The Unstuck Podcast!
Spoiler: If you want to get unstuck, you absolutely must get serious about your mental, emotional, and spiritual health. You cannot continue to throw the latest wellness trend at your body and expect miracles to happen when you haven’t dealt with the core issue — what’s going on in your mind.
That’s what we’ll get into here. You’ll get practical tips, real-life perspective, and everyday tools you need to change your mind, so your life can follow.
In today’s episode, you’ll learn more about what to expect in future episodes of the show and why we’re doing it differently than other mindset podcasts out there. We’ll get into the nitty-gritty of my personal journey, how it drove me to do the work on my mindset, and what has happened since that lightbulb moment. Plus, you’ll hear how the idea from this podcast came to be and why I’m qualified to be your mindset coach.
Let’s go to the show!
+++
@SHAWNMYNAR - Chat with me on Instagram!
THE UNSTUCK PROJECT - Join the interest list!
SHAWNMYNAR.COM - Get the latest scoop!
+++
Enjoying the podcast? Be sure to SUBSCRIBE + leave a REVIEW and let me know!
I appreciate your support!